Exiger’s Executive Forum returns in March, enabling procurement and supply chain leaders to deep-dive into the latest the sector has to offer
SHARE THIS STORY
On Wednesday the 4th of March, Exiger’s Executive Forum arrives at Great Scotland Yard in London. The title of this event is When geopolitics hits the P&L: Redesigning supply chains for structural conflict. Concerns around instability across the world are at an all-time high, and now is not the time for procurement and supply chain professionals to bury their heads in the sand. The Exiger Executive Forum is designed to lay the relevant issues out on the table, and remove fear in a way that’s still realistic.
This particular event examines how various forces – including sanctions, export controls, financial restrictions, and resource nationalism – affect the realities of procurement. Geopolitical instability isn’t an external risk anymore; it affects every part of the supply chain. As a result, procurement leaders are redesigning contracts, sourcing strategies, and decision governance in order to turn potential disruption around.
March’s Exiger Executive Forum will focus on:
How Geopolitics Translates into P&L Impact
Supplier Liquidity, Financial Exposure, and Payment Fragility
Source to Processing and Assembly Concentration, Choke Points, and Structural Dependency
Trilliam Jeong, CEO at WealthBlock on why pairing credit discipline with real-time reporting will deliver a better position to hold onto investor confidence
SHARE THIS STORY
There’s no shortage of noise around the direct lending market right now. On one hand, deal activity remains strong, capital continues to flow in and investor appetite hasn’t wavered. On the other, competition is fierce, rates are edging down and macro conditions are less forgiving than they were a year ago.
But strip out the headlines and the fundamentals still look solid. The demand is there, both from borrowers looking for speed and flexibility and from investors chasing yield and consistency. That puts direct lenders in a strong position, provided they’re prepared to adapt.
Operational Shift
One of the most significant shifts underway is operational. We’re seeing real adoption of technology across the mid-market from AI-assisted onboarding to fully digitised investor dashboards. This isn’t just cosmetic. Faster processes and clearer visibility mean capital can move more quickly, investors stay better informed and managers have more room to protect margins, even in a tightening spread environment.
LP expectations are shifting too. Many now expect a consumer-grade digital experience from the platforms they commit capital to. They want real-time access to reports, frictionless communication and clarity around how their money is being deployed. That shift in expectations is accelerating the tech arms race across the mid-market. It’s no longer about who can show the best deck but rather can deliver the best infrastructure. And as investor sophistication grows, that infrastructure is becoming a non-negotiable.
Digital Infrastructure
That shift is also influencing how mandates are awarded. Institutional investors increasingly view digital infrastructure not as a bonus, but as a sign of long-term readiness. Questions that once focused solely on deal pipeline and past performance now extend to data availability, reporting cadence and system resilience. It’s not just about what a manager can deliver but how transparently and reliably they can do it. As more allocators run tighter operational due diligence processes, digital maturity is quietly becoming a competitive edge. Platforms that can demonstrate consistent, tech-enabled processes are better positioned to win, and keep, capital.
That matters, because rates may not stay where they are. Increased competition is already putting pressure on pricing. But firms with strong digital infrastructure are better placed to absorb it. Operational leverage, not just headline yield, is becoming a key differentiator.
Scaling Up
There’s also the issue of scale. Consolidation is real and it’s reshaping the market. The biggest managers are only getting bigger and their resources are hard to match. But size alone isn’t the whole story. Technology is giving smaller and mid-sized players a way to compete on experience even if not on balance sheet. A seamless, professional, tech-forward investor journey can carry real weight with LPs, particularly those who value speed and clarity over brand.
That’s especially relevant for new entrants. There’s no shortage of managers in direct lending and standing out requires more than just a different strategy. Yes, some are carving out a niche in NAV lending, venture debt or structured credit but what really earns attention is trust. That comes from clear communication, repeatable processes and a level of transparency that goes beyond the marketing deck.
The Outlook for Lending
The macro outlook is part of the equation too. With corporate defaults expected to rise, discipline is going to matter more than it has in recent years. Underwriting strength, sponsor alignment and proactive portfolio monitoring are back in focus. Investors will be watching for signals that managers are prepared for downside risk. The tougher the environment, the more exposed weaker systems become. Inconsistent reporting, vague valuation logic or delayed updates might have been tolerated in a bull market – but not now. Allocators want to know how a manager will behave under stress, not just how they perform when everything’s going to plan. That makes operational maturity as important as deal-level returns.
Firms that pair credit discipline with real-time reporting will be in a better position to hold onto investor confidence. Allocators are already asking more pointed questions and looking for managers who can back up claims with data. There’s still plenty of room to grow in direct lending, but it won’t be enough to rely on past performance or broad market tailwinds. The firms that outperform from here will need to be efficient, responsive and trusted. In a more competitive, more transparent and more regulated market, those are the traits that will endure.
Kevin Janzen, CEO of Gaming & EdTech AI Studio at Globant, on how AI will change the way games are made and expand the market
SHARE THIS STORY
Every major games studio is now experimenting with artificial intelligence. From generating NPC dialogue to automating animation and video assets. AI is promising to speed up production and lower costs for developers.
According to Boston Consulting Group (BCG), the gaming industry finds itself at a crossroads…. Looking to gain the momentum it felt between 2017 and 2021, where revenue surged from $131 billion to $211 billion. And AI could be at the forefront of this pivotal moment.
But as AI becomes central to how games are built, studios face a major challenge. Adopting automation without losing authenticity. For developers and retailers alike, this becomes a business concern that deserves close attention. Creativity sits at the heart of gaming, and the choices studios make today will influence what reaches players tomorrow. For the technology channel, this transformation means faster release cycles, broader product diversity, and a need for sharper forecasting.
A New Phase in Gaming’s Evolution
For most of gaming’s history, every era has been defined through visuals. Each generation has delivered stylistic, immersive worlds, such as the blocky charm of Minecraft to the cinematic realism of Red Dead Redemption 2.
Now, the real change is happening behind the scenes. AI is reshaping how games are built and experienced. Development teams are using AI to handle time-consuming tasks such as vast world-building creation and animation. This frees artists to focus on what players remember – the design and storytelling.
Players are already seeing the benefits in their gameplay. AI lets games adapt or adjust difficulty based on players’ skill levels, or change dialogue based on a player’s choices. This makes gaming worlds feel realistic, responsive and more personal.
With budgets continuing to climb for gaming studios, these new features matter. AI gives studios breathing room to experiment. Smaller teams can take creative risks, and established developers can experiment and test new ideas without derailing production. However, efficiency and costs aren’t the only gains as AI is creating space for developers to be more ambitious than ever before.
Automation and Artistry
For all its promise, AI also brings creative risk. Gamers notice when a quest feels repetitive or when dialogue sounds mechanical. And if AI is used carelessly, developers risk losing authenticity.
That sense of care is what keeps players invested. Whether it’s hand drawn detail, or play-driven choices. Games like this show what happens when technology supports vision rather than replacing it.
That’s why the industry’s embrace of AI is such a gamble. Used well, AI can help developers create richer, more personalised worlds. But used carelessly, it risks stripping away the artistry that makes games memorable.
The Ripple Effect Across the Supply Chain
As AI becomes a standard tool, development processes are speeding up and opening new creative possibilities. Independent studios now have access to the kind of production power once limited to major developers. That shift means faster pipelines and ultimately, more games reaching the market.
For retailers and resellers, this brings both opportunity and pressure. A consistent stream of releases can guarantee sales across the year, while lower production costs encourage more niche or experimental games that appeal to new audiences. Greater variety and volume benefits the market, but it also makes it harder to predict which games will break through.
Players are becoming more aware of how games are made and AI’s role in development. They’re starting to ask not only how a game plays, but also how it was built. Understanding the intent behind a studio’s use of AI – one that uses AI as a genuine creative tool and those that rely on it as a shortcut – will help retailers anticipate demand and spot the games with long-term potential.
The Right Way to Play the AI Game
The studios using AI most effectively have a few things in common. They keep AI in the background, using it to manage routine work, such as generating textures and landscapes, so creative teams can focus on narrative and emotional tone.
They also use AI to make experiences more personal. Thoughtful application of adaptive systems allows games to respond to individual play styles, adjusting difficulty and pacing to keep players engaged. This level of design deepens engagement and gives players a sense that the world responds to them personally.
Another area where AI is also making an impact is making games more inclusive. More than 400 million people around the world play with a disability, and new tools are expanding access – from adaptive controls to real-time translation that lets players connect across languages. As gaming becomes more diverse, the audience grows for everyone, including retailers, who can reach a larger, more engaged customer base.
When automation complements gaming artistry, it strengthens the relationship and trust between the developer and the player. Creativity becomes the main focus again, and that’s what keeps players loyal.
Balancing Innovation and Trust
AI is fast becoming integral to how games are conceived, built, and experienced — and that shift will reshape the entire value chain. For developers, success will come from balancing automation with artistry, ensuring that AI enhances creativity rather than replaces it.
For retailers, distributors, and partners, this transformation offers both opportunity and responsibility. A faster, more diverse release pipeline will bring fresh sales potential, but also greater complexity in forecasting and curation. The winners in this new phase of gaming will be those who can spot titles where AI adds genuine depth, inclusivity, and player connection — not just production speed.
Handled thoughtfully, AI won’t just change how games are made, it will expand the market for everyone involved in bringing those experiences to players. That’s a game worth playing for the entire tech channel.
JP Cavanna, Director of Cybersecurity at Six Degrees, on balancing the risks and benefits of AI in cyber defence strategies
SHARE THIS STORY
Undeniably, AI is here to stay. Having become part of day-to-day life, it’s hard to remember what life was like without it. But when it comes to cybersecurity, is it causing more harm than good?
Recent research outlines that 73% of organisations have already integrated AI into their security posture. The technology is clearly becoming a cornerstone of modern cybersecurity. Organisations are turning to AI not just as a tool, but as a partner in security operations, leveraging its capabilities to identify malicious activity faster, guide investigations, and automate repetitive tasks.
For it to be truly effective, though, AI must be paired with human expertise – but this is where organisations are starting to become complacent. Given the growing sophistication of cyber-attacks, and even AI-powered attacks, many are removing the human element while expecting AI tools to do all the work for them, leaving them even more vulnerable to threats. This overreliance risks creating blind spots, where critical thinking, contextual understanding, and instinct are overlooked. Without the balance of human judgement, AI can amplify mistakes at scale, turning efficiency into exposure.
The Cybersecurity Paradox
This situation puts many organisations in a potentially difficult position. On the one hand, AI can significantly improve the efficiency of security operations. In the typical SOC, for example, AI technologies can process alerts in around 10-15 minutes. This represents a significant improvement over human analysts, who can easily require twice as long for the same task.
Aside from the obvious efficiency gains, applying AI to these repetitive, time-pressured processes can also significantly reduce the scope for human error. And in turn, take considerable pressure off security analysts. Going some way to battling alert fatigue, an increasingly well-documented and persistent problem. In these circumstances, valuable human experience and specialist expertise can instead be more effectively applied to complex investigations, strategic decision-making, and other higher-value priorities.
On the flipside, however, AI remains prone to generating inaccurate or misleading insights, and users may not realise they are applying the wrong information to potentially serious security issues. Similarly, habitual blind trust in AI outputs can easily erode performance levels and even introduce new vulnerabilities. There is also scope for sensitive data to enter public environments, with the potential to cause compliance issues. This kind of information can also reappear in future versions of the AI model in question, therefore resulting in further data exposure risks.
Parallels with IoT Adoption
The situation mirrors that seen in the early days of IoT adoption, where the rush to innovate would often override security considerations. In this current context, therefore, human oversight and vigilance are extremely important. Clear governance frameworks, defined accountability, and continuous monitoring must underpin any AI deployment. Therefore ensuring that innovation does not outpace risk management or compromise long-term resilience.
A Growing Arms Race
If that wasn’t challenging enough, threat actors are also in on the AI boom in what has already been described as an ‘arms race’. In practical terms, AI tools are already widely used to create more convincing phishing attacks free from some of the more obvious traditional tell-tale signs of criminal intent, such as imperfect grammar or a suspicious tone.
Deepfake technology has also raised the stakes. We’ve all seen how convincing AI-generated video has already become. This is now finding its way into real-world examples, with one fake video reportedly causing a CFO to authorise a large financial transfer as a result.
At the same time, technology infrastructure is constantly under attack by AI-powered tools. They can be used to analyse defensive systems and identify weaknesses faster than humans. The net result of these developments is that defenders constantly play catch-up, as they can only respond to new attack vectors once discovered. The underlying takeaway is that at present, AI cannot be trusted to operate autonomously. Instead, human intuition, scepticism and contextual understanding remain essential to spotting emerging tactics.
As attackers refine their methods at machine speed, organisations need to resist the temptation to match automation with automation alone. They must double down on strategic thinking and continuous skills development.
Balancing Benefits and Risk
So, where does this leave security leaders who are looking to balance the benefits and risks? Firstly, and to underline a fundamental point, while AI offers scale and speed, it cannot replace critical human oversight. Organisations should view AI as an enhancer, not a replacer. Success lies in promoting partnership, not substitution.
Strong governance is vital. This should start with clear AI usage policies that define what can and cannot be shared with AI tools, while proper data classification and access control ensure that sensitive information is protected. In addition, regular validation of AI outputs can help to prevent inaccurate or misleading results from being unnecessarily acted upon.
Then there are the perennial challenges associated with employee awareness training, which is vital for avoiding complacency and understanding the limitations of generative AI tools. Cyber leaders should also monitor how AI is being used inside and outside the corporate environment, as staff often experiment with tools on personal devices.
Get this all right, and security teams can put themselves in a very strong position to embrace AI, safe in the knowledge that they have the guardrails and processes in place to balance innovation and efficiency with effective human-led oversight. Ultimately, success will depend not on how much AI is deployed, but on how intelligently it is governed and refined alongside the people responsible for securing an organisation.
Zach Burks, CEO of Mintology, examines the rise of Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) and explores what the future may hold for cash
SHARE THIS STORY
Blockchain was built on the noble principle of creating a system of value that was fair, secure, decentralised, and incorruptible. Crypto promised to protect people from the volatility of human error, from reckless governments, greedy bankers, and the decay of trust that defines our financial institutions.
For a time, it worked. We built code that didn’t lie; we created ledgers that couldn’t be tampered with; and we proved that finance could run on quantitative logic rather than human bias.
But a new kind of intelligence is emerging, one that will allow malicious actors to execute on autopilot and generatively infiltrate innocent users, what will become known as Artificial General Intelligence (AGI).
AGI is still some way off, but predictions suggest it could be in use as early as 2027, or at least propagating outwards without human knowledge at that point. Once in the open world, AGI is impossible to predict, as a chimp could not predict what a human will do next, nor can a human predict what AGI will do. However, assume these possibilities: this technology will have the power to decrypt and unlock blockchain-based currencies, learn how to crack cryptographic puzzles, run other AGI agents and rinse and repeat.
Paradoxically, the safest asset in the world will no longer be Bitcoin; it will be physical currency or items deemed as currency.
The Age of the Codebreaker
It is estimated that 68–74% of all cyber-attacks involve a human element, error, manipulation, or social engineering. Our entire security architecture has been designed around that premise: defend against people.
Smart contracts, encryption, and consensus protocols depend on predictable, rational behaviour, or protect against irrational actions. They are designed to survive attacks from individuals or organisations that rely on either quantity (bot networks) or quality (human intelligence), not both, nor novel vectors (such as novel exploits in math breakthroughs).
A near-sentient system changes that equation. It fuses the scale of automation with the intent of human-like intelligence. If weaponised, it could probe billions of attack vectors in seconds, rewrite its own code to evolve around defences, and destroy a financial system from the inside out.
We’ve seen the first state actor sponsored AI Agentic cyber espionage recently, and that is just from normal AI, not even AGI. Further reinforcing the point that AI is a powerful intelligence, and AGI will be on another level, unfathomable from the human’s perspective.
Crypto’s strength has always been its demand for continuous codebreaking. It exploits the one finite human resource, time. But AGI will erase that constraint. Time ceases to be a defence in the age of autonomy.
The End of Digital Trust
Trust is the foundation of money. Without it, no currency, crypto or fiat can survive. Blockchain gave us a new kind of trust, trust in code and mathematical truth.
We told ourselves that decentralisation would make corruption of the network improbable by humans. But we didn’t anticipate machine corruption, the rise of autonomous systems capable of penetrating those same decentralised defences.
Academic research already shows that generative AI can autonomously discover one-day vulnerabilities. It can exploit them faster than existing patching cycles. Combine that with the commercialisation of state-sponsored scamming. A $1 trillion illicit economy, according to the World Economic Forum’s Global Cybersecurity Outlook 2025. And you have a perfect storm for simple AI, not accounting for what AGI’s intentions may be.
The moment AI becomes self-directing and amoral when neutral, and outright immoral when viewed from a human perspective, but not a binary perspective (in the computer sense), the concept of secure digital value collapses. No wallet is safe if an AGI can learn every exploit in existence before the first patch is written. Or a new mathematical proof that defeats the difficulty of PoW chains like Bitcoin. Or has implanted itself in every device it can reach and simply transfers your assets away like a hacker.
No Wallet, DeFi protocol, or even Blockchain is safe if AGI wants to take a path of gathering financial resources to enact whatever plan it may develop. As AI becomes omnipresent, the irony is that the very technologies designed to control us by centralised power, digital IDs, central-bank digital currencies (CBDCs), and government backed stablecoins, may become vectors of vulnerability.
A Warning for CBDCs
A report conducted by the Department of Homeland Security recently stated that CBDCs can be susceptible to high levels of cybercrime. These include phishing scams and mass exchange rate manipulation. In an era of AGI, the rate at which these vulnerabilities can be exploited becomes tenfold.
When your savings live entirely inside a system that can be hijacked faster than you can blink, society will retreat to the one haven it knows it can trust: physical cash or cash-like equivalents. But honestly, if this happens, there isn’t much of a society left over at that point.
Cash or Bartering Will Be King (Again)
It sounds absurd, the idea that in an era of automated economies, humanoid robots, and algorithmic wealth managers, the safest thing you could own is a paper banknote. Yet that’s exactly where we’re headed if we go down a path of ‘unplugging’. We move off the grid to combat the AGI release, assuming we are still alive to do so at that point.
Cash can’t be hacked or reprogrammed. It doesn’t depend on the uptime of a network or the integrity of a wallet provider. It is the last financial instrument that exists entirely outside the reach of code. Yet in the scenario of AGI going rogue and being released into the world, the most likely scenario I predict is that the markets will see a slight flicker, almost as if a single global hedge fund blew up, or maybe a bit worse… Within minutes, markets around the world will react as assets gathered by the AGI are dumped and transferred for the purpose of AGI.
Although, paradoxically, if the AGI crashes the markets so badly, hacks billions in Bitcoin and sells it, takes over bank accounts, the cascading effect of a global crash on this order, would impart the effect of all its efforts to gather resources moot. So it cannot crash the market spectacularly. If AGI wants to use its resources in some way. If that is its plan, that is. Why pay a human when you can control a humanoid robot?
The lesson is uncomfortable… The more intelligent our systems become, the more valuable it is to hold something that isn’t correlated to the status quo. Hence, cash (assuming the government hasn’t destroyed the value of the currency) and currency-like items via bartering will be the new status quo in this post AGI world.
Can We Stop It?
The survival of blockchain-based finance will depend on merging on-chain verification with off-chain intelligence. AI must be used not just as an optimisation tool but as a shield. An intelligent custodian that monitors for synthetic behaviour, agent-driven manipulation, and abnormal transaction patterns.
Research conducted by Boston Consulting Group proposes autonomous agents, which could be used to detect and counter adversarial machine behaviour in real time. It’s a promising start, but still reactive, not preventative.
To protect digital value, critical financial infrastructure must incorporate hardware kill-switches, air-gapped recovery procedures, and circuit breakers independent of algorithmic consensus.
In a future where AI moves capital faster than humans can think, there must still be something that can say stop, instantly and irrevocably. This is the first path forward, when we are talking about normal AI and agentic AI as we know it today in 2025. We must fight fire with fire, and use AI agents to protect and attack, otherwise we are knights in armour on a battlefield against drones. This is all before AGI is released; then it becomes an arms race (if there is a competitor AGI) for the two to fight it out or join forces, because at that point, humans are only along for the ride.
The New Definition of Wealth
In the AGI era, wealth won’t be measured by what you own, but by what you can protect. Digital capital will remain essential, but it will need a new architecture that assumes non-human adversaries and responds autonomously. Regulation will never be able to move quickly enough to stop AGI, and even if it did, there remains the challenge of understanding training vs intent and rationally policing the difference between the two. The term ‘agentic state’ has never been so poignant.
Cash will therefore – in either local currencies, new currencies, or bartered items – become king again, not for efficiency, but for situational sovereignty. The markets of the future will be defined less by access and more by security, control, and locality.
AGI could one day manage every trade, optimise every yield, and eliminate every inefficiency if aligned for the good of humanity, but if malaligned AGI grows, the technology will become humanity’s own worst enemy.
This dilemma means a changed society, if there is even one left, that in order to operate needs to keep something tangible in its hands, a note, a coin, a battery, a 5.56 caliber bullet, a reminder that security isn’t always a guarantee.
With physical currency, you sometimes let your immediate environment in, with digital money, you invite the internet in, at the speed of beyond trillions of operations a second, faster than a blink of an eye.
About the Author
Zach Burks is an accomplished blockchain developer with over a decade of experience in the Ethereum ecosystem. He has progressed the governing principles of Ethereum first-hand through his collaboration with the Ethereum Foundation on improving the ERC-721 standard, the cornerstone standard for all NFTs, and by authoring ERC-2981, the industry-defining on-chain royalties standard. Zach is also the mastermind behind Gasless Minting, which revolutionized the NFT creation process.
A 2026 survey of nearly 1,000 C-suite executives found that 87% of companies now use AI in their core operations. However, AI errors and…
SHARE THIS STORY
A 2026 survey of nearly 1,000 C-suiteexecutives found that 87% of companiesnow use AI in their core operations. However, AI errors and rework continue to cost businesses over $67bn a year
Loopex Digital’s January 2026 analysis identified several common mistakes companies make when relying on AI.
1. Giving AI Too Much Control in HR
AI-led hiringfilters out 38% of top-level candidates before human review because it relies on keyword matching. Candidates respond by adjusting CVs to fit those words, often hiding real experience.
“When we started to use AI in our hiring process, we saw some strong candidates get rejected,” said Maria Harutyunyan, co-founder of Loopex Digital. “Out of 100 applicants, the 2 candidates that would’ve been hired didn’t make it because they used different wording instead of the exact keywords.”
How to fix this: “We simplified our job descriptions, removed buzzwords that didn’t matter, and limited AI to shortlisting. The quality of hires improved immediately,”said Maria.
2. Trusting AI Notes Without Review
AI note-takers often struggle with background noise and poor audio, leading to inaccurate notes. In many cases, up to 70% of summaries focus on side comments rather than decisions.
“We tested 10+ AI note-takers across50 of our regular meetings. Most of the main summaries ended up being jokes and half-finished sentences,” said Maria. “Key decisions were either unclear or missing entirely from the AI summary.”
How to fix this: “We limited AI notes to action points and decisions,” said Maria. “Everything else is filtered out or reviewed manually, cutting note clean-up from half an hour to minutes.”
3. Letting Artificial Intelligence Replace Your Customer Support Team
When customers realise they’re speaking to AI, call abandonment jumps from 4% to 25%. Even when customers stay on the line, AI tools can get policy and pricing details wrong, leading to confusion, complaints, refunds, and extra clean-up work for support teams.
How to fix this: Use AI only for simple FAQs, not complex cases. Define clear escalation rules for cancellations, complaints, and legal issues and route those to a human immediately. Restrict your AI from creative responses in support, only letting it use approved templates.
Martin Petrov, Chief Technology Officer, Payments Compliance at Integrity360
SHARE THIS STORY
It is tempting to view payments compliance as the finish line, a signal that a business is secure. But in practice, compliance is just the starting point. It provides a baseline security level, not a digital fortress. Standards are designed to raise the floor and eliminate obvious vulnerabilities, but they cannot cover every emerging threat or nuance – such as a supplier getting breached or a shortcut taken by an engineer at 2 a.m. That is where organisations risk becoming complacent or overly literal in their interpretations.
True security demands a harder question than “Are we compliant”? It demands: “Would this stop an attacker today?” That demands understanding not just what a control requirements state, but why they exist. Multi-factor authentication (MFA), for example, is not just a checkbox; it is a concept rooted in stopping unauthorised access. Compliance must be interpreted in context: against the weakest vendor, the most exposed system, the riskiest business process, and the evolving threat landscape. Too many breaches have exploited gaps that audits never covered because compliance became the ceiling, not the floor.
Regional and cultural factors also play a part. In Northern Europe, payments compliance frameworks like PCI DSS are often seen as a baseline to exceed, with layered defences added beyond the minimum. In other regions, standards such as PCI DSS or ISO/IEC 27001 are treated more as a destination. Certification becomes the end goal – a badge to display, not a baseline to exceed. These differences matter because they determine whether compliance protects you or just protects your reputation.
The supplier slip-up that could cost you everything
One of the most urgent blind spots is the supply chain. You can harden and patch all of your own systems, mandate MFA, and lock down every endpoint. But a vendor’s default service account, an abandoned test tenant, or an over-permissioned API can undermine everything. As integrations and dependencies grow, so does the potential blast radius. And while many organisations know who their suppliers are, far fewer know what access they have, how often they are reviewed, or whether they follow the same standards. Supplier risk must now be managed as rigorously as internal operations; tiered, tested, and tightly controlled.
The three-body problem: when PCI-DSS, GDPR, and the EU AI Act collide
Then there is the pace of innovation, particularly in areas like AI. For European compliance officers, this creates a three-body problem: the EU AI Act, PCI-DSS, and GDPR orbiting each other with overlapping but misaligned requirements. And unlike physics, there is no elegant equation to solve it. Meanwhile, global response remains inconsistent, and the tension between innovation and oversight is only going to grow.
The organisations that succeed in this environment will not just meet standards; they will go further and question whether they are compliant on paper but vulnerable in practice. By treating compliance as a foundation, not a finish line, organisations will unlock new ways to stay secure and trusted. The question is, what does that really look like?
What good is a lock if no one checks the door?
One of the easiest traps for modern security teams is assuming that tools alone provide protection. But no matter how advanced the platform or how rigid the policy, it is people and processes that hold it all together – or let it fall apart. This is especially true in payments compliance, where new platforms and integrations emerge faster than policies can adapt.
Organisations that treat compliance as a checklist often over-rely on technology, trusting automated scans, secure settings, or third-party certifications to keep them safe. But without context and human judgement, these defences can create a false sense of security and leave the business exposed.
In the best security teams, compliance is part of the culture. Risk and DevOps teams stay in sync through constant feedback. Procurement acts as a line of defence, with a clear view of which suppliers matter most and where the risks lie. These teams know when to push back, even if it means slowing things down. And across the business, people are empowered to speak up when something feels off, whether it is a shortcut, a setting, or a workaround that could open the door to risk
Compliance is not the end of the story
The gap between being compliant and being protected has never mattered more. Payments compliance standards offer a necessary starting point, but it cannot keep pace with every new integration, supplier dependency, or regulatory shift. Resilient organisations recognise this. They treat compliance as one layer in a broader strategy, one that includes cultural alignment, human awareness, and operational agility.
The difference shows up not in the paperwork, but in the response to real threats. While compliant organisations pass audits, protected ones prevent breaches. That is the shift the payments industry needs: from ticking boxes to asking better questions, and from chasing certification to building capability, resilience and responsiveness.
Because at the end of the day, it is not about being compliant. It is about being resilient.
AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has released its Finance Trends 2026 report. It presents the findings of its annual survey of finance…
SHARE THIS STORY
AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has released its Finance Trends 2026 report. It presents the findings of its annual survey of finance leaders for the fourth consecutive year… AccessPay reveals marked sectoral differences between finance teams in financial services firms and those in corporates with regards to their priorities and attitudes to technology adoption.
Key findings from the report include:
Finance leaders are prioritising finance efficiency and cost control
Finance teams across all sectors are placing renewed emphasis on efficiency and cost control in 2026. 47% of general corporates cited this as a priority, a goal shared by 46% of financial services firms.
Although cost control is a perennial concern in financial management, sluggish economic growth, rising costs, and geopolitical turmoil have brought it to the fore. Finance leaders are being pushed to do more with less, which also means there is greater interest in adopting advanced technologies; 47% of general corporates and 43% of financial services firms stated they were prioritising the adoption of AI within the coming 18 months.
Financial services firms are pulling ahead in finance transformation
In both the financial services (29%) and general corporate (24%) sectors, a leading pack of firms report that their finance function has a high degree of automation and integration across all back-office systems.
Beyond this, there is a stark dichotomy between the financial and non-financial segments. 45% of financial services firms stated they were advanced in their finance transformation efforts, where most finance processes are automated. In comparison, 41% of corporates stated finance transformation efforts were progressing, with partial automation and manual workarounds. This highlights that there are still many quick wins to be realised in the corporate space through simple automation based on bank connectivity.
Insufficient budget is a bigger barrier to AI adoption for corporates
Financial services firms are much more likely to have invested in AI for finance operations than general corporates. 46% of financial services firms report having implemented AI enhancements to a high degree, compared to 28% of corporates.
Both financial and non-financial sectors faced common barriers to AI adoption, including a lack of internal expertise and resistance to cultural change. However, corporates were far more likely to cite insufficient budget as an issue with 31% raising this as a barrier, compared to 17% of financial services firms.
“The disparities between the financial and non-financial sectors in terms of their attitudes towards technology investment are striking,” comments Anish Kapoor, CEO of AccessPay. “Longer-term, the underinvestment in general corporates could backfire. In the current macroeconomic environment, finance teams will need to stress-test plans to ensure they can operate at the low end of their scenarios. This is why we predict 2026 will be a key year for automation in payment and treasury operations. If finance departments are to operate with reduced headcount or scale without increasing staff, leaders also need to consider how to make up that shortfall with technology.”
Download the full report here to learn more about digital transformation in finance operations and how bank connectivity solutions can help automate payments and bank statement data flows.
About AccessPay’s Finance Trends Survey
AccessPay’s Finance Trends 2026 Survey was conducted online during October 2025. The aggregated results are based on 130 respondents from various sectors, including financial services, legal, retail, manufacturing and utilities. Findings for the financial services sector are based on 84 respondents across banking and insurance, while corporate findings are based on 54 respondents. A small proportion of companies is classified in both segments. Typical job titles of respondents include (Deputy) Finance Director, Financial Systems Manager, Head of Treasury, and Head of Managed Services.
Maxio analysis of $40B+ in billings data shows vertical focus and AI innovation driving success, while growth inflection points emerge earlier than expected
SHARE THIS STORY
Analysis of $40B+ in billings data shows vertical focus and AI innovation driving success, while growth inflection points emerge earlier than expected
Growth remains strong for B2B SaaS and AI companies, but volatility is high, according to the B2B Growth Report by Maxio, a leading billing automation and revenue management platform. While the market is healthy overall, with the average company growing 18% year over year, more than 35% of companies experienced a decline, revealing an industry where growth increasingly depends on focus, discipline and execution rather than market momentum alone.
The report analyzed over $40 billion in billings data across 2,000+ companies from 2024-2025, revealing unexpected patterns in how growth varies by company size, business model, investment backing, and approach to AI. The findings challenge conventional assumptions about scaling thresholds, the universal benefits of AI adoption, and the predictability of growth trajectories.
“Growth didn’t disappear in 2025; it became harder to earn,” said Alan Taylor, Chief Operating Officer at Maxio. “The winners weren’t chasing every trend. Whether AI-native or traditional SaaS, the top performers stayed focused on solving real customer problems.”
Key Report Findings:
Growth is still the norm, but it’s not universal: Average company growth reached 18%, while aggregate market growth was closer to 13%, reflecting slower expansion among larger, more mature businesses. Nearly two-thirds of companies grew year over year, yet more than one-third declined. Down years remain common across all revenue bands.
Growth slows earlier than expected: The data revealed inflection points at around $5 million in billings with another slowdown beyond $25 million, not the typical $1 million, $10 million or $50 million marks, showing the operational challenges of scaling.
Vertical focus outperforms horizontal scale: Vertically focused companies grew faster than horizontal peers (20% vs 16%), reinforcing the value of specialization in competitive markets.
Capital helps, but doesn’t guarantee faster growth: Bootstrapped companies nearly matched VC-backed growth (20% vs. 22%), though scale differed dramatically with VC-funded companies nearly 4x larger. Private equity-backed companies focused more on profitability, growing 13% on average while skewing significantly larger than other cohorts.
AI accelerates, but only at the core: Truly AI-led companies, with AI central to product and positioning, grew fastest at 21%. However, AI-enhanced companies lagged at 16%, while non-AI companies quietly outperformed at 19%. This pattern suggests that AI adoption alone does not guarantee impact—AI implementation without clear value differentiation may not translate into competitive advantage.
“Average growth numbers only tell part of the story,” said Ray Rike, founder and CEO at Benchmarkit. “What stood out is how early growth friction shows up. Teams that identify where and why growth is accelerating will be best positioned to focus their resources on the market segments that provide faster growth.”
2026 Outlook
Despite a more competitive and complex environment, industry optimism is back and strong. Seventy-two percent of companies expect to grow faster in 2026 than 2025. However, leaders are entering the year with more measured expectations around buyer scrutiny, competition and the need for operational efficiency.
Sustainable growth is built, not assumed, the report found. Companies that understand their true growth levers, invest with intent, and maintain discipline as they scale will be best positioned to win in 2026.
Maxio is the billing and financial reporting platform trusted by over 2,000 SaaS, AI and subscription businesses worldwide. With $18B+ in billings under management, Maxio empowers finance teams to scale recurring revenue, automate quote-to-cash and deliver the insights needed to grow confidently.
Digital & Tech Head Soumya Mishra reveals how the group behind power brands like Sensodyne, Panadol and Centrum, broke away from GSK and transformed so successfully. Haleon is itself a large organisation so separating from a huge parent company was a big challenge… “It was the biggest deal of its kind and the first to happen in this industry,” Mishra adds. “We were separating to create simplification, but we had to work hard to achieve that. There were a lot of processes and policies that didn’t make sense and needed an overhaul. This had to be backed by a culture shift that was properly communicated.”
State of Montana: Cybersecurity Through A New Lens
State of Montana CISO, Chris Santucci, explains the organisation’s drastic shift towards security, and how his team has become a shining example within the wider IT centralisation sphere… “Fixing security vulnerabilities came down to having built enough social capital and trust to correct. I like to stay slightly uncomfortable as a CISO and as a human, to keep challenging myself to deliver better services and greater value. The mission is to ensure Montana citizens get the support they need while keeping services secure and protecting data.”
Publicis Sapient: Driving Banking Transformations with AI
Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan reveals how Publicis Sapient is developing the playbook for delivering successful AI-led digital transformations across the financial services landscape. “Working with Generative AI today feels like standing on a new frontier. It keeps us on our toes, but it’s also what drives us – to stay relevant, deliver outcomes and connect both worlds of business and technology.”
Techcombank:
Chief Strategy & Transformation Officer, PC Chakravarti explores the operating model, Data & AI foundations, culture and talent playbook, and the partnerships turning ambition into market leading outcomes at Techcombank in Asia. “Tech is not the limiting factor – it’s about supporting people and talent to leverage capabilities to enhance business models.”
Oakland County:
Sunil Asija, Director of Human Resources at Oakland County, talks building trust with collaboration and becoming employer of choice. “To build trust the culture needs to change from top to bottom, and it needs everyone to join in that good fight.”
From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity
SHARE THIS STORY
From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity
Money20/20, the world’s leading FinTech show, and the place where money does business, has revealed the agenda for Money20/20 Asia. Set for April 21-23 at the Queen Sirikit National Convention Center in Bangkok. Asia’s most influential FinTech event will bring together thousands of leaders, innovators, regulators, and investors. From across the region and around the world delegates will explore how financial technology can deliver real human impact – not just technical innovation.
From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity
Under the theme “From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity,” the agenda reflects the industry’s evolution from celebrating capability to driving measurable outcomes that matter to people and communities. The program will spotlight key priorities. These include intelligent infrastructure for inclusive systems, SME empowerment, hyper-local ecosystem orchestration across diverse markets, last-mile solutions for underserved users, and the convergence of traditional and decentralised finance.
The keynote roster features top voices shaping the future of finance across Asia and beyond. Including Peng Ooi Goh, Founder & Executive Chairman of Silverlake Group; Sridhar Narayanan, Distinguished Engineer & CTO, IBM Payments Center; Kelvin Tan, CEO of audax Singapore; Fozia Amanulla, CEO of Boost Bank Malaysia; Rob Schimek, Group CEO of Bolttech; Anu Phanse, Chief Compliance Officer at Coinbase Singapore; Raymond Ng, CEO for Singapore & SEA at Revolut; and Rahul Advani, Global Co-Head of Policy at Ripple – along with an expanding roster of sector leaders across banking, FinTech, and technology.
A Defining Moment for the FinTech Industry
“Money20/20 Asia 2026 is a defining moment for our industry,” says Danny Levy, EVP & MD, APAC & Middle East. “This year’s agenda has been designed not just to showcase what technology can do, but to deepen conversations about what technology should do. Solve real challenges, unlock economic potential for small businesses, and ensure inclusive access for communities across Asia. We’re thrilled to bring together a lineup of visionary leaders who share that commitment.”
“Tokenisation is quickly moving from concept to real‑world use across Asia. Industries today are leveraging cutting edge technology to unlock liquidity and value through secure, compliant frameworks. HashKey is building the foundational infrastructure that makes it possible, and I’m looking forward to joining Money20/20 Asia to drive this shift from experimentation to real impact.”
Anna Liu, Chief Executive Officer of HashKey Tokenisation
Across three days of keynotes, panels, and interactive sessions, attendees will explore the critical trends shaping the future of money. From payments, banking, and digital assets to AI, regulatory innovation, and human-centred design. All with a focus on turning ideas into impact.
Launched by industry insiders in 2012, Money20/20 has rapidly become the heartbeat of the global fintech ecosystem. Over the last decade, the most innovative, fast-moving ideas and companies have driven their growth on our platform. Mastercard, Airwallex, J.P. Morgan, SHIELD, GCash, Stripe, Google, VISA, Adyen, and more make transformational deals and raise their global profile with us. Money20/20 attracts leaders from the world’s greatest banks, payments companies, VC firms, regulators, and media platforms: convening to cut industry-shaping deals, build world-changing partnerships, and unlock future-defining opportunities in Las Vegas (October 18-21, 2026), Amsterdam (June 2-4, 2026), Riyadh (September 14-16, 2026), and Bangkok (April 21-23, 2026). Money20/20 is where the world’s fintech leaders convene to grow their brands.
Exiger’s new tool will help fight against modern slavery in the supply chain
SHARE THIS STORY
Exiger has announced the launch of its no cost, open access website that allows global citizens, companies, governments, and NGOs to review whether a company or its supply chain is linked to state-sponsored forced labour. forcedlabor.ai empowers all companies, regardless of the size of their compliance budget, to make better decisions about who they do business with and ensure that their supply chain isn’t unknowingly profiting from modern slavery.
“Modern slavery is a blight on humanity,” said Exiger CEO Brandon Daniels. “An estimated 50 million people are trapped in modern slavery, many of whom are hidden in opaque supply chains. As part of our mission to make the world a safe and transparent place to succeed, Exiger has decided to make the world’s largest dataset on companies connected to state-sponsored forced labour available to everyone. Hundreds of thousands of companies and millions of global supply chains are impacted.”
forcedlabor.ai lets companies, citizens, government agencies, law enforcement, NGOs, and civil society enter the name of supplier or company to immediately see potential forced labour connections in their supply chains. Powered by Exiger’s proprietary AI capabilities, results are evidenced-based and actionable. forcedlabor.ai will cover a growing scope and currently encompasses People’s Republic of China (PRC) state-sponsored forced labour, Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA) risks and US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Withhold Release Orders (WRO) exposure across virtually every industry, including retail, automotive, industrials, consumer goods and electronics, and agricultural products.
“The CCP is responsible for one of the gravest human atrocities in recent history: the genocide of Uyghurs,” said Representative John Moolenaar, Chairman of the House Select Committee on the Strategic Competition Between the US and the Chinese Communist Party, on the launch of forcedlabor.ai. “Corporate actors must be open-eyed and take action to avoid complicity in this abuse and billions of dollars in global supply chains that rely on the CCP’s persecution of the Uyghurs.”
“When our global non-profit, which helps organisations build their resilience to modern slavery and labour exploitation, was looking for a technology to provide supply chain visibility, we reviewed over 400 platforms, and Exiger was heads and shoulders above all of the others,” said Slave-Free Alliance CEO Tim Nelson. “They’ve built the world’s largest forced labour risk database with some 20 billion records, and now they’re making incredibly valuable data available to everyone, creating a level of baseline transparency never before possible.”
The tool was developed with input from human rights and supply chain specialists including Kit Conklin, Exiger SVP of Risk & Compliance, Atlantic Council Nonresident Senior Fellow and former US House Select Committee on China Senior Advisor, as well as Dr. Laura Murphy, one of the world’s foremost experts on forced labour, Professor of Human Rights and Contemporary Slavery at the Helena Kennedy Centre for International Justice at Sheffield Hallam University, Senior Associate in the Human Rights Initiative at CSIS, and former Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Senior Policy Advisor who led the UFLPA Entity List team.
“This is a revolutionary, first-of-its-kind platform that makes regulator-grade forced labor risk intelligence accessible to everyone,” said Conklin. “The scale and universal availability of this data, powered by AI, represents a new era in forced labor transparency.”
Exiger is launching forcedlabor.ai at WEF’s 2026 Annual Meeting at Davos. Exiger CEO and WEF Governor Brandon Daniels will discuss how AI and supply chain intelligence, including forced labour data, are reshaping the industrial, economic and defence landscape alongside private sector CEOs and government officials at the USA House. The first session, Boardroom to Battlefield: Winning the AI Tempo War for Economic and National Security, is at 12:15PM CET on Wednesday, January 21, and the second, From Enforcement to Advantage: The Integrated Trade Strategy Powering America’s Industrial Revival is at 2:15PM CET on Thursday, January 22. Sessions will be livestreamed. For details on all of Exiger appearances and activations at Davos, visit https://www.exiger.com/davos2026.
Lasse Fredslund, CMS Product Owner at Umbraco, examines the carbon footprint of our digital lives and offers advice on how to shrink it
SHARE THIS STORY
Our digital lives have a carbon footprint. The energy consumed to power and cool the data centres at the heart of ecommerce, online banking, social and streamed media, already emits as much greenhouse gas as the aviation industry. This is expected to increase to 8% of GHG emissions in 2025.
While hyperscale data centre operators, including Microsoft, Alphabet, and Amazon, have made big strides towards adopting renewable energy sources, they still need fossil fuel-powered backup systems to meet the 24×7 demand for power and cooling.
To meet the predicted 606 Terawatt hours of electricity needed to power datacentres by 2030, three mothballed nuclear plants have been recommissioned in the US, and major investment is going into building new nuclear plants. However, building will take years and until then, fossil fuel combustion will continue.
How Can we Shrink our Digital Carbon Footprint?
The good news is that we can all do our bit to lighten the load. Even turning off autoplay on our smartphones and turning down the screen brightness can contribute to an overall reduction in energy consumption on our digital devices. Web designers and developers can do even more: making multiple optimisations that reduce web page weight and lower energy consumption and associated GHG emissions.
For our own part, we’re focusing on ways to make our operations more sustainable and our software more energy-efficient. Running our CMS platform on Microsoft .NET9 has introduced features such as HybridCache that aid carbon-conscious web developers in building sites that load content more efficiently.
We’re also working closely with our global open-source community and digital agency partners to show how to reduce the CO2 emitted by business websites built on the Umbraco CMS platform. The Umbraco community Sustainability Team, formed in March 2023, has published documentation that provides practical steps for reducing web page weight and optimising data transmission.
Sharing Responsibility and Best Practices
By sharing sustainable best practices, and the measurable ROI that our partners’ clients have achieved as a result of carbon-conscious web design, we hope to amplify these changes across the industry. Together we can make a much bigger difference to our collective carbon footprint.
Prominent members of our open-source community Sustainability Team worked with us and implemented the Green Web Foundation’s CO2.js tool. We now have a Sustainability Dashboard, which helps businesses monitor and reduce the environmental impact of their websites running on Umbraco Cloud.
Ten tips to reduce Cloud Carbon Footprint
Members of the Umbraco Sustainability Team have published the following practical steps that organisations can take, and free tools that they can use, to measurably reduce the energy consumption and CO2 emissions of websites and digital experiences.
Lose weight
Just as the aviation industry has been introducing lighter aircraft to help reduce fuel consumption and emissions, carbon-conscious web designers can also help organisations to reduce web page weight.
The Sustainability Team recommends using tools such as www.Ecograder.com and www.Websitecarbon.com which show grams of CO2 emitted per web page. This is the simplest way to check a web page’s energy-efficiency, so that improvements can be made.
Neil Clark, Service Design Lead, at TPX Impact, observes, “Every piece of website software and code must minimise the data transfer it causes. We must start to consider data transfer as a constraint in all of our digital projects.”
Thomas Morris, Tech Lead at TPX Impact advises, “A useful first step is to set page weight budgets and stick to them. This helps to create a culture of optimisation with realistic targets. The HTTP Archive suggests a maximum of 1 Megabyte.”
Reduce Images
To reduce web page weight, Rick Butterfield, Lead Software Engineer at Wattle, emphasises, “Be ruthless about images. Make sure they’re sized well and avoid using stock images, which can sometimes be massive files.”
Thomas Morris agrees, “One of the biggest impacts you can have, with fairly minimal effort, is to use appropriately-sized images on your website, or consider whether images are needed at all. Using modern image compression formats, such as WebP, or AVIF helps reduce file sizes by up to 70% compared to JPEGs, without your users noticing any difference. Optimise images before upload, to reduce the extra compute effort of resizing images. Where appropriate, consider using SVG icons, logos or illustrations, since these often result in smaller image file sizes and also scale easily without compromising image quality.”
Compress fonts
Thomas Morris advises, “We suggest using system fonts to reduce extra server requests. If you do have to use custom fonts then compression tools, such as WOFF2, will help to minimise the data weight of those assets. WOFF2 is supported across all modern browsers.”
Minimising text assets, including HTML documents, JavaScript files and CSS files is a really good practice. Google’s Brotli is a lossless compression tool supported by 96% of browsers that makes this a lot easier and reduces text-based files by around two thirds.
Choose colours wisely
Rick Butterfield advises that web designers can even reduce carbon footprint by changing the colours selected for a website: “Blue shades use up more energy than reds and greens when they’re displayed on screens.”
Default to Dark Mode
“Dark mode is very simple to set up and can be built on incrementally,” enthuses Rick Butterfield. As with a lot of the best practices outlined by the Sustainability Team, these changes benefit end users too. “A university study found that switching from light mode to dark mode at 100% screen brightness can save an average of 40% battery power, so users don’t have to charge devices as often,” adds Rick.
Keep software updated
James Hobbs, Head of Technology at aer Studios, says, “Simply by keeping libraries, frameworks and the rest, up to date, your organisation is likely to benefit from enhanced efficiency, which means doing more work with the same or fewer resources, which is better for the planet. When Umbraco moved to .NET Core it made a massive difference to the efficiency of the CMS. Staying on top of this can deliver sustainability and efficiency benefits and an improved security posture.”
Load web content efficiently
To make data transfers of images, videos and iframes more efficient, the Sustainability Team recommends implementing lazy loading on clients’ sites. “Lazy loading limits what is loaded within the viewport and is supported in modern browsers,” explains Thomas Morris.
However, web designers should avoid applying lazy loading to hero images which are always visible at the top of a page, as this will cause the website to load slowly and impact user experience.
Make your Site Carbon-Aware
Rick Butterfield is a strong advocate for building carbon-aware websites. “The Green Software Foundation’s Carbon Aware software development kit allows developers to create software that does more when the electricity is from renewable sources and less when the electricity is from fossil fuels. Open APIs allow us to create this type of service for clients. Functionality of the site can be altered based on current grid usage, where your servers are located, or where your users are. As an example, images can be disabled if the server load is too high, or they could be stripped back to display illustrations instead.”
Choose carbon-efficient infrastructure
Andy Eva-Dale, CTO at Tangent, advises that running digital services from the cloud has both environmental and financial benefits for organisations, “All the major cloud providers have carbon commitments. Take advantage of PAAS features like auto-scaling, to ensure you’re only using and paying for the computing memory you need, and this is optimised for ‘business as usual’ traffic, from a carbon perspective. Then, when you have spikes in traffic, we can auto-scale those applications. Furthermore, when we start looking at microservice architecture, we can scale independently and set resource plans on individual services rather than whole applications, giving us more control.”
Andy Eva-Dale continues, “The next thing to consider is serving content geographically close to your audience. Hosting static files or caching your API responses on the edge can significantly reduce the amount of carbon your systems produce.”
Thomas Morris agrees, saying, “Serving static assets via a content delivery network (CDN) will ensure that requests are treated efficiently.”
Switch off after use
Andy Eva-Dale also advises turning off cloud-based resources after use, “When you’ve moved to a relatively stable business as usual cycle, turn off your non-production environment and turn them on only when you need to make a patch, or update a particular feature. If you’re in a continuous programme of work, look at switching off environments at weekends. Applications like Kubernetes give you increased control over that. An auto event-driven autoscaler was announced by The Cloud Native Computing Foundation that allows infrastructure to be adjusted, based on carbon metrics.”
Taking our own advice:
The Sustainability Team is committed to working with peers, clients and even competitors to share these best practices and collectively reduce the environmental impact of digital experiences. This includes Umbraco listening to our digital partners and making the necessary changes to our core CMS platform and website.
Neil Clark comments, “By having us as a Sustainability Team, we can really push change at all levels of Umbraco which means that the impact of those changes is going to be amplified and not restricted to a few developers or agencies changing the way that they work.”
This is not just a nice-to-have. Our digital agency partners tell us they are seeing more client briefs and RFPs that stipulate sustainable web design. In the face of new legislation such as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, there is an increasingly strong business case for carbon-conscious web design.”
Partnership enables financial institutions to expand faster into new markets with automated, consistent and compliant localisation workflows
SHARE THIS STORY
Plumery, the digital banking development platform, and Lokalise, a leading platform for continuous localisation have joined forces to embed enterprise-grade localisation functionality, including translation and market adaptation, directly into digital banking experiences. This will enable financial institutions to deliver hyper-localised experiences at scale. Improving accessibility, engagement, compliance and customer satisfaction.
Today, financial institutions increasingly compete on experience, speed, and accessibility. Global banking customers now consider native language support a baseline expectation. This makes it essential for institutions to adopt a multilingual-by-design approach.
Plumery combines developer-friendly, customer-centric digital banking platform with Lokalise’s best-in-class localisation infrastructure. Together, their AI orchestration will help financial institutions expand their customer base. This can be done in a scalable way by launching and updating multilingual journeys faster, with full control and compliance.
Modern Digital Banking
The partnership also removes one of the biggest blockers to delivering modern digital banking. Financial institutions can now deliver high-quality localised digital banking experiences. Moreover, at a fraction of the cost and time, across all channels, without engineering bottlenecks. This reduces operational overhead, speeds up market entry, improves compliance with language- and accessibility-related regulations. All of which delivers a better, more inclusive customer experience. Financial institutions can move faster without increasing operational risk.
“Localisation is no longer a nice-to-have, it’s essential for delivering truly inclusive and personalised banking experiences. Partnering with Lokalise allows us to bring world-class localisation into every digital journey our clients build on Plumery. Together, we’re helping financial institutions launch faster, scale globally, and meet the expectations of modern customers who want banking in their own language, context and culture.”
Danielle Cohen, Head of Product at Plumery
“This partnership is a game-changer for financial institutions looking to scale globally with confidence. By embedding AI orchestration and continuous localisation directly into the Plumery platform, we are empowering customers to easily launch and update multilingual services at a fraction of the cost, ensuring consistent, compliant, and local experiences that accelerate market expansion and drive rapid customer growth.”
Etgar Bonar, CMO at Lokalise
The partnership is live across all markets Plumery and Lokalise serve, with the first mutual deployments already underway.
About Lokalise
Lokalise is the most intuitive and powerful AI localisation platform, trusted and loved by 3,000+ global companies to deliver high-quality human-level translations at a fraction of the cost. Furthermore, with advanced AI orchestration, 60+ deep integrations and world-class support, it is built to automate, collaborate, and scale growth while maintaining full brand and regulatory control.
About Plumery
Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.
Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.
Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).
Some Europe & Middle East CIOs anticipate up to 178% ROI on AI investments, with further efficiencies expected as Agentic AI scales
SHARE THIS STORY
Enterprises have moved decisively from AI pilots to scaled implementations, driven by proven benefits and expectations of significant financial returns, according to the Lenovo Europe & Middle East CIO Playbook 2026 with research insights by IDC. Nearly half (46%) of AI proof-of-concepts have already progressed into production, with organisations projecting average returns of $2.78 for every dollar invested.
The 2026 Lenovo CIO Playbook: The Race for Enterprise AI, draws on insights from 800 IT and business decision makers in Europe and the Middle East. It captures a regional inflection point and reinforces the value proposition for enterprise AI as both real and immediate. It calls on CIOs to act now to avoid lagging competitors. The research marks a clear shift from AI experimentation to measurable value creation, with nearly all (93%) of those surveyed planning to increase AI investments in the next 12 months. At an average spending growth rate of 10%, and 94% anticipating positive returns.
Enterprise AI Adoption in Europe and the Middle East
AI is now recognised as a core engine of business reinvention and competitive advantage. However, AI adoption in the markets is progressing at different speeds. Reflecting varying levels of digital maturity, regulatory readiness, and investment capacity, and there is a clear overconfidence problem among CIOs. While 57% of organisations in Europe and the Middle East are approaching or already in late-stage AI adoption, only 27% have a comprehensive AI governance framework. Further limitations in data quality, in-house expertise, integration complexity, and organisational alignment are causing a mismatch between ambition and readiness.
With Agentic AI overtaking Generative AI as the top priority for CIOs in 2026, these factors will prevent many organisations from fully capitalising on AI’s potential, leaving significant returns unrealised. Moreover, 65% of organisations are focused on scaling Agentic AI across their operations within 12 months, but only 16% report significant usage today, with the majority still piloting or actively exploring use cases.
More advanced markets such as Scandinavia, Italy, and the UK are moving beyond pilots, with a majority of organisations already systematically adopting AI and increasing focus on hybrid and edge deployments to support scale. In contrast, parts of Southern and Eastern Europe remain earlier in their AI journeys, with a higher proportion of organisations still in planning or early development stages. Meanwhile, the Middle East is emerging as a fast-moving growth market, showing strong adoption momentum and a sharp year-on-year increase in interest in advanced and Agentic AI.
Across the region, hybrid deployment models dominate as organisations balance innovation with data sovereignty and operational control. While interest in Agentic AI is accelerating. This signals a broader shift from experimentation toward more autonomous, production-ready AI use cases, even as readiness levels continue to vary by market.
“We’re now seeing clear returns from the AI pilots and proof-of-concepts organizations have invested in, with AI delivering measurable impact across the region. But many are not fully equipped with the skills, governance and readiness needed to scale AI to its full potential. As priorities shift toward Agentic AI, and compliance with regulation such as the EU AI Act becomes imperative, trust and scale must be built in from the start. Those who don’t, risk leaving tangible returns on the table.”
Matt Dobrodziej, President of Europe, Lenovo
Hybrid AI Now Preferred Enterprise Architecture
The research shows that real-world business and financial considerations are accelerating the shift toward hybrid AI. Factors such as data privacy, advanced security requirements, and the need to customise and optimise infrastructure are driving adoption of this model, which blends public cloud, private cloud, and on-premises compute. Nearly three out of five (58%) organisations now prefer hybrid as their primary AI deployment model.
Scalable, high-performing AI infrastructure is a critical enabler of enterprise AI success. Respondents in the region highlighted the importance of compute that is both cost- and energy-efficient. This factor ranked second overall, with many identifying it as key to moving AI from pilots into reliable production.
With AI PCs and edge endpoints central to an effective Hybrid AI strategy and securely running AI workloads locally, deploying AI-capable devices has emerged as the top IT investment priority for 2026.
“CIOs across the region are entering a decisive phase of AI adoption where agentic AI and enterprise-scale inferencing are moving from experimentation to core business priorities,” said Dobrodziej. “To unlock real value, organisations need strong foundations, including secure, energy-efficient infrastructure, flexible hybrid architectures, and AI-capable devices and edge endpoints that bring inference closer to where data is created, and work happens. When combined with the right governance and services, this end-to-end approach enables enterprises to innovate confidently, responsibly, and at scale.”
Lenovo recently introduced Lenovo Agentic AI, a full-lifecycle enterprise solution for creating, deploying, and managing AI agents, alongside Lenovo xIQ, a suite of AI-native platforms designed to simplify and operationalise AI across the enterprise. Built on the Lenovo Hybrid AI Advantage™, these offerings combine hybrid infrastructure, platforms, and services to address governance, integration, and performance from day one. Supported by the Lenovo AI Library of proven use cases, CIOs can reduce risk, accelerate time-to-value, and scale AI initiatives with greater confidence as they move beyond experimentation.
To further enable real-world deployment, Lenovo ThinkSystem and ThinkEdge inferencing servers help enterprises turn trained models into production-ready, low-latency AI applications across data center, cloud, and edge environments. By enabling faster, more efficient inference at scale, Lenovo helps CIOs bridge the gap between AI ambition and day-to-day business impact.
Building on this end-to-end AI foundation, Lenovo’s Smarter AI for All vision is focused on bringing AI to more people and businesses at scale, from enterprise infrastructure to AI PCs that deliver intelligent, personalised experiences directly to users. As outlined at Lenovo Tech World at CES 2026, Lenovo is advancing this vision across its AI PC and smartphone portfolio, with Lenovo and Motorola Qira representing one example of how personal AI can enhance productivity by understanding context across devices and helping users get things done.
Learn more about how enterprises can accelerate AI adoption with the right infrastructure, governance, and partnerships:Explore the full 2026 CIO Playbook report.
About the CIO Playbook Study
This is the third year of surveying CIOs in Europe and the Middle East, with Lenovo commissioning IDC which conducted research between 16th September 2025 and 17th October 2025. This year’s report draws on insights from 800 IT and business decision makers in Europe and the Middle East. Industries represented include: BFSI, Retail, Manufacturing, Telco/CSP, Healthcare, Government, Education and others.
About Lenovo
Lenovo is a US$69 billion revenue global technology powerhouse, ranked #196 in the Fortune Global 500, and serving millions of customers every day in 180 markets. Focused on a bold vision to deliver Smarter Technology for All, Lenovo has built on its success as the world’s largest PC company with a full-stack portfolio of AI-enabled, AI-ready, and AI-optimized devices (PCs, workstations, smartphones, tablets), infrastructure (server, storage, edge, high performance computing and software defined infrastructure), software, solutions, and services. Lenovo’s continued investment in world-changing innovation is building a more equitable, trustworthy, and smarter future for everyone, everywhere. Lenovo is listed on the Hong Kong stock exchange under Lenovo Group Limited (HKSE: 992) (ADR: LNVGY). To find out more visit https://www.lenovo.com, and read about the latest news via ourStoryHub.
The AI leader joins Hy-Tek to scale its IntraOne software platform
SHARE THIS STORY
Hy-Tek Intralogistics, a leading provider of warehouse and distribution technology, is excited to announce today the appointment of Jim Peters as Senior Director, Software Development. In this leadership role, Peters will oversee the engineering and product development strategy, focusing on scaling high-performance teams and advancing the architecture of the company’s software solutions.
Peters joins Hy-Tek with over 18 years of experience in senior leadership roles, bringing deep expertise in systems architecture, cloud computing, and machine learning. He has a proven track record of building and scaling engineering organisations, having successfully managed global teams across on-site and offshore locations in the US, Europe, Australia, and Hong Kong.
Most recently, Peters served as Senior Software Engineering Manager at Vanderlande, where he led engineering and product teams in North America and Europe to develop next-generation Warehouse Execution Systems (WES). During his tenure, he was instrumental in updating legacy systems to modern development practices and piloting an Agentic AI development program to assist with system review and refactoring.
Robert Kluck, Vice President of Software Development at Hy-Tek Intralogistics, said: “Jim’s extensive background in WES development and his forward-thinking approach to AI and machine learning make him an invaluable asset to our technology leadership team. His ability to transform organisations using Agile methodologies aligns perfectly with our mission to deliver cutting-edge software solutions to our customers.”
At Hy-Tek, Peters will leverage his proficiency in transforming organisations and his experience with AI platforms to enhance decision support and development velocity. His leadership will be pivotal in driving the continuous evolution of Hy-Tek’s software offerings, ensuring they remain at the forefront of the supply chain industry.
Brian Gaynor, European Chief Executive at BlueSnap, on leveraging the new tools that are needed to meet today’s tech demands
SHARE THIS STORY
Finance teams have a problem. The demands of doing business in 2025 go far beyond the limits of the tools they’ve been using for decades. Every day, teams wrestle with myriad spreadsheets, struggling to manage critical business processes with the tools they’d use to plan the Christmas party.
But the alternative feels too risky. Decision makers shy away from changing the systems they’ve worked in for years, and the investment and imagined disruption this would bring. Surely ‘better the devil you know’ – even if the present is particularly hellish.
On first glance, refusing to change may seem like the cheaper choice. Yet familiarity comes with a hidden premium. The cost of inefficient manual processes quickly mounts up and missed opportunities mean higher losses. As businesses face shrinking margins in a strained economic climate, this is a cost they can no longer afford.
Spreadsheets Conceal a World of Secrets
One of the biggest challenges finance teams face today is the lack of visibility into outstanding invoices. Manual spreadsheets often hide the true scale of late payments, often until it’s too late. When unresolved invoices pile up, companies face reduced cash flow, strained internal coordination, and great exposure to compliance risks. The extent of this damage should not be underestimated: late payments cost the UK economy £11 billion a year and shut down 38 businesses every day.
However, modern AR automation tools can bring cash secrets into the light. They’re able to give businesses real-time visibility over accounts receivables so overdue payments are spotted earlier and businesses can launch proactive collection strategies, rather than desperately chasing overdue accounts at the very last minute. Automated reminders, dispute resolution workflows, and digital invoicing help take the friction out of invoicing, as well as giving finance teams a smarter view of receivables year-round, not just during heightened crunch periods.
Using AR software to reduce financial bottlenecks creates a cascade of business benefits. Freed from spreadsheet hell, customer-facing teams now have the time to focus on client relationships, and drive company growth, rather than endlessly chasing late payments. This means they can bring their talent to create real value for a business, rather than being forced to take on manual tasks that should be left to a machine.
Keeping Cash Flowing
Cash flow is the lifeblood of every business yet legacy processes often drain it. Manual invoicing and reconciliation often end up extending collection cycles and, subsequently, straining liquidity. Stuck with outdated processes, companies end up waiting weeks – or even months – longer than they need to access their own funds.
By contrast, AR automation accelerates invoice collection, allowing businesses to unlock working capital much faster than any manual process could. At the same time, it helps individuals and organisations increase their productivity by eliminating repetitive, error-prone tasks such as data entry, reconciliations, and follow-ups. Finance professionals can then redirect their time to higher-value work such as interpreting data, advising leadership, and shaping strategy. This is the work that helps grow a business and allows an organisation to move with agility which is crucial to economic resilience in today’s difficult climate. The ability to free up capital and employee bandwidth can be the difference between stagnation and growth.
Extending the Range of Vision
Another casualty of manual processes is cash flow forecasting. Spreadsheets are reactive documents, providing a static, backwards-looking view of finances, and are often plagued by version control issues and human error. This means finance leaders are left making critical business decisions without a clear picture of future cash flow, reducing strategic planning to a roll of the dice.
Automation offers the opposite. By offering real-time visibility of accounts, invoices, and performance, it enables finance teams to forecast cash flow with confidence. This foresight allows businesses to accurately anticipate liquidity needs, mitigate any risks, and respond faster to shifts in demand or supply chain disruption, meaning they can work proactively rather than reactively. The ability to be on the front foot is another crucial block in building business resilience.
Enhancing the Customer Experience
Outdated systems don’t just create internal inefficiencies, they affect an organisation’s relationship with their customers. Legacy systems have a significant impact on the customer experience, as manual processes, such as cheque reconciliation, slow down operations and make payment processing cumbersome.
Again, automated AR solutions can help here. Automated systems enable businesses to offer customer-friendly features, like a ‘pay by link’ option that makes it easy for customers to instantly settle invoices. This reduces friction in the payment process, prompts clients to make payments quickly and on time, and helps strengthen the trust between an organisation and its customers.
Ultimately, modern finance platforms that use automation greatly enhance the customer experience by making billing seamless, accurate, and transparent. Payments are processed faster, disputes are handled proactively, and customer satisfaction improves as a result. At a time when every client counts, such benefits can’t be ignored.
Familiarity Comes at a Price
With so many advantages stemming from AR automation, why are so many organisations choosing to stick with spreadsheets? One may think that the biggest barrier to change is technology, but often, it’s their attitude. Too many finance leaders assume that because their current processes haven’t collapsed, they must be working well enough to remain in place. But ‘if it ain’t broke’ is a destructive mindset. Opting to be complacent and being satisfied with ‘good enough’ tools, is a costly decision. And are these tools actually working if they lead to lost productivity, delayed revenue, weakened forecasting, and damage to customer relationships?
Businesses may think it’s up to them to upgrade their finance systems. But the decision to automate is quickly being taken out of their hands. Companies that still cling to the processes of the past will soon find themselves left behind, as competitors leverage the new tools that are needed to meet today’s demands. While change may seem intimidating, or feel temporarily uncomfortable, ultimately, it’s crashing into the red that’s going to feel worst of all.
Christina Mertens, vice president of business development, EMEA, at VIRTUS Data Centres on designing next gen digital infrastructure
SHARE THIS STORY
Europe’s digital infrastructure is entering a new phase of development. For more than a decade, growth was concentrated in a small number of metropolitan hubs. This was where connectivity, enterprise demand and financial services created natural centres of gravity for data centres. Cities such as London, Frankfurt, Amsterdam and Paris (FLAP markets) became the backbone of Europe’s cloud and colocation landscape.
That model is now under pressure. Computing power is surging in ways that surpass forecasts made even two years ago. AI training and inference, high performance computing (HPC), analytics and modernised public services all require significant and sustained energy and cooling capacity. McKinsey suggests that global demand for data centre capacity could more than triple by 2030. It’s clear Europe needs more digital infrastructure. However, it needs that infrastructure in places with the headroom and regulatory clarity to support long term expansion. And this is why what are referred to as second-tier locations are becoming critical to expanding Europe’s digital architecture.
In practical terms, second-tier locations are not secondary in importance. They are cities and regional areas outside the most constrained metropolitan centres, where there is greater headroom for power, land and long-term infrastructure planning. Across Europe, this includes parts of regional Germany and Italy, Iberia, the Nordics and areas of the UK outside of London. These locations are now playing a central role in how Europe expands its digital capacity.
Why the Digital Infrastructure Shift is Happening
The primary driver is power. Data centres require sustained, predictable electrical capacity over long periods, particularly as AI workloads increase baseline demand. In dense urban centres, electricity networks are often operating close to their limits, and upgrading them is complex, costly and slow. New substations are difficult to site, transmission upgrades can take many years, and competition for capacity from other sectors is intensifying.
Land availability compounds this challenge. Modern data centres are no longer single buildings inserted into existing industrial estates. They are increasingly campus-based developments, designed to accommodate multiple facilities, on-site substations and future expansion. Securing sites of that scale within major cities is difficult and expensive. And often incompatible with planning frameworks that prioritise mixed-use or residential development.
By contrast, regional and edge-of-city locations offer more physical space and greater flexibility. They make it possible to plan electrical infrastructure coherently from the outset, rather than retrofitting systems around urban constraints. For building services professionals, this changes the nature of both design and delivery.
Delivery Challenges in Regional Locations
While second-tier locations offer more space and flexibility, they are not without challenges. Securing grid capacity remains a critical path issue. It requires close collaboration with transmission and distribution network operators, regardless of geography. In some regions, new infrastructure or upgrades are required to support data centre demand. This can introduce complexity into delivery programmes.
Phased development is another defining characteristic. Many campuses are designed to be built out over several years, sometimes over a decade or more. Electrical and mechanical systems need to be designed and installed in a way that supports this staged approach, maintaining operational efficiency while allowing for expansion.
This places a premium on coordination between designers, contractors, operators and utilities. Clear documentation, consistent standards and long-term programme management become essential, particularly where different phases may be delivered by different teams over time.
Skills and Workforce Considerations
As data centre development spreads across a wider range of locations, skills availability becomes an important consideration. High-voltage electrical expertise, experience with resilient power systems and familiarity with data centre standards are already in demand, and that demand is unlikely to ease.
In regional locations where specialist labour pools may be smaller, there is increased focus on training, apprenticeships and long-term workforce development. From an operator and developer perspective, the ability of contractors and consultants to provide consistent quality across multiple phases is particularly valued on campus-scale projects.
This creates opportunities for building services firms that invest in people and develop repeatable delivery capability. Long-term relationships can be built where teams understand an operator’s standards and are involved across successive phases of development.
The Influence of AI and Higher-Density Workloads
AI is accelerating many of these trends. Training and inference workloads place sustained loads on electrical and cooling systems, increasing the importance of reliability and predictable performance. This reinforces the need for robust primary infrastructure and careful long-term planning.
Second-tier locations make it easier to accommodate these requirements because they allow for comprehensive system design at scale. Space for substations, cooling plant and future expansion can be planned into the site from the beginning, rather than being constrained by surrounding development.
From a building services perspective, this does not necessarily mean radically new technologies, but it does increase the importance of integration, resilience and accurate demand forecasting.
Why this Matters for the Built Environment Sector
The shift toward second-tier locations represents more than a geographical redistribution of data centres. It reflects a broader change in how digital infrastructure is planned, designed and delivered. Larger sites, longer programmes and greater emphasis on early-stage coordination place building services and electrical design at the centre of successful delivery.
For the built environment sector, this creates sustained opportunities across design, construction and operation. Campus developments require ongoing engagement rather than one-off interventions, and they rely on teams that can think beyond individual buildings to system-level performance over time.
Looking Ahead…
So, it’s clear that Europe’s digital infrastructure is becoming more distributed, and that trend is unlikely to reverse. Power constraints, planning pressures and rising digital demand all point toward continued development beyond traditional metropolitan hubs.
Second-tier locations are not a temporary solution. They are becoming a permanent and essential part of Europe’s digital landscape. For building services professionals, understanding how to design and deliver infrastructure at this scale, and over these time horizons, will be increasingly important.
As the next phase of development unfolds, success will depend on careful planning, strong collaboration and a clear understanding of how electrical and mechanical systems underpin the resilience and performance of Europe’s digital future.
Dr Antoni Vidiella, CSO of Financial Services at Globant, on why the next stage of AI in financial services depends on modernising the legacy systems that still underpin banking and FinTech
SHARE THIS STORY
Many financial service institutions are now moving beyond simple automation and exploring how to embed artificial intelligence across every layer of their operations, from payments and compliance to customer engagement. As banks and FinTechs continue this shift, the sector is entering a new phase in which real-time intelligence, connected data and adaptive systems will define competitiveness.
Yet unlocking this value requires far more than the introduction of new AI tools. To turn data into meaningful business intelligence and to enable new growth models in digital finance, financial institutions must modernise the systems at their core. Without strong foundations, AI cannot scale effectively or operate in a responsible, transparent or secure way. The potential may be vast, but the path to achieving it begins with the fundamentals.
The Challenge of Legacy Systems
Like many other industries, financial institutions still rely on architectures that were built decades ago. These systems continue to support essential functions such as payment processing and risk modelling, yet their rigidity and fragmentation severely limit the potential of AI. Information remains scattered across mainframes, cloud platforms and on-premises databases. As a result, the data required to train and operate modern AI systems is often incomplete, inconsistent or inaccessible in real time.
This fragmentation reflects a deeper structural issue. Many core banking systems were designed around periodic or batch processing. Fraud detection, credit assessment and compliance monitoring therefore remain reactive, even as customer expectations shift toward instantaneous experiences. The consequence is a widening gap between what AI can theoretically deliver and what institutions can achieve with the infrastructure they currently have.
The scale of adoption shows how urgent this challenge has become. A 2024 study by the Bank of England and the Financial Conduct Authority found that 75 percent of UK financial services firms already use AI, with a further 10 percent planning adoption within the next three years. Yet research in 2025 by Lloyds Banking Group indicates that while institutions are beginning to see gains in productivity and customer experience, many acknowledge that their underlying systems are not ready for the next stage of AI maturity. The ambition is there, but the technical foundations remain uneven.
Modernisation as the Foundation for Scalable, Trustworthy AI
Modernisation represents the most significant step institutions can take to prepare for the intelligent financial systems of the future. Moving to cloud-native architectures, adopting microservices and improving data quality all make it possible to activate AI across an organisation rather than in isolated pilots. These shifts also make the resulting systems more secure, more transparent and easier to govern.
Importantly, modernisation is no longer the slow, resource-intensive process it once was. AI-assisted approaches have transformed what is possible. Automated code analysis, conversion and validation can reduce modernisation timelines dramatically. In one example, more than 11,000 lines of legacy COBOL code were migrated to modern Java services in only 105 hours, a task that would traditionally have taken several months. These advances illustrate how quickly institutions can begin creating the environments required for real-time intelligence.
The global opportunity reinforces the need for speed. AI adoption in banking is accelerating rapidly, with institutions racing to modernise their systems and unlock new operational efficiencies. Those that move first will capture the earliest benefits and operate with a level of agility that older architectures simply cannot match.
How Intelligence is Reshaping Payments and Embedded Finance
Payments provide a clear view of how AI is transforming the financial landscape. As digital transactions grow in both scale and complexity, the industry needs systems that can act instantly and intelligently. AI models can analyse behavioural patterns in real time, reducing false positives in fraud detection and strengthening overall resilience. They can also optimise transaction routing, identifying the most efficient or cost-effective paths in ways legacy systems are not equipped to handle.
These shifts extend beyond payments. Embedded finance is becoming a central feature of retail, mobility, insurance and platform-based services. As the ecosystem expands, it will rely heavily on AI to offer tailored credit decisions, contextual payments and adaptive insurance coverage. These capabilities require unified, real-time data environments that can only be delivered through modernised core systems. Without this foundation, the benefits of intelligent payments remain out of reach.
The Essential Role of Responsible Innovation
As AI takes on a larger role in high-impact financial decisions, responsible innovation becomes a defining priority. Trust must be maintained at every stage of the customer journey. Findings from the Bank of England and the FCA show that 55 percent of AI systems in UK finance involve some form of automated decision-making, though very few operate without human oversight. This balance reflects a clear need for systems that are transparent, explainable and accountable.
Responsible AI requires more than good intentions. It depends on strong governance frameworks, rigorous monitoring for bias and clear visibility into how decisions are made. It also relies on consistent, well-managed data. Modern cloud-enabled infrastructures make these practices more achievable, allowing institutions to meet regulatory expectations while building customer confidence. Legacy systems, by contrast, make responsible innovation significantly harder to sustain because they lack the transparency and control required for effective oversight.
How GenAI is Reshaping Operations and Customer Experience
Generative AI expands the possibilities for transformation even further. In customer engagement, GenAI enables natural, personalised interactions that respond to customer needs in real time. It can simplify onboarding, deliver proactive financial insights and support customers throughout complex journeys without compromising clarity or accuracy.
Within operations, GenAI reduces the administrative burden that regulatory compliance often creates. It can summarise complex legislation, draft documentation and support audit processes far more efficiently than manual methods. In product development, it helps institutions test new ideas, model risk scenarios and understand customer behaviour more quickly, reducing time to market and increasing innovation capacity.
However, all these capabilities rely on a consistent and reliable data environment. GenAI cannot deliver meaningful insights if the data underpinning it remains fragmented or outdated. The quality of the output will always reflect the quality of the foundations beneath it.
Building a Resilient Path to Long-Term Innovation
Modernisation is frequently described as a technical necessity, yet its impact is far more strategic. Institutions that invest now will be better equipped to integrate new technologies, respond to regulatory changes and develop AI-enabled products with greater precision. They will also be better positioned to enhance the customer experience, which increasingly depends on real-time intelligence and personalised insight.
Most importantly, modernisation elevates human expertise rather than replacing it. AI supports judgement, strengthens decision-making and frees teams from manual tasks, allowing them to focus on the relationship-building and strategic insight that define successful financial services.
Creating the Intelligent Financial Institution of the Future
Financial services are entering a new era shaped by real-time intelligence, interconnected digital journeys and deeply personalised experiences. Achieving this vision requires modern, resilient systems that can support advanced AI and GenAI. Institutions that begin modernising now will lead the next decade of innovation and create financial ecosystems that are more adaptive, more secure and more connected than ever before. The future is intelligent, but it can only be built on strong foundations.
Dan Nichols, Chief Technology Officer at virtualDCS, on why cloud resilience in the financial services sector hinges on shared accountability and an assume-breach philosophy
SHARE THIS STORY
A powerful catalyst for transformation, the cloud is reshaping how organisations compete in the financial services sector. Beyond significant cost savings and flexibility, leaders are eager to unlock the potential of AI-driven insights, intelligent automation, and real-time business modelling. And, in a space governed so strictly by data sovereignty and privacy policies, the cloud’s ability to localise, encrypt, and control data has made it a key enabler of compliance and customer confidence.
But as threats become more frequent and sophisticated – with attackers now targeting shared platforms and partner supply chains – organisations can no longer rely on their own defences alone. For true digital resilience, shared accountability, collective readiness, and clear governance across every cloud touchpoint are equally non-negotiable.
All Eyes on the Money
The industry sits at a valuable intersection of data, technology, and finance. A combination that makes it uniquely attractive to attackers. It holds some of the world’s most sensitive data, directly underpins the flow of global capital, and operates through deeply complex and interconnected systems. With every integration increasing the risk of exposure. Ultimately, the attack motivation is as simple and relentless as it is in most sectors: monetary gain. Cybercriminals target institutions precisely because of the value at stake and the speed at which disruption translates to loss.
How the Threat Landscape is Evolving
Ransomware groups may see insurers and payment providers as high-yield targets. They understand even seconds of downtime can induce multi-million pound losses. Under pressure to protect customer trust and avoid regulatory penalties, some firms may choose to pay in order to restore their service quickly. This dangerous perception only encourages repeat targeting and paves the way for damage to spread even further. Yet it remains a common response tactic among many.
At the same time, the rise of supply chain and third-party attacks has made it possible for criminals to bypass even the most well-defended cloud environments. By exploiting shared platforms, managed service providers, and cloud-hosted applications, perpetrators can move laterally across multiple organisations at once, amplifying both the reach and impact of their attacks. In other words, infiltrating one vendor’s weakness can cripple an entire network in one carefully coordinated strike. And, since some firms may overlook the cloud’s shared responsibility model – presuming end-to-end security sits solely with their cloud provider – multiple blind spots can inevitably emerge, creating easy openings to exploit.
In an environment where boundaries blur and dependencies multiply, traditional perimeter-based defences are no longer enough. Hybrid and multi-cloud infrastructures demand continuous visibility, faster detection, and coordinated response across every partner and provider. The goal is not simply to prevent breaches, but to withstand and recover from them collectively. It’s about recognising that in today’s ecosystem, no financial institution is secure in isolation.
Inside the Ransomware Economy
Evolving beyond the scattergun attacks of the past, ransomware now operates as a professionalised, profit-driven ecosystem, where malicious actors collaborate, trade intelligence, and lease attack tools much like legitimate software vendors. The rise of ransomware-as-a-service (RaaS) has even lowered the barrier to entry, giving less skilled affiliates access to ready-made payloads and automated encryption kits in exchange for a percentage of the ransom.
What makes it especially destructive is the precision and psychology behind the attacks. Rather than randomly striking, attackers conduct weeks of reconnaissance – learning behaviours, studying employee hierarchies, and identifying systems most critical to operations. They often infiltrate through phishing emails or compromised credentials, quietly moving laterally through the network to gain elevated access. Once embedded, they disable defences, exfiltrate sensitive data, and target backup repositories before finally encrypting production systems.
At that point, the goal shifts from technical control to financial coercion. Victims are locked out of their systems and presented with a ransom note demanding payment, sometimes in cryptocurrency, in exchange for a decryption key. Increasingly, the threat includes public exposure of stolen data – a tactic designed to pressure leadership into paying to protect their reputation and customer trust. Even when ransoms are paid, recovery is rarely clean: data may be incomplete, corrupted, or resold on the dark web, and repeat targeting is common once an organisation is identified as a payer.
It’s this blend of stealth, strategy, and human manipulation that makes ransomware so difficult to defend against. By the time the encryption begins, attackers have already spent weeks ensuring recovery options are limited. This background isn’t designed to scaremonger, but to highlight why resilience must start long before an attack ever reaches the endpoint.
The Foundations of Ransomware Resilience
Ransomware resilience isn’t achieved through a single product or policy – it’s the outcome of strategic, technical, and cultural alignment. Financial institutions, in particular, must approach it as a continuous process of readiness: Anticipating compromise, containing impact, and restoring normality quickly and transparently:
Assume-Breach Philosophy
The first step is shifting from a defensive mindset to an assume-breach philosophy. In practice, this means recognising that even the most sophisticated systems can and will be breached – and building architectures and response strategies designed to limit damage when this happens. It’s a pragmatic approach, grounded in the reality that attackers are increasingly sector agnostic. No organisation is too small or too secure to be targeted, but the financial sector remains a favourite because it offers both high disruption value and potentially significant monetary reward.
Building meaningful resilience, therefore, demands layered defence and disciplined execution. The goal is to slow attackers down at every stage – detecting them early, limiting lateral movement, and ensuring business continuity when systems are disrupted. Behavioural analytics and continuous monitoring can surface and neutralise subtle anomalies that would otherwise go unnoticed – such as phishing, spear phishing, and malware, with email still the number one entry point for ransomware.
Zero Trust & MFA
Meanwhile, zero trust policies and multi-factor authentication methods add a second layer of protection, blocking unauthorised access even if credentials are compromised.
When incidents do occur, a well-practised response framework ensures action is fast and coordinated, minimising disruption across critical systems, with the ability to switch to secure replica environments to keep operations running while remediation takes place. Secure, immutable, air-gapped backups underpin it all, providing a safety net that guarantees recovery can begin from a clean and uncompromised state.
Human readiness is equally critical. Technology can contain an attack, but only people can recover from one effectively. Regular simulation exercises, incident rehearsals, and cybersecurity awareness training help teams respond calmly and cohesively, transforming response from reactive to instinctive. This operational maturity is reinforced by strong governance. Frameworks such as DORA, NIST, and ISO 27001 provide the structure to align technical teams, compliance leads, and executive decision-makers around shared resilience goals. When combined with skilled practitioners and clear accountability, they embed security into ‘business as usual’ – moving resilience from a strategy to a sustained organisational capability.
Why Multi-Layered Backup is Critical
When ransomware strikes, the speed and integrity of data recovery determine whether disruption lasts minutes or days – and whether the impact cascades through wider global markets. As the last and most decisive line of defence when every other control fails, it’s also fundamental to customer trust and compliance. Yet too often, backup is treated as a static safeguard rather than a dynamic resilience layer.
Since modern ransomware often seeks out and encrypts traditional backups first, a single backup copy or centralised repository is no longer sufficient. True resilience today depends on a multi-layered approach – combining offsite or cloud-diverse storage, immutable data copies that cannot be altered or deleted, and isolated environments to protect against lateral movement.
How frequently these backups are tested is equally important. Too often, financial institutions only discover weaknesses when recovery is already underway, at which point strategies can’t be magically strengthened, and it becomes a race against the clock to minimise downtime and reputational fallout. Regular, automated recovery testing changes that dynamic. It not only confirms that files can be restored, but provides verifiable assurance that systems come back online in the correct order, data dependencies remain intact, and teams have the muscle memory to act quickly and confidently when the worst happens.
The Power of Shared Accountability
In a digital economy so deeply interconnected, no organisation operates in isolation. This is especially true in financial services, where supply chains and service providers form the backbone of day-to-day operations. While this interdependence is a strength in many ways, it also means resilience is no longer defined by how well a single institution can defend itself, but by how effectively every partner in its ecosystem upholds their part of the security chain.
This is where shared accountability becomes critical. It recognises that cloud providers, managed service partners, and financial institutions each have distinct but complementary roles to play in securing data, systems, and infrastructure. When accountability is clearly defined – and when partners collaborate rather than operate in silos – visibility improves, incident response accelerates, and the risk of systemic failure decreases.
Shared accountability also extends beyond contractual obligation. It’s about building a culture of collective readiness: sharing intelligence, rehearsing joint incident scenarios, and supporting smaller or less-resourced partners to raise their security baseline. The result is a unified entity capable of anticipating, absorbing, and recovering from disruption together.
Looking Ahead
To view cyberattacks as inevitable might seem pessimistic to some, but it’s an unfortunate truth that no amount of investment can eliminate risk entirely. In an era where threats are growing in both scale and sophistication, readiness becomes the true differentiator – particularly in such a high-stakes sector. For financial institutions, that means embedding security into culture, strengthening connections across supply chains, and continually testing their ability to withstand and recover as a united ecosystem. Only then can resilience become a strategic advantage rather than a defensive necessity, and unlock the cloud’s transformative potential with absolute confidence.
Ash Gawthorp, CTO and Co-founder of Ten10, on building the right foundations to shape the AI era in the UK
SHARE THIS STORY
A recent study shows that UK businesses expect to increase their AI investment by an average of 40 percent over the next two years, following an average spend of £15.94 million this year. With investment surging, the UK is clearly in the fast lane, but the question is whether that momentum will convert into real, durable strength.
This rapid acceleration places the UK at a pivotal moment in its ambition to lead in artificial intelligence. Investment is rising, government focus is strengthening, and organisations across every sector are exploring AI at pace, creating a sense of real momentum. However, anyone who has experienced previous technology cycles will recognise the familiar tension that emerges during periods of rapid progress and optimism. Breakthroughs often attract significant attention and capital before entering a more grounded, sustainable phase.
The pressure today is not on AI as a whole. Instead, it is focused on a specific path, where belief in ever-larger transformer models delivering general intelligence continues to grow. This progress has been remarkable, but it represents only one path within a much broader AI landscape. As excitement reaches its peak, the market will inevitably stabilise. The long-term value will come through robust engineering, strong talent pipelines, and successful deployment in real-world environments.
The task now is to use this moment wisely. Long-term success depends on building deep capability at home, rather than relying on hype or outsourcing key foundations to external providers that sit outside our oversight and control.
The Limits of Scale as Strategy
A significant share of today’s investment is based on the assumption that increasing compute and model size will inevitably lead to artificial general intelligence (AGI). Transformer architectures have delivered extraordinary capability and accelerated progress in ways few predicted. They remain powerful systems for prediction and pattern recognition across language, images and other data.
However, scale is not a guarantee of general reasoning or broad intelligence. Many researchers believe that transformative progress may require developments beyond today’s dominant architecture. If that proves correct, the markets surrounding large closed models will experience a natural cooling. This would be an adjustment based on speculative expectation, not a failure of AI as a discipline. The industry would then shift toward approaches that prize clarity, modularity and measurable outcomes. Engineering discipline and architectural flexibility will matter far more than sheer size.
One Architecture Cannot Become a National Dependency
AI will continue to advance. The question for the UK is whether it builds capability that can evolve alongside that progress, or whether it locks itself to a narrow set of global platforms. A handful of model providers currently influence pricing, model behaviour and development cycles. When enterprises rely entirely on opaque APIs, they inherit changes without knowing why outputs shift, how models adapt or when pricing dynamics move. That introduces fragility that grows over time.
Some experimental use cases can tolerate opacity, but critical public services and regulated industries cannot. Lending, diagnostics, fraud detection and other high-stakes applications demand clarity over how decisions are formed and how logic stands up to scrutiny. In those environments, transparency and auditability shift from abstract ideals to essential operational requirements.
If the UK intends to embed AI deeply into essential systems, it must champion architectures that allow observability, explainability, control and replacement. Dependence on decisions made offshore is not a foundation for long-term strength.
Specialised Agents Reflect How Sustainable Systems Evolve
A practical and resilient approach to AI is already taking shape. Rather than depending on a single model to handle every task, organisations are assembling systems made up of specialised components. This mirrors the way effective teams work, where roles are defined, responsibilities are clear, and handovers are structured. One model transcribes speech, another classifies information, and a third retrieves or summarises content. Each performs a focused function that can be observed, validated and improved.
This modular design makes systems easier to maintain and evolve. New components can be adopted without rewriting entire frameworks. If performance changes or drift appears, individual parts can be evaluated or replaced without widespread disruption. This reflects long-standing engineering principles that value clarity, observability and the ability to substitute components when better options emerge.
Financial efficiency supports this approach as well. Running powerful frontier models for every interaction introduces cost and latency that scale quickly. Task-specific agents can often deliver the same outcome faster and more economically. Across thousands of interactions, the savings and performance gains become significant.
Engineering as the Anchor of Trustworthy AI
As AI becomes embedded in real systems, success relies on foundational engineering practices. Observability, continuous testing, performance monitoring and controlled deployment are essential. These are not new concepts created for AI, but long-established techniques that have been adapted to a new class of technology.
In early exploratory phases, it can be tempting to treat large models as something separate from traditional software systems. However, the moment AI begins to influence real decisions, the fundamentals return. Enterprises must be able to trace behaviour, explain recommendations and ensure consistent reliability, while regulators expect clarity and boards seek evidence-based decisions around technology choices, cost structures and risk.
Organisations that approach AI as engineered infrastructure, rather than a mysterious capability, will be far better equipped to scale safely and confidently.
Building Skills that Make Capability Real
The UK is fortunate to have strong research institutions, a sophisticated regulatory mindset and a robust software talent base. To convert these strengths into durable national advantage, investment in skills must expand beyond narrow data expertise. Data scientists remain crucial, but sustainable AI delivery depends equally on software engineers, cloud specialists, machine learning specialists, testers, governance experts and operational teams who run systems at scale.
Leading organisations recognise that AI delivery is a multidisciplinary effort. As architectures become more modular, value will flow from those who can integrate, monitor and guide AI systems responsibly. The UK must ensure that thousands of professionals have access to this training and experience. Real leadership emerges when capability is widely shared, not concentrated in a small group.
Governance that Accelerates Innovation
Strong governance does not slow innovation. It accelerates meaningful adoption by building confidence. When organisations can demonstrate transparency, control and reliability, AI can extend into more critical functions.
For national strategy, this becomes a competitive advantage. Industries that manage financial and clinical outcomes are not resistant to technology. They simply require evidence that systems behave consistently and transparently. If the UK excels in building AI that is observable, testable and replaceable, trust will grow and adoption will move faster.
Shaping a Resilient AI Future
Every technology cycle begins with excitement and eventually settles into maturity. Those who succeed through this transition are the ones who invest in capability while enthusiasm is high. When the current market resets, leadership will belong to those with engineering depth, system agility, responsible governance and the skills to integrate specialised intelligence across complex environments.
The UK has an opportunity to define this standard. Strength will come from transparency, interoperability and the ability to adapt to model and architecture changes without disruption. It is a quieter strategy than making declarations about imminent artificial general intelligence, yet it builds the resilience required to lead over the long term.
The future will reward systems that can evolve, remain auditable and operate securely at scale. With the right foundation, the UK can shape this era of AI not through scale alone, but through excellence in engineering, governance and talent. That foundation is the true measure of AI power, and now is the moment to build it.
Emily Nash-Walker, Sr Director of Product Strategy at Tungsten Automation on finding real value for AI across financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
The Bank of England has recently sounded the alarm of a potential AI bubble looming. Experts are calling out clear parallels with the dot-com boom, such as over expectations on the tech, huge investment, and limited returns or focus on value addition. In the financial services sector, where innovation and risk are no strangers, the Bank of England’s warning couldn’t be more relevant.
Since the launch of ChatGPT, financial services and FinTech firms have dedicated unprecedented time and money to AI. From LLMs to predictive analysis and AI Agents. However, underneath the rapid adoption we see, there is rising tension between experimentation and governance.
Shadow AI
Many FinTechs and traditional financial services firms are now working on “shadow AI” (internal systems developed without formal oversight, transparency, or risk management), creating a sort of AI “grey market”. This new market offers huge innovation, but without being managed properly, it undermines key governance, and in the fintech space, this means risking consumer data, consumer confidence, and ultimately trust. If left unchecked, this could trigger the industry’s next big credibility crisis and expose them to the next big financial crisis.
AI Overextension
AI can have huge transformative effects on financial services and is at the forefront of changing the industry for the better. From fraud detection to customer service automation, there’s no doubt that AI has changed how institutions engage, analyse, and operate for the better.
But the industry’s eagerness to innovate quickly has led to a familiar problem: overextension. According to MIT research, 95% of GenAI pilots never reach production. Meanwhile, McKinsey estimates that AI technologies could potentially deliver up to $1 trillion of additional value each year if they are implemented effectively. But that is a big “if”.
Right now, too many organisations are focused on experimentation in isolation, often in siloed AI labs. Where AI tools are being built by small internal teams without full visibility or awareness from compliance or IT departments. Algorithms are being trained on partial or poor-quality data. And models are being deployed without clear documentation of how they make decisions. More than 81% of financial compliance experts are concerned about the accountability and explainability of AI-driven decisions. Fundamentally lacking the accountability and explainability that should underpin AI that drives real, low-risk value for businesses.
Dangers of the AI Bubble
If the AI bubble bursts, it won’t be because of the technology. It will be because of how it’s being applied. And the more experiments an organisation invests in without real value being shown, the more they will be exposed to the effects when it pops.
As the bubble grows, so does “Shadow AI”. The pursuit of innovation across sectors leads to siloed teams investing quickly but often without the right guardrails.
Shadow AI shows many similarities to the early days of the cloud era, when employees adopted unsanctioned tools to move faster than IT could keep up, leaving organisations fragmented and exposed to risk. Innovation is as essential or even more essential than it has ever been, but this idea of fragmentation is also more of a risk now than it has ever been.
In financial services, the implications are far more serious than in most industries. Consider the risks if a credit-scoring model built without audit trails begins making biased decisions. Or if a KYC automation tool fails to detect a sanctions breach because it’s running on unvalidated data. And banks built on shadow AI lack the explainability to know, let alone test or assure these models.
AI Governance
FinTech success depends on reliability, transparency, and data integrity. Once those foundations erode, rebuilding them becomes far harder than any technical fix. The solution isn’t to slow down innovation. It’s to govern it properly.
The whole industry needs to move beyond AI experimentation toward governed automation. Integrating AI responsibly into existing workflows, supported by clear oversight, robust data management, and explainable outcomes, has to be the priority.
Smart businesses are focused on AI for the right reasons. It means focusing on what’s needed, practical and measurable instead of chasing ideas of what you could potentially do. Organisations need to be aware of the hype and focus on systems that deliver compliance, accuracy, and ROI.
Financial services have always had challengers in the sector pushing boundaries with new tech, and this has never been so true. It’s an industry that has always spent a lot of time focused on hype. But this next phase of innovation, specifically AI adoption, will see winners prioritising something different. Patience, precision, and accountability will win over efficiency, new features, and speed.
Heeding the Warnings
As the Bank of England has warned, overinvestment and complacency when it comes to defining and reporting concrete value may be creating a big bubble primed to pop. To prevent or limit exposure, leaders should ask three business-critical questions before plunging more investment into AI:
What business problem are we solving?
Is our data structured, accurate, and governed?
Can we measure the outcome and explain the result?
If the answer to any of these is uncertain, the risk is also uncertain. The danger with shadow AI is that often the answer to all 3 is opaque and unclear. AI’s potential in financial services remains enormous. But true intelligence doesn’t come from the newest model or the biggest dataset. It comes from disciplined execution.
When the hype fades, the organisations that endure will be those that integrate AI responsibly, manage data intelligently, and put compliance at the core of innovation.
As with the dotcom boom and many other technological revolutions, the question isn’t whether AI will reshape the sector; it’s who will still be standing when the dust settles. The difference will come down to who governs their AI with a focus on real value versus those who chase experimental AI without true accountability.
Marko Katavic, Director of AI and Decision Intelligence at Moneybox, argues the future of financial services should not aim to replace bureaucratic safety systems with AI, but instead integrate AI to deliver human-level accessibility
SHARE THIS STORY
Trust is the foundation and the currency of the financial services industry. When customers hand over their hard earned money, they trust in their chosen provider’s ability to safeguard their finances and help achieve their financial goals.
Long before computers came about, the financial services industry built trust and minimised risk through carefully organised processes led by people. A significant amount of bureaucracy, process control and mapping has reduced mistakes for decades. However, as technology has developed, the way the industry interacts with these processes is changing.
The Rise of Bureaucracy and Software
The introduction of computers enabled the financial services industry to scale processes, increase productivity and widen customer pools. This was achieved through structured software mapped to closed deterministic and bureaucratic processes that allowed the industry to reduce errors and increase efficiency by applying the same structured decision-making to lots of customers automatically, rather than having humans make decisions for each individual customer.
Now we face the rising popularity of AI agents, and effectively integrating these entities into the sensitive systems that were built before them. When applied correctly, they offer immense value, but applied incorrectly, and they risk causing immense harm.
As we are at the relative start of the AI implementation journey, it is crucial to determine how we take AI tools with such significant decision making capabilities, and safely plug them into our systems now to maintain trust, and more importantly so that they help customers, rather than hinder.
The Missing Human Layer
The key to successful AI implementation in the financial services industry is to understand the market gap it can fill. For the last four decades, scaling financial services safely has only been achieved with many layers of bureaucracy – slowing delivery, adding friction, and ultimately limiting who could be served. Furthermore, the human experts who could navigate these bureaucratic complexities and translate it into clear, accessible decisions for customers were few and far between.
This gap is what modern AI systems can close. AI can act as an intelligent layer in front of the bureaucracy, to help the wider public make smart financial decisions with greater confidence. We must learn from the success of large AI systems, as their approachability and ease of use is what draws customers in at scale.
However, for AI to fulfill this promise, it must meet the same standards of institutional safety and compliance. This ease of use must be brought to customers safely, meaning we must engineer the very same systems of safety that currently underpin the financial sector, ensuring AI offers accessibility without compromising on trust.
Engineering Safe Boundaries
To achieve this, we have to go beyond integration – we have to engineer clear boundaries between AI and traditional software. We must use AI to deliver an accessible, relatable customer experience, while ensuring it follows the principles built into tested software. This approach is critical because good outcomes only come as a result of managed risk and tested judgement.
There is significant hype around feeding agents large knowledge bases of policies via Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG). While using state-of-the-art models can achieve reasonable, but not perfect, policy concordance for judgement tasks – if the aim is to deliver full flexibility of human interaction to customers at scale, then this protocol is only acceptable for basic customer service, such as issue handling. It falls short when it comes to dealing with the diverse approaches and behaviours customers bring – meaning that errors can only be minimised, not entirely controlled.
When dealing with nuanced considerations such as investment decisions and judgements that have long-standing consequences, it is better to implement software layers that are interactive with AI for logic checking and generating results, rather than trying to emulate complex decision making principles through predictive language.
A Recipe for Success
Modern AI systems, even when producing the right answer 95% of the time, are making decisions on ‘instinct’. No financial firm would implement a workforce of highly instinctual individuals making critical decisions without bureaucratic control. Therefore, putting AI on the path to make financial decisions without the tried-and-tested software to control logical reasoning is a path to failure.
The recipe for success in a customer-facing context is clear. Providers should use AI to mimic everyday language and bring a personal dimension to customers at scale, but keep core financial decision-making within the safe domain of tried and tested software and experts.
While this may sound simple on paper, achieving a seamless system where everything blends together is the core differentiator between companies that will win customer confidence, and companies that will simply offer ‘cool ‘short-term gimmicks. To close the advice gap, the future of financial services should not aim to replace bureaucratic safety systems with AI, but instead integrate AI to deliver human-level accessibility – while keeping decisioning limited to the domain of purpose-built software.
New research from myPOS, the European payments provider for small and medium-sized businesses, reveals that Britain’s shift toward tap-to-pay is leaving…
SHARE THIS STORY
New research from myPOS, the European payments provider for small and medium-sized businesses, reveals that Britain’s shift toward tap-to-pay is leaving traditional PIN codes behind. As contactless becomes the country’s top payment preference, almost a third of young adults now admit they can’t remember the four digits once central to everyday spending.
myPOS data reveals 29% of Gen Z struggle to remember, or have completely forgotten, their PIN. Highlighting how digital-first habits are shaping consumer behaviour. However, it isn’t just younger groups that are feeling the effects. One in five Boomers (20%) say they face the same issue as reliance on physical cards significantly declines.
Contactless Payments
This shift has been driven largely by the dominance of contactless card and mobile payments. Over two-thirds of Brits (69%) say tapping, via card, mobile phone, or smartwatch, is now their primary method of payment. In contrast, just 16% rely mainly on chip and PIN, and only 14% primarily use cash. A further 10 % of Brits now live entirely wallet-free, using only their mobile or smartwatch for day-to-day spending.
Convenience-led behaviours are accelerating the decline of PIN usage across the UK. Nearly half of British consumers (47%) say they would happily go completely contactless if it meant shorter queues in shops and venues. Flexibility and convenience (42%) and speed (34%) remain the largest drivers behind the rise of tap-to-pay.
“As the UK embraces contactless and mobile payments, it’s clear that the traditional PIN is becoming less central to everyday transactions. Businesses and payment providers should ensure security and convenience go hand-in-hand, while recognising that consumer habits are evolving rapidly.”
Jelle van Schaick, VP Marketing at Lorum, looks beyond Swift at fixing the correspondent chain to change how global money moves
SHARE THIS STORY
SWIFT has become a convenient villain in modern finance. When a cross-border payment takes three days to settle, frustration builds. The blame is almost instinctively placed on the messaging network itself. Vendors promise to replace it with blockchain solutions, and crypto pitch decks often speak evangelically of a world without it. However, focusing on SWIFT hides a much simpler and less glamorous reality regarding international finance. SWIFT is not the problem. The correspondent banking chain is the problem.
To understand the delay, we need to separate the instruction from the asset. SWIFT is fundamentally a secure messaging network that allows financial institutions to send payment details. However, it does not move money, it does not hold deposits, and it does not determine when funds are released. A SWIFT payment message is simply data. The actual capital resides in nostro and vostro accounts, moving via domestic RTGS systems and local clearing schemes.
While the SWIFT message travels across the globe in seconds, the delay lives in how each institution along the path manages its own accounts and risk parameters. When a payment stalls, the bottleneck is almost always found in that chain of custody rather than in the wire that carried the instruction. Blaming SWIFT for a delayed settlement is like blaming an email provider because the recipient waited two days to open the message and reply.
The Hidden Cost of Every “Hop”
Most cross-border flows continue to rely on the correspondent banking model. In this system, if a bank in one country does not have a direct relationship with a bank in another, the payment must hop through intermediaries. This is not a seamless relay; each step in the sequence adds resistance.
Every hop adds:
another balance sheet to fund
another set of compliance checks
another set of cut offs, holidays, and local quirks
another chance to add margin, fees, or spreads
This operational drag creates measurable latency. SWIFT’s own data shows that while roughly 90% of payments reach the destination bank within an hour, fewer than half are credited to the end customer’s account in that same timeframe. The delay is not in the transit; it is in the processing queue of the receiving institution.
Why Banks are Paid to Wait
If technology is not the primary issue, we must look to economic incentives. The correspondent banks facilitating these flows are typically large universal banks. Their core economic engine is lending and balance sheet management rather than clearing. These institutions earn yield by holding deposits and managing liquidity, not by pushing funds out the door as fast as possible.
That creates predictable tensions:
settlement can be batched or delayed to smooth intraday liquidity
funds can sit in internal accounts until windows or limits align
risk teams can slow flows when risk appetite tightens
When operational reality meets these misaligned incentives, the result is a compounding delay that no messaging standard can fix. Legacy cores, manual exceptions, and misaligned time zones all stack delay on top of these economic priorities. Operational teams bounce investigations between institutions through tickets and emails, magnifying the friction. None of this is a feature of SWIFT. It is the consequence of who performs clearing and what their balance sheets optimize for.
The Case for Unbundling Clearing
The traditional network is fracturing under this pressure. According to theBank for International Settlements (BIS), the number of active correspondent banking relationships has declined by over 20% in the last decade. As universal banks retreat from this low-margin utility, a vacuum has opened for specialist infrastructure.
This helps explain why many fintech projects fail to solve the core issue. Attempts to create new rails often miss the point. If the system still relies on universal banks to hold funds, the underlying friction remains. The critical design question is not how to remove SWIFT, but who should perform institutional clearing and under what incentives.
A truly effective solution requires a structural shift where clearing is separated from lending. This has paved the way for a new category of infrastructure known as the specialist correspondent. Unlike universal banks, these institutions are designed exclusively for clearing and cash management. We see this model validated by firms like Lorum, which operate as specialist correspondents rather than generalist banks.
By connecting to local payment rails in multiple markets and providing named account structures, this model allows institutions to work with a single clearing partner rather than managing dozens of bilateral relationships.
For treasurers, this shift means:
local settlement on domestic rails wherever possible
a single global view of balances and flows
fewer intermediaries and more predictable timelines
This approach does not replace the messaging layer, as SWIFT already moves messages well. Instead, it redesigns the institutional layer behind those messages. It focuses on the start and end of each payment where custody, timing, and control actually break. Blaming SWIFT is easy because it is visible and old. It is harder, and more useful, to redesign who holds and releases funds. The firm that fixes the correspondent chain changes how global money actually moves.
Katja Hakoneva, Product Manager at Tuxera, on delivering tomorrow’s data storage security today
SHARE THIS STORY
Smart meters are no longer just data endpoints. They’re intelligent, connected nodes embedded into the national infrastructure. As energy networks undergo rapid digital transformation, the focus has largely been on secure communications and real-time data transmission. But beneath the surface lies the local data storage, which often becomes a critical blind spot.
Smart meters store large volumes of sensitive data from energy usage profiles to firmware logs and grid event histories on embedded memory. If this information is accessed, altered, or deleted, it can trigger billing inaccuracies, regulatory breaches, and customer mistrust. With meters expected to operate in the field for up to 20 years, data-at-rest security is a critical requirement.
Storage Vulnerabilities: The Silent Cyber Threat
These embedded systems face multifaceted risks. Attackers may gain access to stored data by physically tampering with a meter or exploiting software vulnerabilities that bypass weak authentication. Malicious actors could manipulate logs to alter billing records, mislead consumption analytics, or mask larger cyberattacks on grid infrastructure.
In many cases, such intrusions go undetected until tangible damage, such as lost revenue or reputational fallout. With increasing dependence on smart infrastructure, utilities can no longer afford to treat embedded storage as a passive component.
Counting the Real Costs of Cybersecurity
Securing smart meters comes with technical requirements, as well as, operational and resourcing demands. For many UK manufacturers and utilities, managing cybersecurity internally means building and retaining specialist teams, often requiring three to five full-time professionals to handle vulnerability monitoring, patch management, and threat response throughout the year.
Aligning with regulatory frameworks frequently demands hardware upgrades to handle stronger encryption and secure configurations, impacting Bill of Materials (BOM) costs and development timelines. Many existing software stacks require optimisation to support modern security protocols within resource-constrained devices. These efforts are necessary, with a single undetected cyberattack costing companies an average of $8,851 (≈£6,900) per minute, and the consequences extending beyond financial loss to potential regulatory fines and service disruptions.
The CRA and the new Era of Cyber Regulation
The Cyber Resilience Act (CRA), set to come into force across the EU by 2027, will reshape how connected devices are designed, developed, and supported. For UK-based vendors serving the European market, or collaborating with EU counterparts, compliance with CRA is becoming a strategic imperative.
Key CRA requirements include:
Security by design: Devices must be secure from the outset, not retrofitted post-deployment.
No known vulnerabilities at market launch: Products must undergo security validation prior to release.
Default secure configurations: Devices should avoid insecure settings out of the box.
Lifecycle management: Vendors must support patching and vulnerability resolution throughout the device’s operational lifespan.
For smart meters, which often run in the field for two decades or more, the CRA introduces accountability that extends well beyond product launch. Compliance with the CRA will become part of the CE marking process, meaning global manufacturers must align if they wish to sell into the EU energy market.
Engineering Security: Confidentiality, Integrity, and Authenticity
Designing resilient smart meters starts with three pillars:
Confidentiality protects sensitive user data from unauthorised access. This includes encrypting both data and encryption keys, restricting user access levels, and securing communication channels.
Integrity ensures stored data remains unaltered and trustworthy. Power failures, for instance, can corrupt memory. Using flash-optimised file systems and secure boot processes can prevent such vulnerabilities.
Authenticity confirms that firmware and data updates come from trusted sources. Techniques like digital signatures and update validation prevent attackers from injecting malicious code into meters.
Together, these pillars enable smart meters to meet regulatory expectations while protecting both users and grid operations.
Future-proofing Data Storage
Cybersecurity for smart meters is not just a feature; it requires organisational readiness. Frameworks like the CRA, NIST, and IEC 62443 emphasise secure processes, documentation, and people alongside secure products.
For companies looking to prepare, it is smart to start with common pillars such as maintaining up-to-date Software Bills of Materials (SBOMs), conducting regular supply chain and risk assessments, keeping detailed test reports, and establishing clear incident response plans. Internally, training staff on cybersecurity best practices, setting clear data retention policies, and defining access controls and responsibilities are critical steps to ensure cybersecurity is embedded within the culture of the organisation. This approach ensures security is not a one-off compliance task but a sustainable practice that protects smart infrastructure long-term.
Smart meters deployed today could still be operating in the 2040s. This timeline intersects with the anticipated emergence of quantum computing, which may break today’s encryption standards. Though post-quantum cryptography is still evolving, vendors must prepare now to ensure systems remain secure in a post-quantum world. Smart meter software should be designed with cryptographic agility to allow it to adapt and upgrade algorithms as threats evolve.
Lessons from Long-Term Deployment
Smart meters are designed for longevity, but memory wear remains a primary failure point. Meters that lack flash-aware storage systems face early data loss, increasing the cost of maintenance, replacements, and warranty claims.
Utilities and OEMs that embed file systems capable of wear levelling, garbage collection, and secure boot processes have extended meter lifespans by more than 50%, even in challenging conditions. One example showed meters surviving over 15,000 power interruptions without any data loss.
Integrating secure storage delivers operational and commercial benefits. It ensures compliance with CRA and other evolving global frameworks, reduces maintenance and warranty costs, minimises carbon impact through fewer replacements, enhances brand credibility and trust with procurement teams, strengthens the business case for longer-term contracts and partnerships. As the smart energy market matures, these benefits are becoming differentiators, especially as digital infrastructure grows in complexity.
Delivering Tomorrow’s Data Storage Security Today
The next generation of smart infrastructure will be fast and connected, as well as, secure, resilient, and regulation-ready. For vendors and utilities alike, embedding data protection deep into the meter architecture is a business-critical move.
By preparing for the CRA today, smart meter manufacturers will position themselves as forward-thinking, trustworthy partners in tomorrow’s energy ecosystem, delivering technology that’s not only built to last but built to protect today and tomorrow.
Richard Wood, Head of Europe – FI & NBFI at PagoNxt Payments, on the rise of embedded insurance
SHARE THIS STORY
As 2026 kicks off executives will once again be asked what moving, what’s shaking, and what will fade away in insurance. But what’s changing fastest in insurance isn’t the product itself, but when, where and how policies are sold. Thanks to the rise of Embedded Insurance, this is now happening at the exact moment a customer commits to a purchase. In its simplest definition, Embedded Insurance combines coverage or protections within the purchase of a product or a service itself, offered in real-time at the point of sale.
This distribution model offers enormous potential. According to McKinsey, by 2030 around 25% of all personal lines premiums could be purchased via embedded propositions, representing over $700 billion in gross written premiums in property and casualty alone (Source: McKinsey, via Deloitte). Consumers are drawn towards comprehensive, connected solutions rather than standalone products, and it’s this that is making Embedded Insurance such a hot topic in the industry. For perhaps the first time in its history, protection is genuinely being matched with real-world behaviour
Simply by making coverage easier to purchase, Embedded Insurance is likely to play a key role in helping to close the global insurance protection gap (the gap between economic losses and those that are insured), which has widened over recent years (Source: Swiss Re Group). Equally, traditional insurance has failed to win over younger generations (Source: LIMRA), with many citing a perceived cost, lack of clarity and distrust as reasons they’re not buying. Without reinvention, the insurance industry risks a dramatic contraction from missing out on an entire generation.
Why Partnerships are Key to Success
To make purchasing a new policy as convenient and seamless as possible, partnerships that blend platforms, insurers, and service providers into cohesive ecosystems are essential. By definition, no single organisation can control the full journey. Insurers don’t own the digital moments where customers make decisions. Platforms can surface offers at scale, but need regulated partners they can trust.
Partnerships reshape the economics of insurance. Embedded channels reduce acquisition costs, open new demographics – particularly younger, underinsured consumers – and create conditions for personalised pricing based on real behaviour, not broad assumptions.
The payment is where any buyer’s intent is clearest, context is richest, and risk is most visible. Insurers can’t reach that moment alone, and platforms can’t underwrite it. Payments providers are the connective tissue. For merchants, payments are where the relationship is strongest. Surface the right protection there and it doesn’t feel like an upsell. Instead, it builds trust, supports conversion, and gives retailers something competitors can’t easily replicate.
What separates a great payments partner from an average one is the ability to bring clarity, compliance and context to the transaction. That means handling customer authentication cleanly, settling funds quickly and maintaining resilient infrastructure that can cope with real-time flows. It also means surfacing protection responsibly, with transparent consent that removes the ambiguity that deters younger generations.
Payments partners able to offer real-time validation, cross-border settlement support, and reliable fraud-screening at scale become central to delivering embedded protection that actually works.
Where Payment-Led Ecosystems will Go Next
The next phase will see protection woven even deeper into payments infrastructure. Transaction-level insight will enable personalised cover bundles. Cross-border settlement will remove friction from claims in travel and logistics. Real-time rails, meanwhile, will make instant payouts a norm. SEPA Instant will only accelerate this shift. As near-instant euro transfers become standard across Europe, the expectation for equally instant premium collection and claims payment will rise, pushing Embedded Insurance even closer to the transaction.
Regulators will pay close attention, as they should. Strong governance, transparent consent and clear communication must underpin every embedded journey. Regulation such as PSD2 and the newer DORA framework underline that operational resilience must be designed into every API call, every authorisation step, and every embedded offer.
As momentum gains, the payment process will be where trust, timing and technology converge. Overtime, protection will be seamless and efficient, but this will not happen in isolation. The next leap forward demands insurance ecosystems are built around the payment itself. This is exactly where insurers, platforms and payment providers will combine their strengths to offer protection that is timely, contextual and genuinely useful.
Michael Ault, Country Manager at integrated payments specialists myPOS, offers strategic advice for SMEs looking to scale through digital transformation and diversification
SHARE THIS STORY
Scaling a small business is one of the most rewarding, yet complex journeys for any entrepreneur. While growth brings opportunities for greater reach, higher revenue, and stronger market presence, it also demands foresight, discipline, and the ability to manage risk strategically. Securely integrating new technology is the main obstacle for 47% of SME’s, even though 76% of these businesses intend to expand their IT investment. This underscores a key point of tension, as many businesses want to grow through digital transformation but struggle to do so securely and sustainably.
The business landscape continues to evolve with changing customer expectations, technology, and economic conditions. For UK SMEs, the key to long-term success lies in achieving growth but also in building resilience. Sustainable scaling comes down to three principles: embracing technology pragmatically, diversifying intelligently, and investing in people and partnerships that strengthen resilience.
Leveraging Digital Transformation
Digital transformation is the foundation of business growth, especially for small business. Cloud-based solutions, automation, and data analytics help to streamline operations, reduce inefficiencies, and create better customer experiences. However, transformation must be purposeful, not performative.
The smartest approach is to scale technology investment incrementally, integrating flexible, modular systems that evolve with business needs. This approach not only lowers risk but also helps ensure digital maturity evolve over time. When SMEs use modular, cloud-based technology, operations run more smoothly and changes can be effectively analysed. Ultimately, resilience is not built through one-time upgrades but through a culture of continuous digital evolution.
Diversifying Revenue Streams
Depending on a single product, service, or market leaves a business vulnerable to sudden changes in demand. Diversification, when guided by customer insight and data can turn volatility into opportunity. Expanding into online sales, introducing subscription models, or targeting fresh customer segments can make income streams much more stable and sustainable.
At myPOS, we know that even simple changes based on data, such as adding additional payment options or tapping into cross-border e-commerce, can help cash flow and protect against market shocks. The goal of technology is to mitigate specific challenges without adding layers of complexity.
Investing in Employee Development
Your people are pivotal to your ability to grow as a business; empowered teams are the engine of sustainable scale. A team that feels supported and motivated will bring fresh ideas, adapt to challenges, and push the business forward. Investing in training, mentoring, and development opportunities builds skills that pay back in the form of innovation and improved performance.
In fast-changing industries, having employees who are confident in learning and adapting can make the difference between struggling through disruption and taking advantage of it. Equally, strong partnerships extend this resilience beyond the organisation. Building resilience at the team level creates resilience for the whole business, so fostering a culture of continuous learning and celebrating employee contributions is key to maintaining motivation.
Focusing on Financial Health and Flexibility
Financial resilience underpins sustainable growth. Scaling often requires upfront investment, and without healthy cash flow or reserves, opportunities can be lost. Monitoring income and expenses closely, cutting unnecessary costs, and preparing for seasonal fluctuations gives businesses more control.
Having flexible financing options, like credit lines, small business loans, or even crowdfunding, provides a level of agility. Instead of being caught off guard by unexpected challenges, businesses with financial flexibility are positioned to respond quickly and strategically.
Financial management software can make it easier to track performance, spot issues early, and forecast future needs. When you can see your finances in real time, you can make proactive, data-driven decisions instead of waiting for problems to happen. In markets that change quickly, this kind of financial management helps small firms plan with confidence, stay flexible, and establish a stronger base for long-term growth.
Prioritising Customer Relationships and Feedback
Your customers are not just buyers; they are advocates, sources of insight, and the foundation of repeat business and brand loyalty. Businesses that scale successfully often place customer relationships at the heart of their strategy by actively gathering feedback, responding quickly to issues, and personalising interactions, which shows customers they are valued.
This loyalty becomes a form of resilience. In periods of uncertainty, a base of satisfied, returning customers provides more stability than constantly chasing new ones. Successful businesses use CRM tools to track customer preferences and automate follow-ups so no opportunity to strengthen a relationship is missed.
Building Strategic Partnerships
Partnerships can accelerate growth while also spreading risk. Working with other businesses, organisations, or influencers can provide access to new audiences, shared expertise, or additional resources. Collaboration can also create opportunities for joint marketing, co-branded initiatives, or innovative product and service offerings.
In times of uncertainty, strong partnerships act as a support network. By aligning with others who share your values and vision, you create opportunities that are mutually beneficial and more resilient than going it alone. It is important to find partners whose goals and audiences complement your own for the best long-term impact.
The next stage of small business success will be defined by resilience rather than speed, the ability to adapt, recover, and continue to create value in the fact of uncertainty. For SMEs, this means developing adaptable growth plans that include flexible technology, diverse models and empowered employees.
We talk to Kimberley Duarte, Strategic Programs and Operations at the Circular Supply Chain Network, about her experiences in supply chain
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s common for procurement professionals to just fall into supply chain. How did it happen for you?
I guess I fall into the same camp. I came into supply chain through engineering. I started as an electrochemical engineer, working on energy systems. My master’s is in hydrogen economy, fuel cells, batteries, things like that.
However, I’ve always been in operations. My co-op during my bachelor’s degree was in operations engineering in a chemical coating company. My dad was a plant manager, so I was always walking the floor and looking at machines and thinking they were really cool in a manufacturing sense.
I didn’t really understand much about it until my first role coming out of my master’s program. I was heavily involved with the supply chain team. I worked with quality and sourcing for scaling up production of a component that we had. I had this realisation where that bottleneck in innovation isn’t necessarily the technology itself. You can make the technology work with all of the engineers and the scientists working hard together, but it’s the systems and the relationships that move materials, products, and ideas from prototype to production. Technology can only succeed when the supply chains are ready to carry that into production and scale that. And I found that very interesting. That’s when I felt I was way more interested in the nuances of supply chain than engineering. I liked being a part of the system that made something successful.
Tell me a bit about the Circular Supply Chain Network and what it does.
The Circular Supply Chain Network was started a few years ago by Deborah Dull. She is a thought leader and world renowned speaker on circular supply chains. I really admire her. She’s written a couple of books and she works with the ASCM (Association for Supply Chain Management). She’s wonderful and brilliant, and her idea was to create a global community that’s dedicated to re-imagining supply chains as circular systems.
We bring together practitioners, innovators, leaders, and we share tools, frameworks, and stories for making circularity practical and actionable. We do that through education, peer exchange, thought leadership, speaking events, pilot projects, and so on. We work on grants when appropriate as well, and we’ll go to events and host workshops. We hold and share toolkits and training information, and we participate in accelerator type initiatives.
Can you tell me about the sessions you led at CHAINge North America earlier this year?
That was great. I really loved my time at CHAINge this year. I did a couple of things. On the first day, I worked with Deborah and she brought in some members of the Circular Supply Chain Network for us to co-facilitate her workshop. Her workshop was really fun. It was called Reboot, Repair, Reimagine the Circular Supply Chain. We were talking in this workshop about the companies that are actually implementing advanced circular supply chain solutions, to show that it’s not science fiction. They are truly who’s leading the way right now, and we discussed the steps you can take in your own company to benchmark against them or to lead yourself to these types of success. It was really fun being a part of that and working with Deborah side-by-side.
I also co-presented with Samer AlMadhoon, Managing Partner at Muhakat Institute. He had a sustainability talk and I had a circularity talk, and we worked together in our presentation. It was called Sustainability in Action: Bringing Circularity and Best Practices to Life in Your Supply Chain. I led the audience through what a circular supply chain is, and a roundtable the next day to follow up on that, and find out people’s struggles.
That brought up some really hard conversations and a lot of pain that I think supply chain professionals understand. Maybe they feel that sometimes they’re not listened to, or there’s still companies where the supply chain is supposed to manage costs and they don’t necessarily have a seat at the table.
How do sustainability and circularity differ, and how can we shine more of a spotlight on circularity?
That’s definitely challenging. If you look at sustainability, it’s the goal. It’s the big picture; it’s people, planet, profit, and circularity is a tool. Circularity is purely about material flows. It’s about how we keep the raw materials, the products, the energy that’s used in these processes in play for as long as possible. Circularity doesn’t cover water use, labour conditions, equity; it’s very focused on the materials themselves. However, circularity is also one way of getting to the sustainability boundaries, essentially. And that’s the interesting thing.
Circularity itself is huge for economic value because it is value retention, it’s material flow, and keeping those materials in play with as little effort and waste as possible. If we think of lean manufacturing and waste in that aspect of wanting as minimal waste as possible, that’s true in circularity as well. But then how do you take these waste streams and extract more value out of them? How do you protect the value of the materials and the products that you’re working with? How do you keep as much of the shell of your product going for as long as possible with minimal effort? Those are the aspects of circularity that I think need more attention and understanding.
Besides a lack of conversation around the topic, what are the biggest challenges in circularity?
I think part of it is there are very large companies that are implementing circular practices. A lot of the heavy duty equipment companies have figured out how to make their very large, very expensive machines have new life, so they have whole remanufacturing plants. And that’s great, but these large companies have something a small company doesn’t: a huge supply chain ecosystem.
Circularity isn’t really a single company solution – it takes that ecosystem. You need your suppliers, you need your customers, you need to be able to get back to your material. It needs policy makers. It needs communities working together, reverse logistics, and local infrastructure – our big missing links in circular supply chains. Without them, it doesn’t matter. The loop stays broken if you’re not able to get back your material and do something meaningful with it.
And the thing is, it’s also really hard for companies to understand the value in making those short loops, even though it’s less risky and more resilient to have share and reuse remanufacturing processes that are close and local, so you can keep those materials in circulation longer. That is a huge shift where companies are so much more used to obsolescence, like you want your product to fall apart so that somebody will come and buy a new one. So it is that business model of getting into the mindset of there actually being revenue to be had. Mindset is key.
Fawad Qureshi, Global Field CTO, Snowflake, on realising possibilities for innovation in this new AI era
SHARE THIS STORY
Without cloud migration, businesses face the end of innovation. In this new AI era, businesses operating within the closed architectures of legacy systems do not have the flexible, data-driven foundation to engage with these new technologies and ensure a strong pipeline of necessary innovation. And as AI continues to evolve, those not able to keep pace with innovation risk being left behind.
Cloud migrations are the foundation to modernise and drive business growth over the long term. When organisations migrate to a cloud-based environment, it’s crucial to focus on the tangible business value a migration will deliver, rather than simply shifting from one system to another. Moving a company’s customer-facing applications and all of their data to a cloud-based environment has the benefits that are increasingly real and measurable.
Migration isn’t just a Plug and Play approach – Which migration fits your needs?
There are two approaches to cloud migration, broadly speaking: horizontal and vertical, each with their own benefits and potential challenges. A vertical approach sees organisations migrating applications one by one: this approach is a good choice if certain systems have to be prioritised, or if the applications being migrated do not have many interdependencies. Vertical migration allows for focused efforts and risk management on individual systems, and requires fewer resources. Horizontal migration moves entire system layers at the same time. This is the best solution when businesses have tight deadlines to retire legacy systems, or if their systems are tightly integrated. Horizontal migrations tend to be faster by allowing for parallel work streams, but they require more technical expertise.
Organisations often adopt a mixture of the two approaches, for example, horizontally migrating important systems such as data platforms, while taking a vertical approach to customer-facing applications. Whatever approach an organisation takes, it’s vital that the migration also includes a culture shift, preparing employees to adapt to new, consumption-based models and the possibilities of the new technology. Migration is also just the start of the journey, unlocking the potential of AI-driven use cases and seamless data collaboration, including new ways to achieve business value.
Before diving straight in, ensure it’s with a Data-First Mindset
When migrating to the cloud, a data-first approach is essential. For those acting as the catalyst for change, whether that be IT managers or even CIOs, data must be front of mind before planning any successful migration. Understanding how data is used within the organisations, including its structure, governance needs, and how it delivers value and business outcomes, is imperative. This applies doubly when it comes to large, complex systems with many interconnected applications.
Before migrating, businesses must comprehensively assess their current ecosystem. It’s imperative that the end-to-end business product survives the migration, intact. Organisations should maintain internal control over core competencies around data, such as business process knowledge, data governance and change management. These areas include institutional knowledge that external parties may not grasp. Businesses should also maintain direct oversight over compliance requirements and risk management.
Technical activities such as cloud infrastructure optimisation, performance testing, and specialised migration tooling are something, by contrast, that can be handled by external expertise. Code conversion can also benefit from purpose-built tools that use technologies including AI. Technical parts of the immigration tend to evolve rapidly and require specialist knowledge, so are ripe for outsourcing. While doing so, those steering the migration need to ensure clear governance around outsourced activities, including regular knowledge transfer sessions.
Different parts of the business all have a role to play: IT and engineering lead on technical implementation, handling the technical side of business requirements, while finance will identify ROI opportunities and manage cloud costs. It helps to create a cross-functional steering committee with representation from every department to ensure that different areas of the business are aligned and ready to address challenges.
Adaptability and Flexibility is the key to business longevity
Migration is never one-size-fits-all, and business leaders should be prepared to be flexible and adapt. There are multiple kinds of horizontal migration, from a simple ‘lift and shift’ focused on moving systems as they are to a ‘move and improve’ where migration is followed by optimisation to reduce technical debt. They should be ready to adapt at their own pace, choosing data platforms which offer agnostic architecture and the freedom to choose between data models and tools to ensure minimal disruption.
Flexibility is also important in choosing the tools used for migrations. Flexible data platforms will offer the support businesses need to deal with collaboration and governance frameworks. For businesses operating in EMEA, where different countries can have varying policies, pay close attention to issues around data quality, security and compliance, particularly when it comes to data sovereignty and issues around European data residency.
A Shared Destiny
The shift to the cloud fundamentally changes security. The traditional cloud ‘shared responsibility’ model clearly demarcated duties between the provider and the customer. However, a more advanced approach is emerging: the ‘shared destiny’ model. This model recognises that in the event of a breach, reputational damage affects both parties. This shared risk incentivises the cloud provider to be a more proactive partner, actively helping customers strengthen their security posture rather than simply managing their own side of the demarcation line.
As ‘destinies’ intertwine, you help eliminate the vulnerability created due to password simplicity. Put simply, in a ‘shared responsibility’ model, the cloud provider is only responsible for securing infrastructure, while the customer remains responsible for securing data and apps in the cloud, as well as for configuration. In a ‘shared destiny’ model, the cloud provider plays a more proactive role to ensure that their customers have the best possible security posture.
Taking a ‘shared destiny’ approach allows businesses to be more proactive in securing data, using approaches such as multi-factor authentication, secure programmatic access and more comprehensive cloud monitoring services. Choosing a modern, AI-driven data platform offers the best security foundations here, offering security controls across cloud service providers and the entire data ecosystem.
A Pathway to Growth
In today’s world, the bigger risk is standing still. Nothing changes if nothing changes.
If organisations are holding back on innovation due to technological limitation, then the time to migrate is clear. There is no need to face an end to possibilities when the path towards success lies in reach, offering an opportunity to bring businesses up to date with modern requirements, and pave the way for the adoption of technologies such as AI.
However, as we’ve seen, it’s not just a case of plug and play. Organisations must ensure a flexible, data-driven approach to migration, while keeping security front of mind via a ‘shared destiny’ approach. To deliver this, the right choice of a modern, flexible data platform will ensure the whole organisation can work together effectively and deliver a path to future innovation and growth.
Plumery’s AI fabric is future-proofed and designed for use cases beyond today’s horizon
SHARE THIS STORY
Plumery, a digital banking development platform for customer-centric banking, has released AI Fabric. It creates an artificial intelligence (AI)-ready foundation for AI-assisted digital banking.
AI-Ready Digital Banking
Based on an event-driven data mesh, the new solution gives financial institutions a standardised way to connect AI and generative AI (GenAI) models/agents to banking data. Eliminating the need for bespoke system integrations. AI Fabric moves institutions away from brittle point-to-point architectures towards an event-driven, API-first architecture that scales with innovation.
Most financial institutions struggle to operationalise AI because their data is fragmented across legacy cores, channels, and point-to-point integrations. Each new AI pilot can require fresh plumbing, security reviews, and governance work, which delays time-to-value and increases risk. In addition, under increasing regulatory pressure, institutions are required to explain, audit, and govern AI decisions. Together, these factors make ad-hoc approaches to AI difficult to scale.
AI Fabric
Plumery’s AI Fabric enables institutions to plug in and swap AI capabilities as the ecosystem evolves. It exposes high-quality, domain-oriented banking events and data streams in a consistent, governed, and reusable way. This works across products, channels, and customer journeys. Importantly, the platform separates systems of record from systems of engagement and intelligence. Offering financial institution long-term agility instead of short-lived AI experiments.
By reducing point-to-point integrations and one-off data pipelines, an institution can lessen operational complexity and technical debt. This makes change cheaper, safer, and more predictable. Additionally, having clear data lineage, ownership, and control makes it easier to explain decisions, manage model risk, and satisfy regulators – reducing compliance friction as AI adoption grows.
“Financial institutions are clear about what they need from AI. They want real production use cases that improve customer experience and operations, but they will not compromise on governance, security, or control. Our AI Fabric gives them a standard, bank-grade way to allow AI use within their tools and data without rebuilding integrations for every model. The event-driven data mesh architecture improves the process by changing how banking data is produced, shared, and consumed, rather than adding another AI layer on top of fragmented systems.”
Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery
Why Financial Institutions need an AI Foundation
In today’s fast-changing world, financial institutions need an AI foundation that absorbs change instead of amplifying it. With AI Fabric, institutions can experiment, deploy, and evolve AI-assisted use cases incrementally without re-architecting every time a model, vendor, or requirement changes.
Additionally, operational, customer, and risk decisions can be powered by live banking events rather than delayed, batch-based snapshots. This enables AI to assist where it matters most: in-journey, in-context, and in-the-moment.
Even financial institutions not yet ready to operationalise AI can lay the groundwork today with AI Fabric, ensuring they can move quickly and safely when priorities, budgets, or markets shift.
About Plumery
Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.
Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve more than 300 banks globally.
Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast time to market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership.
Radi El Haj, CEO of global payments technology leader RS2, argues that while cost-cutting is important, banks are overlooking AI’s biggest opportunity: fuelling growth through hyper-personalisation, predictive analytics, and dynamic pricing, all while staying on the right side of compliance
SHARE THIS STORY
In banking, artificial intelligence (AI) is often portrayed as an efficiency force-multiplier: automating back-office tasks, detecting fraud, reducing cost. Yet the bigger prize is less about cost and more about growth: unlocking new revenue streams through data monetisation, hyper-personalisation and dynamic pricing. At RS2, a platform that powers issuing and acquiring across banks and enterprises globally, we see how these possibilities can move from concept to profitable reality.
Unlocking Transactional Data for Revenue
Banks sit on rich transactional data – what customers buy, how they spend, when they engage. Historically, this data has helped reduce risk, fight money-laundering or optimise operations. But now it can be used to drive growth. According to an EY overview, AI-powered tools enable banks to personalise services, identify cross-sell opportunities and “potentially boost revenue streams.”
Consider a bank that analyses a customer’s payment behaviour, identifies recurring patterns (e.g., frequent travel, high hotel spend) and then offers a tailored premium travel card or concierge-style value add. Or a commercial bank that segments SMEs by payment volume and cash-flow profile and monetises by offering dynamic pricing on foreign exchange or supply-chain financing.
Responsible monetisation demands governance. A recent essay on monetising financial data with AI warns that “you’re sitting on a goldmine of data … but the major caveat is the need to manage risk”. The practical implication: invest in data-quality, maintain strict consent and usage controls, disaggregate personally identifying detail where possible and ensure transparency with customers. As banks move from “can we do this?” to “should we do this?”, the ones that succeed will embed data ethics, consent frameworks and explainability at the core.
Compliance and Innovation: Building Self-Hosted AI Frameworks
Growth-facing AI can’t sail past compliance. Banks need to remain within the bounds of regulatory regimes such as GDPR, PSD2 and CCPA. A key enabler is self-hosted or controlled AI infrastructure that allows experimentation without exposing sensitive data to third-party cloud vendors or uncontrolled derivative uses.
In the UK, the Bank of England notes that the future of AI in financial services demands both innovation and safety – building internal capabilities while contributing to systemic resilience. For banks this means: maintain internal model-hosting (or tightly controlled cloud with data isolation), build a “sandbox to production” pipeline where models are validated for bias, fairness and explainability, and treat regulatory engagement not as a blocker but as a design parameter.
With this architecture in place, banks can push beyond the cost-centre mindset (fraud detection, operations) into growth-mindset use-cases – real-time decisioning, dynamic pricing, micro-segment product design – all while retaining control over data flows, vendor risk and audit trails.
Explainable AI: Trust at the Front-Line
If AI is going to power new revenue models – dynamic offers, predictive cross-sell, hyper-personalised pricing – then customers and regulators alike must trust the outcomes. Enter explainable AI (XAI).
Explainability isn’t a nice add-on: it’s mandatory when AI touches decisioning that affects consumers (pricing, credit, product eligibility). If a customer is offered a differential rate based on their profile, they are entitled to know (in clear language) why. If a regulator challenges the fairness of an algorithmic decision, the bank must show the decision-tree, the bias mitigation steps and the audit trail of model monitoring.
As banks deploy AI in growth-facing scenarios, transparency becomes a strategic differentiator: one bank may claim to offer “smarter offers” – another will be able to document that those offers are fair, auditable and compliant. That traceability becomes a selling point when partnering with fintechs, regulators or corporate clients.
Lessons from Leading Banks: Growth-Not Just Cost-Cutting
While many banks still emphasise cost-cutting, the story is shifting. For instance, research from FIS shows that banks with a strong data strategy are tying AI investments to revenue outcomes, not just automation.
In practice, a global bank uses AI-driven cash-flow tools for corporate clients and is now preparing to monetise the service rather than treat it purely as a cost centre. Another major institution, NatWest, has embedded AI in its digital-assistant ecosystem and already reports improved customer engagement metrics and lower servicing costs.
From the experience at RS2, we see banks and FinTechs that pay attention to platform architecture, data lineage and flexible monetisation workflows succeed faster. The value flows not from a single “AI project” but from embedding AI into the payment rails, product lifecycle, pricing engine and loyalty ecosystem.
It is noteworthy that banks are not alone here: payments-technology providers like RS2 are collaborating with financial institutions to integrate AI into issuing and acquiring flows, offering a way to turn payments data into behavioural insight, and knowledge into value-added services.
Bringing it Together
For banks, the dominant mindset should shift from “AI as efficiency tool” to “AI as growth platform”. That transition requires three foundational capabilities: a clean, consent-driven data ecosystem; an AI infrastructure that balances innovation and control; and an organisational discipline around explainability, governance and monetisation strategy.
At RS2 we believe that the combination of payments technology, platform mindset and global scale gives us a front-row seat to this shift. The banks that lead in the next five years will be those that embed AI not in margins but in revenue lines – crafting new products, offering dynamic pricing, delivering real-time personalisation and monetising payments data in a responsible manner.
The future isn’t about AI simply making existing processes cheaper; it is about re-working how banks generate value. If your AI agenda stops at cost-cutting, you’re leaving the biggest opportunities on the table.
About RS2
RS2 is a leading global provider of payment technology solutions and processing services, offering a unified approach to managing payments across all channels for banks, integrated software vendors, payment facilitators, independent sales organizations, payment service providers, and businesses worldwide. RS2’s platform stands out as a robust cloud-native solution designed for both issuing and acquiring operations. With its advanced orchestration layer seamlessly integrating all aspects of business operations, clients gain access to comprehensive analytics, reporting tools, and reconciliation features. This empowers businesses to effortlessly expand their global footprint through a single integration, while also gaining valuable insights into payment processes and customer behavior, enhancing operational efficiency, increasing conversion rates, and driving profitability.
Robert Cottrill, Technology Director at digital transformation company ANS, explores how businesses can harness the potential of AI while mitigating the growing risks to cybersecurity and privacy
SHARE THIS STORY
AI can transform businesses, but is it also opening the door to cyber risks? Fuelled by competitive pressure and rising government support through the UK’s Industrial Strategy, it’s no surprise that more and more businesses are racing to adopt AI.
But there’s a catch. The more businesses scale their AI adoption, the bigger their attack surface becomes. Without a proactive and structured approach to securing AI systems, organisations risk trading short-term efficiencies for long-term vulnerabilities.
The AI Boom
AI investment is skyrocketing. Businesses are deploying generative AI tools, machine learning models, and intelligent automation across nearly every function, from customer service and fraud detection to supply chain optimisation. Platforms like DeepSeek and open-source AI models are now part of the mainstream tech stack.
Initiatives like the UK’s AI Opportunities Action Plan are fuelling experimentation and adoption. AI is now seen not just as a productivity tool, but as a critical lever for digital transformation.
However, the rapid pace of AI deployment is outpacing the development of the security frameworks required to protect it. When integrated with sensitive data or critical infrastructure, AI systems can introduce serious risks if not properly secured. These risks include data leakage through AI prompts or model training, as well as AI-generated phishing and social engineering attacks
While technical threats often take centre stage, businesses also can’t forget the increasing regulatory requirements surrounding AI. As AI systems become more powerful, enabling businesses to extract valuable insights from vast datasets, they also raise serious ethical and legal challenges.
Regulatory frameworks like the EU AI Act and GDPR aim to provide guardrails for responsible AI use. But these regulations often struggle to keep up with the rapid advancements in AI technology, leaving businesses exposed to potential breaches and misuse of personal data.
The Need for Responsible AI Adoption
To build resilience while embracing AI, businesses need a dual approach:
1. Prioritise AI-specific training across the workforce
Cybersecurity teams are already stretched. Introducing AI into the mix raises the stakes. Organisations must prioritise upskilling their cybersecurity professionals to understand how AI can both protect and threaten systems.
But this isn’t just a job for the security team. As AI tools become embedded in daily workflows, employees across functions must also be trained to spot risks. Whether it’s uploading sensitive data into a chatbot or blindly trusting algorithms, human error remains a major weak point.
A well-trained workforce is the first and most crucial line of defence.
2. Adopt open-source AI responsibly
Another key strategy for reducing AI-related risks is the responsible adoption of open-source AI platforms. Open-source AI enhances transparency by making AI algorithms and tools available for broader scrutiny. This openness fosters collaboration and collective innovation, allowing developers and security experts worldwide to identify and address potential vulnerabilities more efficiently.
The transparency of open-source AI demystifies AI technologies for businesses, giving them the confidence to adopt AI solutions while ensuring they stay alert about potential security flaws. When AI systems are subject to global review, organisations can tap into the expertise of a diverse and engaged tech community to build more secure, reliable AI applications.
To adopt responsibly, businesses need to ensure that the AI they are using aligns with security best practices, complies with regulations, and is ethically sound. By using open-source AI responsibly, organisations can create more secure digital environments and strengthen trust with stakeholders.
Securing the Future of AI
AI is a transformative force that will redefine cybersecurity. We’re already seeing AI being used to automate threat detection and response. But it’s also powering more advanced attacks, from deepfake impersonation to large-scale automated exploits.
Organisations that succeed will be those that embed cybersecurity into every stage of their AI journey, from innovation to implementation. That means making risk management part of the innovation conversation, not a downstream fix.
By taking a responsible approach, investing in training, leveraging open-source AI wisely, and embedding cybersecurity into every layer of the business, organisations can unlock AI’s potential while defending against its risks.
AI is a double-edged sword, but with thoughtful adoption, businesses can confidently navigate the complex landscape of AI and cybersecurity.
Joe Logan, CIO at iManage, on the need to avoid the hype, manage cybersecurity, focus on ROI and balance change management to get the best results with AI
SHARE THIS STORY
Across the enterprise, AI promises transformational power – however, it’s not as simple as just plugging it into the organisation and instantly reaping the benefits. What are some of the top things CIOs need to focus on to avoid any pitfalls, unlock its value, and best position themselves for success with AI?
1) Separate the Hype from Reality
Here’s what hype looks like: using AI to “radically transform the way you do business” or to “accelerate comprehensive digital transformation” or – heaven forbid – to “completely change our industry.” These are big statements – and absolutely dripping with hype.
Getting real with AI requires identifying specific use cases within the organisation where a particular type of AI can be deployed to achieve a specific goal. For example, maybe you want to reduce customer churn by 20% and have identified an opportunity to use chatbots powered by large language models to provide more effective customer service. That’s what reality looks like.
In separating the hype from reality, organisations gain the added benefit of clearing up any misconceptions – at any level of the organisation – about what AI can and can’t do, thus performing an important “level set” around expectations.
2) Understand the Implications for Cybersecurity
On one side, any AI tool you’re using has access to data, and that means that access needs to be controlled like any other system within your tech stack. The data needs to be secured and governed, and issues around privacy, sovereignty, and any other regulatory requirements need to be thoroughly addressed.
As part of this effort, organisations also need to be aware of the security measures required to protect the AI model itself from bad actors trying to manipulate that model. For example: prompt injection – inputs that prompt the model to perform unintended actions – can affect the model and its responses if not carefully guarded against.
Securing your AI system is one side of the coin; the other side is understanding how to apply AI to cybersecurity. There are a growing number of use cases here where AI can help identify risks or vulnerabilities by analysing large amounts of data, helping organisations to prioritise the areas they need to focus on for risk mitigation.
In summary? While any usage of AI will require you to “play defence” on the security front, it will also enable you to “play offence” more effectively. In that sense, AI has multiple implications for cybersecurity.
3) Focus on the Right Kind of ROI
When it comes to ROI for any AI investments, don’t narrowly focus on absolute numbers when it comes to metrics like time savings or cost savings. While well-suited to industrial workplaces that are churning out widgets every day, absolute numbers can be an awkward fit when applied to a knowledge work setting.
The advice here for any knowledge-centric enterprise is: Don’t get hung up on the idea of actual dollars and cents or a specific number – instead, look for a relative improvement from a baseline. So, rather than saying “We’re going to reduce our customer acquisition costs by $100,000 this year”, it’d be more appropriate to focus on reducing existing customer acquisition costs by 10%. Likewise, don’t focus on each junior associate in the organisation completing five more due diligence projects per calendar year; look to complete due diligence projects in 30% less time.
4) Give Change Management its due
Change management has always mattered when it comes to introducing new technology into the enterprise. AI is no different: Successful adoption requires a focus on people, process, and technology – with a particular emphasis on those first two items.
A major challenge is educating the workforce with an eye towards improving their AI literacy – essentially, enabling them to understand what’s possible and how they can apply AI to their daily workflows.
Know that a centralised model of control that dictates “this is how you can experiment with AI” is probably going to be ineffective. It will be too stifling for innovative individuals in the organisation. Far better to provide centres of excellence or educational resources to those people who are most inclined to take the initiative and move forward with AI experiments in their team or department.
One caveat here: It’s essential to have guardrails in place as teams and individuals experiment with AI, to prevent misuse of the technology. That’s the tightrope that CIOs need to walk when introducing AI into the organisation. Striking the right balance between “total control” and “freedom to explore, but with appropriate oversight and guardrails”.
The Future of AI Depends on what CIOs do next
The promise of AI is massive, but only if CIOs adopting the technology focus on the right areas. And that means filtering out the hype, keeping security implications top of mind, redefining ROI, and guiding change with a steady hand. By paying attention to these areas, CIOs can safely navigate a path forward with AI. And ensure that it isn’t just a technology with promise and potential, but one that delivers actual enterprise-wide impact.
Mike Southgate, Co-founder of UK-based RegTech firm Ermi, on why artificial intelligence alone cannot replace human judgment in the creation of rules for automated transaction monitoring
SHARE THIS STORY
In the drive to modernise and improve financial-crime detection, artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a powerful tool. Machine-learning models have the ability to process vast volumes of transactional data, identify patterns invisible to the human eye and flag anomalies at scale.
But despite these clear benefits, AI on its own cannot deliver the transparency, accountability, or contextual nuance that is needed for effective transaction monitoring. Human judgment (Human In the loop) remains absolutely essential.
The Autonomy Illusion
Rising financial crime, advances in laundering typologies and increased regulatory scrutiny, has put financial institutions under pressure to adopt AI-driven anti-money-laundering (AML) systems, with the promise that they will be more effective.
According to the IICFIP Global Financial Crimes Impact Report 2025, global losses from financial crime exceed US $8 trillion annually, including money laundering losses of between US $800 billion and $2 trillion, fraud losses of over US $5 trillion, and corruption losses around US $3.6 trillion. Yet INTERPOL reports that only one percent of illicit financial flows are ever intercepted, frozen, or recovered.
Transaction monitoring vendors are increasingly marketing AI-driven AML solutions, claiming that the algorithms are able to autonomously detect suspicious behaviour. But these capabilities are often vastly overstated. Machine-learning models suffer from multiple issues. They are only as effective as the data they are trained on and ensuring accurate (E.g. data relevant to the firm buying the tool) and up to date data is challenging. Not least because financial crime is a moving target. Criminals continually change their tactics, often faster than AI can be retrained. Because the system relies on patterns learned from historical data rather than anticipating new, adaptive strategies, subtle illicit activity, such as transactions that mimic legitimate behaviour, often go undetected. Similarly, data to train an AI must know whether past patterns were truly criminal, which we may not always know.
Understanding AI’s Shortcomings
Importantly, the line between criminal and normal behaviour will depend upon the client. Consider a scenario where a high-net-worth individual initiates a series of international transfers. An AI model may flag these transactions purely based on volume or geography. Without contextual understanding for the type of client, the alert is likely to be a false positive. Conversely, a sophisticated money laundering scheme could evade detection entirely by mimicking legitimate behaviour. In both cases, human insight is critical. AI lacks context of clients or in-depth knowledge of of “normal” business models.
Opacity is another concern. Many machine-learning systems operate as black boxes, generating alerts without and meaningful explanation. Regulators are increasingly demanding transparency, for example under the EU AI Act and Financial Action Task Force (FATF) guidance on AI in AML (FATF, 2021). Institutions have an obligation to justify why a transaction was flagged (or not), what criteria were used and how decisions align with risk-based approaches.
Black-box models can also undermine internal governance. Compliance teams need to understand and trust the systems they rely on. And when an alert cannot be traced to a clear rule, confidence is undermined and investigations stall. Over-reliance on automation has the potential to overshadow critical human judgment.
Human Rule Design with Context
Effective transaction monitoring must still therefore have human-led contextual rule design. Unlike generic thresholds or static parameters, contextual rules take into account the full spectrum of customer behaviour, business models and risk exposure. Having defined rules will also allow transparency and traceability.
For example, a transaction exceeding £10,000 may trigger a review in retail banking but is routine in corporate financial operations. Contextual rules enable financial institutions to adapt the detection rule logic based on customer type and risk, transaction purpose, jurisdictional risk and historical patterns.
Contextual rule design also supports dynamic adaptation, so that systems are able to respond intelligently to changes in a client’s behaviour. For example, if a customer suddenly increases the volume or frequency of cross-border payments, the system evaluates these changes against historical patterns, business type, transaction purpose and associated risk factors. Alerts are then generated only when deviations are statistically or contextually significant, rather than for every fluctuation.
By incorporating this nuanced understanding, organisations are able to reduce false positives, prioritise genuinely suspicious activity and ensure compliance teams focus on actionable alerts rather than noise.
Contextual Rules
Importantly, contextual rules enhance explainability. Each rule can be traced to a specific rationale, for example, regulatory guidance, internal policy, or risk appetite. This strengthens audit readiness and helps with regulatory engagement. Transparency also supports continuous improvement as threats evolve or business priorities shift.
Financial crime detection is not just a technical challenge and is fundamentally about context. But AI struggles with nuance. It cannot distinguish between a legitimate seasonal spike and a layering attempt, in which illicit funds are moved through multiple accounts or jurisdictions to obscure their origin. It also cannot surmise intent, assess reputational risk, or weigh geopolitical implications, or above all… just be a sceptical compliance officer who doesn’t trust anyone.
Humans excel at contextual reasoning. They interpret indicators in light of customer behaviour and relationships, market dynamics and regulatory expectations. They ask the right questions, challenge assumptions and escalate concerns when needed. In short, humans bring vital judgment to transaction monitoring.
An example of this in action: in 2024, a European bank’s AI system flagged 80,000 transactions as “high risk.” Only 0.3 percent proved genuinely suspicious (IICFIP, 2025). Without human review, the bank would have wasted significant time chasing false positives, while potentially missing the subtler patterns of actual illicit activity.
Augmentation, Not Automation
The future of transaction monitoring is not about replacing humans but about strengthening them. AI should be used to support decision making by surfacing patterns and anomalies, while humans provide interpretation, oversight and context.
Forward-thinking financial institutions are getting ready for a regulatory landscape that will demand AI models are explainable and auditable. And by carefully combining machine efficiency with human judgment that organisations will reduce operational risk and strengthen compliance.
As financial crime grows more sophisticated, our transaction monitoring needs to evolve too. AI is a powerful tool but it is not a panacea. Effective transaction monitoring requires human insight and contextual awareness. Hybrid models that balance automation with human-led rule sets and interpretation will be essential.
While AI offers unparalleled speed and pattern recognition, it cannot replace the human ability to reason, contextualise and make judgment calls. Human-led transparency, explainability and context are not optional features for effective AML. Organisations that use AI to augment, not replace, human judgment will be best positioned to detect sophisticated threats, maintain regulatory trust and act decisively. In stopping financial crime, trust is essential and trust cannot be automated.
Ben Francis, Insurance Lead at Risk Ledger, on navigating cyber threats by reinforcing security from the inside out
SHARE THIS STORY
Cyber insurance has evolved from a straightforward risk transfer mechanism into an integral component of enterprise risk strategy. As a result, the conversation has shifted beyond simply securing coverage to embracing three foundational elements: transparency in risk exposure, accountability for security measures, and active collaboration throughout the digital ecosystem.
Rather than asking ‘are you covered?’, the more pertinent question has become ‘can you demonstrate measurable risk reduction?’. Insurers and insureds alike are recognising that what matters now is how well an organisation understands and manages its digital exposure, especially across its extended supply chain. Recent data reveals that 46% of organisations experienced at least two separate supply chain-related cyber incidents in the past year, a clear sign that exposure often lies beyond direct control.
From Risk Transfer to Risk Visibility
In recent years, the cyber insurance market has matured significantly. Once viewed as a reactive safety net to cushion the financial impact of attacks, it is now becoming a proactive tool for managing and mitigating risk. This shift is partly driven by insurers, who increasingly expect and work with organisations to demonstrate strong security practices and a nuanced understanding of their threat landscape, including risks deep within their digital supply chains; an area where many businesses still fall short.
At the same time, the industry faces a growing challenge from systemic cyber risk within their portfolios, as many businesses rely on the same cloud providers, payment systems and digital platforms, increasing the chance of a single point of failure. Insurers must gain visibility into how policyholders are connected, not only to suppliers but to each other. Tools and frameworks that map and monitor these interconnections will be essential to avoid underestimating the wider impact of seemingly isolated cyber events.
Mapping Beyond Third Parties
It is no secret that cyber attackers often target the weakest link in a supply chain. These are not always direct suppliers, but fourth, fifth or even sixth-tier vendors that have indirect but critical access to systems and data. Unfortunately, many organisations lack visibility beyond their first tier, creating blind spots that attackers can easily exploit. From an insurance perspective, this presents a clear challenge. If an organisation cannot account for who it is connected to, it cannot adequately quantify its risk and neither can its insurer. Mapping these extended connections is more than just a technical exercise; it means actively practiced risk governance and responsibility. Insurers increasingly want to know how their policyholders are identifying and managing indirect dependencies, particularly in sectors like financial services and retail where disruption can ripple across entire markets.
Collaboration as a Risk Strategy
One of the more underappreciated aspects of cyber resilience is the role of peer collaboration. Unlike physical incidents, cyber threats rarely exist in isolation. A single compromised vendor can impact multiple organisations simultaneously, a fact that has been highlighted by high-profile supply chain attacks such as SolarWinds and MOVEit.
As a result, businesses need to think beyond their own perimeters and adopt a more collective mindset. This includes building relationships with industry peers, sharing threat intelligence and participating in sector-wide initiatives aimed at improving visibility and preparedness.
In highly regulated sectors, such as insurance, this collaboration is increasingly being encouraged by oversight bodies. Frameworks like the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) in the EU and initiatives from the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the UK are pushing for more transparency around third-party risk. In this context, openness is no longer optional; it will be a regulatory expectation.
For insurance providers, greater collaboration between policyholders also means better data on emerging threats and more accurate portfolio management. For businesses, it offers a chance to anticipate vulnerabilities that may not yet have hit their own networks but are affecting others in their industry.
Proactive Transparency Builds Trust
Organisations that take a proactive, transparent approach to cyber risk management are more likely to secure cover and potentially favourable terms, not just in terms of premiums, but also in access to additional services such as forensic support, incident response sources and legal counsel.
Demonstrating a mature cyber posture is not about claiming perfection. No organisation is immune to breaches. What insurers are looking for is evidence of a structured approach: the existence of incident response plans, robust governance, effective supply chain risk management, and above all, an honest view of risk.
A Shift in Mindset
Ultimately, our understanding of cyber insurance must keep evolving. It should not be treated as a simple checkbox exercise, but as a collaborative relationship between insurers and the organisations they support – one built on shared insight, clear communication, and a drive for continuous improvement.
The organisations best equipped to navigate today’s threats will be those that prioritise transparency. Not only does it lead to stronger protection, but it also builds a culture of accountability that reinforces security from the inside out.
Neven Matas, Cybersecurity Team Director EU from Infinum, explores how FinTech companies can turn resilience into a source of innovation and business growth
SHARE THIS STORY
FinTech companies are under constant pressure to innovate rapidly while maintaining deep and ongoing trust in their platforms. And as AI becomes embedded into everything from credit decisions to customer support, these pressures are intensifying. The future of digital finance will not just be defined by who deploys the most advanced technology first but by who implements systems that can withstand attack, scale efficiently, and evolve without compromising compliance or customer confidence.
Resilience cannot be a technical afterthought; it is a strategic requirement for FinTech. Modular platform architectures, responsible AI operations, and proactive security testing are becoming the foundations of sustainable FinTech growth. Together, they define an operating model where compliance supports innovation instead of obstructing it and where trust becomes a true competitive differentiator.
FinTech Resilience Begins with Architecture
Many FinTech platforms have evolved as tightly integrated but ultimately separate systems. While these can move quickly at first, they will often struggle under regulatory change, evolving security threats or simply the pressure of scale.
Modular, API-driven architectures will enable organisations to compartmentalise risk. They also make it easier to upgrade specific services without disrupting the others and adapt to new regulatory obligations without impacting the whole business. Shared platform capabilities, such as identity management, encryption, logging and access control, will give every new product or feature an inherited baseline of good security practice and governance.
This approach is especially important as operational resilience regulations tighten across global financial services. Requirements around third-party management, continuity planning, and incident reporting demand systems that are secure, observable, and controllable. When resilience is engineered into the platform rather than bolted on, organisations can adapt far more confidently.
Crucially, modularity accelerates innovation rather than slowing it down. Teams can experiment at the edge without placing core systems at risk. New fraud detection models, customer features or AI-driven services can be deployed, tested and refined in isolation. Resilience, therefore, is not simply about withstanding disruption, it is what allows organisations to safely embrace continuous change.
Scaling Digital Products Without Tripping Over Compliance
Digital FinTech products are no longer judged just on usability. They are also evaluated on how transparently they handle data, how well they communicate risk, and whether they meet regulatory expectations across markets. Compliance, which was once seen as a barrier to innovation, is increasingly becoming a fundamental product design input.
The most resilient organisations will embed regulatory thinking directly into product development from the outset. Rather than treating compliance as a late-stage sign-off, they feed regulatory principles into experience design and system behaviours. Consent flows, audit trails, authentication rules, and data retention logic become part of the product’s core architecture rather than something that has been retrofitted.
This approach significantly reduces the operational burden of growth. As FinTech companies enter new regions or launch new services, they avoid the potential of costly remediation triggered by regulatory scrutiny. Instead, they operate from consolidated, well-governed platforms that limit the attack surface and simplify oversight, while also limiting duplication. The outcome is a stronger security posture and faster expansion into new markets with clearer trust signals for customers and partners.
AI as a Trusted Partner Not a Black Box
AI has rapidly become central to the FinTech value proposition. Real-time fraud detection and automated operational processes, for example, depend on increasingly sophisticated models. However, AI also introduces new risks, including opaque decision-making, potential bias, and heightened regulatory exposure when automated systems influence financial outcomes.
The strategic shift now is from experimental AI adoption to accountable AI operations. This begins with defining precisely where AI adds value and where human oversight remains essential. High-impact use cases, such as lending decisions, transaction monitoring and identity verification, all need explainability as well as accuracy. Organisations must be able to demonstrate how decisions were reached, what data was used and how bias is monitored over time.
Clear ownership, review processes, escalation paths, model validation and human-in-the-loop controls will help make large-scale AI deployment viable in a regulated environment.
AI also has a strong defensive capability. Behavioural anomaly detection, predictive threat monitoring and intelligent authentication systems allow fintech platforms to detect and respond to risk faster than traditional rule-based approaches.
When used responsibly, AI can strengthen both customer experience and operational resilience.
Proactive Security Testing as a Continuous Discipline
Modern FinTech infrastructure assumes exposure. APIs are public, ecosystems are interconnected and supply chains are large and complex. Under these conditions, security based solely on perimeter defences or annual audits is not enough. This means continuous, adversarial testing has become essential for resilient fintech organisations.
Mature players are moving beyond compliance-driven testing into ongoing penetration assessments, red-team exercises and social-engineering simulations. These practices uncover technical vulnerabilities, as well as weaknesses in response coordination, escalation decision-making and recovery planning. They test the organisation as a living system rather than a collection of isolated applications.
Integrating security into everyday development is equally critical. Secure coding standards, continuous testing pipelines and regular threat modelling will enable earlier detection of vulnerabilities, when issues are cheaper and easier to resolve. The goal is not to eliminate risk entirely, which is impossible, it is to reduce the time between exposure, detection and response.
Security as a Growth Enabler
The reframing of security from cost centre to growth driver is the most significant strategic transformation in FinTech. Having a strong security posture is not just about ticking compliance checkboxes, it is increasingly a prerequisite for partnerships, institutional trust and international expansion.
Organisations that demonstrate operational resilience, responsible AI governance and proactive security assurance move through due diligence faster. They onboard enterprise clients more easily, integrate with partners with fewer barriers and launch advanced digital services with greater confidence.
In crowded markets, trust is a commercial advantage.
From the customer perspective, security and transparency are inseparable from experience. Clear communication around data usage, visible protections and consistent reliability directly impact adoption, retention and loyalty. Resilience becomes part of brand equity.
Looking ahead, FinTech leaders will not be defined by who adopts new technology first but by who builds systems capable of absorbing disruption, scaling responsibly and evolving continuously. Modular platforms, trustworthy AI and continuous security assurance form the backbone of this.
Vertiv expects powering up for AI, Digital Twins and Adaptive Liquid Cooling to shape future Data Centre Design and Operations
SHARE THIS STORY
Data Centre innovation is continuing to be shaped by macro forces and technology trends related to AI, according to a report from Vertiv, a global leader in critical digital infrastructure. The Vertiv™ Frontiers report, which draws on expertise from across the organisation, details the technology trends driving current and future innovation, from powering up for AI, to digital twins, to adaptive liquid cooling.
“The data centre industry is continuing to rapidly evolve how it designs, builds, operates and services data centres, in response to the density and speed of deployment demands of AI factories,” said Vertiv chief product and technology officer, Scott Armul. “We see cross-technology forces, including extreme densification, driving transformative trends such as higher voltage DC power architectures and advanced liquid cooling that are important to deliver the gigawatt scaling that is critical for AI innovation. On-site energy generation and digital twin technology are also expected to help to advance the scale and speed of AI adoption.”
Extreme densification – accelerated by AI and HPC workloads; gigawatt scaling at speed – data centres are now being deployed rapidly and at unprecedented scale
Data centre as a unit of compute – the AI era requires facilities to be built and operated as a single system
Silicon diversification – data centre infrastructure must adapt to an increasing range of chips and compute
The report details how these macro forces have in turn shaped five key trends impacting specific areas of the data centre landscape.
1. Powering up for AI
Most current data centres still rely on hybrid AC/DC power distribution from the grid to the IT racks, which includes three to four conversion stages and some inefficiencies. This existing approach is under strain as power densities increase, largely driven by AI workloads. The shift to higher voltage DC architectures enables significant reductions in current, size of conductors, and number of conversion stages while centralising power conversion at the room level. Hybrid AC and DC systems are pervasive, but as full DC standards and equipment mature, higher voltage DC is likely to become more prevalent as rack densities increase. On-site generation, and microgrids, will also drive adoption of higher voltage DC.
2. Distributed AI
The billions of dollars invested into AI data centres to support large language models (LLMs) to date have been aimed at supporting widespread adoption of AI tools by consumers and businesses. Vertiv believes AI is becoming increasingly critical to businesses but how, and from where, those inference services are delivered will depend on the specific requirements and conditions of the organisation. While this will impact businesses of all types, highly regulated industries, such as finance, defence, and healthcare, may need to maintain private or hybrid AI environments via on-premise data centres, due to data residency, security, or latency requirements. Flexible, scalable high-density power and liquid cooling systems could enable capacity through new builds or retrofitting of existing facilities.
3. Energy autonomyaccelerates
Short-term on-site energy generation capacity has been essential for most standalone data centres for decades, to support resiliency. However, widespread power availability challenges are creating conditions to adopt extended energy autonomy, especially for AI data centres. Investment in on-site power generation, via natural gas turbines and other technologies, does have several intrinsic benefits but is primarily driven by power availability challenges. Technology strategies such as Bring Your Own Power (and Cooling) are likely to be part of ongoing energy autonomy plans.
4. Digital twin-driven design and operations
With increasingly dense AI workloads and more powerful GPUs also come a demand to deploy these complex AI factories with speed. Using AI-based tools, data centres can be mapped and specified virtually, via digital twins, and the IT and critical digital infrastructure can be integrated, often as prefabricated modular designs, and deployed as units of compute, reducing time-to-token by up to 50%. This approach will be important to efficiently achieving the gigawatt-scale buildouts required for future AI advancements.
5. Adaptive, resilient liquid cooling
AI workloads and infrastructure have accelerated the adoption of liquid cooling. But conversely, AI can also be used to further refine and optimise liquid cooling solutions. Liquid cooling has become mission-critical for a growing number of operators but AI could provide ways to further enhance its capabilities. AI, in conjunction with additional monitoring and control systems, has the potential to make liquid cooling systems smarter and even more robust by predicting potential failures and effectively managing fluid and components. This trend should lead to increasing reliability and uptime for high value hardware and associated data/workloads.
Vertiv does business in more than 130 countries, delivering critical digital infrastructure solutions to data centres, communication networks, and commercial and industrial facilities worldwide. The company’s comprehensive portfolio spans power management, thermal management, and IT infrastructure solutions and services – from the cloud to the network edge. This integrated approach enables continuous operations, optimal performance, and scalable growth for customers navigating an increasingly complex digital landscape.
Joe Jordan, co-founder at Adclear, on why FinTechs and other financial organisations need to find equilibrium between content and compliance
SHARE THIS STORY
FinProm. It might sound innocent enough. But in reality, these two small syllables represent a mountain of risk for FinTechs, banks, trading platforms and other financial institutions. FinProm, short for financial promotions, is the catch-all term for how finance brands market their products to customers. That means everything from YouTube ads and TfL posters, to in-app nudges and influencer collaborations. Like most things in finance, it’s an area that’s heavily regulated. And, in today’s fast-moving marketing world, it’s something that’s starting to trip companies up.
Navigating FinProm
Just this year, we’ve seen Robinhood fined $26M for regulatory breaches which included failure to properly oversee the influencers plugging their platform. And three UK “finfluencers” recently landed in court for falling foul of FCA FinProm rules. As the fly-wheel of content creation speeds up, fuelled by AI tooling, FinTech brands are facing a high-stakes conundrum: how can they keep pace with modern marketing strategies without running the risk of breaching the litany of rules set by bodies stretching from the FCA to the ASA?
Currently, fintechs and banks try to stay on the right side of the regulations by running all of their marketing content and promotions through their compliance teams. These experts review each image, video and piece of copy and suggest revisions. In the quest for compliance, this back and forth causes all sorts of friction. It slows down pace, waters down creativity, and burdens both teams with an admin-burden they’d rather do without.
The results? A slow marketing process which can’t capitalise on trends, nor tap into the rapid content personalisation and iteration made possible by the AI era. This means less growth and customer acquisition in a highly competitive market. The alternative? Playing fast and loose with compliance procedures in order to maximise marketing output. This might drive sales, but it could also drive firms right into the arms of some unhappy regulators.
Decision Time for FinTechs
This clash of priorities is creating the ultimate stress test for FinTechs and other financial organisations as they seek to find equilibrium between content and compliance in a world which demands more marketing output, delivered faster than ever before.
And it’s a stress test they cannot afford to fail. Regulators like the FCA are cracking down and the consequences of enforcement action can be devastating. And, as brands expand to new markets, the risk will only grow as they find themselves having to contend with an expanded set of regulators and rulebooks across the globe.
FinTechs can’t bury their heads in the sand on this issue. They must heed the cautionary tales we’ve seen in recent months and reset their FinProm blueprint. The AI-powered age of marketing can’t be capitalised on if it’s supported by old-school compliance processes. Nor can it afford to ignore the very real threat of a regulatory mis-step. To create a truly modern brand that is free to embrace the latest marketing strategies, compliance strategies need to be stepped up and modernised in tandem. Innovation on one side of the FinProm coin must be counter-weighted by innovation on the other.
FinTechs and finance platforms are used to pushing boundaries and disrupting the status quo. But to enable this to continue safely, effectively and on the right side of the law, the same energy and innovative zeal should now be applied to compliance. Without it, brands will be exposing themselves to risks and costs they likely cannot afford.
Jon Abbott, Technologies Director of Global Strategic Clients at Vertiv, asks how we can build a generation of data centres for the AI age
SHARE THIS STORY
The promise of artificial intelligence (AI) is enlightenment. The pressure it places on infrastructure is far less elegant.
Across every layer of the data centre stack, AI is exposing structural limits – from cooling thresholds and power capacity to build timelines and failure modes. What many operators are now discovering is that legacy models, even those only a few years old, are struggling to accommodate what AI-scale workloads demand.
This isn’t simply a matter of scale – it is a shift in shape. AI doesn’t distribute evenly, it lands hard, in dense blocks of compute that concentrate energy, heat and physical weight into single systems or racks. Those conditions aren’t accommodated by traditional data hall layouts, airflow assumptions or power provisioning logic. The once-exceptional densities of 30kW or 40kW per rack are quickly becoming the baseline for graphics processing unit- (GPU) heavy deployments.
The consequences are significant. Facilities must now support greater thermal precision, faster provisioning and closer coordination across design and operations. And they must do so while maintaining resilience, efficiency and security.
Design Under Pressure
The architecture of the modern data centre is being rewritten in response to three intersecting forces. First, there is density – AI accelerators demand compact, high-power configurations that increase structural and thermal load on individual cabinets. Second, there is volatility – AI workloads spike unpredictably, requiring cooling and power systems that can track and respond in real time. Third, there is urgency – AI development cycles move fast, often leaving little room for phased infrastructure expansion.
In this environment, assumptions that once underpinned data centre design begin to erode. Air-only cooling no longer reaches critical components effectively, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) capacity must scale beyond linear load, and procurement lead times no longer match project delivery windows.
To adapt, operators are adopting strategies that prioritise speed, integration and visibility. Modular builds and factory-integrated systems are gaining traction – not for convenience, but for the reliability that controlled environments can offer. In parallel, greater emphasis is being placed on how cooling and power are architected together, rather than as separate functions.
Exploring the Physical Gap
There is a growing disconnect between the digital ambition of AI-led organisations and the physical readiness of their facilities. A rack might be specified to run the latest AI training cluster. The space around it, however, may not support the necessary airflow, load distribution or cable density. Minor mismatches in layout or containment can result in hot spots, inefficiencies or equipment degradation.
Operators are now approaching physical design through a different lens. They are evaluating structural tolerances, rebalancing containment zones, and planning for both current and future cooling scenarios. Liquid cooling, once a niche consideration, is becoming a near-term requirement. In many cases, it is being deployed alongside existing air systems to create hybrid environments that can handle peak loads without overhauling entire facilities.
What this requires is careful sequencing. Introducing liquid means introducing new infrastructure: secondary loops, pump systems, monitoring, maintenance. These elements must be designed with the same rigour as the electrical backbone. They must also be integrated into commissioning and telemetry from day one.
Risk in the Seams
The more complex the system, the more attention must be paid to the seams. AI infrastructure often relies on a patchwork of new and existing technologies – from cooling and power to management software and physical access control. When these systems are not properly aligned, risk accumulates quietly.
Hybrid cooling loops that lack thermal synchronisation can create blind spots. Overlapping monitoring systems may provide fragmented data, hiding early signs of imbalance. Delays in commissioning or last-minute changes in hardware specification can introduce vulnerabilities that remain undetected until something fails.
Avoiding these scenarios requires joined-up design. From early-stage planning through to testing and operation, infrastructure must be treated as a whole. That includes the physical plant, the digital control layer and the operational processes that bind them.
Physical Security Under AI Conditions
As infrastructure becomes more specialised and high-value, the importance of physical security rises. AI racks often contain not only critical data but hardware that is financially and strategically valuable. Facilities are responding with enhanced perimeter control, real-time surveillance, and tighter access segmentation at the rack and room level.
More organisations are adopting role-based access tied to operational state. Maintenance windows, for example, may trigger temporary access privileges that expire after use. Integrated access and monitoring logs allow operators to correlate physical movement with system behaviour, helping to identify unauthorised activity or unexpected patterns.
In environments where automation and remote management are becoming standard, physical security must be designed to support low-touch operations with intelligent systems able to flag anomalies and initiate response workflows without constant human oversight.
Infrastructure as an Adaptive System
The direction of travel is clear. Infrastructure must be able to evolve as quickly as the workloads it supports. This means designing for flexibility and for lifecycle. It means understanding where capacity is needed today, and how that might shift in six months. It means choosing platforms that support interoperability, rather than locking into closed systems.
The goal is not simply to survive the shift to AI-scale compute. It is to build a foundation that can keep up with whatever comes next – whether that is a new training model, a change in energy market conditions, or a new set of regulatory constraints.
FinTech Strategy hears from the experts at DeepL, PagerDuty, Bitpace and Pleo who assess the impact of AI, crypto, stablecoins, tokenised payments and more on financial services in 2026
SHARE THIS STORY
Looking back at 2025, it was a pivotal year for financial services. The past 12 months have been marked by growing regulatory pressure, publicised outages, and a renewed focus on decentralised finance. In January, the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) officially came into force across the EU, imposing new obligations on banks, insurers, investment firms and their technology providers to better manage ICT risks, report incidents and ensure continuity of operations.
That regulatory shift has come at a time when real-world failures are under intense scrutiny. A report from the Treasury Committee, prompted by a wave of IT glitches, revealed that nine of the UK’s largest banks and building societies suffered at least 803 hours of unplanned outages between January 2023 and February 2025, equivalent to more than 33 days of downtime. Alongside revision of traditional finance strategy, pro-crypto policy emerging from the US with the new administration has also buoyed investor confidence in newer assets like stablecoins, with the global market slated to hit $500 to $750 billion in coming years.
These events have reinforced a hard truth across the sector: digital infrastructure is no longer just a supporting pillar, it is mission-critical. Against this backdrop, many firms are now rethinking how they build, monitor and respond to technology risk. In this transformational moment, the voices below outline why 2026 may well become the year financial services firms turn lessons into lasting change, providing predictions about FS in 2026.
Eduardo Crespo, VP EMEA, PagerDuty:
“By 2026, financial services firms have turned hard-won lessons from the Treasury’s 2025 outage reports into action. Years of costly downtime and lost trust pushed the industry to rebuild around resilience. Always-on access is non-negotiable. Customers leave if they can’t transact in real time, and regulators are watching. In response, banks are overhauling legacy stacks and embedding AI at the core of incident management.
“AI isn’t a pilot project anymore, it’s become part of frontline defence. Systems now detect and diagnose disruption before it happens, enabling predictive maintenance and softening the blow of unplanned events. In 2026, resilience is a competitive edge.”
Anil Oncu, CEO, Bitpace:
“By 2026, digital assets will no longer be considered emerging. They will be fully embedded in mainstream finance. The shift is accelerating, driven by clearer regulation and stronger institutional participation across the US, UK and Europe. Pro-crypto policy is now the backbone of a global effort to build stablecoin-powered commerce at scale.
“In the UK, the Bank of England’s decision to allow stablecoin reserves to be held in short-term government debt is a significant signal of confidence. In the US, the GENIUS Act provides long-overdue oversight for dollar-backed tokens and replaces years of ambiguity with a clear path to legitimacy and widespread adoption.
“As global stablecoin supply moves beyond $300 billion, these digital dollars will support a rapidly increasing share of cross-border transactions. They reduce fees, eliminate settlement friction, and outperform traditional rails in both speed and transparency. At the same time, regulators are finally moving in the right direction. Stablecoins are moving from a speculative tool into a trusted infrastructure layer for modern payments.
“By 2026, digital assets will no longer sit alongside traditional finance. They will power its next phase of development. Stablecoins, crypto ETFs, and tokenised payments will be used directly within the financial stack and will be part of everyday business and consumer activity worldwide. This is not hype. It is execution, and the market is already moving.”
Ed Crook, VP Strategy & Operations, DeepL:
“2026 will be make-or-break for many financial services providers. In a competitive market, the edge goes to providers who adopt useful AI to cut through inefficient workflows. In this sector, where every interaction is highly regulated and reputational risk is acute, businesses need the right tools for the job. This includes data protection, account security, compliance, IT ops and customer service – keeping fundamental lines of communication open and effective. These are all areas where AI is already solving critical problems.
“AI is fast becoming the connective tissue of international finance, and this trend will continue in 2026, particularly in customer engagement and operational support. Our FS research found that over a third (37%) of client interactions in UK finance already involve AI. Over half (52%) use AI for multilingual translation, the top use case, directly addressing linguistic fragmentation. Moving into the new year, Language AI will be a key practical tool for financial services firms. But these companies first need to iron out their strategy around AI integration. Staff will inevitably look for workarounds if the tools provided don’t meet their needs. This is why companies need to get ahead by providing secure, fit-for-purpose solutions. By building a collaborative approach between IT and frontline teams, and avoiding pitfalls around shadow AI, financial service firms can maintain a unified, strategy approach to AI deployment, protecting against cybersecurity threats, while still realising the full benefits of trusted AI.”
Jeppe Rindom, CEO and Co-Founder, Pleo:
“Automation and “agentification” will redefine the fintech landscape. Most of what’s considered operational today will be handled by intelligent systems, from finance ops to customer support. That playing field will level and expectations will rise.
“To stand out, companies will need to inject identity – the one thing only humans can create. That could be through exceptional product design and user experience, considered use of human touchpoints where emotion and trust matter most, or the depth in which problems are solved for customers, not just how fast they can be solved.
“As the average becomes automated, greatness will come from creativity, clarity and crafting products and experiences that still feel unmistakably human.”
The Next 12 Months
The start of 2026 marks a massive turning point for financial services. After a year defined by renewed pressure on service uptime and improvement, around outages, regulatory pressure and rapid technological acceleration, the industry is now moving from reaction to reinvention.
In the coming year, we’ll see that firms embedding resilience, embracing intelligent automation and identifying new trends in service provision will lead the pack. The future of finance will hinge on trust, modernisation and operational strength, backed by technology.
CoreX, a high-growth Elite Consulting and Implementation Partner of ServiceNow and NewSpring Holdings platform company, has announced the successful completion…
SHARE THIS STORY
CoreX, a high-growth Elite Consulting and Implementation Partner of ServiceNow and NewSpring Holdings platform company, has announced the successful completion of its acquisition of InSource’s ServiceNow business unit. InSource is a fellow Elite Partner recognised for deep delivery expertise and an unwavering commitment to client success. The transaction officially closed in late December 2025.
This agreement unites two high-performing ServiceNow partners in the ecosystem. Together, CoreX and InSource now operate as a single, purpose-built organisation designed to scale with intent, elevate enterprise transformation outcomes, and meet the accelerating demand for AI-enabled, end-to-end ServiceNow solutions worldwide.
InSource integration into CoreX delivering value for ServiceNoe customers
With InSource’s 1,500+ successful implementations and a 4.76 CSAT rating, the combined organisation, more than doubling its US-based employee headcount, now operates at a level of scale and technical depth that firmly positions CoreX among the top-tier Consulting and Implementation Partners in the global ServiceNow ecosystem. The acquisition doubles the firm’s ServiceNow certifications and brings together advanced platform specialisation and a people-first culture grounded in long-term client success.
“This is not growth for growth’s sake, but rather a strategic, deliberate move of scale,” said Rick Wright, Head of CoreX. “By fully integrating InSource into CoreX, we have created a focused consultancy built for scale, execution, and long-term value for ServiceNow customers.”
Reflecting on the integration, Mark Lafond, former President & CEO of InSource, added, “InSource was built on delivery strength, trust, and long-term client relationships. Joining forces with CoreX allows us to take everything we do best and amplify it on a much larger stage. This is the right home for our people, the right platform for our customers, and the right partner to accelerate the next chapter of growth.”
By unifying CoreX’s innovation roadmap and AI readiness with InSource’s long-standing operational delivery excellence, the combined organisation now offers a truly integrated model for enterprise transformation across industries. This integration enables clients to move faster from strategy to execution while maintaining the governance, resilience, and scalability required for modern enterprises.
Just as importantly, the acquisition strengthens CoreX’s geographic footprint and delivery capacity across key global delivery hubs, including North America and Latin America, enabling the firm to serve enterprise clients with greater speed, continuity, and depth.
“Our acquisition of InSource fundamentally changes the scale of impact we can deliver for customers,” Wright added. “CoreX is now purpose-built to lead the next era of ServiceNow-powered transformation.”
With this transaction, CoreX is now among the top global ServiceNow Elite Partners, distinguished not just by certifications or scale, but by consistent delivery of measurable, enterprise-level outcomes on the ServiceNow AI Platform.
About CoreX
Founded in 2023, CoreX is a global ServiceNow consultancy specialising in business-focused transformation that unlocks hidden value from the Now Platform. Backed by unmatched industry leadership, extensive functional experience, and the most seasoned ServiceNow team in the ecosystem, CoreX delivers strategic guidance and AI-enabled innovation to power sustained success. Learn more at corexcorp.com
About NewSpring Holdings
NewSpring Holdings, NewSpring’s majority investment strategy, focused on control buyouts and sector-specific platform builds, brings a wealth of knowledge, experience, and resources to take profitable, growing companies to the next level through acquisitions and proven organic methodologies. Founded in 1999, NewSpring partners with the innovators, makers, and operators of high-performing companies in dynamic industries to catalyze new growth and seize compelling opportunities. Having completed over 250 investments, the Firm manages approximately $3.5 billion across five distinct strategies covering the spectrum from growth equity and control buyouts to mezzanine debt. Partnering with management teams to help develop their businesses into market leaders, NewSpring identifies opportunities and builds relationships using its network of industry leaders and influencers across a wide array of operational areas and industries.
Gareth Richardson, CEO at Finova, on tackling the challenges that persist in creating a truly inclusive financial system
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial inclusion has felt out of reach for too many people. According to the FCA, nearly a million people in the UK remain unbanked, and for those who do have access to financial services, that access isn’t always affordable or designed with their everyday needs in mind.
The UK is taking steps to address this, including the government’s latest financial inclusion strategy, which puts a welcome spotlight on digital inclusion. As more of life moves online – from paying bills to applying for credit – being digitally connected and being financially included are all packaged together. But despite huge advances in digital banking, many consumers still find themselves priced out, left behind or navigating services that weren’t built with them in mind.
So, in a world of instant payments and AI-powered apps, why are so many people still excluded from products that should be available to everyone? With the right technology, these rigid, outdated models can be replaced with services that adapt to customers rather than shutting them out.
The Hidden Problem with Traditional Pricing Models
The issue comes down to legacy thinking. Traditional pricing models didn’t grow out of customer needs. They grew out of the way banks organised themselves internally. Products are designed by departments, and those departments are managed according to systems, processes, risk models, and profit lines. The result? Customers were viewed as isolated cases. Our sector missed the bigger picture. We do not see a whole person with a rich and complicated financial life.
So what’s the solution? It starts with innovation. Cross-product, cloud-based core systems, open banking and AI-driven decisioning tools allow lenders to build a more complete picture of someone’s financial life, including their saving habits, spending patterns and long-term behaviour.
For example, a seasonal worker whose income rises and falls throughout the year could be penalised if a lender focused on their income profile in the quieter months. A more advanced decisioning tool could make an assessment based on a seasonal worker’s whole annual pattern, providing a fairer and fuller picture of their finances.
Another solution is a product that automatically adjusts its rates depending on the customer’s day-to-day financial decisions. Here’s how it works: the rates would dynamically evolve in line with the product holder’s behaviour and their changes in liabilities. As a result, people with low credit history learn good financial behaviour and can improve their access to banking services.
The message is simple. Financial products can be more flexible. They can be truly aligned with the realities of people’s everyday lives. But we must invest in the right technology to make it happen.
How Can Smarter Pricing Reach the People Who’ve Been missed?
The fact is that most pricing decisions today still rely on a limited view of a customer’s data. We end up with a situation where lenders are making decisions whether or not to do business with a customer based on information held by a single institution or even a product line.
But anyone could tell you that such a narrow view isn’t enough to really understand what a person does with their money. We all manage money across several banks, financial apps and credit providers. Some of us save in one place, borrow in another and budget somewhere else entirely.
Smarter pricing technologies can bring these pieces together in a way that feels more rounded and fair. By using open banking data, behavioural insights, and, soon, digital identity frameworks, lenders can build a richer, fairer view of a customer.
There’s a longer term benefit, too. Digital identity and federated data models will allow people to securely share verified data across institutions. This gives customers more control over how they’re understood and ensures their financial story doesn’t reset every time they switch providers. It shifts the emphasis from exclusion to inclusion.
Why Moving Faster Helps People Feel More Included
Speed might not be the first thing that comes to mind when thinking about financial inclusion, but it matters more than you might expect. When products take months to design, approve and launch, lenders struggle to respond to changing customer needs – particularly for people in vulnerable situations.
Cloud technology changes everything. Lenders can bring new ideas to market more quickly, test them with real customers and adapt the product spec based on what’s working. We can move beyond static and one-size-fits-all offerings. We can push for cloud-native systems, for a market where products can grow with a customer, rewarding positive behaviour and opening doors to better terms over time.
The Technologies Shaping A More Inclusive Future
Of course, a range of new technologies is coming to the market. All could make financial services more inclusive for the average everyday customer. The UK government has recently acknowledged that financial education is very poor, and it is worse in the areas of society that are typically unbanked. Our industry, of course, has known this for some time. UK Finance members have built inroads, with over 145,000 educators across 25,000 schools.
But the work isn’t quite over. The simple fact is that financial products are hard for people to understand and scary. AI can help people navigate decisions that once felt overwhelming or confusing. A person applying for credit for the first time, for instance, could use an AI assistant to compare options in plain language. By providing guidance that is both clear and tailored, AI helps people make informed choices without feeling intimidated.
Next comes digital identity and data portability, which tackle one of the most persistent obstacles to inclusion: lack of verifiable financial history. For people with irregular incomes or those new to the UK, these technologies can make a huge difference. Being able to carry verified financial information securely reduces the need to repeatedly prove financial standing and ensures continuity as customers move between services.
Finally, modern core banking architectures are laying the foundation for financial services that are flexible and human-centric. By moving away from predefined products, banks can design experiences that truly reflect a customer’s circumstances. This could mean flexible repayment plans that adapt to seasonal income or savings tools that respond to a customer’s habits over time.
Towards A More Accessible Financial System
Technology will play a central role in closing the financial inclusion gap in the UK. It can help create services that are easier to access and easier to understand. It’s about products that adapt to people’s lives rather than the other way around. And tools that give individuals the confidence and control they need to manage their money in a digital world.
The goal is a financial system that works for everyone and where no one is excluded because of outdated systems, incomplete data, or products that simply don’t reflect real life. And it’s in our reach. On the battlefront for financial inclusion, AI and technology can be a force for good. It’s up to our sector to embrace it without overlooking safety or structure.
Jan Van Hoecke, VP AI Services at iManage and a highly experienced computer scientist with a passion for technology and problem-solving. on navigating the AI landscape for success in 2026
SHARE THIS STORY
The AI landscape faces a number of big shifts in 2026. Agentic AI will undergo a reality check as enterprises discover the gap between marketing hype and actual capabilities, while organisations will go through a mindset change from treating AI hallucinations as crises to managing them, acknowledging the inherent limitations of the technology. There will also be a shift in how data will be structured in AI systems, to help the move from just finding facts (“what”) to understanding reasons (“why”). Middleware application providers will face new challenges, as those vendors controlling both platforms and data will become more influential. Finally, standardised AI chat interfaces will evolve into smarter, dynamically generated, task-specific user experiences that adapt to immediate needs.
Agentic AI Reality Check
2026 is the year when agentic AI will get a reality check, as the gap between marketing promises made in 2025 and their actual competencies will become starkly visible. As enterprise adopters share the mixed successes of agentic AI, the market will begin to differentiate between true autonomous agents and the clever workflow wrappers.
Currently, many products promoted as AI agents are, in reality, rigidly programmed systems that simply follow predefined paths. They cannot independently plan or adapt in real-time to accomplish tasks. The current evolution of AI agents closely resembles the development of autonomous vehicles: early self-driving cars could only maintain lane position by relying strictly on preset instructions, and likewise, today’s AI agents are limited to executing narrowly defined tasks within established workflows. True autonomy, where AI agents can dynamically perform and solve complex problems better than humans and without human intervention, remains, for now, an aspirational goal.
AI Hallucination Goes from Crisis to Management
In 2026, the AI hallucination crisis will reach a critical juncture as organisations realise they must learn to coexist with the current fundamentally imperfect technology – until a new technology comes into play that can effectively address the issue. The focus will shift from AI hallucination ‘crisis’ to management.
As the industry deliberates who carries the liability for AI’s mistakes and inaccuracies – the tool makers or the users – enterprises will stop waiting for vendors to solve the problem and take matters into their own hands. They will adopt a variety of pragmatic risk mitigation strategies – from double and triple-checking work, and enforcing human oversight for high-stakes decisions, to taking hallucination insurance policies.
Major model builders acknowledge that current foundational LLM technology cannot eliminate hallucinations and ambiguity through incremental improvements alone. New technology is needed. Until then, and perhaps with the realisation that a technological breakthrough is years away, users will start driving the hallucination conversation – both by building systematic defenses within how they use AI, and forcing vendors to accept shared responsibility through better documentation and clearer model limitations.
The Next Evolution in AI Data Architecture Lies in a Shift from “What” to “Why”
There will be a fundamental shift in how data is structured for AI systems, driven by the limitations of current approaches in answering complex questions. While Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) has proven effective at locating information and answering “what” questions, it struggles with the deeper “why” and “how” inquiries.
This limitation stems from RAG’s flat-file architecture, which excels at locating information but fails to capture the complex interconnections and relationships that underpin meaningful understanding and knowledge, especially in specialised domains like legal and professional services information.
The solution lies in AI-driven autonomous structuring of data. These systems will be better placed (than humans) to reveal critical relationships across multiple data points at scale, also highlighting the contextual dependencies essential for answering the “why” and “how” questions effectively.
Consequently, in 2026, with machines taking the lead, the method of structuring data will undergo a complete transformation, gradually eliminating the human role in creating structure, to reveal the business-critical interconnections across multiple data points.
Middleware AI Apps Squeeze
Given the essential link between data and AI, middleware companies that specialise in building custom applications layered on top of data platforms will begin to get pushed to the margins, forced to compete on niche features – while the core value of data and insight is captured by the platform owners. The true leaders will be those organisations that both own and manage their data, while also offering an AI-powered interface that enables users to interact with their data securely and efficiently, fully leveraging the capabilities of modern AI technology.
Shift to AI-generated, Task-Oriented User Interfaces
In 2026, the current traditional vendor-designed, standard AI chat-based user interfaces will transition to dynamically AI-generated task-specific user interfaces that adapt to users’ immediate needs. This represents a fundamental shift from standardised software – for example, where everyone uses identical Microsoft Word or SharePoint interfaces – to personalised, short-term user interfaces that exist only as long as the user requires them for a specific task.
This transformation will also address the critical pain point that users typically have – i.e, the crushing cognitive load of navigating bloated, feature-rich software. Instead of searching through endless menus in an overstuffed application like Excel, the user will simply state their goal – “Compare the Q3 and Q4 sales figures for our top 5 products and show me a chart” – and the AI will instantly generate a temporary, purpose-built interface – a “micro-app” – solely designed for that one single task.
In the context of dynamically generated user interfaces, both data storage and the creation of bespoke interfaces will be managed by AI. The AI organisations that will truly lead in providing such bespoke user interface-generating capability are those that possess and control their own data.
About iManage
iManage is dedicated to Making Knowledge Work™. Our cloud-native platform is at the centre of the knowledge economy, enabling every organisation to work more productively, collaboratively, and securely. Built on more than 20 years of industry experience, iManage helps leading organisations manage documents and emails more efficiently, protect vital information assets, and leverage knowledge to drive better business outcomes. As your strategic business partner, we employ our award-winning AI-enabled technology, an extensive partner ecosystem, and a customer-centric approach to provide support and guidance you can trust to make knowledge work for you. iManage is relied on by more than one million professionals at 4,000 organisations around the world.
Sam Kohli, CEO at PAYNT, on the need for continued innovation with biometric payments to enhance trust
SHARE THIS STORY
For millions of people, biometric security, or the use of unique personal characteristics such as fingerprints or facial recognition to confirm a person’s identity, has become an everyday process. These technologies are now deeply integrated into a huge variety of activities. From unlocking smartphones to authorising mobile payments. It’s quick, efficient and, compared to many other methods, relatively secure.
The underlying principles are long established. Fingerprinting can be traced back to around 500 BC, when it was used on clay tablets as a form of signature. In more contemporary terms, by the 1970s and 1980s, biometric systems began appearing in government and defence environments. Although these nascent technologies were expensive and slow.
Commercial adoption only became viable in the last 30 years or so as computing power increased, when applications were focused on workplace access control rather than payments. The real breakthrough came with smartphone integration. This began with fingerprint sensors on consumer devices, such as Apple’s Touch ID and Face ID, which are now extremely popular.
A Growing Ecosystem
A quick glance at the underlying trends reveals just how rapidly the ecosystem is now expanding. According to Juniper Research, for example, by 2028, the total in-store transaction value for biometric payments is expected to reach $1.2 trillion across 46 billion biometric-enabled transactions globally. While that’s already impressive, there is still enormous growth potential.
The problem is, adoption is starting to outpace trust. A recent study published by the Identity Theft Resource Center (ITRC), revealed that while nearly 90% of respondents had been asked to provide a biometric to verify their identity in the past year, nearly two-thirds expressed serious concerns about doing so. Moreover, 39% went as far as to say that the use of biometrics should be banned for both identity verification and/or recognition.
Consent First Design
So, what can be done to close this trust gap and help ensure biometrics are used across fintechs as a more secure alternative to passwords and PINs? One area that requires more emphasis is consent-based design. Whereby users are given clear and revocable permission regarding how their biometric data is collected, stored, and used.
In practical terms, a consent-first design could resemble a digital wallet that provides users with clear, active choices regarding the use of biometrics. During setup, biometric authentication is optional and switched off by default. The app explains what data is collected, where it is stored and how to disable it later. During the payment process, all matching occurs locally on the device, rather than in a central database, and independent certification confirms compliance with data protection standards.
These processes must also be designed so they continue to act in the best interests of users. For example, consent should be viewed as an ongoing decision, rather than a one-time formality. Users must be able to revisit and change biometric permissions at any point and without difficulty. Settings should not be buried under layers of menus and options. They should be readily available so that users understand they are in control at all times.
Biometric Authentication
For example, if a user decides they no longer want to use biometric authentication in their payment app, they should be able to switch that functionality off with a single action. In these circumstances, the app immediately reverts to PIN or password authentication, so access isn’t disrupted. At the same time, any biometric templates held on the device are securely deleted.
If the user chooses to close their account entirely, the deletion workflow should extend to all associated data, so nothing is retained unnecessarily. Users should then receive a notification that their biometric identifiers are no longer stored.
Even these relatively basic processes can help put users in a much stronger position to understand and control the use of their biometrics. And don’t forget, this isn’t just a nice-to-have; it is increasingly a regulatory requirement issued by the EU and other authorities worldwide. GDPR is a good example, as it classifies biometric data as a special category of data and prohibits processing it unless explicit consent or another lawful basis applies.
Closing the Trust Gap
Let’s be in no doubt: trust (or the lack of it) is a real problem across the payments ecosystem. Including those organisations that rely on biometrics. In many current environments, a persistent trust gap, uneven implementation and mixed user experiences show that compliance alone does not guarantee confidence. Better progress now depends on practical execution, clear communication at the point of use, and systems that make data handling visible and auditable. Collectively, these processes can help reassure people that organisations are doing the right thing consistently and for the right reasons.
As a result, transparency and education are now key to improving confidence, ensuring users understand how their biometric data is protected and how they can stay in control. For many FinTechs, this requires a shift in mindset, where transparency is seen as a core product feature, rather than an afterthought or compliance tick box. With consent first design principles in place, users should be regularly reminded about where their biometric data resides and how to delete it.
Additionally, regular external audits or certifications help demonstrate accountability and ensure FinTechs operate to recognised standards. Granted, relatively few consumers are likely to study the fine details, but the act of being credibly audited is an important contributor to the way consumers build trust.
Trust as a Competitive Advantage
In these circumstances, trust can actually evolve into a competitive advantage. Transparent payment systems and processes will always face fewer adoption barriers, fewer customer complaints and possess stronger reputational resilience in the event of incidents. Ultimately, the more open and consistent the provider, the more users adopt and stay engaged. In markets where penetration is still low, a consent-first design and a focus on trust will reassure users that they will always remain in control of their data. Encouraging increased adoption of newer, seamless payment methods.
Regardless of how you look at it, the need for change is becoming increasingly urgent. Biometric payments are evolving beyond single-factor models toward richer, multimodal processes that introduce a combination of fingerprints, facial recognition, voice patterns and behavioural signals. As these capabilities mature, they will be applied in a wider variety of payment contexts, ranging from in-store to remote authentication and open banking apps.
This will only serve to heighten expectations around transparency and user control. In this environment, consent-first design does more than support regulatory compliance; it lays the foundation for future adoption by building systems that are flexible enough to accommodate new biometric methods without compromising user trust. As consumers become more digitally savvy and accustomed to a culture where switching between service providers is relatively easy, building trust in biometrics will contribute significantly to FinTech success.
Marcin Glogowski, SVP Managing Director for Europe and UK CEO at Marqeta, on empowering businesses in the UK
SHARE THIS STORY
FinTechs have long supported consumers, with the modern iteration of consumer innovations beginning in the UK in the early 2000s with the launch of the Faster Payments network in 2005. The first peer-to-peer lending platform started in the same year. And in 2007, the UK became one of the first markets to introduce contactless cards. Small and medium-sized businesses (SMB) lending and payment innovation has paled in comparison.
SMBs are the backbone of the UK economy, generating an impressive£2.8 trillion in revenue every year. Yet despite their critical role, they remain underserved when it comes to financial support.Only £62.1 billion in business loans were issued in the past year (45 times less than SMBs contribute to annual revenue) highlighting just how difficult it can be for SMBs to access the funding they need to grow. This funding gap limits not only individual businesses but also the wider economy that depends on their success.
While FinTechs have poured innovation into consumer products, revolutionising everything from budgeting apps to buy now, pay later (BNPL), SMBs have largely been left behind. This is despite the fact that SMB lending represents one of the fastest growing opportunities for financial organisations.
A report earlier this year by Boston Consulting Group (BCG) highlights that we are on the cusp of a revolution not dissimilar to the one seen decades ago in mortgages, with technological advancements playing a key role. The demand for more efficient payments, smarter cashflow tools and flexible funding solutions is accelerating. Yet many businesses still find themselves navigating outdated systems and slow, manual processes.
The issue is not that SMBs do not see the value in modern financial tools. In fact, they are ready to invest. According to our recent Marqeta 2025 State of Payments report 90% of UK SMBs surveyed said they would pay higher upfront costs for tools that deliver long-term savings and efficiency. What SMBs really want is simplicity, speed and control. They are not emotionally invested in payments themselves – they are invested in running their businesses as efficiently as possible.
A striking finding from the Marqeta report reveals that nearly half (42%) of UK SMB owners still use personal cards to fund business expenses, citing higher credit limits and better rewards as the motivator behind this practice. This reveals an opening for payment solutions to meet businesses with credit solutions that are tailored and personalised to their specific requirements. Smart, data-driven underwriting models that look beyond traditional credit scores and reward businesses.
The SMB Payments Frontier
FinTechs have made great strides in improving financial experiences for individuals, but in doing so, may have missed the mark when it comes to understanding the unique needs of business owners. For SMBs, payments are not just a transaction.
As Marqeta’s findings highlight, UK SMBs increasingly view payment tools as strategic assets rather than mere utilities. From social commerce trends to rewards programs and digital asset management, businesses are seeking solutions that actively contribute to the growth and efficiency of their organisations. Payment providers that offer real-time, flexible tools that reward customers for their engagement are best positioned to capture this rising demand and untapped potential.
Payments are the lifeblood of their operations, tied to cashflow, customer experience and long-term growth, with 52% of UK SMBs surveyed, as part of the State of Payment report, viewing payments as a tactical lever helping them streamline expenses, boost operational efficiencies, and free up cash flow. When payments work seamlessly, business owners can focus their energy where it matters most, serving their customers and growing their businesses.
Beyond payments alone, SMBs are looking for platforms that provide actionable insights and preventative measures that pre-empt major issues. Solutions that anticipate cashflow gaps, suggest repayment plans and automatically identify funding opportunities. The shift from reactive to proactive financial management offers SMBs a market advantage and, critically, represents a new dawn for how fintechs can support their growth.
Connecting the Dots
That is why bridging the gap between payments and funding represents such a powerful opportunity. Embedded Finance is already starting to move the needle, allowing SMBs to access credit directly through their payment platforms. This integration can transform payments from a passive process into an active growth driver. Imagine a world where a business processing card payments automatically receives insights into cashflow, credit opportunities or flexible repayment options tailored to its transaction history.
By combining real-time payment data with intelligent lending models, FinTechs can deliver funding at the point of need, not through laborious processes that may take weeks or months later. This kind of agility can make the difference between a business thriving or merely surviving. It also fosters financial resilience and trust, helping SMBs weather economic fluctuations with greater confidence in their suppliers and improved control.
Too often, the financial world can feel overly complex and fragmented for small businesses. Many rely on multiple providers for banking, payments, invoicing and credit, creating a patchwork of tools that rarely communicate effectively. Fintechs now have the opportunity to simplify this landscape by creating connected ecosystems that serve SMBs holistically. The future lies in frictionless experiences that combine payments, insights and lending under one roof.
Riding the Payments Wave
For FinTechs, the message is clear. The next wave of financial innovation will be about empowering the businesses that keep the UK economy moving. With the right approach, payment platforms can deliver more than convenience. They can provide SMBs with the confidence, agility and financial durability they need to thrive in an uncertain world.
As SMB payments take flight, the question is not whether the opportunity exists, but whether fintechs are ready to power the future and support businesses as they navigate the new payments frontier.
Jamil Jiva, Head of Asset Management at Linedata, on unlocking the benefits of AI for Private Equity
SHARE THIS STORY
Private equity has always been a race against time: identify the right opportunity, execute the deal, and drive growth before the next cycle begins. Traditionally, the competitive edge came from sharp analysis and strategic foresight. But today, as competition intensifies and margins for inefficiency vanish, another advantage is emerging: the ability to reclaim time itself.
Generative AI is the force multiplier behind this shift. It’s becoming an extension of the deal team, capable of accelerating the most time-consuming elements of the investment lifecycle. When applied thoughtfully, AI can unlock what may be the most important metric in modern private equity: Return on Time (ROT).
ROT measures the hours reclaimed from manual, repetitive work and reinvested in activities that truly drive value. In other words, AI is giving deal teams the gift of time. And in private equity, there may be no greater currency.
AI as an Extension of the Deal Team
Many firms have already taken the first step towards using AI to automate the ‘heavy lift’ tasks that have traditionally slowed teams down.
Deal sourcing is where the first savings can be made. Machine learning models trained on past investments, sector trends, and even unstructured data from news and social media are helping teams identify potential opportunities earlier. Sometimes before they even hit the market. Instead of hours spent trawling through databases or reading reports, deal professionals can now focus their energy on strategic decisions and relationship building.
Once a target is in sight, due diligence becomes the next time-intensive phase ripe for AI optimisation. Generative and analytical AI tools can now extract and classify data from hundreds of pages of financial documents, contracts, and ESG disclosures in minutes rather than days.
Post-acquisition, portfolio monitoring is where AI is starting to transform how value creation is managed. Natural language processing (NLP) can scan management reports and board decks to flag anomalies or benchmark performance against similar assets. Instead of manually consolidating metrics from scattered sources, investment teams can access real-time, AI-generated insights via live dashboards, giving them more bandwidth and brain space to focus on value creation.
At each stage, AI doesn’t replace the expertise of analysts and associates; it amplifies it. By handling the volume and velocity of modern data, AI helps firms make faster, better-informed decisions. The kind that can define fund performance.
Measuring ROT
In an industry where success is often quantified in basis points, ‘return on time’ may sound abstract (almost as abstract as the concept of time itself). But it’s quickly becoming a very real and measurable advantage.
Every hour a deal professional spends wrangling data or formatting reports is an hour not spent nurturing relationships or driving portfolio performance. AI can convert those reclaimed hours into strategic capacity.
For example, a mid-market firm that uses AI to automate quarterly portfolio reporting might save its operations team 15 hours per company per cycle. Across a 30-asset portfolio, that’s over 1,800 hours annually. That’s the equivalent of adding a full-time team member, without increasing headcount.
More importantly, the quality of those hours improves. Teams can reallocate time to higher-value activities, like mentoring junior talent, exploring new sectors, or deepening engagement with portfolio executives. In private equity, where speed and insight often determine who wins a deal or exits successfully, that time dividend can compound dramatically.
Scaling with Governance and Buy-In
While the business case is clear, scaling AI across investment teams is littered with challenges. Sensitive financial and portfolio data demand strong governance frameworks, especially as regulations such as the EU Data Act tighten the rules around data privacy and AI accountability.
Equally important is cultural buy-in. Starting small is the surest way to build trust and momentum, focusing on high-friction areas like due diligence and fragmented data workflows to deliver quick wins and tangible results. Clear communication is vital, but nothing reinforces confidence like seeing fast, impactful outcomes firsthand.
The most successful adopters recognise that AI implementation is an organisational shift that impacts far more than just IT. Analysts, partners, and operating teams all need to understand how AI supports, not substitutes, their expertise. Training programs and visible leadership support are essential to make the change stick.
Firms that neglect the human side of transformation risk underutilising their tools or facing quiet resistance from teams that don’t trust or understand the outputs. In contrast, firms that invest in cultural alignment often see adoption take flight organically, as teams begin to experience benefits they can see in their daily work.
The Gift of Time
AI’s impact on private equity will not be measured solely by reduced costs or faster workflows, but by the strategic capacity it returns to teams.
From there, the benefits become both quantitative and qualitative. As critical KPIs see an uplift, so too will more holistic metrics like decision-making confidence, analyst satisfaction, and internal adoption rates. In an industry built on the efficient use of capital, time remains the most precious and finite resource of all. Measuring and maximising Return on Time could be the differentiator that marks the next step up in private equity performance.
FinTech Connect was a crossroads for strategy and execution. Global banks, FinTech challengers, regulators and investors gathered to define 2026 priorities, debate operational challenges and benchmark technology roadmaps.
SHARE THIS STORY
A Decade of Fintech Innovation
FinTech Connect marked its 10th anniversary at ExCeL London. Drawing 5,000+ industry professionals, 140+ speakers and 100+ exhibitors to explore banking, payments, compliance, digital transformation and blockchain innovation. The co-location with Tokenize: LDN brought deeper coverage of tokenisation and digital-asset infrastructure alongside core FinTech topics.
AI in Fintech: From Vision to Practice
A theme threaded through almost every theatre was AI adoption in financial services. But unlike earlier years’ speculative hype, this edition focused on practical deployment and risk management.
One standout panel, “GenAI That Customers Can Trust: The One Zero Digital Banker Story,” shared how One Zero built responsible generative AI features tailored for banking workflows, emphasising transparency and user trust. Industry leaders underscored that explainability, governance and compliance are no longer optional in enterprise AI.
A direct follow-on session, “How Do We Make AI Responsible in Practice?”, featured Rajeev Chakraborty from the Home Office discussing model governance and ethical safeguards for operational AI—an area rapidly becoming central to CIO and risk officer agendas.
Across both days, panels also explored how AI can reduce backlog in financial institutions, with Santander UK’s Head of AI demonstrating measurable impact on operational efficiency, and tackling tech debt at scale—a perennial challenge heightened by the influx of automation projects.
Key takeaway: AI’s role has shifted from emerging trend to core enterprise infrastructure, but success now hinges on responsible implementation, observable outcomes, and regulatory alignment.
Digital Transformation & Core Banking Strategies
Transforming legacy systems was another anchor topic. The Digital Transformation stage hosted robust discussions around neobanks and challenger strategies, with executives from TSB Bank and HSBC highlighting how incumbents are adopting agile ways of working while balancing risk and customer expectations.
The session “All In on Legacy? Driving Time to Market Without Big-Bang Migrations” resonated with many practitioners: incremental modernisation beats wholesale lift-outs when prioritising stability and customer continuity.
Another practical highlight, “Engineering Productivity Measurement: Traditional Bank to UK’s Largest Fintech,” narrated the journey of building measurable engineering benchmarks to align business goals and product delivery.
Key takeaway: Attendees left with a reinforced understanding that successful transformation blends cultural shift, incremental modernization, and strategic tech investment—not hurried replacement of core systems.
RegTech & Ethical Compliance: Balancing Innovation with Governance
RegTech, Compliance & Security sessions tackled the tension between rapid innovation and tightening regulatory guardrails—a debate central to fintech scaling.
A standout session titled “Ethical AI in Regulatory Technology: Balancing Innovation & Compliance” featured voices from governance, compliance and data-ethics functions. Panelists discussed strategies for embedding fairness, bias mitigation and traceability into machine-assisted workflows—a crucial step for institutions deploying automated decisioning.
Another forward-looking talk, “How Quantum Innovation Will Redefine Regulatory Operations,” examined how future computing paradigms could reshape compliance tooling and data verification—but also stressed the need to prepare today’s infrastructure for tomorrow’s disruptions.
Key takeaway: Compliance isn’t just a cost centre; speakers argued that robust RegTech can be a competitive advantage, reducing risk while enabling faster scaling.
PayTech & eCommerce: Securing the Digital Commerce Era
The PayTech & eCommerce stage delivered insights on securing payment flows and shaping the next wave of commerce innovation.
In “Emerging Global Tech Trends in Payments & Cash Management,” HSBC’s payment leaders unpacked how real-time rails and open APIs are influencing cross-border flows. Fintech Connect 2025
The panel “Transforming Payment Security with AI” brought together payment experts and academics to examine fraud detection innovations—AI-enabled risk scoring, adaptive authentication and cooperative intelligence sharing—as a defence against evolving threats. Fintech Connect 2025
A later session on “Tackling Cyber Threats in a New Era of Digital Payments,” addressed real-time threat detection, third-party risk and securing complex ecosystems, underscoring cybersecurity’s front-and-centre role for digital commerce. Fintech Connect 2025
Key takeaway: Payments remain fertile ground for innovation, but trust and security are foundational determinants of user adoption and ecosystem resilience.
The Tokenize: LDN co-located stage brought in robust debate around real-world asset (RWA) tokenization and Web3 infrastructure—not as fringe buzzwords, but as emerging institutional tools.
Panels like “Bridging the RWA Infrastructure Gap” unpacked regulatory friction points and scaling challenges, highlighting custody risk, compliance complexity and standardisation needs—critical prerequisites to institutional adoption.
Another session on “Expanding Investment Opportunities With Fractional Ownership” featured cross-sector thought leaders, including Dr Lisa Cameron (MP & Crypto APPG Chair), exploring how tokenised assets can democratise access to traditionally illiquid markets.
Web3 panels examined trust, privacy and compliance in blockchain ecosystems and navigated the practicalities of smart contracts and decentralised identities—topics that are rapidly gaining traction with enterprise adopters.
A key session, titled Blockchain and CBDCs: At the Heart of Public Transformation? featured NatWest’s Head of Group Payment Strategy Lee McNabb, EY’s Emerging Tech & Innovation Leader Igor Mikhalev and Joy Adams, COO for Digital Assets at Deutsche Bank. A lively debate chaired by CommerzBank’s Poonam Ahuja examined the pros and cons of digital currencies and the rise of stablecoins.
Key takeaway: Tokenisation is still nascent, but panels stressed it’s transitioning into a practical institutional infrastructure conversation, with regulatory clarity and integration tooling cited as catalysts for broader uptake.
Startup Innovation & Demo Highlights
The Innovation & Start Up stage and Start-Up LaunchPad provided rapid-fire exposure to emerging companies pushing the frontier.
These sessions were among the most interactive parts of the show, with founders directly answering questions on integration, compliance and product-market fit.
Key takeaway: Startups revealed solutions that dovetail with enterprise needs—especially around AML automation, customer engagement and data orchestration—making them compelling partners for larger financial services buyers.
Networking, Community & Celebration
FinTech Connect didn’t just deliver talks; it facilitated dense networking across peer groups, investors, regulators and tech leads. The AI-powered networking app helped attendees pre-book conversations and tailor agendas, turning serendipity into structured discovery.
The 10th anniversary celebration—complete with drinks, a Christmas Market theme and live entertainment—reinforced the community aspect and capped the event on a high note.
Conclusion: A Hard-Working Fintech Forum
FinTech Connect 2025 proved to be more than a conference—it was a strategic inflection point. While technology and vendor showcases were abundant, it was the panel debates and operational talks that delivered the most actionable insight. Attendees departed with:
A clearer view of AI adoption roadmaps;
Practical frameworks for RegTech and compliance transformation;
Nuanced understanding of payments security and real-time rails;
Emerging tokenisation playbooks suitable for institutional pilots.
As FinTech leaders prepare 2026 budgets and technology plans, FinTech Connect has reaffirmed itself as a must-attend forum where strategy, innovation and regulation intersect—and where the next decade of financial services will continue to take shape.
Driving Business Transformation Through Cloud & AI
Microsoft’s Shruti Harish, Head of Solution Engineering for Cloud and AI Platforms across the tech giant’s Manufacturing and Mobility vertical, talks to Interface about how to achieve successful AI implementations augmented by Cloud. Our future focused fireside chat covered everything from driving value through cloud modernisation to responsible AI.
“Leaders should align AI initiatives with clear business outcomes and foster a culture that embraces change. The focus is shifting toward AI-operated, human-led models where intelligent agents handle tasks and humans guide strategy.”
Virgin Media O2: Democratising Data as a Cultural Movement
Mauro Flores, EVP for Data Democratisation at Virgin Media O2, talks to Interface about the leading telco’s data journey and how it is supporting colleagues to innovate faster, make smarter decisions and deliver brilliant customer experiences.
“Data-driven insights are essential. They’re helping power our decisions like optimising our network performance, anticipating outages before they happen, identifying and preventing fraud, personalising offers and pricing to build customer loyalty, and forecasting demand so we invest in the right things.”
CIBC Caribbean: Shaping the future of Banking in the Caribbean
Deputy CIO Trevor Wood explains how CIBC Caribbean is blending technology, culture, and customer-centricity to deliver seamless digital experiences across the region with a ‘Future Faster’ strategy.
“We want to lead in every market we operate, build maturity across our practices and be architects of a smarter financial future for all.”
And read on for deep AI insights from ANS’s CIO on why AI isn’t just for big business, Emergn’s CTO on how your business can get AI-ready and Kore.ai’s Chief Strategy Officer on taming AI-sprawl with governance-first platforms.
We also hear from Celonis, Snowflake, ServiceNow, Make and Zoom with their tech predictions for 2026 and chart the key dates for your diary with global networking opportunities at the latest tech events and conferences across the globe.
Berkley Egenes, Chief Marketing & Growth Officer at Xsolla, on the future of frictionless payments in gaming and why convenience is king
SHARE THIS STORY
From subscriptions to battle passes and in-game marketplaces, today’s video games are just as much about payments as they are about play. But with players now used to lightning-fast experiences, the way money moves in gaming is undergoing a dramatic shift. In this kind of space, one truth stands out: convenience is king.
In 2025, a slow or clunky payment experience can cost more than just a sale; it can cost a player. As global competition heats up, gaming companies are quickly realising the easier it is for someone to pay, the more likely they are to stay.
Players Expect More Than Just Good Gameplay
Video games have come a long way from cartridges and cash registers. With the rise of mobile gaming, free-to-play models, and digital-first ecosystems, the way people pay and what they pay for has changed completely.
But something else has changed, too: expectations. Players now want to make purchases without stopping the game. No long card forms, no redirects, no confusing fees. Just a quick tap, swipe, or confirmation, and they’re back in the action. It sounds simple, but delivering that kind of seamless experience is anything but.
It’s no longer just about offering the right content; it’s about removing every hurdle between a player and their purchase. Whether it’s a new skin, currency top-up, or unlocking extra content, the process has to feel natural, safe, and crucially, fast.
Speed, Security, and Staying Power
When payments work well, we barely notice them. However, when they don’t, they stand out for all the wrong reasons.
In gaming, timing is everything. A player sees an offer in the middle of a boss fight, and they want to buy. Yet if they’re forced to pause, enter details, confirm identities, or troubleshoot errors, the moment is lost. Consequently, the sale disappears, and the player might even give up altogether.
Security remains essential, of course. As digital fraud evolves, the challenge is building protections without creating extra friction. Gamers expect secure transactions, but they’re not willing to wait around for them.
This is where payments innovation is starting to shine. Tools like tokenised credentials, biometric authentication, and invisible fraud detection are helping strike that delicate balance between trust and convenience.
For game developers, reducing payment friction doesn’t just boost conversions; it also builds trust. A smooth first transaction can turn a casual user into a loyal player. It sets the tone for the entire relationship.
Why Global Games Need Local Solutions
Gaming is a global industry, but payments are still intensely local. What works for a player in California might not suit someone in Cairo or Jakarta, and this is where games can stumble.
Enter Xsolla, a game commerce company that’s quietly powering payment backbones of some of the biggest games worldwide. Xsolla has only one goal: to make it easy for players to pay for the games they love, wherever they are.
Xsolla supports 1000+ local payment methods across more than 200 countries and geographies, from mobile wallets in Southeast Asia to cash-based options in Latin America. This means players can use the payment tools they already trust, without currency confusion, hidden fees, or extra friction.
For developers, it’s a game-changer. Xsolla handles regional taxes, compliance, and localization, making global reach feel simple. The result is that more players complete purchases, higher conversion rates, and greater long-term retention.
In a global gaming world, going local is no longer optional – it’s essential.
Embedded Payments are the New Normal
Imagine spotting a new item in a game and buying it instantly, without ever leaving the screen. No redirects, no passwords, no second devices, just one click and it’s yours. This is the point of embedded payments, and it’s quickly becoming the gold standard.
Rather than treating payments as something which only happens outside the game, developers are increasingly building them right into the experience. Whether that’s a virtual wallet, an in-game currency, or a checkout button inside the character menu, the goal is still the same: to make the payment feel like part of the gameplay.
It’s not just about a better experience for players; it also unlocks new possibilities for game economies. Players can trade items, gift content, or top up in real time, without ever breaking immersion.
Even more complex technologies like blockchain and NFTs are starting to be embedded in this way. Platforms like Immutable, for example, are working to make digital asset ownership feel as simple as buying a power-up, no crypto know-how required.
Web Shops: Gaming’s Direct Line to Players
A growing number of game publishers are launching web shops – standalone sites where players can buy in-game currency, cosmetics, or exclusive offers directly, outside traditional app or platform stores.
Why? It’s partly about revenue. Many major platforms can charge up to 30% in fees, but developers can offer better prices and keep more of the profits.
It’s also about control. Web shops allow for tailored promotions, local pricing, loyalty rewards, and a wider choice of payment methods – all without platform restrictions. But the experience still matters: web shops must be fast, secure, and mobile-friendly to meet modern expectations.
As regulations evolve, expect web shops to become a key part of the payment strategy – quietly reshaping how games are monetized beyond the app store.
The Future of Payments
Gaming is no longer just about graphics, storylines, or even community. It’s also about experience and that includes how players pay. Get the payment experience right, and you gain more than just revenue. You gain loyalty, trust, and longevity. Get it wrong and players won’t wait around for you to fix it.
Convenience isn’t just king, it’s the kingdom. In gaming, it might just be the most powerful weapon of all.
John Philips, EMEA General Manager at FloQast, on why the secret to happier, more efficient accountants is collaborating with AI – not just using it for menial tasks
SHARE THIS STORY
AI is on everyone’s lips right now. But for teams in small- to mid-sized organisations, it can be hard to know how to practically benefit from this huge, potentially world-changing technology. In some ways its benefits are clear and obvious. Processing information at previously unheard-of speeds, automating menial tasks, and removing the need for complex hard-coding from so many of these processes. But in others, it can be hard to channel your usage. Not just feeding your GPT of choice a bunch of scattergun tasks, but truly harnessing the capabilities of artificial intelligence to transform your work.
With that in mind, we’ve been working on research into this exact issue. In our latest report,The Journey to AI Collaboration, produced in partnership with the University of Georgia, we’ve found that it’s the accountants who actively work and collaborate with AI, rather than simply using it for menial tasks, who see real gains.
AI – Good for People, Good for Business
In this case, we’re defining ‘collaboration’ as ‘actively working with AI in intentional ways to achieve specific tasks and product deliverables related to accounting.’ And by ‘gains’, I don’t just mean what appears at the bottom of their organisations’ balance sheets. I mean benefits that can be seen in the lives of the accountants themselves. They sleep better, feel less burnt out, and report stronger satisfaction with their work.
For example, when scored on a ‘burnout scale’ from one to 100, AI collaborators registered only 17.5 compared to non-AI-users on 21.6. Likewise, a majority (52%) of AI collaborators reported feeling well-rested from their sleep, compared to only 18% of non-AI users.
Our previous research has shown organisations that improve their employees’ quality of working life and work-life balance tend to see better performance, which in turn supports growth. It’s all a virtuous cycle. So, as companies invest in their stance, they need to ensure it’s based on collaboration, rather than treating it like any other software solution.
What’s more, accountants and CFOs who collaborate with artificial intelligence are more likely to report being proactive, staying engaged, and having a valuable voice in their roles. They are almost twice as likely to make choices that impact their organisation’s performance and make suggestions for achieving strategic objectives. They are also more likely to have a valuable voice in strategic direction.
A Barn Door to Aim for
Only 5–6% of accountants and CFOs have meaningfully integrated AI into their work – yet those are the ones who see the kind of benefits described above. Clearly, this is a bit of a barn door to aim for: the vast majority of accountants aren’t yet collaborating in a truly valuable way with this technology.
This doesn’t mean AI is a foreign concept in accounting – quite the opposite. We found that 76% of respondents had used it at work. In other words, at the most basic level, it is already well bedded into our industry. But it’s that ‘meaningfully’ word that makes the difference. ‘Using’ AI covers everything from asking it to write or edit an email, to uploading data and asking a non-company-sanctioned generative AI tool to create a summary.
Of that 76%, less than 10 percent say AI has become integral to their work. Crossing the boundary into integral collaboration rather than simply using a tool requires a qualitatively different approach. It means being intentional and specific about what you’re trying to achieve and should result in being able to complete your work more efficiently – not just differently – with that AI assistance.
Company-Wide Benefits of AI
AI collaboration benefits accountants, but it also transforms entire organisations. Employee retention sits at 59% for ‘AI collaborators’ – companies that fold AI into their processes as a partner, rather than an endpoint solution. In general, we found that organisations that support collaboration do better at keeping their high-value staff, have more trust in the results AI models produce, and a clearer vision for the future.
For instance, we asked respondents to indicate their agreement with five statements on the extent to which their work and profession were important to them and their sense of self. Turning those results into a score out of 100, we found that AI collaborators hit a whopping 83, compared to non-AI users on 62. This seems to indicate a positive feedback loop between intelligent, collaborative use of artificial intelligece and a strong sense of identity with the accounting profession.
Organisations that support accountant-AI collaboration also see increased productivity. Accountants who collaborate with AI are more likely to report that they have sufficient time to do their work (56%). Accountants in AI-forward organisations also report a lower sense of time pressure (10 points lower) than accountants who use it in a non-integrated way or accountants who do not use AI. These benefits of AI collaboration also help the CFO by making the accounting function easier to operate and freeing up accountants’ time and energy for more strategic tasks.
A Leadership Lag
Despite the benefits, there are significant barriers to building effective accountant-AI teams. Most accountants and CFOs do not feel prepared for the transition to AI collaboration, and only a small percentage have a complete vision for the role of artificial intelligence in accounting. While AI’s potential is huge, most leaders don’t have a plan – only 16% of CFOs have a vision for how it will transform accounting in their organisation.
Realising the potential of AI collaboration in accounting starts with two steps with which accountants should be familiar. First, organisations need to proactively define roles and responsibilities in relation to AI. Then, with that clarity in place, they need to work on a collaborative, human-AI team tasked with accomplishing certain shared objectives.
It’s also crucial to work on growing employees’ trust in artificial intelligence. Knowing the roles that AI is designed to play and understanding your role relative to AI is just as important as knowing how your role connects with the role of a co-worker. Accountants who are actively collaborating with AI are also more likely to view it as auditable – which requires a clear sense of what AI is supposed to do and how it should go about those tasks. Likewise, collaborators are 25 points more likely to view AI as explainable – feeling able to explain how it does what it does.
Making the Most of the New World
The bottom line of these findings is simple: accountants have made the first move in starting to use AI day-to-day, but the next step is to harness its full abilities in a truly collaborative way. It’s crucial to fold artificial intelligence into accounting processes as a key player, not a standalone tool, fostering greater understanding among employees of who’s responsible for it, what its goals are, how it performs its tasks, and what its goals should be. With that kind of on-boarding, accountants and their companies alike will benefit – unlocking greater efficiency, improved job satisfaction, better work-life balance, and stronger growth.
Peter Daunton, Chief Product Officer at Sokin, on why embedded B2B banking has flown under the radar and why that’s about to change
SHARE THIS STORY
CFOs are discovering that embedded finance isn’t a feature upgrade, it’s an economic engine. The companies embedding payments, foreign exchange, and financial operations into their platforms aren’t just smoothing workflows. They’re turning cost centres into direct revenue sources. In B2B, where transaction volumes and values dwarf consumer markets, the opportunity is measured in basis points that add up to millions.
The Fragmented Finance Problem
Modern B2B commerce runs on surprisingly fragmented financial infrastructure. A typical platform operator juggles multiple payment processors, separate FX providers, standalone reconciliation tools, and disconnected reporting systems. Each integration point adds cost in vendor fees, manual processing, and error correction. More critically, fragmentation destroys visibility. When financial data lives across siloed systems, CFOs can’t see real-time transaction flows. It’s tough to understand true unit economics, or identify margin leakage until month-end reports surface it.
This complexity has historically been dismissed as “the cost of doing business.” But as platforms have matured and competitive pressure has intensified, CFOs are asking harder questions. Why are we paying multiple vendors to move the same money? Why does reconciliation require a team of three people? And most pointedly: Why are we treating financial flows as overhead when they could be revenue?
Automation Unlocks the Business Case
Embedding financial capabilities consolidates fragmented workflows into a single operational layer. The immediate benefit of this is cost reduction. Platforms replacing point solutions with embedded infrastructure typically see reductions in vendor fees. Furthermore, automation of reconciliation and reporting can eliminate entire FTE allocations. Transaction error rates drop dramatically when money movement, FX conversion, and ledger updates happen in a single system rather than requiring manual data shuttling between platforms.
But cost savings, while compelling, are just the entry point. The strategic opportunity emerges when platforms recognise they’re not just using financial infrastructure, they’re controlling it. And control of financial rails means control of monetisation.
From Cost Reduction to Revenue Generation
When a B2B platform embeds payment processing, cross-border transfers, or working capital financing, something fundamental shifts: financial operations become a P&L line. The platform captures value at every transaction touchpoint.
Payment acceptance generates processing margin, business cards generate interchange, foreign exchange generates spread; all direct revenue that previously went to external processors.
Beyond transaction fees, embedded finance enables new revenue models. Float on customer balances generates interest income. Automated reconciliation and real-time reporting become premium features. Transaction data – properly anonymised and aggregated – provides market intelligence that’s monetisable through analytics products. Platforms with deep payment data can even offer embedded lending, using transaction history as underwriting data to extend working capital financing at attractive rates.
Why CFOs are Driving the Conversation
This economic reality explains why embedded finance discussions have migrated from IT roadmaps to boardroom strategy sessions. CFOs evaluating these integrations aren’t asking “does this improve user experience?”, though it does. They’re asking: “What’s the payback period? How much revenue per transaction? What’s the impact on unit economics?”
The answers are increasingly favourable. Embedded finance implementations in B2B typically show ROI within 18-24 months, faster than most enterprise software deployments and with better margin profiles. For high-volume platforms, payback can be measured in quarters.
More strategically, CFOs recognise that embedded finance fundamentally changes competitive positioning. A platform that can offer seamless cross-border payments, instant settlement, and integrated reconciliation isn’t just improving automation for the business, it’s also driving more predictable cash flow on repayments for suppliers or enabling market leading payment terms to customers. And in B2B markets where customer acquisition costs are high and sales cycles are long, retention economics matter enormously.
The Infrastructure Question
None of this works if the underlying infrastructure is fragile. B2B transactions involve larger values, more complex approval workflows, and stringent regulatory requirements. Platforms can’t afford the checkout failures or compliance gaps that might be tolerable in consumer contexts.
This is why successful B2B embedded finance implementations treat infrastructure as a first-order concern, not an afterthought. They’re built on banking-grade rails with redundancy, real-time monitoring, and automated compliance checks. When a $2M cross-border payment needs to clear in 24 hours across multiple regulatory jurisdictions, the system either works flawlessly or it destroys customer trust.
The platforms winning in embedded B2B finance understand this. They’re not bolting payments onto existing workflows, they’re architecting financial operations as core platform capabilities, with the reliability and visibility their customers’ CFOs demand.
The Strategic Imperative
Embedded finance in B2B has moved beyond experimentation. The unit economics are proven, the technology has matured, and customer expectations have shifted. Businesses that treat financial capabilities as strategic infrastructure rather than vendor-managed utilities are seeing both cost structures and revenue models transform.
For CFOs, the question is no longer whether to embed finance, it’s how quickly they can make it a profit centre.
Lyall Cresswell, Founder & CEO, TEG on how integrated payments are unlocking growth for SMEs in the UK’s £170bn transport and logistics sector
SHARE THIS STORY
Consumer fintech is booming. From instant payments to embedded finance, digital innovation has transformed how individuals manage money, access credit, and transact with businesses. Yet in B2B markets, embedded finance adoption remains stubbornly low. The question is: why?
Instant settlement alone doesn’t solve this problem. But when combined with embedded compliance it transforms how fragmented B2B markets operate. This infrastructure enables large enterprises to scale their supplier bases from dozens to thousands while giving SME carriers immediate access to working capital, all without personal financial risk.
The answer becomes clear when you examine the UK’s £170 billion logistics sector. Employing over 8% of the workforce, it’s a low margin industry ripe for financial innovation, but in reality, highly fragmented with many SME operators. Large operators at the top of the supply chain are simply unable to verify, onboard and manage large networks of suppliers through traditional methods. This creates delays and friction. I’ve watched this dynamic play out over 25 years building TEG. Smaller operators tell us the same story: ‘I need money now, not next month’. Cash flow isn’t just an inconvenience, it’s existential.
The barrier isn’t payment speed alone. It’s trust at scale. Integrated payment networks, combining instant settlement with embedded compliance and verification, create the infrastructure that enables these fragmented markets to operate differently.
Why Embedded Compliance is the Missing Link for B2B FinTech
Large enterprises don’t limit themselves to a small pool of known suppliers by choice. They do so because onboarding and compliance costs make broader collaboration prohibitively expensive. Each new supplier relationship requires verification of insurance, licensing, VAT status, and payment setup. This friction doesn’t just slow things down, it fundamentally constrains supply chains.
Recent research we conducted across six leading UK third party logistics providers (3PLs) revealed the scale of this challenge: 83% audit fewer than 10% of their subcontractors annually, and only 33% use eSourcing technology. These aren’t signs of negligence. They’re symptoms of a system where verification and onboarding are simply too resource intensive to scale.
Traditional payment solutions, from early payment programmes to invoice finance, address cash flow symptoms but miss the fundamental barrier. Without infrastructure to verify and onboard new trading partners confidently, enterprises remain trapped working with familiar suppliers even when capacity constraints or cost pressures demand alternatives. Meanwhile, SME carriers aren’t just delayed in payment, they’re excluded from opportunities entirely.
This dynamic turns large enterprises into inadvertent gatekeepers, not by choice, but because they lack the infrastructure to safely open their networks. The result is a continuous loop: constrained supplier choice for buyers, limited market access for SMEs, and a fragmented sector unable to collaborate efficiently. The solution requires rethinking the relationship between payments and compliance entirely. Integrated payment networks, embedding compliance verification directly into payment workflows, solve both problems simultaneously.
Building Trust Infrastructure Through Verified Payment Networks
The breakthrough comes when payment infrastructure and compliance verification integrate seamlessly. At TEG, we’ve built this through SmartPay’s integration with Trustd, our digital identity verification platform, embedding compliance directly into payment workflows.
The model is straightforward: carriers are verified once through real time checks of KYC, AML, VAT status, operating licences, and insurance credentials. Once verified, they can transact across the entire network. This “verify once, transact everywhere” approach removes the need for repeated onboarding across different customers or business units.
The operational impact has been significant: 90% faster invoice processing, 80% fewer supplier queries, with over 1 million invoices paid through the platform in 2025. By year end, the TEG rollout will connect 2,500 customers with 7,500 suppliers, demonstrating adoption at scale across the logistics sector.
But the real transformation lies in shifting from credit based to transaction based finance models. Many carriers have historically relied on credit cards and overdrafts to bridge cash flow gaps, costly stopgaps that eat into already thin margins. Traditional invoice finance excludes many SMEs because lenders must manage risk without transparency, often retaining portions of invoice value and demanding personal guarantees.
SmartPay changes this by leveraging verified transaction data to provide instant, non recourse access to full invoice value minus fees. No retention, no personal guarantees, simply immediate working capital based on actual trading activity. This unlocks early payment facilities for carriers who previously had no alternative to expensive short term credit.
This creates powerful network effects. As more carriers join the verified payment network, enterprises gain confidence to work with a broader supplier base. More suppliers mean better capacity, more competitive pricing, and greater resilience. For SME carriers, verified status opens doors to opportunities previously out of reach.
Verification Infrastructure and Working Capital Access
It’s crucial to understand that verified payment networks operate on two distinct but complementary tracks.
Unlocking working capital addresses the SME challenge. In a sector where margins run as low as 2% and payment cycles stretch to 90 days, liquidity is existential. Without working capital, SMEs can’t hire staff, expand capacity, or invest in growth. They’re forced to choose clients based on payment terms rather than strategic fit.
Instant settlement delivers immediate access to working capital for wages, fuel, and expansion. The UK Small Business Plan identifies late payments as one of the biggest barriers to SME growth—instant settlement directly addresses this constraint, enabling carriers to accept larger contracts and scale their operations.
These two tracks reinforce each other. Enterprises gain access to a larger, verified supplier base. SMEs gain both market access and the working capital to serve those opportunities effectively. The result is a more efficient, collaborative market structure.
The Fragmented Market Opportunity
While logistics provides the proving ground, this model applies to any fragmented B2B sector where compliance complexity limits collaboration. Construction, facilities management, and professional services all face similar dynamics: thin margins, extended payment terms, high onboarding friction, and SME suppliers excluded from opportunities.
The key requirement is neutral, collaborative infrastructure that provides a standardised verification model without competing with participants. In sectors where supplier qualification is straightforward, instant payment alone may suffice. But in regulated industries with complex credentialing requirements, verified payment networks become essential infrastructure.
The value isn’t in handling compliance alone. It’s in creating a trusted, shared layer that all participants can use without concern that the platform itself will compete with them.
The transformation only occurs when you solve both problems simultaneously: enterprises need neutral, trusted verification infrastructure to expand their networks confidently, and SMEs need instant settlement to operate sustainably within those networks. In fragmented markets where no single player can create industry wide standards, this shared infrastructure becomes essential. Address one without the other, and you’ve solved neither.
Trusted Collaboration at Scale
The narrative around embedded B2B finance needs reframing. It’s not about faster payments. It’s about removing the friction that prevents enterprises and suppliers from working together effectively—it’s about enabling trusted collaboration at scale. True transformation happens when payment infrastructure, compliance verification, and transaction transparency operate seamlessly together to unlock cash flow and expand market access for both sides.
Across TEG’s network of over 9,000 logistics businesses, we’ve seen how verified payment networks can reshape fragmented markets. Large enterprises can finally collaborate with the breadth of suppliers their operations demand. SME carriers can access opportunities and capital previously out of reach. The entire sector operates more efficiently.
This is the path to unlocking B2B embedded finance adoption: build infrastructure that solves the whole problem. Verify once, transact everywhere, and unlock cashflow. When enterprises can open their networks confidently and SMEs can operate sustainably within them, you create the conditions for genuine market transformation.
The technology exists. The business case is proven. We’ve demonstrated it works at scale. The question now is which sectors will move first to build the trust infrastructure their markets desperately need.
Alex Mifsud, CEO and co-founder of Weavr.io, on how embedded finance is the perfect solution for employee retention
SHARE THIS STORY
To earn loyalty, stop making your team act like the company’s lender. In the war for talent, few things corrode trust faster than asking employees to bankroll the business they work for. Across the UK and Europe, 42 percent of employees say waiting for expenses harms their financial health, while 36 percent say it affects their mental wellbeing. Behind those percentages are real frustrations: professionals dipping into overdrafts to cover hotel bills, freelancers waiting weeks for per diems that never quite arrive, and finance teams juggling hundreds of delayed claims.
In Twisted Sifter recently, one worker described waiting a month for reimbursement of a modest $268 business expense – only to receive $84 and “lose all motivation to go the extra mile”. It’s a small story, but it captures a bigger truth: when employees feel the system works against them, they stop believing in the company that designed it.
The Retention Cost of Reimbursement
Most businesses don’t connect their expense process with employee retention, yet the link is clear. Work-related stress costs the UK economy £28 billion a year, largely through lost productivity and attrition. Meanwhile, research shows that happier employees drive better results: “Company profits are much higher – and turnover is much lower – when employees feel positive and supported”.
Reimbursement systems do the opposite. They impose a financial burden on staff, add administrative friction, and create daily reminders that the company’s systems aren’t designed around their needs. According to HR News, UK employees collectively front an estimated £51 billion a year in work-related expenses before being repaid.
The fallout is predictable: financial anxiety, or even just annoyance, leads to disengagement; disengagement leads to turnover. Replacing a skilled employee can cost up to 1.5 times their annual salary once hiring, onboarding and lost productivity are included. That’s a high price to pay for outdated workflows.
Where SaaS Platforms Meet the Problem
Many purpose-built expenses management SaaS platforms have closed the gap and now offer end-to-end expense experiences, but the opportunity extends far beyond the category itself. HR systems that handle onboarding and travel approvals, accounting platforms that oversee budgets, even workforce and travel platforms that coordinate trips all touch the same underlying workflow; employees spending on behalf of the business.
A common pattern still emerges when employees need to travel for work, for example. They request trip approvals in one tool, capture receipts in another, and submit claims through a third. Finance teams then reconcile spend manually. Even where processes are digital, they often live in separate tools; approvals in one place, receipt capture in another, reconciliation elsewhere.
This fragmentation limits what SaaS platforms can achieve. They automate forms and digitise reports, but the process still ends with an employee waiting for a reimbursement that shouldn’t exist. For product and strategy leaders, this is an opportunity hiding in plain sight: the chance to redesign expense workflows around real-time spending rather than post-hoc repayment.
Business Travel: The Perfect Illustration
Corporate travel exposes this inefficiency in its rawest form. Most travel platforms monetise only pre-trip spend – flights, hotels and transfers – leaving meals, taxis and incidentals out of their reach. Yet by 2027, global business travel spending is forecast to reach $1.8 trillion, with a significant share of that occurring during the trip itself.
It’s also where employees feel the pain most acutely. Travellers frequently use personal cards abroad, juggle currency conversions, photograph receipts on their phones, and then upload them into another system days later. Managers approve after the fact; finance reconciles even later. Three tools, three teams, one frustrated traveller.
Now imagine that flow redesigned. Pre-approved budgets are assigned before travel, spend happens seamlessly during the trip, and reconciliation is automatic. Employees never pay out of pocket. Finance teams see every transaction as it occurs. The SaaS platform at the centre of this becomes indispensable – not because it automates forms, but because it eliminates friction. For the traveller, it means simplicity. For finance, control. And for the platform, visibility into the full journey, richer data on spend patterns, and incremental revenue from card transactions that flow through its ecosystem.
The Art of The Possible
This isn’t about layering FinTech complexity onto software. It’s about simplifying the experience by unifying what should never have been separate: approval, payment and reconciliation. We’ve already seen how embedded finance reshapes customer experience in other industries – e-commerce, ride-hailing, even healthcare. The same logic applies here: when money moves at the speed of the workflow, satisfaction follows.
For SaaS platforms, the implication is profound. The closer a product gets to the flow of funds, the deeper its integration into the customer’s operations. That’s not just a revenue opportunity; it’s a retention strategy. Bain & Company describes embedded finance capabilities as “a way for software platforms to become systemically irreplaceable”. Expense management may be where that principle finds its purest expression. Few workflows touch as many people, as often, or with as much potential frustration. Fixing it is not just good UX; it’s good economics.
For SaaS leaders: A Reframing, Not a Roadmap
There’s no single architecture for the future of expenses. Each platform, whether in travel, HR or accounting, will interpret it differently. The point is to stop digitising the reimbursement process and start designing for prevention, where policy, payment and visibility converge. In practice, that means mapping friction, owning the journey, and measuring how faster, stress-free processes impact satisfaction and retention. When your platform participates directly in how money moves, your relationship with the customer becomes foundational, not functional. The art of the possible here isn’t about FinTech sophistication. It’s about empathy in design.
Retention and Reputation are Built, not Bought
Retention isn’t earned through perks or slogans; it’s built into experiences that show respect for people’s time and money. Expense reimbursement may seem trivial, but it’s a daily ritual that shapes how employees feel about their work, and how customers feel about the tools they use. A recent survey found that employees left out of pocket by slow expense reimbursements are significantly less likely to recommend their employer to job-seekers. That makes expense friction not only a retention issue, but a reputational one.
If the last decade of SaaS was about automating the back office, the next will be about humanising it. When expense workflows are rewired so that approval, payment and reconciliation flow as one, everyone gains: employees, employers and the platforms that serve them. Because when you stop making people act like the company’s lender, they start acting like its advocate.
Santo Orlando, Practice Director – App, Data and AI Services at Insight, on how your organisation can level up with Agentic AI
SHARE THIS STORY
By now, most of us have heard of Generative AI. Many businesses have already adopted the technology for tasks like customer service, code generation and content creation. Generative AI, however, is only the start; we’re only scratching the surface of the potential that AI has to offer
Enter Agentic AI
Unlike Generative AI, which relies on human input and prompts, Agentic AI can act autonomously to fulfil complex tasks without human intervention. As a result, nearly 45% of business leaders think Agentic AI will outpace Generative AI in terms of impact, and more than 90% expect to adopt it even faster than they did with generative AI. However, despite its promise, our joint understanding of Agentic AI – and how to implement it – is still very much in its infancy.
So, where do you start? To kickstart your Agentic AI journey here are five fundamental steps to consider.
Generative AI vs Agentic AI
If Generative AI is like having a personal assistant, supporting you one-on-one to speed up your tasks, then Agentic AI is more like having a dedicated team of smart, individual coworkers who can take initiative and get things done across your business – without needing constant oversight.
One powerful example of this in action is in sales. With Agentic AI, organisations are able to receive real-time insights during discovery calls. The AI ‘agents’ allow sales reps to respond with timely, relevant information, helping them build trust, operate faster and close deals more effectively.
By collecting and analysing data from across teams, agents can uncover patterns, translate complex metrics into actionable strategies and even highlight opportunities that might otherwise be unintentionally overlooked. In some early implementations, sales teams have reported saving five to ten hours per rep each month – adding up to thousands of hours redirected toward deeper customer engagement.
The one-to-one relationship we’ve grown accustomed to with Generative AI has evolved into the one-to-many dynamic of Agentic AI, which is capable of handling tasks for multiple users and automating entire business processes. Even more impressively, agents can make decisions, control data and take actions on their own. A capability that can seem daunting without a clear understanding of how it works.
That’s why businesses need to start small, and here are a few practical steps to get going quicklyand wisely with agentic AI.
Step 1: Getting your data ready
Agentic AI is the logical progression for organisations already exploring generative tools. However, the data needs to be in an optimal condition – clean, organised and secure – before autonomous agents can be deployed effectively.
As such, eliminating redundant, outdated and trivial (ROT) data is vital. Without removing ROT, agents may rely on obsolete information, leading to inaccurate or misleading outputs. For example, this could happen if a company deploys an HR chatbot that’s connected to outdated data sources. If an employee were to ask about their 2025 benefits, the chatbot might pull information from as far back as 2017, resulting in confusion and misinformation.
Proper file labelling, standardised document practices and use of version histories in place of multiple saved versions helps to ensure agents access only the most relevant and accurate information.
Step 2: Start with low-risk cases
Agents work on a transactional basis, charging for each operation, which can quickly add up. As such, it’s wise to experiment with simple, low-stakes applications first. This approach allows for quicker deployment and demonstrates immediate value to the business without significant costs or risks.
One example could be using an agent to assess sentiment in social media responses following a product launch. This can offer real-time feedback on public perception and inform messaging strategies. Other low-risk use cases include generating reactive press releases and monitoring competitor websites. Additionally, prioritising automation of routine tasks, especially those involving platforms like Salesforce, SharePoint, or Microsoft 365, allows teams to maximise impact without costly system overhauls.
Overall, organisations need to be willing to fail fast and expect failure. It won’t be perfect from the start. However, an experimental pilot approach helps to efficiently refine AI agents, reducing the risk of costly mistakes and making sure that only effective solutions are scaled up.
Step 3: Create a single source of truth
Establishing a dedicated, cross-functional team to explore agentic AI use cases helps prevent siloed adoption and supports enterprise-wide visibility. This team should span as much of the organisation as possible and include representatives from departments such as marketing, finance and technical solutions.
Collaborative workshops can then act as a forum to identify key processes that would benefit from autonomous capabilities and help businesses align potential applications with specific departmental objectives and broader business goals.
Step 4: Learn, learn and learn
Many companies underestimated the importance of training and governance with Generative AI – and Agentic AI is no different. Organisations need to establish clear governance to define how AI agents should and shouldn’t be used, covering not just technical implications, but HR, compliance and risk concerns as well.
Equally, businesses and those employed must understand Agentic AI’s full functionality to get the most out of it. Like with almost all technical training, AI education cannot be viewed as a one-time ‘tick-box’ exercise. Ongoing learning is necessary to keep pace with new capabilities and best practices.
For example, consider what’s already emerging, like security agents that automate high-volume threat protection and identity management tasks; sales agents that find leads, reach out to customers and set up meetings; and reasoning agents that transform vast amounts of data into strategic business insights.
Step 5: Reviewing ROI
Enthusiasm around Agentic AI is high. But before organisations dive in headfirst, it’s important they first define success. Technology can’t be the solution if there is uncertainty surrounding the goal. Successful deployment requires a clear definition of the problem organisations are looking to solve and knowledge of how to align the solution with measurable business value. Without this, initiatives risk stalling at the experimental stage.
Key performance indicators should also be identified early. These may include increased productivity, time savings, cost reduction or improved decision-making. Establishing these benchmarks and taking a data-driven approach ensures that AI initiatives align with business goals and demonstrate tangible benefits to stakeholders.
Moving forward
The process of switching to Agentic AI is about changing how businesses handle everyday problems with wide ranging effects, not just about using cutting edge technology. Iteration and learning along the way, as well as deliberate, measured adoption are the keys to increasing value. It’s simple. Success with AI starts with small, straightforward actions and use cases.
Abdenour Bezzouh, Chief Technology Officer at myPOS on how AI is revolutionising FinTech from reactive to proactive solutions
SHARE THIS STORY
AI is significantly changing the way small and medium-sized businesses manage their finances. In the UK, the number of SMEs adopting AI tools has increased 32-fold between 2022 and 2024. Meanwhile, average spending on AI tools has risen nearly sixfold over the same period. Once seen purely as a tool for automation, AI now plays a much more proactive role. It helps businesses anticipate cash-flow gaps, prevent fraud, and deliver more personalised customer experiences.
As the technology becomes more embedded, one question looms large. How do we ensure that automation strengthens, rather than replaces, the human relationships at the core of financial services? The answer lies in designing AI to improve human decision-making. Forward-thinking FinTechs are leveraging AI to build trust, enable inclusion, and prevent issues before they ever reach the customer. This shift, from reactive problem-solving to proactive service delivery, represents one of the most significant evolutions in digital finance.
At myPOS, we’re focused on designing AI to augment human decision-making, enabling our teams to intervene where empathy, context, or judgement is needed. For example, our AI flags unusual transactions in real-time. But instead of automatically blocking them, it alerts our human teams, who can access the situation and act with the right context.
From Reactive to Proactive: The New Standard in Trust
For decades, financial services have operated reactively: a transaction failed, then a customer called; fraud occurred, then an investigation began. AI makes it possible to reverse that logic. By analysing transactions in real time, algorithms can detect unusual patterns that may signal fraud or technical disruptions. This alllows companies to act before the customer even notices a problem.
This proactive approach is becoming central to trust in the FinTech industry, both in the UK and globally. It prevents disruptions, reduces disputes, and allows businesses to run more smoothly. The same principle now applies to onboarding, where document verification and compliance checks that once took days can now be completed in minutes with AI-assisted tools. When technology removes unnecessary friction, users feel more confident that their financial services will ‘just work’.
Augmenting, Not replacing, Human Judgement
Although AI can process information faster and with more accuracy than any human, it lacks emotional intelligence. In fact, a survey found that nearly 70% of UK consumers say AI chatbots fail to understand emotional cues. While AI can identify anomalies in data, it cannot detect the frustration in a customer’s voice or the urgency behind a small business owner’s request. The future of FinTech clearly depends on improving the speed and accuracy of human decision-making.
A common mistake organisations make when deploying AI is focusing on the wrong metrics. Success is often measured solely by ‘deflection rates’, or whether a bot resolves an issue without human intervention. This approach overlooks the true indicators of quality service: first-contact resolution, customer trust, and the likelihood that users will recommend the service. Prioritising these outcomes leads to AI supporting meaningful experiences rather than just reducing manual workload.
Ethics and Transparency
As AI becomes a key driver of financial decisions, ethical responsibility must be treated as a core design requirement. The principles of fairness, explainability, and accountability need to underpin every aspect of an AI system, from data collection to deployment.
For example, transparent decision-making allows customers to understand why a transaction was flagged or a decision made, turning AI into a trust-building tool rather than a black box. At myPOS, for example, every on-device decision is explained and complimented by a ‘request human review’ button. By clicking it, merchants are redirected to a live analyst within two business hours. Crucially, human oversight is needed to interpret AI outputs, make contextual judgments, and intervene when automated systems may misclassify or misrepresent a user’s situation. Ultimately, AI ethics is foundational to trust, which only humans can fully maintain.
A Smarter Relationship with Customers
AI’s predictive capabilities are also changing the fundamental nature of customer relationships. Instead of responding to problems, FinTechs can now anticipate them: identifying cash-flow gaps before they occur, suggesting actions to improve financial stability, or alerting users to potential risks early.
This proactive intelligence significantly enhances trust, shifting interactions from transactional to consultative. It empowers small and medium-sized businesses to make data-driven decisions that once required dedicated financial teams, while freeing human representatives to focus on higher-value conversations – those that demand empathy, judgment, and nuanced understanding.
Personal, Prediction, and Human
The next phase of FinTech innovation will be defined by how seamlessly AI blends automation with personalisation. We’re already seeing the rise of conversational commerce, embedded payments, and tailored financial insights delivered directly at the point of sale. As these capabilities expand, so will expectations around transparency, accountability, and empathy in how AI operates.
The future of FinTech is smarter, faster and human centric. AI will continue to handle the repetitive and reactive, but people will remain essential for what truly matters: understanding, trust, and connection. When businesses design AI around these core values – fairness, explainability, and empathy – the technology will strengthen the human relationships that keep the financial world moving.
From banking to alternative funds, modular architecture is the missing link for effective adoption of artificial intelligence, writes Alessandro De Leonardis, CIO of Armundia Group
SHARE THIS STORY
The global banking industry is approaching a strategic crossroads – one that will prove expensive for those who choose the wrong direction. Financial institutions stand to lose USD 170 billion in profits over the next decade if they do not adapt rapidly to the evolution of artificial intelligence, according to the McKinsey Global Banking Annual Review 2025. Yet the report’s most provocative insight isn’t about AI itself, but the infrastructure required to leverage it effectively.
Agentic AI has the potential to reshape banking at its foundations. Early adopters will strengthen long-term advantages, potentially boosting returns on tangible equity by up to four percentage points. On the other hand, laggards face structural declines in profitability. The difference between these outcomes won’t be determined by who adopts AI first, but who has the architectural foundations to implement it effectively. Increasingly, those foundations are modular.
From Generative to Agentic AI: Revolution not Evolution
To understand why architecture matters so deeply, we must distinguish between the two paradigms reshaping financial services.
Generative AI, the star of 2023-24, excels at creating content: automated reports, document summaries, customer-service response, and so on. It is powerful, but fundamentally reactive. GenAI requires human prompts and produces outputs that must still be reviewed and acted upon by humans.
Agentic AI represents a step-change. These systems combine autonomous reasoning, planning, and execution. They don’t only generate recommendations, they act on them. An Agentic AI system can autonomously manage an entire loan-approval workflow: collecting documents, verifying information, assessing creditworthiness, checking regulatory compliance, and making approval decisions, all without human involvement at each step.
The impact is already measurable. MIT Technology Review Insights found that 70% of banking leaders are implementing agentic AI through production deployments (16%) or pilot projects (52%). Deloitte reports early adopters achieving 30–50% cost reductions in specific workflows. McKinsey anticipates the emergence of a “disruptive agentic business model” within three to five years, with potential cost reductions of up to 70% in some categories. But the benefits are far from evenly accessible.
Why Monolithic Architecture are Incompatible with AI
The uncomfortable truth is that most banks are attempting to deploy twenty-first-century AI on twentieth-century infrastructure. And it doesn’t work.
Legacy systems still absorb around 60% of banks’ technology budgets, according to a 2024 Bloomberg Intelligence survey. These monolithic architectures were never designed for the rapid iteration, continuous integration, and granular governance demanded by AI deployment.
Monolithic systems require release cycles lasting months; AI models require continuous retraining and fine-tuning based on real-world performance. The mismatch is structural. Modern Agentic AI relies on orchestrating multiple specialised agents… One for data collection, another for risk evaluation, a third for decision execution. Monolithic architectures struggle to support this level of inter-system communication.
Governance is another barrier. AI systems require differentiated risk controls depending on the level of autonomy. A fully autonomous fraud-detection agent needs different guardrails than a customer-service chatbot. Monolithic systems offer all-or-nothing governance, not graduated controls.
Financial institutions cannot transform everything at once; they need incremental adoption. Starting with high-impact use cases, learning, then expanding. Monolithic architectures force “big-bang” transformations that almost never succeed.
This architectural misalignment explains why so many AI initiatives stall in pilot purgatory, never reaching production scale.
Modular Architecture as an Enabler of AI
Modular, service-based FinTech architecture solves these problems by design. Instead of monolithic platforms, modular systems are composed of independent, interoperable functional blocks connected via APIs. Each module can be developed, updated, or replaced without affecting the whole.
The key is the concept of the service: a module that does not expose standardised technical interfaces simply does not function. Services are the technical objects enabling interoperability:
A compliance module exposes services for regulatory checks,
A data-ingestion module exposes services for data collection and structuring,
An Agentic AI module exposes services for executing autonomous workflows.
This architecture creates an ecosystem where each component has clear responsibilities and well-defined interfaces.
For AI deployment, this translates into concrete advantages. Banks are implementing Agentic AI systems into specific processes – KYC/AML screening, credit-memo generation, collections monitoring, intelligent communication routing – without rebuilding their entire stack. Service-based modularity allows AI agents to be activated on circumscribed workflows, with impact measured before expansion.
Because agents operate within discrete modules, failures remain contained. A malfunctioning fraud-detection agent does not propagate into customer-facing systems. This isolation allows institutions to experiment more boldly.
Service-based architectures also enable integration of best-of-breed AI solutions. One module may use Anthropic’s Claude for document analysis, another Google’s Gemini for customer interaction, a third proprietary models for highly specialised credit scoring. Monolithic systems lock institutions into single-vendor dependencies.
Different modules can carry different levels of AI autonomy, aligned with risk profiles and regulatory requirements: high autonomy for customer-service bots, human-in-the-loop supervision for lending decisions.
As McKinsey notes, the winners of this transformation will practise “precision over heft”- implementing AI surgically where it generates measurable bottom-line impact. Service-based modular architecture is the technical manifestation of such precision.
Techfin vs FinTech: When Architecture Comes First
There is a fundamental difference between starting from finance and adding technology, and starting from technology and specialising in finance.
In the first case, solutions are built top-down – gather functional requirements, then find the technology to satisfy them.
In the second, solutions are built bottom-up – design the architecture before the functional requirements, optimising for flexibility rather than feature completeness.
When designing wealth- and asset-management platforms – such as FundWatch or 360 FUNDS – this distinction becomes tangible. Being AI-ready does not mean adding an ‘AI layer’ on top of an existing platform. It means the modular architecture allows AI capabilities to be integrated precisely where needed.
Modularity operates along two dimensions:
Process modules (compliance, analytics, reporting, client engagement) that can be activated independently;
Target modules tailored for different market participants: custodians, asset servicers, alternative-fund managers, wealth advisers—each activating different module combinations.
AI governance is embedded in the architecture, not layered on top. A fully autonomous reconciliation agent operates under different guardrails than a semi-autonomous investment-recommendation agent—different approval workflows, audit trails, and supervision requirements.
This approach does not remove the need for transformation, but it changes its rhythm. Instead of three-year platform-replacement projects, institutions can transform progressively: start with a high-impact module, prove value, learn from deployment, scale outward.
The key managerial shift is conceptual: the question is no longer “When will our digital transformation be finished?” but “Which module do we activate this quarter, and what do we learn?”
The $170bn Question
McKinsey’s warning – USD 170 billion of potential profit erosion – is not inevitable. Avoiding it requires strategic decisions today about the technology architecture of tomorrow.
The institutions that will thrive are not necessarily the largest or the earliest adopters of AI. They will be those building modular infrastructures engineered for precision, capable of integrating AI surgically, experimenting rapidly, scaling intelligently, and governing rigorously.
They will recognise that AI is not merely a technological deployment, it is an architectural imperative. And they will understand the deeper truth: in the Agentic AI era, precision beats scale.
The question faced by every financial institution is not whether to adopt AI, but whether its architecture can support it. For most legacy systems built on monolithic foundations, the honest answer is no.
The modular imperative is clear. The question remains: are you building for yesterday’s challenges or tomorrow’s opportunities?
Chief Operating Officer Bhavna Saraf gives us the lowdown on the genesis of Quidkey and how it is leveraging APIs & AI to transform open banking networks into merchant-ready solutions driving higher conversion and borderless coverage with no-cost simple integration
SHARE THIS STORY
Founded in early 2023, Quidkey has quickly established itself as a trusted provider of next-generation Account-to-account (A2A) payments. Also known as ‘Pay by bank’. Leveraging AI-powered bank prediction, instant settlement, and a streamlined user experience, Quidkey has created a bank-branded checkout system powered by Open Banking. It combines refunds, rewards, and real-time settlement bringing together cash flow, trust, and convenience for merchants. Its growth in the UK and EU is now being expanded to service Australia and the US corridors.
Chief Operating Officer Bhavna Saraf met CEO Rob Zeko and CTO Rabea Bader, Quidkey’s co-founders, at the end of her time with Santander. They were pitching Quidkey’s offering to top bank executives. Their vision was ambitious:
Democratising access to bank products amongst its customers through a single channel
Leveraging and monetising its API stack for payments
Providing value add services making open banking usable for businesses
“I remember thinking it wasn’t a standard FinTech pitch,” recalls Bhavna. “It was a real infrastructure story that was additive and complimentary to all ecommerce ecosystem players, merchants, banks, PSPs and consumers. When I began figuring the next steps in my career, Rob reached out. The discussion evolved into a collaboration – the timing was serendipitous.
Rob believes A2A payments are the future of commerce, and merchants deserve simpler, faster and fairer ways to get paid. “We’ve built a model designed to scale responsibly,” he notes. “Bhavna brings the structure and operational depth to help us do just that.”
Rabea is responsible for technology and product at Quidkey. With a seasoned background in technology, he has developed the core engine driving Quidkey’s diverse solutions. These include bank-prediction algorithm, refund automation, and multi-currency settlement, through simple API integrations.
“Our aim is to make the technology invisible,” Rabea explains. “If it feels effortless for merchants, it means we’ve done the hard work well.”
Together, Rob and Rabea laid the foundation. Bhavna’s arrival added the operational layer needed to take Quidkey global.
FinTech Strategy spoke with Bhavna to learn more about her journey. And how her experience is driving Quidkey’s progression across the payments landscape…
Tell us about your approach to leadership at Quidkey… How do you reflect on what has been achieved during your time with the organisation?
Learning has always meant leaning into the unknown. It’s not just about a strategy, but a mindset. Taking on new business lines, exploring unfamiliar customer segments, getting closer to technology, or stepping into entirely new organisations. It’s important to look outside your comfort zone, because that’s where you find growth. Each pivot builds experience equity. The instinct to link problems with solutions, to adapt with nuance, and to lead effectively no matter the context.
It’s the same mindset that underpins my approach to leadership. That it’s not just about hierarchy but influence. Creating an environment where people feel trusted, empowered, and part of something larger than themselves. It’s important to build a feel-good factor where collaboration replaces control and purpose drives performance. Such a philosophy can shape teams and inspire peers. It has helped me forge strong connections across clients, colleagues and ecosystems alike.
What drives and inspires you?
At the core of my journey is a relentless drive to deliver progress. Time is money. And… Impossible is nothing. Those words capture my pragmatism and optimism. Qualities that have guided me from scaling trade finance at Citi, to launching digital propositions at Lloyds, to leading payments innovation and strategy at Santander UK. Each chapter has broadened my perspective and sharpened my instinct for where financial infrastructure is headed next. At Quidkey, I get to bring all I’ve learned from building at Citi Ventures to leading across banks and apply it where innovation and impact truly meet on a day-to-day basis.
Could you share how your extensive experience with the dynamics of payments across your career (Citi, Lloyds, SWIFT, Santander etc) have honed your skills in the space? How is it enabling you to drive positive change in the market through your role at Quidkey?
Across leadership roles at Citi, Lloyds, Santander and HSBC, I built and scaled businesses that fuse technology, finance, and innovation. Taking ideas from zero to one or propelling growth to the next level. The focus has consistently been on unlocking near-term value while shaping future-ready roadmaps aligned with market trends, regulatory change, and evolving customer needs.
Alongside my day job, at Citi, I first experienced entrepreneurship, as the founder of an intra-bank start-up within Citi Ventures’ D10X program. We raised funding, assembled a team and developed algorithms to match clients across the bank’s global network. The project advanced to Seed 2 funding, earning recognition from Citi’s Global TTS CEO and the Head of Citi Ventures.
I caught the founder’s bug. That experience showed me the power of turning an idea into reality. It taught me to balance innovation, risk, and speed. And gave me a deep respect for what it takes to build something new.
Tell us about the genesis of Quidkey and its mission…
Quidkey was born from a simple idea, that merchants should be able to grow with confidence, scale sustainably, and offer customers a seamless payment experience, at home or abroad.
For too long, fragmented rails and card scheme costs have added friction to the payment ecosystem, especially hurting SMBs. Quidkey changes that. Our payment solution requires no change to the checkout experience yet simplifies payment routing, reconciliation, and settlement optimisation behind the scenes.
By cutting out unnecessary intermediaries and using Open Banking rails, Quidkey delivers faster, more transparent and cost-efficient payments, empowering merchants to grow and helping banks realise greater value from existing infrastructure.
This novel approach sets the foundation for what could evolve into a global clearing layer for digital commerce, removing friction, reducing cost, and reshaping the future of payments.
What industry challenges can Quidkey solve?
Payments today are still more complicated than they need to be. Merchants face high fees, chargebacks, and slow settlements, while banks and PSPs struggle to turn their Open Banking investments into meaningful value. The result is a fragmented system that creates friction for everyone.
Quidkey bridges that gap. By simplifying how money moves between banks, fintechs, and merchants, we make payments faster, cheaper and transparent. The outcome is better liquidity and smoother experiences for merchants, stronger customer relationships, and a real return on infrastructure for the banks that power it all.
What benefits are your clients experiencing from Quidkey’s approach to open banking?
Open banking adoption is accelerating fast. There are already more than 15 million UK consumers and small businesses taking advantage of open banking-powered services, generating two billion transactions per month and growing. We expect Open Banking payments to generate about 5x more in global revenue by 2030.
Quidkey is at the centre of this evolution, turning Open Banking into measurable value through intelligent settlements, stronger customer loyalty, and real returns on investment. We optimise payment rails for merchants, enhance efficiency for banks, and keep payments frictionless for consumers.
Why should UK businesses and consumers embrace open banking with Quidkey? How does Quidkey make the cross-border rails more usable so everyone can benefit?
With the rapid global expansion in consumer adoption of A2A payments, global A2A transaction volume is expected to increase by 209% in the next 5 years. From 60 billion in 2024 to over 185 billion by 2029. This growth is driven by cost efficiency, speed, convenience and enhanced security compared to traditional card payments. It is especially prevalent across key markets like Europe, where A2A is a leading online payment method in several countries.
Quidkey offers merchants the ability to seamlessly integrate this new technology and deploy it both domestically and for cross-border purposes, while simultaneously reducing transaction costs by up to 60-70% as compared to legacy payment models:
Consumers enjoy frictionless, bank-authenticated payments with protections
Merchants save on processing costs, increase conversions, and reduce fraud/chargebacks
Banks strengthen customer primacy and democratise access to their products at checkout.
API – Application Programming Interface. Software development tool. Business, modern technology, internet and networking concept.
How easy is it for merchants to deploy Quidkey?
Quidkey offers easy integrations via Shopify plug-in, WooCommerce, or iFrame with set up in minutes… No code and zero impact to existing payment options – just faster payments that generate capital to invest in growth.
With fair fees and no lock-ins, Quidkey’s daily settlement can cut costs and optimise cash flow with product bundles designed for growth. Additionally, Quidkey delivers an Apple Pay–style one-tap experience but over bank rails that reduce fraud and charge back risks.
Talk us through some of the big success stories for Quidkey that will provide a platform for future growth?
Our early priorities focused on go-to-market execution – getting the Quidkey solution in the hands of consumers to iterate and prove product-market fit. Quidkey is among the few companies approved to service Shopify checkout globally.
Additionally, we’ve announced a strategic partnership with Tryp.com to power next-generation ‘Pay by Bank’ travel payments. The collaboration is delivering instant settlement, loyalty rewards, and a frictionless A2A experience – achieving a 12% checkout take-up rate versus <1% for traditional Open Banking solutions. The early data shows strong consumer resonance, with room to grow through education and incentivisation. Quidkey’s tech is industry-agnostic – already extending to sectors like fashion, cosmetics, jewellery, and home goods. And we plan to expand next into globalised B2B payments.
What’s next? What forthcoming initiatives are you particularly excited about for 2025 and beyond…
“The transition from multinational banking to fintech is less of a leap and more of a return. In a bank, you have all the resources but with layers of bureaucracy; in a start-up, full permission but no resources. The goal is to combine both, the creativity of a start-up with the rigour of an institution.
Looking ahead, Quidkey’s focus is clear: scale globally, expand merchant adoption, deepen ecosystem partnerships, and build a sustainable, purpose-driven organisation.
Cross-border commerce remains one of the toughest challenges – yet also the biggest opportunity. Global payment flows reached $45 trillion in 2023 across B2B, e-commerce, and remittances, and are expected to hit $76 trillion by 2030. Still, businesses face high fees, slow settlements, and fragmented rails.
Quidkey is tackling this head-on by building a merchant-facing clearing layer that harmonises domestic and cross-border payments, making it as easy to sell abroad as it is at home.”
Tell us about some of the partnerships Quidkey has forged?
Quidkey recognised the geographical limitations in the A2A payments market presented a significant adoption barrier. It’s an increasingly globalised economy, with existing open-banking providers unable to provide full-service cross-border functionality. So, we’ve been hard at work developing a new payments paradigm with mutually beneficial partnerships to help us deliver on the full potential of globalised A2A payments. Now, with our initial solutions fully tested and our user experience optimised to provide seamless integration across channels, we are focusing on cross-border flows to build out the foundations that will underpin Quidkey as the next generation A2A global clearing house.
For example, our partnership with Transfermate enables cross-border A2A ecommerce, harnessing open banking technology to replace costly card rails with a faster, more efficient model of payments. TransferMate’s global network of payments, receivables, and local accounts will power Quidkey’s merchant offering, enabling instant or near-instant settlement in domestic markets and accelerated cross-border payments worldwide, with a waiting list of 100+ merchants in Australia selling into EU, UK and US.
“We believe execution doesn’t slow down innovation – it amplifies it. I want to make sure Quidkey scales with purpose – fast, but in control, ambitious, yet trusted.”
About Quidkey
Quidkey is a cross-border payments technology company enabling merchants to accept instant account-to-account payments across the UK, EU, and US. By operating alongside existing PSPs rather than replacing them, Quidkey gives merchants a seamless path to lower costs, faster settlement, and higher checkout conversion. Quidkey is simplifying today’s fragmented payment mix (cards/wallets), enabling tomorrow’s open banking corridors, and preparing for the future of tokenised money – capturing the $2.6tn and growing global e-commerce payments opportunity.
Emma Steeley, CEO of Infinian, the global real time credit intelligence bureau providing data to banks, lenders and other data businesses, explains the consequences of credit data being stuck in the past, and how banks and fintechs can overcome the mounting consequences
SHARE THIS STORY
Despite a cost-of-living crisis and unpredictable economic outlook, too many lenders are forced to make credit decisions using information that belongs to another era. This outdated data is based on small samples, derived from national averages and historical surveys that fail to capture the volatility and diversity of financial realities defining life in the UK today.
That disconnect between data and reality harms consumers, distorts pricing, and drags on the wider economy. In short, affordability decisions are outdated before they are made. Borrowers are judged on figures that don’t reflect their actual costs, creditworthy customers are turned away, while others are approved for loans they can’t afford. Real-time, accurate, large-sample data is essential for fair and functional credit markets, and as an industry we must work to ensure decision-making is dragged into the modern day, to support the integrity of financial services and the aims of Consumer Duty for the good of financial services and consumer duty.
Legacy Models Versus Modern Risks
For years, affordability models have relied on spending benchmarks from the Office for National Statistics (ONS) and other national-level datasets. ONS data, often sourced from the Living Costs and Food Survey, can lag real-world conditions by more than a year. It captures what households spent yesterday, not what they face today.
When models depend on national averages and retrospective surveys, they miss the nuances of how people earn and spend. Workers on variable incomes, renters, and those without long credit histories are most likely to be penalised. They may be financially stable, but legacy data can’t see that, leading to unnecessary declines and reinforcing the gap between those who can access affordable credit and those who can’t. Moreover, outdated data also increases the risk of false positives, meaning lenders may approve those who are likely to default.
False positives and negatives aren’t the only concerns, but also compliance – the Financial Conduct Authority’s Consumer Duty makes clear that firms must deliver “good outcomes” for retail customers, including through fair pricing and practical support. If lending decisions are based on incomplete or obsolete data, it becomes difficult to evidence that duty. The FCA’s own CONC 5.2A rules require a “reasonable assessment” of a customer’s ability to repay; data that misrepresents current affordability can’t reasonably support that test.
Legacy benchmarks, once a useful proxy, now risk embedding unfairness. They distort pricing, entrench exclusion, and hold back lending when the economy most needs momentum.
Gaining a True Perspective on Affordability
Fresher, more granular data is changing what responsible lending can look like. Real-time or high-frequency data streams from verified income flows, transaction activity, and recurring payment histories provide lenders with a comprehensive picture of affordability.
Unlike static surveys, these sources track actual behaviour. They show how a household’s disposable income shifts month to month, how energy or rent payments fluctuate, and how consistently people meet obligations. When used responsibly, this information enables lenders to make faster, more informed decisions that align with each borrower’s actual circumstances.
The payoff is fairer, more inclusive, and more responsible: three goals that don’t have to be in tension. Real-time credit intelligence can also help reduce unnecessary declines, extend access to consumers previously considered “thin-file,” and still maintain prudent risk controls. In other words, responsible lending doesn’t have to mean lending less; it means lending smarter.
It also helps lenders identify early signs of financial stress. If outgoings begin to rise faster than income, that signal appears immediately rather than months later, allowing firms to step in with tailored support before problems escalate. By closing the gap between reality and response, real-time data enables lenders to be both fairer to customers and more agile in managing their portfolios.
The Commercial Case for Better Data
Aside from the moral argument, and the benefits it will bring to compliance and consumer protection, there’s also commercial incentives to modernise credit data.
With access to better data, lenders can approve more of the right customers without increasing risk. Decision engines will become sharper, with improved acceptance rates and portfolio performance simultaneously.
Speed is another advantage. Consumers nowadays expect instant answers and laggy underwriting processes can make customers shift to faster competitors. Access to real-time credit data enables lenders to expedite these processes, thereby improving satisfaction and conversion rates. In a crowded market, those gains translate directly into loyalty and market share.
Basing decisions on current financial behaviours also reduces the need for unnecessary full-bureau checks and manual interventions, lowering the cost per decision and freeing up resources for higher-value activity.
Ultimately, modernisation is about competitiveness. Financial institutions, whether banks or fintechs, that invest in real-time credit intelligence today will be well-placed to earn trust, loyalty, and market advantage.
The Future of Fair Finance
Credit markets rely on accuracy, and accuracy in turn depends on timeliness. When the information behind lending decisions lags behind real life, fairness falters, capital is mispriced, and opportunities are lost.
Real-time, representative data allows lenders to extend credit responsibly, price risk precisely, and support customers before problems arise. It strengthens inclusion while improving overall performance.
In a world where household finances can change in weeks, lending models must keep pace with reality. Institutions that invest in live, comprehensive data today will set the benchmark for fair and effective finance in the years ahead.
At the most recent Exiger Executive Forum, we had the opportunity to listen to the experts discuss how supply chains can shore up in chaotic times
SHARE THIS STORY
Most often than not, the control you have over your value chain is an illusion.
That’s the bold statement November’s Exiger Executive Forum picked to examine and dissect. The event, entitled False Security: The Illusion of Control in Modern Day Value Chains, was chosen carefully to reflect what procurement and supply and value chain leaders are concerned about today.
On the 18th of November, we joined Exiger and its distinguished guests at the beautiful Great Scotland Yard Hotel in London to dig into this topic and hear directly from the best of the best in an expert panel. The guest list reached from defence leadership, supply chain experts, world-leading analysts and senior politicians.
The aim? To challenge that illusion of control, and frame the conversation as a tough love wake-up call. Without open dialogue like this, risks can quietly accumulate in the background, leading to systemic failures.
That’s why the Exiger Executive Forum is so important. By giving the most pressing matters – especially the uncomfortable ones – a platform, issues are demystified and disempowered and real solutions to be put into place – both with deep values and credible pragmatism. This allows leaders in procurement and supply chain to resolve modern day challenges with confidence, regain lost control and determine their future and not merely react.
Tim Fowler, Client Engagement Director at Exiger, acted as moderator for the evening’s discussions. He opened the discussion with a sobering reality: that organisations all over the world are facing systemic risks. “Global supply chains are more data-driven, more regulated, more digitised than ever,” he explained. “But, paradoxically, they’ve never been more fragile with the convergence of geopolitical fragmentation, resource scarcity, technology threats, and regulatory volatility.”
The risk caused, Fowler said, is one that “hides in plain sight”. Many enterprises operate under the assumption that they have full visibility of their suppliers, and that as a result, they’re in control. However, dig a little deeper and there are many unseen dependencies, regional concentrations, and of course, human risk. With a more hopeful lilt, Fowler then reminded attendees that the goal of the Executive Forum is to explore what real control and resilience means in a chaotic and ever-changing world, with the help of the expert panel:
• Koray Köse, CEO & Chief Analyst, Köse Advisory; Senior Fellow, GlobSEC GeoTech Centre; and Board Member, Slave-Free Alliance
• Scott LaFoy, Vice President, Nuclear and Technology Security Programs, Exiger • Sven Markert, Head of Supply Chain & Logistics, Siemens Smart Infrastructure • Angela Qu, Advisor, Strategist, and former Chief Supply Chain Officer • Faysal Rahman, Director, Corporate Coverage – Global Defence Coordinator, Deutsche Bank
The illusion of control
In the first segment of the evening’s strategic expert exchange, Fowler dug into the concept of this illusion of control with the panel. For Köse, the illusion of control is one of the greatest blind spots in modern business. But why? “It’s all based on our systemic understanding or how we actually created value in the past,” he explained. “Not 50 years ago, but even just 10 or 15 years ago, the world looked very different from what we are facing today. Changing the rules of the game is something many companies still do not examine seriously. It requires a deep review of how their value chains are designed, the governance and compliance structures that guide them, and the intelligence embedded into their processes. Ultimately, it is about building resolve and the capability and capacity to not only survive the challenges of today, but to shape and compete in the markets of tomorrow.”
Following this, Qu was asked whether she has also witnessed a false sense of security within governance models in organisations she’s worked with. She pointed out that many companies now have risk mapping, risk monitoring, and risk mitigation as a top agenda since COVID-19, but shortages and disruptions continue. What’s key, for Qu, is “awareness, visibility, and overview. I think we’ve made big steps in the last 2-3 years,” she explained. “There are a lot of conflicts in the classical KPIs, which are still siloed even after the COVID crisis. That’s why you need good visibility of the whole value chain setup – not only tier one.”
For Markert, maintaining agility when managing various political, technological, and economic challenges has been a major undertaking. “The truth is, I don’t know if we really maintain the agility or just manage the chaos,” he admitted. “We’re focusing on adaptability over perfection, so we accept that full control is impossible. Then, we’re coming back to basics. This starts with processes, then technology. Lastly, people are the most important and most valuable assets you have. You have to build up cross-functional teams. We don’t want to predict the future; we want to be prepared for the future.”
From a financial standpoint, Rahman stated he believes it’s important to take a step back and contextualise the challenge we’re living in. The last few years have seen a pandemic, wars, and geopolitical tensions the likes of which have never been seen, impacting supply chains. With this in mind, Rahman believes that there “couldn’t be more of an emphasis” on supply chain resilience. “How do you make sure your operational resilience is robust so you can withstand black swan events that are becoming more and more common?” he asks. “Diversification of risk is really important.”
Sometimes, failure is simply not an option. For LaFoy, who works with national security-grade supply chains, having all of the information in front of you is great, but it means nothing if you don’t use it to take action. “Often people think they can see everything, and that’s only step one of the problem – it doesn’t fully address it,” he said. “You have to be willing to take action within the organisation, to mitigate the problem, fix it, and try to rebuild. People like to say that they’re going to fix their supply chain, but the supply chain is likely supporting a programme that has existed for so long it’s entrenched within the organisation. So it’s almost always too late.”
Vulnerabilities and systemic risk
Fowler: “Where do you see the biggest unseen vulnerabilities accumulating today?”
Köse: “It’s in the KPIs. Companies are measuring themselves against metrics that no longer drive sustainable or resilient value creation in today’s world. They still prioritise short term shareholder returns that evaporate with every risk event. KPIs shift from quarter to quarter, yet value chains take decades to build and mature, just as supplier partnerships and political relationships take decades to cultivate. Both can erode rapidly when interdependent opportunistic and negative actions and disruptions occur.”
Fowler: “How do you encourage best practice and good behaviour with your clients?”
Rahman: “The number one ingredient is confidence. Having transparency across the value chain, the supply chain, the governance procedures, is super important too. It can take 50 years to build trust and one second to lose it, so it’s important to take a very risk-averse approach while being very commercial and pragmatic.”
Fowler: “What have you seen work in terms of breaking down siloes to drive agility?”
Qu: “I usually go with strategy, organisation, technology. Technology encompasses risk mitigation, as well as ESG and compliance. We need dedicated projects, working with suppliers and engineers to reduce waste and create internal excellence. Personal resilience is also very important.”
Fowler: “How do you balance all the elements of regional concentration and supplier dependency?”
Markert: “Efficiency is still key if you want to stay competitive. We cannot optimise purely on costs anymore – that’s gone. We have to take into consideration, as Angela said, the transparency insights beyond tier one. For me, it’s all about continuity and compliance.”
Fowler: “What lessons can the private sector draw from defense-grade risk management?”
LaFoy: “The defence-grade supply chain has this draconian adherence to certain processes, and that inflexibility doesn’t always translate in a positive way. But in this case, it’s necessary to examine what key things you’re prioritising as a company.
Technology, intelligence, and the myth of visibility
It’s clear, in spite of the warnings about vulnerabilities and control, that the overall feelings for supply chain professionals are hope and determination. Fowler introduced the next segment of the conversation by mentioning that investors and PE companies are now focusing on supply chain risk and resilience as key measures. This bodes well for those in supply chain when they inevitably come to justifying proposed improvements. The fact that supply chain risk ties directly into financial risk proves once again that supply chain is a business-wide concern, if there was any remaining doubt.
For Rahman, from a financial perspective, there are a couple of areas clients are focusing on when it comes to their investments. “One is financial risk,” he told Fowler. “What we mean by that is leverage – how much debt and cash they’ve got on the balance sheet. The other is business risk, which is quite broad. It’s about how much the product is needed in the market, whether it’s a diversified product, and so on.”
When it comes to questions of compliance and ESG in supply chain, balancing those areas of focus with what investors want can be a challenge. Those investors may have a clear idea of their areas of interest when thinking about risk and resilience, and Qu’s solution for making sure those vital areas don’t get overlooked is to always see things from the customers’ perspective.
“That customer, if you want them to choose your product versus a product from competitors, they want to know you’re compliant to all regulations,” she explained. “That results in collaboration among different departments to focus on a common goal and how we achieve it. Also, you need an overview of potential risks and have solutions in place for those focus areas, supported by technology. Things can go wrong, but if that happens when you’re prepared, it’s not the end of the world. There are still activities where humans can take over.”
The conversation again turned to leadership, and how that affects organisations in a way that incentivises them to focus on protection and resilience, while not stifling innovation and agility. The key, for Köse, lies in communication and constant messaging, so vital areas don’t get forgotten. “The important factor is drawing the journey very clearly to everyone who is a stakeholder in this process, and make sure that every part of their contribution will become part of the overall value creation process. When we talk about resilience, you always need to think about the next step. We’re not necessarily predicting anything, but we’re preparing for everything.”
The conversation shifted to summarising comments, where the panellists highlighted resilience across all functions, with a heavy emphasis on supply chain, utilising AI to help navigate decisions, and simply showing up as being some of the most important aspects to getting the modern supply chain right. “We need to be able to understand, from A to Z, geopolitical interdependencies, financial impact, innovation impact, industrial history, and the most valuable assets – your people and your culture,” Köse concluded. “Showing up in that context, and driving that as leaders, is ultimately really critical.”
During the course of the evening, the expert panelists exposed the glaring issues and shattered illusions across the modern value chain, while leaving attendees hopeful that they can achieve operational resilience through a proactive commitment to preparedness. Thank you to Exiger for inviting us to join in this vital conversation; we look forward to the next one.
Kani Payments CTO Panos Savvas on the next generation of banking and payments and why it’s not just about fast banking but complex banking
SHARE THIS STORY
The future of banking won’t be decided by algorithms or apps, but by how well we manage the data that drives them...
For years, ‘next generation banking’ has been shorthand for agility, innovation and a clean break from the technological baggage that constrained traditional institutions. Neobanks and fintech challengers built their reputations on speed, automation and digital-first thinking. Yet as the sector matures at a rapid pace, a more layered picture is emerging.
Despite their reputation for a ‘tech-centric’ approach, many digital banks are discovering that operational excellence is harder to achieve than customer experience. In some of the most critical areas of financial infrastructure, data management, reconciliation and reporting, modern banks are grappling with challenges that feel decidedly old generation.
Of course, this is not a failure of innovation, but a reminder that progress in banking is rarely linear. Building for scale, compliance and resilience inevitably exposes the complexity beneath the sleek surface of digital transformation and in this sense banks aren’t alone with this.
This is a very revealing statistic. While the customer interface has evolved rapidly, the back office hasn’t kept pace. The typical neobank experience may be seamless for users on the surface, but behind the scenes, operations often rely on fragmented data flows, multiple third-party integrations and human oversight.
The mismatch doesn’t make them laggards. It simply highlights a structural truth: automation is easy to market, but difficult to master. Data integrity, not digital branding, is what separates the truly next generation from the merely new.
Data: The Hidden Legacy
Every modern bank understands that clean, reliable data is its most valuable asset. It fuels compliance, supports decision-making and underpins every audit trail. Yet half of neobanks in the same survey said data cleansing was among their most time-consuming reconciliation tasks, with 44 per cent citing auditing and 39 per cent data verification as similar drains on time.
These are not edge cases, they are foundational disciplines. When half of a bank’s operational resource is tied up in validation rather than value creation, the issue is not technology but data governance.
Traditional institutions often blame legacy systems for inefficiency. For fintechs, the challenge is different. Modern platforms are fast to deploy, but when combined across multiple partners without shared data standards, they can create inconsistencies that require manual resolution. The future of finance depends less on speed and more on how consistently that speed produces trustworthy data.
Managing Risk, Not Just Reputation
Errors in reconciliation aren’t just accounting irritants, they’re board-level risks. Half of neobanks pointed to compliance exposure as their biggest concern, with 44 per cent linking data breaks directly to market trust.
That finding alone reflects sector maturity. Modern institutions now recognise that trust is not simply a brand asset but a measurable operational outcome. The firms investing in traceability, explainability and real-time audit trails are also the ones strengthening their regulatory relationships.
It’s important to recognise that regulators are not barriers to innovation. They are collaborators in resilience that want firms to show evidence-based controls. The direction of regulation, particularly under initiatives like the UK’s Consumer Duty and Europe’s PSD3, points toward transparency, not obstruction.
Turning Data into Context
How a bank enriches and contextualises transaction data is a reliable indicator of operational maturity. Yet many organisations, not only neobanks, still have enrichment processes that rely heavily on human intervention. 61 per cent of neobanks manually add metadata to transactions, while only a third integrate third-party data automatically.
That dependence on manual enrichment reflects an industry-wide balancing act. The challenge is not capability but confidence. Integrating external data sources requires robust governance, clear permissions and the ability to trace every enrichment to its origin. For a sector under constant regulatory scrutiny, it’s no surprise that many firms err on the side of caution.
The next step is to make enrichment auditable as well as automated, so that data quality, not data quantity, becomes the competitive differentiator.
The AI Rush
Artificial intelligence (AI) has become the headline act of modern banking, promising to transform everything from fraud detection to credit scoring. Yet there’s a risk in assuming that AI will fix underlying operational inefficiencies.
Across the industry, many are racing to bolt AI onto customer-facing functions while leaving back-office processes largely untouched. Without robust data hygiene, reconciliation and enrichment, AI is at risk of improvising around gaps rather than accelerating truth.
True next-generation banking will emerge not from the adoption of algorithms but from the discipline of data stewardship. When banks invest in consistent, explainable data architectures, AI becomes a multiplier for accuracy and trust, not a mask for structural fragility.
Beyond the Buzz
The phrase “next generation banking” has become so elastic that it risks losing all definition. For some, it means AI-driven services; for others, embedded finance or real-time payments. These innovations matter, but they rest on the same foundational truth of, if the data isn’t right, nothing works as it should.
A bank that can open an account in minutes but takes days to close its books is not yet fully digital. A platform that deploys AI for insights but can’t trace the lineage of its data is not yet intelligent. The goal of next-gen banking should be to make the invisible visible, ensuring that every process beneath the surface is as modern as the experience on top.
The Real Definition of “Next Generation”
It’s easy to imagine next-generation banking as something futuristic and abstract. In reality, it’s about something deeply practical: building systems that make data dependable.
Neobanks and fintech banking began as the antidote to legacy complexity. Their next chapter will depend on how well they tackle their own hidden legacies and the invisible operational debt that lurks beneath every modern interface.
The banks that succeed will be those that blend speed with substance, innovation with integrity, and automation with accountability. In the end, the only kind of innovation that endures is the kind that accelerates truth.
Kyle Hill, CTO of leading digital transformation company and Microsoft Services Partner of the Year 2025, ANS, explores how businesses of all sizes can make the most of their AI investment and maintain a competitive edge in an era of innovation
SHARE THIS STORY
Across the world, businesses are clamouring to adopt the latest AI technologies, and they’re willing invest significantly. According to Gartner, generative AI has produced a significant increase in infrastructure spending from organisations across the last few months, which prompted it to add approximately $63 billion to its January 2024 IT spending forecast.
Capable of reshaping business operations, facilitating supply-chain efficiency, and revolutionising the customer experience, it’s no wonder major enterprises are keen to channel their budgets towards AI. But the benefits of AI can extend beyond large enterprises and make a considerable difference to small businesses too if adopted responsibly.
Game-Changing Innovation
Most SMBs don’t have the same ability for taking spending risks as their larger counterparts, so they need to be confident that any investments they do make are worthwhile. It’s therefore understandable why some might assume it to be an elite tool reserved for the major players.
To understand how SMBs can make the most of their AI investments, it’s important to first look at what the technology can offer.
Across industries, AI is promising to be a game changer, taking day-to-day operations to a new level of accuracy and efficiency. AI technology can enhance businesses of all sizes by:
Enhancing customer experience
Businesses can use AI tools to process and analyse vast amounts of data – from spending habits and frequent buys to the length of time spent looking at a specific product. They can then use these insights to provide a more tailored experience via personalised recommendations, unique suggestions and substitution offers when a product is out of stock. And, with AI chat functions, businesses can provide more timely responses to any questions or requests, without always needing an abundance of customer service staff on hand.
Powering day-to-day procedures
One of the most common and inclusive uses of AI across organisations is for assisting and automating everyday tasks including data input, coding support and content generation. These tools, such as OpenAI’s ChatGPT and Microsoft Copilot applications, don’t require big investments to adopt. Smaller teams and businesses are already using them to save valuable employee time and resources and boost productivity. This also saves the need for these organisations to outsource these capabilities where they might not have them otherwise.
Minimising waste
AI is also helping businesses to drive profit, minimising wasted resources, and identifying potential disruptions. By tracking levels of supply and demand, AI can automatically identify challenges such as stock shortages, delivery-route disruptions, or a heightened demand for a particular product. More impressively, however, they are also capable of suggesting solutions to these problems – from the fastest delivery route that avoids traffic, to diverting stock to a new warehouse. Such planning and preparation help businesses to avoid disruptions which costs valuable time, money, and resources.
According to Forbes Advisor, 56% of businesses are already using AI for customer service, and 47% for digital personal assistance. If organisations want to keep up with their cutting edge-competitors, AI tools are quickly becoming a must-have for their inventory.
For SMBs looking to stay afloat in this competitive landscape of AI innovation, getting the most out of their technological investment is crucial.
Laying down the foundations
Adopting AI isn’t as straightforward as ‘plug and play’ and SMBs shouldn’t underestimate the investment these tools require. Whilst many of the applications may be easy to use, it’s important that business leaders take time to fully understand the technology and its potential uses. Otherwise, they risk missing some major benefits and not getting the most from their investment, particularly as they scale out.
Acknowledging the potential risks and challenges of implementing new AI tools can help organisations prepare solutions and ensure that their business is equipped to manage the modern technology. This can help businesses to avoid costly mistakes and hit the ground running with their innovation efforts.
SMB leaders looking to implement AI first need to ask the following:
What can AI do for me?
Are day-to-day administration tasks your biggest sticking points? Or are you looking to provide customer service like no-other? Identifying how AI might be of most use for your business can help you to make the most effective investments. It’s also worth considering the tools and applications you already have, and how AI might enhance these. Many companies already use Microsoft Office, for instance, which Microsoft Copilot can seamlessly slot into, making for a much smoother rollout.
Can my business manage its data?
AI is powered by data, so having sufficient data-management and storage processes in place is necessary. Before investing in AI, businesses might benefit from first looking at managed data platforms and services. This is crucial for providing the scalability, security and flexibility needed to embrace innovation in a responsible and effective way.
What about regulation?
The use and development of AI are becoming increasingly regulated, with legislation such as the EU AI Act providing stringent, risk-based guidance on its adoption. Keeping up with the latest rules and legislative changes is vital. Not only will this help your business to maintain compliance, but it will also help to maintain trust with customers and employees alike, whose data might be stored and processed by AI. Reputational damage caused by a data breach is a tough blow even for big businesses, so organisations would be wise to avoid it where possible.
Embracing Innovation
This new age of AI is exciting; it holds great transformative potential. We’ve already seen the development of accessible, affordable tools, such as Microsoft Copilot, opening a world of new innovative potential to businesses of all sizes. Those that don’t dip their toes in the AI pool risk getting left behind.
The question smaller businesses ask themselves can no longer be about whether AI is right for them; instead, it should be about how they can best access its benefits within the parameters of their budget.
By thoroughly preparing and taking time to understand the full process of AI adoption, SMBs can make sure that their digital transformation efforts are a success. In today’s world, this is the best way to remain fiercely competitive in a continuously evolving landscape.
About ANS
ANS is a digital transformation provider and Microsoft’s UK Services Partner of the Year 2025. Headquartered in Manchester, it offers public and private cloud, security, business applications, low code, and data services to thousands of customers, from enterprise to SMB and public sector organisations. With a strong commitment to community, diversity, and inclusion, ANS aims to empower local talent and contribute to the growth of the Northwest tech ecosystem. Understanding customers’ needs is at the heart of ANS’s approach, setting them apart from any other company in the industry.
The ANS Academy is rated outstanding by Ofsted and offers in-house apprenticeships across a range of technology disciplines. ANS has supported more than 250 apprentices to gain qualifications in the last decade via apprenticeships across technology, commercial, finance, business administration and marketing.
ANS owns and operates five IL3‐accredited data centres in Manchester and has an ecosystem of tech partners including Microsoft (Gold Partner), AWS, VMWare, Citrix, HPE, Dell, Commvault and Cisco. It is one of the very few organisations to have received all six of Microsoft’s Solutions Partner Designations.
With the rise of AI-enabled fraud in mind, Dave Rossi, Managing Director at National Hunter, argues the need for a radical rethink
SHARE THIS STORY
AI is making financial fraud less predictable and far more damaging. With access to new tools like Fraud GPT, deep fakes, and large-scale automated, and agentic, autonomous decision making capabilities to supercharge methods such as spearphishing, fraudsters are now able to target their activity more accurately, convincingly, and at higher volumes than ever before. Add in use of AI to flood the industry with financial applications which increase phishing and identity theft, especially for vulnerable individuals, and the cost of financial fraud continues to explode.
As one recent report revealed, in the UK alone, banking fraud caused £417.4 million in losses across 21,392 reported cases over the past year, making it the third costliest fraud type. Combatting this explosion in financial crime requires a different approach. One that not only transforms identity checks through robust, multi-tiered tools but also includes assessment of behavioural signals, transaction monitoring and cross validation to highlight suspicious activity at any point in the customer lifecycle.
Critically, argues Dave Rossi, Managing Director, National Hunter, it demands a new mindset based on collaboration, information sharing and a culture that encourages people to raise concerns, call out suspicious activity and prioritise fraud detection at every stage of the customer journey.
Financial Fraud Explosion
Financial institutions are struggling to adopt the new mindset required to protect customers, reputation and the bottom line from financial fraud. The continued internal conflict between the need to add layers of verification and detection to deliver essential safeguards and a perception that such measures will lead to customer disengagement and loss is adding unacceptable risk in a new era of AI enabled, widescale financial fraud.
Financial fraud is no longer opportunistic and small scale. From individuals trafficked to dedicated fraud centres in the Far East to the systematic use of AI to build synthetic IDs at scale and deep fake voice and video calls used successfully for spearfishing activity, financial fraud is a global, organised crime.
The ease with which AI can be used to generate synthetic identities alone should prompt a radical overhaul of anti-fraud measures. According to Signicat, AI-driven identity fraud is up 2,100% since 2021. It is now outpacing many traditional forms of financial crime. Rather than stolen passports and forged documents, fraudsters are now using AI to create manufactured personas, ID documents and accounts created using digital footprints that appear legitimate but have been built to deceive. Adding defence measures – both technology and human – to the process may potentially add friction to the customer experience but failing to protect either the business or customers will, without any doubt, cost significantly more.
Synthetic IDs
Organisations need to understand the sheer scale of AI-enabled financial fraud. LexisNexis Risk Solutions estimates that there are around 2.8 million synthetic identities in circulation in the UK, and hundreds of thousands more are created annually. They also claim 85% of synthetic IDs go undetected by standard models, creating a potential cost to the UK economy of £4.2 billion by 2027 unless companies adopt more stringent screening measures.
The use of AI at this scale enables criminal gangs to play the long game, with the behaviour of synthetic accounts mirroring real customers over months or years to build a credit history before cashing out and leaving the business and bank to handle the write-off. And this tactic is being used to target business in every industry. According to Experian over a third (35%) of all UK businesses reported being targeted by AI-related fraud in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of more than 50% over the same time period last year.
The use of synthetic IDs is just one way in which AI has changed the familiar patterns of financial fraud. The sophistication of deep fake technology is another, with fake voice and video building on chat based social engineering messaging via real-time chat scripts for LinkedIn DMs and WhatsApp messages, to successfully facilitate incredibly sophisticated spearfishing attacks. Mimicking the persona of high value individuals, especially CEOs and CFOs, such attacks have led to devastating losses, including the UK-based fintech which lost £1.8 million in 2024 following an attack using a combination of spearphishing and generative AI to impersonate the company’s CFO.
Trust Issues
Organisations cannot afford the current levels of (over) trust. Indeed, the success of the majority of AI-enabled financial fraud can be tied to organisational culture. Synthetic IDs succeed when the focus is only on verification – which checks identity – rather than on-going monitoring of behaviour and transactions as well as cross validation, which highlight intent. Spearfishing leverages a culture of uncertainty, succeeding in environments where individuals do not feel confident or are not encouraged to question the veracity of the CFO’s payment orders, for example.
The reliance on credentials verification is inadequate in a world of Fraud GPT. With diverse sophisticated technologies now being deployed at scale, it is no longer acceptable to rely on traditional models of verification, such as document validation. Furthermore, organisations are losing trust in newer techniques, such as facial biometric authentication due to the sophistication of AI deepfakes. Concerns are growing about the risks associated with proposed national eIDs: when a digital ID appears to be verified by government there is a temptation to believe without additional, yet essential, scrutiny.
Organisations need to consider intention as well as identity. What are the behavioural signals that could indicate fraud? Which transactions are suspicious and what additional insight can be surfaced through continual cross-validation of activity? Adding layers of verification and flagging possibly suspicious activity may initially annoy the odd genuine customer, but the reality of AI-enabled fraud is devastating individuals, businesses and financial institutions. It is now vital to adopt a fraud-first culture, where individuals at every level of the organisation have both the tools and understanding to spot suspicious activity and are encouraged to call out concerns, especially if they relate to senior management requests.
Collaborative Model
Failure to shift from over-trust to low-trust will continue to play into the hands of criminal gangs. Gangs that are constantly sharing information about weak targets. Innovative, anti-fraud organisations are leading the fight back through intelligence sharing, cross-validation and next generation screening. Adopting both robust verification and validation technologies and culture that encourages suspicion and also fosters cross-industry insight is key to addressing this complex, evolving threat.
By proactively sharing the information surfaced through comprehensive verification as well as behavioural and device analytics, the industry can gain rapid understanding of the fast-changing tactics being deployed by these criminal gangs and take the appropriate remedial action to protect, customers, reputation and the bottom line.
At AWS, we’re obsessed with helping our customers harness the benefits of cloud and AI. While maintaining robust security, resilience…
SHARE THIS STORY
At AWS, we’re obsessed with helping our customers harness the benefits of cloud and AI. While maintaining robust security, resilience and scalability. We believe the true value of he cloud is unlocked when seen as an end-to-end transformation opportunity. A chance for organisations across Asia Pacific and Japan, such as Techcombank (TCB), to seize the innovations Gen AI and Agentic AI can offer today.
According to a new AWS-Strand Partners 2025 report, AI adoption among businesses in Vietnam is growing rapidly at an annual rate of 39%. Close to 170,000 businesses in Vietnam have already adopted AI. And 77% of those businesses expect AI to increase their revenue within the next year.
Delivering Business Benefits
TCB’s journey with AWS exemplifies the transformative power of cloud and AI adoption. Spanning strategic planning and co-innovation, with a shared commitment to transformation:
Within six months, AWS helped TCB migrate retail and corporate banking systems to the cloud. This enabled on-demand scalability, reduced infrastructure costs, improved time to market and enhanced availability for TCB, cutting downtime.
By rapidly scaling infrastructure, reliably and securely, TCB has seen digital transactions grow by 38%.
Today, 55% of new customers now join via digital channels and 97% of transactions are processed digitally.
The AWS Data Migration Service is expected to generate projected cost savings of up to $10.4 million over five years. Driven by improved infrastructure efficiency and simplified operations.
Harnessing Gen AI & Agentic AI
Gen AI is delivering workplace transformations, including enabling contact centre agents to resolve customer concerns. TCB has established itself as a pioneer, becoming Vietnam’s first bank to develop proprietary applications using Amazon Bedrock. Initiatives include customer chatbots for employee use, advanced language translation tools, and SMARTIE – an AI personal assistant built on a custom Large Language Model (LLM).
AWS: A Trusted Partner for Cloud at Scale
AWS distinguishes itself as a transformation partner through its unique combination of global expertise, strong local partnerships, and proven implementation frameworks. This comprehensive approach enables organisations to achieve meaningful business transformation while staying at the cutting edge of technological innovation.
“By enabling financial institutions like Techcombank to innovate at scale, we’re helping create the foundation for Vietnam’s next phase of AI-driven economic growth.”
Eric Yeo, Country General Manager – AWS Vietnam
Discover more about the ways Techcombank is overcoming challenges on its transformation journey with AWS from Eric Yeo, Country General Manager – AWS Vietnam
Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan on how Publicis Sapient is developing the playbook for delivering successful AI-led digital transformations across the financial services landscape
SHARE THIS STORY
Publicis Sapient doesn’t sell tools; it delivers human-led, AI-enhanced solutions that blend proprietary platforms with deep industry expertise across global banking. The organisation is shaping the future of financial services by delivering complex digital transformations across continents – from the UK and Southeast Asia to the Middle East and the United States – anchored by a belief that true innovation lies at the intersection of business insight and technological depth.
Publicis Sapient utilises a SPEED philosophy – Strategy, Product, Engineering, Experience and Data. “For us, SPEED isn’t just a framework. It’s the way we align our capabilities to accelerate transformation,” explains Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan. “My focus is the ‘P’ in that process – Agile Program Management and Product Management; helping clients move from vision to value at pace.”
Transformation at SPEED
During his time with Publicis Sapient, Arunkumar has seen the power of transformation at SPEED on a variety of high-stakes projects: helping a major UK bank launch a digital-only entity on the cloud; partnering with a leading Thai bank to revitalise its mobile-banking experience for a fast-growing, tech-savvy customer base; supporting a sovereign-funded startup bank exploring blockchain for trade finance in collaboration with Microsoft; building a holistic wealth-management platform for a large US custodian bank; and helping another lead the way in AI adoption. These are the type of innovation journeys where Publicis Sapient excels at moving from groundwork to exponential scale.
At the Intersection of Business and Technology
Publicis Sapient excels by fusing two disciplines often treated as separate. “We are at the intersection of business and technology,” explains Arunkumar. “You need deep business acumen to understand client challenges. However, you must have enough technical depth to engage meaningfully with engineering teams. That balance is what enables real problem-solving.”
From fraud prevention to blockchain and digital banking the industry is changing fast,” he notes. “Working with Generative AI today feels like standing on a new frontier. It keeps us on our toes, but it’s also what drives us – to stay relevant, deliver outcomes and connect both worlds of business and technology.”
Meeting the Challenge: Balancing Innovation and Risk
The biggest challenges facing financial services clients are not purely technological. They are structural and cultural. “Banks operate in complex regulatory environments,” notes Arunkumar. “There’s always a tension between innovation and risk management. On one hand, you want the next shiny thing; no one wants to be left behind in the technology race. On the other, you can’t bring something to life without going through the proper regulatory and risk-management controls.”
That balance defines the work Publicis Sapient does. “We are a people + product business,” he says. “Our strength lies in talented people, strong domain understanding, platforms, tools and a culture that says to clients: We have your back; we get it done.”
Many of the firm’s engagements, he explains, involve deep collaboration, experimentation and iteration. “Some of the use cases we take on aren’t easy. We work with partners, we research, we prototype, we unlearn and relearn. Progress in this space is continuous, not linear.”
A Digital Transformation Success Story
Publicis Sapient partnered with a large US Bank to lead digital transformation efforts focused on GenAI implementation and scaling. It worked in collaboration with Google and the Bank to design, build, and adopt GenAI to spur innovation, enhance risk management and improve productivity.
The high-level solution is composed of modular components including a secure GenAI Gateway for LLM access control, RAG framework for contextual retrieval, and Vertex AI integration leveraging Gemini models for high-quality natural language responses.
Delivering the Solution
The solution delivered integrated, repeatable accelerators designed to solve the central business challenges of speed, risk, and control from the ground up.
Publicis Sapient’s Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan explains how the platform was built upon some core pillars:
Unified LLM Access & Model Context Protocol: “We streamlined the model consumption layer with a foundational gateway, built on a resilient Model Context Protocol (MCP). The MCP acts as an essential abstraction layer, ensuring all data streams, model inputs, and application requests are managed consistently, securely, and in compliance with governance rules.”
Integrated Governance & Security: “We implemented a ‘shift-left’ security approach, embedding continuous guardrails directly into the GenAI pipelines. This pre-processing step, coupled with adversarial testing, proactively minimizes human error, reduces operational risk, and ensures a continuous, audit trail.”
Proprietary Knowledge Grounding (RAG): “The platform enables the Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) pattern. This involves securely indexing the bank’s vast internal repository of operational knowledge and compliance guides – by using this verified knowledge to ‘ground’ LLM responses, the platform ensures every AI output is based on the bank’s accurate, proprietary data. This successfully mitigates factual errors, minimizes hallucination risk, and protects brand integrity.”
Agent Orchestration (Agentic AI): “Moving beyond simple chat, the platform includes capabilities for managing Agentic AI workflows which greatly improves efficiency. These agents are goal-directed systems that execute multi-step business processes (e.g., investigating a service ticket, performing patching operations etc. with human-in-loop for oversight). This is the crucial layer for end-to-end automation of complex, cross-functional tasks.”
Unified Observability: “The final pillar establishes a system for tracking crucial metricstied to defined business outcomes. This enterprise-level observability framework captures data like response latency, quality, consumption rates etc. This data allows leadership to continuously monitor output quality and reviewing against the standards of accuracy and trustworthiness.”
Realising the Benefits
The positive impact of the work Publicis Sapient is doing includes:
Scalable Framework: Designed as a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) model to support future GenAI use cases across the enterprise; agent-driven extensibility enables enhancements with rapid time-to-market deployments.
Accelerated Onboarding: Automates the provisioning process by surfacing relevant documentation, policies, and procedures instantly.
Knowledge Reuse: Leverages existing enterprise knowledge bases to reduce redundancy and improve consistency.
Building with Purpose: From Vision to Scale
At the heart of Publicis Sapient’s transformation philosophy is its Digital Business Transformation Framework. Teams use a playbook to take clients from problem definition to scaled delivery. “It starts with Ignite – understanding the problem and bringing in strategic expertise,” explains Arunkumar. “Then comes Hunt & Shape – identifying and defining value, mapping MVPs and roadmaps. And finally Build & Scale – turning ideas into outcomes by building the right solutions.”
Scaling, he insists, is not only about size but certainty. “You don’t scale right away. You start small – proofs of concept, limited users, experiments and learn fast. Once you know what works, you can accelerate.”
He points to a current AI engagement as an example. “We started with one application hosted on the platform last year. Now we have twenty-plus, and many more coming. Building the foundation took months, but once we understood the landscape, everything else became a fast follower. You develop a playbook, you know the risks, and then it’s about momentum.”
Generative AI: A Catalyst for Reinvention
Few technologies have captured the imagination of financial services like Generative AI. Arunkumar sees its impact as both profound and pragmatic. “While business leaders talk about productivity gains, CIOs are using GenAI to drive measurable productivity and cost efficiency by modernising high-friction IT Service Management processes,” he notes.
Publicis Sapient identifies three areas where the shift is most visible:
Enhanced self-service: Intelligent Virtual Assistants act as the first line of defence. They automate a big chunk of initial inquiries, freeing human agents and improving response times.
IT-agent augmentation: GenAI synthesises ticket histories, diagnoses root causes and drafts expert-level resolutions. It drastically shortens the mean time to Resolution for critical incidents.
Developer velocity: Secure, context-aware coding assistants are improving efficiency, allowing engineers to focus on high-value work.
Publicis Sapient’s next frontier is Agentic AI, where intelligent agents move beyond analysis to orchestration and action. Teams have been testing these systems within IT service environments for major banks. “We started with a simple knowledge-search application,” he recalls. “It consolidated information across multiple systems to provide accurate, high-performance answers.”
From there, Publicis Sapient expanded into process automation. “Imagine an IT engineer under pressure to fix issues fast,” he says. “The knowledge-search tool becomes a force multiplier, identifying root causes instantly. Next, you automate the actions – patching servers, routing tickets, escalating tasks – with a human in the loop for control.” The goal is productivity gains with safety.
Challenges remain – particularly model drift and AI hallucination – but these can be mitigated with rigorous evaluation frameworks. “AI is probabilistic, not deterministic,” says Arunkumar. “You can’t expect one-plus-one to always equal two. That’s why continuous grounding, validation and human oversight are key.”
Innovation in Action: Real-World Use Cases
For Arunkumar, the most exciting part of AI transformation lies in the unexpected. “Some of the best use cases aren’t flashy but support everyday processes that, when optimised, deliver outsized value.”
He describes one example from a banking client: improving the reliability of customer statements. “A bank may send hundreds of thousands of daily communications – statements, notifications, alerts. Sometimes statements fail to send, and by the time customers notice, the issue snowballs into reputational risk.”
AI, he notes, can detect these failures proactively. “If a statement isn’t generated by 7 a.m., the system flags it very soon and resolves it before customers even notice. Predictive AI identifies the anomaly; GenAI drafts the corrective communication for review. It’s small, but it saves time, cost and reputation.”
Such “mundane” use cases, he argues, are where the real transformation happens. “Everyone talks about the big, shiny things. But in complex, regulated environments, it’s the subtle automations that drive consistent outcomes.”
Platforms for the Future
Publicis Sapient’s investment in AI platforms underscores its commitment to innovation. Arunkumar highlights three in particular:
Bodhi, the foundational system for building intelligent agents
Slingshot, designed to accelerate software-development lifecycles
Sustain AI, focused on IT service management and operational resilience
“These are our three-pronged approach to transformation,” he explains. “Each builds on the other – Bodhi as the foundation, Slingshot for velocity, and Sustain AI for long-term stability. And there’s more in the pipeline…”
Culture, Collaboration and the Power of Small Wins
For all the technology involved, Arunkumar insists transformation ultimately depends on people. “In any transformation, you work with stakeholders who have competing priorities,” he says. “The key is to focus on agreements first – find small wins and move forward. Progress builds trust.”
Publicis Sapient is a people + product business where Arunkumar encourages his teams to balance ambition with empathy. “If a meeting is contentious, end with one thing agreed. Take the rest next time. Transformation isn’t about forcing alignment; it’s about building it. We tell our clients, and our teams, ‘We have your back’. That trust is what makes complex programs succeed.”
Looking Ahead: Building Expertise and Depth
The focus for 2026, and beyond, is on cultivating deep, dual-disciplinary expertise. “Our teams sit between business and technology,” he explains. “You must be good at both. No one can master all financial services, it’s too vast, but you can specialise. Pick a niche within key areas – asset management, wealth, retail banking, corporate banking, payments, financial crime – and become excellent at it.”
At the same time, he urges his teams to stay curious about technology. “Even if you’re not implementing solutions yourself, you need to understand them and speak the same language as engineers and architects. That’s how collaboration works.”
Continuous learning, he believes, is non-negotiable. “There’s so much information out there – training, communities, conversations. We just need to channel it, understand the basics and keep moving forward.”
Transformation: A Continuous Journey
At Publicis Sapient transformation is never static. “We don’t fix something once and move on,” he says. “We think, test, learn, and build again. You must define the real problem before you solve it, validate your progress and inspire others to see the vision.”
Purpose and persistence turn complexity into clarity for Publicis Sapient’s clients. “The journey is continuous,” says Arunkumar with characteristic calm. “But that’s what makes it exciting. Every challenge is an opportunity to learn, collaborate and move forward – one small win at a time.”
AI commerce is set to transform how people shop and buy. Find out how Visa Intelligent Commerce empowers AI agents to deliver reliable and secure experiences at every step…
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial Intelligence is transforming the way we shop and pay. Visa is leveraging the power of its network and its decades of experience to bring trust and security to AI-powered commerce, bringing to life Visa Intelligent Commerce, which enables AI to find and buy.
This is an innovative initiative that opens Visa’s payment network to the developers and engineers who are building the foundational AI agents that are transforming commerce.
“Soon, people will have AI agents that will browse, select, purchase, and manage on their behalf,” according to Jack Forestell, Chief Product and Strategy Officer at Visa. “These agents will need to be trusted with payments, not just by users, but also by banks and merchants.”
Similar to the transition from physical to online shopping, and from online to mobile shopping, Visa is setting a new standard for a new era of commerce. Now, with Visa Intelligent Commerce, AI agents can find, purchase, and pay on behalf of consumers according to their pre-selected preferences. Each consumer sets the limits, and Visa helps manage the rest.
Creating a Trusted Future for AI Commerce
Millions of people will soon rely on AI to find the perfect sweater, search for a new vacation destination, or complete a shopping list. Visa will eliminate the friction from payment, making it possible to transact securely and reliably in an AI-powered world.
Visa Intelligent Commerce is built on 30 years of experience working with AI and machine learning to manage risk and fraud and to deliver secure payment experiences. Alongside industry leaders such as Anthropic, IBM, Microsoft, Mistral AI, OpenAI, Perplexity, Samsung, Stripe, and others, Visa will facilitate personalised and secure AI commerce on a global scale.
“We are working with companies at the forefront of AI innovation to drive engagement on AI platforms and support new ways to pay, with security and trust as our number one priority,” Forestell added. “Together with our partners, we are fully harnessing the potential of AI to transform every aspect of commerce, payments, and business.”
Empowering Consumers, Merchants, and Developers
The transformation of AI commerce – today a futuristic and relatively unknown concept – into a frictionless, secure, and personalised experience for both merchants and consumers is underway at Visa.
Visa Intelligent Commerce incorporates a set of integrated APIs and a merchant partner program into AI platforms, allowing developers to implement Visa’s AI commerce capabilities securely and at scale.
Visa Intelligent Commerce offers:
AI-Enabled Cards. Replaces card data with tokenised digital credentials, which enhances security for consumers and simplifies payment processes for developers. In turn, it confirms that the agent chosen by the consumer is authorised to act on their behalf. This incorporates identity verification into AI commerce. Only the consumer can instruct the agent on what to do and when to activate a payment credential.
AI-Powered Personalisation. The consumer is in control. It shares basic spending and shopping information from Visa with the consumer’s consent to improve the agent’s performance and personalise purchasing recommendations.
Simple and Secure AI Payments. Allows consumers to easily set spending limits and conditions, providing clear guidelines for the agent’s transactions. Additionally, it shares real-time commerce signals with Visa, enabling Visa to monitor transactions and help manage disputes.
Visa’s payment technologies, including tokenisation and authentication APIs, will help enable transactions that are secure and frictionless, providing confidence to consumers who use AI to make purchases. Visa has decades of experience in fraud management, along with a robust data platform, and uses this expertise to power the Visa Intelligent Commerce program.
Our cover star Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, reveals how the company is bringing powerful investments to…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover star Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, reveals how the company is bringing powerful investments to life to transform the ways insurance is delivered.
Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, tells FinTech Strategy how the company is championing key InsurTech investments to transform how insurance is delivered.
“We realised that if we were going to bring the best of the outside world in, we needed to be a truly global CVC.”
Publicis Sapient
Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan tells us how Publicis Sapient is developing the playbook for delivering successful AI-led digital transformations across the financial services landscape.
“Working with Generative AI today feels like standing on a new frontier. It keeps us on our toes, but it’s also what drives us – to stay relevant, deliver outcomes and connect both worlds of business and technology.”
Techcombank
Chief Strategy & Transformation Officer, PC Chakravarti reveals the operating model, Data & AI foundations, culture and talent playbook, and the partnerships turning ambition into market leading outcomes at Techcombank in Asia.
“Tech is not the limiting factor – it’s about supporting people and talent to leverage capabilities to enhance business models.”
CIBC Caribbean
Deputy CIO Trevor Wood explains how CIBC Caribbean is blending technology, culture, and customer-centricity to deliver seamless digital experiences across the region with a ‘Future Faster’ strategy.
“We want to lead in every market we operate, build maturity across our practices and be architects of a smarter financial future for all.”
Nationwide
Dan Wilson, Head of Customer Journey at the trusted mutual, reveals the strategic ambition driving payments innovation to modernise Nationwide’s platform delivering a resilient and secure financial future for customers across the UK.
“We’re seeking to modernise the Society’s core infrastructure but also build the tools and features our customers need to help them manage their money and payments.”
Chief Information Officer, Jan Bouwer, explores the work Alexforbes has undertaken to modernise and expand its financial services for its 1.2 million members and retail customers alike. “Alexforbes can now engage its 1.2 million members more directly, offering a wider range of services.”
Frustration with a broken system is a great motivator, and Spencer Penn, CEO and Co-Founder of LightSource, can attest to that
SHARE THIS STORY
LightSource is a business which, in its own words, gives the user ‘superpowers’ – an ambitious statement with plenty of evidence to confirm it. LightSource, based out of San Francisco, functions as a direct materials operating system, but provides so much more with its ‘Spec to Scale’ philosophy.
Spencer Penn, its CEO and Co-Founder, spent most of his career at Tesla prior to this role. He helped lead a program there called the Model Three, which was Tesla’s first mass market electric car. That was his first real exposure to the world of procurement and supply chain, and sparked a love and passion for that side of the business that led him to help create LightSource.
“I got exposed to a lot of challenges and insights, and some of those insights now underlie the product we’ve built at LightSource,” he explains. That love for procurement was inspired, in part, by the former CFO of Tesla, Deepak Ahuja, who Penn reported to and describes as “legendary”. Additionally, the rush to create the Model Three exposed Penn to the sourcing world for the first time.
Addressing a wider problem
After around three years of ideation, LightSource was launched officially in 2021. Penn never really planned to do this professionally; he thought he’d continue working in the tech field as an employee. But several things changed his mind.
“One, I realised the sourcing issues at Tesla weren’t just a Tesla problem,” he explains. “If you look at the income statements of any big manufacturing business, direct materials is the biggest area of spend, and it’s also the least innovative and underserved in terms of technology. So there’s a big market opportunity there. Many of us see it, but it doesn’t mean we quit our jobs like I did.
“The real thing that made the difference, for me, was meeting my Co-Founder, Idan Mintz. He’s my business partner and a brilliant technologist. He’s an engineer, our CTO, and he came from Google X and Google Research. Meeting him showed me I had a real counterpart on the technology side, and made me feel like we could go and pursue the change we wanted to see.”
And so, Penn and Mintz began to bring together the right elements to create a team and draw investor and customer interest. At that point, the risk wasn’t in following through with the idea – the risk was that if they waited any longer, someone else would fill the gap LightSource wanted to fill.
BeNeering’s MD and CRO dig into the company’s history with AI, and the necessity of seeing beyond the hype of new technologies
SHARE THIS STORY
A privately-owned company with over 20 years of procurement digitalisation experience fueling it, BeNeering is at the forefront of the AI-powered revolution in its sector. BeNeering was founded in 2007. At the time, Christoph Moll, BeNeering founder and Managing Director, was busy implementing SAP SRM systems for large European multinationals. While this provided great experience, Moll could see the limitations – and he wanted to move beyond them. He wanted to do something more.
“That’s how BeNeering was founded,” he says. “We focused on consulting until 2013, at which point we transitioned to being a solutions provider. I cherry-picked a great development team, and I’m happy to say that the same strong team is with us still today. Stability is our value.”
Natalia Parmenova, Chief Revenue Officer, is an example of one such strong team member, who has enormous faith in the business. “From my perspective, BeNeering is a super special solution provider for a few reasons,” she states. “First of all, we believe in co-innovation. Everything we develop is built together with very large and advanced customers. We try to stay close to those customers, to people who are forward-thinking and developing their procurement functions, so we can develop solutions for them with them. We are not just inventing things we think are useful – we are basing our development on customer needs. That’s really important.”
Simplify and optimise
Many people fall into procurement accidentally. It’s a common story among procurement professionals, and a source of amusement considering how passionate many of them become about it. For Parmenova and Moll, however, it was a case of seeing the way the wind was blowing and following the scent of change.
“In 2001, when I was employed by SAP, I wanted to do things better to help users in procurement,” says Moll. “That was how it started for me. My vision was really to simplify and optimise steps and processes for both requestors and buyers.”
Dafydd Llewellyn digs into why businesses need to be deliberate about how they use AI
SHARE THIS STORY
Taking on a new leadership role can be both exciting and daunting. Dafydd Llewellyn is the CEO of HICX, having taken up the mantle in September. In fact, by the time we spoke with him, he’d only been at his post for five weeks – but he was buzzing with nothing but pure enthusiasm about it. At this crucial juncture, when the pace of change is faster than ever before, strong leadership is vital. As such, Llewellyn has his hand on the tiller as he guides HICX on the next part of its journey.
“We’re a supplier management platform,” he says. “Companies work with us because they want to transform their supplier management to become more unified, more strategic, and more intelligent. Ultimately, what that means is our customers’ businesses are really able to make the most and harness the power of the suppliers.”
AI in the real world
Being competitive in the modern day means being not just au fait with artificial intelligence, but having a deeper understanding of it. The theme of DPW Amsterdam this year, as with the New York event in June, was ‘Put AI to work’. While AI has been a topic of discussion for several years now, planning (and bracing) for its impact is a different matter. But HICX, led by Llewellyn, is ready.
“It’s great that DPW is focusing on AI,” he says. “At HICX, we are being very deliberate about the way we approach AI. The way we’re looking at it is really about using AI to allow procurement professionals to be more value-added in the tasks they do, and remove all the repetitive tasks that they really don’t want to be doing. They can drive more value for the business that way.
“So, we are looking at things around business processes and automation, right through to document capture, through to compliance checks; using AI agents enables us to do that,” Llewellyn continues. “I can give you a real-life example. If you think about the workflow for a new supplier in the old days, you’d have to have them involved to create that workflow. Now, we can use AI to create that workflow just by writing it in natural language.”
Richard Hogg and Michael Van Keulen discuss what the business stands for and how it is shining a spotlight on tomorrow’s procurement department
SHARE THIS STORY
Green Cabbage is more than just a memorable name; it’s a procurement intelligence company that promises to deliver. A company that lives and breathes its win-win business model. Richard Hogg is the Managing Director. He is, in his own words, responsible for “planting and growing the cabbage across Europe, the Middle East, and Africa”. Michael Van Keulen, Chief Procurement and Customer Officer, is new to the business. However, he’s brought with him over 20 years of supply chain experience, and calls himself a procurement “enthusiast”.
The aim of Green Cabbage’s unique name is to keep money at the forefront of people’s minds. “Plant the cabbage, grow the cabbage; green cabbage is a colloquialism for money in some places,” explains Hogg. “Just like how, in the UK, we’d say ‘dough’. We’re trying to save our customers green cabbage.”
Forging relationships
Green Cabbage’s Founder and CEO, Eric Cunningham, created the business with a goal to try to rebalance the relationship between buyers and suppliers. “Effectively, Eric and his colleagues were looking at supporting the procurement community in preparation for negotiations, whether that meant pricing, non-price terms, or negotiation strategies,” says Van Keulen. “After three or four years, in 2019, they had amassed enough data to launch Green Cabbage. That’s how we were born. It was effectively a combination of really deep, broad data sets with subject matter expertise in core indirect categories.”
For Van Keulen, coming into a young company as a new recruit, he has the benefit of a fresh pair of eyes with plenty of expertise. “The challenge as a practitioner has always been that, on one side of the table, you’ve got a buyer; on the other side, you’ve got a seller. But how much information do I have as a buyer, and how can I ensure that I’ve optimised that contract, no matter my decision?” says Van Keulen.
“It’s not even just about price, but also terms, conditions, limitation of liability, indemnification, and other elements of that contract. That’s why I decided to join this organisation. I’ve always been passionate about procurement and supply chain. I love this profession, the community, and I really feel like Green Cabbage has the ability to take procurement to the next level of maturity.”
Johannes Kolbeinsson, CEO and Co-Founder of PAYSTRAX, on how retailers can protect themselves and their customers from fraud
SHARE THIS STORY
According to Bloomberg, if cybercrime were a country, it would rank as the world’s third-largest economy. Behind only the United States and China. And it’s growing. By 2027, global scams are projected to cost the world $23 trillion annually, with one in three people likely to fall victim. Already in the UK, a financial scam occurs once every fifteen seconds on average.
It is within this backdrop that Black Friday and Cyber Monday have become an increasing focus point for both retailers and scammers. Every year, the digital shopping frenzy grows bigger, faster, and more sophisticated. And so do the criminals who exploit it.
Black Fraud-day
Behind the flashing banners of ‘limited-time offers’ and ‘doorbuster deals’ a quieter threat lurks in the shadows of the checkout page: digital payment fraud.
As customers rush to click ‘buy now’ fraudsters blend into the chaos, exploiting high transaction volumes and confusing customers with highly sophisticated fraud techniques. What was once a celebration of online convenience has, for many businesses, become a test of their cybersecurity resilience.
This year, the true cost of Cyber Monday and Black Friday may not be measured in discounts, but in data breaches, chargebacks, and lost trust.
The Warning Signs
While many expect issues like stolen cards or hacked accounts, one of the most easily overlooked threats actually comes from genuine customers who know how to game the system.
Friendly fraud, often called chargeback fraud, is when a customer makes a legitimate purchase but later disputes the transaction to claim a refund. High-volume periods like Black Friday create the perfect cover for this, as retailers process thousands of orders at speed and struggle to keep track of every proof of delivery. Because it is hard to prove intent, merchants often lose both the product and the refunded payment.
Another issue that rises sharply during major sales events is card-not-present (CNP) fraud, where stolen card details are used to make online purchases. With such a large jump in transactions during Black Friday and Cyber Monday, fraudulent activity becomes harder to identify because it blends into the surge of genuine spending. Without a physical card involved, it is easier for fraudsters to bypass standard security checks, especially if retailers remove friction to create a faster checkout experience.
Retailers also need to look out for account takeover (ATO) fraud, which has been increasing as more people shop through accounts and apps. Criminals use stolen login details to access customer profiles, change passwords, redeem loyalty points or use stored card information to make purchases. Beyond the financial loss, ATO attacks can seriously erode customer trust. Which is even harder to recover than the lost revenue.
How Retailers Can Protect Themselves Against Fraud
Protecting customers and safeguarding revenue does not have to come at the expense of a smooth shopping experience. The key is to strike the right balance between security and convenience, especially when order volumes surge over Black Friday and Cyber Monday.
A good starting point is tightening defences around online payments. Simple measures can go a long way. Strong Customer Authentication and Address Verification Services can help spot suspicious activity early, without placing unnecessary friction on genuine shoppers. For higher value orders or anything that feels ‘off’, a quick email or phone check with the customer can prevent a costly chargeback later.
Strengthening account security is equally important. Criminals often rely on weak passwords or reused login details to break into customer accounts and make purchases with stored cards or loyalty points. Encouraging customers to use strong, unique passwords and offering multi-factor authentication can dramatically reduce the chances of an account takeover. Retailers can also set up alerts for unusual behaviour, such as repeated failed logins or access from unfamiliar locations, so genuine customers can be protected before damage is done.
Friendly fraud is harder to prevent because it often comes from legitimate customers rather than malicious actors. That makes clear communication your best defence. Transparent returns and refunds policies, visible during checkout and in order confirmations, help avoid confusion that later turns into a dispute. Keeping thorough records of fulfilment, including delivery tracking and proof of receipt, gives retailers the evidence they need to challenge any questionable chargeback claims. Small touches, such as using a clear and recognisable store name on bank statements, can also reduce “I don’t remember this transaction” disputes.
Ultimately, the most effective approach is ongoing, not seasonal. Setting up a simple chargeback management process helps retailers learn from disputes, identify patterns, and ultimately reduce risk.
Where Now?
As the Cyber Five weekend continues to redefine global retail, it’s also redefining the tactics of digital criminals.
The same tools that make online shopping faster and more convenient, saved payment methods, one-click checkout, loyalty programs, have become new frontiers for exploitation.
For merchants, staying ahead means more than offering the best deals; it means securing every step of the digital customer journey. By investing in layered security measures, promoting account vigilance, and maintaining transparent communication with customers, businesses can turn the tide against fraudsters.
The goal isn’t just to survive Cyber Monday and Black Friday, it’s to build the kind of trust that lasts long after the sales are over. Because in the evolving world of e-commerce, security isn’t a seasonal strategy – it’s a year-round commitment.
Niamh Kingsley, Founder & CEO of the the post-digital consultancy firm ace, on the Quantum future for financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
Just last week, I sat across from a head of engineering at a major city-based bank and asked about their quantum preparedness. His response? “As far as I’m concerned, that’s science fiction.”
From my perspective, this view is definitely misguided. But more concerning, it’s also really prevalent. Despite some senior leaders dismissing quantum as a distant concern, their organisations are already exposed to quantum-enabled threats, and their competitors are quietly positioning for advantage.
Breakthroughs from the likes of IBM, Google, Rigetti, and Quantinuum show the ten-year timeline is a mirage. The quantum threat is not future tense. It is present and accelerating. In the race for computational advantage, the largest institutions are already in the lab. In the race for security, the threat actors are already in your network.
The time for planning is over, and the time for migration is now.
The Security Imperative: Your Data is Already at Risk
When we talk about the quantum threat, we’re primarily talking about Shor’s Algorithm. On a sufficiently large, fault-tolerant quantum computer (CRQC), Shor would break the public-key cryptography (RSA and most ECC) that underpins many secure protocols and systems, including virtually every secure digital communication and transaction globally.
But here is the critical point: the impact doesn’t start on the day a CRQC goes live; it began years ago the with ‘Harvest/Store-Now, Decrypt-Later (HNDL/SNDL)’ attack vector, where adversaries record encrypted traffic today to decrypt it once quantum capabilities arrive. (Symmetric cryptography like AES is affected differently by Grover’s algorithm, and it is generally mitigated by larger key sizes.)
Why ‘Harvest Now, Decrypt Later’ is the Real Crisis
Think about your most sensitive, high-value data:
KYC and client records: Confidential information that must remain private for decades.
Proprietary trading strategies: Models and algorithms that define your competitive edge.
Intellectual property and M&A communications: Data whose confidentiality window extends well beyond the projected arrival of a CRQC.
Sophisticated adversaries, often state-sponsored, are already harvesting vast quantities of this currently encrypted data. They are storing it, bit by bit, waiting for the eventual arrival of a cryptographically relevant quantum computer, which they will then use to decrypt later.
This means that data encrypted today will be vulnerable to breach tomorrow. The shelf-life of your confidential information directly dictates the urgency of your response. Any financial institution that relies on current public-key cryptography to protect data with a retention requirement of five years or more is already compromised in principle.
A wholesale migration to Post-Quantum Cryptography (PQC), algorithms resistant to quantum attack, is the only defence. This isn’t a simple software patch; it’s a foundational re-architecture of your digital trust layer.
What institutions should prioritise: Any data requiring confidentiality beyond a ten-year horizon is at risk. The UK’s National Cyber Security Centre and G7 frameworks explicitly call out finance to begin migration planning now, with several guides targeting 2035 completion for critical sectors.
Inventory everything: You cannot protect what you don’t know you have. Conduct a rigorous, firm-wide audit to map every single instance of public-key cryptography, from TLS certificates and VPNs to digital signatures, PKI, and key management systems.
Focus on the long-lived: Prioritise the migration of systems protecting data with the longest necessary confidentiality (the HNDL targets) and those that are hardest to change (e.g., embedded systems, legacy code, or critical, highly-available infrastructure).
Mandate the standards: Adopt the new, standardised PQC algorithms, such as CRYSTALS-Kyber (for key establishment) and CRYSTALS-Dilithium (for digital signatures), as decreed by global bodies like the US NIST.
Capturing Computational Advantage
But here’s what the industry isn’t telling you: whilst you’re busy securing your systems, there’s a competitive dividend waiting for institutions willing to explore quantum’s computational capabilities.
I’m not talking about vague promises of exponential speedups. I’m talking about targeted, measurable advantages in specific use cases where quantum algorithms demonstrably outperform classical approaches.
Monte Carlo simulations for derivative pricing, XVA calculations, and Value-at-Risk models are obvious starting points. Amplitude Estimation provides a quadratic speedup over classical Monte Carlo, achieving the same error tolerance with exponentially fewer samples. That means shorter calculation windows, faster intraday rehedging, and material energy savings. For path-dependent options or rare-event tail scenarios, quantum approaches offer better resolution of low-probability events without exploding compute budgets.
Portfolio optimisation, collateral allocation, and limit setting are fundamentally combinatorial optimisation problems. Quantum heuristics may deliver quality and latency benefits under complex constraints, including funding requirements, capital adequacy, central counterparty margin rules.
HSBC made headlines deploying quantum algorithms for foreign exchange pricing optimisation. That wasn’t a marketing exercise; it was a proof point that the technology has crossed from research into application.
But, and this matters, we don’t yet have large-scale, fault-tolerant quantum computers. IBM’s roadmap targets approximately 200 logical qubits by 2029. We’re not there yet. Which means the smart play is running parallel tracks: migrate to PQC now for security; experiment with quantum algorithms in targeted pilots to understand future advantage.
The pilot framework should be rigorous. Choose use cases where runtime and tail-risk scenarios dominate P&L. Establish measurement frameworks comparing quantum approaches against equal-error, equal-time, and equal-energy classical baselines. Report outcomes honestly. Build institutional knowledge whilst the hardware matures.
The Competitive Landscape: The Window is Closing
The quantum era is a global, systemic shift. It is a dual-sided challenge, an existential security risk and an unprecedented performance opportunity.
We are entering a phase of hyper-competition. The market is already separating into two distinct groups:
The value capturers: These are the institutions that have already established quantum governance, initiated PQC pilots, and embedded crypto-agility into their DNA. They will be secure against HNDL, will meet regulatory mandates like DORA, and, crucially, will be the first to operationalise quantum speed-ups in pricing, risk, and optimisation. They will gain an insurmountable performance edge.
The vulnerable and disadvantaged: These are the firms facing “crypto-procrastination.” They risk massive compliance penalties, systemic data theft via HNDL, and the competitive disadvantage of relying on slower, less accurate classical models while competitors price derivatives and optimise collateral in real-time.
The quantum inflection point is not an event on a distant calendar; it is a process happening right now. The firms that act today are building an unbreakable digital fortress while simultaneously designing the algorithms that will define the next decade of finance.
Don’t wait for Q-Day. Secure your future, then innovate in it.
Raman Korneu, CEO and Co-Founder of neobank myTU, on how FinTech innovation can push positive payments progression
SHARE THIS STORY
In 2025, you’d think payments would move as fast as the businesses they power. But for many digital-first companies (especially marketplaces, lenders, and online platforms) the basic task of reliably moving money in and out is still a daily struggle.
This shouldn’t be the case. The industry has made huge advances in consumer UX, credit innovation, and embedded finance. But when it comes to back-end operations, FinTech has left too many problems unsolved. The result? A silent drag on growth, unnecessary labour costs, and a persistent erosion of customer trust.
Broken Payments, Broken Business
When payments are slow or opaque, everything suffers. Vendor payouts get delayed. Customer refunds take too long. Internal teams lose hours manually checking for confirmation or chasing missing funds. And while the friction is operational in nature, the consequences are strategic: damaged relationships, regulatory risk, and lost revenue.
Take reconciliation, for example. Many businesses still use spreadsheets to match payment events across bank accounts, payment processors, and internal systems. Others run Slack channels to manually track funds. This makes things slow and leads to a complete lack of real-time, reliable visibility.
This complexity becomes a serious burden when transaction volumes scale. Time zone differences, batch file delays, poor API support, and siloed software can all contribute to failures or mismatches that cause downstream chaos. According to Modern Treasury’s 2025 Payment Operations report, 98% of businesses still run some payment operations manually, and 49% use five or more systems, making reconciliation slow, error-prone, and expensive.
The Core Problem: No One’s Talking to Each Other
It’s not payment initiation that’s broken; it’s what happens after. Money gets sent, but teams don’t know if it landed. Banks don’t notify businesses. Systems don’t talk to each other. In many cases, there’s no real-time feedback loop to confirm what worked, what failed, and what needs action.
This disconnect is a byproduct of legacy infrastructure and siloed design. Most banks don’t expose real-time payment events, and their APIs (when they exist) are often outdated, cumbersome, or not developer-friendly. This leaves businesses stuck in a limbo where payments can go missing, get delayed, or trigger compliance issues, and no one knows until it’s too late.
What Better Systems Look Like
FinTechs are uniquely positioned to solve this, not with dashboards, but with infrastructure that integrates directly into the tools businesses already use.
Plug-and-play APIs and webhooks are the key. When embedded into CRMs, ERPs, and accounting platforms, they can push real-time payment updates exactly where they’re needed. No more spreadsheet-based tracking, and no more switching between portals.
The best systems will feel less like platforms and more like invisible plumbing, meaning that they’re always running, always syncing, always up to date. Businesses won’t want to log into yet another dashboard. They’ll expect payments to “just work” within the flows they already operate in.
Cards Help, But They’re Not the Solution
Modern business cards can improve control on the front end (think: spend visibility, real-time limits, cash flow planning). But they don’t solve the backend challenge of inter-system communication or reconciliation. What’s needed is a shift in how we think about payments infrastructure. We need to insist on and build for clarity and control after the money moves.
Why FinTech Hasn’t Solved This Yet
For years, payment operations have been seen as ‘boring’. That’s why so many startups have chased flashier front-end use cases: crypto, neobanking, buy now/pay later, and super apps. But that neglect is catching up with the industry.
As the ‘Decoupled Era’ of banking continues to fragment the value chain, the complexity of payments behind the scenes only grows. And with instant payments in the EU projected to surge 10x by 2028 (McKinsey), reconciliation needs to happen in real time, 24/7, without manual input.
This isn’t a nice-to-have anymore. It’s an operational baseline.
The Competitive Edge No One Talks About
Payments should be boring, because they should work flawlessly in the background. But for too many fast-scaling businesses, they’re still one of the most complex and error-prone parts of operations.
Ultimately this will create a divide. Businesses that build on flexible infrastructure will outpace and outperform those who constantly hit limits and choose to stick to more manual transaction tracking and the guesswork that comes with it. Pulling ahead of the competition isn’t always a matter of out-innovating them. Smoother operations are a way to steadily and quietly outcompete. Fintech is in the position to build this better, and to give smart businesses the edge they deserve
Raman Korneu is CEO and co-founder of neobank myTU, a fully automated, AI-powered and cloud-first digital bank offering smart, secure, and affordable financial services. With over 25 years of experience in banking, Raman has held senior roles across finance, including consulting roles at Ernst & Young and PwC, where he worked on over 100 projects for over 50 major banks and companies, including Merrill Lynch Securities and Raiffeisenbank. Raman holds prestigious qualifications including an EMBA from Judge Business School at Cambridge University, the prestigious Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), and ACCA membership. Driven by his passion to tackle problems in traditional banking, Raman leverages his extensive expertise to lead myTU in delivering innovative financial solutions.
Jalal Charaf, Chief Digital & AI Officer of the University Mohammed VI Polytechnic (UM6P) and Managing Director of Ecole Centrale Casablanca on how Africa can seize its moment to lead on data
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s world, data is not just about numbers and technology; it shapes how people live, how governments plan, and how businesses grow. It influences who gets a loan, who receives medical care, and who has access to education. That’s why control over data, called data sovereignty, is becoming one of the most important sources of power in the 21st century.
Unfortunately, Africa is still on the margins of this new reality. Although the continent is home to over 1.4 billion people, 18% of the world’s population, it provides less than 4% of the data used to train today’s most powerful AI systems. Most African data is stored in foreign data centres, beyond the reach of African laws and courts. This is no longer just a ‘digital divide’, it’s a dependence on outside systems that don’t fully understand or represent African realities.
What’s Holding Africa Back?
There are several key reasons why Africa remains largely underrepresented in the global digital economy.
First, representation. Most AI systems are built on data from outside Africa. As a result, they often misjudge or misrepresent African realities, whether it’s credit scoring, medical diagnostics, or speech recognition. The absence of African data creates blind spots that affect real lives.
Third, governance. With 29 different national data protection laws, Africa lacks a unified approach to managing data. In contrast, the European Union negotiates data rules as a single bloc. Africa’s fragmented regulatory landscape makes it harder to attract investment or protect citizens’ rights.
Morocco offers a model of what digital sovereignty can look like. In June 2025, a consortium led by Nexus Core Systems announced a 500-megawatt, renewables-powered AI infrastructure project on the Atlantic coast. Phase one, with 40 MW of NVIDIA’s Blackwell AI chips, will go live in early 2026, exporting compute power across Europe, the Middle East, and Africa.
Critically, this infrastructure is under Moroccan jurisdiction, not subject to U.S. laws like the CLOUD Act. The project proves that African countries can host cutting-edge data systems while protecting their own legal and strategic interests.
How Africa Can Lead
To turn early momentum into lasting sovereignty, African governments, institutions, and partners must work together across four pillars:
Data creation and curation. Countries should invest at least 1% of GDP in digital public infrastructure, such as national ID systems, crop mapping satellites, and open data portals. These systems ensure that African data reflects African lives.
Compute and storage. Regions with access to renewable energy can build local ‘green AI corridors’ linked by neutral internet exchanges. This keeps data close to where it’s generated and cuts dependence on foreign servers.
Policy and regulation. The African Union should lead a continent-wide Data Sovereignty Compact, a framework to harmonise data protection, localisation, and AI ethics. A unified legal environment will attract investment and support responsible innovation.
Talent and research. African universities and public agencies should develop homegrown AI talent. Governments can require that models trained on African data are hosted locally. Research must be rooted in African languages, priorities, and realities, not just imported standards.
A Role for Everyone: From Governments to Global Partners
Governments should commit at least 10% of their ICT budgets to data sovereignty and adopt AU-wide standards. Local cloud facilities and fibre infrastructure deserve long-term funding, not just short-term pilots.
Private industry must shift from short-lived cloud credits to permanent, on-the-ground investment. Companies should publish annual data localisation reports and follow the example set by Nexus Core Systems.
Universities, civil society groups, and non-profits also have a responsibility. Open data repositories, civic tech labs, and ethical data governance initiatives must be scaled up to support innovation that’s inclusive and local.
Africa has everything it needs to become a global leader in digital intelligence. Its young population, growing tech talent, and renewable energy potential are powerful advantages. But sovereignty will not be handed over, it must be built.
We must act now, before the rules of the digital world are written without us. Morocco’s Nexus Core project shows what’s possible when ambition meets action. It’s time for the rest of the continent to follow suit, and shape a future where Africa owns its data, tells its stories, and sets its own course.
After a turbulent few years, the crypto sector looks on the cusp of another period of boom. Yet, according to Anthony Yeung, Chief Commercial Officer at CoinCover, the success of this next phase will hinge on embedding responsibility and accountability at its core.
SHARE THIS STORY
A few years ago, the crypto sector found itself grappling with a profound image crisis. A series of high-profile scandals, widespread misconceptions about its place within the broader financial system, and a glaring absence of regulatory oversight led many to dismiss the space as a haven for tech-savvy opportunists peddling dubious tokens in a never-ending cycle of ‘get-rich-quick’ schemes.
Fast forward to 2025, and while some of that baggage lingers, public understanding of crypto and its underlying value has matured considerably. Endorsements from major governments, coupled with rising levels of institutional investment, have helped to temper concerns about crypto’s legitimacy and long-term role in the financial ecosystem. Nevertheless, questions around trust and transparency continue to cast a shadow over its progress.
A Collective Effort
It’s clear that crypto remains a hotbed of innovation, much of it focused on attracting more individuals and businesses into the ecosystem. However, alongside the development of cutting-edge solutions, the sector must also dedicate time and effort to rebuilding and strengthening its public image. As we enter this next phase of growth, reinforcing trust and public confidence is just as vital as technological progress.
At CoinCover, we believe that tackling this trust deficit could be the key to unlocking the next billion users of cryptocurrency. Driving such a shift will require more than just our efforts. As an industry, crypto must urgently find more effective ways to tell its story showcasing not only its value but also its security. A collective, coordinated effort from stakeholders across the ecosystem is essential to reshape public perception and build lasting confidence.
The Path to the Next Billion Crypto Users
That sentiment is unlikely to raise eyebrows. From my experience, there’s broad agreement that crypto must do more to manage how it’s perceived by those outside the space. Yet, when it comes to charting a path forward, consensus becomes far more elusive. Chief among the contentious issues is the role of external regulation; a topic that continues to divide opinion across the sector and spark lively debate.
Unlike just a few years ago, when regulation in the crypto space was minimal, businesses today face a growing list of compliance demands. Moreover, expectations are mounting that regulatory oversight will only become more stringent in the months and years ahead. For many within the sector, this external scrutiny sits uneasily alongside the original ethos and mission of cryptocurrencies.
Evolution, Not Revolution
Many crypto OGs acknowledge that the space was born out of a desire for decentralisation, autonomy, and freedom from traditional financial systems. Yet, as with many movements, that founding mission has evolved over time. Today, crypto no longer exists as a siloed alternative but is increasingly integrated into the broader financial ecosystem that supports the modern global economy.
While for some the merits of this evolution remain up for debate, its reality is undeniable. For those of us committed to broadening access to the benefits of cryptocurrency, this moment presents more opportunity than challenge. In terms of user access, the crypto space has reached heights few could have expected. The ideology that shaped the sector’s early days need not be discarded, but elements of it must evolve to reflect the times we live in.
Responsible Regulation
At present, regulation represents the key tension point between these two opposing worldviews. For some, external oversight undermines the very essence of crypto. For others, the wave of incoming compliance offers much-needed validation, a chance for the sector to shed its chequered reputation and re-emerge as a more trusted, credible, and accessible solution for the next billion global users.
As a long-time crypto enthusiast, I appreciate the merits of both sides of the debate. At the same time, I’m realistic enough to acknowledge that the genie is well and truly out of the bottle. There’s no turning back the clock on regulation – and perhaps nor should there be. While few within the sector would advocate for overly stringent measures, there is a clear and pressing need for measures to be introduced and upheld that incentivise good behaviour across the board.
Unlocking the Next Wave of Users
Embracing responsible compliance, and viewing its introduction as an opportunity rather than a threat would mark a positive step forward for the sector. Additionally, it would help initiate the much-needed process of reshaping crypto’s public image: one that reflects a commitment to accountability, long-term growth, and sustainable progress. It could prove crucial as the sector looks to unlock the next billion global users.
At CoinCover, we’re committed to helping shape the conversation around this issue. In the months ahead, we aim to engage openly with all sides of the debate; from regulators to crypto companies. By fostering dialogue across the ecosystem, we believe we can play a constructive role in helping the sector reach a more balanced, sustainable equilibrium — one that serves the interests of all stakeholders, and most importantly, its users.
PA Consulting’s payments expert Simon Williams on the seismic shift in cross-border electronic payments with ISO 20022
SHARE THIS STORY
November 22nd 2025 marks a turning point in electronic payments. ISO 20022 becomes mandatory for cross-border transactions on the SWIFT network. It requires banks to replace traditional payment messages with a larger, data-rich format called MX. At first glance, it sounds like a technical update – something happening at the edge of banks’ infrastructure. But its impact reaches far beyond compliance. ISO 20022 isn’t just a messaging standard. It opens the door for serious modernisation in banking and finance.
A New Era for Payments
For decades, electronic payment messages have relied on formats designed in the 1970s. These are messages with rigid structures, fixed-length fields, and little room for complexity. To convey essential details, banks have often resorted to private codes and workarounds. They are greed between one another to pass on critical information about a payment.
ISO 20022 changes that paradigm, introducing a richer, more flexible, and globally standardised format. This can carry structured data seamlessly across systems. In doing so, it unlocks opportunities for better fraud detection, customer experience, and operational efficiency. These benefits extend not only to banks, but also their clients and service providers across the financial ecosystem.
Firms that haven’t properly prepared for the November deadline risk delays, disruption, and rising costs. With SWIFT charging a penalty for every payment message sent in the legacy format. But beyond compliance, many firms are overlooking the opportunities the change poses. Payments are the lifeblood of a bank, and the data they carry is a strategic asset. So how can firms turn the ISO requirement into a competitive advantage?
Product Owners and Customer Journey Managers
First, banks should use this moment to strengthen their customer journeys. Starting with a deep dive into customer pain points and breaks in the payment flows. This will involve reviewing existing customer journey maps, analysing complaints data, and gathering fresh qualitative and quantitative customer insights to uncover points of friction.
For example, unexpected delays in payments or confusion about correct tax reporting and purpose codes are common issues. Data is often at the root cause of these problems. Which is why ISO 20022’s structured data format can help fix issues. Think how tax and fee codes, transaction references, and other enriched fields could reduce ambiguity and speed up processing. Could this avoid the need for banks to contact clients for further information about the correct coding of payments made? Or prevent clients making complaints about delays and fees deducted? Beyond fixing known issues, firms can also use ISO 20022’s richer data to spot patterns. Such as correspondent banks that consistently slow down transactions. And take subsequent steps to address them.
Money Laundering Reporting Officers (MLROs)
ISO 20022 could also be a game-changer for economic crime prevention in 2026. Anti-money laundering, transaction monitoring, and other sanctions screening relies on interrogating transactional data. And their effectiveness is often only as strong as the data available.
Even seemingly simple improvements to data matter. For example, ISO 20022’s structured fields call for addresses to be stored as distinct elements like ‘street name’ and ‘country code’, rather than the generic ‘line one’ and ‘line two.’ This level of precision makes it far easier to flag suspicious activity, like multiple unrelated accounts tied to the same address, or a mismatch between the street name and country code. In other words, ISO 20022 equips banks with the granular data needed to fight financial crime more effectively.
Legal Entity Identifiers (LEIs) add another layer of value, enabling a specific organisation to be uniquely and consistently identified across borders, which could streamline KYC and sanctions screening processes. However, two challenges stand in the way: legacy platforms may not support ISO 20022 data, and other banks may not send useful data if it’s not mandatory, such as LEIs for non-financial institutions.
Overcoming these hurdles requires a proactive approach, with banks understanding the potential, prioritising technical upgrades that deliver the greatest compliance benefits, and collaborating with other banks and payment schemes to encourage richer data exchange. The payoff? Reduced compliance burdens and a stronger defence against economic crime.
Bank Enterprise and Data Architects
Bank enterprise and data architects have a key role to play in helping other functions understand the richness and potential value of the ISO 20022 format. Today, many banks translate data into and out of ISO 20022 as payments move through their systems. A process that introduces risk and inefficiency. Extending ISO 20022 structures deeper into internal systems avoids these pitfalls.
Updating customer-facing channels to capture payment instructions in an ISO-compliant format will ensure alignment with the structure of messages transmitted by the bank, avoiding the risks inherent with translation. It will also enable future changes, like annual updates to mandatory fields, to be implemented more easily.
Thinking of ISO 20022 as a bank-wide data standard opens the door to reducing complexity and preserving data integrity. Ultimately, ISO 20022 can be used to better describe customers, their addresses, and the relationships between parties in a transaction. While it’s only required at the boundary of a bank – where payments are sent to or received from central infrastructure – aligning internal systems with the standard unlocks additional benefits, creating a more open, flexible banking system.
Corporate Treasurers and Finance Teams
Looking beyond banks, ISO 20022’s benefits extend to customers, corporate treasurers, accounts payable, and accounts receivable teams. Improved reconciliation, better liquidity management, and greater transparency in payment processing are all within reach. ISO 20022 makes it possible to embed detailed information directly into a payment, down to the invoice line-item level. That level of precision could eliminate misallocated payments or stop transactions from bouncing back because they can’t be reconciled.
Many ERP systems already support ISO 20022 for both payment initiation and receiving confirmations and statements, making it possible to transmit and receive this enriched data. But success depends on collaboration across the entire payment chain. Customers should be encouraged to embed remittance data into their payments. Banks should ensure this information flows intact through their systems and into payment networks. And IT teams may need to upgrade ERP platforms or enable the use of ISO messages. When everyone plays their part, payments become faster, smarter, and far more reliable – turning payment operations from a source of friction into a driver of value.
FinTechs
Fintechs have a natural advantage when it comes to ISO 20022. With fewer legacy constraints, they can embed the standard into their platforms from the ground up – most have been ‘ISO-native’ from day one. The question now is how to turn that technical strength into a competitive edge.
Consider looking across the customer ecosystem – and internally – to identify opportunities to outperform the competition and deliver benefits to customers. From delivering richer data insights to enabling faster, more transparent payment experiences, firms that move beyond compliance will stand out in an increasingly crowded market.
Moving Beyond Compliance
The November deadline marks the end of the readiness phase: most banks have ensured compliance at the boundary, where systems connect to payment schemes. But the real work is only beginning.
ISO 20022 should not be seen as a technical mandate. It’s a new language for financial information, one that can unlock efficiency, transparency, and innovation across the ecosystem. We are now entering the most exciting phase; the point where true business benefits can emerge. Has your organisation considered where those opportunities lie?
Paul Clarke, Chief Growth Officer at Cashdflows, on how payments infrastructure can support both trust and scale
SHARE THIS STORY
The UK’s game of skill, competition and raffle sector is undergoing rapid transformation. While data on the sector is limited, UK Government analysis indicates that 14% of UK adults collectively spend a total of £1.3 billion per year. For comparison, 44% of adults spend an estimated £8.2 billion annually on the National Lottery.
The same report shows an upward market trajectory with 60% of operators anticipating an increase in ticket sales over the next three years, while only 5% expect a decline. When it comes to the players themselves, 22% have increased their spending in the past year, outpacing the 17% who have reduced theirs.
Against this backdrop of sustained engagement, fair access to effective payment solutions is essential to support competition among merchants.
The Payments Layer of Trust and Scale
As operators mature, they must balance commercial growth with strong operational integrity. Unlike purely entertainment-driven apps, these platforms are rooted in real-money participation, whether through entry fees, prize payouts, or both. This heightens expectations for merchants and consumers around security, compliance, and player protection.
Payments infrastructure therefore becomes a fundamental line of defence. Tools such as Strong Customer Authentication (SCA) and two-factor authentication (2FA) provide robust safeguards against fraud, account compromise, and unauthorised transactions, reinforcing trust with both consumers and regulators.
Enhanced checkout features also play a significant role. Pre-populated payment details and secure card-on-file capabilities streamline repeat purchases, reducing manual errors and checkout abandonment. Click to Pay and network tokenisation support secure one-click transactions, improving conversion performance while ensuring PCI compliance.
Real-time fraud analytics, velocity checks, and dynamic transaction routing help maintain strong approval rates and minimise friction, ensuring legitimate users enjoy a smooth and reliable payment experience.
From Back-Office Burden to Brand Advantage
Payments were once viewed purely as a back-end process, a necessary function behind the scenes. Today, they are a frontline driver of user experience and commercial differentiation. Deposits and withdrawals bookend the player journey, so speed, transparency, and seamless execution boost satisfaction, reduce churn, and can become pivotal to brand advocacy.
In a high-volume environment where microtransactions dominate, even brief delays or failed payments can quickly damage trust. Conversely, efficient transactions turn reliable payments into a competitive advantage – one that encourages repeat play and referrals.
Powering the Platform Economy of the Future
The broader creator and competition economy is still in its infancy, with new formats emerging at pace but what unites them is a reliance on secure, scalable, and accessible payment systems. What those that succeed will have in common is whether those payment systems can support growth while maintaining compliance and safeguarding trust. As investment continues to flow into the sector, the platforms that thrive will be those that view payments not just as operational plumbing but as a strategic asset.
Paul Clarke, Chief Growth Officer at Cashflows, has a wealth of experience successfully leading product, business strategy, and innovation functions in the payments, eCommerce, and digital sectors. He was previously Executive Vice President for Product and Innovation at international payments solutions provider: Network International. Prior to this, Paul held leadership positions at key payment organisations, such as Barclaycard, Elavon, and Worldpay. Having joined Cashflows in 2021, Paul is responsible for leading the product proposition, strategy, go to market and delivery functions of the business.
About Cashflows
Cashflows is a new breed of FinTech payments company that makes it easy for small corporates and SMEs to accept card and digital payments – online, in store and on the move.
Through its own acquiring platform and gateway, Cashflows provides a safe, secure ecosystem for processing payments right across Europe. Cashflows products and services are built with the latest technology and the future in mind, always to meet the specific needs of partners and customers.
The Card & Payments Awards Middle East will be taking place on Thursday 5th April 2026 at Atlantis – The Palm in Dubai. Entries are open now and close in December.. Book your table for the Awards now!
SHARE THIS STORY
The Card & Payments Awards is among the leading networking events of the year for the Middle East card and payments industry. With over 1,100 guests attending on the night, from over 300 different companies, and with a compelling list of blue-chip sponsors. Enter hereand book your tables now.
Recognising Excellence and Innovation in Payments
For two decades, The Card & Payments Awards has stood as the premier networking event for the UK and Irish card and payments industry. The event was founded 20 years ago by Michael Harty.
Building on this legacy of success, 2025 marked an exciting expansion with the inaugural Card & Payments Awards Middle East. Hosted in Dubai on April 17th, 2025, at the prestigious Ritz-Carlton, DIFC, this highly successful event celebrated best practice, innovation, and excellence within the region’s dynamic card and payments sector. It provided an invaluable networking platform, connecting key players and fostering new partnerships and collaborations to drive continued innovation across diverse verticals.
The Card & Payments Awards Middle Eastwelcomes entries from credit, debit, prepaid, and charge card issuers, co-brands, merchant acquirers, payment processors, retailers, and other payments companies worldwide offering programs or initiatives within the Middle East. With a range of categories covering essential disciplines, the awards offer organizations a significant opportunity to showcase their achievements and contribute to a vital industry platform that recognizes and rewards the best in the Middle East.
Why Enter
Entering your company for an Awards Programme is a fantastic opportunity to showcase your achievements to the industry, while benchmarking against your competitors. Ultimately success at the Awards can be leveraged on consumer facing communications.
Some of the many reasons to consider an entry are listed below.
A mark of quality assurance from the leading & longest-standing Awards in the industry
Increase your brand exposure through media & PR coverage
Increase your profile with top industry blue chip companies
Increase your credibility and gain trust from consumers
Differentiate your brand
Gain a competitive edge
Benchmark against others in the industry
Drive best practice
Receive recognition, network & celebrate with others in the industry.
Putting together an entry can seem a daunting task, so if you aren’t sure where to begin, get in touch with us and we will be able to advise.
Enter hereand book your tables now to celebrate the industry’s biggest achievements, whilst meeting the key players from across the sector in the Middle East.
Stock Investing has become increasingly popular over the last few years. The self-directed investing trend is in full swing and…
SHARE THIS STORY
Stock Investing has become increasingly popular over the last few years. The self-directed investing trend is in full swing and retail investors are looking for smarter and better ways of looking at the markets to identify winning stocks. A plethora of web services and chats now exist solely to service this market. Many of these services process the same limited types of data, such as market prices and tape, fundamental data, filings or even news sentiments.
Navigating Investment Services
How can investors navigate this crowded landscape of services? It all depends on what the investor is looking for. Broadly, there are three levels of investing behaviour and tools:
Level 1: The Stock Tip.
This investor just wants a stock tip – simply what to buy and when to sell without trying to understand the why. He may “ask the audience” and use a Telegram chat or Discord chat service for that, “phone a friend” who just takes a “50/50” guess. The platforms providing these services are usually unsophisticated operations often with one or two individuals animating a series of chats. Speculation, misinformation and meme stock “pump and dump” schemes are frequent.
Outcome: This looks great on the surface as the user gets an immediate stock tip, but what happens later is worrying. The investor will have no idea about when to sell since they did not work to understand the real reasons of why the trade has been initiated in the first place.
Level 2: Raw and Calculated Data
The investor relies on data platforms for research and to decide how to identify promising candidates. From Yahoo Finance to Investing.com, many platforms offer raw and calculated data in tables and charts. These include financial data from the company (either as reported or harmonised), analysts’ recommendation price targets or estimates, company filings (13F, Form 4, 8k …) even public databases of senatorial and congressional registered trades.
This overabundance of data can create information overload, sometimes leaving users more confused than when they started. With hundreds of fields and ratios, it takes significant financial literacy and experience to know where to look, which metric to focus on and the ones to leave out. Coupled with the information already available via a brokerage platform, often the investor is now facing a “wall” of data. Recently, new conversational AI tools that use natural language have been touted as game changers that can make sense of it all. Unfortunately these tools come with their own limitations and biases that are not always visible..
Outcome: The investor is more confused than at the beginning of the process, unless he is trained in using the right metrics for his analysis, this is a losing game. These ChatGPT-like platforms bring a false sense of intelligence as they combine news and data from various sources in a nice summarized paragraph, which is neither reliable, accurate or fool-proof.
Level 3: Derived Proprietary Data
At this level, the investor would turn to a team of financial market professionals who would generate proprietary rating or scoring for each stock helping an investor focus on the right opportunities.
These methodologies are either “proven” or “tested” representing many years of financial market expertise. This layer of human experience makes all the difference in generating valuable insights. Investor’s Business Daily has one of the best known services, providing ratings alongside a respected news bureau that has helped investors for decades.
This approach is probably one of the best for a serious investor – one that would consume this proprietary derived data and combine it with news and other market events for a comprehensive investing picture.
Level 4: LLMs
This level of investing is where not only human experience and skills are in the mix but also Large Language Models processing vast amounts of unstructured data. It is processed from news or filings for a comprehensive view of market conditions and sentiment from text based data. It also brings the most important “human insight” contained in the ranks and scoring in the service.
Stock Investing Solutions
Beyond this vertical hierarchy, there is also a horizontal challenge; that is that the breadth of data is also an issue. Many platforms provide their own niche services, such as focusing on 13F filings, a specific technical analysis, earnings estimates or option flow. As a result, investors often end up subscribing to several services to gain a comprehensive view of the market.
The solution: a flexible, comprehensive platform that delivers everything an investor may need including scoring, rankings and proprietary indicators but while integrating AI models to enhance and supercharge research efforts.
Making data meaningful is the future of investing. Human expertise can be blended with intelligent technology, while modern platforms close the intimidation gap between professional insight and everyday understanding. The world is overflowing with information and trustworthy innovation lies in simplification.
Alex Carteau is the CEO and Founder of EPSMomentum, with more than 25 years of expertise in financial market software across Asia, Europe, and the United States. He spent more than a decade at Bloomberg, advising investment managers through advanced data and market insights. Following his work on Bloomberg’s specialised equity derivatives team, he expanded his career with leadership roles at RaisePartner and TradingScreen.
At EPSMomentum, Alex applies his deep knowledge of hedge fund technology, stock-picking analytics and trading systems to create tools that simplify investing for everyday investors. Drawing on his background in financial technology, his work emphasises clarity and actionable insights. With a drive to challenge outdated approaches, he is committed to providing investors with professional-level resources and advancing the evolution of smarter investing drawing on insight gained over decades of experience.
Alan Jones, CEO and Co-Founder, of YEO Messaging, on the need for secure communications platforms with continuous identity verification
SHARE THIS STORY
When it comes to cybersecurity, the financial sector is among the most heavily regulated globally. Yet even as banks invest billions in network protection and data encryption, they continue to fall at a surprisingly low hurdle: how their own people communicate.
In the last three years, global regulators have issued fines totalling more than $2.6 billion against financial institutions. For failures in record-keeping and the misuse of consumer messaging platforms. Behind those headlines sits a deeper systemic issue: the tools most employees use every day were never designed for regulated finance environments.
Consumer messaging apps and collaboration tools excel at convenience. But this convenience and familiarity come at the cost of compliance. These platforms lack audit trails, administrative controls, and the data-sovereignty guarantees demanded by frameworks such as MiFID II, GDPR, and DORA. Messages can be stored across multiple jurisdictions, copied, forwarded, or deleted, usually beyond the institution’s knowledge or control.
For compliance officers, that creates an impossible paradox. A conversation that starts as an innocent customer query can instantly become a recordable financial interaction. If it happens outside the approved communication environment, the financial institution has already breached its obligations.
The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) have both made it clear that ignorance is no defence. Whether the messages were business-related or personal, institutions are accountable for maintaining complete, retrievable records of communications by their staff.
The Multi-Billion-Dollar Messaging Gap
The operational and reputational damage of these breaches goes far beyond fines. Investigations can cost millions in legal fees, divert resources for months, and erode customer trust overnight.
Another avenue to consider is the increased impact of cyber incidents, especially ransomware. What’s needed, especially in the first 48 hours of any attack, is an out-of-band communications channel from which management and responders can crisis-communicate with confidence and prove responses after the fact. According to IBM Security’s 2024 Cost of a Data Breach report, the financial industry now suffers the highest remediation cost per incident, averaging $6.08 million. This is primarily due to the sensitivity and volume of information exposed through unmonitored channels.
Meanwhile, legacy systems such as email and call centres offer little relief. They’re slow, fragmented, and vulnerable to both human error and social engineering. The result is a growing communications gap. Institutions are caught between regulatory risk on one side and the demand for instant, mobile-first customer interaction on the other.
From Data Protection To Identity Protection
The next phase of compliance will hinge on something more profound than encryption and identity verification. Knowing who is actually behind each message has become as important as securing the message itself. When consumer apps are used, only the device is verified, not the person. This is a critical distinction. Traditional platforms authenticate a user once, at login. After that, anyone with access to the device – whether a colleague, a contractor, or a cybercriminal – can read or forward sensitive data. It’s a blind spot that regulators increasingly view as an unacceptable risk.
By contrast, identity-verified messaging introduces a continuous layer of assurance. At YEO Messaging, we’ve developed patented Continuous Facial Recognition technology that biometrically validates the authorised user in real time. If the user steps away or an unauthorised face appears, messages blur instantly, preventing exposure even on a compromised device. Consider also, sadly, especially in London of late, the impact of device theft (80,000 iPhones were estimated to have been stolen in the last year alone and shipped to China to overcome their Internet firewall restrictions).
Combined with geofencing to restrict message access by location, screenshot blocking, and invite-only network controls, this approach ensures that compliance is enforced not just by policy, but by the technology itself.
Turning Compliance Into A Competitive Advantage
Forward-thinking financial institutions are already realising that regulatory resilience can be a differentiator. A secure, identity-verified communication channel not only prevents breaches but also builds confidence with clients and regulators alike.
Instead of chasing retrospective audit trails, banks can demonstrate proactive compliance: every interaction is automatically encrypted, archived, and attributable to a verified individual. For customers, that translates into trust, knowing that sensitive transactions and discussions are protected from interception, impersonation, and insider threat.
And for the business, it delivers tangible efficiency gains. Secure, unified messaging across teams and devices eliminates the sprawl of shadow IT while cutting operational costs associated with manual monitoring and data recovery.
The Regulator’s New Focus: Communication Integrity
The conversation within global financial oversight bodies is shifting. From London to Paris to Basel, regulators are converging on the same message: communication integrity is no longer optional. The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the UK, the European Banking Authority (EBA) in France, and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) in Switzerland are all broadening their guidance beyond data security to focus on proof of identity and control.
This emerging principle of communication integrity, the ability to verify, in real time, that every message originates from a legitimate, authorised source and remains under institutional control throughout its lifecycle, marks a significant evolution in compliance thinking. The message itself is no longer the sole concern; the continuity of trust around that message is what matters.
Identity-verified communication is rapidly becoming the benchmark for meeting this new expectation.
Bridging Security & Experience
Regulation doesn’t have to come at the expense of usability. The institutions that will thrive in this new landscape are those that integrate compliance into the user experience, not bolt it on afterwards.
Today’s banking and insurance customers, especially digital-native generations, expect to interact with their banks as easily as they do with friends on devices. The challenge for fintech leaders is to meet that expectation securely. Platforms that combine military-grade encryption with seamless biometric verification enable both.
A Closing Thought
Non-compliance is no longer a technical glitch; it’s a board-level risk with financial, reputational, and ethical dimensions. The good news is that the tools to close the messaging gap already exist.
By embedding identity verification, auditability, and privacy-by-design into every communication, financial institutions can transform compliance from a reactive burden into a proactive safeguard and in doing so, rebuild the foundation of trust upon which modern finance depends.
Alan Jones is the CEO and Co-Founder of YEO Messaging, a UK-based secure communications platform that is pioneering continuous identity verification for regulated industries.
Cathal McCarthy, Chief Strategy Officer at Kore.ai, on why now is the time for enterprises to take stock and set themselves up for a long-term, successful future in applying AI where it can make the most difference
SHARE THIS STORY
The generative AI boom has triggered a wave of enterprise experimentation. From proof-of-concepts to customer-facing AI Agents, which can be launched at pace but too often in isolation. This comes as MIT’s latest report finds that only 5% of Generative AI pilots are successful, with the majority failing due to poor integration with enterprise systems and in-house implementations without engagement with expert vendors.
As adoption grows, so does the call for accountability. Control and centralisation is more important than ever. Siloed operations and experimentation pilots have meant that there are a trail of disconnected tools, incomplete experiments and sometimes confusion within enterprises of where AI is being used and who is using it, meaning it can’t be governed effectively.
Now is the time for enterprises to take stock and set themselves up for a long-term, successful future in applying AI where it can make the most difference. The state of play today shows where clear changes are needed.
AI Islands
In a recent report from Boston Consulting Group and Kore.ai, 80% of AI leaders say they now favour platform-based strategies over scattered deployments. These platforms are not just about efficiency; they’re quickly becoming the only viable model for visibility, scalability and governance.
The consequences of fragmentation are starting to show. CIOs and CTOs are sounding the alarm on siloed AI solutions that make it harder to measure impact, manage risk, or move quickly. This is often the case when AI tools and solutions are implemented in-house and without proven expertise.
These ‘AI islands’ are hard to govern, expensive to integrate and nearly impossible to scale responsibly. More than half surveyed in the report say current AI solutions are slowing them down and nearly three-quarters highlight explainability and compliance as top concerns. Clearly, connecting these AI islands together via a common platform can offer more long-term benefits such as better governance, faster time to market, and cost consolidation.
Regulation Demands New Architecture
Where governance could have been considered a final step by some, it now has to be a design principle from the outset. Transparency, auditability, and oversight must be built into the very fabric of how AI is developed, deployed and monitored.
Take the EU AI Act for example, the world’s first broad AI law, now applying to general-purpose AI models from August 2nd, 2025. The rules aim to boost transparency, safety and accountability across the AI value chain while preserving innovation.
According to the BCG report, 74% of leaders believe new regulations will significantly influence how they roll out AI across their organisations. And for good reason. Fragmented systems don’t just introduce inefficiency, they create gaps that regulators, stakeholders and customers are not ready to accept.
For all the talk of regulation as a constraint, it’s also an opportunity. Regulations should be seen as catalysts, rather than roadblocks. Companies that ensure governance is hard-wired into their AI projects don’t just avoid risk, they create greater trust. And this means greater adoption. This is what leaders need to see, as increased adoption of AI products ensures sustainable, long-term growth.
Enterprises in industries holding sensitive and personal data like BFSI, healthcare and retail, are already adopting a platform-based approach. Not only does this ensure integration across the business but also means it future proofs compliance, meeting industry and government regulated standards today but also building in parameters for upcoming regulations.
Gaining Control
Adopting a platform model doesn’t limit creativity. And it doesn’t mean sacrificing flexibility. Instead of juggling multiple tools, you get one place to plug in what you’ve built and get the best of what’s out there. By running all of your AI capabilities under one unified platform and set of guardrails, your teams across the organisation move forward with one framework, which means, they move faster, make quicker decisions and have a clear understanding of what is – and isn’t – working.
Most importantly, a platform turns compliance into a competitive and operational advantage. You can swap models, scale pilots and grow without silos tripping you up, and bring centralised control. This momentum is crucial for scaling and growing an organisation. Platforms create the foundation to scale AI responsibly and effectively and that’s key for future-proofing AI projects and creating impact that matters.
Robert Kraal, Co-founder of Silverflow – a cloud-native payments platform designed to reduce cost and complexity while enabling innovation – examines the future for merchants and digital payments
SHARE THIS STORY
There are dozens of examples of companies, and even whole industries, that have failed because they simply weren’t aligned to what people wanted. Nobody in 1985 was desperate for Coke to taste different. In 2001 no one needed a self-balancing electric scooter. And nobody in 2021 needed to have their ownership of JPEG images recorded on the blockchain. The history of business contains many instances of ideas that seemed to emerge fully formed from the minds of their creators rather than as responses to genuine needs.
The payments industry might not make as many headlines. However, it is just as full of companies that don’t seem to address any real need on the part of merchants. Too many providers build technology in search of a market, rather than starting with a clear understanding of the challenges merchants face.
As payments evolve, that misalignment becomes more visible. Merchants today operate in an environment defined by thin margins, rising costs, and fast-changing customer expectations. Payment Service Providers (PSPs), PayFacs, acquirers, and processors that fail to adapt risk losing touch with what truly matters. Enabling merchants to grow their business efficiently, securely, and globally.
So, what do merchants really want from their payments technology – and how can the industry close the gap between expectation and delivery?
Beyond ‘Just Getting Paid‘
At first glance, payments can appear to be a simple utility. Money goes in, money goes out. Merchants want to get paid quickly and cheaply – and nothing more. But that view misses the larger strategic role payments play in business operations.
Cost certainly matters. With corporate bankruptcies at a fourteen-year high and economic uncertainty still weighing heavily, cashflow is critical. Even a small reduction in processing fees can make a difference over time. But “low cost” doesn’t automatically equal ‘good value’.
Think of it like buying cheap shoes: they may save money upfront, but if they wear out quickly, the total cost of ownership is higher. The same principle applies to payments infrastructure. The right technology can reduce friction, improve customer experience, and unlock new revenue streams. Far outweighing a slightly higher transaction fee.
For many merchants, payments are not just a back-office function but a strategic lever. The ability to expand into new markets, optimise acceptance rates, or adapt quickly to new consumer payment preferences can directly influence growth.
What Merchants Say Frustrates Them Most
Across industries, merchants face a familiar set of pain points when dealing with payments providers. These often include:
Lack of transparency and control over fees
Slow onboarding and inflexible contracts
Poor technical support and inconsistent service levels
Limited access to useful payment data and analytics
Outdated systems that make innovation difficult
In short, merchants feel constrained by legacy processes and opaque systems that fail to match the agility of their wider digital operations.
What Merchants Want Now
To move beyond seeing payments as a commodity, providers must understand the specific outcomes merchants are trying to achieve. In practice, that means focusing on five key areas:
Higher Acceptance Rates and Fewer False Declines
Every false decline represents lost revenue and potential long-term damage to customer loyalty. According to Aite-Novarica, merchants lose billions each year to legitimate transactions mistakenly flagged as fraudulent.
Often, these issues arise from outdated or overly rigid risk rules, or from poor visibility into the transaction lifecycle. Merchants need access to data and tools that help identify patterns, adjust rules dynamically, and balance security with customer experience. Smarter fraud management – not just stricter – is key to protecting revenue.
Faster Access to New Payment Methods
The payments landscape is diversifying rapidly. Account-to-account (A2A) transfers, Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL), mobile wallets, and super-apps are reshaping how consumers pay.
For merchants, staying relevant means supporting the methods their customers actually use – without long integration times or complex vendor dependencies. Providers that can onboard new payment types quickly and seamlessly give merchants a crucial competitive advantage.
Simplified Cross-Border Payments
Global expansion is a natural ambition for digital-first businesses, but cross-border payments remain a major operational headache. Local regulations, currency management, and consumer habits vary dramatically between markets.
Merchants want simplified access to local payment methods, along with dynamic currency conversion and compliance tools that minimize friction when operating internationally. A provider that can simplify this complexity – through unified access to multiple schemes and currencies – creates tangible value beyond simple processing.
Intelligent Payment Orchestration
Many large merchants now work with multiple acquirers and payment processors to optimise cost, performance, and redundancy. But without an orchestration layer to intelligently route transactions, they risk inefficiency and downtime.
Modern payment orchestration platforms can automatically send each transaction through the most cost-effective or reliable channel in real time. That capability depends on robust infrastructure – not a tangle of APIs and patches. Merchants increasingly expect their providers to offer orchestration as a native feature, not an afterthought.
Modern, Cloud-Native Infrastructure
This is where the real bottleneck lies. Many PSPs and acquirers still operate on systems designed decades ago – architectures built for a different era of commerce. They’ve been maintained with patches, middleware, and manual workarounds that make innovation slow and integration difficult.
Merchants now expect cloud-native systems that are modular, scalable, and API-driven. Platforms that deliver real-time data visibility, analytics, and adaptability – allowing merchants to build and evolve without being constrained by legacy code.
Providers that cling to old systems risk not just technical debt, but strategic irrelevance. Payments infrastructure should be an enabler of innovation, not an obstacle.
Rethinking the Infrastructure Layer
The issue isn’t that modern payment solutions don’t exist – they do. The problem is that too many are bolted onto outdated foundations. Layering new features onto old systems is like fitting a Formula 1 engine into a 1970s chassis: technically possible, but structurally unsound.
The future of payments lies in rethinking the infrastructure layer entirely. That means building platforms that are natively cloud-based, flexible by design, and ready to integrate with tomorrow’s technologies.
Modern infrastructure enables:
Faster onboarding and deployment
Greater transparency into transaction data and fees
Easier compliance with evolving regulations
Continuous innovation without system downtime
This shift isn’t just technical – it’s strategic. It’s about giving merchants the confidence that their payment systems can scale with them, wherever their business goes next.
A New Standard for Payments
The payments industry has reached an inflection point. Merchants no longer see payments as a commodity or cost centre – they see them as a growth driver. Providers that continue to build products in isolation from merchant needs will fall behind.
Success will come to those who build with a merchant-first mindset: reducing barriers, improving performance, and enabling future growth.
The question for every PSP, PayFac, and acquirer is no longer “What features can we add?” but “Are we ready to deliver what merchants actually need?”
About Silverflow
Silverflow is a new kind of payment processing platform designed for today’s payment needs and fit for the future. A cloud-native solution with a single API to the card networks. One platform with one connection. Reducing cost and complexity, easy to use, data-rich, Silverflow frees you to innovate. Find out more at silverflow.com
Co-founder Robert Kraal is one of the few people in the world with over 20 years of experience in online payments.
After completing his degree in Geophysics, he started his career at Bibit, the first global Payment Service Provider (PSP) which was acquired by RBS/Worldpay. At RBS/Worldpay he went on to lead account management, before moving on to Google Netherlands. He joined Adyen in 2010 in the role of COO, where he was responsible for building and running the global acquiring and processing service.
As the Business Development lead at Silverflow, Robert is responsible for maintaining relationships with the card schemes, acquirers, PSPs and regulators.
This month’s cover story focuses on the digital transformation journey continuing at the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA). In conversation with Fátima Terry, USDA’s former Digital Service Deputy Director, we revisit the sterling work being carried out and find out how technology is being humanised to deliver value to the American people this organisation serves.
“One of the things we did was partner with multiple USDA teams that focused on customer experience and digital service delivery for their programs,” she explains. “We also partnered with other federal-wide agencies and departments to move forward and evaluate the progress of digital transformation by cross-pollinating success models to everyone connected.”
Ayoba: A Super-App for Africa
Ayoba, part of the MTN telco group, is a super-app platform built in Africa, for Africa. Esat Belhan, Chief Technology & Product Officer, reveals how it is bringing more people to digital so they can be tech-savvy and educated on digital capabilities…
“In order to do that, one thing you could do is give away free data, but that data could be easily wasted on another data-heavy app, like TikTok, in just a couple of hours. So, the real solution is that the valuable and insightful content Ayoba provides should be provided for free, and that we provide instant messaging and short video content, to keep people using our platform for their communication and entertainment needs.”
Kraft Kennedy: Supporting MSPs with People and Processes
Nett Lynch, CISO at Kraft Kennedy, explains how the company’s new division, Legion, solves cyber pain-points for MSPs with a collaborative, business-centred approach.
“A lot of MSPs struggle with client strategy, they’re talking tech instead of business. We’re nerds – we love the tech, we love the features. But we need to admit clients aren’t focused on those things. They don’t necessarily care how or why it works. They just want it to work and align to their business goals.”
And read on to hear from FICO’s CIO on using AI to transform technical operations; learn from KnowBe4 how AI Agents will be a game changer for tackling cybercrime; and discover how data centres are meeting the demands of the AI boom with Vertiv.
Interface hears from Emergn CTO Fredrik Hagstroem on approaches to AI best practice that can drive positive business transformations
SHARE THIS STORY
What does it actually mean for an organisation to be AI-ready, beyond having the right tools and data
“Being AI-ready is fundamentally about openness to learning and the ability to react quickly. While having the right tools and well-managed data is essential, true readiness is defined by an organisation’s capacity to operate, monitor, and measure the effectiveness of AI solutions.
We often see organisations invest heavily in implementation and tooling, only to realise that no one is prepared to take responsibility for running, monitoring, and improving AI systems.
AI-savvy organisations design solutions differently depending on the type of work, operational versus knowledge work, and, for knowledge work, focus on measuring effectiveness rather than just productivity.”
Where do most companies go wrong when trying to embed AI into their operations?
“Many companies treat AI solutions like traditional IT projects, using user acceptance as a checkpoint between development and handover to IT operations. This approach often fails before it even begins.
AI performs tasks that typically require human intelligence, perception, reasoning, and decision-making. While AI can execute these tasks with far greater precision and consistency than humans, someone within the organisation remains ultimately accountable for the results.
The most common misstep is underestimating the need to provide users with the right level of oversight and control so they can accept accountability for AI-driven decisions.
For example, explaining how AI decisions are made and demonstrating that they are ethical and fair depends not only on transparency and traceability but also on maintaining control and proper training data records.”
How can leaders prevent transformation fatigue during AI-driven change initiatives?
“Change is inevitable, so responding to it is part of effective leadership. AI will transform how businesses operate, but transformation fatigue arises when people feel constantly subject to change rather than in control of it.
Deliberate planning and thoughtful communication help, but the most effective approach is to empower people to feel more in control. This often involves organising teams around value streams that cut across business, technology, and operations.
Leaders can ensure teams have the skills and information necessary to take ownership of outcomes and make adjustments based on real results. This is especially important with AI solutions, which should be structured to provide continuous feedback, allowing teams to monitor performance, improve models, and refine processes based on learning.”
What kind of mindset and cultural shift is required for AI to deliver long-term value?
“Delivering long-term value from AI requires a shift from control to collaboration, and from predictability to adaptability. Organisations focused on individual targets and siloed accountability often struggle to realise AI’s full potential.
Value emerges when teams adopt a collective mindset, defining success by shared outcomes, whether customer experience, business impact, or strategic growth. Individual productivity only matters when it benefits the whole system.
Another critical shift is embracing uncertainty. Traditional corporate cultures often reward certainty and fixed plans. Cultures that support experimentation, feedback loops, and incremental change are more likely to see lasting benefits from AI.
This cultural evolution isn’t just about tools; it’s about how work is structured, how teams interact, and how decisions are made. Empowering teams to act fast, learn fast, and improve fast is central to sustaining AI-driven value.”
How can organisations balance AI experimentation with maintaining trust, transparency, and alignment with business goals?
“Each AI initiative should be evaluated based on the type of work and value it aims to deliver, whether efficiency, experience, or innovation. Different goals require different levels of oversight and distinct success metrics, making a portfolio approach to investment essential. Maintaining alignment with business goals means focusing on outcomes rather than outputs.
This requires systems where feedback, transparency, and learning are built in from the start, allowing initiatives to fail gracefully. Trust begins with a clear governance framework, as AI, like any transformative technology, can have unintended consequences. Transparency is not just audit trails; it’s about inviting dialogue, sharing lessons learned, and adapting as standards and regulations evolve.
Experimentation and learning go hand in hand. Delivering incremental value early builds credibility and transparency, helping teams understand what works and what doesn’t. Ultimately, AI is only valuable to the extent that it drives the business toward its strategic goals.”
How do organisations deal with some of the risks associated with AI – hallucinations, privacy issues, etc. – and how do they go about both securing essential data and overcoming employee resistance to the technology?
“Treating AI adoption as an iterative, feedback-driven process is key to managing risks. Success is less about getting everything perfect from the start and more about structuring work to minimise unintended consequences and adapt quickly.
“Hallucinations” is a misleading term. Today’s AI doesn’t imagine things; it follows programmed rules based on probabilities and patterns. Like any software, AI carries risks of errors or mismanaged data.
What is new is how AI uses data, to train models that imitate human decision-making. Without careful management, models can produce biased or unethical outcomes. Technology does not remove employee accountability. Recognising this allows organisations to design AI solutions with lower risk.
Designing solutions with humans in the loop is critical. It promotes transparency and explainability and is the most effective way to overcome resistance while maintaining control over outcomes.”
Ralph Hogaboom is a seasoned cybersecurity leader, a CISO with a deep commitment to public service and a human-centred approach to information security. Our cover star talks about creating a people-led cybersecurity function for the Washington State Department of Natural Resources (DNR) defined by long-term thinking, commitment to the vision and keeping empathy at the forefront.
“Now we’re the team that helps people get to ‘yes’,” says Hogaboom. The core of it, he explains, is an approach to cybersecurity focused on people, their needs and outcomes, rather than a systems or technology-centric approach.”
IAG Firemark Ventures: Transforming Insurance
We check in again with Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, on how the company is bringing powerful investments to life to transform how insurance is delivered.
“We realised that if we were going to bring the best of the outside world in, we needed to be a truly global CVC.”
Delta Dental: Cybersecurity as a Business Enabler
Alex Green, CISO at Delta Dental Plans Association, talks cyber risk, resilience, and practicing servant leadership in a uniquely challenging cybersecurity environment.
“Cybersecurity isn’t about locking everything down; It’s about managing risk in a way that allows the business to operate, adapt, and grow.”
Chief Information Officer, Jan Bouwer, explores the work Alexforbes has undertaken to modernise and expand its financial services for its 1.2 million members and retail customers alike. “Alexforbes can now engage its 1.2 million members more directly, offering a wider range of services.”
University of Tasmania: A Technology Transformation for the People
We spoke to four members of the University of Tasmania‘s, research, and student services team to dig into the incredible work the university is doing to support researchers and students, and what such a complex operation entails.
“We recognise that not all potential students get the support they need to go to university,” says CIO Kathleen Mackay. “But we want to be able to provide that support.”
Osama Bari, Chief Technology Officer at D24 Fintech on the need for cybersecurity advancement to support the rise of crypto adoption
SHARE THIS STORY
Cryptocurrency adoption has accelerated dramatically, rising in popularity in recent years. Yet the sector remains a prime target for cyberattacks. As digital assets grow in value and popularity, the stakes for both exchanges and users have never been higher. High-profile incidents, such as the CoinDCX breach in July, which saw hackers steal $44 million without touching user wallets, Phemex losing $69 million in a crypto heist, and WazirX losing $230 million, demonstrate the sophisticated tactics cybercriminals now employ.
Similarly, the Bybit hack exposed vulnerabilities in multi-signature authorisation and user interface (UI) spoofing. This highlights how even experienced professionals can be caught off guard.
These events underscore the urgent need for exchanges and financial institutions to prioritise security. They must implement robust protocols, and adopt comprehensive risk-management strategies. There are several core areas where crypto platforms can significantly reduce the risk of security breaches.
Strengthening Cybersecurity Protocols
It is vital for exchanges to implement multi-party approval systems for all transactions. By using threshold-based authorisation, combined with real-time monitoring of deposits and withdrawals, platforms can identify unusual activity and flag it for manual verification. Each withdrawal should undergo a transaction audit score assessment before processing. Such measures are critical for preventing attacks that exploit UI vulnerabilities or other operational oversights. This ensures that no single point of failure can compromise user assets.
Another essential safeguard is two-factor authentication (2FA). While a long-established security measure, its importance in protecting accounts and verifying users cannot be overstated. By requiring a second form of identification, exchanges can ensure only authorised personnel access accounts and manage balances. In practice, this simple but effective layer of protection increases the difficulty for hackers. It demonstrates an exchange’s commitment to protecting its customers’ funds. All financial providers should offer 2FA as a baseline security measure.
Custodians also play a vital role in mitigating risks. For many exchanges, especially those handling large volumes of assets, partnering with a trusted custodian provides additional security and oversight. Custodians safeguard digital assets on behalf of clients, reducing exposure to theft, loss, or mismanagement. In the aftermath of this year’s prominent hacks, the value of external support becomes clear. Custodians enable exchanges to focus on customer experience and platform innovation while ensuring that user funds remain secure.
A further innovation gaining traction is liveness verification, which confirms user identity through biometric measures such as facial recognition or fingerprints. With roughly 40% of banks having implemented this measure to counter fraud – up from 26% five years ago – crypto platforms have an opportunity to follow suit. Liveness checks provide an additional barrier to attackers who might otherwise exploit compromised passwords, keys, or devices. The uniqueness of biometric identifiers ensures that users’ accounts are better protected against increasingly sophisticated fraud attempts.
Centralised cryptocurrency exchanges (CEXs) continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of attacks. Security must be embedded into operational design. The recent incidents highlight the effectiveness of CEXs’ ability to freeze or recover stolen assets quickly. By collaborating with other platforms and utilising centralised oversight, these exchanges can mitigate the impact of breaches. As crypto continues to gain mainstream traction, balancing decentralisation with strong security infrastructure is essential to maintaining investor trust and market stability.
A Holistic Approach to Crypto Security
Beyond these specific measures, exchanges must also adopt holistic cybersecurity strategies. Key steps include thorough risk assessments to identify vulnerabilities. Rigorous protection of private keys through encryption and secure storage. Robust wallet security with multi-factor authentication. And secure transaction protocols including encryption and transaction signing. Regular updates to software and firmware, coupled with continuous network monitoring using intrusion detection systems and threat intelligence feeds, further strengthen a platform’s defence.
Data encryption and access control are critical to prevent unauthorised access. Furthermore, periodic security audits and assessments ensure protocols remain effective as threats evolve. Smart contract and token security, secure coding practices, and rigorous testing must also be prioritised to safeguard DeFi applications and other blockchain-based services. Importantly, exchanges should implement backup and recovery protocols to safeguard against potential data loss. And maintain clear incident response plans to mitigate the impact of any breach.
Educating users remains an underappreciated but crucial aspect of crypto security. Platforms should guide strong password practices, phishing awareness, software updates, and overall security hygiene. Well-informed users are an integral layer of defence, reducing the likelihood of successful social engineering attacks or credential theft.
Finally, regulatory compliance is indispensable. Exchanges operating within clear legal frameworks and adhering to anti-money laundering (AML), counter-terrorism financing (CTF), and data protection regulations significantly reduce risk exposure. Partnering with reputable security vendors and maintaining open lines of communication with regulators can enhance both operational security and market credibility.
Learning from Previous Incidents
The CoinDCX incident serves as a cautionary tale. By exploiting vulnerabilities without ever accessing individual wallets, attackers demonstrated high-value, sophisticated hacks can occur even in the absence of traditional breaches. This reinforces the point that centralised oversight, real-time monitoring, and rapid response protocols are crucial in mitigating damage and protecting customer assets. Exchanges that fail to implement these measures risk not only financial loss but also erosion of trust, which is arguably a more severe long-term consequence.
As cryptocurrencies increasingly integrate into institutional portfolios and mainstream finance, robust security is no longer optional; it is fundamental. Investors, funds, and enterprise clients require assurance that digital assets are safeguarded. And that exchanges and custodians adhere to industry-leading security standards. Platforms that prioritise security will not only protect their customers but also foster broader adoption and confidence in the market.
The Path Forward
The evolution of crypto security is a continuous process. While decentralised networks inherently resist certain forms of attack due to their distributed structure, the human, operational, and software layers of the ecosystem remain vulnerable. The combination of multi-party approval systems, 2FA, custodian partnerships, biometric verification, continuous monitoring, and regulatory compliance provides a robust framework for mitigating these risks.
The message is clear: security must be embedded into the DNA of every crypto platform. Only through a proactive, multi-layered approach can the industry protect its users, maintain trust, and continue to grow sustainably. As high-profile breaches like CoinDCX, WazirX, Phemex, and Bybit demonstrate, the cost of complacency is far too great. By prioritising security today, exchanges not only defend against current threats but also lay the foundation for the future of a resilient, trustworthy crypto ecosystem.
About D24 Fintech
D24 Fintech focuses on developing innovative technological solutions for the evolving digital and fintech landscape.
By leveraging innovation and emerging technologies, D24 Fintech engineers integrated solutions designed to enhance transactional security, streamline digital payments, and improve operational efficiency. With a global perspective and a customer-first approach, D24 Fintech aims to redefine industry standards and drive innovation into fintech ecosystems.
D24 Fintech’s digital solutions include developing advanced technological platforms and management tools, and more.
ABBYY survey finds financial services industry leading on innovation, but challenges exist with deployment
SHARE THIS STORY
New research commissioned by ABBYY has revealed a staggering 91% of financial services organisations are using sophisticated Generative AI tools. However, many experienced major challenges with deployment.
While 98% of banking firms reported positive results from GenAI, many admit to needing to augment it with other technologies for better outcomes, according to the 2025 ABBYY State of Intelligent Automation Report: GenAI Confessions. 44% of financial services companies say their investment in GenAI will rise more than 20% in 2026.
Managing AI Expectations
The survey, conducted by Opinium Research, shows that training the GenAI models was harder than expected for 39% of financial services firms, 32% found it difficult to integrate into business processes and 29% found their staff did not have the necessary skills to deploy it. In addition, 26% did not have proper governance.
It meant 42% of companies had to add document AI to improve outputs, while 39% used process intelligence, and the same amount asked staff to manually check results – much higher than the global average of 25%, suggesting too much manual intervention.
Adding other technologies led to 59% of respondents having increased trust in GenAI, 55% seeing better quality outputs, and just over half (51%) benefiting from more cost savings and better integration into their workflows.
“It seems that financial services leaders spent money on GenAI tools that promised more than they can provide. In some cases, they didn’t even need it. Before moving forward with GenAI tools for agentic automation, companies need to first evaluate their current processes and create a visibility map of their workflow with data analytics tools such as process intelligence. When training models prove more difficult than expected, pre-trained, purpose-built AI turns out to be the right solution.”
Maxime Vermeir, Senior Director of AI, ABBYY
Generative AI Creating a Buzz
While the top reason for introducing GenAI was to increase efficiency and customer service (67%), banking industry bosses are the most concerned about employee wellbeing. Over a third of respondents (35%) hoped the technology would reduce employee burnout and a quarter (25%) cited improving job satisfaction as a key goal – much higher than other industries such as transport and logistics (11%) and manufacturing (15%).
However, the survey also revealed that four-in-ten (40%) of financial services leaders admit that a driving factor for introducing GenAI was that employees were already using it on a Bring Your Own Software (BYOS) basis for personal productivity – which could impact security concerns over Shadow AI. Over half (51%) say employees wanted the technology to “make them look smarter and more professional,” while 67% said it reduces workload and increases productivity.
Generally, staff are optimistic about GenAI, with 88% of leaders saying workers enjoy positive results.
“GenAI is creating remarkable opportunities to reimagine how work gets done, which is rightfully generating a great deal of excitement. However, shadow AI, when individuals use commonly available tools like ChatGPT, Grok, or Perplexity without oversight at work, potentially raises serious data privacy and compliance concerns. The corporate benefits of GenAI’s potential are truly unlocked when leaders drive secure, strategic adoption with risk management as a priority.”
Ulf Persson, CEO, ABBYY
Key Findings from ABBYY
Other key findings from the report include:
65% of financial services organizations are using purpose-built AI – compared to 59% of companies globally
62% use agentic compared to 53% on average by other industries
Top uses for GenAI in banking: data analysis (59%), employee productivity (56%), automating business documents (56%), customer-facing apps like chatbots (55%)
Departments using GenAI: Finance for fraud detection and cash flow predictions (57%), sales and marketing (56%) compliance and legal (45%)
Wishlist of improvements for GenAI include being free of human bias and using less resources
Opinium research of 1,200 senior managers or above in companies of 100+ employees in the US, UK, France, Germany, Australia and Singapore with 110 financial services leaders questioned. Research undertaken between 20th of June and 8th of July 2025.
About ABBYY
ABBYY helps organizations optimize processes, accelerate decisions, and drive better outcomes with Process AI and Document AI. More than 10,000 enterprises, including many Fortune 500 companies, rely on ABBYY’s 35 years of innovation to turn business data into actionable insights that improve the way we work and live. Headquartered in Austin, Texas, and offices in 13 countries, ABBYY leads the way for smarter agentic automation. For more information, visit www.abbyy.com
Exiger has been awarded a huge contract to help modernise the detection of transshipment for the US government
SHARE THIS STORY
Exiger, the market-leading supply chain AI company, announced today that it has been awarded an exclusive, multi-million dollar contract by US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to modernise the detection of illicit transshipment across global supply chains. Designed to evade tariffs, trade restrictions and sanctions, illicit transshipment is the practice of manipulating supply chains to disguise a product’s true country of origin. Exiger’s Trade AI will be adopted and deployed across CBP, serving as an additional tool for the US government’s transshipment detection capability.
Transshipment identification and enforcement are critical priorities for the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and CBP. Convergent Solutions, Inc., DBA Exiger Government Solutions, will equip CBP enforcement offices and personnel across the US with access to Exiger’s AI platform and data to identify illicit transshipment at-scale and in real-time.
“Billions of dollars worth of global trade move through illegal transshipment channels that seek to bypass US restrictions,” said Exiger CEO Brandon Daniels. “A core CBP mission is to enforce US trade and forced labor laws, thereby helping ensure that American manufacturers and workers are competing on a level playing field. Exiger is proud to support this mission, bringing to bear the world’s largest proprietary supply chain database and the market’s most sophisticated AI.”
Exiger’s AI will be an additional resource available to CBP personnel to:
Detect illegal transshipment across global supply chains
Monitor and enforce tariff and trade regulations
Leverage Exiger’s proprietary AI models and trade intelligence data to enrich data in CBP systems and enhance decision making
Deploy AI-enabled validations of tariff classification, value and country of origin
Create automated bills of material for products and sub-components
Map the flow of raw materials and sub-components through global supply chains
Risk-score shipments in-real time
Collect tariff revenues earlier
Trace global supply chains to enhance import visibility and risk segmentation
Exiger’s proven AI solutions have been deployed across 60+ US Government agencies, including the Department of War, Department of State, Department of Energy, DHS, the intelligence community, and armed forces.
Exiger’s technology continues to earn top recognition. In April, Exiger was named an awardee on the Government Services Administration’s Supply Chain Risk Illumination Professional Tools and Services (SCRIPTS) Blanket Purchase Agreement, and was the highest-ranked unrestricted vendor awardee of the 10-year, $919 million contract. This year, Exiger was named a Leader in the 2025 Gartner® Magic Quadrant™ for Supplier Risk Management Solutions, a Best-of-Breed Solution and three-time Value Leader in Spend Matters’ SolutionMap, and a Leader in Omdia’s Market Radar: Firmware and Software Supply Chain Security. Exiger also won a 2025 STEVIE® Award for AI Company of the Year.
ClearBank research finds half of large firms say embedded finance will drive new revenue, but concerns over outdated systems, implementation challenges, integration and customer trust loom
SHARE THIS STORY
New research from ClearBank reveals that large UK businesses now view embedded financial services as a strategic boardroom decision and business growth driver.
It found that despite growing enthusiasm for embedded finance’s potential to deliver these services, many companies are still held back by fears of regulatory requirements, technical complexity, and ongoing concerns around finding the right partner to deliver at scale.
A Boardroom Priority: Nearly Half of Corporates see Embedded Finance as a Revenue Driver
Implementing embedded finance has rapidly moved from a niche innovation to a strategic boardroom decision. Survey results found that 38% of C-suite leaders cite embedded finance as important for their company’s growth, reflecting the shift in mindset from viewing it as a back-office payments tool to a driver of competitive advantage.
Crucially, nearly half (48%) of corporates surveyed see embedded finance as a way to improve payments and launch new revenue-generating services. These services range from offering own brand accounts to saving tools and lending services. For many, the potential increase in revenue is compelling, with more than a quarter (28%) of the view that embedded finance could help drive double-digit revenue growth for their business. 67% believed growth would be at least 5% and just over a third (39%) suggest between 5-10% of revenue growth.
“Embedded banking allows businesses to integrate payments, lending and account services directly into their customer propositions. For corporates, this is a real opportunity to create stronger relationships with customers while also building new and potentially significant revenue streams for the business. We believe we’re on the cusp of the embedded economy.
“For any business looking to remain competitive in the digital age, these services can no longer be seen as ‘add-ons’. They are becoming essential infrastructure to deepen customer loyalty and open new revenue streams.
“We see this shift first-hand through the financial services clients already embedding our infrastructure. That experience gives us a clear view of how the same approach can be applied to corporates more widely and why embedded finance is such a significant opportunity across industries.”
Emma Hagan, ClearBank UK CEO
Cross-Sector Growth: Companies Across Consumer Products & Services, Retail and Healthcare Have Biggest Appetite for Embedding Financial Services
Although embedded finance has often been associated with the retail sector, interest is broadening across other sectors. Research found that appetite was highest in consumer products and services (23%), retail (20%) and healthcare (18%), with the likes of the payroll and travel industries increasingly seeing the potential to integrate financial services into their customer journeys.
Of those companies surveyed that said they are actively considering offering embedded financial services within their own platforms, payment services were most considered (16%), followed by insurance (13%) and lending (13%). This signals a structural change in non-financial companies as they look to add layers of value and deepen engagement and loyalty with customers.
Untapped Potential: Only 19% Have launched Embedded Finance Services – Challenges Slowing progress
While appetite for embedded finance is growing rapidly, adoption is still maturing. Three-quarters (75%) said they would offer embedded finance today if it were easy to implement. This gap between ambition and reality underlines the perception that embedded finance is still typically difficult to employ and highlights the need for a new type of partner to tackle practical obstacles before broader uptake can occur.
When asked about the challenges corporates faced, some firms pointed to the technicalities of setting up such an offering in terms of integration challenges (61%), regulatory compliance (49%) and lack of technical expertise (44%)
Beyond the technical barriers, businesses also flagged reputational and regulatory risks such as greater regulatory scrutiny (57%), a loss of customer trust (52%) with reputational damage if the service fails (65%).
Taken together, these figures highlight that while embedded finance is seen as a major growth opportunity, corporates remain cautious. Success will depend not only on demonstrating the revenue potential but also on reducing risks during implementation through providing trusted infrastructure, regulatory clarity, and a smooth integration path that allows businesses to move from intent to action with confidence.
The Benefits & Motivations: Convenience & Customer Loyalty
For many corporates, embedded finance is first and foremost about strengthening customer relationships. Over half of firms 63% highlighted the opportunity to deliver a more seamless and convenient experience, positioning embedded finance as a customer service differentiator as much as a commercial driver. A further (57%) saw offering embedded services as a way of improving customer loyalty through creating more frequent and valuable touch points.
“Traditional banks we have found, give you a good brand halo and risk expertise but the cycles are killing us. They are slow, the integrations are not really bespoke and the slower cycle of development and keeping up to track with regulation has been the problem consistently.” (spokesperson from consumer industries)
About the Report
Ronin conducted interviews with 30 Senior Business Leaders at UK-based organisations across technology, healthcare, consumer, retail, travel, energy, and utilities sectors, along with surveying 200 Senior Business Leaders on the evolving nature of payment strategies, with a particular focus on the role of embedded finance in enabling new services and revenue streams. The interviews took place over August and September 2025.
Gerry Goodwin, VP Insurance, Western Europe at FintechOS on how InsurTech competition is forcing incumbents to modernise outdated systems
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital-first upstarts that have built their operations around modern technology stacks from day one are placing competitive pressure on the traditional insurance industry. Lemonade and Root Insurance have demonstrated that seamless, instant experiences are possible for insurance, from quote to claim. In the UK market, Marshmallow has similarly disrupted traditional motor insurance by leveraging AI and modern data analytics. They appeal to underserved communities with personalised pricing and streamlined digital experiences. These modern insurers operate with dramatically lower cost bases and faster product development cycles than traditional carriers.
This disruption is an urgent imperative for modernisation among traditional insurers. Legacy players are caught between rising customer expectations for slick digital experiences driven by other financial verticals and the limitations of decades-old infrastructure. The result is a widening capability gap that threatens market share, profitability and ultimately survival. Most industry discussions focus on modernisation as a defensive response to competition. However, an equally compelling but less discussed strategic dimension is preparation for M&A opportunities.
Modernising Insurance is a Must
Mergers and acquisitions in insurance are notoriously complex. Integrating product portfolios, claims histories and policyholder data across multiple lines and regulatory environments can be fraught with risk. The technical reality of merging legacy platforms often determines whether acquisitions deliver their promised value. Or become costly technical quagmires that stall innovation for years.
The potential challenges become even more pronounced when considering major legacy players. The rumoured clash of technical complexities between Aviva and Direct Line Group, both legacy giants with significant technical debt, exemplifies this. Merging outdated systems can create integration nightmares. These can compound existing inefficiencies. Such combinations risk creating even more complex, fragmented technology estates that become increasingly difficult to modernise.
Davies Group recently secured £275 million for M&A and generative AI investment. This demonstrated that consolidation and digital transformation should be pursued in parallel. Consolidation is accelerating across the insurance industry. Carriers are discovering that reliance on outdated technology stacks doesn’t just hamper competitiveness; it makes them toxic acquisition targets or ill-equipped acquirers. According to ACORD’s 2025 Insurance Digital Maturity Study, only 25% of top insurers have truly digitalised their value chain. Furthermore, over half still exploring how to apply digitalisation to their business models.
Legacy Systems Limit M&A
Most insurers’ IT environments are dominated by legacy systems that consume the majority of their resources. PwC estimates that 70% of an insurer’s annual IT budget is spent on maintaining these legacy systems. This leaves little room for innovation or strategic initiatives. While legacy infrastructure may appear inexpensive on paper, acquirers often discover upgrading or replacing core business systems post-merger requires substantial investment. This can erode the ultimate value of the deal or even derail transactions.
A 2025 industry survey found 46.4% of insurers cite inflexibility to adapt to market changes as the most significant limitation of their current core systems. This is closely followed by integration challenges with new technologies (45.5%) and high maintenance costs (44.5%). These challenges are not just technical; they directly impact M&A outcomes. Data consolidation becomes exponentially complex when bridging inflexible legacy systems with modern platforms. Even when dealing with standard data structures, product definitions and customer identifiers.
Modern Technology Accelerates Deal Flow
Insurers are increasingly viewing technology through an M&A lens. The critical question has shifted from “Is this system good enough to run the business?” to “Would a buyer be able to integrate this system with minimal friction?”. Modernisation is now a core rationale for many, with forward-thinking insurers proactively upgrading systems to reduce complexity and improve interoperability.
This approach works. The latest tranche of modernisation, including the robust integration of AI capabilities, can reduce annual expenses by as much as $480 billion in property and casualty insurance and $300 billion in life insurance globally. Internally, modernisation improves operations and accelerates innovation. Externally, it signals digital maturity and business agility, qualities that enhance an insurer’s appeal and can increase its valuation in competitive acquisition scenarios.
Private equity firms are particularly attuned to the importance of digital maturity. In 2025, 82% of PE-backed insurance consolidators reported focusing on enhanced technology and insurtech capabilities post-acquisition, aiming to avoid the time and cost of transformation while rapidly building market share. For example, Munich Re’s $2.6 billion acquisition of Next Insurance was driven by a strategy to acquire digital capabilities, not just market share.
Meanwhile, strategic acquirers, such as Gallagher’s $1.2 billion purchase of Woodruff Sawyer, reflect a focus on operational gains and scale. Both PE and traditional insurers agree 52% of buyers expect significantly more emphasis on technology due diligence over the next two years. This underscores the centrality of digital readiness in dealmaking.
Cross-Business Value Creation
Modernising legacy systems to become acquisition-ready also opens the doors to a broader pool of potential acquirers. An insurer with digital infrastructure can attract interest not only from traditional players but also from reinsurers and private capital seeking to build scalable platforms in niche segments like embedded insurance or SME cover. A well-executed modernisation programme empowers insurers to court acquisition interest or pursue joint ventures, partnerships, or IPOs from a position of strength.
Modernisation has progressed from a back-office IT concern to a strategic enabler of business growth and M&A success. The lower the barriers to an insurer being absorbed into a larger platform, the more attractive it becomes as a target. As the insurance sector’s digital transformation accelerates, those who modernise today will be in pole position for tomorrow’s deals.
New DeepL research finds AI is now used for over a third (37%) of customer interactions across UK financial services, with multilingual communication as the leading application. However, nearly two-thirds (65%) of UK financial services professionals admit employees are already using unapproved AI tools to communicate with customers
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial intelligence is rapidly becoming essential to how UK banks and fintechs retain customers in international markets, according to new research from DeepL, a global AI product and research company. A new survey of 1,500 financial services professionals in Europe, including 500 across the UK reveals that AI is now embedded in customer communications – from faster support to real-time multilingual translation – with over a third (37%) client interactions already AI-powered. With nearly half of all client work now cross-border, firms are using AI to deliver consistent, trusted experiences at speed and scale. But the research also highlights growing risks from “shadow AI,” as employees turn to unapproved tools that could undermine customer trust and regulatory compliance.
AI’s Developing Role in Financial Services Customer Comms
AI is now responsible for a significant share of customer interactions in UK financial services companies. On average, 37% of all client communications already involve AI tools, a figure that is projected to rise to 46% within 12 months and 50% within three years.
The most common uses for AI in UK customer communications include:
AI powered translation (used by 52% of respondents)
Virtual assistants or chatbots for banking queries with customers (51%)
AI for fraud alerts and transaction monitoring (50%)
Automated responses for credit card or account support (48%)
Wealth management or investment advice (48%)
Translation is the most popular use case, reflecting the pressures financial services firms face in serving increasingly international customer bases, overcoming persistent language barriers, and addressing challenges in hiring multilingual staff.
How AI is Changing the Face of Cross-Border Comms
Over a third (39%) of all customer work in UK financial services companies is now cross-border. Yet firms are struggling to keep pace with the communication demands that come with international business: 85% percent of professionals report that language gaps have slowed down customer activity for non-English speakers, and 84% say it is difficult to hire staff who can communicate effectively across multiple languages and regions.
Against this backdrop, AI is emerging as a powerful tool to improve customer communication. Seven in ten UK finance professionals say AI improves the speed and availability of customer support, while the same proportion believe it helps maintain consistent communication quality across languages. Over seven in ten also report that customers are more satisfied when service is available in their preferred language. These findings highlight how AI is not only helping firms manage the complexity of cross-border work but also strengthening customer trust and loyalty in highly competitive markets.
Shadow AI Risks the Reputation of Financial Services Firms
Alongside rapid adoption of AI in customer facing areas comes increased risk. The research highlights mounting concerns around “shadow AI,” where employees turn to unapproved AI tools to save time but without oversight or safeguards.
Nearly two-thirds (65%) of UK financial services professionals admit employees are already using unapproved AI tools to communicate with customers. This poses serious cybersecurity and compliance concerns, as sensitive data may be exposed without the right safeguards. Shadow AI often arises when teams do not have access to the specialist tools they need — for example, using general-purpose AI tools when secure, purpose-built translation solutions are required. To address this, firms must ensure IT and customer-facing teams work together to choose the right solutions.
“In financial services, where every interaction is highly regulated and reputational risk is acute, staff will inevitably look for workarounds if the tools provided don’t meet their needs,” said David Parry-Jones, Chief Revenue Officer at DeepL. “The real risk is not employees experimenting with AI, but companies failing to give them secure, fit-for-purpose solutions. By building a collaborative approach between IT and frontline teams, organisations can avoid shadow AI, protect against cybersecurity threats, and still realise the full benefits of trusted AI.”
About DeepL
DeepL is a global AI product and research company focused on building secure, intelligent solutions to complex business problems. Over 200,000 customers and millions of individuals across 228 global markets today trust DeepL’s Language AI platform for human-like translation, improved writing and real-time voice translation. Building on a history of innovation, quality and security, DeepL continues to expand its offerings beyond the field of Language, including the soon to be released DeepL Agent – an autonomous AI assistant designed to transform the way businesses and knowledge workers get work done. Founded in 2017 by CEO Jaroslaw “Jarek” Kutylowski, DeepL now has over 1,000 passionate employees and is supported by world-renowned investors including Benchmark, IVP, and Index Ventures. For more information on DeepL, visit www.deepl.com.
Methodology
As a part of DeepL’s ongoing effort to analyze industry-specific and regional trends in AI adoption, Censuswide conducted a survey in June 2025 on behalf of DeepL. The research targeted 1501 professionals in financial services, split evenly across commercial banking, retail banking, fintech, and payments. The participants were located in France, Germany, the UK and Ireland, and answered nine multiple-choice questions. The questions gathered insights on how financial services teams use AI in customer service—from multilingual communication and onboarding to fraud alerts, virtual assistants, and the impact on speed, quality, and trust.
Elina Rayberg, Principal at Valar Ventures, on the changing face of payments across the FinTech ecosystem
SHARE THIS STORY
Wise’s exploration of a UK banking license is more than a single company milestone; it’s reflective of a significant, wider industry trend. Fintechs are no longer content to operate on the periphery of payments; they are stepping out of the shadows to compete directly with traditional banks. The implications for the payments ecosystem are profound.
Expanding Beyond the Payments Value Chain
For many years now, fintechs have added various components to the payments value chain. From BNPL, cross-border transfers, embedded payments and beyond, building financial infrastructure that allows businesses to integrate simpler, varied payment options for consumers has been a lucrative and innovative industry, one that’s attracted swathes of investment.
Until very recently, these fintech players haven’t felt a need to expand into more consumer-facing, traditional banking settings, and particularly not the need to tackle the various compliance and capital requirements needed to become a bank. This is changing.
Wise’s Strategic Move
Wise is a payments giant. It already operates at a global scale, with over 10 million customers and billions in transfers each quarter. By seeking a banking license, Wise is demonstrating an ambition to move beyond payment infrastructure and offer regulated financial products such as savings and credit. This would open new revenue streams while strengthening its position as a consumer brand, not just a payments rail.
A Broader Competitive Landscape
Wise is part of a wider movement. Revolut has been pursuing banking licenses in both the UK and US. Block (formerly Square) holds a banking charter, whilst both Stripe and Apple have partnerships with Goldman Sachs to offer banking products and services. Together, these moves illustrate a convergence: fintechs expanding into regulated banking, while incumbent banks adopt fintech-driven product strategies to protect market share.
The Full-Stack Future
The movement of both fintechs into the banking space and banks integrating fintech product strategies is reshaping the payments ecosystem in real time. Broad advances in technology since the inception of banking and financial services mean that it is entirely possible for one platform to operate as a full-stack digital bank proposition.
Traditional banks, challengers, and neobanks are all racing to execute on this opportunity, though with varying degrees of success, often constrained by regulation and the complexity of scaling financial infrastructure.
Regulatory Implications
As fintechs edge deeper into banking, regulators face the challenge of adapting rules to a landscape where the line between payment providers and banks blurs. This presents both opportunity and risk. Companies that can scale responsibly within regulatory frameworks may unlock significant advantage; those that outpace their compliance capabilities risk severe consequences.
Looking Ahead
Fintechs have historically been content to capture slices of the payments market. Today, signals suggest they are preparing to compete head-on with traditional banks. Non-bank firms that successfully leverage technology, regulatory approval, and customer reach stand to evolve into diversified, full-stack financial institutions, reshaping the future of payments in the process.
New research from bluQube shows that, despite years of digital investment, many finance teams are still stuck in manual mode, with 40% of businesses managing up to half their financial data by hand
SHARE THIS STORY
Despite years of investment in digital transformation, finance functions remain heavily reliant on manual processes that slow down decision-making and increase risk, according to new research from finance and accounting software company bluQube.
The survey of 700 finance and business leaders found that 40% of businesses continue to manage up to half of their financial data manually. More striking still, more than a quarter (26%) admitted that the majority of their financial data is still being handled in this way.
Digital Transformation Delayed
The findings point to a widespread dependence on spreadsheets and manual entry, even as digital finance tools and automation have become commonplace. This reliance is creating significant bottlenecks for organisations, leaving finance professionals tied up in routine processes rather than focusing on analysis and strategy.
When asked where they lose the most time, nearly a third (31%) of finance teams said reconciling accounts between entities was their biggest monthly pain point, followed by the month-end close (26%) and audit and compliance reporting (20%). These time-intensive activities underline how far many teams remain from achieving true automation.
The research also highlights a confidence gap in financial reporting. While just over half (54%) of respondents said they are very confident their current processes would satisfy investor or audit requirements for accuracy and speed, nearly half (46%) expressed at least some doubt about their data’s reliability or timeliness.
The appetite for improvement is clear. A third (33%) of finance leaders said eliminating manual processes would have the biggest positive impact on their work, followed by faster consolidated reporting (26%) and improving cash flow visibility (24%).
Facing Up to the Risks of Manual Processes
The risks stretch well beyond inefficiency. Manual handling of financial data increases the likelihood of mistakes, duplication, and delays. These errors compromise the accuracy of financial reporting and reduce the confidence leaders need to make critical decisions. place in the insights they need to steer their organisations.
“Finance teams have been at the centre of digital transformation strategies for over a decade, yet our research shows many organisations remain trapped in outdated practices. Too much time is still being spent reconciling spreadsheets rather than generating insights that drive growth. Manual processes not only waste resources but also expose businesses to unnecessary risk. In a business environment defined by economic uncertainty, regulatory pressure, and heightened competition, that lack of reliability can have serious consequences. Automating financial workflows should now be seen as essential, not optional.”
Simon Kearsley, CEO of bluQube
The survey underscores the urgency for businesses to modernise their finance functions. By adopting intelligent accountancy software and embedding automation, organisations can cut down on errors, free up capacity for strategic projects and base decisions on accurate, real-time information.
Five Insurtech companies poised to lead the market in 2026 — firms that combine scale, innovation, and resilience in one of the world’s most complex financial industries
SHARE THIS STORY
As we approach 2026, the global insurance landscape continues to be reshaped byInsurTech innovators combining data, AI, and embedded finance to deliver faster, more transparent, and customer-centric insurance experiences. From underwriting automation to embedded protection and climate-risk modeling, these next-generation firms are redefining how risk is managed and distributed.
1. Shift Technology — AI-Driven Decisioning at Scale
Paris-based Shift Technology has emerged as a global leader in applying artificial intelligence to insurance decisioning — from fraud detection to claims automation. The company’s latest evolution, Shift Claims, leverages agentic AI models that can interpret complex policy data, assess claims, and detect anomalies faster than traditional systems.
Insurers using Shift’s technology are cutting processing times dramatically while improving fraud detection accuracy. With the launch of new AI-powered products designed for both underwriting and claims management, Shift is positioning itself as a core technology partner for global insurers modernising their infrastructure.
Why it matters: As AI regulation matures in Europe and beyond, Shift’s explainable AI models could set the standard for compliant automation in insurance operations.
Key challenge: Scaling these intelligent systems across legacy insurer environments — where data silos and outdated IT stacks remain the norm.
🌍 2. bolttech — Building the Embedded Insurance Ecosystem
bolttech, headquartered in Singapore, is one of the fastest-growing insurtech firms in the world. It operates as a technology-enabled insurance marketplace, connecting insurers, distributors, and consumers through a network that spans more than 35 markets.
Its embedded insurance solutions allow non-insurance brands — from e-commerce sites to telcos — to offer insurance products at the point of sale. This model aligns perfectly with digital commerce growth trends and customer expectations for frictionless protection.
In 2025, bolttech was named among the world’s top 100 insurtech innovators, underscoring its leadership in distribution technology.
Why it matters: Embedded finance is becoming a trillion-dollar global market opportunity, and bolttech’s API-driven platform is at the centre of it.
Key challenge: Sustaining profitability and navigating regulatory differences across dozens of jurisdictions while maintaining customer trust.
3. Parsyl — Smart Insurance for the Global Supply Chain
Denver-based Parsyl is redefining insurance for the logistics and marine sectors through IoT and data-driven risk assessment. The firm provides coverage for perishable and temperature-sensitive goods — using real-time sensor data to monitor shipments and proactively prevent losses.
As climate change and supply-chain disruptions intensify, Parsyl’s combination of data analytics and specialty insurance positions it uniquely in a high-value, under-served niche. Investors, including The Lightsmith Group, see its model as a blueprint for climate-resilient insurance.
Why it matters: Parsyl bridges the gap between traditional insurance and risk prevention — giving clients visibility, not just coverage.
Key challenge: Expanding from niche segments into mainstream marine and freight insurance markets while maintaining data integrity and regulatory compliance.
4. Weecover — Insurance as a Service for Europe
Spain’s Weecover is an emerging star in the Insurance-as-a-Service (IaaS) and embedded insurance ecosystem. Its platform enables retailers, fintechs, and e-commerce businesses to easily integrate insurance offerings into their digital flows through APIs.
In early 2025, the company closed a €42 million funding round led by Swanlaab and Nauta Capital, signalling investor confidence in its scalable platform model. With its focus on simplicity, flexibility, and compliance, Weecover is fast becoming a go-to solution for European businesses looking to embed protection products into customer journeys.
Why it matters: As Europe pushes for greater digital financial inclusion, Weecover’s B2B distribution model could make insurance more accessible to millions.
Key challenge: Ensuring consistent underwriting quality across diverse markets and managing regulatory complexity as it scales across the EU.
5. Counterforce Health — AI Meets Claims Advocacy
Launched in 2025, Counterforce Health is tackling one of the most persistent pain points in U.S. healthcare: insurance claim denials. The company uses AI and data analytics to help patients and providers navigate appeals, identify errors, and challenge wrongful denials.
In an era of escalating healthcare costs, Counterforce Health’s technology-driven advocacy model blends social impact with insurtech innovation, offering a fairer and faster route to claim resolution. If successful, it could redefine how consumers interact with insurers in one of the world’s most complex insurance systems.
Why it matters: Counterforce’s AI tools could significantly reduce administrative waste and improve transparency in health insurance.
Key challenge: Winning trust from both insurers and healthcare providers while navigating strict health data regulations.
The Future of Insurtech: What Will Define 2026
As 2026 approaches, the insurtech sector will pivot from hype to sustainable, revenue-driven innovation. The next wave of leaders will stand out not just for their technology, but for their ability to:
Achieve profitability at scale — growth must now translate into viable margins.
Master regulatory complexity — especially in multi-jurisdiction and cross-border operations.
Integrate deeply with ecosystems — through APIs, partnerships, and embedded finance.
Leverage ethical, explainable AI — ensuring compliance and consumer confidence.
Deliver measurable impact — whether through climate resilience, accessibility, or healthcare fairness.
The insurance industry’s digital transformation is entering its most critical phase. The InsurTechs leading the charge — from Shift Technology and bolttech to Parsyl, Weecover, and Counterforce Health — exemplify how innovation, data, and purpose can combine to reshape an entire sector.
By 2026, these firms won’t just be “startups to watch” — they’ll be the blueprints for how the insurance industry of the future operates: smarter, fairer, and more connected than ever before.
Evident’s annual AI Index reveals the banks making the biggest moves in AI… JPMorganChase, Capital One and Royal Bank of Canada are the three leading banks in AI adoption…
SHARE THIS STORY
JPMorganChase has maintained its position as the world’s most AI-advanced bank in the Evident AI Index. The global standard benchmark for AI adoption in the financial services sector.
According to Evident, the leading banks for AI maturity have pulled away from their peers in 2025, consolidating earlier gains and – increasingly – realising ROI for their AI investments.
Evident AI Index
The annual Evident AI Index evaluates the ongoing AI performance of 50 major banks in North America, Europe, and APAC against 70+ indicators drawn from millions of public data points.
It reveals that although nearly every bank is advancing in the Evident AI Index, the top 10 banks are increasing their scores 2.3x faster year-on-year than the rest of the Index.
This year’s top three AI performers – JPMorganChase, Capital One and Royal Bank of Canada – have retained their rankings for a third successive year. JPMorganChase takes the top spot in three of Evident’s four pillars of AI capability – Innovation, Leadership and Transparency. Capital One leads on Talent, and has continued to gain ground on its rival. While the two undisputed leaders have further extended their lead, there is now little to separate the two in terms of overall AI maturity.
The top 10 is increasingly dominated by US-headquartered institutions, but RBC, UBS and HSBC continue to secure places among the global leaders as the top performers in Canada, Europe and the UK respectively.
Based on the Evident AI Index, the ten banks leading the race for AI maturity are:
BANK
2025 INDEX
2024 INDEX
2024-25Change
JPMorganChase
1
1
–
Capital One
2
2
–
Royal Bank of Canada
3
3
–
CommBank
4
5
+1
Morgan Stanley
5
10
+5
Wells Fargo
6
4
-2
UBS
7
6
-1
HSBC
8
7
-1
Goldman Sachs
9
11
+2
Bank of America
10
15
+5
“Banking is one of the most advanced and competitive industries on the planet when it comes to developing and rolling out AI at scale.While some have described recent history as ‘The Summer AI Turned Ugly’, in the banking industry a different story is playing out. We’re beginning to see clear signs that AI investment is starting to translate into tangible financial gains, both in terms of efficiency and, increasingly, via new revenue opportunities. Banks and their shareholders expect ROI to accelerate over the next few years, and those in our top 10 are in pole position to see their efforts come to fruition.“
Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-founder & CEO, Evident
By far, the most competitive segment of the Index was found among those banks ranked just outside the top 10. All five of the banks in this range – BNP Paribas (#11), Citigroup (#12), TD Bank (#13), BBVA (#14), and Lloyds Banking Group (#15) saw a >20% increase in scores year-on-year (compared to ~10% for the wider Index), highlighting the intensity of the battle to keep pace with the leading banks.
Across the regions covered in the Index, all six regional leaders are unchanged from 2024, with the gap between domestic leaders’ and laggards’ AI capabilities also growing year-on-year.
Mousavizadeh adds:
“Bifurcation in AI maturity creates a credibility gap. Banks that fail to keep pace risk losing the confidence of boards, regulators, and investors. At the same time, lagging institutions will struggle to attract and retain top-tier AI talent. This combination of stakeholder doubt and the risk of talent flight slows deployment, undermines momentum, and compounds the difficulty of turning AI investments into measurable business outcomes.”
HSBC Heads Top AI Performing UK Banks
When it comes to AI adoption, the UK is one of the most consistent regions in terms of bank performance. Four of the five UK banks rank in the top half of the Index. Three of the five UK banks advanced their position in the ranking year-over-year. And all five UK banks are tightly clustered – featuring the narrowest spread between the top-performing bank (HSBC) and bottom-performing bank (Standard Chartered) across every region.
Responsible AI continues to be an area of strength, with four of the five UK banks ranking among the top 10 in the Transparency pillar. Conversely, no UK bank places in the top 10 in the Talent pillar.
HSBC improved its standing by +1 position across both the Talent and Innovation pillars, while ceding ground in Leadership (-10 rank) and Transparency (-3 rank). Consequently, HSBC lost one position in the overall ranking, but maintained a spot among the top 10 banks.
In contrast, Lloyds Banking Group demonstrated the most forward momentum, rising from 27th to 15th in the ranking. This performance was buoyed by significant jumps in Talent (+12 rank), Leadership (+20 rank), and Transparency (+14 rank), with Lloyds one of only four Index banks to improve across all four pillars of the methodology.
Mousavizadeh comments:
“Lloyds Banking Group’s strong performance reflects a significant mindset shift at the bank, with the establishment of a centralised AI team and an increased focus on AI hires to accelerate the execution of its AI strategy. The upshot is that Lloyds is now sharing more details of its active use cases and long-term plans, translating into a much improved ranking in the Index.”
In a short space of time, Lloyds has matched HSBC in the number of recent AI use cases specifying outcomes. In March, the bank filed a patent for its Global Correlation Engine (CGE) – documenting an AI-driven approach to cybersecurity threats that results in 92% fewer false positives. And in July, the bank rolled out Athena, its first large-scale GenAI product.
Measuring Returns on AI Investment
According to Evident, twice as many banks reported a total number of active artificial intelligence use cases (jumping from 12 to 25 banks since last year), and 32 out of 50 have disclosed at least one use case with an associated financial or non-financial impact – up from 26 in 2024.
While more banks are reporting returns at the use-case level, only a small group have quantified the performance of their AI portfolios at Group level. Today, eight banks are disclosing portfolio-level ROI estimates – either realized or projected – with just three reporting both.
These frontrunners include BNP Paribas, DBS, and JPMorganChase (all of which have already revised projections upwards). JPMorganChase is at the top of the table, raising its estimates from $1 billion to “heading more towards $2 billion” in AI-driven benefits, according to President and COO Daniel Pinto.
Annabel Ayles, Co-founder & Co-CEO of Evident, comments:
“All banks – regardless of size – are increasing their AI budgets, and our data shows virtually every key metric of AI adoption increasing.We’re already seeing these investments translate into tangible examples of use cases deployment. And our discussions with banking leaders suggest they’re expecting to see material, reportable AI returns in the next 12-18 months. Our data strongly suggests that this achievement is imminent. The question is: how big will the returns be? If they exceed expectations, current AI investment levels could pale in comparison to what comes next.”
Talent, Innovation, Leadership and Transparency in AI
According to Evident, the top 10 banks in the Index all demonstrate industry-leading AI performance across at least one of the four pillars, as follows:
Talent:
Ten banks now employ almost half of all AI talent in the Index (circa 90,000 workers), with US banks dominating the leaderboard.
The AI talent pool across the top 50 banks grew 25% year-over-year, the fastest on record, nearly 5x faster than overall headcount growth.
On average, the top 10 banks by talent volume disclosed nearly 2x more use cases than the rest of the banks in the Index.
38 of the 50 banks now disclose some form of AI training to its employees (up from 32 banks last year). And 33 banks now offer distinct training for senior leadership.
Innovation:
JPMorgan retained #1 spot for Innovation through the unparalleled strength of its AI research team and continued venture investments into AI-focused companies.
Capital One overtook Royal Bank of Canada for the #2 spot, partly driven by the Discover merger, doubling its AI research team and showing steady growth in patents.
HSBC moved up to #8, the leading light amongst the European banks, who otherwise don’t feature.
Despite banks rushing to fund hyperscalers and the infrastructure that will power the AI era, general investment by banks into AI-focused and Data/Tech-focused companies is down double digits (17% from 2024) for the second year in a row.
Leadership:
Over the past year, even those organizations that have traditionally chosen to keep their progress behind closed doors, are making their AI activities more visible.
Five banks maintained their top 10 ranks in Leadership: JPMorganChase took the top spot, strengthening its external AI communications efforts considerably, and Royal Bank of Canada jumped +5 ranks to take #3 position, publishing projected financial returns from AI for the first time during its Investor Day in March.
New entrants to the top-10 included: Natwest, UBS, and Morgan Stanley – and while they did not go as far disclosing financial targets for AI value, they each provided richer updates on use cases and impact than ever before.
Transparency:
JPMorganChase retained the top position for Transparency and seven of the top 10 banks carry over from 2024.
Responsible AI activity continues unabated across the industry – over the past year, the volume of RAI-specific talent found across the 50 banks more than doubled, and nearly 300 RAI-specific research papers were published, a +60% increase year-on-year.
35 of the 50 banks engage in partnerships with academic institutions, government bodies, or private companies (up from 31 banks last year), with nearly 80% of these partnerships yielding published case studies or use cases (up from 45% last year), demonstrating the increasingly tangible outcomes of their RAI efforts.
Evident AI Index Methodology
Since launching in January 2023, the Evident AI Index has quickly become established as the leading independent source of data and insight on artificial intelligence adoption across the banking industry.
The Index combines extensive research, automated data capture from public sources, consultation across Evident’s network of AI experts, and ongoing dialogue with featured banks.
Drawing from millions of public data points spanning 70+ individual indicators, it ranks each bank across four key capability areas which collective signal AI maturity:
Talent: measures the depth, density and development of AI talent within each organisation.
Innovation: captures long-term investment in AI-related innovation, including research, patents, partnerships and engagement with the open-source ecosystem.
Leadership: assesses the role of leadership in setting and communicating the organisation’s AI agenda.
Transparency: evaluates public engagement with Responsible AI (RAI), from internal talent and frameworks to external partnerships and disclosures.
This year marks the 10th anniversary of FinTech Connect. The UK’s largest FinTech conference and exhibition, bringing together over 5,000 global attendees from across the financial services and technology landscape.
FinTech Connect
For a decade, FinTech Connect has been the launchpad for the ideas, partnerships and technologies driving the evolution of digital finance. It’s where banks meet breakthrough platforms. Where startups connect with major buyers. And where leaders across digital transformation payments, regtech, financial security and blockchain converge to shape what’s next.
In 2025, we’re scaling up. With 100+ exhibitors, seven world-class conference tracks, live demos and the return of the Start-Up LaunchPad. This year’s event will deliver more connections, more innovation and more opportunity than ever before.
Join us to celebrate a decade of FinTech excellence. And experience the future of finance, powered by cutting-edge tech, real-world insights. And the partnerships that will define the next 10 years.
“FinTech connect is a great place to learn about the latest trends, concerns and enhancements in the FinTech space. Furthermore it is a fantastic opportunity to meet with up and coming companies; or names that you are already in contact with, in one convenient location.”
Nicholas Nicolaides, Associate Director, Barclays
Tokenize: LDN at FinTech Connect
In 2025, FinTech Connect is growing in scale and ambition. For the first time, it will be co-located with Tokenize: LDN, the UK’s leading event for blockchain, web3 and real-world asset tokenisation. Creating a powerful convergence of FinTech and digital asset innovation under one roof.
At Tokenize: LDN, you’ll dive into the latest developments in decentralised finance, custody solutions, tokenised infrastructure and emerging use cases across capital markets. The co-location opens the door to unparalleled cross-industry networking. Connecting FinTech professionals, institutional players and blockchain pioneers in one dynamic space.
Tokenize: LDN is the UK’s leading showcase of the technologies, projects and investment strategies shaping the future of tokenized real-world assets (RWAs). From tokenised treasuries and real estate to on-chain credit, funds, financial infrastructure and more.
Whether you’re navigating tokenisation for the first time or scaling existing strategies, Tokenize: LDN is where serious conversations turn into real-world innovation.
Join asset managers, banks, institutional investors, regulators, custodians, blockchain developers and fintech innovators shaping the future of global capital markets.
Held in London and co-located with FinTech Connect, Tokenize: LDN is where the global conversation on liquidity, regulation, interoperability and institutional adoption comes to life.
Together, these two events offer a unique opportunity to explore the future of finance from every angle. Technological, Regulatory, Decentralised and Institutional.
Register now for free tickets for general access. Join 5,000+ industry professionals for two days of talks, exhibitors and networking.
Samsung and OpenAI Announce Strategic Partnership to Accelerate Advancements in Global AI Infrastructure
SHARE THIS STORY
Samsung will bring together technologies and innovations across advanced semiconductors, data centres, shipbuilding, cloud services and maritime technologies
OpenAI, Samsung Electronics, Samsung SDS, Samsung C&T and Samsung Heavy Industries have announced a letter of intent (LOI) for their strategic partnership to accelerate advancements in global AI data centre infrastructure and develop future technologies together in relevant fields. This expansive collaboration will bring together the collective strengths and leadership of Samsung companies across semiconductors, data centres, shipbuilding, cloud services and maritime technologies.
The signing ceremony was held at Samsung’s corporate headquarters in Seoul, Korea, attended by Young Hyun Jun, Vice Chairman & CEO of Samsung Electronics; Sung-an Choi, Vice Chairman & CEO of Samsung Heavy Industries; Sechul Oh, President & CEO of Samsung C&T; and Junehee Lee, President & CEO of Samsung SDS.
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics will work with OpenAI as a strategic memory partner to supply advanced semiconductor solutions for OpenAI’s global Stargate initiative. With OpenAI’s memory demand projected to reach up to 900,000 DRAM wafers per month, Samsung will contribute toward meeting this need with its extensive lineup of high-performance DRAM solutions.
As a comprehensive semiconductor solutions provider, Samsung’s leading technologies span across memory, logic and foundry with a diverse product portfolio that supports the full AI workflow from training to inference.
The company also brings differentiated capabilities in advanced chip packaging and heterogeneous integration between memory and system semiconductors, enabling it to provide unique solutions for OpenAI.
Samsung SDS
Samsung SDS has entered into a potential partnership with OpenAI to jointly develop AI data centre and provide enterprise AI services.
Leveraging its expertise in advanced data center technologies, Samsung SDS will collaborate with OpenAI in the design, development and operation of the Stargate AI data centers. Under the LOI, Samsung SDS can now provide consulting, deployment and management services for businesses seeking to integrate OpenAI’s AI models into their internal systems.
In addition, Samsung SDS has signed a reseller partnership for OpenAI’s services in Korea and plans to support local companies in adopting OpenAI’s ChatGPT Enterprise offerings.
Samsung C&T and Samsung Heavy Industries
Samsung C&T and Samsung Heavy Industries will collaborate with OpenAI to advance global AI data centers, with a particular focus on the joint development of floating data centers.
Floating data centers are considered to have advantages over data centers because they can address land scarcity and lower cooling costs. Still, their technical complexity has so far limited wider deployment.
Building on their proprietary technologies, Samsung C&T and Samsung Heavy Industries will also explore opportunities to pursue projects in floating power plants and control centers, in addition to floating data center infrastructure.
Starting with the landmark partnership with OpenAI, Samsung plans to fully support Korea’s goals to become one of the world’s top three nations in AI and create new opportunities in the field.
Samsung is also exploring broader adoption of ChatGPT within the companies to facilitate AI transformation in the workplace.
About OpenAI
OpenAI is an AI research and deployment company. Our mission is to ensure that artificial general intelligence benefits all of humanity.
About Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Samsung inspires the world and shapes the future with transformative ideas and technologies. The company is redefining the worlds of TVs, digital signage, smartphones, wearables, tablets, home appliances and network systems, as well as memory, system LSI and foundry. Samsung is also advancing medical imaging technologies, HVAC solutions and robotics, while creating innovative automotive and audio products through Harman. With its SmartThings ecosystem, open collaboration with partners, and integration of AI across its portfolio, Samsung delivers a seamless and intelligent connected experience.
AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has completed the roll out of its SWIFT connectivity solution for Finseta, an international payments…
SHARE THIS STORY
AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has completed the roll out of its SWIFT connectivity solution for Finseta, an international payments and alternative banking provider. This will ensure a reliable, secure way to process cross-border payments.
To support its global expansion strategy and service-led business, Finseta wanted to launch a new agency banking solution. And improve payment processing automation. It implemented AccessPay’s SWIFT connectivity solution, building a seamless integration between digital currency exchange platform FXPal and Barclays Bank. This enables transparent pricing, automated reporting and analytics, and full back-office-to-bank connectivity.
The four-way project, including Barclays and SWIFT, was implemented in just six months. An impressive achievement for a first-time SWIFT user. Finseta benefits from cost savings, improved competitive advantage and a scalable architecture.
End-to-end workflow automation: A seamless integration between FXPal and Barclays Bank using AccessPay’s SWIFT connectivity through Alliance Lite2 for Business Application service. Payment files are now automatically validated, processed and monitored in real time.
Real-time visibility and reconciliation: Provides Finseta’s customers full transparency into payment status. Along with the ability to instantly reconcile transactions against bank statements.
Seamless customer experience: With AccessPay’s SWIFT capabilities, Finseta created a smooth, efficient experience for its clients. Reducing manual errors and delays.
SWIFT Connectivity
Finseta’s experience shows the value of working with a third-party specialist in SWIFT connectivity. AccessPay’s knowledge ensures smoother implementation and faster issue resolution. Additionally, leveraging a trusted partner helps future-proof Finseta’s payment infrastructure. Making it easier to scale globally and maintain service reliability.
“Of the many SWIFT projects I’ve been involved in over the past dozen years, this has probably been one of the smoothest and fastest. With the service delivered in just six months. I attribute this to the strong four-way relationship. As well as the teams’ motivation and responsiveness, and a well-defined project strategy.”
Tom Livock, Head of Enterprise Sales, AccessPay
“AccessPay did the heavy lifting involved in implementing SWIFT connectivity. The quick route to go-live has meant that we can start realising the benefits sooner than if we built the solution in-house. I’d rather double down on what sets Finseta apart from our competitors, than trying to be an expert in SWIFT.”
Declan Jones, Chief Product Officer, Finseta.
Finseta will use AccessPay’s SWIFT connectivity solution globally for all its customers (high-net-worth individuals, large institutions and corporates).
About AccessPay
AccessPay is a leading provider of bank integration solutions, pioneering finance transformation for the Office of the CFO. AccessPay helps finance and treasury teams modernise their operations through secure, cloud-based bank connectivity. Our platform connects back-office systems to banks, enabling the automated flow and transformation of payment, bank statement and other financial data.
Thousands of businesses around the world partner with AccessPay to automate supplier and client payments. Alongside Direct Debit collections, and bank statement retrieval – improving efficiency, reducing fraud risk, and gaining real-time cash visibility.
Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Manchester, UK, AccessPay is trusted by global enterprises to automate finance and treasury operations and build a future-ready Office of the CFO.
About Finseta
Finseta is a foreign exchange and payments company offering multi-currency accounts and payment solutions to businesses and individuals. Headquartered in the City of London, Finseta combines a proprietary technology platform with a high level of personalised service. It supports clients with payments in over 165 countries in 150 currencies. With a track record of over 15 years, Finseta has the expertise, experience and expanding global partner network to be able to execute complex cross-border payments. It is fully regulated, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, by the Financial Conduct Authority as an Electronic Money Institution. By the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada as a Money Services Business. And by the Dubai Financial Services Authority under a Category 3D licence.
Our round up of the five neobanks best positioned to lead the space in 2026… Nubank (Nu Holdings) Why It’s…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our round up of the five neobanks best positioned to lead the space in 2026…
Nubank (Nu Holdings)
Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Nubank already has over 100 million customers in Latin America and is actively pushing into new markets, including applying for a U.S. banking charter. This international expansion, combined with strength in credit, deposits, and FinTech adjacent services, gives it a shot at becoming a truly global neobank.
Risks/Challenges: Breaking into the U.S. (or other mature markets) is tough. Regulatory compliance, competition from domestic digital banks, and local consumer trust are big hurdles.
Revolut
Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Revolut has deep product breadth (multi-currency, trading, credit, crypto, business accounts), and is aggressively expanding globally. It also has strong brand momentum. For instance, it was named the fastest-growing bank brand in the UK. Revolut’s capacity to cross-sell services and innovate puts it in a strong position.
Risks/Challenges: Scalability of regulatory compliance across many jurisdictions, potential regulatory crackdowns, and maintaining profitability with heavy investment costs are key risks.
Monzo
Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Monzo recently crossed into profitability, bolstered by rising interest rates and growth of its lending and subscription services. It also has ambitions to expand beyond the UK into broader Europe and the U.S. As more neobanks are judged by their ability to monetise at scale, that profitability is a strong signal.
Risks/Challenges: Expansion outside the UK will test its product-market fit, regulatory compliance in new regions, and capital backing. Also, competition in the mature markets is fierce.
Bunq
Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Bunq is one of the stronger pan-European neobanks, with multi-IBAN accounts, a broad user base across Europe, and deposit protections under EU frameworks. Its steady growth in deposits and commitment to European expansion gives it a solid foundation in its home turf.
Risks/Challenges: Scaling beyond Europe (or outside the EU regulatory regime) is harder. Also, its earlier ambition in the U.S. seems to have been pulled back, demonstrating how regulatory unpredictability can slow growth.
U.S. Digital Banks
Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: While Chime, SoFi, Varo, and others aren’t “neobanks” in the same exact model in all respects, they are dominant digital banking players in the U.S. market. Their deep user bases, product stacks (savings, credit, investing), and ability to leverage scale make them key contenders in the “neobank era”. As the U.S. digital banking adoption continues, one or more of these could claim leadership by 2026.
Risks/Challenges: U.S. regulation, interest rate cycles, competition from incumbents and fintechs, and margin pressures are big challenges. Also, converting free users to revenue-paying ones is an ongoing tension for all these models.
Honorable Mentions / Dark Horses
Starling Bank (UK) — It already has a strong UK presence, though regulatory scrutiny (e.g. fines) is a risk.
Regional & Asia / Africa challengers — Several neobanks in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and Southeast Asia are scaling fast; some may emerge as leaders in their regions (and eventually go global).
Conclusion & What to Watch
By 2026, what will separate the winners from the also-rans are:
Profitability / Unit Economics — It isn’t enough to grow; you need sustainable margins.
Plumery’s expansion, collaborating with Vancouver-based Aequilibrium, brings specific Canadian market capabilities to support credit unions delivery of personalised, compliant, and elevated member experiences
SHARE THIS STORY
Plumery, the digital banking experience platform, today unveiled Canada-specific features and integrations giving Canadian credit unions a clear path to deliver personalized, compliant, and modern digital banking experiences.
Canadian financial institutions are facing heightened customer expectations, stiff competition from FinTechs, and growing pressure to modernise legacy systems. These pressures have been amplified by Central 1 Credit Union’s announcement that it will wind down its Forge (formerly MemberDirect) digital banking platform. The system, until recently, served over 170 credit unions across Canada.
This represents both a risk and an opportunity for credit unions. They must now plan for a replacement quickly, and also have the chance to adopt a platform that gives them greater control and the ability to compete on user experience.
The collaboration with Aequilibrium, with their deep knowledge of the Canadian regulatory landscape and user experience design ensures Plumery’s Canadian-ready platform is built around how Canadians, especially credit union members, expect to bank.
Though Canada’s banking sector is among the most advanced globally, many credit unions are held back by outdated infrastructure.
Plumery Tailored for Canadians
Meanwhile, members are demanding hyper-personalised, mobile-first and intuitive digital journeys. To meet these needs, Plumery has localised its platform with out-of-the-box features tailored for how Canadians bank. These include:
Everyday payments and transfers such as bill payments, cheque deposits, and Interac e-Transfers.
Support for Canadian savings and lending products including GICs, mortgages, and student loans.
Business banking capabilities like bulk payments and payroll management.
Compliance and user experience features including bilingual English/French support, privacy and data residency adherence, and accessibility standards.
Ben Goldin, CEO & Founder of Plumery, said: “With Forge winding down, Canadian institutions have a rare opportunity to modernise on their own terms, rather than being tied to outdated systems. Our platform provides an immediate, future-ready option that puts control back in the hands of credit unions. By working with Aequilibrium, we are combining global banking innovation with local expertise to deliver experiences that meet the unique needs of Canadian credit unions’ members.”
Plumery’s Canadian-ready platform is available now, and the company is already in discussions with multiple credit unions evaluating their digital futures beyond Forge.
About Plumery
Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery has a mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.
Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.
Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).
About Aequilibrium
For over 13 years, Aequilibrium has supported small to large-sized credit unions globally, helping them modernize their digital banking, elevate their training practices through VR + AI, and create member-first experiences that leave a lasting impression. They simplify technology, co-create strategies, and deliver personalised experiences that enrich people’s lives.
Richard May, director of product development at virtualDCS, on navigating cyber regulation, assessing risk, and building digital resilience in a cloud-first financial landscape
SHARE THIS STORY
In 2025, financial services are deeply reliant on digital infrastructures. Cloud services, especially, are reshaping how the sector operates.
The cloud offers both established and challenger companies the ability to improve flexibility, efficiency, and analytics capabilities. When deployed properly, it can deliver integrated security across an organisation, but also introduces new vulnerabilities.
Due to the sensitive nature of financial data, the sector remains a target for cyberattacks. This, combined with strict regulatory oversight, means firms must continuously align with evolving legislation while enhancing service functionality.
Which regulations do financial services need to be aware of?
There are several specific regulatory requirements that financial institutions must follow. These pieces of legislation are designed to ensure customer data is protected from attackers:
Payment card information and PCI-DSS
For businesses that handle payment card information, PCI DSS requirements dictate security and operational requirements for protecting cardholder information during storage, processing, and transmission. In practice, these requirements are 12 mandatory security controls that cover network security, data protection, vulnerability management, access control, monitoring and logging, physical security, testing, and policy enforcement. Failure to comply with the 12 security controls can lead to severe financial penalties and even liability for compensation costs.
GDPR implications
GDPR regulations categorise financial data as sensitive personal data. This refers to bank details, transaction histories, assets, credit scores, and anything else that might concern the overall financial health of an individual. Firms must take measures to prevent unauthorised access or risk facing fines.
Basel III considerations
The third Basel Accord, Basel III, sets the international standards for capital requirements, stress tests, liquidity regulations, and leverage. It is designed to reduce the risks of phenomena such as bank runs and bank failures, as we saw in the 2008 financial crash. Due to this, most of Basel III focuses on financial requirements such as liquidity to ensure banks are more resilient to changes in the international financial markets. However, it still communicates standards in relation to information and communication technology (ICT), cyber incident response and reporting, and third-party risk management (TPRM).
Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA)
Introduced in January 2025 by the European Union (EU), DORA addresses rising digital dependency in finance. It covers ICT risk management, third-party oversight, operational resilience, incident reporting, and information sharing.
Compliance with these regulations is essential. Beyond avoiding penalties or criminal charges, it strengthens protection against growing cyber threats.
Assessing Vulnerability and Risk in the Financial Services Industry
Risk assessments are critical to business continuity and reducing the impact of cybersecurity breaches. A task of identifying threats and vulnerabilities, and quantifying the consequences of threats if they were to materialise, enables firms to rank services and ensure the most critical systems are protected first.
The Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center (FS-ISAC) identified several key threats to the global financial sector in its latest report, including:
Supply Chain Incidents
Businesses should remain alert to the competencies and overall security of service providers they utilise. As reliance on external providers is increasingly integral to many core business strategies, firms cannot afford to overlook the cyber maturity of their partners. To mitigate potential security risks, organisations should ensure and verify that all service providers meet robust cyber-security standards.
Fraud
The universality of real-time payments has led to a surge in fraud action in all sectors for which financial channels and services are used. The immediacy of payment has also created a scenario where it is almost impossible to retrieve stolen funds. Online scammers are building complex operations to take advantage of this. Fraud prevention and detection are becoming more and more important to companies in the sector. Increasing friction for payments through two-factor authorisation, along with other strategic obstacles, reduces fraud risks. Without cross-border partnerships tackling this global issue, however, this is set to remain a growing threat for businesses.
Ransomware
Ransomware has long been a cybersecurity threat. Many victims are often opportunistically targeted by hackers, rather than chosen specifically. Incidents of spear phishing are also on the rise – attackers research individuals or organisations to create personalised messages to convince them to click on infected links. Creating barriers to stop or delay ransomware attacks is therefore essential to reduce the threat. Ransomware’s targeting of customer data also means detection and recovery protocols are critical for firms that want to reduce the threat from malicious actors.
Distributed Denial-of-Service
The FS-ISAC revealed that financial services accounted for a third of all distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks in 2023. DDoS attackers bring down an area of a network or application and extort the affected organisation for financial gain. Motivations may also include political statement-making, competitor sabotage, and cyber vandalism, simply to cause chaos and disruption. The increasing use of application programming interfaces (APIs) in the sector means that denial of service can have a devastating effect on financial service businesses. Firms should implement mitigation strategies to protect customer trust and service availability.
When, Not If: Building Cyber Resilience Through Disaster Recovery
While cybersecurity defences are essential, effective disaster recovery is vital to reduce the impact of incidents and maintain operations.
Speed of recovery has become the main point of difference for organisations attempting to recover from cyber incidents. Prolonged downtime can lead to reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and lost customers. Without effective disaster recovery, continuity efforts are undermined.
Firms should develop a ‘when’, not ‘if’, mindset when it comes to disaster recovery. A comprehensive disaster playbook provides a manual in the event of a cyber incident. This plan must incorporate tools to allow for early detection of malicious action. Your plan for disaster recovery should be printed as a hard copy or saved on an external device (to ensure it remains accessible if your primary system is compromised). It must consider the first steps of: documenting evidence for cyber insurance and law enforcement, identifying and isolating infected systems, and informing relevant stakeholders an attack has taken place. Furthermore, the plan should contain information around communication and key contacts, an agreed chain of command and designated person to lead the ransomware response, and assurance the plan comes under regular review with ‘fire drill’ rehearsals.
Financial institutions face some of the most severe cyber risks in the world. Abiding by regulatory requirements goes some way to protect against threats, but organisations must go further – by proactively assessing threats, incorporating security measures, and preparing for disruptions. Resilience isn’t just about avoiding breaches. It is about ensuring trust, safeguarding sensitive data, and maintaining the ability to deliver reliable services in a digital-first landscape.
Chirag Shah, Founder & CEO of Pulse, on ULI, and what it could mean for lenders and their customers
SHARE THIS STORY
The UK’s financial services ecosystem is currently in the process of profound transformation. Traditional lending frameworks, characterised by siloed systems, static risk models, and manual processes, are no longer fit for purpose. They’re outdated and ineffective, unable to answer the needs of today’s digital economy. With the growth of embedded finance, real-time data, and rising customer expectations, financial institutions, platforms, and regulators are having to rethink their infrastructure from the ground up.
Initiatives like Open Banking, Making Tax Digital (MTD), and Open Accounting have already laid the groundwork for greater data accessibility, meaning that data is not only available but useable. But with that usability comes greater expectations – both businesses and consumers expect instant decisions, seamless experiences, and personalised products. The problem is that the lending infrastructure that should be able to deliver on this promise remains fragmented. Lending decisions are still difficult to make because data is scattered, while processes are duplicated and manual. While lenders, platforms, and regulators are unable to work in unison. The Unified Lending Interface (ULI) is emerging as both a technical solution and the next generation of lending infrastructure in the UK.
What is ULI?
ULI is a standardised interoperability framework that governs the exchange of credit-related data, events, and permissions across lending ecosystems. Unlike a product or single platform, ULI acts as an underlying protocol, a form of modular APIs, data schemas, and event models that make it easier for lenders, platforms, and borrowers to interact in a consistent, secure, and scalable way. The idea being that if data can be standardised and exchanged in real time, credit decisioning and servicing can become significantly more efficient, transparent, and inclusive.
What this looks like in real terms is:
The use of standardised data models for origination, underwriting, and loan servicing
Real-time event streaming for repayments, defaults, and restructures
Cross-lender affordability and exposure checks
Secure, user-driven consent mechanisms
Customisable APIs to suit various regulatory and operational contexts
In-built analytics and reporting tools for compliance and performance
ULI is not yet a formal regulatory term, but its equivalents are already emerging in industry-led pilots and fintech platforms. In my view, its adoption would be the next logical step in the evolution of UK lending.
The Challenges That ULI Could Solve
Despite the rapid uptake of embedded finance, the underlying infrastructure that should power and enable it has begun to fall behind. This disconnect has created multiple pain points that need to be addressed if innovation and effective risk management are to continue.
One major challenge lies in siloed integrations. Many lenders rely on custom-built connections with each distribution partner, which typically results in fragile systems that are difficult to scale and costly to maintain. This is not only inefficient, it makes it harder to respond to changing market demands.
Risk visibility is another concern. As things stand, most lenders assess credit exposure in isolation, which means that a business could have multiple existing loans on different platforms with no aggregated affordability assessment. This creates obvious blind spots, increasing the chances of overextension and missed risk signals.
Borrowers themselves are often unaware of why or how credit decisions are made or how their data is used. This opacity leads to a lack of trust, and can deter people from responsible borrowing. And regulatory friction adds further strain. Many institutions still rely on outdated tools for supervisory reporting, including batch files and CSVs, which are prone to error and inefficiency. This creates compliance burdens and slows down oversight.
Lastly, customer concerns around data sharing presents another barrier. Without clear, user-driven consent frameworks, individuals and businesses are reluctant to share financial data. This not only limits lenders’ ability to personalise offerings but also undermines accurate risk assessment.
The ULI directly addresses these challenges by introducing a common framework for interoperability. It brings much-needed structure to an otherwise fragmented ecosystem, enabling lenders and platforms to work together more efficiently without stifling innovation. It also helps restore trust to all users.
How ULI Works
Rather than acting as a centralised system, ULI operates as a distributed interoperability layer, purpose-built for credit. It works in four general phases:
Standardising loan origination
ULI defines a shared schema for different credit products, whether that’s long-term loans, merchant cash advances, invoice financing, or credit lines. This shared language allows platforms and lenders to integrate quickly and consistently. My company has already pioneered this approach, embedding ULI frameworks into platforms that support the entire loan lifecycle, from application to disbursement, collections, and ongoing management.
Affordability and risk aggregation
A critical ULI function is its ability to aggregate exposure across multiple lenders in real time. This enables federated credit checks, prevents borrower overextension, and enhances regulatory oversight. Again, this is something that my company is already doing, with a solution that integrates with ULI to assess a borrower’s receivables, providing granular visibility into cash flow and repayment capacity.
Real-time event notifications
With ULI, you also introduce real-time event notifications that allow key loan events, such as repayments and missed instalments, to be monitored in real-time. This enhanced visibility enables lenders to monitor risk continuously, rather than relying on retrospective data. It also allows for the automation of collections to streamline the response to any such events. Additionally, lenders can make easy adjustments to credit limits based on a borrower’s behaviour and financial performance over time. Essentially, bringing both control and flexibility to lending.
Streamlined application journeys
ULI also helps streamline multi-lender application journeys through a single interface. Our system, for example, allows for automated underwriting, with over 95% of applications decisioned in under 60 seconds. This means that loan applications can be completed in minutes, drastically improving both lender efficiency and borrower experience.
Is The UK Ready For ULI?
Several recent developments suggest that, from a regulatory standpoint, the UK is uniquely positioned to adopt ULI, or similar. First, there’s the government’s Smart Data agenda, which is expanding the legal framework to support cross-sector, user-permissioned data sharing, which is an essential foundation for interoperable lending. While the ongoing development of Open Finance reflects a clear determination to build modular, interconnected financial services systems that mirror the goals of ULI. At the same time, increased regulatory scrutiny of traditional credit bureaus signals a broader appetite for more transparent, real-time credit models that can better serve both lenders and borrowers. As such, ULI wouldn’t replace existing financial infrastructure, it would complement it. Helping to modernise business lending and improve access to credit.
Financial services have become increasingly modular. It’s an approach that answers the evolving needs of today’s digitally driven businesses. A side effect of that is a lack of standardisation and agility. ULI provides a solution to resolve that problem. By empowering lenders with real-time data, simplifying compliance, and creating a more inclusive and transparent borrower experience, it signals a move towards more responsible finance. In my book, that’s the future of lending.
Join 3,000+ industry decision makers and influencers at Smart Retail Tech Show for your opportunity to gain the tools to stay ahead in a competitive market
SHARE THIS STORY
If you’re in retail and looking to stay ahead in a fast-changing market, the Smart Retail Tech Expo is a must-attend event. With thousands of industry professionals, the show is a hub for innovation, showcasing the latest technologies to enhance the customer journey, streamline operations, and drive growth. Whether it’s improving operations, enhancing safety, enabling contactless payments, or elevating the customer experience, it’s all on the show floor.
Regardless if you’re an independent retailer or part of a global chain, this is your chance to explore cutting-edge solutions!
Why Attend Smart Retail Tech Expo?
With only pre-qualified decision-makers and key influencers in attendance, it’s the perfect place to network, learn, and invest in the future of retail.
Visitors include Key Decision-Makers: CTO | Director of Retail Experience | Digital Transformation Director | Director of Innovation | Head of Customer Experience | Head of Digital & E-commerce
3,200 visitors in attendance
86% have purchasing authority
76% are looking to source new products & services
95% are senior management or above
Smart Retail Tech Expo is where retail innovation happens! Small business or global, discover cutting-edge solutions and in one place and shape retail’s future.
“Thanks @smartretailexpo! Packed with innovation, connected with lots of great problem solving startups doing amazing work in the space!”
Daniel Himsworth, Marks & Spencer
Keynote speakers include experts from e-commerce, retail, and tech backgrounds, alongside many more. They will be sharing insights from their personal journey and future-proofed strategies on customer engagement, globalising your business, social media commerce, and lots more. Come and hear from the industry’s biggest voices and learn about how to keep ahead in the white and private-label sector. Keynote speakers include expert insights from Pinterest, Tik Tok, Uber Eats, Alibaba and many more…
Register now for free tickets and gain insider knowledge… Beyond networking, Smart Retail Tech Expo offers expert-led sessions and insights into emerging trends, sourcing strategies, and retail technology—giving you the tools to stay ahead in a competitive market.
Join over 25,000 entrepreneurs, SME owners, and senior professionals at Excel London for The Business Show London 2025
SHARE THIS STORY
The world’s largest award-winning business event, The Business Show London 2025, is returning to Excel London on the 12th and 13th of November 2025. Join over 25,000 SMEs and startups at this premier London business expo, designed to provide the support and resources you need to start, grow, or scale your business.
As always, the event offers free expert advice and insights from some of the biggest names in the industry. Building on last year’s impactful keynotes, this year’s business conference features fresh faces—business leaders who have thrived in recent years. In today’s digital landscape, this is a rare opportunity to gain face-to-face experience, advice, and inspiration from those who have been in your position and succeeded.
Whether you’re looking to network at one of the best business networking events in London or seeking new business partnerships, this event is your gateway to unlocking growth. For enquiries, registration, or to book a stand, contact the team today and secure your place at the UK’s leading SME business event.
Why Attend The Business Show London?
This flagship London business expo offers unparalleled opportunities to connect with industry leaders, discover cutting-edge solutions, and gain practical insights to accelerate your business.
“Vibrant, electric and inclusive ….the atmosphere I felt today at The Business Show, London excel as a keynote speaker representing Google. Such an incredible turn out, engaged listeners and wonderful to also have 121’s with many entrepreneurs on business growth utilising AI!”
Harmony Murphy, Google
With thousands of exhibitors, inspiring keynote speakers, and interactive show features, the show caters to startups, established businesses, and everyone in between. Whether you’re looking to connect with startups, explore small business exhibitions, or attend the UK’s leading business growth conference, this event will equip you with fresh ideas and practical strategies to help your business succeed.
500+ exhibitors
86% attendee satisfaction rate
75% attendees plan to return
6 show features
Don’t miss your chance to participate in one of the top business networking events in London.
Register now for free tickets and join the UK’s most ambitious business minds to gain new partnerships, expert advice, and business development opportunities.
Robert Cottrill, Technology Director at digital transformation company ANS, explores how businesses can harness the potential of AI while mitigating the growing risks to cybersecurity and privacy
SHARE THIS STORY
AI can transform businesses, but is it also opening the door to cybersecurity risks?
Fuelled by competitive pressure and rising government support through the UK’s Industrial Strategy, it’s no surprise that more and more businesses are racing to adopt AI.
But there’s a catch. The more businesses scale their AI adoption, the bigger their attack surface becomes. Without a proactive and structured approach to securing AI systems, organisations risk trading short-term efficiencies for long-term vulnerabilities.
The AI Boom
AI investment is skyrocketing. Businesses are deploying generative AI tools, machine learning models, and intelligent automation across nearly every function, from customer service and fraud detection to supply chain optimisation. Platforms like DeepSeek and open-source AI models are now part of the mainstream tech stack.
Initiatives like the UK’s AI Opportunities Action Plan are fuelling experimentation and adoption. AI is now seen not just as a productivity tool, but as a critical lever for digital transformation.
However, the rapid pace of AI deployment is outpacing the development of the security frameworks required to protect it. When integrated with sensitive data or critical infrastructure, AI systems can introduce serious risks if not properly secured. These risks include data leakage through AI prompts or model training, as well as AI-generated phishing and social engineering attacks
While technical threats often take centre stage, businesses also can’t forget the increasing regulatory requirements surrounding AI.
As AI systems become more powerful, enabling businesses to extract valuable insights from vast datasets, they also raise serious ethical and legal challenges.
Regulatory frameworks like the EU AI Act and GDPR aim to provide guardrails for responsible AI use. But these regulations often struggle to keep up with the rapid advancements in AI technology, leaving businesses exposed to potential breaches and misuse of personal data.
The Need for Responsible AI Adoption with Cybersecurity
To build resilience while embracing AI, businesses need a dual approach:
1. Prioritise AI-specific training across the workforce
Cybersecurity teams are already stretched. Introducing AI into the mix raises the stakes. Organisations must prioritise upskilling their cybersecurity professionals to understand how AI can both protect and threaten systems.
But this isn’t just a job for the security team. As AI tools become embedded in daily workflows, employees across functions must also be trained to spot risks. Whether it’s uploading sensitive data into a chatbot or blindly trusting algorithms, human error remains a major weak point.
A well-trained workforce is the first and most crucial line of defence.
2. Adopt open-source AI responsibly
Another key strategy for reducing AI-related risks is the responsible adoption of open-source AI platforms. Open-source AI enhances transparency by making AI algorithms and tools available for broader scrutiny. This openness fosters collaboration and collective innovation, allowing developers and security experts worldwide to identify and address potential vulnerabilities more efficiently.
The transparency of open-source AI demystifies AI technologies for businesses, giving them the confidence to adopt AI solutions while ensuring they stay alert about potential security flaws. When AI systems are subject to global review, organisations can tap into the expertise of a diverse and engaged tech community to build more secure, reliable AI applications.
To adopt responsibly, businesses need to ensure that the AI they are using aligns with security best practices, complies with regulations, and is ethically sound. By using open-source AI responsibly, organisations can create more secure digital environments and strengthen trust with stakeholders.
Securing the Future of AI
AI is a transformative force that will redefine cybersecurity. We’re already seeing AI being used to automate threat detection and response. But it’s also powering more advanced attacks, from deepfake impersonation to large-scale automated exploits.
Organisations that succeed will be those that embed cybersecurity into every stage of their AI journey, from innovation to implementation. That means making risk management part of the innovation conversation, not a downstream fix.
By taking a responsible approach, investing in training, leveraging open-source AI wisely, and embedding cybersecurity into every layer of the business, organisations can unlock AI’s potential while defending against its risks.
AI is a double-edged sword, but with thoughtful adoption, businesses can confidently navigate the complex landscape of AI and cybersecurity.
Wells Fargo and Google Cloud have expanded their strategic relationship to deploy Agentic AI tools across the bank. As an early…
SHARE THIS STORY
Wells Fargo and Google Cloud have expanded their strategic relationship to deploy Agentic AI tools across the bank. As an early adopter of Google Agentspace, Wells Fargo is equipping teams with AI agents that will help improve the customer experience, automate routine tasks, and unlock new levels of innovation.
With a strong commitment to responsible AI, Wells Fargo and Google Cloud are focused on modernising financial services and empowering employees with Generative AI solutions to deliver more personalised support and services. This strategic relationship reflects Wells Fargo’s dedication to innovation and transforming how the bank serves its customers.
About Wells Fargo
Wells Fargo is a leading financial services company that has approximately $2.0 trillion in assets. We provide a diversified set of banking, investment and mortgage products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, through our four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and Lending, Commercial Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking, and Wealth & Investment Management. Wells Fargo ranked No. 33 on Fortune’s 2025 rankings of America’s largest corporations. News, insights, and perspectives from Wells Fargo are also available at Wells Fargo Stories.
Integration connects Franklin Templeton’s proprietary tokenisation platform to BNB Chain’s growing ecosystem of institutional and retail investors, supporting secure, compliant on-chain financial products
SHARE THIS STORY
BNB Chain, leading L1 ecosystem, and Franklin Templeton, a global investment leader with $1.6 trillion in assets under management, today announced the expansion of Franklin Templeton’s Benji Technology Platform onto the BNB Chain. This integration allows Franklin Templeton to leverage BNB Chain’s scalable, low-cost, compliance-ready, and enterprise-grade infrastructure to provide global clients with seamless access to tokenized investment products.
Benji Blockchain Technology Platform
The Benji Technology Platform is Franklin Templeton’s proprietary blockchain-integrated stack, designed to facilitate trading, management, and administration of token-based investments. Using this platform, Franklin Templeton launched the world’s first U.S.-registered mutual fund in 2021 using blockchain-integrated technology to process transactions and record share ownership. The firm has since launched several tokenized investment products, fully on-chain, that support a wide range of global client needs across retail, wealth, institutional, bank and collateral use cases.
By deploying on BNB Chain, Franklin Templeton gains access to a growing ecosystem of institutional and retail participants while demonstrating the network’s ability to support real-world, on-chain financial products at scale.
“Our goal is to meet more investors where they’re active, while continuing to push the boundaries of what tokenization can deliver with security and compliance at the forefront. Together, Franklin Templeton and BNB Chain will work to deliver tokenized assets with greater utility, and enhanced features for retail and institutional clients across the globe.”
Roger Bayston, Head of Digital Assets, Franklin Templeton
BNB Chain has become a premier destination for tokenized financial products, including money market funds, public equities, credit instruments, and other real-world assets. It enables tokenisation at scale through its powerful tech stack designed for secure, low-cost execution with real-time finality.
“BNB Chain has a purpose-built environment that issuers can’t find elsewhere: fast settlement, low fees, and compliant data tooling in one ecosystem. Franklin Templeton’s decision to expand the Benji Technology Platform to our network demonstrates that BNB Chain can support regulated, real-world assets at scale and continues to strengthen our ecosystem of tokenised financial products.”
Sarah Song, Head of Business Development at BNB Chain
About BNB Chain
BNB Chain is a community-driven blockchain ecosystem that is removing barriers to Web3 adoption. It is composed of:
BNB Smart Chain (BSC): A secure DeFi hub with the lowest gas fees of any EVM-compatible L1; serves as the ecosystem’s governance chain.
opBNB: A scalability L2 that delivers some of the lowest gas fees of any L2 and rapid processing speeds.
BNB Greenfield: Meets decentralized storage needs for the ecosystem and lets users establish their own data marketplaces.
Setting a high bar for security, the AvengerDAO community protects BNB Chain users while Red Alarm provides a real-time risk-scanner for Dapps. The ecosystem also offers a range of monetary and ecosystem rewards as part of its Builder Support Program. For more, follow BNB Chain on X or start exploring via our Dapp library.
About Franklin Templeton
Franklin Resources, Inc. is a global investment management organisation with subsidiaries operating as Franklin Templeton and serving clients in over 150 countries. Franklin Templeton’s mission is to help clients achieve better outcomes through investment management expertise, wealth management and technology solutions. Through its specialist investment managers, the company offers specialization on a global scale, bringing extensive capabilities in fixed income, equity, alternatives and multi-asset solutions. With more than 1,500 investment professionals, and offices in major financial markets around the world, the California-based company has over 75 years of investment experience and [$1.64 trillion] in assets under management as of August 31, 2025. For more information, please visit franklintempleton.com
CIBC launches GenAI platform, CAI, for data analysis, accelerated research, light coding and more…
SHARE THIS STORY
CIBC today announced the bank-wide launch of CIBC AI (CAI), its in-house Generative AI platform, to help drive further productivity across the organization and enable team members to deliver on the bank’s client-focused strategy.
CIBC AI (CAI)
CAI launched a pilot phase in July 2024 with an initial group of team members across Canada, the US and the UK. The AI platform has saved team members an estimated 200,000+ hours during the pilot by enabling team members to automate common tasks such as summarizing documents, drafting emails, compiling research and other text-based content.
“It’s been tremendous watching the uptake of CAI across our bank and how it has helped simplify routine tasks for team members, better enabling them to focus on delivering value to our clients. What sets CAI apart is its adaptability to the unique needs of each team, from writing to research and analysis or even light coding suggestions, CAI has had a positive impact across all lines of business.”
Dave Gillespie, Executive Vice-President, Infrastructure, Architecture and Modernisation, CIBC
CAI is a custom-built Generative AI platform that was designed by CIBC from the ground up to support team members with a task-driven approach. It features an intuitive dashboard that allows users to easily navigate through various functionalities such as data analysis, accelerated research and preparing presentations. With the adoption of CAI, team members are able to focus their time on higher value activities.
Responsible AI
Team members need to complete a mandatory training course in order to access CAI, which provides an understanding of CIBC’s approach to AI and data, as well as the responsible governance framework in place to guide the use of AI at the bank.
“Innovation has long been a hallmark of CIBC’s approach to meeting client needs, and we’re incredibly proud to take another exciting step forward in enhancing everyday experiences for our team members.” added Gillespie.
CIBC reinforced its commitment to responsible AI by becoming the first major Canadian bank to sign the Government of Canada’s Voluntary Code of Conduct on the Responsible Development and Management of Advanced Generative AI Systems in March.
About CIBC
CIBC is a leading North American financial institution with 14 million personal banking, business, public sector and institutional clients. Across Personal and Business Banking, Commercial Banking and Wealth Management, and Capital Markets and Direct Financial Services businesses, CIBC offers a full range of advice, solutions and services through its leading digital banking network, and locations across Canada, in the United States and around the world. Ongoing news releases and more information about CIBC can be found at www.cibc.com/ca/media-centre.
Embat and MicroFin strategic alliance delivers AI-powered cash management, reconciliation and real-time visibility for finance teams managing complex, multi-entity operations
SHARE THIS STORY
Embat, the leading European financial management and treasury platform, has formed a strategic partnership with MacroFin, part of Cooper Parry Digital and the UK’s leading NetSuite Alliance Partner. The collaboration combines MacroFin’s market-leading NetSuite implementation expertise with Embat’s next-generation treasury technology. The alliance will help finance teams tackle the growing complexity of international operations.
MacroFin has been recognised as NetSuite Alliance Partner of the Year since 2021, reflecting its reputation and expertise for delivering the UK’s most complex ERP implementations. Following its acquisition by Cooper Parry, MacroFin has further solidified its position as one of the UK’s premier NetSuite partners.
Facing the Challenge to Transform
As companies scale – particularly in sectors such as SaaS, e-commerce, retail, and hospitality – their finance teams face challenges to transform that outgrow traditional tools such as Microsoft Excel. Multi-currency operations, multiple legal entities, high transaction volumes, and increased regulatory demands. This partnership ensures NetSuite clients have access to Embat’s treasury platform bidirectionally connected to NetSuite, offering:
Real-time cash visibility across accounts and currencies
Advanced forecasting to support strategic planning
Automated treasury operations to streamline day-to-day processes
Seamless NetSuite integration for consistent, efficient workflows
TellMe, Embat’s AI-powered treasury analyst, which enables finance teams to save up to 75% of their time on manual tasks. Freeing them to focus on strategic decision making
Treasury Management
“Treasury management has evolved from a back-office task to a strategic driver of business growth and efficiency. By working with MacroFin, we’re making advanced treasury technology accessible to NetSuite clients who need real-time visibility and automation to manage complexity with confidence.”
Theo Wasserberg, Head of UK&I at Embat
“When clients face complex international and multi-entity challenges, we look for solutions that go beyond NetSuite’s native functionality. Embat’s direct integration and AI-driven automation deliver the clarity and efficiency CFOs need in today’s environment.”
Ross Latta, Co-Founder of MacroFin
This partnership underscores Embat and MacroFin’s shared commitment to innovation in financial technology and toempowering CFOs and finance teams with tools that enhance both operational efficiency and strategic insight.
About Embat
Embat is a leading European financial management and treasury platform that enables finance teams in medium and large companies to centralise all operations from banking relationships to their financial management processes. It allows finance teams to save up to 75% of their time on manual tasks by using TellMe, our AI-powered treasury analyst, so they can focus on strategic decision-making. The main functions of Embat are treasury automation, automated accounting, and payments. Clients experience cost savings (by optimising their working capital management), time savings, reduced errors and an increased quality of life.
About MacroFin with 3RP and the CP Digital Family
MacroFin is a UK-based consultancy specialising in finance-led ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) transformations centred around the NetSuite platform. Founded in 2018 by chartered accountants, their approach emphasises embedding finance expertise at every stage of implementation. They offer services including NetSuite implementation, optimisation, training, support, and custom development.
In 2024, MacroFin joined Cooper Parry to form CP Digital alongside 3RP and Cloud Orca, creating a digital transformation hub with wider expertise and tech partnerships.
MacroFin has implemented NetSuite for leading brands like Babylon, Depop, PensionBee, and Zego, achieving average go-live in four months.
Anna Collard, SVP Content Strategy & Evangelist KnowBe4 – Africa, on leveraging AI-driven cybersecurity systems to fight cybercrime
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial Intelligence is no longer just a tool. It is a game-changer in our lives, our work as well as in both cybersecurity and cybercrime. While businesses leverage AI to enhance defences, cybercriminals are weaponising AI to make these attacks more scalable and convincing.
In 2025, research shows AI agents, or autonomous AI-driven systems capable of performing complex tasks with minimal human input, are revolutionising both cyberattacks and cybersecurity defences. While AI-powered chatbots have been around for a while, AI agents go beyond simple assistants. They function as self-learning digital operatives that plan, execute, and adapt in real time. These advancements don’t just enhance cybercriminal tactics, they may fundamentally change the cybersecurity battlefield.
How Cybercriminals Are Weaponising AI: The New Threat Landscape
AI is transforming cybercrime, making attacks more scalable, efficient, and accessible. The WEF Artificial Intelligence and Cybersecurity Report (2025) highlights how AI has democratised cyber threats. Thus enabling attackers to automate social engineering, expand phishing campaigns, and develop AI-driven malware. Similarly, the Orange Cyberdefense Security Navigator 2025 warns of AI-powered cyber extortion, deepfake fraud, and adversarial AI techniques. And the 2025 State of Malware Report by Malwarebytes notes, while GenAI has enhanced cybercrime efficiency, it hasn’t yet introduced entirely new attack methods. Attackers still rely on phishing, social engineering, and cyber extortion, now amplified by AI. However, this is set to change with the rise of AI agents. Autonomous AI systems are capable of planning, acting, and executing complex tasks—posing major implications for the future of cybercrime.
Here is a list of common (ab)use cases of AI by cybercriminals:
AI-Generated Phishing & Social Engineering
Generative AI and large language models (LLMs) enable cybercriminals to craft more believable and sophisticated phishing emails in multiple languages. Without the usual red flags like poor grammar or spelling mistakes. AI-driven spear phishing now allows criminals to personalise scams at scale, automatically adjusting messages based on a target’s online activity. AI-powered Business Email Compromise (BEC) scams are increasing. Attackers use AI-generated phishing emails sent from compromised internal accounts to enhance credibility. AI also automates the creation of fake phishing websites, watering hole attacks and chatbot scams. These are sold as AI-powered ‘crimeware as a service’ offerings, further lowering the barrier to entry for cybercrime.
Deepfake-Enhanced Fraud & Impersonation
Deepfake audio and video scams are being used to impersonate business executives, co-workers or family members to manipulate victims into transferring money or revealing sensitive data. The most famous 2024 incident was UK based engineering firm Arup that lost $25 million after one of their Hong Kong based employees was tricked by deepfake executives in a video call. Attackers are also using deepfake voice technology to impersonate distressed relatives or executives, demanding urgent financial transactions.
Cognitive Attacks
Online manipulation—as defined by Susser et al. (2018)—is “at its core, hidden influence, the covert subversion of another person’s decision-making power”. AI-driven cognitive attacks are rapidly expanding the scope of online manipulation. By everaging digital platforms, state-sponsored actors increasingly use generative AI to craft hyper-realistic fake content. They are subtly shaping public perception while evading detection. These tactics are deployed to influence elections, spread disinformation and erode trust in democratic institutions. Unlike conventional cyberattacks, cognitive attacks don’t just compromise systems—they manipulate minds, subtly steering behaviours and beliefs over time without the target’s awareness. The integration of AI into disinformation campaigns dramatically increases the scale and precision of these threats, making them harder to detect and counter.
The Security Risks of LLM Adoption
Beyond misuse by threat actors, business adoption of AI-chatbots and LLMs introduces significant security risks. Especially when untested AI interfaces connect the open internet to critical backend systems or sensitive data. Poorly integrated AI systems can be exploited by adversaries. This enables new attack vectors, including prompt injection, content evasion, and denial-of-service attacks. Multimodal AI expands these risks further, allowing hidden malicious commands in images or audio to manipulate outputs.
Moreover, many modern LLMs now function as Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) systems. Dynamically pulling in real-time data from external sources to enhance their responses. While this improves accuracy and relevance, it also introduces additional risks, such as data poisoning, misinformation propagation, and increased exposure to external attack surfaces. A compromised or manipulated source can directly influence AI-generated outputs. Potentially leading to incorrect, biased, or even harmful recommendations in business-critical applications.
Additionally, bias within LLMs poses another challenge. These models learn from vast datasets that may contain skewed, outdated, or harmful biases. This can lead to misleading outputs, discriminatory decision-making, or security misjudgements, potentially exacerbating vulnerabilities rather than mitigating them. As LLM adoption grows, rigorous security testing, bias auditing, and risk assessment, especially in RAG-powered models, are essential to prevent exploitation and ensure trustworthy, unbiased AI-driven decision-making.
When AI Goes Rogue: The Dangers of Autonomous Agents
With AI systems now capable of self-replication, as demonstrated in a recent study, the risk of uncontrolled AI propagation or rogue AI – AI systems that act against the interests of their creators, users, or humanity at large – is growing. Security and AI researchers have raised concerns that these rogue systems can arise either accidentally or maliciously. Particularly when autonomous AI agents are granted access to data, APIs, and external integrations. The broader an AI’s reach through integrations and automation, the greater the potential threat of it going rogue. This means robust oversight, security measures, and ethical AI governance essential in mitigating these risks.
The Future of AI Agents for Automation in Cybercrime
A more disruptive shift in cybercrime can and will come from AI Agents. These transform AI from a passive assistant into an autonomous actor capable of planning and executing complex attacks. Google, Amazon, Meta, Microsoft, and Salesforce are already developing Agentic AI for business use. However, in the hands of cybercriminals, its implications are alarming. These AI agents can be used to autonomously scan for vulnerabilities, exploit security weaknesses, and execute cyberattacks at scale. They can also allow attackers to scrape massive amounts of personal data from social media platforms. They can automatically compose and send fake executive requests to employees. And, for example, analyse divorce records across multiple countries to identify individuals for AI-driven romance scams, orchestrated by an AI agent. These AI-driven fraud tactics don’t just scale attacks, they make them more personalised and harder to detect. Unlike current GenAI threats, Agentic AI has the potential to automate entire cybercrime operations, significantly amplifying the risk.
How Defenders Can Use AI & AI Agents
Organisations cannot afford to remain passive in the face of AI-driven threats. Security professionals need to remain abreast of the latest developments. Here are some of the opportunities in using AI to defend against AI:
AI-Powered Threat Detection and Response
Security teams can deploy AI and AI-agents to monitor networks in real time, identify anomalies, and respond to threats faster than human analysts can. AI-driven security platforms can automatically correlate vast amounts of data to detect subtle attack patterns. These might otherwise go unnoticed. AI can create dynamic threat modelling, real-time network behaviour analysis, and deep anomaly detection. For example, as outlined by researchers of Orange Cyber Defense, AI-assisted threat detection is crucial as attackers increasingly use “Living off the Land” (LOL) techniques that mimic normal user behaviour. Making it harder for detection teams to separate real threats from benign activity. By analysing repetitive requests and unusual traffic patterns, AI-driven systems can quickly identify anomalies and trigger real-time alerts, allowing for faster defensive responses.
However, despite the potential of AI-agents, human analysts still remain critical. Their intuition and adaptability are essential for recognising nuanced attack patterns. They can leverage real incident and organisational insights to prioritise resources effectively.
Automated Phishing and Fraud Prevention
AI-powered email security solutions can analyse linguistic patterns, and metadata to identify AI-generated phishing attempts before they reach employees, by analysing writing patterns and behavioural anomalies. AI can also flag unusual sender behaviour and improve detection of BEC attacks. Similarly, detection algorithms can help verify the authenticity of communications and prevent impersonation scams. AI-powered biometric and audio analysis tools detect deepfake media by identifying voice and video inconsistencies. However, real-time deepfake detection remains a challenge, as technology continues to evolve.
User Education & AI-Powered Security Awareness Training
AI-powered platforms deliver personalised security awareness training. They can simulate AI-generated attacks to educate users on evolving threats, helping train employees to recognise deceptive AI-generated content. And strengthen their individual susceptibility factors and vulnerabilities.
Adversarial AI Countermeasures
Just as cybercriminals use AI to bypass security, defenders can employ adversarial AI techniques. For example, deploying deception technologies – such as AI-generated honeypots – to mislead and track attackers. As well as continuously training defensive AI models to recognise and counteract evolving attack patterns.
Using AI to Fight AI-Driven Misinformation and Scams
AI-powered tools can detect synthetic text and deepfake misinformation, assisting fact-checking and source validation. Fraud detection models can analyse news sources, financial transactions, and AI-generated media to flag manipulation attempts. Counter-attacks, like those shown by research project Countercloud or O2 Telecoms AI agent “Daisy” show how AI based bots and deepfake real-time voice chatbots can be used to counter disinformation campaigns as well as scammers by engaging them in endless conversations to waste their time and reducing their ability to target real victims.
In a future where both attackers and defenders use AI, defenders need to be aware of how adversarial AI operates. And how AI can be used to defend against their attacks. In this fast-paced environment, organisations need to guard against their greatest enemy: their own complacency. While at the same time considering AI-driven security solutions thoughtfully and deliberately. Rather than rushing to adopt the next shiny AI security tool, decision makers should carefully evaluate AI-powered defences to ensure they match the sophistication of emerging AI threats. Hastily deploying AI without strategic risk assessment could introduce new vulnerabilities, making a mindful, measured approach essential in securing the future of cybersecurity.
To stay ahead in this AI-powered digital arms race, organisations should:
Monitor both the threat and AI landscape to stay abreast of latest developments on both sides.
Train employees frequently on latest AI-driven threats, including deepfakes and AI-generated phishing.
Deploy AI for proactive cyber defense, including threat intelligence and incident response.
Continuously test your own AI models against adversarial attacks to ensure resilience.
New data from Evident shows banks are increasingly turning AI research into real-world tools
SHARE THIS STORY
AI benchmarking and intelligence platform Evident has published its latest report… The State of AI Research in Banking, analyses over 2,700 AI-specific papers from 50 of the world’s largest banks.
The State of AI Research in Banking
The report shows that the big banks have increased their annual artificial intelligence research output by 7x over the past five years. The most AI-advanced institutions are focusing on research areas that directly serve their AI production pipelines.
Since 2019, the number of banks publishing AI research has nearly doubled from 25 to 46 from 50 banks tracked by Evident. Last year, two-thirds of this research (65%) was driven by just five banks. They are JPMorganChase (37%), Capital One (14%), Wells Fargo (5%), RBC (5%), TD Bank (4%).
According to Evident, it’s possible to map the banks’ historic research pipelines directly to their artificial intelligence use cases and products. From RBC’s ATOM model powering responsible lending to Capital One’s multi-agent systems for customer service. Examples of banks where research papers have served as blueprints for production include:
Capital Markets & Trading: Scotiabank, RBC Borealis, BlackRock, JPMorganChase
Transactions, Risk, AML, and Fraud: RBC Borealis, NatWest, CommBank
Agentic AI and Workflow Automation: Capital One, JPMorganChase, UniCredit
Causal AI and Personalisation: BBVA, TD Bank
Customer Experience and Summarization: NatWest, JPMorganChase
“Through their research programmes, banks like JPMorganChase, Capital One, RBC, Wells Fargo, and TD Bank are setting the tone for how AI will be deployed in high-stakes, regulated environments. In contrast to the more commercially-guarded R&D practices of Big Tech, these banks are signalling the future of applied AI in financial services. And, most impressively, moving from research pipelines into production at scale within two to three years. Which is lightning fast by academic standards.”
Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-founder & CEO, Evident
The Rise of Agentic AI
The State of AI Research in Banking report also points to the rise of Agentic AI as a priority within the world’s largest banks.
Evident’s data shows that AI Agents and Agent-based Systems research is now the fifth most popular research paper theme. Agentic themed research accounts for nearly 6% of year-to-date 2025 publications – or twice the current share of public agentic use cases Evident found across banking.
As more resources pour into agentic research, there has been an accompanying year-over-year decline in papers focused on Computer Vision (-0.7%), Scientific Discovery (-1.8%), and Healthcare / Biomedicine (-2.2%). This data further underscores where and how banks are shifting efforts away from open inquiry, in favour of applied research that clearly relates to immediate business applications.
“While academic research within big business is often dismissed as a vanity exercise to keep PhDs happy, our analysis shows the opposite. The leading banks are pushing the frontier on emerging technologies like agentic AI – building the architectures and workflows that will soon underpin real-world applications. This isn’t research for research’s sake: it’s laying the foundation for faster deployments, smarter trading agents, and the next frontier of AI-driven financial services,” added Mousavizadeh.
About Evident
Evident is the intelligence platform for AI adoption in financial services. The company supports leaders stay ahead of change with in-depth insights, benchmarking, and real-time data through its flagship Indexes, Insights across Talent, Innovation, Leadership, Transparency and Responsible AI pillars, a real-time Use Case Tracker, community and events. Evident also provides private outcomes benchmarking, enabling firms to understand how their adoption of artificial intelligence compares to peers. Learn more at www.evidentinsights.com
Revolutionary integration ensures real-time policy verification, combats document fraud, and boosts trust in the supply chain
SHARE THIS STORY
Business Choice Direct (BCD), a leading insurance provider to the transport and logistics industry, has announced a groundbreaking partnership with Trustd, the government-certified digital identity platform for transport and logistics. They launch the logistics sector’s first use of verifiable insurance credentials. This platform facilitates digital proof of valid insurance which can be instantly confirmed by any third party. Whether a fleet owner, freight forwarder, or shipper.
Traditionally, insurance documentation relied on physical or emailed copies. These were easily outdated or manipulated, leaving carriers, subcontractors, and freight businesses vulnerable to fraud. In many cases, invalid or refunded insurance policies are mistakenly accepted because there’s no easy way to verify them when they are presented as proof of cover. Figures from BCD renewal statistics 2025 show that on average almost 30% of insurance policies are cancelled per month. Whilst not all of these cancellations are due to fraudulent activity, this statistic highlights the significant volume of potential risks that could have gone undetected by manual paperwork processes.
The Trustd and BCD Partnership
Through integration with Trustd, BCD policyholders can now generate secure, real-time verifiable credentials. These provide instant verification of valid insurance coverage, accessible and confirmable by any third-party. Including fleet owners, freight forwarders, or shippers, at any time. The insurance details can be instantly authenticated through secure digital channels, ensuring full transparency and reliability. In addition, the credentials are portable and tamper-proof and can be checked without relying on phone calls or visual inspections.
These digital insurance policies benefit over 10,000 logistics businesses on the TEG platform, one of Trustd’s flagship customers. This is achieved by providing instant updates if a policy is cancelled or expires, allowing quick action without confusion. This prevents instances of fraud and unauthorised carriers moving freight without the correct insurances.
The First Industry Compliance Tool for Insurance
“This is a game-changer for insurance verification in logistics,” said Tristan Scaife, Director of Commercial at Business Choice Direct (BCD). This is the first time the logistics industry has access to real-time confirmation that a courier genuinely holds the right insurance. Through our partnership with Trustd, we’ve eliminated the uncertainty that risk and compliance teams have faced for years. No more guesswork, just instant, verified proof. We’re proud to be the first insurer to offer this capability with Trustd. Ensuring our customers’ credentials are both secure and effortlessly verifiable”.
A Breakthrough for Trust, Safety, and Transparency in the Sector
For drivers and carriers, this means an easy way to share and verify your insurance with anyone or any company for transport work.
For businesses, it offers a reliable and seamless method to ensure every policy presented is current and valid. Minimising risk, improving compliance, and streamlining operations.
Scaife continues: “In terms of our partnership with TEG, we can offer exclusive savings and drivers can be confident that everyone on the platform and insured with BCD, is a Trustd courier. We’re proud to offer exclusive insurance discounts to Trustd users who choose to verify their credentials digitally”.
“I’ve always known providing credible documents can be a challenge, so this integration with BCD is exciting. Together, we’re pioneering innovation in logistics by solving problems that have existed for decades. This partnership with BCD is just the beginning. Our platform is designed to support a growing network of credential issuers, creating a single source of truth for all the verifiable credentials that carriers and drivers need. It’s a win for everyone, from fleet operators to individual drivers.”
Lyall Cresswell, Founder & CEO of Trustd
Once launched, this solution will be available to all TEG users with a BCD-issued policy.
About Business Choice Direct
Business Choice Direct (BCD) is a specialist insurance broker offering tailored cover for professionals in the transport, courier, and logistics industries. With expert advice and competitive pricing, BCD helps small and large businesses stay protected on the move.
About Trustd
Trustd is the first government-certified digital identity management platform designed specifically for transport and logistics. It digitises key industry documentation into secure, verifiable profiles that enhance trust and security across the supply chain.
The proof, as they say, is in the pudding – and the evidence of TealBook’s increasingly-successful evolution lies in its client relationships
SHARE THIS STORY
We talked endlessly about data and AI at DPW New York 2025. A universal truth is that the successful implementation of AI requires clean data; it doesn’t have to be perfect, but businesses certainly need to have a decent handle on their data before adopting AI tools successfully.
To help make this a reality, North American data and software company TealBook has recently announced a legal entity-based data model. It’s designed to resolve supplier records to the correct legal entities, map parent-child relationships, and enrich profiles with verifiable attributes, enabling accurate supplier data to flow seamlessly into procurement systems and AI applications. “This is part of a 12-year journey for TealBook,” says Stephany Lapierre, the company’s Founder and CEO. “Our vision has always been to build a way to enable procurement organisations to have high quality data with a lot of integrity, in order to give them the trust they need to put data directly into their systems.
“Twelve years ago, we underestimated the complexity of getting large enterprises to trust a third-party data solution. As part of our journey, we started using AI early on to find information where it exists on supplier websites and databases, and start creating digital profiles in a structured way for procurement to access it, match it to their vendor master, and use it.”
TealBook’s evolution
But, again, at the beginning, TealBook couldn’t be sure whether the data was high enough quality. In 2017, the company was primarily known as a supplier discovery application, positioned as a pre-sourcing engine to help procurement teams identify alternative suppliers. At the time, TealBook’s data and models enabled it to determine which companies were similar to others, allowing users to search and find comparable suppliers to expand their sourcing options.
“But that was just a way for us to deliver something that was underserved in the market,” Lapierre continues. “Then our customers started asking for certificates, which are hard to collect and match. They needed cleaner data. They felt they were under-reporting. So in 2018, we started to see whether our technology could refine the data more, and focused on certificates and supplier diversity. We collected great use cases along this journey, and the vision never wavered.
“Just last year we released a new technology – completely different, really sophisticated – allowing us to pull from a lot more data sources, and we have provenance so our customers can actually verify where the data’s coming from. We can match it to vendor masters. And now, we also have this new model that includes 230 million verifiable global legal entities from across 145 countries’ registries. We marry this with global parent and child hierarchy, which is really hard for our customers to match themselves.”
Partnership with Kraft Heinz
Now, after 12 years of that vision, TealBook is deeply proud of what it’s achieved. Part of its ability to get to this point is due to early adoption from key customers. Kraft Heinz is a business which Lapierre describes as a “co-innovation partner”, and has been invaluable in helping TealBook achieve its recent goals.
From the perspective of Stefanie Fink, Head of Global Data and Digital Procurement at Kraft Heinz, the partnership has been an immediately valuable one. “It really started with having a visionary, like-minded relationship,” she says. “That’s an important piece of it, because my vision for procurement is that we are partners in our enterprise.
“In order for us to do our jobs, we have to bring in the right data for use. This is where Stephany’s partnership and vision really resonated. We were really looking for diversity and we could make things easier for our partners, while making sure we had the right people in our ecosystem. We also had to lift up the hood and see what was underneath everything we’ve got. Stephany brought our vision to life. TealBook has evolved too, as we’ve seen; it’s more about orchestration and software-as-a-service. It has been a partnership of need and we cannot continue to do other things without this kind of partnership around data.”
When initially dabbling with this relationship, Fink was clear that Kraft Heinz had no desire to be taking care of more stuff. What she wanted from TealBook was a strong focus on good quality data. After last year’s product release from TealBook, Kraft Heinz already saw its data enriched by 25%. The recently-announced new data model gives the business and TealBook’s other customers the right structure tied to a legal entity, which is a highly credible anchor. “We’re able to do entity resolution – all automated – remove all the duplicates, and then you start with a clean, digitised vendor master,” says Lapierre. “That’s what brings further enrichment.”
The challenge of assessing data quality
Assessing its data before involving TealBook was important for Kraft Heinz, but challenging for such a large organisation. “We had to fail first and fail fast,” says Fink. “We tried some AI around fixing things early, but that didn’t work for us. It was a real eye-opener, realising where this next evolution could take us regarding focusing on AI and agents for the right things, not the meaningless things. Before, we were asking agents to tell us if things were duplicates, when we should have been asking: what do these suppliers offer? Where is the innovation? Where is the value?”
What surprised Fink most when looking under Kraft Heinz’s hood was the lack of attention that was being paid to what the business was doing. “It was amazing that nobody had questioned it sooner,” she says. “So I said, let’s take this as a crawl, walk, run approach, and I have a wonderful CPO who really understands where we want procurement to go as a function. She was excited about us just getting it done and getting people involved, and that’s what it takes: real pride in ownership of the data.”
Getting engrossed in GenAI
True partnership and an all-in approach has enabled Kraft Heinz to work successfully with AI – something some businesses are struggling with as the conversation around artificial intelligence grows louder. For Lapierre, as the CEO of a tech company, adopting AI successfully has meant trying and failing and being fully entrenched in AI as it has evolved.
“We’ve been using AI in our technology since 2016,” she states. “We’re an early adopter. We’d be talking about scraping data, and data in the cloud, and AI models, and our customers’ pupils would widen in surprise. We’ve come a long way and the market has come a long way.
“The technology we deliver today wouldn’t be possible without the AI tools now at our disposal. We used to build models; we don’t do that anymore. We spend a lot of time investing in engineers to build and test models, and that’s made us so much more efficient. I use GenAI every day for so many things now, and I’m encouraging my team to be so involved in AI. That’s how you build expertise, and you need really strong expertise to use GenAI well.
“Getting good with AI is about taking risks and having a leadership team that pushes for new things, and suddenly the successful use of AI becomes a habit.”
The deadline for entries for the National DevOps Awards is September 19th. Finalist will be announced September 26th. Don’t miss out – book your place before the October 14th deadline.
SHARE THIS STORY
For nearly a decade, the DevOps Awards have celebrated innovation and excellence in DevOps, recognising the hard work and achievements driving the community forward. As an independent awards program, it highlights leaders who are shaping the future of DevOps.
Being shortlisted is a significant achievement, marking you as a key player in the industry. The awards are open to businesses of all sizes, as well as teams and individuals worldwide. With 16 diverse categories, entries are judged against a clear set of criteria, ensuring fairness and prestige.
The awards offer a unique platform to showcase your expertise, gain visibility, and connect with top professionalsin DevOps and quality engineering.
Join us in London this year and share your insights with some of the brightest minds in the field.
The DevOps Awards ensures fair and unbiased judging through an anonymous evaluation process. All judges -led by Dávid Jámbor Senior Director – Technology and Secure Infrastructure BCG – are seasoned senior professionals and they assess award entries purely on merit, with all identifying information removed. This guarantees that every winner is recognised solely for their exceptional achievements, regardless of company size, budget, or market influence.
The march towards agentic AI can be a daunting thing, but it’s important to get over that fear in order to make strides
SHARE THIS STORY
A common question when discussing AI is ‘where do humans fit in?’. The fear of technological advancements stealing our jobs is an old one, but the conclusion is always the same and always true: there will never be a time when human judgement and teamwork isn’t required.
At DPW New York 2025, we sat down with Rinus Strydom, Chief Revenue Officer at Pactum AI, and Steven Velte, Executive Director Procurement Transformation at Honeywell – a customer of Pactum AI – to discuss AI’s evolution and the human connection. As AI develops, for Strydom, Pactum’s focus is on agentic, rather than generative. There’s a key difference there, especially for initial adoption at large enterprises.
“A lot of enterprises feel a little bit afraid, because generative AI can go a little off the rails,” he explains. “But when you put agents to work, they’re always within the rails that are defined by the customers. Once we get over that hurdle and can make clients see that they can take their procurement operating model and have it just run at scale with agents, rather than being afraid that their image will get tarnished, AI can be put to work much faster.”
Putting AI to work
When it comes to strategies procurement leaders can adopt to make AI work for them, it’s a major discussion point for Strydom and Velte. As a customer, it’s important for Honeywell to feel like its work with Pactum AI is a collaboration; it’s part of what makes its strides into AI work successfully. “This collaboration goes deeper than what we’ve typically had in the past,” says Velte.
“When we go through organisational changes, we need a true partner, And when that partner gets into the elevator with you, they don’t just push the button with you – they go up to the next floor with you and sit at the table to talk about what’s happening. So a barrier to AI adoption is not having that deep collaboration and partnership.”
“I think another thing leaders can do today is really help with that psychological change management to make it feel like a safe thing,” Strydom adds. Mindset shift is such a vital part of this change, especially when it comes to successful collaboration. “It’s important to embrace agentic AI, to encourage people to become managers of agents and not run away or become fearful.”
Identifying the opportunities
The true benefits of AI are now beginning to present themselves, as people increasingly embrace AI. For Velte, businesses have to get going with their AI plans in order to realise where the real opportunities lie. “I can make a business case with tons of ROI, potential productivity gains, revenue uplift, bottom line, profit line – all of that. But the real benefits that come from AI are those hidden benefits we don’t realise. When you start looking at it, there’s a common theme of saving time, and time becomes the real benefit. Unlocking better use of time gives you more potential to work on other creative aspects of the business.”
For Strydom, the true value lies in achieving things that used to be extremely difficult to achieve. Pactum AI’s customer base is broadly looking at 10X ROI, which, now, is easily done thanks to the use of AI agents. Agents also allow procurement teams to scale extremely fast, which is something that has, historically, been hard-won.
“For example, if you need to change payment terms across your entire supply base, you can do that with thousands of agents in parallel. You could never do that before. It gives you the agility to react to global macro risk issues, like tariffs.”
Start now; perfection comes later
One of the loudest topics of conversation at DPW New York 2025 was data quality and the challenge of cleaning that data up. It’s a huge topic, and a daunting one. Many businesses fall into the trap of thinking their data has to be perfect before they can get fully involved with AI, but the conclusion many procurement leaders are coming to is that getting started is more important than perfection.
“Data quality is always the holy grail going forward,” says Velte. “Everyone’s going to look for it, and try to attain it. When you start implementing within an AI framework, you just need to go in there and know that you’re going to constantly evolve in a good way, thanks to the agents, AI programs, and initiatives. They’re going to uncover and unlock a lot of data and inconsistencies that you have. You won’t get there unless you start looking into them as an opportunity area. Data perfection is not the way to go; it’s about getting in there, starting to look at the opportunities, and being willing to be creative, disruptive, and innovating quickly.
“There’s never going to be a time when everything is 100% correct and accurate, because data is always evolving,” adds Strydom. “Start now. The data can be enriched over time with the agents’ help.”
Maximum savings, maximum momentum
Pactum is using AI specifically to enable it to be a strategic advisor for customers like Honeywell. The use cases coming out are very new, and changing fast. What Strydom and his team want is to be able to guide customers on the right strategies for them, how to get maximum savings, and maximum momentum. As this landscape becomes more complex, human intervention and guidance is more important than ever, which links back to the topic of mindset and change management.
There’s been a lot of debate within Pactum AI as to how the business embraces this. “From a marketing perspective, too, there’s the question of whether we should make our agents look human,” says Strydom. “Actually, what we’re seeing is that suppliers actually enjoy interfacing with a bot. Walmart, one of our customers, did a survey where they found that 85% of their suppliers actually prefer to negotiate with Pactum than with a human. It’s more efficient, fair, and unbiased.”
Speaking of humans, shortage of talent has been a talking point within procurement for some time. That was, until advanced tech became more widely adopted, and bringing in procurement experts became less important than bringing in technology experts who are willing to learn. With the advent of agentic AI, according to Strydom, procurement leaders are now acting as managers of agents.
“All the analyst surveys say that procurement organisations are being asked to do more with less every year,” he says. “So the type of talent is definitely transforming. What we see is that the procurement organisations of the future are much more strategic. They’re focusing on creating strategy and procurement policies and procedures, and then having the agents actually go out and do the menial day-to-day work – entering things into ERP, turning requisitions into purchase orders, onboarding suppliers, and so on. All of that can now be done very quickly and efficiently by agents. This really elevates the role, and allows procurement to become a partner to the business.”
Velte adds: “When you talk about talent shortage, it’s also that shift in the mindset we’re going through right now. The expertise is changing, and we want to be able to bring in talented people with that technology flare. When we look at the next generation of leaders coming out of university and college, they’re AI enabled already. They’re expecting AI to be available to them to accelerate their development, career goals, and ambitions.”
Making sense of the landscape
As DPW New York 2025 unfolded around us, the discussion inevitably turned to the ways in which DPW helps procurement make sense of the AI landscape. Pactum AI is actually a perfect example of how useful DPW is. Only four years ago, the business was a startup, and won a pitch contest at DPW Amsterdam. “That catapulted the business, and got us a lot of visibility,” says Strydom. “It’s a great place for visibility with practitioners, investors, and partners.”
Again, it comes back to people. Being able to meet them in real life, communicate face-to-face, and learn from one another. “It’s about reconnecting with a lot of our partners,” says Velte. “But it’s also about seeing what is out there on the forefront that’s becoming available. It’s an amazing opportunity for us to really benchmark ourselves, while also getting a glimpse of what’s coming around the corner.”
Enterprise-wide AI platform security protects sensitive data and governs integrations to help organisations scale Agentic AI with confidence
SHARE THIS STORY
ServiceNow the AI platform for business transformation, has unveiled its new Zurich platform release. It delivers breakthrough innovations with faster multi-agentic AI development, enterprise-wide AI platform security capabilities, and reimagined workflows. New intelligent developer tools enable secure vibe coding with natural language. This helps turn employees into high-velocity builders and creators and lower the barrier to app creation. Built-in security capabilities, including ServiceNow Vault Console and Machine Identity Console, natively secure sensitive data across workflows. This governs integrations to help organisations scale Agentic AI and innovations with confidence. The introduction of autonomous workflows turns data into action through agentic playbooks. Uniquely offering the flexibility to apply AI and human input in workflows where and when it’s needed for greater control and efficiency.
AI Transformation with ServiceNow
Enterprise leaders are racing to move beyond table-stakes AI implementations to unlock transformative, tangible results. According to Gartner, “By 2029, over 60% of enterprises will adopt AI agent development platforms to automate complex workflows previously requiring human coordination.” The ServiceNow AI Platform delivers this transformational promise across the enterprise. It underpins a new era of highly efficient human-AI collaboration.
“Zurich marks a turning point for enterprise AI. ServiceNow is delivering multi-agentic AI systems in production that are not just powerful, but governable, secure, and built for scale,” said Amit Zavery, president, COO, and chief product officer at ServiceNow. “We are transforming the enterprise tech stack to be AI-native. From autonomous workflows that act on data with precision, to developer tools that democratise high-velocity innovation. With built-in controls for security, risk, and compliance, we’re helping organisations move beyond experimentation. And into a new era of intelligent execution.”
Vibe Coding Meets Enterprise Scale
According to Gartner, “Agentic AI features will be near ubiquitous, embedded in software, platforms and applications, transforming user experiences and workflows.” The introduction of ServiceNow Build Agent and Developer Sandbox provides resources for employees to work with AI more efficiently. They can now do this conversationally, and at scale, to solve real problems in every corner of the business.
Build Agent is a breakthrough for enterprise app creation—bringing vibe coding to the rigor of the ServiceNow AI Platform. In seconds, employees can turn an idea into a production-ready application by asking in natural language. Say, “Create an onboarding app that assigns tasks to HR, IT, and Facilities,” and Build Agent handles the rest. Design, build, logic, integrations, testing, and industry-leading governance included. What sets it apart is enterprise discipline: every app comes with audit trails, security, and compliance built in. Developers and citizen creators alike get the speed of AI with the confidence of enterprise-grade control, in a streamlined interface.
Developer Sandbox empowers developers to build better applications, faster, while maintaining the highest standards of quality. Sandboxes provide isolated environments within a single instance, so multiple teams can collaborate, build, and test new features without conflicts, and rapid scale doesn’t come at the cost of control. Teams can version, iterate, and deliver without waiting in line for developer resources. Developers can safely experiment with vibe coding, test AI-powered workflows, and resolve version control issues before changes go live. This reduces rework, shortens feedback loops, and helps teams ship higher-quality applications rapidly with lower risk.
Security That Enables AI Strategy
As enterprises adopt autonomous workflows powered by agentic AI, securing how these systems access data and communicate across environments is essential. Zurich introduces new built-in AI platform security capabilities to make it easier to protect sensitive information. It can also govern integrations and manage growing AI footprints.
The newServiceNow Vault Console provides a guided experience to discover, classify, and protect sensitive data across workflows. For example, an admin managing customer service operations can now identify personal data across tickets, apply different types of protection policies, and track compliance activity. The console also offers recommendations for protecting newly discovered sensitive data, along with customizable dashboards to monitor key metrics. What used to require manual configuration across multiple tools can now be managed in one place, with intelligent insights and a streamlined experience.
Machine Identity Console addresses the need for integration security with enterprise-grade authentication and authorization, delivering control over bots and APIs head on. As the ServiceNow AI Platform scales, every API connection, including those from AI agents, introduces another identity to manage and determine what it can access. This console gives platform teams visibility into all inbound API integrations using machine identities such as service accounts and keys, flags outdated or weak authentication methods, and provides clear steps to strengthen security. If an integration is using basic authentication or hasn’t been active in 100 days, the console spots it and helps resolve it.
Digital Transformation
“At Kanton Zürich, digital transformation is central to how we deliver secure and efficient public services. Since 2018, ServiceNow has enabled us to centralize and standardize our processes with data security as a top priority,” said Jürg Kasper, head of business solutions, Kanton Zürich. “Zurich’s latest advancements in both security and AI will allow us to automate more complex workflows, unlocking new efficiencies that enhance how we serve our citizens—with greater speed, clarity, and assurance.”
Without built-in security and trust, scaling AI comes with risk. These new security features in Zurich build upon ServiceNow’s AI Control Tower, announced in May 2025, which provides enterprise-wide visibility, embedded compliance, and end-to-end lifecycle governance for Agentic AI systems. By centralising oversight of every AI agent, model, and workflow, native or third-party, the AI Control Tower ensures organisations can scale AI with confidence, aligning innovation with enterprise-grade security and trust.
Turn Data Into Outcomes With Autonomous Workflows
As organisations rapidly scale AI, they face the added challenge of delivering solutions consistently, reliably, and responsibly. Enterprises need the right guardrails, full visibility, and strong governance to achieve service delivery. Or they risk eroding trust and slowing results. ServiceNow’s AI Platform does all this in a single platform. It sets a new standard for how organisations can create autonomous workflows to turn data into action and AI into measurable business impact.
Agentic playbooks from ServiceNow bring people, automation, and AI together seamlessly, powering autonomous workflows. A traditional playbook is a structured sequence of automated steps. These are based on predefined business rules and processes—ideal for ensuring consistency, efficiency, and trust. Agentic playbooks amplify this model by embedding AI into the trusted framework. AI agents eliminate manual effort, completing tasks in seconds and accelerating execution. This frees employees to focus on higher-value work where human judgment matters most. For example, in a credit card support situation, an agentic playbook can guide an AI agent to verify someone’s identity. It can freeze a card, send a replacement and notify the customer while allowing a human agent to step in. The result: governed, efficient, and trusted work—supercharged by AI to deliver faster, smarter outcomes.
The ServiceNow Zurich platform release also seamlessly combines Process and Task Mininginsights within a unified platform. These new capabilities give organisations an end-to-end understanding of how work gets done. Revealing where human expertise is essential, and where AI agents can deliver the greatest impact. With process intelligence built directly into the platform, customers can move seamlessly from insight to action. Streamlining operations, applying AI where it matters most. And accelerating real business outcomes without the complexity of disconnected legacy tools.
Integration of open banking technology and digital banking experience platform delivers seamless, standards-compliant customer experiences
SHARE THIS STORY
Ozone API, the global leader in open banking and open finance technology, and Plumery, a digital banking experience platform, today announced a strategic partnership for true customer-centric banking. The collaboration combines Ozone API’s specialist open banking platform with Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric, to empower financial institutions to deliver seamless, compliant, and innovative digital banking experiences.
The partnership combines Ozone API’s standards-based open API technology, built to support all global open banking standards and regulations, with Plumery’s modern, cloud-native digital banking experience platform. This integration empowers banks and financial institutions to rapidly deploy customer-centric mobile and web applications. These can seamlessly incorporate open banking capabilities without compromising on compliance or security.
Ozone API & Plumery – A Digital Partnership
“At Ozone API, we do one thing better than anyone else – provide standards-based open API technology to banks and financial institutions. Our partnership with Plumery represents the perfect orchestration of market-leading technologies. By combining our specialist open banking technology with Plumery’s innovative digital banking platform, we’re enabling financial institutions to deliver truly differentiated customer experiences with an accelerated time to market.”
Huw Davies, Co-founder and CEO of Ozone API
“Our partnership with Ozone API represents a significant milestone in our mission to empower financial institutions with truly customer-centric digital banking experiences. The integration enables banks to not just meet regulatory requirements, but to transform open banking from a compliance necessity into a competitive advantage. Through future-proof architecture our clients can now deliver innovative, personalised services that leverage open banking data while maintaining the flexibility and speed-to-market that our platform is known for.”
Ben Goldin, CEO, Plumery
The joint solution addresses the growing demand from financial institutions for integrated digital banking platforms that can harness open banking capabilities. These can enhance customer engagement and create new revenue streams. Banks can now utilise Plumery’s flexible, developer-friendly platform to craft tailored digital experiences. Meanwhile, seamlessly integrating Ozone API’s robust open banking functionality.
About Ozone API
Ozone API empowers banks, fintechs, and financial institutions worldwide to thrive in the world of open banking. Founded by the team behind the UK’s open banking standards, our platform delivers secure, compliant, and high-performance APIs that unlock the potential of open finance. We help clients across multiple continents comply with evolving standards, create commercial value from their data, and deliver innovation at speed. Learn more: https://ozoneapi.com
About Plumery
Founded in 2016 as a private consultancy collaborating with leading global banking companies, Plumery became a registered brand in 2017 and evolved into an independent product company in 2022. Backed by renowned venture capital firms, Plumery now offers a modern, cloud-native digital banking experience platform. Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. Operating across Amsterdam, Lisbon, and Vilnius, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences. Learn more: https://plumery.com/
At Kinexions 2025, Jennifer Roberts, Supply Chain Leader, IBM who talked us through how the supply chain is transforming at the global giant
SHARE THIS STORY
Jennifer Roberts, Supply Chain Leader at IBM, is visibly buzzing as she shares her favourite Kinexions moments so far. “Kinexions is really exciting,” she says, having flown in from Raleigh-Durham, North Carolina to be here. “The first thing for me is getting to see the people I work with at Kinaxis who help advance the solution within IBM,” she explains. “We have a great account management team that’s helping us look to the future. And the energy here is always exciting. They really are a motivating company when it comes to thinking about the future. I’m really thankful that IBM invested in the ability of our teams to join the event this year.”
Roberts and IBM’s C-level executive suite for supply chain are located at Raleigh-Durham’s Research Triangle Park where IBM has a large facility covering 600 acres. “It’s a good place to be,” she says. “But a large part of my team is broadly located throughout the US in Poughkeepsie, New York, Rochester and Minnesota. And then we also have a team down in Guadalajara, Mexico. The global supply chain is located everywhere, but the people I work with are primarily in those locations.”
Roberts leads Demand Planning Operations for IBM’s hardware manufacturing division, supporting mainframe, power, and storage products across both internal and contract manufacturing. She supports transformation efforts within the Demand Supply Planning and Inventory organisations.
Supply chain transformation
Roberts specialises in configuring and modelling planning architecture in Kinaxis and SAP, translating, automating and transforming business processes, while identifying and collecting the relevant data from various large unstructured data sources. Her goal is to optimise supply chain processes and tools, reduce costs, improve efficiency and enhance customer satisfaction.
The words “revolution” and “transformation” have embodied the discourse at Kinexions and these are two concepts that play out in a major way at IBM. “Our business is all about transformation,” she explains. “We are constantly looking to evolve to solve a variety of different areas of opportunity. There’s certainly never a day where we aren’t thinking about what the next disruption may be. And so within our organisation, we focus a lot on resiliency, protecting our supply chain and ensuring we can deliver quality to our clients.” Indeed, IBM onboarded Kinaxis around five years ago to help transform Demand Planning and Supply Planning. Kinaxis Maestro provides IBM with the transparency needed to see how changes in demand and supply affect each other, utilising the most current data to run multiple concurrent scenarios.
AI in supply chain
IBM’s supply chain transformation efforts are currently focused heavily on AI. Of course, IBM has been leaders in the AI space for quite some time with the Watsonx products, but supply chain is considered client zero within IBM for that platform. “We are focused on efficiencies in the organisation, digital transformation, developing digital twins and taking enterprise data and bringing it together so that we can orchestrate a plan that is visible to all through one source of truth,” she reveals. “And that’s something we can all execute against seamlessly.”
“Everyone wants data in real-time. Everyone is looking for accuracy of data. They’re looking for answers to problems faster than we’ve ever been able to perform before,” she explains. “When the next big diversion comes, the next big distraction, we need to be able to quickly align ourselves, not just within the supply chain, but upstream with our sales organisation, who are feeding us all the sales opportunities and giving us insight into where the business is going. And then our downstream suppliers need to be equally connected. So, we partner with those organisations to ensure it’s all very seamless and that our data flows in both directions so we can manage results. So, one of the advantages of our internal AI supply chain tool, which we call CSCA 360 (Cognitive Advisor), is to get a 360-degree view of the world considering all those products. And access is a big part of that because we run our S&OP and MRP (Material Requirements Planning) processes through that tool, along with our inventory management process as well.”
According to Roberts, the biggest opportunities for Supply Chain at IBM lay within ways to mitigate disruptions earlier, boosting resiliency and agility, while protecting the supply chain. “There are things that hit us between the eyes at the last minute, and we have to be as responsive as possible to solve those problems. Data insights and being able to assess them proactively, is so important. And that’s where I see our organisation heading more strategically, through taking the data, ingesting it faster, making decisions on it, using generative AI and focusing on allowing people to dig into the data more quickly and get answers on information they’re seeking. We’ve been using agentic AI for years, but we’re really starting to dig into what it can do for us now in terms of impacting productivity.”
The human touch
Although Kinexions has been showcasing transformation and technological revolution it has also stressed the importance of work culture, something vitally important to Roberts. “Our leadership drives the mindset of transformation being at the forefront of where we’re going, in order to keep up with the demands of the future,” she tells us. “We’re always being asked to look at where we can create opportunities within the business and not just taking the leadership’s advice on what we should be doing. We look to all our employees and get their ideas from the bottom up; deciding whether or not there’s business value that can be returned from things that aren’t always visible.
“I think the most important part of your business is your people. Without having the ability of your people to be transparent in where they see opportunities, you really are going to hold yourselves back. Keep an open mind, ask a lot of questions, listen closely. I’m always told you have two ears and one mouth. And I think as a leadership team, you should allow your employees to come forth with ideas, plus, we need to think about why they are suggesting them – well, it’s because they’re impacted every day by what’s going on around them. So, listen.”
From automating decisions to redefining procurement talent, AlixPartners lays out why risk-takers lead the way.
SHARE THIS STORY
The use of artificial intelligence (AI) in procurement is gaining traction with many organisations already looking at how the technology can improve processes. However, there’s scope to go beyond efficiency and instead focus on transforming value delivery.
At DPW New York, we spoke to Amit Mahajan and Aaron Addicoat from AlixPartners, a management consultancy firm doing things a little differently. The organisation is advising its clients on how to implement AI to drive value, but it’s also using AI internally, too.
“AlixPartners has a unique business model,” explains Addicoat. “We have a very senior model, very few junior resources. So now you imagine taking people with 10 or 15 years experience and now you equip them with AI… For us, it’s a huge unlock.”
This is about more than just productivity gains. AlixPartners focuses on using AI to transform the way procurement teams work, while crucially, maintaining the human touch.
How procurement professionals are using AI
With the support of technology, it’s possible to shift procurement from a cost-saving exercise to a potential revenue driver. Procurement teams are already looking for these opportunities, as Mahajan explains. “They’re starting to think about new ways of doing things,” he says. “It’s not just automation, but asking how do I leapfrog and do something differently?”
There are plenty of use cases where AI is helping with automation. This is a great place to start as it frees up human workers to do more valuable jobs that need a personal touch. “I have a client who’s using AI every day,” says Addicoat. “This allows them to review documents and contracts rapidly, to find key clauses and termination dates. They’re also using it in spend control processes to identify which things need to be reviewed more thoroughly.”
Many organisations are also using AI agentically to create their own bots. This gives teams a more accessible way to review information. “One example is a client who’s using AI for their business to help with acronyms,” says Addicoat. “They built it as an acronym tool to help break down the language barrier between different functions using different terms. This led to better engagement.”
This empowers employees across an organisation to be more autonomous while still getting the full picture. Agentic AI, especially, allows them to interact with information in a way that previously would’ve required specialist technical knowledge. Now, it’s possible to query information within a contract directly.
“It’s about using agents and AI to look at anomalies within your procurement contracts,” explains Mahajan, “and be able to help the category analysts, the category specialists, and others to get more of those insights.”
While generative AI might be a hot topic, it’s not the only way to use the technology. In combining several sources of data and using AI to spot trends, it’s possible to create workflows tailored to the current environment. Addicoat explains: “We take a series of data inputs, such as weather patterns, lead times, contractual terms, inventory, and forecast. Then the AI generates the purchase order, queues it for review, and upon approval, places the order.”
This can help an organisation to place orders with the right supplier in the most timely fashion to avoid delays, and optimise for cost, for example. This fully automates the end-to-end process, using AI to interpret those important data signals.
While this is useful for procurement teams, it’s only the start. “Using AI in this way is really cool,” says Addicoat, “but what I found most fascinating is that you’re building a data model, and with AI layered into it, that over time can tell you how to optimise itself.”
This has huge implications for procurement teams looking to save money and drive revenue. “For example, it could tell us the commodity price at a certain point in time was low,” says Addicoat, “but because inventory capacity to hold resin was maxed out the client could only buy so much at that low price. So now investing in a new storage unit at a cost of a few hundred thousand dollars could, under the same scenario in the future, save millions of dollars..Data quality challenges
A roadblock that can stop procurement teams from fully embracing AI is a lack of quality data. With so many sources of information, often including paper-based documents, some might think it’s difficult to get the data AI needs to be truly useful.
“Don’t wait for everything to be perfect before you get started,” says Addicoat.
This is a sentiment echoed by Mahajan: “Use AI to solve your data problem before solving your business problems.”
This requires a mindset shift. While AI can help cleanse, enrich, and structure existing unstructured data, it’s important to take the right approach. Shift from asking ‘what can we do with our data?’ to ‘what value do we need to create?’ and work backwards from there.
With this approach, the questions are less about the data and more about the business problem. This then allows you to use AI to work with the information you have to help answer those questions.
“Start with the value proposition in mind and work backwards,” explains Addicoat. “You can get data from anywhere — it has to serve a purpose.”
Bringing back the human touch
AI can free up procurement teams to focus on tasks that need more nuance and expertise. Using technology to automate workflows and make information more accessible has a huge impact on employee productivity. “It’s fundamentally transforming the way they work, the amount of work they can do, and the type of work they’re able to do,” says Addicoat.
There’s always the worry that with any new technology, the human element will be forgotten. “With every new advancement that comes in,” says Mahajan, “whether that was a steam engine or when computers came along, everybody wondered what they were going to do. But as humans, we always find ways to start doing higher-level work.”
This means that many professionals will find new ways of doing things. “Imagine all the mundane tasks you have to do in your daily job now,” Addicoat continues. “With these new ways of working, imagine the speed with which you can turn an idea into something real. All that time you free up allows you to go talk to people and build relationships that mean something.”
On the other side of things, the sheer volume of AI-generated content out there is going to drive people towards those more meaningful interactions. “You don’t know what to trust and what to believe anymore,” Addicoat says. “That’s going to lead to a resurgence in face-to-face content, being at the office, and being at events.”
AI’s impact on procurement talent
The talent landscape is changing. With technology playing a larger part than ever before, organisations don’t just need procurement professionals, they need adaptable, tech-savvy people. The nature of the job means that those in procurement need a wide range of skills.
“We do everything,” says Addicoat, “legal, operations, supply chain, negotiation, analytics. Procurement professionals are generalists.”
Tech plays into every element of that skillset, which means tech skills are becoming even more important for candidates applying for procurement roles. “Nobody goes to college thinking they’ll be a procurement professional,” says Mahajan, “but with AI and tech, that’s changing.”
With procurement often seen as a proving ground for leadership, embedding these tech-minded generalists could have a huge impact on the future. “We have a shortage of talent,” explains Addicoat. “But with more and more CEOs and COOs coming from procurement, that speaks volumes to what procurement does and the value it brings, as well as what the future holds.”
At AlixPartners, the passion for procurement is very clear with Addicoat saying: “There are only two kinds of people in the world: those who love procurement and those who don’t know it yet.”
Change is coming
With AI of all forms steadily gaining traction, procurement could change dramatically in the coming years. It’s the organisations that are willing to take risks and embrace change that will come out on top.
“AI has the potential to disrupt the whole management consulting world,” says Mahajan. “Firms focused on transformation will thrive.”
With AI’s capabilities increasing rapidly, it’s difficult to predict what comes next. However, adaptability is key. “Hold onto your hat. In a year and a half, the world’s going to look very different,” concludes Addicoat.
AI is already transforming procurement, but meaningful value depends on more than just tools. At Beroe, that starts with aligning AI to real business problems
SHARE THIS STORY
As AI continues to dominate conference stages and boardroom discussions, the pressure to use it is everywhere. As this technology becomes further embedded in enterprise strategy, many organisations are still grappling with how to apply it in a way that delivers real, measurable value.
Rather than focusing on AI for the sake of innovation, the question now is how to align new tools with real business problems. That means looking beyond dashboards and pilots to deploy AI where it can simplify decision-making and improve processes.
At Beroe, this principle is central to how AI solutions are developed, deployed, and scaled. As the company behind the world’s leading procurement intelligence platform, Beroe provides real-time market data, cost analysis, and supplier risk assessments, empowering thousands of organisations globally to streamline operations and mitigate risks. Its latest advances in autonomous negotiation, supplier discovery, and predictive analytics show what it means to align AI with business objectives.
Speaking with Prerna Dhawan, Chief Product Officer at Beroe, during this year’s DPW New York conference, the discussion explored how procurement leaders can move beyond hype and start unlocking the full potential of AI.
Misalignment with business needs
There are plenty of real-world examples of how AI can improve efficiency within a business, from automating manual tasks like invoice processing to identifying new suppliers based on complex sourcing criteria. Accessing this technology is easier than ever with a wide range of tools available to procurement professionals. It can be tempting to jump on the bandwagon and integrate AI across every area of an organisation, but success requires a more nuanced approach.
The key is to ask the right questions, Dhawan explains: “We talk about all the latest and greatest technology out there, but what does it mean in practical terms? We need to ask, ‘How can I apply it today in the work I am doing as a head of product or as a procurement professional?’”
The allure of generative AI is especially strong, but business leaders should ask whether that’s the right solution for their needs. As with any decision, it’s important to consider the business problem. “It starts with a little bit of knowledge about what you’re looking for,” says Dhawan. “What are some of your biggest challenges, and which of those challenges could AI technology solve?”
Matching the right tool to the job
Once an organisation has identified a specific problem, it’s possible to find the AI solution that fits. While generative AI gets a lot of attention, other AI technologies and machine learning based systems might be more appropriate.
In some cases, prescriptive, rule-based, or predictive AI could be a better choice to solve a problem without the need for a large language model. For example, forecasting commodity prices doesn’t require generative AI, just strong, contextual machine learning.
“We are looking at AI across two dimensions,” says Dhawan. “Firstly, what is our offering to customers, in terms of procurement intelligence and autonomous negotiation technology. Second, we are looking at AI internally. Let’s say in product development, how do we use the latest AI solutions to accelerate our product development cycles so we can release new modules and capabilities more quickly.”
Regardless of the type of tool chosen, it should cover a high-impact use case. Integrating AI to solve a problem that only surfaces for a small group of people a couple of times a year won’t have a great return on investment. Instead, look for regularly occurring problems that, if fixed, could have a huge impact on productivity or quality.
Reducing the cognitive load
We’re already bombarded by information, and the use of AI to add to this doesn’t make sense. “I don’t need another dashboard in my life,” says Dhawan.
When implemented correctly, AI can make data more accessible while reducing cognitive load for users. The result is increased productivity and faster decision-making.
“I think the power of AI is to simplify access to data. This is why ChatGPT has been a success: it democratises access to information. That’s what our B2B technology world is waiting for. It gives me something simple that allows me to talk to my data. Then I can focus on what insights I need to make a decision or take action.”
For most B2B users, the key is intelligent simplification. Look for ways to simplify access to data through agent AI tools and conversational interfaces. This brings the focus back to action rather than dashboards.
Inside Beroe
While many procurement teams are still exploring AI’s potential, Beroe has already embedded it across both its platform and internal operations. The company, founded in 2006, provides procurement intelligence to thousands of organisations worldwide. Its platform delivers the critical data that professionals need to make informed sourcing decisions, from commodity prices and risk indicators to ESG scores and supplier intelligence.
“We provide all data that procurement needs for decision making, whether it’s cost data, risk data, ESG data or price data,” says Dhawan. “Our reimagination of the future is not just giving access to more data but creating that layer of recommendations that help you make decisions at speed and scale.”
One of the clearest examples of this in action is Beroe’s new ‘autonomous negotiations’ platform resulting from its recent acquisition of negotiation technology business, nnamu. Delivering a significant evolution in the procurement technology landscape the platform enhances the foundational elements of AI and game theory with Beroe’s industry-leading market intelligence and, according to Dhawan, it’s being deployed successfully in live sourcing scenarios.
“This is a technology that is being used for multilateral negotiations,” Dhawan explained. “It’s no longer just a POC or prototype, it’s live and being used at scale.” These new tools reflect Beroe’s core mission: to help procurement professionals minimise surprises and maximise margins.
Crucially, Beroe isn’t waiting for perfect data to apply these technologies. Instead, the company is using AI to work with what’s available — cleansing, interpreting, and extracting value from both structured and unstructured sources.
“You can use AI for cleansing data – even paper contracts,” Dhawan says. “Historically, we thought data had to be structured. But now, with vision models and image analytics, that’s no longer the case.”
Rather than striving for 100% accuracy before taking action, Beroe embraces a more agile mindset that balances speed and precision.
Is mindset holding procurement back?
The technology is ready. The use cases are proven. So why do so many procurement teams still hesitate to embrace AI? “There’s this subconscious fear that I think is a barrier to adoption,” she said. “And to some extent, it’s to do with our friends in Hollywood.”
There’s the myth that AI is a job-threatening black box, especially in industries where trust and experience are the backbone of good decision-making. For procurement, where professional judgement and business context are critical, the idea of handing over tasks to AI can feel risky.
But Dhawan believes this fear is misplaced. At Beroe, AI isn’t replacing procurement professionals, it’s augmenting them. Whether it’s surfacing new suppliers, automating elements of negotiation, or flagging risks earlier in the sourcing cycle, the aim is to enhance human decision-making. She says: “I think with the new kinds of AI technology that’s available to us, it is an opportunity for us in B2B tech to embrace more human-centred design with higher focus on UX.”
Looking ahead
Looking ahead to 2026 and beyond, Dhawan sees procurement evolving into a more personalised and responsive function – one where AI plays a critical role in both strategy and execution.
“We see hyper-personalisation coming, both in supplier relationships and internal stakeholder engagement,” she explains. “AI will be at the centre of that.”
Rather than one-size-fits-all sourcing strategies, AI will enable procurement teams to tailor their approaches to specific business units, categories, or even individual suppliers. This means smarter segmentation, more relevant insights, and stronger commercial outcomes.
Another key shift is the growing ability to connect macro events, such as geopolitical shocks or regulatory changes, with micro actions inside the business. AI can help procurement teams identify these signals earlier, respond faster, and still align with long-term goals such as cost efficiency or sustainability.
“It’s about balancing your fire-fighting reactions to market events with your long term goals and strategy,” says Dhawan. “Procurement needs visibility and flexibility at the same time.”
Beroe is already moving in this direction. Alongside its growing AI capabilities, the company is refining how it delivers intelligence, building agents and recommendation layers that not only inform decisions, but also help teams take action on them. Whether that means automating routine negotiations or proactively flagging supply risks, Beroe is evolving to meet the needs of a procurement function that’s more dynamic than ever.
As Dhawan points out, the goal isn’t to overwhelm teams with more tools, it’s to make their lives easier. “It’s about reducing complexity and giving procurement professionals confidence in what to do next,” she concludes.
For many procurement leaders, AI still feels like a long-term ambition. But the solutions are already here, and through companies like Beroe, they’re already in use. The challenge now is not whether AI can deliver value. It’s whether teams are ready to adopt the mindset and cultural shift that will allow them to unlock that value.
Franklin Templeton and Binance are harnessing blockchain tech to create solutions that merge the scale of traditional finance with the speed and accessibility of decentralised markets
SHARE THIS STORY
Binance, the world’s leading cryptocurrency exchange by trading volume and users, and Franklin Templeton, a global investment leader with $1.6 trillion in assets under management, have announced a collaboration to build digital asset initiatives and solutions tailored for a broad range of investors.
Binance and Franklin Templeton Innovating with Tokenisation
The firms will explore ways to combine Franklin Templeton’s expertise in the compliant tokenisation of securities with Binance’s global trading infrastructure and investor reach. The goal is to deliver innovative solutions to meet the evolving needs of investors. By bringing greater efficiency, transparency and accessibility to capital markets with competitive yield generation and settlement efficiency.
“As these tools and technologies evolve from the fringes to the financial mainstream, partnerships like this one will be essential to accelerating adoption,” said Sandy Kaul, EVP, Head of Innovation at Franklin Templeton. “We see blockchain not as a threat to legacy systems, but as an opportunity to reimagine them. By working with Binance, we can harness tokenisation to bring institutional-grade solutions like our Benji Technology Platform to a wider set of investors and help bridge the worlds of traditional and decentralized finance.”
“Investors are asking about digital assets to remain ahead of the curve, but they need to be accessible and dependable. By working with Binance, we can deliver breakthrough products that meet the requirements of global capital markets and co-create the portfolios of the future,” said Roger Bayston, EVP and Head of Digital Assets at Franklin Templeton. “Our goal is to take tokenisation from concept to practice for clients to achieve efficiencies in settlement, collateral management, and portfolio construction at scale.”
“Binance has a record of innovating first-in-crypto solutions that unlock access and opportunities for investors. Our strategic collaboration with Franklin Templeton to develop new products and initiatives furthers our commitment to bridge crypto with traditional capital markets and open up greater possibilities,” said Catherine Chen, Head of VIP & Institutional at Binance.
More details of the collaboration and new product launches will be shared later this year.
About Binance
Binance is a leading global blockchain ecosystem behind the world’s largest cryptocurrency exchange by trading volume and registered users. It is trusted by more than 280 million people in 100+ countries for its industry-leading security, transparency, trading engine speed, protections for investors, and unmatched portfolio of digital asset products and offerings from trading and finance to education, research, social good, payments, institutional services, and Web3 features. Binance is devoted to building an inclusive crypto ecosystem to increase the freedom of money and financial access for people around the world with crypto as the fundamental means. For more information, visit: https://www.binance.com
About Franklin Templeton
Franklin Resources, Inc. is a global investment management organization with subsidiaries operating as Franklin Templeton and serving clients in over 150 countries. Franklin Templeton’s mission is to help clients achieve better outcomes through investment management expertise, wealth management and technology solutions. Through its specialist investment managers, the company offers specialization on a global scale, bringing extensive capabilities in fixed income, equity, alternatives, and multi-asset solutions. With more than 1,500 investment professionals, and offices in major financial markets around the world, the California-based company has over 75 years of investment experience and $1.64 trillion in assets under management as of August 31, 2025. For more information, visit: franklintempleton.com
Brent Wilson takes time out at Kinexions 2025, to talk us through rapid change in supply chain operations at Qualcomm
SHARE THIS STORY
Over the past five years, supply chain disruption has been relentless, causing many companies to rethink how they handle ongoing delays and uncertainty. Few companies have undertaken a transformation as profound as Qualcomm, a multinational corporation that designs and develops semiconductors, software, and services related to wireless technology.
At the heart of that transformation is Brent Wilson, Senior Vice President of Global Supply Chain Operations, who joined the tech giant when supply chain volatility was at its peak. Speaking at Kinexions, the flagship supply chain conference hosted by Kinaxis in Austin, Texas, Wilson shares Qualcomm’s transformation story.
A full change in thinking
“When I joined Qualcomm,” Wilson explains, “they had lost control of the supply chain. There was no confidence in being able to promise orders to customers, and there was no real connection between the many parts needed to build a working product.” During the chaos of COVID, that was a wake-up call for the business.
Tasked with rebuilding the entire supply chain, Wilson implemented a comprehensive sales and operations planning (S&OP) process powered by Kinaxis Maestro, a process that went beyond software implementation; Qualcomm required an organisational and cultural shift.
“Up to that point, supply chain was seen as the supply chain team’s job,” Wilson explains. “We made a conscious effort to get everyone involved to get them to understand the process. This meant every department was going to have a say in what the data should be. And I think that really alleviated some of the fears.”
That shift in mindset allowed the entire business to see the supply chain as a shared responsibility. But what truly accelerated Qualcomm’s evolution was the technological backbone of Kinaxis Maestro.
Real-time impact
“The power of Maestro is its concurrency,” Wilson says. “The visibility allows us to have conversations around what might happen at the leading edge. In some cases, it allows us to change where we might point a particular design or take a softer approach into a market.”
Qualcomm’s business has evolved dramatically in recent years. Once focused almost exclusively on handsets, the company now operates in diverse markets including automotive, compute, XR (extended reality), and hyperscale servers. These sectors operate at different speeds, with different expectations and constraints. “Having better control of our supply chain means we can enter these markets flawlessly,” Wilson explains. “We can service the customers at a very high level from the very first day we start shipping, all in an efficient and cost-effective manner.”
Maestro enables Qualcomm to model what-if scenarios, evaluate long-term constraints (some as far out as three years), and even make early calls about where to push or pull investment. Wilson details: “We’ve had cases where we planned to go hard into a market, but the data showed a constraint coming years down the line, so we changed strategy. That kind of foresight was unheard of at Qualcomm before Maestro.”
Letting the results speak
Wilson’s metrics for measuring success might be simple, but that doesn’t make them easy to achieve. The first is response time — how quickly the company can commit to a customer order. The second is accuracy — how reliably they hit that first committed delivery date. “When we started tracking the metrics before the planning system, we were at 65%. Now we’re over 95%,” Wilson says.
Those gains are not only operational but also strategic. For many, supply chain disruption has become the norm. The organisations able to respond quickly and reliably have a distinct competitive advantage. Wilson believes that’s exactly what Maestro has unlocked.
People-powered transformation
While technology has been central to the change, Wilson points out that tools alone aren’t enough. “You can have the best systems in the world,” he says, “but if your people aren’t behind it, it won’t work.” To that end, Wilson and his team invested heavily in alignment. They mapped out roles and responsibilities, built transparency into data-sharing, and emphasised the principle of one source of truth. That meant breaking down silos and agreeing on common data sources, even when the data didn’t originate within Wilson’s team.
“There were fears,” he admits. “People thought this new process would take control away. You see, you have to convince people that this is going to be better for the corporation. I always say supply chain is a team sport, so it’s important to make sure everyone understands their role.”
Kinaxis became a strategic partner in Qualcomm’s transformation. Maestro’s ability to unify planning across time horizons and business functions made it the right fit for a company with Qualcomm’s complexity.
Making Kinexions
At Kinexions, Wilson finds true value in the network. “The presentations are great,” he says, “but the real value is found in the peer connections. It’s good to hear how others are implementing Maestro at different stages and to get some references from what people are going through.”
Kinexions isn’t just a stage for Kinaxis to show off its AI-driven platform. It’s a gathering of supply chain professionals all facing similar pressures: geopolitical volatility, inflation, talent shortages, and the increasing demand for agility. Wilson sees opportunity in all of it, especially when it comes to technology. He says, “The things that are being introduced with AI are really exciting, and I think we’re just tapping into the potential of what that can be.”
For Qualcomm, the transformation is ongoing, but there’s a clear trajectory that goes beyond the supply chain team. The whole organisation approach provides greater visibility, greater agility, and a deeper understanding of how supply chain touches every corner of the business.
Mike Puglia, General Manager, Kaseya Cybersecurity Labs, on how the need for regulatory support to better support industries when tackling cybercrime
SHARE THIS STORY
Cyberattacks keep coming hard and fast, but things are beginning to change. In the past few months, law enforcement has announced arrests of three people in the Marks & Spencer breach, seven members of the hacking group NoName057, five affiliates of Scattered Spider and also disrupted the infrastructure of gangs such as Flax Typhoon, Star Blizzard and others.
Earlier this year, the UK retail industry felt the pressure. Brands, including Marks & Spencer, Harrods and Co-op – and by proxy, their customers – became victims of the hacking group, Scatter Spider. Other businesses are now on high alert as this wave of security breaches is expected to continue. For as long as bad actors can reap rewards and the risk of consequences remains small, they will keep attacking. Ransomware-as-a-service lowers the bar to entry further, allowing even those without specialised skills to launch successful ransomware campaigns.
Along with the threats, regulatory pressure on businesses is growing. Organisations must be able to prove they have strong security defences in place or risk paying hefty fines for non-compliance. However, this means we are essentially punishing the victim, not the perpetrator. By putting the onus on the victims to protect themselves, we are missing an important truth… Because there is no bullet-proof defence, even the best security strategies will not end cybercrime for good.
It’s Time to Treat Cybercrime as Crime
What the industry needs instead is a change in how we approach cybercrime. Rather than blaming the victims, we must start treating it as the serious criminal activity it is. It is high time we addressed cybercrime’s fundamental drivers. Opportunity, motive and the widespread perception that criminals can still get away without punishment. As is the case with physical crime, it takes a two-pronged approach to curb cybercrime: Prevention – and an effective response.
Those who attempt physical theft, for example, face trials and potentially prison. While we have seen a growing number of cybercriminals arrested in recent months, the truth we are only scratching the surface. In the digital world, everything is accessible from everywhere, all the time. This creates an inherent vulnerability that makes perfect protection impossible. In many cases, it also makes it much harder to track down the offenders and hold them accountable.
The Problem with Cryptocurrency and Jurisdiction
The cybercrime landscape has also undergone a significant transformation. While in the past, hackers were mostly focused on stealing financial data, there has been a dramatic shift towards ransomware. It’s far easier to encrypt an organisation’s data and demand a ransom than finding buyers for stolen credit card info.
This transformation has further accelerated because cryptocurrency allows cyber attackers to be paid in anonymous currency. Anywhere in the world, at any time. Previously, criminals had to physically collect payments or transfer money to traceable bank accounts. Now, they can operate with anonymity whilst easily converting their loot into real euros, pounds and dollars. This means ‘following the money’ is no longer a useful way for law enforcement to track nefarious activity. If we made it impossible for criminals to anonymously convert cryptocurrency into real currency, we could change the risk-reward calculation.
The second key issue with fighting cybercrime is the question of jurisdiction. Many cybercriminals are based in countries where western governments have no recourse. When hackers operate from non-cooperative jurisdictions, it may be impossible to extradite them. And they may find their activities tolerated by their local government or even supported. As we have seen with the recent arrests – the threat actors were outside of Russia and China – where many attacks come from.
These two factors – anonymous payment systems and safe havens – create an environment where cybercrime can and will continue to flourish. While organisations can do their best to make it harder for criminals to attack, it is foolish to believe individual businesses will be able to solve the cybercrime problem on their own.
Stop Blaming the Victim
So, what needs to happen? First, the victim-blaming approach must change. We simply cannot regulate every business to become an impenetrable fortress. When a person is physically robbed, police respond to investigate the crime and help recover stolen property. With cybercrime, victims face reputational damage, fines and higher insurance premiums. Incidents often raise questions about where the business’ cybersecurity strategy failed, rather than a recognition that a crime has been committed against them.
A first step forward towards solving the cybercrime problem would require governmental and societal recognition that cyberattacks represent crimes against businesses and individuals, not merely failures of those organisations to adequately defend themselves. While many countries have ramped up policing efforts against cybercrime, these are generally underfunded considering the scale of the problem.
Secondly, we need to urgently address the anonymous payment systems that keep fuelling cybercrime. This is not an easy problem to solve, but governments must find better ways to trace and regulate how cryptocurrency is converted into real money.
It is also time we introduced real and severe consequences for cybercriminals. The number one deterrent to any type of crime is fear of being caught and punished. The internet has essentially eliminated this, enabling hackers to operate from nations that turn a blind eye. To address this will require more political pressure on ‘safe harbour’ countries to charge, punish and extradite cybercriminals. Where nations refuse to cooperate, potential sanctions such as restrictions on internet connectivity might force governments to reconsider their tolerance for criminal activities.
Finally, we need to acknowledge that regulations such as GDPR, PCI and NIS have their limits. Despite increasingly complex compliance requirements, cybercrime has continued to grow. While regulations can provide critical and much-needed guidance to businesses, they must be combined with properly funded law enforcement – empowered with tools to bring criminals to justice across jurisdictions.
To truly disrupt the criminal ecosystem, systemic changes are needed. We are starting to see governments give law enforcement the tools they need, but it is very early in that process. Because ultimately, we will not solve the cybercrime problem with defence measures alone.
About Kaseya
At Kaseya, our mission is to empower you to simplify and transform IT and cybersecurity management with innovative platform solutions.
Our Mission:
Since 2000, Kaseya has delivered the technology that IT departments and managed service providers need to reach new heights of success. More than 500,000 IT professionals globally use Kaseya products to manage and secure 300 million devices.
Kaseya’s commitment to our customers goes beyond listening to your needs and puts words into action to deliver innovative solutions that empower your business. But we don’t stop there. Kaseya’s first-of-its-kind Partner First Pledge program shares the risk our partners experience because we know a true partner is with you through the ups and downs of life.
Data from Mangopay’s global fraud detection solution Nethone shows UK online platforms among most frequently attacked countries, driving a 48% year-on-year rise in fraud checks
SHARE THIS STORY
New data from Nethone, Mangopay’s global fraud detection solution, reveals online fraud pressure rising to record levels and breaking out of traditional holiday cycles.
From January 2024 to July 2025, monthly inquiries (events assessed for fraud risk such as transactions, logins and sign-ups) grew from around 240 million to over 525 million. More than doubling in 18 months. Peaks landed outside classic shopping windows, notably Sep-Oct 2024 (480m) and set a new all-time high in July 2025 of 525m.
The year-on-year picture tells the same story: between January and July 2025, Nethone processed an average of 470 million inquiries per month, compared to 300 million in the same period in 2024 – an increase of 48% year-on-year.
Nethone’s full risk profiling analyses (“profilings”), which combine device fingerprinting, behavioural biometrics and account history checks, also rose from an average of 110 million per month (January-July 2024) to 170 million (January-July 2025), a 37% year-on-year increase, with an all-time high of 245 million in June 2025.
Geographically, the UK emerges as one of the most targeted hubs for online fraud, alongside France, Germany and Spain. Sector patterns underscore the year-round threat. E-commerce accounts for the majority of fraud events detected across the year. This is consistently driving volumes well above 400 million monthly checks in 2025. Travel and mobility platforms bring in seasonal spikes during summer holidays, while FinTech platforms show sharp surges in specific months, reflecting event-driven criminal activity. Gaming platforms follow a similar pattern around promotional campaigns.
Mark Burton, VP Engineering, Fraud Platform, Nethone
“Fraud is no longer a seasonal threat. Our data shows that criminal activity has become a year-round pressure on UK and European platforms. Fraudsters now exploit promotional cycles and refund windows just as much as traditional shopping peaks. They are becoming more persistent and opportunistic, driving higher costs for businesses and risks for consumers. Online marketplaces, travel providers, and FinTech platforms need to be prepared for a constant baseline of risk, not just one-off surges.”
About Mangopay
Founded in 2013, Mangopay powers a wallet-based payment infrastructure specifically designed for organizations with complex, multi-party fund flows. Our programmable wallet solution optimizes fund management, allowing platforms to regain control over payments, secure transactions, and automate payouts.
By leveraging Mangopay’s end-to-end white-label infrastructure, clients generate additional revenue and enhance operational efficiency while remaining compliant and protected with 360° AI-driven fraud prevention.
With over 250 million end users and more than €130 billion in processed transactions, Mangopay continues to lead in the fintech industry, providing flexible wallets designed to move money your way.
About Nethone, a Mangopay solution
Nethone, a Mangopay solution, is an AI-powered fraud detection system that offers the most in-depth user analysis and precise risk analysis for merchants and fintech companies. The proprietary profiler analyzes thousands of data points for a 360° view of every user, detects fraudulent behavior with 130 signals combined with AI-based models, and keeps companies safe from account takeover, payment fraud, bots, and organized attacks.
We sat down with Abe Eshkenazi, CEO of ASCM, to dig into the organisation’s focus points, and how CHAINge is addressing supply chain’s needs
SHARE THIS STORY
Tell me a bit about your background, and how you got into supply chain.
Early in my career, I spent quite a bit of time in operations and materials management. We didn’t call it supply chain back in the day – it went by a number of different terms. Not surprisingly, given my role within ASCM, I worked closely with supply chain professionals, not only to elevate the role of the supply chain professional, but to understand the impact that supply chain has on business and society.
At ASCM, we’re focused on not only supporting that competent, capable individual, but ensuring that organisations are responsible in terms of using supply chain to really enable consumers and patients to get what they need at a reasonable price and reasonable time. This is what supply chain is about. My background combines that business management education and deep engagement with supply chain professionals. This gives me a strong appreciation for not only their challenges, but the opportunities the field faces today.
Tell me about the planning for CHAINge NA this year. What were you looking to achieve when putting ideas together?
Today, supply chain professionals are trying to balance efficiency with geographic diversity and political resilience. They’re trying to put those things together and identify what would make an individual do their job better and exchange that information with others. So our planning is centered around a key theme, which is: how do we equip supply chain professionals for what’s next?
The systems that we built for speed and cost optimisation are under stress right now. They’re struggling under the weight of complexity, volatility, consumer demands, and all the disruptions that we’re facing today. We’re being called today to rethink not only how quickly and cheaply we can move things and get them to the consumer, but how responsibly, transparently, and resiliently we can operate today. Our hope is that the engagement part of the event enables individuals to exchange information and walk away with insights and actionable strategies that can be taken back to their organisations and implemented. We’re truly looking for that engagement from the attendees. This is an event for the attendees, by the attendees.
It’s also about making the contact and relationships that we all depend on. We’re all seeking opportunities and examples of organisations that have done it better or have responded easier to the challenges that we’re facing today. This provides individuals with an opportunity to engage. We had an opportunity to do this at our European event, after which attendees overwhelmingly indicated that the engagement part – the opportunity to exchange information learned from each other – was a key element of the event itself. We’re trying to replicate that, but with the amount of issues that the US is facing versus the rest of the world, the topics are going to be a little bit different here.
What are the core topics covered at CHAINge NA that you think are most helpful for supply chain professionals?
We need to take a temperature of the current environment, and not surprisingly, we structure the event around several core themes that we’re all facing today. First, resilient and agile supply chains. The adaptability that’s required today is unlike any time that we’ve ever faced. We’ve had disruptions before, and we’ve responded as an industry. Today, we’re continuing to respond, but the pressures on these individuals due to day-to-day uncertainty has created a very different environment.
The second core topic is emerging technologies. As the focus on resiliency and agility becomes much more critical, there are only a few ways to gather the data necessary to enable organisations to make informed decisions. Not surprisingly, AI, digital twins, and a whole host of scenario planning technology tools are a focus for a lot of organisations today. Digital transformation is happening in almost every organisation to shore up their visibility, their transparency, and their traceability.
Also, advancing sustainability practices. We can’t forget that at the end of the day, we still need to be sustainable as an industry. This has been a huge focus within supply chain. It’s taken a little bit of a backseat in the current environment, but organisations are still focused on ensuring that they are sustainable and ethical in their business practices. Lastly, no discussion can be had without understanding what the talent availability is, what their capabilities are, and whether we are ensuring that we do have the right talent.
How important is collaboration (accelerated by things like CHAINge) in supply chain, especially as the landscape becomes more complex?
In today’s environment, as we focus on visibility and on connecting all parts of our supply chain end-to-end, we understand the demand signals clearly so that we can address them appropriately. Collaboration is no longer optional – it’s essential. No single individual organisation can solve today’s challenges on their own, whether it’s navigating geopolitical tensions, managing risk in a global network, or even driving sustainability. The solutions demand cross-functional and industry collaboration. It used to be that the Chief Supply Chain Officer in the back room was only called upon when there was a crisis. Well, I think we’ve got enough crises today that we need to push that individual into the front office.
First, we need to enable them to use their voice at the table to advocate for appropriate supply chain practices, but also in combination with a wide range of other roles. These are the teams that are now addressing these issues. It’s no longer just a supply chain issue; it’s an organisational issue. It’s a societal issue that we now need to address, and there’s only one way to address that; that’s through collaboration within the organisation, as well as with your partners, your vendors, and your vendor’s vendor. This is a very dynamic environment today, and enabling organisations to have that complete visibility and connectivity is critical.
There’s been a lot of talk about a shortage of talent across supply chain; how big an issue is this, from your perspective? And how can it be overcome?
From our perspective, it’s one of the defining issues of our time. As supply chain has moved from the back office to the boardroom, so has the demand for skilled professionals. More often than not, supply chain people come out of finance or engineering. In today’s environment – a very diverse workforce – digital natives are coming into the workforce. They’re not only adaptable, but very comfortable with modern technology. It’s a little bit of a reverse from the leadership that we have in supply chain today, that may still be using that Excel spreadsheet on their systems. Supply chain has the demand for those skilled individuals.
To address this, we’re focused on a number of things. First, expanding the awareness of supply chain as a rewarding career path, which our salary and satisfaction surveys confirm. Secondly, talking openly about investing in ongoing professional development. We’ve been to a lot of conferences and whether we’re talking about AI, sustainability, or disruptions, at the end of the discussion, it always comes down to people. We should be talking about the people at the beginning of the discussion as opposed to the end of it. We need to create that opportunity for individuals to see that they can not only make a difference, but that their voice is heard and followed on within their organisation. That’s what we’re preparing supply chain professionals for.
We need to provide an inclusive workplace that attracts and retains that diverse talent. As I indicated before, individuals coming into the workforce are digital natives. They’re very adept at AI and they’re more than willing to jump in with the technology. We need to enable them with problem solving, critical thinking, and experience on the job. I couldn’t be more excited about the individuals coming into the workforce today and the focus, and they’re able to change the world through supply chain.
How can supply chain professionals approach the challenge of ever-changing regulatory requirements?
Financial markets and supply chains do not like uncertainty. We like certain demand signals so we can ensure that our supplies are appropriately managed. Supply chain professionals need to have robust systems to monitor changes and provide that data, or the regulatory information and policy individuals reporting become significant. Among the concerns that we have is that more often than not, it’s become regulatory or policy and it becomes a checklist. Part of that concern is whether we’re really focused on really making a change, or focused just on those compliance checklists that often drive down to minimum effect.
Today, technology helps, but so does developing a culture of compliance and resiliency. Once again, collaboration matters, sharing best practices across industries, and enabling individuals to understand that there are ways to respond to the regulatory and the policy changes.
What are some of the most exciting innovations happening in supply chain today?
I think the combination of the people and technology is what’s going to make an exponential difference. On the technology side, tools like advanced analytics, AI, and digital twins are transforming how we forecast, manage risk, and build resiliency. The real innovation is combining cutting edge technology with a highly skilled, adaptable workforce. I heard a fantastic quote the other day: ‘AI is not going to take your job; an individual using AI is going to take your job’. That’s where the focus is right now – enabling individuals to use technology to really leverage that and enable organisations to be much more responsive and agile, as they address demands.
CI&T and Reuters Events report – poor data quality is the biggest barrier to AI transformation, says almost ¾ of UK underwriters
SHARE THIS STORY
CI&T, a global AI and tech acceleration partner, has released new research highlighting the AI opportunity in the UK. The report, created alongside Reuters Events, reveals poor data quality, rather than technology limitations, is the number one obstacle preventing UK underwriters from accelerating AI adoption.
Strategising for the AI Insurance Revolution
The report, Strategising for the AI Insurance Revolution, draws on original UK survey data and real-world case studies. It aims to uncover how insurers are tackling the AI opportunity. And what’s holding them back. Much of the market discussion focuses on technology capabilities. The findings show that data fragmentation, unstructured formats and siloed systems are the real roadblocks. The goal is to deliver faster, more accurate underwriting and pricing.
Key Findings from the Study
Efficiency over personalisation: Just 15% of claims leaders believe greater personalisation will significantly improve customer satisfaction. Compared with 41% prioritising streamlined internal processes and 39% favouring a blend of digital and human touchpoints.
AI as a cost shield. 60% of claims leaders believe AI-led efficiency will be crucial to offset rising claim costs and premiums.
Sandbox before scale. Insurers are adopting Generative AI cautiously, testing in sandbox environments. This mitigates risks such as hallucinations, bias, and data privacy breaches.
Proven ROI in action:
Working with CI&T, Mitsui Sumitomo (part of Asia’s largest insurance group) saved £800,000 annually. And cut quotation times by 54% through strategic modernisation.
A leading Brazilian insurer cut SME onboarding time by 46%. And achieved a 26% fraud denial rate, automating 2.2 million claims.
Mike Young, VP Insurance Industry Growth at CI&T
“AI’s success in insurance won’t be determined by how advanced the algorithms are, but by the quality and accessibility of the data that feeds them. This research shows UK insurers are ready to innovate—but they need to get their data house in order first.”
With deep experience in the insurance sector, CI&T has helped insurers modernise legacy systems, improve customer journeys, and achieve measurable operational gains. Central to this is CI&T FLOW, CI&T’s enterprise-grade GenAI platform. It is designed with rigorous governance and privacy safeguards so insurers can innovate without compromising sensitive data.
About CI&T
CI&T is an AI and tech acceleration partner. We help businesses navigate the complex, changing European technological landscape to unlock real, measurable impact with digital-first solutions. CI&T brings a 30-year track record of helping clients deliver accelerated impact through tech-integrated business solutions, with deep expertise across AI, strategy, customer experience, software development, cloud services, data and more. As one of the world’s first digital native companies, innovation is in our DNA, helping us empower clients to win by embedding digital maturity into the heart of their operations. With over 7,400 employees across 10 countries, we combine the expertise of a global business with an entrepreneurial mindset to drive transformation at scale and turn strategy into action.
About Reuters Events
Reuters Events is one of the largest and fastest growing events companies anywhere in the world. Reuters Events serves a diverse range of industries and places a focus on the challenges and opportunities resulting from technological and strategic innovation. Our purpose is to provide senior level executives with the trusted insight and meaningful connections they need to confidently navigate change, unlock opportunity and inform their strategy. We curate world-class events and content that are high value to our customers. For more information, visit reutersevents.com. .
Andy Swift, Cyber Security Assurance Technical Director at Six Degrees on
SHARE THIS STORY
According to AV-TEST, the independent IT security institute, every day sees at least 450,000 new malware variants added to its database. In June this year, for example, cybercriminals are thought to have used malware to steal over 16 billion login credentials across various major platforms in what is thought to have been the largest breach of its kind in history. For security teams, this represents a relentless challenge that demands constant attention and consumes significant resources.
Malware-Free Attacks
As if that wasn’t enough, malware-free attacks are increasingly favoured by cybercriminals as a way to circumvent organisational security. Typically using legitimate programs and tools, these stealth attacks are particularly complex to detect. And they are invisible to most automated security protection options that are available to buy.
With no obvious malware signatures to detect, automated defences are often powerless to respond. And without robust security foundations, even advanced detection tools offer limited protection once an attacker gains a foothold. When that happens, the consequences can be significant.
At the heart of the matter are the limitations of many traditional security tools, which are simply not designed to stop what they cannot see. Malware-free attacks do not rely on external payloads or binaries with known malicious signatures. This renders many automated detection systems, including standard antivirus solutions, effectively useless. As a result, the burden falls elsewhere.
For most organisations, that means having the right expertise in place to recognise unusual behaviour, supported by technologies that can identify behavioural anomalies quickly. Endpoint detection and response (EDR) platforms offer some of these capabilities. But even the most advanced solutions rely on proper configuration and human oversight to be effective. In an ideal world, every business would have round-the-clock monitoring in place, but in reality, very few do.
Challenging Assumptions Around Risk
So, how can organisations fill the gap? When assessing how to protect against malware-free attacks, many organisations begin with the assumption that they will need to buy new tools or licenses. This can form part of a rounded solution. However, leading with this mindset often overlooks a more fundamental and cost-effective question: What can be improved with the tools already in place?
Reviewing existing capabilities should be the first step. For example, most environments already have some level of EDR, behavioural monitoring or identity protection deployed. Yet these are often underutilised or misconfigured. This can result from a lack of understanding around tool capabilities (and limitations), paying for the wrong level of license coverage, and failing to ensure configurations support behavioural analysis rather than just malware scanning. In many cases, even minor adjustments can significantly increase effectiveness without any additional spend.
Cost vs Risk
Organisations should also reconsider how they approach the question of investment. The cost vs risk conversation needs to shift from what they should buy to what they should fix. Even the most expensive detection tools can be rendered ineffective if attackers can exploit basic oversights such as poor configuration, excessive access rights or the absence of multi-factor authentication. In contrast, identifying and addressing these gaps in existing systems is not only more cost-effective but also more impactful in stopping attacks before they gain momentum.
This kind of review process is also an opportunity to identify gaps and prioritise actions that reduce risk without escalating costs. For example, many organisations find that network segmentation, strict privilege controls and enforcing least-access policies can help prevent lateral movement and minimise credential misuse – two of the most common techniques used in malware-free attacks. Putting these capabilities in place are security fundamentals that often determine whether an attack is stopped early or is able to spread.
In this context, a best practice approach matters more than ever. Not as a one-off initiative, but as a continuous effort to close the windows of opportunity that attackers rely on. This includes reducing privilege levels, adopting MFA by default, limiting binary access and educating users on social engineering techniques. All of which are good examples of cost-effective steps that can limit the opportunity for malware-free attacks to take hold. These are not headline-grabbing technologies, but they remain the strongest defence against attacks that thrive on poor hygiene and overlooked gaps.
So, rather than investing in yet another layer of detection, organisations should focus on strengthening what they already have. This approach not only helps avoid unnecessary expense but also delivers a stronger, more sustainable defence posture in an environment where threat actors continue to be extremely effective.
Trilliam Jeong, CEO at Wealthblock, analyses the key investment industry trends in 2025 so far…
SHARE THIS STORY
Every year the once-staid investment management industry experiences trends in technology, markets, and services that are viewed by many as sure to change the next year’s ways of doing business. Here are three key trends shaping up in 2025… And three from the recent past that turned out to be not-so-trendy.
Trend 1: AI Will Continue to Transform All Areas of Investment Management
Artificial Intelligence (AI), like cloud computing a decade ago, is reshaping the way investment firms acquire, onboard, and manage clients. In 2025, we expect to see deeper integration of AI, providing real-time portfolio insights and automating client communications. Firms will increasingly rely on AI to enhance efficiency and reduce operational costs.
Throughout the past year, leading investment firms have been upgrading their platforms to automate tasks like investor onboarding, marketing, and reporting. This has reduced manual work and human errors. Today, with rapidly advancing technologies like AI and cloud-based solutions, firms are creating customised workflows. These solutions not only benefit clients but allow firms to quickly adjust to changing compliance needs.
Trend 2: Secondary Market Growth
The market for private stakes is likely to expand, offering clients liquidity options beyond traditional public market exits like IPOs. Investors may look to secondary markets for more flexible and immediate exposure to private equity investments. With IPOs remaining limited, secondary market transactions (where private equity stakes are bought and sold) are expected to grow. Both Limited and General Partnership secondaries provide liquidity without requiring a full exit, making them appealing in a market with constrained traditional exit options.
Trend 3: Hyper-Personalisation Through AI
The move toward hyper-personalisation will intensify, with AI tailoring investment firm client interactions to individual preferences. This is crucial for retaining clients in a competitive market. To ensure continues success in 2025, organisations should focus on adopting AI, strengthening their capabilities in secondary markets, and enhancing cybersecurity to protect client data.
Investors now expect quicker, more transparent communication. The state-of-the-art engagement and analytics tools available today have helped reduce delays, but demand for even faster response remains. We foresee further advances in 2025 and beyond.
Beyond these positive trends it is interesting to take note of some oft-hyped predictions in investment technology over the recent past that have not exactly worked out as predicted:
ESG Investing
ESG investing, which gained significant traction between 2019 and 2022, is now witnessing a notable decline. The percentage of new funds labeled as ESG has sharply decreased, and online searches for ESG investing have reverted to 2019 levels.
Tokenisation of Investments
Blockchain and tokenization initially promised a revolution in private investments. But adoption has been slow, primarily due to complex regulations. Firms are now being more selective about blockchain’s real value.
Neobanks and Digital Wallets
Neobanks for private investors have struggled to compete with traditional banks’ digital offerings, leading to a shift in focus. Digital wallets also face security and compliance hurdles in private investment.
AI and Cloud Takes Centre Stage
Generative AI is clearly transforming private equity, with firms exploring AI tools for due diligence, portfolio optimisation, and cost reduction in portfolio companies. While this area is rapidly growing, the high cost and expertise required could limit smaller firms from fully implementing AI solutions across the board.
In 2025, you can expect to see AI more deeply integrated, from real-time portfolio insights to automating investor communications. Firms will likely lean on AI to cut costs and improve response times, making operations smoother overall.
We see the continued investment in AI and Cloud as the overriding trend in 2025. As AI is deployed to help streamline everything from data analysis to investor communication, firms that focus on automating routine tasks will find their team can spend more time on high-level strategy.
The Financial Transformation Summit (FTS), presented by MoneyNext, took place June 18-19 2025 at London’s ExCeL Centre, Royal Victoria Dock. With over 2,000 attendees, 300+ speakers, and 400 roundtables, it stood out as one of the most immersive and interactive events in the financial services calendar.
SHARE THIS STORY
FinTech Strategy hit the conference floor at the heart of the action delivering insights from experts across Banking, Insurance, Wealth, and Lending at Financial Transformation Summit (FTS).
Financial Transformation Summit attendees from banking, insurance, wealth, lending, fintech, consultancy, and regulatory sectors convened for two days packed with keynotes, panel talks, immersive demos, and networking among 60+ exhibitors and startups.
Co-located streams – Banking, Insurance, Wealth, and Lending part of themed zones– meant that ticket-holders could explore adjacent sectors fluidly across a guiding theme: culture, collaboration, and customer centricity driving tech adoption and transformation.
Programme Highlights
Keynotes & Panels
1. Data Silos & Cross‑Institutional Collaboration
A panel featuring senior leaders from EVLO, Aon, Schroders, and Brit Insurance tackled how institutions – despite collectively spending over $33 billion annually on data – still struggle to collaborate due to privacy concerns and regulation. Innovative solutions included federated learning, anonymised client IDs and consent-backed APIs.
2. Digital Insurance via Wallets
Anna Bojic (Miss Moneypenny Technologies) unveiled a fresh take on insurance – embedding policy and claim data into Apple/Google Wallets. The idea: dynamic customer interaction directly from smartphone wallets, enhancing real‑time engagement and retention.
3. ESG Economics & Market Reality
Marc Kahn (Investec) challenged ESG orthodoxy, urging firms to emphasise human and planetary wellbeing – beyond purely financial returns – to capture stakeholder trust and sustainable growth.
4. People & Psychological Safety
Kirsty Watson (Aberdeen Group) and Vikki Allgood (Fidelity International) underlined that technological investments are futile without organisational design and psychological safety. Allgood cited a McKinsey study revealing only 26% of leaders build teams with a sense of safety – a critical step toward innovation.
5. Human‑Centred AI
Monica Kalia (Planda AI) championed AI that models individual financial contexts – recognising diversity within demographic cohorts and personalizing services accordingly.
Roundtable Experiences at FTS
At the event’s heart were the TableTalk roundtables – 400+ small-group sessions, each led by a subject-matter expert. These were limited to six participants each, enabling deep, peer-led discussions on themes like:
AI in risk and compliance
Open banking integration
ESG data standards
Cyber resilience
Change management and culture adaptation
Attendees consistently praised their interactive nature – far removed from the stage‑focused “listening” format often critiqued at other conferences.
Demonstrations & Exhibitor Showcase
Over 60 exhibitors presented tech-driven innovations: Generative AI, open‑banking APIs, ESG reporting tools, embedded finance solutions, and more. A few standouts were:
CRIF highlighted AI-powered credit scoring with ESG overlays – promising dynamic risk assessments backed by sustainability data
Emerging FinTechs demoing AI compliance engines, digital wallet insurance packaging, and data-sharing platforms
Hylanddemonstrated the intuitive end-user experience of its Hyland Content Innovation Cloud™ and showed how easy it is to configure, tailor and deploy solutions that can empower key stakeholders across any business
The demo zone allowed engaging, hands-on exploration and real-time Q&As; it complemented the content with practical insights.
Standout Themes & Strategic Insights
1. Tech is Not Enough Without Culture
Recurrent messaging emphasised that culture, trust, governance, and psychological safety are foundational – not secondary – to digital initiatives. Technology alone won’t deliver transformation without a people-first mindset.
2. Cross‑Sector Data Collaboration
Despite heavy investment, institutions still operate in silos. Shared, secure infrastructure and regulatory-aligned frameworks are being prototyped, but broad adoption remains a work in progress.
3. AI-as-a-Personalisation Backbone
AI is shifting from automation to empathy. Organisations showcased tools to hyper-personalise offers yet maintain privacy and inclusion – moving beyond outdated demographic frameworks into genuine behavioural understanding.
4. Embedded Finance & Digital Wallets
Insurance via wallet applications and embedded finance models point to seamless customer journeys – less app hopping, more value delivered at the point of need.
5. Rebalancing ESG & Profit Metrics
Speakers emphasised integrating ESG factors into performance metrics – not just for compliance, but as an operative advantage anchored in long-term stability and stakeholder trust.
Who Should Attend FTS Next Year?
Ideal for:
Transformation and change leaders
CTOs, CIOs, and Heads of Innovation
Data and AI strategists
Operational and HR leaders focused on culture
FinTech innovators and solution providers
If you’re crafting digital transformation strategies, an attuned leader in financial services, or a consultant embedding tech in legacy environments, this summit provides rich, actionable content.
Expect next year’s event to build on this foundation:
More AI-specific tracks, possibly Generative AI streams
ESG deep-dives with case studies on implementation
Expanded regulator involvement around data governance and cross-border compliance
FTS: Final Verdict
Overall, the FTS 2025 delivered on its brand promise:
Interactive and inclusive: 400 roundtables empowered voices across levels.
Cross‑sector learning: Banking, Insurance, Wealth, and Lending streams offered both breadth and depth.
Insightful keynotes: Big ideas on AI, ESG, data-sharing, and culture were well-explored.
Real-world relevance: Exhibitor demos connected theory with practice.
Networking with purpose: Opportunities to engage, learn, and collaborate were abundant.
The Financial Transformation Summit struck a compelling balance between big-picture vision and granular, execution-level insight. It emphasised that while technology enables; culture, customer centricity and collaboration drive real progress. The format – with its roundtables, demos, and keynotes – offered a dynamic platform for knowledge exchange.
If you attended, chances are you left with practical next steps. If you didn’t, you missed one of the most interactive, future-focused events shaping financial services transformation today.
Alexandra Mousavizadeh, CEO and Co-Founder of Evident, with her top five AI innovations advancing financial services in 2025
SHARE THIS STORY
AI is no longer optional for the world’s biggest banks, it has become a fundamental part of their operations, rapidly transforming modern banking. As the industry faces mounting pressure to innovate, the technology is emerging as a critical tool for achieving a competitive advantage. From automating processes and enhancing customer experiences to improving risk management, banks are investing heavily in artificial intelligence to boost productivity, efficiency and profitability.
2025 has been a pivotal year for AI adoption, as banks shift their focus from strategy development to demonstrating measurable value. Stakeholders will increasingly demand clear evidence of AI’s impact on efficiency gains, revenue growth, employee productivity and customer satisfaction. The next phase of AI adoption will distinguish early adopters who leverage it effectively from those who fall behind.
Here are five predictions for how artificial intelligence will reshape banking in 2025 and beyond.
1. Banks focus will shift from AI strategy to measuring value creation
The big banks are well on their way to operationalising AI at scale and, consequently, it now has to prove its ROI.
Capturing ROI has been one of the most discussed topics internally at banks this year but noticeably absent from the industry disclosures so far. In 2025 realised results are going to be needed to justify ongoing investments. Equity analysts will be asking for clear evidence of the value AI is delivering whether that’s efficiency gains, revenue growth, staff productivity or customer satisfaction.
With just six banks disclosing the realised business impact of artificial intelligence in financial terms so far, it’s time for everyone else to step up.
2. AI Training will take Centre Stage: Ensuring employees can use AI tools effectively
AI training is shifting downstream, so the focus is no longer just having AI tools but ensuring that employees are able to use them properly.
Our talent data suggests that 60% of incoming AI talent arriving at banks is sourced straight out of university. Banks need to ensure AI-focused training and career development opportunities are available across all levels of their organisation to fast-track adoption and start seeing a return.
Specifically, in 2025 we expect to see banks investing in training programmes that shift the emphasis from early internal adopters and specialist hires to the rest of the bank. This could be training ‘leaders’ in AI literacy or upskilling ultimate ‘users’.
3. Unstructured data is no longer a problem
Whether banks are building their own AI or buying in third-party solutions, the end result will only be as good as the underlying infrastructure. Banks made these investments years ago; in 2025, as the drive towards organisation-wide AI deployment ratchets up, we’ll start to see which institutions have placed the right bets.
However, advances in handling unstructured data may ease the burden of cleaning up legacy data pools, providing a lifeline to institutions weighed down by outdated systems. Emerging technologies like AI-powered data wrangling and natural language processing are enabling banks to extract value from messy or siloed data. This is reducing the dependency on large-scale data overhauls.
4. We’ll see the first ‘killer app’ for Agentic AI documented at a major bank
As trust in the technology grows, and banks continue to build artificial intelligence capabilities, we’re expecting to see more use cases that let the AI operate and make decisions without human intervention.
2025 should be the year when the first killer apps for agentic AI surface, although it’s worth noting that, at the time of writing in January, Australia’s CommBank is the first and so far, only big bank out with a live agentic AI use case. The bank is deploying agents to solve some of the 15,000 payment disputes raised by its customers every day. The rest of the major players are yet to show their hand on the agentic front.
5. Trump’s AI Executive Order: A rebrand, not a repeal
Despite President Trump’s pledge to repeal President Biden’s AI Executive Order, this move resulted in a rebranding rather than a full repeal. Biden’s order primarily focused on federal government AI adoption rather than regulating the private sector, leaving industries like banking largely unaffected. Financial institutions are already collaborating with regulators to ensure AI safety and to avoid deploying contentious use cases.
Overall, US regulations will focus on competitiveness, growth and spending cuts. As a result, we anticipate a more liberal approach to AI regulation aimed at staying ahead of China. With the recent appointments of Sriram Krishnan, Michael Kratsios and Lynne Parker we expect regulation will support open source development and avoid a pause on research, an approach that may clash with Musk’s views.
While US AI safety advocates continue to monitor developments, Europe is likely to press ahead with its regulatory agenda regardless. This could create an uneven playing field if Europe’s approach ends up being significantly more heavy-handed than that of the US.
Rob Israch, President at finance automation specialists Tipalti, reflects on the post-hype AI landscape for innovation in financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
The initial excitement around AI In finance is shifting toward a more practical focus on real business value. Many companies were swept up in the early enthusiasm. However, companies are now leaning toward integrating artificial intelligence more meaningfully into core workflows to deliver lasting value.
While 92% of companies plan to increase their AI investments over the next three years, just 1% of leaders say their organisations are truly AI mature. True maturity means AI drives measurable outcomes and is central and streamlined into daily operations.
So for finance teams, this shift is critical. In an economy shaped by changes in inflation, tariffs and taxes, every investment must deliver clear ROI and help the business by streamlining operations, enhancing forecasts and adopting predictive analytics.
As companies push for sustainable growth and a thawing IPO market signals possible opportunities, scalable and integrated AI solutions will be key to business success.
Building for Real Problems, Not Hypothetical Gaps
Most companies agree that innovation in the finance department is key to unlocking the next level of growth. However, despite growing ambition to adopt AI and automation, 84% of finance teams still rely heavily on manual processes. Leaving little leftover time for strategic thinking.
To truly drive value, AI must be applied not just tactically, but strategically for each business. Research shows that while 74% of companies have adopted AI, only 4% have advanced capabilities that drive clear business value. Real impact is delivered when the technology goes beyond simple workflow automation and becomes a source of real-time, predictive insight across the finance function.
Take treasury operations, for example. Traditionally, treasury teams have faced mounting challenges in managing cash flow, forecasting liquidity, and overseeing global bank relationships. With AI-powered tools, finance teams can now gain real-time, intelligent cash visibility across thousands of banks, ERP systems, and data sources. This transformation not only empowers leaders to make faster and smarter decisions but also underscores the importance of streamlined systems within the finance function.
From a Surplus of Tools to One Unified Platform
What businesses don’t want is extra layers of complexity; they need a straightforward, unified platform that solves real problems.
Large enterprises may seek ‘AI-first’ products and invest in cross-functional AI platforms. But they typically have the resources to fund extensive IT teams or consultants to customise these systems. However, for most businesses, this level of support isn’t a reality. So, businesses without reams of IT people, benefit more from a consolidated system that delivers efficiency and scalability. This allows them to stay focused on growth and innovation.
If AI is seamlessly embedded within these solutions, it can enhance performance without increasing complexity. Whether improving automation, workflow management or operational efficiency, AI should be an integral part of the product.
Staging the Runway for the Next Stage of Growth
Companies that fully integrate AI will be more ready for sustainable growth. However, integration is just the start… Once AI is embedded, organisations must focus on how it can deliver real, strategic value. This means designing solutions not only to automate processes but to provide actionable insights. Currently, only 26% have developed the skills to move beyond AI conceptually and deliver real value. In the finance function, using AI strategically can lower processing costs by 81% and speed up processing times by 73%.
As more advanced models are integrated into workplaces systems, they can predict payment patterns, cash flow trends, and vendor behaviour. In today’s dynamic environment, companies that have sustainable, AI-powered solutions centred on usability and scalability are best positioned for the next stage of growth.
The Continued Road to AI Maturity
As finance teams navigate a more mature AI landscape and prepare for future growth, the focus is shifting from individual features to foundational value. With investors sharpening their focus, they seek durable business models. The companies that succeed will be those that have applied AI to maximise their investment.
These companies haven’t just chased metrics; they’ve spent the past few years strengthening their foundations and embedding AI deeply into their architecture.
Collaborating with Amdocs has been a game-changer for Telkom. Here’s why.
SHARE THIS STORY
As telecom companies race to adopt generative AI, a critical shift is underway – from generic copilots to deeply verticalised, telco-grade agents. Amdocs, in collaboration with AWS and NVIDIA, is leading this evolution with its amAIz Agents – introducing a new class of AI agents built specifically for the telecom industry.
Unlike general-purpose AI, verticalised agents are built with domain-specific knowledge, reasoning, and telco ontology that reflect the complexity of telecom operations. These agents understand service plans, billing structures, and network topologies, enabling them to deliver context-aware responses and take meaningful action.
Amdocs, NVIDIA and AWS released a publication that defines and showcases how AI agents can be tailored for specific telecom domains, illustrating the concept of ‘agent verticalization’ and its impact on operational efficiency and customer experience. These domain-specific agents, across every telco domain like care, sales, network, and marketing, work in coordination, enabling end-to-end automation and intelligent customer engagement through seamless orchestration.
In the whitepaper, ‘AI Verticalization for Telco’, Amdocs outlines the essential traits of telco-grade agents such as composable architecture, reasoning, and agentic experience, and enterprise-grade traits such as trust, security, and cloud-native scalability.
Amdocs: Three decades as a key transformation partner
It’s a rare thing, in the fast-paced world of technology, for partnerships to last decades. However, for Telkom, Amdocs has been by its side for almost 30 years. The latter has played a critical role in supporting both mobile and wireline operation through its B/OSS platforms. These platforms are regarded as industry leaders, and Telkom has been able to navigate major shifts with Amdocs’s help, from legacy to next-gen digital stacks.
“We have been in this game for some time, being the digital backbone of choice for South Africa, really, Amdocs has been a strategic partner of Telkom for over 30 years,” says Dr Noxolo Kubheka-Dlamini, Chief Digital and Information Officer at Telkom. “We have a shared goal of delivering a better, faster, and more seamless experience to our customers. What stands out about Amdocs is their deep domain expertise, strong delivery capabilities, commitment to our success, and ability to evolve with our ambitious goals. We see them as an extension of our own teams.”
We Fix Boring founder Andrej Persolja on why investors are making bigger bets on fewer teams via the impact of AI, enhanced profiling and better targeting
How founders can improve their chances of raising investment – team alignment, production and business differentiation, and customer-centered strategy. Creating a story that investors can easily understand and buy into.
SHARE THIS STORY
If you’re planning a FinTech investment pitch, the chances are that your first thoughts will relate to the numbers. You’ll open your spreadsheets and dig out your margins, forecasts, CAC-to-LTV ratios, and KPIs. You’ll do everything you can to make your brand look impressive on paper. It’s what you’ve been taught to do because metrics matter. Of course they do. However, what many founders don’t realise is that although metrics clearly carry value, they should only ever be the starting point of any investment pitch. Because, at the end of the day, investors are people first, and their decisions are based on emotion as much as they are on money.
The Human Factor in FinTech Funding
Investors are not machines. It might sound like stating the obvious, but when so much hinges on investor approval, it can be hard to remember that you’re dealing with human beings. So, you focus on upselling your financial model, growth projections, and market opportunity, entirely overlooking the value of an emotional response. One influenced by your narrative, your team, your product vision, and your belief in your startup’s ability to reshape an industry. And that’s where so many fintechs go wrong.
In sectors like FinTech, where technical innovation is everywhere, what often sets a pitch apart is its ability to tell a compelling story. One that communicates not just what the product does, but why it matters. That emotional connection can often provide the edge that secures the deal.
Positioning and Emotional Resonance are Often the Missing Links
Innovation often outpaces regulation in fintech, and profitability can be years away. So, what convinces an investor to take a bet on an early-stage startup? The potential return on investment matters and will always be a factor. But it’s rarely the only factor. Because there are countless high-growth opportunities out there. So why choose yours?
The answer is belief. Belief in your vision. Belief in your ability to execute. And the belief that your product solves a real, meaningful problem in a way that others haven’t. That’s why positioning, and the emotional resonance behind it, plays such a critical role in raising capital.
When fintech investors evaluate opportunities, they aren’t just looking at your tech stack or your runway. They’re asking themselves: What does this company stand for? What kind of disruption do I want to back? What values do I want my capital to reflect? If your pitch doesn’t communicate that clearly and emotionally, it becomes just another deck in a crowded inbox.
Strong positioning grounds your FinTech in something bigger than features or metrics. It communicates purpose. And when you pair that with an emotionally resonant brand narrative, you give investors a reason to care. Not just about your product, but about why it exists and where it’s going. Because trust, change, and vision are core themes that can move an investor from ‘interested’ to ‘committed.’
Crafting a FinTech Brand Narrative to Drive Investment
Building a compelling brand narrative in FinTech is no longer optional. It’s a critical part of your investment strategy. And it all starts with one fundamental question: What is your why? Beyond monetisation and market sizing, what real-world problem are you solving? Why does it matter now? Whether you’re streamlining payments, reimagining lending, or building infrastructure for digital finance, your deeper purpose is what sets your FinTech apart. And it’s what investors are really looking for. That, and a strong user experience (UX) that shows commitment to your customers and the potential to build loyalty.
The Role of UX in Investment Pitching
Traditionally, FinTech companies have been held back by one major challenge: compliance. But in today’s digital-first environment, where every player in banking, insurance, and payments is competing for speed, convenience, and trust, the challenge has become twofold: compliance and user experience.
In digital finance, the core area of competition is how quickly you can get the user to value. That means having crystal-clear user journeys and a focus on where and how users perceive value. Using one of my clients – a SaaS solution for institutional investors – as an example, by simplifying the user experience across our landing pages and onboarding, we increased conversion from 0% to 37%. That didn’t just improve user experience. It provided quantifiable traction that could be shown to investors. And if you need to prove traction to investors, every click matters.
With FinTech investment rebounding – up 5.3% in H1 2025 compared to 2024 – now is the time to act. But standing out means more than just showing attractive metrics. Investors want a clear narrative that combines numbers with a strong strategic story. They’re looking for confidence in the team, clarity in the vision, and proof that your product is ready to scale. Both operationally and emotionally.
So, to reiterate. Yes, if you’re preparing an investment pitch for your FinTech, the financial model matters. But seasoned investors know markets shift, projections change, and competition intensifies. A fintech company that can articulate a powerful vision, show traction through product-led growth, and tell a story that resonates on a human level will always have an edge.
So, take your ideas and take your numbers, and make them look as pretty and appealing as possible. But don’t forget to wrap them in a story if you want to spark your investor’s imagination.
This month’s cover star, Dr. Noxolo Kubheka-Dlamini – Chief Digital and Information Officer at Telkom Consumer & Small Business, speaks to the process of leading an ongoing digital transformation
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Our cover star talks us through the process of leading an ongoing digital transformation that is pragmatic, strategic and embedded in business goals at South Africa’s largest telecommunications platform provider. “By the time we entered the mobile space in 2010, the market was already saturated,” explains Dr. Noxolo Kubheka-Dlamini, Chief Digital & Information Officer at Telkom Consumer & Small Business. “Our ambitions were constrained by limited capital, inherited legacy systems, regulatory shackles, and the sheer inertia of being a former state-run monopoly.” However, Telkom’s “willpower and commitment never faded” resulting in “notable and consistent performance against all odds”. Today, Telkom is playing a pivotal role in ensuring access to meaningful connectivity, driven by the company’s vision to become South Africa’s digital backbone: bridging the digital divide and enabling inclusive participation in its digital economy.
Kynegos: Shining a Spotlight on Transformation, Innovation and Sustainability
Kynegos, a spin-off from Capital Energy, is a business built on strategy. It exists to develop technological solutions for strategic industries. Capital Energy needed an independent platform that could scale digital solutions beyond the energy sector, and foster collaboration with startups and technology centres. Kynegos has filled this gap, and is being leveraged to create co-innovation ecosystems. This allows Capital Energy to develop digital tools that address current and future industrial challenges, keeping the company’s finger on the pulse. We spoke to CEO Victor Gimeno Granda, about its backstory, its values, and the road ahead. “Not only do we develop digital assets for the renewable sector, but for green data centres as well. My perspective is that sustainability is going to be more relevant than ever in the next 18 months.”
York County: The Human Side of AI
York County’s IT team has spent the past decade redefining what local government tech can and should be. From pioneering community cybersecurity workshops to forging statewide collaboration through ValGITE, the county has systematically brought innovation into its operations. This broad portfolio of initiatives has strengthened infrastructure and elevated service delivery. And also earned York County the number one spot in the Digital Counties Survey for jurisdictions under 150,000 population.
“Since I became deputy director eight years ago, this has been one of my goals,” reflects Tim Wyatt, director of information technology at York County. “And over the last eight years, we’ve been in the top 10, but we finally landed that number one place. I think it’s a great reflection for my team, the county, and all the dedication to try to do what’s right by the citizens. It’s just something I’m incredibly proud of. I think it accurately reflects the hard work of my team.”
Wade Trim: Bridging the Cybersecurity Skills Gap
Wade Trim provides consulting engineering, planning, surveying, landscape architecture and environmental science services to meet the infrastructure needs of government and private corporations. With a cybersecurity skills gap leaving vacancies unfilled, Wade Trim’s Senior Manager of Information Security, Eric Miller, spoke with Interface about how stepping away from education-focused rigidity could unlock swathes of latent talent. “Our industry puts emphasis on certifications. However, being passed over for jobs because you don’t have a particular certification or degree in favour of someone fresh out of college has shown me that the best candidates are those that can tell me their story. What brings them to this point in their career? Tell me what qualifies you for this role. That’s how I interview.”
York Catholic District School Board: York Catholic District School Board: Community and Communication at the Heart of IT Strategy
The challenges facing an IT leader in 2025 call for a new kind of approach. One that favours partnerships over transactions, collaboration over competition, and centres people rather than technology for technology’s sake. These perspectives ring especially true in an organisation like the York Catholic District School Board (YCDSB). It emphasises values like “service, community, collaboration, and fait rather than academic excellence alone,” explains Scott Morrow, YCDSB’s Chief Information Officer (CIO). “It’s not actually about the technology; it’s about enablement.”
We spoke with Morrow to learn more about his approach to IT leadership. From building and maintaining a team amid the IT talent crisis, to driving digital transformation initiatives across the organisation. And broader strategic objectives across a changing technology landscape increasingly defined by cybersecurity and the rise of AI.
In 2025, Blockchain has stopped auditioning and started plumbing real money flows. Tokenised funds are attracting institutional assets. Stablecoins are…
SHARE THIS STORY
In 2025, Blockchain has stopped auditioning and started plumbing real money flows. Tokenised funds are attracting institutional assets. Stablecoins are wiring into mainstream settlement. Banks and central banks are experimenting with programmable money. Treasury teams are moving value 24/7 on tokenised rails. And compliance rules are finally catching up. Below are the five breakthroughs that matter now—and why they’re reshaping how finance moves.
Tokenised funds & collateral move into production
BlackRock’s tokenised BUIDL fund surged past $1B AUM in March—proof that on-chain money-market exposure is crossing the credibility gap. Franklin Templeton, meanwhile, has pushed BENJI into new markets and chains. These include a European launch under local rules and integrations on public networks geared for enterprise use. On the collateral side, Euroclear and Digital Asset began the first phase oftokenised collateral mobility on the Canton Network. This is laying the pipes for faster margining and securities financing.
Stablecoin settlement becomes a mainstream payment rail
Visa announced it is expanding stablecoin settlement. More USD and EUR-backed coins, more blockchains, and broader use cases for issuers and acquirers. Stripe re-enabled stablecoin acceptance (USDC) after a six-year hiatus. It has been vocal that a meaningful share of its future payment volume will ride stablecoins. On the bank stack, FIS is integrating USDC into its Money Movement Hub. Making stablecoin payments available to U.S. financial institutions through existing treasury pipes.
Bank-led “programmable money” via tokenised deposits
The BIS Project Agorá—with seven central banks—entered design to prototype tokenised commercial bank deposits. These settle against wholesale central bank money on a unified, programmable ledger. In the UK, the Regulated Liability Network (RLN) brought together all major banks to prove shared-ledger capabilities for always-on, programmable, multi-asset settlement. Together, these efforts point to bank-grade programmability—smart-contract settlement with the finality and legal clarity of today’s two-tier system.
JPM Coin is quietly doing real work. JPMorgan confirmed the platform processes ~$1B in daily transactions, and says programmability has made volumes “explode.” Corporate treasurers are following… Payoneer now uses Citi Token Services for 24/7 blockchain-enabled intracompany transfers. Demonstrating how programmable liquidity is leaving the lab for day-to-day treasury ops.
The EU’s MiCA regime has applied to stablecoins since 30 June 2024 and to broader crypto-asset service providers since 30 December 2024. These timelines have shaped 2025 product launches and licensing. The EBA’s “travel-rule” guidelines now spell out what information must accompany crypto-asset transfers, giving banks and CASPs a clearer path to compliance and interoperability.
In 2025, Blockchain in FinTech is realising its potential. Tokenised funds and collateral are moving real money at scale; stablecoins are quietly becoming a dependable settlement rail; and “programmable money” is shifting from whitepapers to pilots with central banks and tier-one banks. Corporate treasuries are embracing rules-based, 24/7 transfers, while clearer rules (MiCA, travel-rule guidance) are reducing compliance friction. The arc is clear: finance is converging on interoperable, programmable assets and payments that settle faster, with better transparency and control. Winners will be the firms that pair regulatory credibility with real utility—bridging today’s balance sheets to tomorrow’s on-chain operating model.
Rob Vann, Chief Solutions Officer at Cyberfort, on the importance of the human factor for successful AI integration in financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial service institutions are currently navigating an increasingly complex digital landscape where opportunity and risk walk hand in hand. According to The Bank of England’s 2024 report, 75% of financial service firms are already using Artificial Intelligence (AI). Afurther 10% are planning to use AI over the next three years.
It goes without saying that the rapid uptake can be attributed to the benefits of AI for financial service firms. These include enhancing fraud detection and automating customer service, to improving risk assessment and streamlining compliance processes. Financial institutions are undeniably seeing faster, more accurate decision-making and cost saving as a result of AI integration.
However, the reality is more complicated. The same report also reveals security has emerged as the highest perceived risk of AI integration. Both now and looking three years ahead. With this in mind, banks and fintechs alike are struggling to address these immediate security concerns. As well as implementing and keeping ahead of new AI regulation. Meanwhile, also trying to prepare and anticipate what is next for AI technology. With AI becoming essential to the future of financial services, is there too much focus on technical integration and not enough on the human element?
The Current Limitations to AI Integration
While Generative AI’s (GenAI) ability to understand plain language makes it easier to use, this creates an abundance of potential security risks. Financial staff using these tools might accidentally share sensitive data when asking questions, or the AI could reveal confidential trading information if it’s not properly trained or restricted. This can also work in reverse, by continually telling the AI tool that an untrue thing is correct, the AI tool will adopt this position and present it as fact. For example, if a GenAI tool was trained that people called ‘Rob’ are always bad credit risks, it would quickly factor that into its answers irrespective of the clear (to humans) fact that it is nonsense. This of course works equally well accidentally and maliciously.
Another considerable limitation of current GenAI systems lies in how the mechanisms are set to prioritise delivering information. Unlike seasoned human financial analysts who possess the experience and time to make informed decisions, GenAI mechanisms are set to prioritise over a number of known and unknown criteria, that are not necessarily trained from that specific use to the model. For example, a user disconnecting without an answer may mean the Gen AI tool prioritises responding within a specific time frame over providing correct information. This is especially prevalent in public GenAI tools where the context and desire of the user will be different to the current question but may be applied as universal learning. Furthermore, Public GenAI rarely sees the reaction to the output, so it is unable to differentiate between the good and bad answers its given, meaning training on dumb makes the GenAI less smart, not more.
This can lead to potentially dangerous scenarios in critical financial operations. Where the GenAI tool simply guesses or creates an answer that isn’t based on fact, potentially enabling or making the wrong decisions.
A Comprehensive Approach to AI Integration
Instead, financial services and institutions must focus on creating and adopting a comprehensive approach to AI integration and security to address these challenges and limitations.
Firstly, firms should invest in building their own AI models that follow their company’s security rules, rather than relying on unreliable public systems. If public systems are being used by staff though, setting clear rules about, and controls when using these tools, like ChatGPT, will also be essential in ensuring the safety of company information. Staff need to know what they can and can’t share, and monitoring and controls should create clear boundaries and limitations to the use of open AI models.
Companies must also train staff on how to use AI systems safely, as even the best security measures can fail if employees don’t know how to use them properly.
Finally, organisations should also use multiple AI systems that work together with human experts to double-check results, making sure no single system can make unchecked decisions without a human AI partnership.
So, what does a good human AI partnership look like?
How to Leverage Human-AI Partnerships
Finance services institutions need to recognise that the solution should focus on allowing AI and human skills to compliment each other. It isn’t just about better AI – it’s about enabling human expertise to scale efficiently.
The simple principle of “the right tool for the right job” needs to be at the forefront of users minds. A GenAI platform can search through billions of records and identify six that are anomalous in some way. A second AI platform can ask it to validate its findings against the original question. And then a human expert can identify which 4 of the 6 are expected behaviours. And which 2 are malicious, dangerous, or need further action.
In the same way as asking the human to search through billions of records manually is unachievable, asking the GenAI platform to apply context it doesn’t have or retain causal experience is equally unrealistic.
AI excels at processing vast amounts of data to recognise patterns, but humans bring crucial understanding, ethical judgment, and strategic thinking. Working in unison, taking a partnership focused approach can allow organisations to leverage both the processing power of AI and the nuanced decision-making abilities of experienced professionals.
Risk management within this partnership becomes absolutely essential. For instance, if AI flags potential money laundering, a compliance officer needs to review this before any action is taken. Or if AI suggests changes to investment portfolios based on market trends, investment managers must validate these recommendations against their market knowledge and client needs.
Banks too need clear procedures for escalation. If AI suggests unusual trading patterns, there should be a defined process for who reviews this. Whether that’s the trading desk, a separate compliance team, or even senior management. The same applies for credit decisions, fraud alerts, or risk assessments.
The Real Risk: Avoiding AI Altogether
Interestingly, the biggest risk to financial institutions isn’t from those using AI – it’s from those avoiding it altogether. The key is finding the right balance – embracing AI’s capabilities while maintaining strong human oversight and security measures. Financial institutions must create protected data environments and train AI platforms for specific tasks with specific information. They must establish clear guidelines for AI tool usage. And conduct regular security audits to ensure their AI systems remain both effective and secure.
An AI’s development, training, utilisation and continued learning should be planned monitored and developed. This should be longside its human partner’s usage and of course the overall outputs and results.
GenAI Platform Best Practice
When building a GenAI platform, the following principles should be considered.
Design it carefully, with a restricted scope and a set of agreed outcomes, how will it learn? What makes this the best learning data? And of course GenAI supervised by humans can play a big part in this.
Validate its learning, tell it what’s right and wrong – a GenAI model will learn (like a human) through mistakes. But it won’t hold the knowledge of why? Or what? So keep the feedback relevant, continuous and tight.
Try to break it – ask it random things. For example, when it replies “I don’t know” tell it that’s a good answer. When it makes something up, be clear and provide feedback.
Ensure the human partners understand its limitations – people don’t get to outsource their thinking. They get to participate with a low level, high volume intelligence. Make sure they know that and are checking every answer.
Measure against your original outcome goals. Don’t scope creep without following the above principles. Yes it can analyse data, but it can’t think if what you’re asking is stupid or not.
Enjoy the financial, time, accuracy and speed benefits of your human/ai partnership
The future of financial services lies in effective human-AI collaboration, not just AI adoption. Success requires building secure, well-trained AI systems that compliment human expertise rather than replace it. Embrace this partnership mindset while maintaining strong security measures and human oversight. Then financial institutions can harness AI’s power while mitigating its risks.
The Card & Payments Awards will be taking place on Thursday 5th February 2026 at the famous JW Marriott Grosvenor House Hotel in Mayfair, London. Entries are open now and close in October… Book your table for the Awards now!
SHARE THIS STORY
The Card & Payments Awards remains the longest-standing and leading networking event of the year for the UK and Irish card and payments industry. With over 1100 guests attending on the night, from over 300 different companies, and with a compelling list of blue-chip sponsors. Enter hereand book your tables now.
Recognising Excellence and Innovation in Payments
The Card & Payments Awards has been instrumental in recognising excellence and innovation across the industry from a diverse range of corporations for the past two decades. Each year many eligible organisations compete for one of the prestigious awards which are judged by an independent panel of industry experts. The Awards concludes with its infamous Industry Achievement Award each year.
The Card & Payments Awards are open across the different categories to credit, debit, prepaid and charge card issuers, co-brands, merchant acquirers, payment processors, retailers and other payments companies worldwide who are offering programmes or initiatives within the UK and Irish market. There are a range of categories covering key disciplines and offering organisations the opportunity to showcase all of their achievements.
Why Enter
For over 20 years, The Card & Payments Awards have been recognising excellence across the industry.
Widely regarded as the Oscars of the card and payments world, this is your opportunity to stand out and celebrate your achievements.
An entry gives you the chance to:
Gain recognition from respected industry leaders
Build brand credibility and consumer trust
Increase visibility through press and media coverage
Extensive networking opportunities with senior industry leaders
Demonstrate your commitment to excellence
Assessment by an independent panel of experienced industry judges
Entries are judged on the strength of the submission and how well it meets the category criteria. Categories include: Best Industry Innovation, Best Payment Facility, Best App User Experience (CX Initiative), Best Product Design and the Financial Inclusion Award. Last year’s winners include moneyhub for Open Banking, Dojo for Innovating Customer Service with AI, and Nationwide for Product Design.
Enter hereand book your tables now to celebrate the industry’s biggest achievements, whilst meeting the key players from across the sector.
The financial services industry has been in a state of disruption for over a decade. However, this year has marked…
SHARE THIS STORY
The financial services industry has been in a state of disruption for over a decade. However, this year has marked a new chapter for neobanks. What began as lean, digital-first challengers to traditional banks has now evolved into a powerful movement reshaping the definition of what a bank can be. Today’s neobanks are no longer just mobile apps for managing money…. They are full-fledged lifestyle platforms blending finance with connectivity, commerce, and personalisation.
From telecom integration to global market expansion, neobanks are aggressively diversifying their services. They are embedding themselves deeper into everyday life. Consumers are no longer just looking for convenience. They expect financial tools that anticipate their needs, adapt to their behaviours and seamlessly connect with the services they use daily.
Here are the top five Neobanking innovations defining 2025:
1. Neobanks Entering the Telecom Arena with Digital SIMs & Mobile Services
Monzo (UK) is planning to launch a digital SIM card service. Marking its entry into telecomms to improve customer convenience and diversify its revenue streams.
Klarna (Sweden/US) has taken a similar step by launching a $40/month unlimited 5G mobile plan in the U.S. Available via MVNO partnerships with AT&T and Gigs.
This trend highlights a notable shift: neobanks are blending finance with connectivity to create new customer touchpoints and offerings.
2. Embedding Finance Across Everyday Activities
Neobanks continue to evolve from stand-alone financial apps into integrated platforms within broader ecosystems:
monobank (Ukraine) introduced “Shake2Pay”—a quick, seamless way to pay for fuel at WOG gas stations by just shaking your phone.
It also launched “Group Expenses” for effortless bill splitting and a “market by mono” in-app marketplace offering over 20,000 products with installment buying.
These features demonstrate how everyday financial actions—from buying to splitting bills—are becoming deeply integrated into daily life.
Industry reports emphasise that AI and machine learning are being leveraged to deliver advanced personalisation, predicting spending behaviors and recommending tailored products.
The result is a more proactive and individualised banking experience, where the app anticipates your financial needs rather than just reacting.
4. Global Expansion Through Licensing and Market Architecture
Neobanks are aggressively scaling internationally:
Revolut has reached 60 million users in over 48 countries by mid‑2025 and is expanding further—setting up Paris as its Western European HQ and investing $1.1 billion in France.
It’s also pursuing a ‘lean bank’ licence in Israel, expanding its regulated banking footprint.
This approach underscores a strategic push to become truly global, not just by user count, but by regulatory presence.
5. Diversification Beyond Traditional Banking Services
Traditional neobanking isn’t enough—2025 is about expanding into new verticals:
Klarna’s shift from BNPL to full-scale digital banking—with debit cards, mobile plans, and FDIC-insured deposit services—signals how neobanks are making themselves indispensable.
Neobanks increasingly aim to become one-stop financial destinations rather than niche providers.
Neobanks have moved far beyond their origins as scrappy FinTech challengers. In 2025, they are building holistic ecosystems that combine money management, AI-driven personalisation, mobile connectivity, and lifestyle integration. This transformation signals a broader truth: banking is no longer just about finance… It’s about creating seamless experiences that fit into every corner of modern life.
Matt Whetton, Chief Technology Officer, Acquired.com on the future of payments with cVRPs, AI and vertical integration
SHARE THIS STORY
There are three powerful forces shaping the future of payments and how businesses pay and get paid today. Commercial variable recurring payments (cVRPs), AI, and vertical integration. These forces are transforming the way that businesses can interact with their customers. They are still in the early stages of their development. As these technologies evolve, they hold great potential to redefine payments, benefiting both businesses and consumers alike.
cVRPs – recurring commerce done smarter
When open banking is discussed, many people are familiar with options like “pay by bank” at checkout. While this is mostly used for one-time purchases, recurring payments like bills and subscriptions still rely heavily on direct debits. Businesses serving British consumers, who collectively spend almost £30 billion a year on subscription services, face challenges with slow settlements. There are also high fees (especially for failed transactions), and limited customer control.
cVRPs, the latest evolution of open banking, promise to ease many of the challenges. For example, cVRPs enable businesses to securely collect payments from customers’ bank accounts within agreed limits. These include the amount, frequency, or duration, without requiring customers to re-authenticate each time, reducing friction yet increasing optimisation.
In addition to providing the same benefits as ‘pay by bank’ at checkout, such as the convenience of not having to enter your card details and security of not sharing these details with the retailer, cVRPs can unlock new business models for businesses dependent on recurring revenue. The open banking infrastructure which powers cVRPs allows businesses to gather data insights from these transactions. This enables the introduction of offers like dynamic pricing for subscriptions, or variable insurance premiums based on usage. Not only does this help operational efficiency, but it ultimately enhances the customer experience, encouraging them to keep coming back.
Critically, cVRPs are more likely to successfully complete compared to traditional direct debits, as businesses leverage advanced capabilities like smarter retry logic and dynamic payment routing. These are typically implemented by providers offering VRP services. With open banking making real-time account balance checks possible, businesses can determine the best time to retry a failed payment, such as after payday. Dynamic routing enables merchants to route transactions based on pre-defined business rules, such as transaction value, geographic region, or acquirer performance. This flexibility ensures that payments are directed to the most suitable acquirer or provider. Therefore ncreasing the likelihood of successful transactions and optimising cost efficiency. Together, these capabilities help reduce failed payments, keep customers subscribed, and increase revenue over time.
However, its nascence means there are still potential threats ahead. Regulators need to learn lessons from the growth of ‘pay by bank’. There are 27 million monthly payments now taking place after a slow start, as well as already piloted sweeping VRPs to ensure a solid business model for open banking. With collaboration from banks, FinTechs, business, and government, the ecosystem can take full advantage of these innovative capabilities to reduce friction.
AI/ML’s transformative impact
The advances in AI and machine learning (AI/ML) are written about every day. So, it’s perhaps no surprise that they are having a profound impact on how businesses process payments, detect fraud, and improve customer service. AI’s ability to process large volumes of transaction data efficiently helps businesses identify patterns, trends, and anomalies that would otherwise be difficult to detect.
Not only does this capability benefit fraud prevention, but it can also help businesses gain meaningful insights from the data. Allowing them to expand their service offerings. For example, businesses can apply AI/ML to automate tasks enabled by open banking, such as income verification, affordability checks, and financial health scoring. This helps speed up onboarding and approval processes. Meanwhile, giving consumers access to more sophisticated services. These include spend forecasting, budgeting nudges, and alerts for unusual activity, thereby helping them manage their money more effectively.
Looking ahead, AI/ML will be central to unlocking the full potential of open banking. By improving operational efficiency and enabling richer customer experiences, AI will help businesses transition from reactive to proactive financial services. Currently, the best use cases for AI are assistive, not autonomous. AI is at its most powerful when it augments human decision-making, particularly in nuanced or regulated environments. We’re still early in the maturity curve. As the technology becomes more affordable and the technology within it more explainable, it’s hard to imagine the full potential impact of AI in the payments industry.
Tailored Solutions
The combination of open banking and AI has led to a more tailored and specialised approach to payments technology, particularly for businesses in specific industries. While these powerful tools offer great potential, it is crucial that they are applied in the right way, at the right time, and for the right business.
To move beyond generic payment solutions, the industry is seeing increasing vertical integration. Instead of simply processing transactions, payment providers must now deliver more comprehensive solutions that address the needs of specific sectors. In industries where payment needs are more complex, vertical integration ensures that payment solutions are tightly aligned with business operations. For example, businesses in the construction sector often require project-based billing and payment systems that reflect the way projects are managed. Elsewhere, hospitality providers need solutions that integrate payment systems with real-time inventory tracking and booking management.
It’s fair to say firms will always be looking for any place to optimise to gain an edge. The trend towards vertical integration, combined with cVRPs, and AI are redefining the future of payments. There is a move away from a technical area of the business, to become a core operational function. Businesses adapting to leverage these technologies are well placed to create stronger connections with their customers and drive long-term growth.
David Sewell, Chief Technology Officer at Synechron on why robust digital infrastructure is the missing link in the UK’s AI ambitions
SHARE THIS STORY
The current British government wants everyone to know that it sees opportunity in AI. Across a series of flashy public events this spring, Prime Minister Keir Starmer announced a string of support packages. Culminating in a £2 billion AI investment pledge. Standing next to the Prime Minister, Nvidia’s Jensen Huang addressed a gathered audience of businessmen and politicians by mentioning the “extraordinary” atmosphere in the UK. Huang also mentioned that the UK is now the third largest AI venture capital market in the world.
The UK has set an ambition to be a global powerhouse in artificial intelligence – building on what it’s already done. The question now is how to ensure it gets there.
The financial industry, centred in The City but now in every corner of the nation, is core to getting there. As James Lichau, financial services co-leader at BPM said: “AI presents immense opportunities for the FinTech industry”. From better banking applications to bespoke advisory and vastly improved investment theses, Britain’s AI dream will flower with its fintech ambitions.
The Global AI Momentum and Infrastructure Reality
The UK has been quick to realise the importance of the moment, but others are moving too. Two billion pounds is a sizeable commitment but compared to the United States’ $4 billion CHIPS and Science Act AI investments and China’s estimated $15 billion in annual public and private AI spending, it’s not the largest in the world.
Capital investment is accelerating as nations and corporations are pouring large sums into artificial intelligence capabilities. What might have previously been seen as “unnecessary spend” is now being approved as essential infrastructure. The best engineers now command salaries the equivalent of city budgets. Financial companies of all sizes have placed substantial wagers on AI’s ability to create new value.
This means Britain will need to be smart and targeted in where to place support. The most obvious place is infrastructure. Infrastructure is critical because ambition without infrastructure is unsustainable. Even the most sophisticated AI strategies, backed by some of the largest companies in the world, will fail without the foundational digital systems to support them.
The UK’s AI aspirations face a fundamental test: can government investment translate into real-world capability when the underlying infrastructure remains underdeveloped? History shows that technological leadership demands comprehensive ecosystem development encompassing everything from basic connectivity to advanced computing resources.
Infrastructure: the foundation for progress
A successful AI ecosystem requires three interconnected elements.
First, compute capacity represents the engine of AI development. Training sophisticated machine learning models demands enormous computational resources, often requiring specialised hardware configurations that can process vast datasets efficiently. Without adequate compute infrastructure, AI development becomes expensive and time-consuming, forcing organisations to seek resources elsewhere or abandon projects entirely. Peter Kyle, Secretary of State for Science, Innovation & Technology described the possibilities this way: “Giving our researchers and innovators access to the processing power they need will not only maintain our standing as the world’s third‑biggest AI power, but put British expertise at the heart of the AI breakthroughs.”
Second, power supply infrastructure must support the energy-intensive operations that modern AI systems require. Data centres housing AI workloads consume significantly more electricity than traditional computing facilities, creating new demands on national energy grids. This is why countries like Iceland with large geothermal and hydroelectric energy capacity typically outperform in power-intensive industries. Meanwhile, the massive grid outage this spring showed the fragility of Spain’s power system. The UK’s AI Energy Council is holding discussions about upgrading the national grid, with plans to power the next wave of AI using nuclear and renewable energy.
Third, connectivityis crucial for reliable movement of large data sets. Networks enable real-time deployment of AI services, allowing organisations to access and process data across real-world applications. Without robust connectivity, AI remains confined to isolated research environments rather than driving economic productivity. The UK has a longstanding programme of investment in broadband infrastructure although the speed requirements represent a significant expansion of current capabilities.
Beyond Headline Commitments: The Implementation Challenge
The caveat frequently used by investment managers applies here as well: “Past performance is not a guarantee of future results.” Some regions have built a head start in the race for AI supremacy. That doesn’t mean they will stay in the lead. From algorithmic trading to fraud detection, fintech applications will be among the first to falter if infrastructure lags behind innovation
Countries that address infrastructure limitations decisively can leapfrog competitors and establish sustainable competitive advantages.
The UK must be unafraid to copy success from elsewhere, while also finding areas to break new ground. The UK AI Opportunities Action Plan is a strong start. Government, business, and investment leaders must now collaborate to turn ambition into execution.
Join industry leaders and innovators in London at the 5th Annual Digital Banking Summit – October 21-22, a premiere event designed to explore the most transformative trends shaping the banking sector in the digital era.
SHARE THIS STORY
The Digital Banking Summit two-day conference covers a range of critical topics. From AI-driven banking and open finance to financial inclusion and the future of digital identity. Discover how cutting-edge technologies like edge computing, hyper-personalisation and APIs are redefining corporate and retail banking. Engage in discussions around legacy system modernisation, sustainability through ESG initiatives and the regulatory landscape, including DORA and GDPR.
With sessions led by top executives from global financial institutions (including Santander, Revolut, Citi and Lloyds), attendees will gain actionable insights on leveraging innovation to streamline operations, enhance customer experience, and build resilient financial ecosystems. Take advantage of networking opportunities and 1:1 meetings to connect with senior leaders and experts. Don’t miss this opportunity to be part of the conversation shaping the future of digital banking.
Digital Identity: Onboarding, Compliance and Embedded Finance
Cross-Industry Collaboration in Banking
Banking for a Digital Workforce
Hyper-Personalisation in Wealth Management
Edge Computing
The Role of APIs in Transforming Corporate Banking
Digital Resilience
Legacy Systems vs Modernisation
AI in Banking
Digital Banking Summit Day 2
Automation and Cloud Banking
Data Monetisation: Ethics and Opportunities
Digital Marketing in Banking
CBDCs
Sustainable Banking Future with ESG
Navigating DORA, GDPR and Beyond
Digital Wallets
Mobile Banking
Crypto, Instant Transfers and Banking
AI-Driven Fraud
Customer-Centric Innovation
Cybersecurity: Deepfakes, AI Attacks and Quantum Risks
What Attendees Really Think About the Digital Banking Summit
“Very well organised conference with a lot of possibilities to meet people and very interesting topics in the banking world”
Director, ERI Bancaire S.A.
“The energy at the event was truly invigorating, as industry leaders shared innovative ideas that are reshaping the future of banking”
Digital Product Lead, Unicredit
“Great experience! In order to meet with professionals from the industry, a lot of networking opportunities. Great topics!”
Strategy Manager, Akbank
“Valuable learning and interesting conversations”
Director, Wise
“The audience is on a very senior level, a lot of participants. Speakers are also on a very high level, everybody learned a lot. We are very, very happy!”
Head of Regional Marketing CEE & CIS, Finastra
“A great opportunity to meet the industry experts and get inspirational thoughts!”
FinTech Strategy meets Eastern Horizon Founder & CEO Christine Le to discuss client expectations and the changing landscape of wealth management
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
At Financial Transformation Summit, Christine Le, a Chartered Financial Planner and Founder & CEO of Eastern Horizon Wealth Management, spoke on an investment panel – “Generational Wealth Transfer: Meeting the Expectation of Younger Clients”. Appearing with industry colleagued representing Citi Global Wealth, HFMC Wealth and Lightbox Wealth, Le considered: What trends and technologies are shaping NextGen investment decisions, and how can WMs stay ahead? Can digital wealth platforms meet the demand for hyper-personalised, user-friendly experiences? How does social responsibility & ESG investing influence younger investors, and how can advisors align with these priorities? How can wealth managers build and maintain trust with NextGen investors?
Following the panel, we spoke with Christine to find out more…
Hi Christine, tell us about your role at Eastern Horizon?
“I’m a Chartered Financial Planner and the Founder & CEO of Eastern Horizon Wealth Management. We are a financial advisory firm and also a partner practice of St. James’s Place. They are among the biggest wealth management firms in the UK based on assets under management. We get a lot of support from St. James’s Place in terms of technology compliance and investment solutions. At my practice, we focus on a diverse range of clients including ethnic minorities, especially British Asians in the UK. I’m also the president of the Vietnam Investment and Finance Association in the United Kingdom (VIFA). We aim to provide useful financial information for Vietnamese people in the UK and become a bridge between Vietnam and the UK.”
You were part of a panel at this Summit focused on Generational Wealth Transfer. Can you give us an overview of your thoughts?
‘’Having worked in the financial services industry for over 15 years, I’ve observed a persistent gap in how the industry serves diverse client segments – particularly ethnic minority communities in the UK. This gap is especially pronounced when it comes to financial education and long-term planning, including wealth transfer across generations. When I speak to members of my own Vietnamese community, I often find that there’s a limited understanding of how to navigate financial systems effectively – from managing investments and pensions to planning for intergenerational wealth. It’s not due to a lack of interest or ambition, but rather a lack of access to culturally relevant and accessible financial advice.
“This is where I believe I can make a meaningful difference. I not only bring professional expertise and technical knowledge to the table, but also a deep understanding of the cultural values, family dynamics, and communication styles that shape financial decision-making in the community. That cultural insight is key to building trust, something that is essential when discussing personal finances and planning for the future. My goal is to help bridge that gap – to empower families with the knowledge and tools they need to make informed financial decisions, preserve their wealth, and pass it on confidently to the next generation.’’
Why is this an exciting time for the business?
“At the moment the world is so integrated, and many people can benefit. A lot of people want to go to the UK, invest into the UK. I think with that in mind this is an exciting time to run my business and to be able to bridge that gap, providing sufficient knowledge for people as a trusted source when they come to the UK and need to understand the financial regulations. We can give people solid support to understand the financial processes of settling and building wealth in the UK.”
What other trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“Right now, everyone is talking about AI, and for good reason. In my business, we rely heavily on digital tools to streamline administrative tasks. It’s truly a game-changer. Compared to starting a business 15 years ago, when I would have needed a full-time assistant just to take meeting notes and summarise action points, many of those processes can now be automated, saving both time and cost. Another advantage is in how we communicate. Many of my clients are British Vietnamese. While they understand and speak English, they often feel more comfortable communicating in Vietnamese. We use AI-powered translation tools to make this process faster and more seamless. These technologies are allowing us to broaden the range of services we offer and tailor our support to each client’s needs.”
What pain points are your clients experiencing that you need to address? How are you meeting the challenge?
“It’s about meeting the client’s highest priority. When people come to me, they maybe want to support their children to get onto the property ladder or plan for their retirement. They might be looking to buy a new car or move home. So, as a regulated financial advisor, I can sit with a client and talk them through key priorities and tailor the solutions best for them and help them overcome the pain points of decision-making.
“Additionally, the UK’s financial regulations are complex and changing all the time. It’s very difficult for people to follow. It’s my job as a financial advisor to follow up those changes and stay up to date with the regulations to assess how it can impact our clients and then give them the best recommendations. Allied to this, many of our clients will need support with cross-border services as they move freely between different countries they need somebody they can trust, an expert that knows what they’re doing and who can provide the right financial services for them.”
Tell us about a recent success story…
“Success for Eastern Horizon is to know that our clients feel they have somebody to rely on. For example, I have an old friend who came to me as a client. She was based in Vietnam but wanted to relocate to the UK. She had assets across Europe and in Vietnam and needed to understand the big picture of financial planning in the UK. We examined her assets across different countries to bring them into the UK and find the best solution for her to utilise tax efficient savings, pensions and investments to support her family and her business in the long term.”
What’s next for Eastern Horizon when it comes to wealth management? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“Over the next few months, we are keen to collaborate with different associations and communities across the UK – whether that’s related to Vietnam or British Asian communities and offer useful information and workshops and webinars tailored to different audiences. Also, with my work for the Vietnam Investment and Finance Association I want to organise workshops for those keen to invest in the UK but don’t know where to start. They often don’t have anyone to support them so I would like to focus on building a network to offer that bridge to investment in the UK.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between traditional institutions and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
“I spent five years working at the intersection of FinTech and WealthTech – where wealth management meets technology. During that time, I witnessed firsthand how the financial services landscape is evolving. Large incumbent banks bring undeniable strengths: scale, regulatory rigour, and long-standing client trust. However, they often struggle with agility. Their legacy infrastructures, many of which still aren’t cloud-based, make digital transformation slow and complex. On the other hand, FinTechs are born digital. They’re nimble, innovative, and quick to adapt to changing customer needs. But without the reputation and stability that traditional institutions have built over decades, they can face challenges in gaining consumer trust or navigating regulatory environments alone. What became clear to me is that banks and FinTechs cannot operate in silos.
“Collaboration is not just beneficial, it’s essential. When they work together, they combine the best of both worlds: the reliability and compliance of traditional finance with the innovation and customer-centric design of new technology. With my own practice, we apply this mindset. We actively look for ways to streamline administrative processes using digital tools – reducing costs, improving efficiency, and freeing up more time to focus on what matters most: building strong, human relationships with our clients. The goal is to use technology not to replace that human connection, but to enhance it. By doing so, we can deliver modern, efficient, and deeply personalised financial services that clients trust.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Eastern Horizon?
“I’ve attended several events this year, and this has truly been one of the most enjoyable and well-organised in the UK. What stood out was the impressive mix of voices – from established financial institutions to bold, forward-thinking startups. Engaging with such a diverse group of speakers has been both insightful and thought-provoking. I’ve come away with fresh perspectives, challenged some of my own assumptions, and found new ideas to explore as we continue building meaningful partnerships for Eastern Horizon Wealth Management.”
About Christine Le and Eastern Horizon Wealth Management
As an Appointed Representative of St. James’s Place, Practice Lead, and business owner, Christine leverages over 15 years of experience in financial services and wealth tech to serve our clients, acquired through extensive work in multinational financial services firms in the UK. This rich background has equipped Christine with the skills and knowledge necessary to effectively oversee the business, ensuring that every facet is managed with the highest level of professionalism.
Christine founded and built this Practice to help clients prosper, build financial security, and attain peace of mind while overcoming financial obstacles.
Her primary focus is on nurturing enduring relationships with her clients, offering them trusted guidance as their financial requirements evolve over time. Throughout her advisory process, clarity remains paramount. By closely collaborating with her clients, Christine strives to identify the most efficient and tax-effective strategies to help them achieve their objectives. Specialising in tailored solutions, Christine is dedicated to understanding her clients’ financial goals and crafting strategies that align with their vision for the future.
FinTech Strategy meets with Citigroup’s Head of ESG Credit Management, Mauricio Masondo, to discover the future for ESG and sustainable finance
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
At Financial Transformation Summit, Mauricio Masondo, Head of ESG Credit Management at Citigroup, featured on a sustainability panel – ‘The Future of ESG and Sustainable Finance: Balancing Profit and Purpose’. Alongside peers fromGenerali AM, Gallagher Re and Arma Karma, Masondo considered: What key metrics should FIs use to track ESG progress, and how can they ensure authenticity in their sustainability efforts? Developing a holistic ESG strategy amid evolving regulations – key challenges and solutions. How can FIs leverage technology to meet sustainability goals and drive long-term profitability? How can FIs move beyond offering ESG products to embedding sustainability into their core business models?
Following the panel, we spoke with Mauricio to find out more…
Hi Mauricio, tell us about your role at Citigroup?
“In my 32 years with Citi my career has primarily focused on wholesale credit, and in recent years I built out our portfolio management function. For the past year specifically, I’ve been leading the integration of ESG and climate considerations into our credit processes.As Head of ESG Credit Management, my role is to embed ESG requirements into our credit processes in a way that’s consistently and efficiently applied through technology, policies, training, and governance frameworks. Our strategic approach was not to create an ESG silo that replicates existing processes, but rather to integrate ESG considerations seamlessly into our current workflows. This means any credit analyst can now underwrite ESG credits, sustainable loans, or green loans, rather than requiring dedicated specialists. We’ve equipped our entire team with the knowledge and tools they need to handle these transactions effectively.”
You were part of a panel at this Summit focused on the future for ESG and sustainable finance. Can you give us an overview of your thoughts?
“Data standardisation is absolutely critical, especially as we advance into the AI era. I often reference Moody’s as an excellent example of strategic foresight. Moody’s operates two key businesses – credit ratings and data analytics – and early in their AI journey, they made the strategic decision to structure and normalise all their credit research data. This proved to be transformational because it enabled them to deploy AI solutions much more rapidly with clean, structured datasets. We’re working to apply this same principle at Citi. We’re developing processes to structure climate-related data in a way that will be usable across multiple applications. For example, we’re working on integrating emissions data and climate risk assessments into our credit risk rating models. We’re also exploring how this structured approach could support underwriting processes and securitisations, where comprehensive data packages could facilitate risk transfer transactions with institutional investors. The goal is to build normalised, structured data as the foundation for various applications, from portfolio management to AI-driven solutions. While we’re still in the early stages of many of these initiatives, the potential is significant.”
Why is this an exciting time for the business?
“We’re witnessing the convergence of several transformative trends. However, one of our biggest challenges is policy divergence across jurisdictions. Countries are taking vastly different approaches to ESG requirements, and for a global bank like Citi, this creates significant complexity in standardising processes across multiple regulatory environments. While challenging, this divergence also creates opportunities to develop scalable, cost-effective solutions that can adapt to various regulatory frameworks.Second, AI is revolutionising how we approach ESG challenges. It’s helping us structure data more effectively, enhance reporting capabilities, contextualise information, and identify trends that would have been impossible to detect manually.
“Previously, comprehensive ESG analysis required significant time, resources, and personnel. AI has made these processes more accessible and cost-effective.Most importantly, there’s been a fundamental shift in how the industry, and governments, view ESG. It’s evolved beyond compliance and emissions reporting to become a significant business opportunity. We need to capitalise on this transition – moving from reactive reporting to proactive opportunity capture. The capital is there, and if traditional banks don’t seize these opportunities, asset managers, private credit firms, and private equity will. We’re partnering strategically with reinsurance companies and asset managers to develop innovative solutions that unlock transition capital and help companies fund decarbonisation projects.”
What other trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“Trade flows are experiencing significant disruption due to current tariff policies. This creates both challenges and opportunities for our clients. Companies are reassessing their supply chain vulnerabilities and seeking greater resilience in their operations.I anticipate we’ll see a regionalisation of trade flows rather than a complete deglobalisation. European companies will likely increase intra-regional trade while reducing intercontinental transactions. We’re seeing similar patterns emerging in Asia and the Middle East. This shift requires banks to be more agile in how we structure trade finance and working capital solutions to meet these evolving needs.”
What pain points are you experiencing that you need to address? How are you meeting the challenge?
“Working capital finance requires increasingly creative solutions that leverage advanced technology. Banks are recognising that FinTechs often have greater agility in developing and implementing these technologies. There’s significant efficiency in having one FinTech serve multiple banks rather than each institution developing independent solutions. This collaborative approach allows us to move faster while reducing development costs and time-to-market.”
Tell us about a recent success story…
“I designed and led the implementation of an early warning monitoring system for Citi’s credit portfolio. The project began with a fundamental concept: create a data lake, develop meaningful metrics, and engage data scientists to interpret the insights. We collaborated with trade officers and partnered with external specialists to enhance our capabilities.Initially, there was scepticism about the system’s value, particularly because we built it as an independent function within our portfolio management organisation, separate from traditional banking and risk management structures. However, this positioning allowed us to collect unique client data and develop insights that weren’t available elsewhere in the organisation.A critical component of our success was establishing a dedicated credit expert team that oversees the entire process.
“This team leads the engagement and communication of alerts, ensuring that insights are properly interpreted and actionable recommendations reach the right stakeholders.The evolution was remarkable. We progressed from generating a few alerts daily to dozens per day, and eventually to hundreds of alerts weekly. More importantly, we developed sophisticated processes for interpreting and acting on these alerts, with our expert team serving as the bridge between data insights and business action. Bankers and risk managers began to recognise the value, and today, three years later, the system is integral to how we conduct annual reviews and client presentations. It’s incredibly rewarding to provide our bankers with comprehensive data and insights that strengthen their client relationships.”
What’s next for Citigroup when it comes to ESG? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“While it may sound clichéd, AI truly is transformative for our industry. The breadth of use cases and the rapid pace of learning make it essential to our strategic direction. We’ve established a strategic partnership with Google and are investing significantly in AI use case development and implementation across our operations. From an operational perspective, AI will undoubtedly increase our efficiency as an industry. More importantly, it’s enabling us to evolve our business models and create client solutions that weren’t previously feasible. This opens entirely new avenues for innovative product development. Additionally, since CEO Jane Fraser joined, we’ve embarked on a comprehensive transformation program that’s delivering strong results in terms of financial performance and returns. We’ve restructured and simplified our operations, which positions us more competitively as we refresh our leadership teams and attract new talent. The trajectory is very promising.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
“The current tariff environment is creating opportunities for FinTechs that facilitate connections between banks, investors, and corporations. It’s also presenting consolidation opportunities for private equity firms within the rapidly expanding FinTech ecosystem.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Citigroup?
“The panel brought together diverse perspectives from FinTech, asset management, insurance, and banking – all addressing common challenges that span our sectors. This cross-industry dialogue creates tremendous opportunities for collaboration and mutual understanding.The key now is translating these conversations into action. We need to maintain these connections, expand the dialogue, and avoid making decisions in isolation. FinTechs possess the agility to implement changes in their operating models far more quickly than large incumbents like us. However, our procurement systems and processes aren’t always conducive to collaborating with smaller, innovative companies.Events like this highlight the need to streamline how institutions like Citi can collaborate with and learn from FinTechs. We must accelerate our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing world.”
We’re helping build more sustainable, economically vibrant communities around the world.
At Citi, helping our clients navigate the challenges and embrace the opportunities of our rapidly changing world is fundamental to our mission of enabling growth and economic progress.
FinTech Strategy spoke with Veritran’s CMO, Jorge Sanchez Barcelo, at Money20/20 Europe to find out more about the tech firm’s partnership with Manchester City reimagining CX to create a frictionless digital experience for fans
SHARE THIS STORY
Money20/20 Europe Exclusive
In an era where technology defines the customer journey, Jorge Sanchez Barcelo, Chief Marketing Officer at Veritran, is leading a bold charge into a new frontier: one where financial technology fuses with fandom, and CX becomes both frictionless and deeply personal.
Jorge’s professional journey has always followed the arc of digital transformation. From his earlier roles at AT&T and Banorte to now helming marketing at Veritran, a global technology company, his mission is clear: make life easier, better, and more secure for end users – whether they’re banking customers or football fans.
“Our technology without a purpose is nothing. It’s just code,” Jorge says. “We build for people. And that purpose has taken us far beyond banking.”
From Buenos Aires to Global Ambitions
Founded in Buenos Aires almost 20 years ago, Veritran started building mobile applications before the iPhone even existed – when, as Jorge jokes, “phones were just for calls, texts, and the occasional game of Snake”.
“Our guys were visionaries,” he continues. “They were talking about applications when we didn’t even have smartphones. Back then, you had to build a separate app for every phone model because we didn’t have iOS or Android,” he recalls.
Despite those early technical hurdles, the company maintained a singular focus: democratising access to financial services. “Once a person starts managing their own finances, they gain control,” reasons Jorge. “And control is the first step toward growth.”
That mission has proven timeless, and borderless. Today, Veritran has a solid footprint across Latin America and has expanded into the US and Europe.
Why Experience Matters More Than Ever
Jorge is acutely aware that in financial services, trust is everything. A slick PowerPoint is not enough to win over banks.
“When I meet with a financial institution, they don’t want theory. They want proof. They want to see our tech working in the real world. But many banks are reluctant to share their strategies, even with non-competitors.”
This desire to demonstrate capability led Veritran to seek a bold new marketing approach – one that would provide a visible, secure, and non-competitive environment to showcase its tech.
Enter Manchester City: A Blueprint for CX Innovation
The solution arrived via the pitch, not the boardroom. Veritran entered into a partnership with Manchester City, one of the best football teams in the world.
“Manchester City is digitally five to seven years ahead of most clubs,” says Jorge.
Veritran’s technology now supports key digital operations at Manchester City, helping the Club streamline processes such as user registration, membership management, and ticketing. This collaboration reflects a shared commitment to innovation and operational excellence.
What began as a strategic partnership has evolved into a strong example of how financial technology can reinforce digital infrastructure in the sports sector. As more organisations seek reliable and scalable solutions, the model developed with Manchester City demonstrates the value of secure, efficient platforms designed to support long-term digital growth.
Breaking the Sponsorship Mold
Unlike traditional sports sponsorships, which often come with hefty price tags and limited strategic collaboration, Veritran’s deal with City was rooted in partnership.
“Our partnership is beneficial for both companies, we share value,” explains Jorge. “With the brand reach of Manchester City’s clubs we have been able to promote our company worldwide.”
This model has opened the door to future collaborations, not only with sports clubs, but also with entertainment companies in the US who are eyeing similar digital transformations.
Applying FinTech Learnings in New Territories
As Veritran enters new markets, they carry the lessons of regulated finance into less restricted sectors.
“In banking, every innovation has to pass through layers of regulation,” notes Jorge. “But in entertainment or sports, you can think outside the box and start with the experience, not the compliance checklist.”
That freedom has allowed Veritran to experiment with new ideas, such as smile-based stadium access or face-based payments.
“We call it ‘mouthful access’ – just smile, and you’re in. You can’t do that in banking… yet.”
Blending Brand and Utility: A New Era for Embedded Finance
What sets Veritran apart isn’t just its technology stack – it’s the way it applies that stack to create emotional resonance and operational value in new settings. For Jorge and his team, the convergence of financial services and lifestyle touchpoints is the most exciting, and underexplored, frontier.
“When we embed finance into a stadium or a music festival, we’re not just processing payments,” he explains. “We’re creating seamless, branded experiences that extend customer relationships beyond the bank branch or app.”
This philosophy echoes a wider FinTech trend: the shift from siloed services to contextual, embedded finance – delivered where customers already are, not where institutions want them to be.
As financial brands seek new ways to engage digitally-native consumers, Jorge believes partnerships with lifestyle, sports, and entertainment brands offer huge untapped potential.
Jorge notes that younger generations expect everything to be digital, instant, and intuitive. They don’t separate banking from shopping or attending an event, it’s all part of one journey. “If we can integrate services invisibly into those moments, that’s where the magic happens.”
He’s quick to add that the financial industry still has work to do in aligning with this shift – both culturally and technologically.
“It’s not just about APIs or infrastructure. It’s about mindset. The organisations that embrace this new way of thinking – who see CX as a shared responsibility across ecosystems – will lead the next decade.”
With Veritran’s cross-industry collaborations accelerating, Jorge is confident they’re not just shaping financial journeys – they’re reshaping everyday experiences.
Embedding Finance in the Fan Journey
Jorge sees a massive opportunity to embed financial services into sports and entertainment ecosystems, particularly in underbanked regions like Latin America.
“In the UK, stadiums are already cashless. In Latin America, we still have guys walking around selling Coca-Cola for cash from their pockets. We want to change that.”
By introducing digital wallets, biometric payments, and embedded insurance services (e.g., ticket protection at the point of sale), Veritran enables clubs to become financial service providers.
“Imagine buying a match ticket and adding travel insurance in one click. That’s the level of seamless we’re aiming for.”
Pain Points Driving Demand
So what are clients asking for?
Jorge says it comes down to three priorities:
Integrated Payments Ecosystems Clients want unified platforms that support seamless payments across channels and partners
Digital Onboarding & Identity Reducing friction while enhancing security is top of mind – especially in customer acquisition
End-to-End Security Suites With AI-driven fraud and evolving regulations, security isn’t optional; it’s a strategic asset
Veritran’s flexibility as a tech partner, not just a vendor, allows it to co-create with clients. This often means integrating with their existing partners, such as banks, card networks, or insurers.
What’s Next for Veritran?
According to Jorge, the company is at a pivotal moment. Its technology is gaining traction in new verticals with strong investment appetite – such as entertainment and live events.
“These sectors have the budget and the ambition. No one’s serving them with the kind of Fintech-grade CX we provide.”
The company is also exploring opportunities in public transportation and other infrastructure-heavy sectors where transactions are frequent and still inefficient.
“Everywhere there’s a transaction, there’s an opportunity to simplify.”
FinTech is set to play an expanding role in everyday life whereJorge believes the very definition of FinTech is evolving.
“It’s not just about banks anymore. If you buy a coffee, book a train, or enter a concert – those are all transactions. And if we can simplify them, that’s FinTech too.”
That’s why Veritran sees future growth in collaborative ecosystems where banks, brands, and non-traditional players converge to serve the customer journey holistically.
Why Money20/20?
Jorge credits the annual Money20/20 Europe conference with helping shape Veritran’s partnerships – including the initial connection with Manchester City.
“It’s one of our top five global trade shows. We don’t just send a team – we send our top execs, including our CEO. It’s where deals happen.”
Building with Purpose for the Future
In an industry flooded with features and hype Veritran differentiates by staying grounded in user value.
“Tech for tech’s sake is meaningless. But tech that improves how someone lives, spends, or connects – that’s everything,” says Jorge.
From its Argentine roots to a global stage, Veritran’s journey underscores one enduring truth: In customer experience, the future belongs to those who build it with purpose.
FinTech Strategy meets with Seema Desai, COO at iwoca, to hear how customer experience is being redefined in a digital lending era
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
At the Financial Transformation Summit, Seema Desai, COO at iwoca, spoke on a panel (alongside representatives from Zopa Bank and Citibank) about the shifting needs for customer experience in digital lending. How can lenders create hyper-personalised loan products to meet diverse customer needs? What are the best practices for maintaining a human touch in automated lending processes? How can lenders build and maintain customer loyalty in a competitive market? What role does omnichannel strategy play in delivering a seamless lending experience?
Following the panel, we spoke with Seema to find out more…
Hi Seema, tell us about your role at iwoca?
“I am the Chief Operating Officer at iwoca. We provide fast and flexible finance to small businesses across the UK and Germany. In my role as COO, I’m responsible for all of our UK operations teams. So, all of our agents that engage with customers throughout the customer journey. And I make sure that we’re offering a really high quality service that is also highly efficient.”
You were part of a panel at this Summit focused on redefining CX in the era of digital lending. Can you give us an overview of your thoughts?
“So, maintaining that personal touch is really important because that personal touch helps us to build trust with our customers. We all know that when dealing with money, that trust element is super important. There’s lots of things that iwoca does to maintain that. For example, every customer has a dedicated account manager. They can get through to them via a direct number. We also respond to emails fast, every email on the same day. And then we commit to answering at least 80% of calls in less than 60 seconds. We’ve got 10,000 new applications every month and about 30,000 customers making repayments currently. We’re doing all of this with an account management team of just 30 people. So, to maintain that level of personal touch whilst also being able to deal with that volume of customers, we absolutely have to leverage digital technology to be able to do that really efficiently. And there’s many ways that we do that…
“First of all, we make sure that our account pages and our signup flow is as clear and seamless as possible so that customers can self-serve if they want to. But we also make sure that with our operations activities, we’ve broken down every step of every operational process into a task that is visible on our in-house built CRM system. And then what we can do is run tests on every single step of those to see where having human interaction really adds the most value. So, we are constantly upgrading where we apply human interaction in a really forensic way to make sure that it’s optimised as much as possible.”
Why is this an exciting time for the business?
“It’s really exciting right now. We’ve been having some record months recently and broken some big milestones. We are now approving around 10,000 new business loans every month, which is huge. Our loan book across the UK is almost £1 billion. And then a bit closer to home, we’ve also just moved offices. We’ve got more space and we’re still able to attract exceptional talent into iwoca and it’s great to have a new home in central London to do that.”
What trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“Embedded finance is a big trend right now. It’s important for us to make sure that customers can access lending when and where they need it. We’re integrating lots of partners through our open API – around a third of our applications come through partner channels. So, that’s a very important trend and growing for us in the future. We’re also seeing a lot of hyper-personalisation. We know that customers want to be able to tailor loan products exactly to their needs, and we want our products to be able to provide that flexibility to them. We’re looking at increasing loan amounts, changing durations and offering different types of repayment schedules with interest only options. And that’s hugely exciting. And one of the big trends that I’ve heard about here at FTS, and which we are working on at iwoca, is how we leverage AI and what we might be able to do with AI to make us even more efficient, but still maintain an excellent customer service.”
What pain points are your customers experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?
“So, it’s important to remember that iwoca exists in order to solve pain points for customers because customers were just relying on traditional lenders. Those traditional lenders, the big banks, have much longer application processes, typically taking weeks and sometimes just aren’t able to lend to those customers at all because it’s not within their risk appetite. Whereas at iwoca you can get a loan within minutes. We can also lend to customers that banks couldn’t lend to because we’re able to use data and data science to be able to understand the risk level and different customers much better.”
Tell us about a recent success story…
“We are operational in the UK and Germany, and a success story for us is the fact that we are now working with a loan book of almost a £1 billion and we are profitable. And we have been for quite a while now, since early 2023. So, it’s a real success story for us that we’re able to use that profitability to fund our core business growth but also use it to invest in solving other pain points for customers beyond lending.”
What’s next for iwoca? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“Yeah, there’s a lot of things that we’re working on right now. I’m excited about some of the AI tools that we are trialling to make our service even more efficient. There’s a number of exciting applications out there, so there’s a lot of people at iwoca exploring and exploiting different AI technologies. It’s going to be very exciting to see how that rolls out across our business in the rest of this year. And then also looking at new ventures that are beyond lending, which we may be launching later this year or early next.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
“Collaboration is hugely important to us and our business model. Traditional banks are able to access capital more cheaply than we can, but they’re able to provide us with access to their balance sheet so that they provide financing to us so that we can then lend to our customers. So, with their financing, we are able to use our data and our technology to reach customers that they wouldn’t be able to reach directly. At the moment, something like 80% of our funding comes from banks such as Barclays and Citi. So, they’re hugely important to us and we are continuously reviewing with them the performance of our own book and finding ways that we’d be able to lend to more of our customers.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for iwoca?
“This is my first time at this event, and I’ve been really impressed. It’s been really well organised and the panels have been insightful with some great speakers. I’ve learned quite a lot. I’ve met some really interesting people and I’m really impressed by the diversity of people that are coming here. So, I was just on a panel with somebody from Zopa, which is where I used to work. I also met somebody in the audience who came from Lloyd’s, which is where I worked about 15 years ago. So, it’s great to see that this ecosystem being brought together at FTS.”
Fast, flexible finance empowers small businesses to manage their cash flow better and seize opportunities – making their business and the economy stronger as a whole. At iwoca, we do just that. We help businesses get the funds they need, when they need it, often within minutes. We’ve already made several billion pounds in funding available to over 100,000 businesses since we launched in 2012 and positioned ourselves as a leading Fintech in Europe. Our mission is to finance one million businesses. We’ll get there by continuing to make our finance ever more relevant and accessible to more businesses by combining cutting-edge technology, data science and a 5-star customer service.
FinTech Strategy speaks with Jonas von Oldenskiöld, Head of Partnerships at Qover, about the future for the insurance industry
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
At Financial Transformation Summit, Jonas von Oldenskiöld, Head of Partnerships at Qover, spoke on a panel (alongside peers from Davies Group, Accenture, Superscript and YuLife) entitled ‘Bridging the Gap: How InsurTech is Reinventing Traditional Insurance Processes’.
Following the panel, we spoke to Jonas to find out more…
Hi Jonas, tell us about your role at Qover?
“I’m the Head of Partnerships at Qover. We are focused on embedded insurance. We try to enable that for a lot of different players in the markets. Everything from motor insurance, SMEs, going the whole way down to simple things like classes[1] such as travel, trying to be the enabler between the typical risk carrier and the distribution platform.”
You spoke on a panel at the Summit about InsurTech innovation. Give us an overview of your thoughts…
“It was a very interesting group of people on the panel coming from different angles across the industry. And the key things for me were around where InsurTech needs to go now and how it enables insurance companies at this point in time. The common understanding was that we, the InsurTechs, come from being disruptors to being more of a force into them where we can plug in and help them to change a little bit the behaviours that are currently going on. Being that catalyst in the organisation and helping them to drive innovation. Because I think a lot of large organisations have realized that innovation cannot be driven by a single hidden team somewhere, it needs to be driven from a business perspective.”
Why is this an exciting time for Qover?
“I think there are many reasons. Of course, you cannot be at an event like this without speaking about AI and the opportunity that gives to us. Also, we’re seeing a generational shift. The industry needs to get ready to service a completely different type of customers going forward and that will drive a lot of exchanges we’ll see in the next couple years.”
What other trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“I think a key one is to be able to navigate the future role of AI regulation. That will be very interesting to see what opportunities are there and what opportunities would be possible to use. More importantly, I think it is taking data from something, using data from something that is good to have, to really put it in the forefront of the operation to start planning your business process from a data perspective. This is the data that we need to have in order to deliver a good product rather than having data as the outcome of the whole process. You have set up and try to do something from that perspective. So, we need to turn the table on that.”
What other pain points your customers are experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?
“They particularly need help with the UX and how to deliver the product. I think the underlying product itself doesn’t change so much, but it’s a lot about the delivery, making sure that it actually does get delivered at the point in time that we like to call events driven. So, for us it is distributing insurance when you have a life event, if that is having a child, buying a car, buying a house or whatever it might be, data can help us to drive that. So, for us it’s very much around the delivery rather than the product underneath.”
Tell us about a recent success story…
“We’re very proud that we now have several new motor programmes in place where we have been working with large motor organisations that have realized that they’re not only selling a car, they’re selling a means of transportation and convenience, which also then includes insurance across that whole journey. We recently announced partnerships with both Volvo and BMW. And we have more in the pipeline. So, I think that has been a great success where large established industries have realised they need to go further in order to have that UX design.”
What’s next for Qover? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“In 2025, our focus is on expanding into more new verticals. We are involved in driving that engagement to see where we can expand. We started traditionally with a lot of the travel organisation and bike providers. We’re now working with neobanks[2] , traditional banks and the motor industry. I also see more opportunities in areas like utilities, in SME supporting functions, everything from accountancy to data provision and being a software provider. These expansions will be the goal over the next 24 months.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between industries and InsurTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
Partnerships is one of the key things changing the insurance industry. We still have some very large players around. They’re fulfilling their function, and they do it very well. But in order for them to adapt into the new situation, partnerships are important. You always need to be able to work at scale, which is important for them. Of course, with a partnership you lose a little bit of control compared to acquiring something or developing it yourself. But on the other hand you win on the speed to market and potentially also on the cost side. So, for me, the winners will be the ones that can handle partnerships in the right way. And at the end of the day, a partnership is a relationship. You can have as many contracts as you want, but it comes down to people.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Qover?
“We get a lot of good feedback and the great thing with events like this is that you have the chance to do networking both informal and formal. You’re having a formal agenda but also have a chance to rotate around. I always make sure to join the sessions and round tables. It has been interesting to speak to peers across the industry. It’s a good way of getting away from the desk and finding some new inspiration.”
Embedded insurance orchestrators… We’re creating a global safety net with insurance,
empowering people to live life to the fullest.
Qover was founded in 2016 by Quentin Colmant and Jean-Charles Velge. From the very beginning, our co-founders had a clear vision of the future of insurance: a simple, transparent and accessible service across borders.
Through embedded insurance, we can create a global safety net that protects everyone, everywhere. To that end, our embedded insurance orchestration platform enables any company to harness the power of technology to embed insurance as a native component of or add-on to their core product or service.
In doing so, embedded insurance becomes a powerful tool for businesses to enrich their value proposition, enable their success and care for their community.
FinTech Strategy meets Vikki Allgood, Director of Technology Strategy at Fidelity, to discuss the fundamental importance of culture in driving a successful business transformation
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
At Financial Transformation Summit, Vikki Allgood, Director of Technology Strategy at Fidelity International, gave a keynote speech entitled ‘Psychological Safety – The Hidden Key to Transforming Your Business’. Following her appearance, we spoke to Vikki to learn more…
Hi Vikki, tell us about your role at Fidelity?
“I am Director of Technology Strategy for Fidelity. We’re looking at how we can ensure we can adapt our response to our business’ needs through our technology to meet whatever demand is coming over the horizons tomorrow. And in the years to come.”
You spoke at this Summit about psychological safety driving business transformation. Tell us more…
“At Fidelity, our strategy for our technology has culture as our foundational pillar. Talking with our leaders over the last 18 months, we looked to understand how we can create a brilliant culture, recognising that psychological safety is a fundamental element in that.
“Transformations often stumble because the business plan forgets its most volatile, and most valuable component, the people asked to deliver it. Without psychological safety, even well‑funded and organised programmes stall. Teams focus more on protecting themselves instead of challenging ideas. That’s when the risks remain hidden until it’s costly, and the collective new ideas to solve the biggest challenges are never formed. That’s why we ask leaders to invest time and energy in building a culture where it’s safe to question, experiment, challenge the status quo and admit what’s not working. In that environment the behaviours every transformation depends on (curiosity, creativity, problem‑solving, healthy challenge) all naturally emerge.
Psychological safety isn’t some new trendy HR slogan, it’s a timeless basic human need wired into our biology through millennia of evolution. When people sense social threat, the amygdala floods the body with cortisol and the prefrontal cortex (the part of our brain we rely on for reasoning, innovation, etc.) literally dims. Remove the threat, and the brain’s chemistry flips, dopamine and oxytocin rise, and teams move from cautious compliance to bold collaboration. Leaders must ask themselves if their teams can lean in and challenge effectively or if they are staying quiet to protect themselves. The hidden key is simple, but non‑negotiable, leaders must consciously, relentlessly and courageously build psychological safety through everything they do and say. If they do that, then your technology and transformation plans will have the human engine they need to succeed.”
Why is this an exciting time for Fidelity?
“I think that within the industry, all the opportunities that are coming along, and our ability to adapt to our customers’ needs, is what makes it exciting. We are all on an exponential curve of change. Technical possibilities, customer expectations, regulatory demand, industry landscapes, are all going to keep moving, with new challenges and opportunities presenting themselves. We are ensuring that we can meet those needs of our customers both today and tomorrow. Finding new ways to do that is pretty exciting.”
What trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“So, from a technology perspective, I would say that we are making sure that all our foundational elements are there so that we can respond and adapt. One of Fidelity’s differentiators is that we have historic long running relationships with our customers. We are reintegrating our data strategy to allow us to better leverage this, in addition to market data, allowing us to provide personalised solutions to our customers.
“AI is absolutely generating a buzz for us right now as well, and not just Generative AI. We’re seeing a push towards Agentic AI and how we can look to provide faster, quicker, more cost-effective services for our business partners who can then provide better outcomes for our customers. This in combination with our long-standing history gives us a unique opportunity.”
What pain points are your customers experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?
“We need to understand the new generations entering the wealth space and what their expectations are and how they engage with us. We’re looking to ensure we can keep pace with their demands. For example, we’ve just launched Pay by Bank allowing our customers to pay money into their accounts in a faster more secure way. This feature leverages the Open Banking Technology that is now available to financial institutions.”
Tell us about a recent success story for Fidelity…
“Across the technology landscape, we have been amplifying our existing cloud strategy by removing complexity in our hybrid setup, reducing the number of dependencies back to on-premises. This is a well-known challenge for financial institutions who have regulatory reasons to have highly confidential systems in house. This will allow us to respond at pace to what customers need. Looking a couple of years down the line nobody can be sure what the next big opportunities are going to be, so ensuring we’re building that foundation to respond to what comes over the horizon is fundamental.”
What’s next for Fidelity? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“Security is incredibly important to us. With that in mind, we are exploring Quantum to understand both the opportunities and risks that it could present in the future and how we can stay at the forefront of it. Ensuring a secure and reliable service for our customers is an absolute non-negotiable part of our strategy.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
“I think the reality is that we need the collective mindsets to come together to create the best outcomes. We’re never going to have all the answers all by ourselves. So, starting to engage and work with people and collaborate means that we get to have a better, wider perspective. Coming to events like this, we get to learn, understand what other industries are doing, what other areas are looking at, and it helps to widen our perspectives and have more opportunities to find those out of the box ideas that are going to then help our customers.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Fidelity?
“I was particularly keen to attend this conference because I think transformation and how we can do this successfully is so important at the moment. The reality is, sadly, and I covered this in my talk, a staggeringly large number of transformations miss the mark or fall short. And so, learning and embracing how you can ensure that you go after it and you get the value that you’re aiming for, that is for me what’s important. As I said, getting that learning, talking to each other, understanding what’s worked, what hasn’t worked and sharing tips and techniques is actually incredibly powerful and something you can then take back and use at your organisation.”
It has been more than 50 years since we were founded. We’ve seen many market cycles – bull and bear, boom and bust. We have stayed the course through different investment environments regardless of market performance.
The needs of our customers have always steered our decisions, which is why we’ve stuck to our core activity of investing. We believe this is what allows us to excel – and, even more importantly, to repay the trust placed in us by our customers.
Whether you’re investing for the first time, or have a wealth of experience, it’s essential to be informed and to be comfortable with your decisions. Through Trustpilot, you can read up-to-the-minute, real-world reviews and see for yourself how Fidelity aims to put the customer first and make investing a bit easier.
Our do-it-yourself online services give you 24/7 access to our investment guidance, handy tools, and range of accounts from your computer, tablet or phone. Transfer your existing investments to us, or open a new account online and begin investing in just a few steps.
FinTech Strategy met with Standard Chartered’s Head of Digital Assets – Financing & Securities Services, Waqar Chaudry, at Money20/20 Europe to discuss how the bank is connecting traditional with digital, collaborating with FinTechs directly and via SC Ventures, and taking a measured approach to entering the crypto market
SHARE THIS STORY
Money20/20 Europe Exclusive
There is a buzz in the air at Money20/20 Europe. Waqar Chaudry, Head of Digital Assets – Financing & Securities Services at Standard Chartered, has just spoken on Mastercard’s Horizon Stage about the great digital assets opportunity. We meet up with him at his bank’s stand in the heart of the action at the Amsterdam RAI Arena.
Waqar works in custody to secure digital assets at Standard Chartered. It also has a fund accounting business and offers transfer agent services. “The financing in the Financing & Securities Services elements are in our FX Prime offering,” he explains. “At the moment my sole focus is on crypto custody, tokenisation and building an ecosystem around those products.”
The Rise of Digital Assets
It’s an exciting time for Standard Chartered with crypto custody and the rise of stablecoins and tokenisation… Whether the asset is Bitcoin, a tokenised money market, or anything tokenisable, there have been a lot of conversations with the bank’s partners in terms of the technology quest.
“Most of the conversations historically have been led by the fact that technology does give you the capability to do 24/7 trading and settlement. Risk management from the technology side is much better. The blockchain dream is sold to everyone, which remains true,” notes Waqar. “The issue has been that on the business side, tackling the areas that actually can work with this technology. You have your near instant settlement availability on blockchains. On the other side you have a T+1 or T+3 cash settlement time – that doesn’t gel very well.
“Entrenched in the day-to-day business of these really large institutions is to be able to inject a new piece of technology. And then suddenly say, hey, all these things are solved. For all the inefficiencies in the system it doesn’t work that quickly. We’re actually taking one step at a time. That’s why it’s exciting that we can see in five or ten years from now what the world will look like. Basically, in our vernacular that means we have near instant settlements and near instant international transfer of value. So, that’s the kind of stuff that we are really interested in for the future.”
Meeting the Blockchain Challenge
Waqar explains that when something like a blockchain comes into a traditional bank, and especially blockchains like the ones that support an asset like Bitcoin, you don’t know who the counterparties are (which are clear on the SWIFT network).
“You have to build capability from a technology side, operations side, risk management side,” he continues. “You need to develop the governance of all those functions to be able to get the value of the asset in the ecosystem. And then be able to add value to that to transact on it. We don’t yet have those ingredients, so it becomes very challenging for us to accept the assets. A lot of the work that the bank has done over the past five years has been around embedding those elements into our day-to-day operations. It’s about understanding the risk profile of the coins and understanding the risk profile of the blockchains.”
Waqar’s team works on how to protect the ecosystem from risks from both an AML and KYC point of view. “We’re also making sure that by doing that we don’t create such a burden to the client that the service becomes useless,” he adds. “We’re trying to balance that out and that’s where the challenges lie at the moment. The next stage is to also be able to integrate all of our traditional cash and assets rails into this. And that’s where the next level of risks will come in… Where people are not used to seeing things on the blockchain… They are used to seeing things on the SWIFT network or a CSD. But when the blockchains come in, profiles will change and that’s where we have to meet the challenges.”
Traditional Meets Digital
For an asset manager with a variety of equities and bonds, but keen to start in crypto and other digital assets, the rails are very different… “The liquidity venues and the way you settle the instrument are very different. And they don’t naturally talk to each other,” confirms Waqar. “It’s a big challenge. But to be able to go with the provider that has all the capabilities, which includes the cash side, the asset side, the crypto side and the blockchain side, is something people are looking for now. Without having the end-to-end picture, it would be very difficult for our clients to have an equitable strategy for their clients. We need to be able to service them appropriately based on the rails they operate in.”
Reacting to FinTech Trends
For Standard Chartered’s clients it’s increasingly important for payments to facilitate activity on-chain regardless of the use case of digital assets. “There is a key challenge with payments at the moment. If you do transfer value across geographies or between B2B and B2C, what do you do with that value afterwards?” asks Waqar.
“Are you going to keep it on the books for your treasury or account purposes or are you going to find a way to liquidate the position to pay your employees or pay your service provider? Without the capability to store the asset appropriately and then convert it into a usable form, you can’t do much with it. The only thing you can do is actually transfer value. So, for us what’s important in payments is that we get the transfer value happening immediately. Or as quickly as possible. And then also connect our payment infrastructure and the banking behind. We aim to support the transfer of value from a digital asset into an actual cash asset.”
Building on Success
Standard Chartered’s work with OKX in Dubai has spurred demand the bank didn’t expect. “The key ingredient is that a really large crypto exchange has come together with a really large bank,” reasons Waqar. “When you combine the product features of a large bank like ours with the liquidity of OKX it creates a unique proposition in the market. The traditional players have started to show interest in that because now they can buy diverse assets, pledge them as collateral and start trading while the assets remain safe in a genuine large institutional bank. And at the same time, they also have access to a highly regarded institutional exchange. That story is for us quite important and we’re fostering these relationships more and more…”
It’s been a real success story for Standard Chartered on the money market fund side which is also connected to what the bank is doing on the collateral side. “Money market funds are used to gain value and have an asset that does generate yield on the one side, but also the capability to use the asset as collateral is important,” adds Waqar.
“The money market fund that we launched for China Asset Management in Hong Kong, albeit it’s a retail use case for a start, but then the ambitions are big. The next thing is how do we start using that same asset for pledging for trading purposes and then how do we inject that into a portfolio basket of assets that people buy? At Standard Chartered, we aim to create a supermarket of tokens in a centralised ecosystem. So, our collateral story and the tokenised money market funds is connected, and we want to continue building around it. We’re thinking about other assets now too… We’re looking at equities, bonds and enabling more cryptocurrencies in the same ecosystem as well. It’s just the start of all the things we need to build in the future.”
Why Money20/20?
“This is my first time coming to Money20/20 Europe. Digital asset companies are here alongside financial services and related FinTechs. It’s great that they’re able to talk to each other and it’s quite evident there are lots of great meetings happening. There are many companies here we are either supporting or we’re working with. We’ve also had meetings with UK government representatives geared to attracting talent into the country. They’re trying to make sure that their FinTech ecosystem grows quite significantly for us in the UK and for other footprint markets in Asia; Middle East and Africa are also quite important in how we do that and continue to grow.”
The Evolution of Collaboration between Banks and FinTechs
Standard Chartered is also working in harmony with its ventures partner SC Ventures. The bank is working closely with Libeara for tokenisation and with Zodia Custody as Saas. “Our core institutional bank and our Ventures business are quite tightly coupled from that point of view,” says Waqar. “And it’s quite obvious that the reason for that is how we’ve made significant investments into them. We’ve given part of our DNA into this ecosystem and now, at the bank, they’re building the ecosystem around these capabilities, so we’re keen to bring them in and use their solutions for our services as well.”
Standard Chartered may be a traditional bank but it is a seasoned collaborator with innovative FinTechs. “They need traditional services too,” reasons Waqar. “Once they get to a critical mass, a FinTech may not have the bandwidth to manage certain client sizes. By partnering with some of the FinTechs, we’re seeing that once a certain size of a client comes in, they prefer to work with a large institution like ours. So, that partnership is proactively managed as well from our side. From our ventures side, bringing their innovative approach to product development and technology into the bank, building the ecosystem around risk management and governance from the bank side and then connecting into the FinTechs outside of that ecosystem is something I think is quite an interesting proposition for us. We’re going to keep building on top of that.”
Standard Chartered – Financing & Securities Services
Promoting your future in global securities
We’re ready to help you flourish in emerging and frontier securities services markets
In today’s fast-moving markets, especially across Asia, Africa and Middle East, success isn’t just about the solutions you choose – it’s about the partnerships you build.
Standard Chartered has been committed to these regions for decades. We understand both the promise and challenges. That’s why we go beyond delivering end-to-end custody, fund, and fiduciary solutions – we actively help shape the markets themselves.
By working with local governments and industry associations, we bring you early insights and access to new opportunities. Partnering with leading asset managers, fintechs, and infrastructure providers, we connect you to the best of the industry, via a single partner. Because in a world of complexity, collaboration is your greatest advantage.
FinTech Strategy meets Ishtiaq M Ahmed, Senior Product Manager – Emerging Tech, Innovation & Ventures at HSBC, to learn more about the future of payments – real-time, cross-border and beyond
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
At the Financial Transformation Summit 2025, Ishtiaq M Ahmed, HSBC’s Senior Product Manager, for Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures, joined a panel with J.P. Morgan, Revolut, Lloyds and EY to explore how real-time payments, embedded finance and global collaboration are shaping the future of financial services. How are real-time payments reshaping banking infrastructure? What are the regulatory challenges for cross-border payments? How can banks compete with FinTechs in the rapidly evolving payments space? How are digital wallets and mobile payment platforms changing consumer spending behaviours?
We spoke with Ishtiaq after the session to explore what drives HSBC’s approach to innovation, how customer expectations are evolving, and why trust remains at the core of transformation.
Hi Ishtiaq, tell us about your role at HSBC?
“I work on Global Product within HSBC’s Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures team. Our focus is to deliver next-generation propositions, particularly across payments, embedded finance and frontier technologies. We work on horizon 2 and 3 initiatives, with a view to turning emerging ideas into viable, scalable solutions. The goal isn’t just to experiment. It’s to test, validate and shape innovations that will help us serve customers better and redefine how financial services operate in the years ahead.”
It’s a transformational time for payments with the rise of open banking and a national vision for the UK. Give us your overview…
“Payments is possibly the most loved area by both FinTechs and banks. A lot of what is happening in payments, it’s where a lot of meaningful innovation is already landing. It’s no longer theory or ideation, its practical and accelerating. The UK’s National Payments Vision is ambitious, and rightly so. But ambition needs alignment. We need stronger collaboration between Banks, FinTechs, Regulators and infrastructure service providers. This journey will take time and coordination. It’s more a marathon than a sprint, and we’re only just getting started.”
Why is this an exciting time for HSBC?
“Simply because the way technology has penetrated our lives and the influence of technology on how banking is evolving are very closely knitted. Technology is no longer on the edges of banking; it’s embedded in every customer interaction.”
What trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“The shift towards alternative payment methods is one I feel strongly about. For decades, the path was linear: cash to cheque to card. Now, we’re entering a new chapter. Pay by Bank, or direct account-to-account payment, is gaining traction. Some regions have already scaled it. In the UK, it’s about to accelerate. This trend will unlock lower costs, faster movement of money and better control for users. It’s not just about technology. It’s about user experience and future-ready infrastructure.”
What other pain points are your customers experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?
“I think for customers it’s very simple. As a customer myself, I look for speed, ease, and simplicity in everything that I do. That’s universal. But what makes it complex today is the influence of AI, automation and data. People want innovation, but not at the expense of trust. So, while we innovate, we keep trust as the anchor. The real test is whether customers can do more, faster and easier, while still feeling their money is protected and their experience is safe. That’s the balance we aim to strike.”
Tell us about a recent success story…
“We’re particularly proud of the work we’re doing on embedded payments. The goal is to make payments feel invisible – integrated into the environment the customer is already in. Whether that’s a retail website, a social app or a business platform, customers shouldn’t have to toggle across apps to complete a payment. We have already launched products in this space, and we’re continuing to build. It’s about making banking ambient – present where the customer is, not where the bank wants them to be.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
“FinTechs bring urgency and imagination. Banks bring trust, infrastructure and scale. The opportunity is not in competing, but in co-creating. We have seen some encouraging partnerships, and we’re still working at the surface level. There’s a much deeper layer of value if we can move beyond tactical deals into genuine joint innovation.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for HSBC?
“Events like this are important because they bring together different voices with a shared interest in shaping the future. What stood out to me is how open the audience and panellists are to challenging ideas and exploring new perspectives. These are places where real conversations happen; where you meet regulators, banks, FinTechs and enablers all under one roof. It’s these intersections that move the industry forward.”
About HSBC Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures
HSBC Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures team is a global group of technologists, data scientists and venture specialist dedicated to shaping the banks future capabilities. Our goal is to deliver world class digital-first banking across HSBC’s global footprint.
Our mission is to drive meaningful innovation across the organisation by identifying and unlocking opportunities that enhance customer experience, improve operational efficiency and embrace disruptive technologies.
Our approach is rooted in experimentation, rapid prototyping, continuous iteration. By working closely with both internal and internal partners and external collaborators, we test and refine new ideas, prioritising solution that are scalable, impactful and aligned with the needs of our customers.
We actively partner with leading technology firms, FintTechs, academic institutions and policy makers to stay at the forefront of digital innovation and accelerate time to market.
By combining the scale, trust and resilience of HSBC with agility and mindset of a tech start-up, we aim to nurture transformative ideas, drive strategic innovation and shape the future of banking.
FinTech Strategy speaks with Matt Bazley, Account Executive at Hyland, to explore how the content intelligence and process automation specialists are helping to drive operational efficiencies for their financial services clients
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE
Hyland empowers organisations with unified content, process and applications intelligence solutions, unlocking the profound insights that fuel innovation. The Hyland team was at Financial Transformation Summit to reveal the ways organisations can transform their processes with the Hyland Content Innovation Cloud™. By combining AI-powered automation with built-in integrations to productivity tools and business applications, Hyland streamlines workflows across multiple channels, accelerating response times, boosting productivity and improving customer satisfaction.
At the event, Neil Rayment, Sales Solution Engineer, demonstrated the intuitive end-user experience and showed how easy it is to configure, tailor and deploy solutions that can empower key stakeholders across any business. We spoke to Hyland’s Matt Bazley, Account Executive for Financial Services, to find out more…
Hi Matt, tell us about your role at Hyland?
“I’m the Account Executive responsible for banking across the UK and Ireland. I’ve been with the company for just over 18 months. Across my career, I’ve been helping financial services institutions for over 15 years with digital transformations and various programmes.”
What are the key digital transformation solutions Hyland offers Financial Services organisations? How are they making a difference? What are some of the use cases you’re exploring?
“Hyland is at the cutting edge of the content space. We have what we call our Content Innovation Cloud, which is delivering content intelligence, process intelligence and application intelligence. What that means in reality is that we’re helping organisations get access to their content that they don’t currently have access to because it’s spread over many siloed systems and sat in an unstructured format. So, with our content and intelligence, we’re able to get access to that unstructured data, which is around about 80% of an organisation’s data in the financial services sector. And we’re able to then provide knowledge and insight on that content, which helps organisations to make better strategic decisions. Allied to that, with this process intelligence, we’re able to help automate processes across the business. Whether it be orchestrating use cases and workflows or integrating with other systems to deliver application intelligence, we’re able to manage that whole end-to-end life cycle of information across an organisation.”
Why is this an exciting time for the business?
“We’re excited because our strategy is really leading the way. We’re leveraging large language models (LLMs) and AI to be able to deliver these real-life use cases that solve actual challenges. A lot of the time AI projects fail because businesses are trying to implement AI that isn’t actually a solution solving a problem. Whereas the AI we’re using is to actually solve a real-life challenge that businesses face because they want to be hyper-personalised for customers and more customer-centric. And you can’t really do that if you’re only leveraging 20% of the data you hold about your customers. And that’s why getting access and insight around this unstructured data is really vital for financial services organisations right now. We are able to help them leverage that unstructured data and meet them where their data is at. So, it’s not a case of having to migrate all of that data into different platforms or into our platform. We confederate across your information wherever it’s held as a financial services organisation; and that’s really a game-changing position for us and for the industry.”
What trends are you seeing across the Financial Services landscape? What will be important for you and your customers?
“AI is the big one. Although it is a bit of a buzzword that everyone’s mentioning nowadays, we’re actually delivering AI solutions to solve problems that businesses face. And that’s one of the real trends in the industries. Most AI projects fail, and companies want AI projects that succeed and deliver real value. The other thing we’re seeing is the rise of hyper-personalisation as part of being really customer-focused and customer-centric. Again, by helping businesses leverage that 80% of information around their customers that they don’t currently have access to, and provide insights on that information, we’re helping those organisations to become really specific and personalised in their dealings with their customers.
“The final piece is around data and governance. So, security around our data as customers, because we’re all consumers at heart and want to know that our information is secure. Using best-in-class processes around security and governance is what we’re really focused on. And that’s a real trend in the market as well. We’re making sure that while we’re leveraging that information about customers, we’re keeping it safe and only using it for what it’s intended for and making sure the processes and governance around that information are really robust.”
What other pain points are clients in the FS space experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?
“The one big one is the siloed information across multiple systems as part of digital transformation strategies. Over the years, I’ve seen many businesses implement point solutions. They might be best-in-class point solutions… But that means you end up with information and data and processes across 10, 15 or 20 systems. How do you then unify that data and leverage it to make the user journeys more effective? And also the customer journeys better, whatever channel those customers are using?
“What we see is that while trying to be omnichannel for their customers, organisations end up with multiple solutions. One for their mobile app, a solution for their website, a solution for in-branch banking… So, you end up with omnichannel processes that are actually siloed processes. What we are trying to help businesses do is to unify those processes. We can break down those silos and make it a really seamless, integrated journey internally and externally for colleagues and customers.”
Tell us about a recent success story …
“A great example is our work with ABN AMRO – a bank that is one of our longstanding and valued customers. They were looking for a solution because of this very challenge. The bank had multiple siloed systems holding a lot of information and a very complex architecture. They went to market and Hyland was able to prove our solution was able to manage the sheer volume and complexity of the information and content that they had. And most importantly we were able to help them integrate with their line-of-business systems very easily to create that seamless internal/external journey for both users and customers.”
What’s next for Hyland? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“It’s all about continuing to grow for us. With the Content Innovation Cloud, the reception we’ve received from the market, from our customers, has been absolutely tremendous. Businesses are so excited to see the ability and capability of what we’re able to do. And what we’re able to deliver for them in terms of real value through the Content Innovation Cloud. We’ve got customers onboarded already. It’s now about expanding that list of customers who are going to see real value from leveraging the cloud, our AI solutions and driving efficiencies with our content process and application intelligence across their businesses.”
Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?
“Across the market over the last 15-20 years the banks are starting to see FinTechs more as allies than competitors. And they’re leveraging these technologies rather than trying to challenge them. I think that’s going to continue because FinTechs are far more agile. And as customer expectations continue to evolve and become more demanding, banks need to evolve and deal with these demands more effectively and more fluidly. And that’s why leveraging FinTechs is going to be a key differentiator over the next 10 years. That trend is going to continue where banks and FinTechs work together and collaborate rather than challenge each other.”
Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Hyland?
“It’s my fourth year coming here with a couple of different companies and I always find this event really valuable. Not only to obviously promote our products and our brand… But to speak to key decision-makers and peers across financial services. We aim to learn from them about whether the challenges we perceive as a vendor are seen by them as a customer. We will continue to learn and evolve our business around key market challenges. Hyland can then focus our solutions around the real-world problems our peers are seeing across financial services. Coming to this event is a great way to meet as many people as possible. And just really enjoy having those meaningful conversations with leaders in the financial services sector.”
Hyland puts your content to work, making it smarter and more accessible in the moment of need.
Hyland’s content, process and application intelligence solutions empower customers to deliver exceptional experiences to those they serve. The solutions capture, process and manage high volumes of diverse content, helping you improve, accelerate and automate operational decisions and workflows.
Our cover star Rebecca Fitzgerald, Director of Data & AI at Yorkshire Building Society, reveals a digital transformation journey meeting…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover star Rebecca Fitzgerald, Director of Data & AI at Yorkshire Building Society, reveals a digital transformation journey meeting customers, wherever they are.
Yorkshire Building Society: Data, AI & Inclusive Leadership
Our cover story focuses on the data revolution taking place at Yorkshire Building Society (YBS)… Navigating this journey of change is Director of Data and AI, Rebecca Fitzgerald. Her ambitious vision is to transform the 160-year-old mutual through ethical, human-centred data strategies and AI innovation. In a rapidly evolving digital landscape, she aims to ensure YBS does not just keep up but leads from the front.
“I’m accountable for developing and implementing strategies to enhance data-centricity and drive value from data and AI for our customers and colleagues,” Rebecca states. This directive is grounded in strong governance, positive data culture, and the empowerment of people through data literacy and technological upskilling.”
Tyme Group: Scalable Global Digital Banking
Dietmar Bohmer, Chief Analytics Officer at Tyme Group, on operationalising innovation, cultivating a culture of empowerment and driving transformation from the inside out…
“It’s been wild ride from a technology point of view,” admits Dietmar… Today, that foresight is paying off. The cloud-native architecture has provided Tyme with the elasticity, resilience, and speed it needs to support its rapid growth across emerging markets. “With each new deployment, the organisation has evolved and refined its technological foundation,” notes Dietmar. “When the time came to launch GoTyme Bank in the Philippines, lessons learned from the rollout of TymeBank in South Africa enabled the team to rethink and redesign their stack, optimising for scale, performance, and localised feature delivery.”
ČSOB: A Digital Transformation Journey
ČSOB Slovakia is undergoing a major transformation aimed at future-proofing its technology, enhancing customer experience, and reinforcing its leadership in digital banking. Under the stewardship of its CIO Ludek Slegr, the bank’s IT team is navigating a major upgrade of its responsibility, overhauling core IT systems and implementing agile methodologies to meet its strategic goals. At the heart of this transformation is a focus on delivering value through technology, supporting people development, and fostering sustainable innovation.
“The next step for digital-first is continuous improvement of straight-through processing ratio, i.e. reducing involvement of manual work in our processes.”
Money20/20 Europe
FinTech Strategy also reports from the conference floor at Money20/20 Europe in Amsterdam. Bringing together the world’s leading innovators, institutions, investors, and influencers from across the FinTech and financial services spectrum, more than 8,000 delegates from over 2,300 companies were in attendance… We sat down with Standard Chartered’s Head of Digital Assets – Financing & Securities Services, Waqar Chaudry, to discuss how the bank is connecting traditional with digital, collaborating with FinTechs and taking a measured approach to entering the crypto market. And we spoke with Veritran’s CMO, Jorge Sanchez Barcelo, to find out more about the tech firm’s partnership with Manchester City which is reimagining CX to create a frictionless digital experience for fans.
Financial Transformation Summit
The Financial Transformation Summit at London’s ExCel is one of the most immersive and interactive events in the financial services calendar. As a media partner, FinTech Strategy took the temperature of industry innovation at our stand with on camera hot takes from the tech leaders pushing the boundaries at Hyland, Fidelity, HSBC, Citigroup and more…
Also in this issue, we keep you up to date with the key FinTech events across the globe; and read on for more insights from InsurTech disruptors Qover, lending innovators iwoca and investment experts Eastern Horizon…
AI’s rapid evolution is creating both opportunity and urgency. AlixPartners lays out what needs to change — and why risk-takers will lead the way.
SHARE THIS STORY
The use of artificial intelligence (AI) in procurement is gaining traction with many organisations already looking at how the technology can improve processes. However, there’s scope to go beyond efficiency and instead focus on transforming value delivery.
At DPW New York, we spoke to Amit Mahajan and Aaron Addicoat from AlixPartners, a management consultancy firm doing things a little differently. The organisation is advising its clients on how to implement AI to drive value, but it’s also using AI internally, too.
“AlixPartners has a unique business model,” explains Addicoat. “We have a very senior model, very few junior resources. So now you imagine taking people with 10 or 15 years experience and now you equip them with AI… for us, it’s a huge unlock.”
This is about more than just productivity gains. AlixPartners focuses on using AI to transform the way procurement teams work, while crucially, maintaining the human touch.
How procurement professionals are using AI
With the support of technology, it’s possible to shift procurement from a cost-saving exercise to a potential revenue driver. Procurement teams are already looking for these opportunities, as Mahajan explains. “They’re starting to think about new ways of doing things,” he says. “It’s not just automation, but asking how do I leapfrog and do something differently?”
There are plenty of use cases where AI is helping with automation. This is a great place to start as it frees up human workers to do more valuable jobs that need a personal touch. “I have a client who’s using AI every day,” says Addicoat. “This allows them to review documents and contracts rapidly, to find key clauses and termination dates. They’re also using it in spend control processes to identify which things need to be reviewed more thoroughly.”
Many organisations are also using AI agentically to create their own bots. This gives teams a more accessible way to review information. “One example is a client who’s using AI for their business to help with acronyms,” says Addicoat. “They built it as an acronym tool to help break down the language barrier between different functions using different terms. This led to better engagement.”
This empowers employees across an organisation to be more autonomous while still getting the full picture. Agentic AI, especially, allows them to interact with information in a way that previously would’ve required specialist technical knowledge. Now, it’s possible to query information within a contract directly.
“It’s about using agents and AI to look at anomalies within your procurement contracts,” explains Mahajan, “and be able to help the category analysts, the category specialists, and others to get more of those insights.”
While generative AI might be a hot topic, it’s not the only way to use the technology. In combining several sources of data and using AI to spot trends, it’s possible to create workflows tailored to the current environment. Addicoat explains: “We take a series of data inputs, such as weather patterns, lead times, contractual terms, inventory, and forecast. Then the AI generates the purchase order, queues it for review, and upon approval, places the order.”
This can help an organisation to place orders with the right supplier in the most timely fashion to avoid delays, and optimise for cost, for example. This fully automates the end-to-end process, using AI to interpret those important data signals.
While this is useful for procurement teams, it’s only the start. “Using AI in this way is really cool,” says Addicoat, “but what I found most fascinating is that you’re building a data model, and with AI layered into it, that over time can tell you how to optimise itself.”
This has huge implications for procurement teams looking to save money and drive revenue. “For example, it could tell us the commodity price at a certain point in time was low,” says Addicoat, “but because inventory capacity to hold resin was maxed out the client could only buy so much at that low price. So now investing in a new storage unit at a cost of a few hundred thousand dollars could, under the same scenario in the future, save millions of dollars..Data quality challenges
A roadblock that can stop procurement teams from fully embracing AI is a lack of quality data. With so many sources of information, often including paper-based documents, some might think it’s difficult to get the data AI needs to be truly useful.
“Don’t wait for everything to be perfect before you get started,” says Addicoat.
This is a sentiment echoed by Mahajan: “Use AI to solve your data problem before solving your business problems.”
This requires a mindset shift. While AI can help cleanse, enrich, and structure existing unstructured data, it’s important to take the right approach. Shift from asking ‘what can we do with our data?’ to ‘what value do we need to create?’ and work backwards from there.
With this approach, the questions are less about the data and more about the business problem. This then allows you to use AI to work with the information you have to help answer those questions.
“Start with the value proposition in mind and work backwards,” explains Addicoat. “You can get data from anywhere — it has to serve a purpose.”
Bringing back the human touch
AI can free up procurement teams to focus on tasks that need more nuance and expertise. Using technology to automate workflows and make information more accessible has a huge impact on employee productivity. “It’s fundamentally transforming the way they work, the amount of work they can do, and the type of work they’re able to do,” says Addicoat.
There’s always the worry that with any new technology, the human element will be forgotten. “With every new advancement that comes in,” says Mahajan, “whether that was a steam engine or when computers came along, everybody wondered what they were going to do. But as humans, we always find ways to start doing higher-level work.”
This means that many professionals will find new ways of doing things. “Imagine all the mundane tasks you have to do in your daily job now,” Addicoat continues. “With these new ways of working, imagine the speed with which you can turn an idea into something real. All that time you free up allows you to go talk to people and build relationships that mean something.”
On the other side of things, the sheer volume of AI-generated content out there is going to drive people towards those more meaningful interactions. “You don’t know what to trust and what to believe anymore,” Addicoat says. “That’s going to lead to a resurgence in face-to-face content, being at the office, and being at events.”
AI’s impact on procurement talent
The talent landscape is changing. With technology playing a larger part than ever before, organisations don’t just need procurement professionals, they need adaptable, tech-savvy people. The nature of the job means that those in procurement need a wide range of skills.
“We do everything,” says Addicoat, “legal, operations, supply chain, negotiation, analytics. Procurement professionals are generalists.”
Tech plays into every element of that skillset, which means tech skills are becoming even more important for candidates applying for procurement roles. “Nobody goes to college thinking they’ll be a procurement professional,” says Mahajan, “but with AI and tech, that’s changing.”
With procurement often seen as a proving ground for leadership, embedding these tech-minded generalists could have a huge impact on the future. “We have a shortage of talent,” explains Addicoat. “But with more and more CEOs and COOs coming from procurement, that speaks volumes to what procurement does and the value it brings, as well as what the future holds.”
At AlixPartners, the passion for procurement is very clear with Addicoat saying: “There are only two kinds of people in the world: those who love procurement and those who don’t know it yet.”
Change is coming
With AI of all forms steadily gaining traction, procurement could change dramatically in the coming years. It’s the organisations that are willing to take risks and embrace change that will come out on top.
“AI has the potential to disrupt the whole management consulting world,” says Mahajan. “Firms focused on transformation will thrive.”
With AI’s capabilities increasing rapidly, it’s difficult to predict what comes next. However, adaptability is key. “Hold onto your hat. In a year and a half, the world’s going to look very different,” concludes Addicoat.
We spoke to Chief Product Officer Prerna Dhawan about what it takes to move from experimentation to execution.
SHARE THIS STORY
As AI continues to dominate conference stages and boardroom discussions, the pressure to use it is everywhere. As this technology becomes further embedded in enterprise strategy, many organisations are still grappling with how to apply it in a way that delivers real, measurable value.
Rather than focusing on AI for the sake of innovation, the question is how to align new tools with real business problems. That means looking beyond dashboards and pilots to deploy AI where it can simplify decision-making and improve processes.
At Beroe, this principle is central to how AI solutions are developed, deployed, and scaled. As the company behind the world’s leading procurement intelligence platform, Beroe provides real-time market data, cost analysis, and supplier risk assessments, empowering thousands of organisations globally to streamline operations and mitigate risks. Its latest advances in autonomous negotiation, supplier discovery, and predictive analytics show what it means to align AI with business objectives.
We spoke with Prerna Dhawan, Chief Product Officer at Beroe, during this year’s DPW New York conference. The discussion explored how procurement leaders can move beyond hype and start unlocking the full potential of AI.
Misalignment with business needs
There are plenty of real-world examples of how AI can improve efficiency within a business, from automating manual tasks like invoice processing to identifying new suppliers based on complex sourcing criteria. Accessing this technology is easier than ever with a wide range of tools available to procurement professionals. It can be tempting to jump on the bandwagon and integrate AI across every area of an organisation, but success requires a more nuanced approach.
The key is to ask the right questions, Dhawan explains: “We talk about all the latest and greatest technology out there, but what does it mean in practical terms? We need to ask, ‘How can I apply it today in the work I am doing as a head of product or as a procurement professional?’”
The allure of generative AI is especially strong, but business leaders should ask whether that’s the right solution for their needs. As with any decision, it’s important to consider the business problem. “It starts with a little bit of knowledge about what you’re looking for,” says Dhawan. “What are some of your biggest challenges, and which of those challenges could AI technology solve?”
Matching the right tool to the job
Once an organisation has identified a specific problem, it’s possible to find the AI solution that fits. While generative AI gets a lot of attention, other AI technologies and machine learning based systems might be more appropriate.
In some cases, prescriptive, rule-based, or predictive AI could be a better choice to solve a problem without the need for a large language model. For example, forecasting commodity prices doesn’t require generative AI, just strong, contextual machine learning.
“We are looking at AI across two dimensions,” says Dhawan. “Firstly, what is our offering to customers, in terms of procurement intelligence and autonomous negotiation technology. Second, we are looking at AI internally. Let’s say in product development, how do we use the latest AI solutions to accelerate our product development cycles so we can release new modules and capabilities more quickly.”
Regardless of the type of tool chosen, it should cover a high-impact use case. Integrating AI to solve a problem that only surfaces for a small group of people a couple of times a year won’t have a great return on investment. Instead, look for regularly occurring problems that, if fixed, could have a huge impact on productivity or quality.
Reducing the cognitive load
We’re already bombarded by information, and the use of AI to add to this doesn’t make sense. “I don’t need another dashboard in my life,” says Dhawan.
When implemented correctly, AI can make data more accessible while reducing cognitive load for users. The result is increased productivity and faster decision-making.
“I think the power of AI is to simplify access to data. This is why ChatGPT has been a success: it democratises access to information. That’s what our B2B technology world is waiting for. It gives me something simple that allows me to talk to my data. Then I can focus on what insights I need to make a decision or take action.”
For most B2B users, the key is intelligent simplification. Look for ways to simplify access to data through agent AI tools and conversational interfaces. This brings the focus back to action rather than dashboards.
Inside Beroe
While many procurement teams are still exploring AI’s potential, Beroe has already embedded it across both its platform and internal operations. The company, founded in 2006, provides procurement intelligence to thousands of organisations worldwide. Its platform delivers the critical data that professionals need to make informed sourcing decisions, from commodity prices and risk indicators to ESG scores and supplier intelligence.
“We provide all data that procurement needs for decision making, whether it’s cost data, risk data, ESG data or price data,” says Dhawan. “Our reimagination of the future is not just giving access to more data but creating that layer of recommendations that help you make decisions at speed and scale.”
One of the clearest examples of this in action is Beroe’s new ‘autonomous negotiations’ platform resulting from its recent acquisition of negotiation technology business, nnamu. Delivering a significant evolution in the procurement technology landscape the platform enhances the foundational elements of AI and game theory with Beroe’s industry-leading market intelligence and, according to Dhawan, it’s being deployed successfully in live sourcing scenarios.
“This is a technology that is being used for multilateral negotiations,” Dhawan explained. “It’s no longer just a POC or prototype, it’s live and being used at scale.” These new tools reflect Beroe’s core mission: to help procurement professionals minimise surprises and maximise margins.
Crucially, Beroe isn’t waiting for perfect data to apply these technologies. Instead, the company is using AI to work with what’s available — cleansing, interpreting, and extracting value from both structured and unstructured sources.
“You can use AI for cleansing data – even paper contracts,” Dhawan says. “Historically, we thought data had to be structured. But now, with vision models and image analytics, that’s no longer the case.”
Rather than striving for 100% accuracy before taking action, Beroe embraces a more agile mindset that balances speed and precision.
Is mindset holding procurement back?
The technology is ready. The use cases are proven. So why do so many procurement teams still hesitate to embrace AI? “There’s this subconscious fear that I think is a barrier to adoption,” she said. “And to some extent, it’s to do with our friends in Hollywood.”
There’s the myth that AI is a job-threatening black box, especially in industries where trust and experience are the backbone of good decision-making. For procurement, where professional judgement and business context are critical, the idea of handing over tasks to AI can feel risky.
But Dhawan believes this fear is misplaced. At Beroe, AI isn’t replacing procurement professionals, it’s augmenting them. Whether it’s surfacing new suppliers, automating elements of negotiation, or flagging risks earlier in the sourcing cycle, the aim is to enhance human decision-making. She says: “I think with the new kinds of AI technology that’s available to us, it is an opportunity for us in B2B tech to embrace more human-centred design with higher focus on UX.”
Looking ahead
Looking ahead to 2026 and beyond, Dhawan sees procurement evolving into a more personalised and responsive function – one where AI plays a critical role in both strategy and execution.
“We see hyper-personalisation coming, both in supplier relationships and internal stakeholder engagement,” she explains. “AI will be at the centre of that.”
Rather than one-size-fits-all sourcing strategies, AI will enable procurement teams to tailor their approaches to specific business units, categories, or even individual suppliers. This means smarter segmentation, more relevant insights, and stronger commercial outcomes.
Another key shift is the growing ability to connect macro events, such as geopolitical shocks or regulatory changes, with micro actions inside the business. AI can help procurement teams identify these signals earlier, respond faster, and still align with long-term goals such as cost efficiency or sustainability.
“It’s about balancing your fire-fighting reactions to market events with your long term goals and strategy,” says Dhawan. “Procurement needs visibility and flexibility at the same time.”
Beroe is already moving in this direction. Alongside its growing AI capabilities, the company is refining how it delivers intelligence, building agents and recommendation layers. These not only inform decisions, but also help teams take action on them. Whether that means automating routine negotiations or proactively flagging supply risks, Beroe is evolving to meet the needs of a procurement function that’s more dynamic than ever.
As Dhawan points out, the goal isn’t to overwhelm teams with more tools, it’s to make their lives easier. “It’s about reducing complexity and giving procurement professionals confidence in what to do next,” she concludes.
For many procurement leaders, AI still feels like a long-term ambition. But the solutions are already here, and through companies like Beroe, they’re already in use. The challenge now is not whether AI can deliver value. It’s whether teams are ready to adopt the mindset and cultural shift that will allow them to unlock that value.
Our cover story explores the digital transformation journey of RAKBANK in the UAE. Head of Digital Transformation, Antony Burrows, reveals the agile practices, enterprise-wide enablement and people-first culture delivering digital banking with a human touch.
“Culture is the cornerstone,” Antony stresses. RAKBANK codifies this into its Four Cs Framework – Connect, Communicate, Collaborate and Celebrate. “Here in the UAE, banks are pivoting from a model of ‘we know everything’ to recognising that one of the best ways to deliver continuous change and value to customers is through partnerships with startups and FinTechs. It’s no longer banks versus startups – it’s banks and startups, working together for the customer. This shift is especially meaningful as banks expand beyond traditional services to focus on customers’ broader financial lives.”
MTN MoMo: Empowering Africa Through FinTech
Hermann Tischendorf, Chief Information & Technology Officer at MTN MoMo (the telco’s mobile money division) reveals a bold roadmap for leveraging FinTech to drive financial inclusion across the African continent.
“MoMo is comparable in monthly active users to some of the top ten FinTechs globally. We’re playing in the same league as Revolut or Nubank – but in much more complex markets,” notes Hermann. “Access to financial services is fundamental. Without it, people are excluded from the global economy. Our services are the equaliser allowing individuals in frontier markets to participate in trade, store value, and ultimately improve their quality of life.”
Republic Bank: Building a Digital Bank
Republic Bank has been serving customers via its branches for over 185 yearsand now serves 16 different countries across the Caribbean and beyond. It’s “a regional bank with a growing global reach,” explains Group Chief Information & Digital Transformation Officer, Houston Ross.
His team is building a digital bank during a Year of Delivery and Accountability (YODA). “When we talk about digitalisation it’s a journey that never ends. And product is the vehicle to make sure we’re continuously improving.This is our digital pathway and we have to change minds in terms of going beyond the challenges to achieve what’s possible with the right frameworks, tools and processes for our people to serve our customers.”
We caught up with Valdera’s Co-Founders to find out why chemical procurement comes with its own challenges.
SHARE THIS STORY
Chemical procurement is one of the most complex and overlooked categories in the supply chain. Between navigating regulatory constraints, aligning on technical specifications, and finding qualified suppliers, even the most experienced procurement teams face major hurdles. That’s exactly the gap Valdera was built to solve.
Founded by sister-brother duo Sruti Arulmani (CEO) and Dheev Arulmani (COO), Valdera is an AI-native sourcing platform purpose-built for chemicals and raw materials. Rather than applying generic technology to a specialised industry, the team set out to reimagine chemical procurement from the ground up.
“Chemicals are one of the most complex sourcing categories,” says Dheev. “In order for a company to gain leverage from AI in this space, it must build the data infrastructure and the AI specific to this industry. That was the inspiration behind Valdera. Our vision was to partner directly with procurement organisations and help digitise that entire sourcing workflow all the way from supplier discovery to market intelligence to qualification.”
“Direct procurement is really at the core of your product’s margin,” adds Sruti. “In today’s economy, business leaders are focused on staying profitable, and that starts with ensuring the materials behind your products deliver on both margin and performance. Most of the physical products we touch and interact with every day come down to what they’re made of. That’s why we’re so passionate about chemicals and raw materials.”
The power of vertical AI models
While general-purpose LLMs are powerful, they fall short when it comes to industries like chemical procurement where context, precision, and deep domain expertise are crucial. Valdera has taken a different approach: building vertical AI specifically trained to understand the language, data, and complexity of chemicals and raw materials.
“In procurement, especially for chemicals, one-size-fits-all AI doesn’t cut it,” says Sruti. “You need models that can interpret highly technical specifications, normalize data across formats and suppliers, and understand the nuances that determine whether a supplier can actually meet a request.”
That’s exactly what Valdera has built. “We will continue to layer the specificity of the chemical industry on top of an LLM that’s already good at structuring information and returning information in a useful way,” Sruti adds.
Dheev continues: “If you look at the generic LLMs available today, the challenge with these is that they fundamentally don’t work in this industry. The reason for that is that there are no LLMs that are trained on chemical specs. So what we’ve done is take those models and fine-tune them using our own proprietary dataset of chemical specs and properties, built over the last five years. That’s what positions us to drive real value for our users.”
Prioritising privacy
In the chemicals industry, data is sensitive. Trust is everything. Buyers are protective of their proprietary formulations, and understandably do not want their data used to train models that could benefit competitors. On the other side, suppliers are cautious about publicly listing their full product catalogs, especially when it comes to custom or high-value materials. Valdera was built with these realities in mind, and its platform is designed to protect both sides.
“In chemicals, suppliers are very protective of their proprietary catalogs,” Dheev adds. “And buyers are equally cautious about sharing proprietary formulations that go into their products. So there needs to be an independent third party that both sides can trust—someone who can facilitate discovery and sourcing without compromising confidentiality.”
“For us, it’s about protecting the interests of both buyers and suppliers,” Sruti explains. “We only use customer data to drive outcomes for that customer. We’re not here to train on anyone’s inputs or share information across the ecosystem. We’re here to help our customers get the best results for their business. That’s core to how we think about data privacy and partnership.”
The humanity of procurement
Even as AI becomes more powerful, procurement remains deeply human. Trust, context, and judgement are critical to strong buyer-supplier relationships, and no model can replace that. Instead, AI can enable teams to work faster, focus on strategy, and unlock new value across the supply chain.
“Procurement is a human business,” says Sruti. “At the end of the day, it’s two people coming together and making an agreement. We believe that’s never going to change.”
Rather than add complexity or replace roles, Valdera’s AI helps teams do more with the resources they already have. That means less time spent on manual tasks like gathering supplier documentation or comparing specs and more time spent on strategic decision-making, relationship-building, and growing the business.
“Our customers don’t want to be buried in paperwork. They want to focus on the work that actually drives outcomes,” Sruti adds. “We’re here to take the most repetitive parts of the job off their plate so they can do that.”
“The chemicals industry is inherently relationship-driven,” says Dheev. “But today’s procurement teams are stretched thin. With Valdera, one person can now manage a broader scope: sourcing faster, accessing a wider network of qualified suppliers, and making smarter decisions in less time. That’s what’s getting our customers excited.”
Driving impact beyond cost
In chemical procurement, cost will always matter but it’s only part of the equation. The organizations leading the way are the ones thinking strategically: securing supply, expanding their supplier base, improving agility, and driving long-term value. That’s why more teams are turning to Valdera not just to cut costs, but to unlock a new level of visibility, access, and control.
“Our vision is to enable procurement professionals to leverage this data in order to give them market intelligence, expand their supplier network, and enable margin expansion,” Dheev concludes. “If you ask any of our customers, they’ll tell you savings are just table stakes when using Valdera. The real impact comes from levers like security of supply, innovation and sustainability. Those levers are harder to quantify, but they’re critical to the long-term success of the business.”
Implementing an outcome-based approach
In a crowded and fast-evolving tech landscape, it’s easy to get distracted by the promise of sweeping, all-in-one solutions. But the most effective procurement teams stay focused, starting with a clear understanding of their business goals and choosing technology that’s purpose-built to achieve them.
“Success starts with knowing the outcomes you’re trying to drive,” says Sruti. “Whether it’s sourcing the right chemicals, improving security of supply, unlocking savings, or advancing sustainability and innovation. Being clear about those goals is what helps you identify the right tools and partners to get there.”
That kind of clarity leads to faster wins and less wasted effort. “We always encourage customers to start where the impact matters most,” Dheev adds. “Don’t spread yourself too thin. Be specific about the problem you’re solving, define the KPI that matters, and test any solution against that. Just because a tool is popular doesn’t mean it’s the right fit. The best results come from targeted solutions that align with your most pressing priorities.”
In today’s digital economy, finance is no longer confined to banks. Thanks to embedded finance, financial services are being integrated…
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s digital economy, finance is no longer confined to banks. Thanks to embedded finance, financial services are being integrated directly into non-financial platforms. This allows customers pay, borrow, insure, or invest without ever leaving the app they’re using. For businesses, embedded finance unlocks new revenue streams and deeper customer engagement. In 2025, here are five of the top FinTech solutions leading this revolution.
Stripe has become synonymous with online payments, but Stripe Connect takes it further… It enables platforms like marketplaces, SaaS apps, or gig platforms to onboard sellers, manage payouts, and handle compliance seamlessly. Its APIs offer modular, customisable solutions for embedding payment flows, KYC, tax reporting, and global transfers.
Why it leads: Stripe Connect simplifies complex financial operations. It gives platforms the ability to become payment facilitators without becoming regulated entities themselves.
Railsr provides a modular platform that allows brands to embed banking, payments, and credit products into their own apps. Whether it’s issuing branded debit cards, offering BNPL, or enabling in-app bank accounts, Railsr acts as the financial layer beneath consumer-facing businesses.
Key strength: It provides a single, developer-friendly API to access multiple financial services. This speeds up time-to-market, reducing infrastructure complexity.
3. Unit – Embedded Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS)
Unit is a US-focused BaaS provider that helps FinTechs and software companies embed features. These include checking accounts, cards, ACH payments, and lending directly into apps. Its toolkit includes compliance workflows, ledgering, and integrations with banking partners.
Why it stands out: Unit’s out-of-the-box functionality allows tech companies to go from idea to launch in weeks, not months. Furthermore, staying compliant with US banking regulations.
4. UpLift – Embedded BNPL for Travel and Lifestyle
UpLift is a niche embedded finance provider focused on travel, hospitality, and lifestyle experiences. Its BNPL tool is integrated directly into checkout pages for airlines, cruise lines, and vacation providers. This allows consumers to split costs into manageable monthly payments.
Unique angle: By focusing on high-ticket discretionary purchases, UpLift helps merchants increase conversions and average order value. Moreover, giving consumers more flexible options.
5. Qover – Embedded Insurance for Digital Platforms
Qover is a leading embedded insurance provider that enables companies to integrate customised, white-labelled insurance directly into their apps or services. From gig platforms and neobanks to mobility and travel apps, Qover supports multiple insurance lines. These include motor, health, cyber, and income protection—across more than 30 countries in Europe.
What sets it apart: Qover’s modular APIs let businesses plug insurance into user journeys with minimal friction. It also handles underwriting partnerships, multilingual customer service, and real-time claims dashboards, offering full-stack support.
Why it matters: Qover empowers platforms like Revolut and Deliveroo to offer relevant protection at scale. Moreover, boosting user trust, engagement, and retention without building insurance infrastructure from scratch.
Embedded finance is transforming how financial products are delivered… Moving from standalone services to contextual, on-demand experiences. Tools like Stripe Connect, Railsr, Unit, UpLift, and Cover Genius empower companies to embed finance where it adds the most value: at the point of need. For FinTechs, retailers, travel firms, and SaaS platforms, these tools represent the future of customer-centric finance—convenient, invisible, and deeply integrated.
Candex exists to solve tail spend by removing friction and giving procurement leaders time to focus on what truly drives value.
SHARE THIS STORY
Candex isn’t chasing trends for the sake of innovation. Instead, the company is focused on solving one of the oldest and most persistent challenges in enterprise procurement: getting rid of the noise.
Most in procurement will be familiar with Candex. Co-founded by Shani Vaza, Chief R&D Officer, and Jeremy Lappin, CEO, Candex is a technology-based master vendor that simplifies onboarding and payments to small and one-time vendors. It delivers a fast, compliant, and easy buying experience for requisitioners, while procurement gains automation, visibility, and control, reducing the vendor master by up to 80%.
For years, procurement teams have battled fragmented data, manual onboarding processes, and administrative bottlenecks. This results in time and resources spent on tasks that add little value, while strategic initiatives suffer from a lack of focus.
For many organisations, 70% of vendors account for just 5% of spend. With Candex, procurement can manage that long tail of spend without adding operational burden. This frees up teams to focus on strategic priorities, redirect spend to preferred suppliers, and drive more value across the business. At this year’s DPW New York conference, Jeremy Lappin and Chief Customer Officer Danielle McQuiston shared how their platform is helping procurement evolve beyond compliance and cost savings into something far more valuable: clarity.
Addressing the core problem
While many conversations at the event kept coming back to the use of AI, Candex is doing things differently. “AI will transform procurement by uncovering better, more innovative vendors,” says Lappin. “But every new vendor comes with the burden of onboarding and compliance. That’s where Candex makes a real difference—we streamline that process by enabling fast, compliant purchasing without the heavy lift of onboarding. As companies adopt AI, they’ll need a system like ours to truly benefit from what it reveals.”
It’s about bringing the conversation back to the core problem. Lappin continues: “Candex makes it possible to onboard and pay new vendors in minutes, and without setup delays, while keeping procurement firmly in control. That’s where we unlock both agility and compliance.”
Solving procurement’s data problem
After speaking to many procurement leaders at events such as DPW New York 2025, one topic of conversation stood out: that messy data can be a major hurdle to overcome before successful AI adoption can occur. Companies dealing with multiple affiliates for a single vendor can find their data ends up split, duplicated, and difficult to work with at scale.
“The fragmentation of data is a very old problem,” says Lappin. “One of the reasons it occurs is because the data is organised by affiliates and isn’t aggregated properly. This creates enormous processes.”
A dedicated platform can take on the heavy lifting of sorting through this data, without the use of complex AI models. Lappin continues: “One thing that Candex does to help this problem with smaller vendors is auto-aggregating affiliates under one corporate umbrella. It’s going to massively reduce the data problem by directing that small spend through us.”
McQuiston adds: “Data is the foundation of all the decisions that procurement makes. And the fact that they can consolidate that data within Candex, and look at it only when it’s relevant to what actions they have to take, is a huge contribution to the space for procurement.”
The right data at the right time
Candex isn’t trying to flood procurement teams with dashboards. Instead, it delivers data when and where it’s needed, stripping away the noise to surface what’s important.
“Our customers tell us we filter out 95% of the noise and highlight just the actions that matter. It’s not just visibility, it’s visibility at the right moment,” says McQuiston. “We have amazing reporting that has hundreds of lines of precision data in there, but it’s also aggregated in a way that it calls out to the things that need attention rather than being bogged down with the rest.”
“Oftentimes the stuff that goes through us is the stuff that procurement doesn’t have the time to give its attention to,” explains Lappin. “I think one of the most powerful things we do is get rid of the things they shouldn’t care about so that it’s very easy to see what they should.”
Simplicity wins
Some procurement tools are complex, slow to adopt, and full of friction, but Candex takes a different approach. “The users just want to be able to operate and do the work that they need to do to serve their objectives,” says McQuiston. “Procurement doesn’t have enough resources to deal with all of the small things.”
Bringing the focus back to the core function of procurement simplifies processes and reduces noise. When working with a lot of small vendors, procurement teams can get bogged down with admin and data. This is where Candex takes on the weight of that burden, and allows the business to move forward.
“At the end of the day, Candex is a tool that is so simple from a user perspective, but still has the confidence of the procurement organisation,” McQuiston continues. “It also shines a better light on the procurement function, which often gets a black eye for being in the way of things.”
Real people
For Lappin, the hype around AI isn’t what makes a product great; it’s real-world validation from customers. “There’s only one way to get through the hype,” he says, “and that’s to find other companies that are using the products and loving them. I think that’s one of the things that has made us successful.”
It’s one of the strengths of DPW; these events showcase real use cases, not just demonstrations. This enables attendees to see the impact of new technologies for themselves, and connect with the people behind them. “DPW has the ambition to use real use cases rather than just relying on demos,” says McQuiston. “That’s what’s a little bit different about DPW compared to some other conferences; the proof is in the pudding.”
Lappin and McQuiston also highlighted the importance of customer-led innovation through Candex Connects – roundtables all over the world that allow procurement peers to meet, discuss the challenges affecting them, and learn from one another, as well as sharing their own inspirational use cases. “We’re not just providing a solution. We’re providing a space where our customers get together, discuss best practices,” McQuiston adds. “And I think we’ve done that really well.”
Procurement, repositioned
Ultimately, Candex is about more than just a tool. It’s about reshaping the perception and potential of procurement teams, giving them the freedom and focus to lead strategically. By removing some of the friction of dealing with myriad small vendors, procurement teams are empowered to drive deeper value.
“Our whole business is focused on agility and value creation,” says McQuiston. “We have to be compliant because our customers demand it, but it’s not really about cost savings when you talk about tail spend. Procurement has always been in a position where they believe they can squeeze something out of every purchase. We’ve gotten to a point in the evolution of the function where they realise there’s a portion they can’t squeeze anything out of. It’s powerful to be able to let that go.”
“Procurement needs to be involved in decisions around spend,” adds Lappin. “They help negotiate. They figure out the right vendors. They really are needed in this process, which is why it exists.”
Candex isn’t just solving tail spend, it’s redefining how procurement operates at scale. With built-in controls, full audit trails, and seamless integration with existing systems, Candex empowers procurement to lead strategically, reduce supplier bloat, and stay agile in a complex world.
Candex is proving that the biggest transformation comes from helping procurement teams reduce the noise and get back to the work that matters.
Silverfin’s CEO, Lisa Miles Heal, on how the accountancy industry must innovate with technology to evolve
SHARE THIS STORY
The accountancy industry is at a crossroads. With rapid technological advancements, accountants are balancing the demand for more efficient compliance and an increased emphasis on value-added advisory services.
Meeting the Challenges
Inflation and the unstable economic outlook are also having a serious impact on all sectors. The UK has been through a tumultuous few years, and the combined effects of Brexit, the COVID-19 pandemic, and high inflation are only gradually receding. Growth remains meagre across the economy as a whole.
At the same time, the global geopolitical situation remains unpredictable, threatening to upset the applecart again at any moment. Alongside this, the possibility of high trade tariffs coming into force in the US in 2025 brings a whole host of conceivable challenges, including spiralling goods costs suppressing growth across a host of industries, with knock-on effects across the services sector. All of this impacts accountants directly, as businesses lean on them for guidance through economic uncertainty.
But it’s not all doom and gloom. Innovations like automation and AI can help accountants navigate through the volatility and focus on the higher value tasks. But we know that this isn’t an easy one and done. Firms purchasing fintech technology are on an education journey, requiring a cultural shift to overcome resistance and replace fear with an understanding of how machine learning and analytics drive growth, not replace staff. As firms embrace this shift, 2025 could see accountancy transformed into even more of a more strategic, data-led profession.
As a result, 2025 is set to be a year of rapid change, of challenge and opportunity. Two key areas will continue to impact the sector – inflation, and further consolidation through mergers and acquisitions (M&A). Let’s explore in more detail how these two issues will shape 2025 for accountancy firms and their clients, as well as looking at the way professionals’ roles are likely to evolve in response.
Automation Will Transform the Way Accountants Respond to Inflation
Inflation remains a significant dynamic that accountancy firms must navigate carefully in 2025. It impacts everything – from wages and employee culture through to supply costs and cash flow. As inflation stabilises, it’s crucial for accountancy firms to reflect on how they handled recent high inflation periods, and adapt their strategies for a lower-inflation environment.
Using technology and data insights can help firms remain competitive and navigate this new economic phase. A data-led approach is crucial given the complexity of the factors that feed into the inflationary landscape, and the myriad ways it can affect business. Reacting based on intuition won’t cut it. Accountants need to base their strategic decisions on insights derived from rich data, in as close to real time as possible.
This approach has two critical advantages. First, it allows firms to act proactively, leveraging advanced analytics to anticipate trends and outcomes before they occur.. Second, it allows for greater agility, enabling firms to gain deeper insights into how rapid market changes are affecting their business, and to adjust their strategies swiftly in response.
Mergers & Acquisitions Will Ramp Up
The accounting sector is set for more consolidation as firms face high numbers of partner retirements, due to an ageing workforce. This consolidation is an opportunity for both large and specialised practices – if they can pivot in the right way.
Larger firms have the potential to dominate, leveraging scale to process work more efficiently across different markets. On the opposite end of the scale, smaller, niche firms can shift to offer highly personalised services. It’s the middle ground that’s at risk. Mid-sized firms that don’t evolve will either be absorbed by larger entities or see talent move towards more specialised practices.
Private equity is also playing a part in this M&A trend. Investors see opportunities to modernise firms and extract value through efficiency gains and technology adoption. Fintech tools, such as cloud-based financial reporting and compliance platforms, present a low-risk avenue to drive long-term value for pension funds and other stakeholders, especially during the current volatile environment. These trends signal an era of structural evolution within the sector, driven by innovation and investment.
Accountants Will Grow Their Strategic Role
Finally, amid all this change, accountants will need to redefine their role. By automating routine tasks, accountants can reclaim valuable time to focus on higher-value work, such as compliance and providing fiscal and legal advisory services. Firms that adapt to this shift will thrive, while those clinging to traditional models risk losing relevance or being absorbed by larger, more agile competitors.
In 2025, the widening availability of next-gen, AI-enabled technology will make success dependent on firms that fully integrate their operations. These firms will harness insights and expertise from all areas of the business to inform decision-making. Accountants have a crucial role to play in providing these insights based on the financial status of their clients – a role they can only play if they’re freed up from repetitive, low-value tasks. Technology holds the key to the evolution of the sector – 2025 is the time to take that next step.
About Silverfin
It all started with two founders and a big idea… to create an innovate cloud platform to make accountants more successful. These are exciting times for accountants.
Technology has changed bookkeeping forever. While bookkeeping has been transformed, the day-to-day life of the accountant has yet to see the same change. Until now.
Silverfin was founded by an accountant frustrated by how he had to work and a software architect looking for a tough problem the cloud could crack.
So they turned their thinking to how data, and the cloud, could make life easier for accountants, make their businesses better, and at the same time unlock new opportunities for revenue streams from value-added client advisory services.
We give accountants the technology and tools they need to be more successful. For themselves. For their clients. We improve the efficiency, competitiveness and profitability of compliance and reporting services. We make this work faster, easier and better. Plus we power the development and delivery of new advisory services.
This month’s cover story features SSEN Transmission’s journey to build a digitally-enabled, AI-ready energy business to meet the country’s clean power, energy security and net zero goals.
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
SSEN Transmission: Digitally Enabling the Grid of the Future
James McLean is the Chief Information Officer (CIO) of SSEN Transmission, a growing Business Unit of SSE Plc. In our lead feature this month, he charts the company’s journey to build a leadership team for IT capable of meeting Transmission’s goals, while facing the daily challenges of operations and programme delivery, allied with focusing on the drive for cyber-readiness, architecture expansion and the growing need for data and analytics.
“The business case was to stand up core systems to deliver foundational technologies capable of driving efficiencies across an expanding enterprise,” he explains. “During my first few months I dialled into how SSEN Transmission operates and considered staffing plans. What does my organisation look like? At this point there were just seven people on the IT team and as T1 was ending we had some deliverables to do in preparation to ramp up for T2.”
“It’s been a unique and interesting challenge leading a constantly growing organisation,” reflects James. “The majority of our people have never worked for SSEN Transmission before, and they’ve come from other industries. We’ve been fortunate in the fact that our business sector is attracting strong talent keen to be part of our energy security and net zero ambition as we work towards that goal.”
Craig Thomas, CIO at the Merit Systems Protection Board.
The Merit Systems Protection Board: Championing Public Sector Change
Digital transformation on a public sector budget is no mean feat, and the operational requirements of a government agency compounds the challenge.
Craig Thomas, CIO at the Merit Systems Protection Board, met with Interface to explain how he and his team overhauled each of MSPB’s legacy systems one-by-one.
“The digital transformation has been critical to MSPB operations because the agency can absorb much more organisational change without having to spend time and money retrofitting IT systems. The environment that we’re in now requires the ability to move very quickly and to change direction with minimal effort.”
Carnival Corporation: Maturing Cybersecurity Across Global Operations
Carnival Corporation’s CISO, Margarita Rivera. With two decades’ experience in the cybersecurity space, she has witnessed immense change both in the fabric of the industry and in its growing importance in increasingly complex and risk-prone digital environments.
With a wealth of multi-industry experience, deeply transferable qualifications, and a front-row seat to the profound changes seen in cybersecurity over the past 20 years, Rivera is ideally placed to lead the ongoing process of securing the company’s digital and data environments.
“People saw cyber as just an IT or tech problem, and I think today folks realise that cybersecurity is much more than that,” says Rivera. “We’re much more involved with many other stakeholders, ingrained in other parts of the business, helping to drive change in a positive fashion and providing guardrails for faster innovation that’s accelerating the way the business can operate.”
“When I first started, there weren’t a lot of women in the tech and cybersecurity space,” she says. “I was one of the first. I remember going to conferences and being the only woman in the room. Now, thankfully there’s been a lot of change.
“I recently met with a partner that’s helping us with a project here, and I looked around the room to see it’s probably sixty-forty, with the sixty in favour of having more women-representative engineers and founders. That’s quite exciting. I think there’s a special skillset that women possess that they bring to the table in terms of creativity and collaboration.”
Appian: Redefining Enterprise Transformation With AI
Gregg Aldana, VP, Head of Global Solutions Consulting, shares what CIOs are really asking for in 2025 and beyond, how Appian is answering that call like no other platform, and why he believes the most progressive and impactful approach to AI is by embedding it inside the most critical processes.
“When I first came to Appian a little under a year ago, one of the first things that came up was the need to spend time with customers,” says Aldana. “If you really want to learn what’s driving and going on in the industry, you’re not going to find out from just reading analyst reports or looking online. You’ve got to go out and physically meet with and talk to people that are leading these changes. Meeting with 200+ CIOs and CTOs a year gives you a front seat to reality.”
Accenture is helping SSEN Transmission manage hundreds of infrastructure projects vital to achieving the UK’s Net Zero ambition. Effective delivery…
SHARE THIS STORY
Accenture is helping SSEN Transmission manage hundreds of infrastructure projects vital to achieving the UK’s Net Zero ambition. Effective delivery required addressing fragmented data and disconnected tools that can slow the flow of information between systems. SSEN Transmission sought a partner to help reshape its approach for data-driven execution on capital projects.
Meeting the Digital Challenge with Accenture
SSEN Transmission partnered with Accenture to embrace automation and digitisation in response to increasing project demands, a challenge reflected across the wider Capital Projects sector. Through the adoption of BIM (Building Information Modelling) and the implementation of Integrated Project Management (IPM), which was developed with Oracle and Microsoft, this collaboration laid the groundwork for more connected ways of working and continues to promote transformation across the organisation.
Key Benefits Delivered
Accenture supported with IPM (Integrated Project Management) and Building Information Modelling (BIM) customised to meet specific needs and achieve key goals:
Digitise processes for a single unified environment
Unify data for a standardised and trusted source of truth
Create a scalable platform for delivering capital projects
“With a unified real-time view of project data, SSEN Transmission has improved efficiency and strengthened collaboration across internal teams and with external partners. This allows for more time focused on higher value insight-led work, supporting better outcomes, faster decisions and much more agile delivery”
Huda As’ad, Managing Director, Capital Projects & Infrastructure, UKI
Building for the Future
More than a solutions provider, Accenture helps with strategy and issupporting SSEN Transmission’s continued focus on refining best practice for smooth project delivery. The partnership is helping to evolve ways of working and strengthening the digital foundation for future readiness.
“Our collaboration is built on a strong digital foundation that can scale with SSEN Transmission’s growing needs. By unifying systems, data, and process, we are enabling the faster adoption of new capabilities and supporting the shift towards a fully data-driven capital project delivery”
Nithin Vijay, Managing Director, Industry X – Capital Projects & Infrastructure
Accenture: A Partner for the Journey
Transformation is a journey that begins with the right foundation across people, data and process. It also requires a digital partner that brings together the best of industry experience, process excellence and technology to:
Develop a clear, actionable strategy for digital and data transformation
Embed industry best practices to optimise processes and drive continuous improvement
Enable smarter, more consistent delivery aligned to a long-term vision, from strategy through to execution
And that’s where Accenture makes its mark, helping clients navigate the journey with confidence.
Learn more about how Accenture is supporting SSEN Transmission on its digitisation journey with Huda As’ad, Managing Director, Capital Projects & Infrastructure, UKI and Nithin Vijay, Managing Director, Industry X – Capital Projects & Infrastructure
Akbar Hussain, Co-founder and Chief Legal & Compliance Officer at TerraPay, on cross-border payment innovation
SHARE THIS STORY
Every transaction tells a story. Most pass by unnoticed: familial remittances, a gift, a balance topped up. But behind the scenes, every transfer or cross-border payment sets off a chain reaction of checks, rules, and decisions. Signals are assessed. Contexts are weighed. Trust is verified.
Cross-border payments don’t operate in a vacuum. They move through regulatory frameworks and risk assessments, often in milliseconds. And as more and more transfers pass through this complex system, there is a growing need for infrastructure that knows not just how to move money effectively but how to govern its movement wisely.
Small Transactions, Big Stakes
There’s a myth in the payments world that small transactions carry small risk. That compliance obligations only apply at scale. Or that low-value payments fly under the regulatory radar. But in a globally connected system, nothing operates in isolation.
Small transactions power financial inclusion: school fees, emergency loans, micro-business payments. They are frequent, personal, and essential. And when repeated millions of times across loosely monitored corridors, they can create risk patterns with system-wide consequences.
When oversight is thin, even a modest flow of funds can be exploited for money laundering, fraud, or sanctions evasion. The notion that scale is only measured by individual ticket size ignores how quickly volume and velocity can multiply exposure. The risk isn’t always in the size of a transaction, it’s in how little is known about it.
Risk also doesn’t scale linearly. A seemingly harmless payments corridor can, over time, become a blind spot for illicit flows if the right compliance checks aren’t embedded. That’s why building safeguards into the infrastructure, not just the interface, of any payments system is critical.
Ultimately, there’s no such thing as a low-value transaction when the cost of failure is measured in trust.
Innovation vs Regulation
In much of the FinTech world, there’s still a belief that building effective cross-border payment systems means choosing between two paths: innovate fast or regulate carefully, as if the two can’t coexist. But this is a false choice. There is no sustainable growth in cross-border finance without regulatory credibility. Any system built to avoid or defer oversight will ultimately collapse, hollowed out by its own shortcuts.
In reality, we shouldn’t think of compliance as a barrier to scale but rather as a condition of scale. It’s what unlocks markets, builds durable infrastructure, and earns the trust of partners, governments, and users. Trust isn’t a switch that flips at go-to-market; it’s something built transaction by transaction, jurisdiction by jurisdiction.
That means licensing, yes. But it also means culture. It means embedding compliance into the architecture of your systems, the rhythms of your operations, and the priorities of your leadership. When regulatory design is built in from the start—rather than patched on later—it helps power growth.
Systemic Risk Has No Borders
One of the defining features of modern financial infrastructure is its interdependence. There are no isolated risks anymore. A lapse in one system—a poorly monitored corridor, a flawed due diligence model, an unvetted partner—doesn’t stay local. It echoes outward. Financial crime doesn’t respect borders. Neither does reputational damage.
This is particularly true in high-risk markets, where traditional institutions are limited or absent, and the appetite for speed often overshadows prudence.
These are also the places where financial inclusion efforts matter most—and where failure risks cutting people off entirely. Getting it wrong in these contexts risks shutting out the unbanked and underbanked from the systems designed to serve them, reinforcing the very barriers this industry claims to dismantle.
Financial institutions that choose to operate in these environments must do so with heightened accountability. The organizations that lead with integrity understand this and act accordingly: investing in real-time monitoring, adapting to regulatory shifts, and holding their partners to the same standard.
Building for the Future with Cross-Border Payments
There’s an understandable appeal to silver-bullet solutions: AI for fraud detection, blockchain for traceability, real-time everything. These technologies are powerful, and when applied with care, they can significantly enhance the robustness of compliance systems. But they’re not infallible. When adopted without scrutiny, they risk masking deeper structural weaknesses beneath a surface-level sense of control.
The more sustainable approach is rarely the flashiest. It’s incremental, data-driven, and adaptive. It prioritizes experimentation over assumption and refinement over scale for scale’s sake. Using anonymised data to test systems, deploying AI to extend—rather than replace—human oversight, and continuously evolving alongside the regulatory environments these systems must serve: this is where long-term resilience is built.
Trust, in Practice
To design for trust is to design for complexity. It means making peace with the regulatory landscape and recognizing that compliance isn’t a one-off exercise but a constant, evolving discipline that must move in step with innovation—not trail behind it.
It may not be the flashiest part of the story, or the one that makes the headlines, but any serious player in the cross-border economy must learn to balance the urgency of go-to-market with a deep, operational understanding of compliance and security. Regulation isn’t something to be welded on later. It’s something to be baked in from the start.
The proof, as they say, is in the pudding – and the evidence of TealBook’s increasingly-successful evolution lies in its client relationships.
SHARE THIS STORY
We talked endlessly about data and AI at DPW New York 2025. A universal truth is that the successful implementation of AI requires clean data. It doesn’t have to be perfect, but businesses certainly need to have a decent handle on their data before adopting AI tools successfully.
To help make this a reality, North American data and software company TealBook has recently announced a legal entity-based data model. It’s designed to resolve supplier records to the correct legal entities, map parent-child relationships, and enrich profiles with verifiable attributes, enabling accurate supplier data to flow seamlessly into procurement systems and AI applications. “This is part of a 12-year journey for TealBook,” says Stephany Lapierre, the company’s Founder and CEO. “Our vision has always been to build a way to enable procurement organisations to have high quality data with a lot of integrity. That way, you give them the trust they need to put data directly into their systems.
“Twelve years ago, we underestimated the complexity of getting large enterprises to trust a third-party data solution. As part of our journey, we started using AI early on to find information where it exists on supplier websites and databases. We also started creating digital profiles in a structured way for procurement to access it, match it to their vendor master, and use it.”
TealBook’s data evolution
But, again, at the beginning, TealBook couldn’t be sure whether the data was high enough quality. In 2017, the company was primarily known as a supplier discovery application. It was positioned as a pre-sourcing engine to help procurement teams identify alternative suppliers. At the time, TealBook’s data and models enabled it to determine which companies were similar to others. This meant users could search and find comparable suppliers to expand their sourcing options.
“But that was just a way for us to deliver something that was underserved in the market,” Lapierre continues. “Then our customers started asking for certificates, which are hard to collect and match. They needed cleaner data. They felt they were under-reporting. So in 2018, we started to see whether our technology could refine the data more. We focused on certificates and supplier diversity. We collected great use cases along this journey, and the vision never wavered.
“Just last year we released a new technology – completely different, really sophisticated – allowing us to pull from a lot more data sources. We have provenance so our customers can actually verify where the data’s coming from. We can match it to vendor masters. And now, we also have this new model that includes 230 million verifiable global legal entities from across 145 countries’ registries. We marry this with global parent and child hierarchy, which is really hard for our customers to match themselves.”
Partnership with Kraft Heinz
Now, after 12 years of that vision, TealBook is deeply proud of what it’s achieved. Part of its ability to get to this point is due to early adoption from key customers. Kraft Heinz is a business which Lapierre describes as a “co-innovation partner”, and has been invaluable in helping TealBook achieve its recent goals.
From the perspective of Stefanie Fink, Head of Global Data and Digital Procurement at Kraft Heinz, the partnership has been an immediately valuable one. “It really started with having a visionary, like-minded relationship,” she says. “That’s an important piece of it, because my vision for procurement is that we are partners in our enterprise.
“In order for us to do our jobs, we have to bring in the right data for use. This is where Stephany’s partnership and vision really resonated. We were really looking for diversity and we could make things easier for our partners, while making sure we had the right people in our ecosystem. We also had to lift up the hood and see what was underneath everything we’ve got. Stephany brought our vision to life. TealBook has evolved too, as we’ve seen; it’s more about orchestration and software-as-a-service. It has been a partnership of need and we cannot continue to do other things without this kind of partnership around data.”
When initially dabbling with this relationship, Fink was clear that Kraft Heinz had no desire to be taking care of more stuff. What she wanted from TealBook was a strong focus on good quality data. After last year’s product release from TealBook, Kraft Heinz already saw its data enriched by 25%. The recently-announced new data model gives the business and TealBook’s other customers the right structure tied to a legal entity, which is a highly credible anchor. “We’re able to do entity resolution – all automated – remove all the duplicates, and then you start with a clean, digitised vendor master,” says Lapierre. “That’s what brings further enrichment.”
The challenge of assessing data quality
Assessing its data before involving TealBook was important for Kraft Heinz, but challenging for such a large organisation. “We had to fail first and fail fast,” says Fink. “We tried some AI around fixing things early, but that didn’t work for us. It was a real eye-opener, realising where this next evolution could take us. Particularly regarding focusing on AI and agents for the right things, not the meaningless things. Before, we were asking agents to tell us if things were duplicates, when we should have been asking: what do these suppliers offer? Where is the innovation? Where is the value?”
What surprised Fink most when looking under Kraft Heinz’s hood was the lack of attention that was being paid to what the business was doing. “It was amazing that nobody had questioned it sooner,” she says. “So I said, let’s take this as a crawl, walk, run approach. I have a wonderful CPO who really understands where we want procurement to go as a function. She was excited about us just getting it done and getting people involved, and that’s what it takes: real pride in ownership of the data.”
Getting engrossed in GenAI
True partnership and an all-in approach has enabled Kraft Heinz to work successfully with AI. This is something some businesses are struggling with as the conversation around artificial intelligence grows louder. For Lapierre, as the CEO of a tech company, adopting AI successfully has meant trying and failing and being fully entrenched in AI as it has evolved.
“We’ve been using AI in our technology since 2016,” she states. “We’re an early adopter. We’d be talking about scraping data, and data in the cloud, and AI models, and our customers’ pupils would widen in surprise. We’ve come a long way and the market has come a long way.
“The technology we deliver today wouldn’t be possible without the AI tools now at our disposal. We used to build models; we don’t do that anymore. We spend a lot of time investing in engineers to build and test models. That’s made us so much more efficient. I use GenAI every day for so many things now. I’m encouraging my team to be so involved in AI. That’s how you build expertise. You need really strong expertise to use GenAI well.
“Getting good with AI is about taking risks and having a leadership team that pushes for new things. Suddenly, the successful use of AI becomes a habit.”
Why businesses should prepare themselves for AI by not getting lost in the whirlwind of hype and focusing only on what works for their needs.
SHARE THIS STORY
With AI being the topic of conversation for procurement professionals right now, it’s easy to get lost in the maze of conflicting information. Vroozi is a procure-to-pay platform powered by robust AI capabilities to deliver meaningful use cases. CEO and Co-Founder, Shaz Khan, takes approaching AI the right way very seriously.
For Vroozi, the use of AI is a two-sided coin. It’s an organisation that talks about AI both in production and consumption. AI is a tool that has been a game-changer, because it has enabled Vroozi’s software and technology engineers to be able to rapidly prototype and develop code. And that code is beneficial for creating feature sets and capabilities that the company wants to introduce to the market.
“Similarly, we take steps to look at how a customer interacts with our software for the first time,” Khan explains. “The implementation process is also ripe for consuming and producing great results with AI. Imagine you go through some type of interview wizard where you prompt the system based on your region and industry. The system will self-configure according to your business unit. This is real intelligence that understands your business at a different level, as well as the competitive landscape, and brings in best practices to deliver incredible results.”
Getting the approach right
Having said that, Khan freely admits that we’re in the early innings of AI adoption. For him, leaders should adopt a multi-pronged approach to implement AI. The first move is to assemble a team. “One key area with AI is that a lot of companies are relying on outside experts that don’t know the business and the goals that they’re trying to achieve,” he explains.
“You should invest in your own people before you invite outside parties in. Bring that education and assemble a use case, before assessing the problems you’re trying to solve and determining whether AI is a good tool set or capability to solve the problem. If these things match up, execute the game plan, bring in the right technologies and the right expertise, and only then bring AI capabilities into your workforce.”
The challenges
With this being the “early innings”, there are also barriers and challenges. The main issue, from Khan’s perspective, is security. “There’s a trust aspect that has to be looked at,” he explains. “There’s also an ethics aspect. Are you delivering the right results? And how much autonomy are you giving AI and its agents to go out and deliver those results for you without any human interaction? I think the companies that get it right will strike a balance between the trifecta of automation, really great AI technologies, and a balance of human interaction to create an overall output.”
There’s also the question of data. If the data isn’t clean, output will be compromised and lead to poor results. We haven’t seen the worst of what can happen, Khan believes, and AI has the potential to create scenarios that are hard to recover from, if used poorly. “We need to prepare ourselves now to prevent those types of potential calamities from happening,” says Khan. Which is the entire point of DPW: for procurement and technology leaders to educate and learn about best AI practice.
This allows people to cut through the, as Khan puts it, “hysteria” around AI that can cause problems for businesses. They’re rushing to solve problems, and while leveraging AI can be a component of a complete holistic toolkit, it can’t be the only answer. “A lot of companies today still struggle with getting their businesses off spreadsheets,” he states. “AI should be an equaliser and enabler to get it right.”
Structuring unstructured data
For Khan, in order to ready themselves for AI, procurement professionals and practitioners need to be absolutely committed to data management and governance. “What companies often forget is that much of today’s data is unstructured. It’s not neatly stored in databases – it might be a chat, an image of a spec sheet, or a contract never digitised. This unstructured data often can’t be used by AI models today, so companies risk only addressing a small part of the challenge. Data governance has to be an ongoing exercise.”
Having said that, Khan is keen to differentiate between clean data and perfect data. In fact, many procurement professionals we spoke to at DPW New York 2025 said the same. The message is: don’t wait around for everything to be perfect, or you’ll never start.
“Good enough data is just fine,” Khan says. “But if you’re going to continue to feed your AI engines and algorithms bad data, your outputs will be compromised. Companies need to have data governance strategies and upfront policies in place so that they can manage this, independent of the people that offer them.”
AI creating a complete picture
While treading carefully is important, Khan is equally keen to extoll the many virtues of AI for procurement professionals. There are many incredible use cases already, and AI tool sets and algorithms can effectively interrogate a company’s data and give them the answers they require. AI enables these users to have a complete picture of their buying cycle, and allows them to get additional information for where they can pivot.
“This is where the true power of agentic AI will come into play,” says Khan. “When you can fully trust the system inputs, AI will be able to orchestrate those processes autonomously, and present that information to an end user for final decision.”
Khan is very excited about what Vroozi is doing within its own AI layer. The business looks at AI and intelligence as a pervasive thread across its entire tech stack. Every aspect of its platform has some kind of AI enablement, although it’s not an AI-first company.
“We follow three distinct areas where we are thriving on the AI front,” says Khan. “First is intelligent document processing. Can we take structured and unstructured data such as contracts, quotes, work orders, and invoices, and populate them automatically onto a screen without any human touch? Processing invoices might require an army of people typing in data, and they might not capture it all. But an AI toolset can take millions of records and process them simultaneously. That’s the power of AI.”
The power of hyper-personalisation
The second area is what Vroozi calls hyper-personalisation, where it intensely personalises the platform to meet a company’s preferences and needs. It’s about how AI can find trends and not only predict the user’s needs, but also help take the next steps. This includes finding suppliers and ordering things that are needed, so that workflows aren’t disrupted.
“Then we also have what we call the push economy,” says Khan. “AI’s power is in pushing and giving people head starts. So when you talk about AI algorithms and look at analytics, it’s about how AI can present to companies in the procurement space when they need to lock in favourable pricing on products and services, and predict when you are seeing potential fraud scenarios based on trends and patterns. You need a lot of data for those AI models to train on, which is why I say we’re in the early innings. It takes time, but it’s incredibly powerful when you get to that point.”
The benefits ahead
At such an exciting time for procurement, 2025 and 2026 look bright for leaders in this space. Not only procurement, but also supply chain and FinTech, are set to benefit from what AI can do with data.
“There’s going to be a focus on how to capture and harness data, and feed it into AI in a way that produces results,” says Khan. “What we’ll see in the next two years is that AI has now learned from the data that’s been fed into it. You’re going to see higher-quality results and better outcomes. Again, I would caution companies to define the problem first. Then determine if AI is an absolute enabler and game changer. We believe AI can be an influencer and supercharger in terms of productivity. However, there needs to be specific use cases that make sense for corporations.
“In 2025 and beyond, you’re going to see great technologies embedded into organisations that really work.”
The insurance industry, long known for its complex processes and legacy systems, is undergoing a dramatic transformation. At the heart…
SHARE THIS STORY
The insurance industry, long known for its complex processes and legacy systems, is undergoing a dramatic transformation. At the heart of this shift is InsurTech – the fusion of insurance and technology – bringing faster claims, personalised policies and more efficient operations. In 2025, several tools are leading the charge. Here are five of the top InsurTech solutions reshaping the sector.
1. Tractable – AI-Powered Claims Automation
Tractable uses computer vision and artificial intelligence to assess vehicle and property damage in real time. With just a few photos uploaded by the policyholder, the tool can evaluate damage and generate repair estimates instantly. This significantly shortens claims processing times from days or weeks to mere hours. Tractable is already used by global insurers like GEICO and Covéa and is expanding into home insurance applications as well.
Why it’s a game changer: It replaces manual claims inspection with automated, objective AI assessments – cutting costs and improving customer satisfaction.
2. Shift Technology – Fraud Detection Engine
Shift Technology offers an advanced AI platform specifically trained to detect insurance fraud. Using machine learning, it analyses claims data, historical fraud patterns, and external sources to flag suspicious activities. Its algorithms adapt over time, improving their detection accuracy.
Key advantage: It empowers insurers to prevent millions in fraudulent claims annually, without sacrificing the customer experience for legitimate policyholders.
3. Zego – On-Demand Insurance for the Gig Economy
Zego offers usage-based insurance tailored to gig workers, delivery drivers, and small businesses. Its app-based platform integrates with telematics, ride-hailing apps, and work schedules to offer dynamic, pay-as-you-go coverage. This flexibility makes it ideal for freelancers and platforms like Uber or Deliveroo.
Innovation point: Zego rewrites traditional insurance models by aligning premiums with real-time usage and risk levels – ideal for the on-demand economy.
4. Cover Genius – Embedded Insurance API
Cover Genius provides APIs that allow digital businesses to offer embedded insurance directly within their platforms. For example, a travel booking site can offer flight cancellation protection at checkout, or an e-commerce retailer can embed product warranty options. Cover Genius handles everything – from pricing and underwriting to claims and global compliance.
Impact: It brings insurance directly to the customer at the point of need, improving uptake and customer convenience while opening new distribution channels.
5. Sprout.ai – Intelligent Claims Triage
Sprout.ai combines NLP (natural language processing) and data enrichment to automate the first notice of loss (FNOL) and claims triage process. It can pull insights from emails, documents, and databases to provide context-rich claim summaries, which are then used to assign the right workflows or handlers.
Business benefit: Sprout.ai reduces administrative overhead and speeds up claim resolution by up to 70%, while maintaining transparency and fairness.
Insurtech tools like Tractable, Shift, Zego, Cover Genius, and Sprout.ai are not just digitising insurance, they’re reimagining it. With AI, APIs, and real-time analytics at their core, these platforms are improving efficiency, reducing fraud, and delivering a customer-first experience. As insurers adopt these innovations, expect faster, smarter, and more responsive insurance services for the modern age.
Morne Rossouw, Chief AI Officer at Kyriba, on leveraging AI skills to enhance decision-making and compliance in financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
At the intersection of innovation and responsibility, the finance sector faces a pivotal challenge… The ‘trust gap’ in AI adoption. CFOs and treasury leaders are aiming to safeguard their organisations’ financial health. The promise of AI’s transformative power is often tempered by concerns around security, transparency and regulatory compliance. Yet, as the latest IDC InfoBrief and Kyriba CFO survey reveal, there is a clear path forward. It is one that requires essential AI foundation skills and a thoughtful approach to AI solutions.
Understanding the Trust Gap
The potential for AI in treasury and finance is compelling. Over 84% of treasury professionals agree Generative AI will significantly impact treasury processes within the next 24 months. However, the journey to widespread adoption is hindered by what many see as a ‘trust gap’. There is a divide between transformative promise and concerns about security and privacy risks.
These real concerns cover several aspects, first and foremost: risk aversion. Many finance professionals by training are inherently compelled to act with a risk mitigation mindset. By extension, many are cautious about the ‘black box’ nature of artificial intelligence and its role in decision-making. They prefer systems where they can better understand and interpret outcomes. Another layer is the pressure to adhere to the industry’s strict and evolving compliance requirements. These are now expanding to cover legal and industry standards around adoption, such as the EU AI Act.
Data quality and security further complicate the picture. Financial data is highly sensitive, and organisations must address issues of accuracy, bias, and privacy when integrating AI solutions. In addition, there is a skills gap to overcome. Many finance professionals may lack the newly emerging need for expertise to leverage these tools effectively and securely in a financial context, making the development of new competencies essential for successful adoption.
Building a Culture of Trust for AI
Despite concerns, the interest in and potential value of artificial intelligence to streamline and optimise treasury operations are clear. In fact, the latest studies show:
44% of treasury professionals see immediate value in AI-enhanced cash management
50% prioritise AI for financial fraud detection
46% focus on risk management applications¹
Achieving success with artificial intelligence requires more than simply adopting new technologies. It demands a broader cultural transformation. Structured training programs are critical for helping finance teams develop confidence and competence in using AI. And gaining hands-on experience with AI tools in real-world scenarios allows professionals to apply their knowledge and adapt to evolving capabilities.
As one CFO noted: “AI is redefining the CFO’s mandate as we speak. With the right foundation and skills, I don’t believe AI widens the trust gap; it closes it.”
Essential Foundational Skills to Bridge the Trust Gap
Narrowing the trust gap between the immense opportunities of AI with the real potential risk requires organisations to develop three critical foundation capabilities. The first is communication and interaction. Finance professionals should learn how to engage in clear dialogue with AI systems by asking effective questions, refining requests, and understanding how to guide AI tools to support financial reporting and analysis.
The second foundational skill is data storytelling. Transforming complex AI outputs into clear, actionable insights helps make financial data more accessible and meaningful to stakeholders. This means not only interpreting results but also presenting them through compelling narratives and visualisations.
As a final safeguard, teams should develop a systematic approach to validating AI-generated insights to ensure that outputs align with regulatory requirements and business logic. This process is crucial for maintaining compliance standards and fostering confidence in AI-driven decisions.
Trusted AI requires a Trusted Platform
Organisations can build trust in AI adoption by prioritising security and transparency in their technology choices. Selecting tools and platforms that provide enterprise-grade security and offer explainable insights is vital. Equally important is ensuring that customer data remains private and is not used to train external models, as is the use of built-in validation tools to support compliance.
Trust is further built by user-led design. Intuitive interfaces make it easier for finance teams to interact effectively with new technologies. Leveraging visual analytics and dashboards enhances the ability to tell stories with data, while comprehensive validation frameworks help support regulatory and business frameworks.
Establishing a trusted platform foundation is the final piece. Building on robust data infrastructure allows organisations to define key AI foundation skills. Investment in training and certification programs helps finance professionals stay up to date with best practices, while real-time validation and oversight of AI-driven decisions further reinforces organisational trust.
The Path Forward
The potential impact of increased AI skills, in tandem with secure solutions, is immense. Enhanced decision-making becomes possible through improved cash visibility and forecasting, while compliance is strengthened through systematic validation and fraud detection. Efficiency gains are realised via optimised AI/Human collaboration, and more accurate and insightful financial reporting is achieved through advanced data storytelling. Organisations also benefit from reduced processing time thanks to intelligent automation.
In an era where trust underpins financial and broader business leadership, success depends on developing strong foundational capabilities alongside robust solutions. Responsible AI – such as Kyriba’s Trusted AI portfolio – emerges as a strategic partner for CFOs and treasury teams, providing not just the technology but also the framework for skill development essential to closing the gap.
Through this comprehensive approach – combining foundation skills and trusted solutions-organisations can confidently embrace AI’s transformative potential while maintaining the security, compliance, and transparency essential to modern financial operations. The result is a future where skilled professionals leverage AI to drive data-driven business decision making that can unlock unprecedented levels of financial performance and agility.
Join industry leaders and innovators at the 5th Annual Digital Banking Summit
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital Banking Summit is a premiere event designed to explore the most transformative trends shaping the banking sector in the modern era. This two-day conference will delve into critical topics such as AI-driven banking, open finance, financial inclusion, and the future of digital identity. Discover how cutting-edge technologies like edge computing, hyper-personalisation, and APIs are redefining corporate and retail banking. Engage in discussions about legacy system modernisation, sustainability through ESG initiatives, and the regulatory landscape, including DORA and GDPR. Book your place here.
Gain Expert Insights
With sessions led by top executives from global financial institutions, attendees will gain actionable insights… Learn more about leveraging innovation to streamline operations, enhance customer experience and build resilient financial ecosystems. Speakers include thought leaders representing Wells Fargo, Revolut, Wise, Standard Chartered, Lloyds and more…
Take advantage of networking opportunities and 1:1 meetings to connect with senior leaders and experts. Don’t miss this opportunity to be part of the conversation shaping the future of banking.
DAY 1 @ Digital Banking Summit
Revolutionising Banking in the Digital Era
Open Banking and Open Finance
Financial Inclusion in Banking
Digital Identity: Onboarding, Compliance and Embedded Finance
Cross-Industry Collaboration in Banking
Banking for a Digital Workforce
Hyper-Personalisation in Wealth Management
Edge Computing
The Role of APIs in Transforming Corporate Banking
Digital Resilience
Legacy Systems vs Modernisation
AI in Banking
DAY 2 @ Digital Banking Summit
Automation and Cloud Banking
Data Monetisation: Ethics and Opportunities
Digital Marketing in Banking
Central Bank Digital Currencies
Sustainable Banking Future with ESG
Navigating DORA, GDPR and Beyond
Wallets
Mobile Banking
Crypto, Instant Transfers and Banking
AI-Driven Fraud
Customer-Centric Innovation
Cybersecurity: Deepfakes, AI Attacks and Quantum Risks
The FinTech industry, sitting at the nexus of finance and technology, is a prime target for cybercriminals. With the growing…
SHARE THIS STORY
The FinTech industry, sitting at the nexus of finance and technology, is a prime target for cybercriminals. With the growing prevalence of digital banking, mobile payments, and crypto-assets, cybersecurity has become a non-negotiable priority. In response, a new generation of tools has emerged to help FinTech companies stay ahead of threats. Here are the top five cybersecurity tools safeguarding the sector in 2025:
CrowdStrike Falcon has become a leading choice for FinTech companies due to its advanced endpoint detection and response (EDR) capabilities. Powered by AI and cloud-native architecture, Falcon provides real-time monitoring and threat intelligence across endpoints, detecting suspicious behavior before it escalates. Its lightweight agent and scalable design make it ideal for rapidly evolving digital infrastructures.
2. Snyk – Securing FinTech DevOps
FinTech’s embrace of continuous development and integration demands security solutions built for speed. Snyk focuses on developer-first security, helping teams identify and remediate vulnerabilities in open-source dependencies, containers, and infrastructure as code. It integrates directly with GitHub, GitLab, and CI/CD pipelines, ensuring vulnerabilities are caught early—without slowing down development.
3. Fortinet FortiWeb – Web Application Firewall (WAF)
Web applications are the backbone of many FinTech platforms, and FortiWeb provides critical protection. This intelligent WAF defends against OWASP Top 10 threats, including SQL injection and cross-site scripting, while leveraging machine learning to tailor protections in real-time. FinTech platforms using APIs heavily benefit from FortiWeb’s deep learning inspection and bot mitigation features.
4. IBM Security QRadar – SIEM Intelligence
QRadar continues to lead as a top-tier Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) solution. It aggregates and analyzes data from across an organization’s digital ecosystem, detecting threats and providing actionable insights. FinTech firms rely on QRadar for compliance with financial regulations and for its ability to deliver fast, context-rich threat detection and response capabilities.
5. Auth0 – Identity and Access Management (IAM)
Auth0, a standout solution in identity and access management. In FinTech, controlling user access with precision is crucial. Auth0 provides secure, scalable authentication for apps and APIs, offering features like single sign-on (SSO), multi-factor authentication (MFA), and adaptive access policies. With rising threats targeting user credentials, IAM is no longer a back-office function—it’s frontline security.
Cybersecurity in FinTech requires agility, intelligence, and regulatory alignment. Tools like CrowdStrike Falcon, Snyk, Fortinet FortiWeb, IBM QRadar, and Auth) are not just protecting infrastructure. They’re enabling innovation in one of the world’s most dynamic industries. As threats grow more sophisticated, these platforms will continue to shape the future of secure financial technology.
Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR – a one-stop-shop for smart embedded finance experience – on business transformation
SHARE THIS STORY
Business spending used to be a mess. Think mountains of receipts, last-minute expense reports, and a constant guessing game about where the money actually went. For many companies, especially those growing fast or juggling lots of moving parts, keeping tabs on spending felt like trying to plug holes in a sinking ship. Even with spreadsheets and corporate cards, it was hard to get real visibility or control.
But something is changing. Behind the scenes, a quiet shift is taking place. It’s called embedded finance andwhile the name might sound technical, the impact is very real and surprisingly simple: it’s giving businesses more control over how they spend money, without adding complexity.
It’s like turning on the lights in a dark room. Suddenly, business leaders can *see* where the money is going, in real time. They can set rules. They can act faster. And best of all, they don’t need a finance degree to understand what’s happening.
Goodbye Expense Reports with Embedded Finance
This will be music to your ears. One of the most obvious and painful examples of messy spending is employee expenses. Traditionally, employees pay out of pocket, save their receipts, and submit reports at the end of the month. Finance teams then spend days chasing missing documentation and trying to figure out whether each purchase was actually necessary. The entire process is slow, frustrating, and ripe for errors.
With embedded finance, that whole routine gets flipped. Now, companies can issue virtual cards with built-in controls, like daily limits, merchant restrictions, or even time-based rules. Employees use the cards directly from their phones, receipts are uploaded instantly, and managers can see every transaction as it happens. No more end-of-month surprises and best of all, nomore chaos.
Real-Time Visibility, Real-Time Decisions
Having a hard time making quick decisions? When spending is scattered across departments, locations, or tools, it’s hard to have a coherent plan. Business leaders often operate with outdated information, relying on month-end reports to spot issues that have already happened. That lag can be costly, especially in a fast-moving economy.
Embedded Finance changes that by connecting spending directly to data. Whether it’s a construction company managing field purchases or an e-commerce brand scaling its supply chain, having real-time visibility into expenses means leaders can make smarter decisions, faster. If costs spike in one area, they can spot it and adjust instantly. If a new supplier overcharges, they’ll know right away.
It’s not just about seeing the numbers—it’s about being able to act on them in the moment.
Fewer Tools, Less Friction with Embedded Finance
A big source of business friction comes from too many disconnected systems. You might have one platform for payroll, another for invoicing, and yet another for managing employee cards. Every tool means another login, another source of truth, and more opportunities for things to slip through the cracks.
Embedded Finance simplifies the stack. Instead of stitching together a patchwork of tools, companies can use one unified system where spending and financial controls are already built in. For employees, that means fewer steps to get what they need. For finance teams, it means fewer errors to clean up. And for leadership, it means clearer insight into how money is being used to drive the business forward.
Solaris is making waves in the circular economy by teaming up with Grover to allow people to subscribe to tech devices monthly instead of purchasing them. Due to stringent rules, they needed a product they could integrate to enable customers full control and increase loyalty. They succeeded by launching the Grover Card to boost engagement and retention and make payments borderless and hassle-free.
Empowering Teams Without Losing Control
One of the biggest tensions in company spending is the balance between trust and control. You want teams to move fast and make smart decisions, but you also need to avoid waste and fraud. Too much freedom, and things go off the rails. Too much control, and progress stalls.
Embedded finance helps solve that tension. Because financial tools are built into the workflow, companies can set smart rules from the start. Maybe the marketing team can spend up to a certain limit on campaigns, but anything over, needs approval. Maybe contractors can only use their cards during work hours. These aren’t rigid roadblocks—they’re flexible guardrails that keep spending aligned with company goals.
At the same time, employees feel more trusted. They don’t have to front their own money or wait for approvals. They can focus on doing their jobs, knowing they have the tools they need.
Final Thoughts
Embedded Finance isn’t about adding more technology for the sake of it. It’s about making finance work better, smarter, faster, and with less hassle. For businesses that have struggled with messy, unpredictable spending, it’s a breath of fresh air.
The companies embracing these tools aren’t just getting more efficient, they’re unlocking new levels of clarity and confidence. And in today’s unpredictable business environment, that’s not just a nice-to-have – it’s a competitive advantage that will pay back in spades.
Lysan Drabon, Managing Director at the Project Management Institute (PMI), on the critical role of project management in successfully integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a tool for driving sustainability initiatives within FinTech and financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
The financial services sector, traditionally associated with spreadsheets and skyscrapers, is undergoing a green transformation. FinTech, at the forefront of this evolution, is increasingly leveraging Artificial Intelligence (AI) to drive sustainability initiatives. However, the path to a greener financial future isn’t paved with algorithms alone. Effective project management is the crucial compass, guiding these AI-powered initiatives towards tangible and lasting impact.
The potential for genuine progress hinges on a structured, project-based approach. Without it, AI risks becoming a costly distraction. Failing to deliver on its promise of a more sustainable financial ecosystem.
The challenge is significant. Financial institutions face growing pressure from investors, regulators, and customers to demonstrate their commitment to ESG principles. AI offers powerful tools for achieving these goals. From optimising energy consumption in data centres to identifying and mitigating climate-related financial risks. Yet, as Project Management Institute’s (PMI) recent research reveals, success is far from guaranteed.
The findings highlight a clear disparity between organisations that strategically integrate AI into their sustainability efforts and those that treat them as separate endeavours. Those with a robust project management framework, capable of balancing these complex initiatives, are far more likely to achieve meaningful results.
So, how can FinTech companies and financial institutions effectively harness the power of AI to drive sustainability? The answer lies in prioritising three key elements within a project management framework: data readiness, leadership preparedness, and strategic alignment.
Data Readiness: The Foundation for Sustainability in Finance Using AI
AI algorithms are only as good as the data they consume. In the context of FinTech and financial services, this means establishing robust data collection, management, and utilisation processes. These must capture a wide range of sustainability-related metrics.
This includes data on energy consumption, carbon emissions, investment portfolios, and supply chain practices. Project managers must champion data readiness as a fundamental project requirement, ensuring that data is accurate, consistent, and readily accessible.
Imagine trying to assess the ESG performance of an investment portfolio when data on the environmental impact of underlying assets is incomplete or unreliable. A “single source of truth” for sustainability data is essential. It provides a reliable foundation for AI models to accurately assess risks, identify opportunities, and track progress towards sustainability goals.
This also means addressing the ethical considerations around data. Financial data is highly sensitive, and project managers must ensure that AI systems are used responsibly and ethically, protecting data privacy and preventing bias.
Leadership Preparedness: Building Sustainability-Savvy AI Teams
The successful integration of AI for sustainability in fintech demands a new breed of leader. Project managers must not only possess the traditional skills of planning and execution but also cultivate a deep understanding of both AI technologies and the nuances of sustainable finance. This requires a proactive approach to talent development, fostering a culture of continuous learning and experimentation.
Building successful teams means bridging the gap between data scientists, financial analysts, sustainability experts, and regulatory compliance officers. Project managers must act as translators, delivering effective communication and collaboration across these diverse disciplines. They need to be adept at identifying and nurturing talent. Whether through upskilling existing employees or recruiting individuals with specialised expertise.
Moreover, leadership preparedness extends to the ability to navigate the ethical complexities of AI in finance. Project managers must be equipped to address potential biases in algorithms, ensure data privacy, and promote transparency and accountability in AI-driven decision-making. This requires a strong commitment to responsible innovation and a willingness to challenge conventional thinking.
Strategic Alignment: Embedding Sustainability into FinTech’s DNA
AI-driven sustainability initiatives must be aligned with broader organisational objectives. Project managers must ensure sustainability is embedded into the project’s core strategy. Every stage of a project must be evaluated for its environmental and social impact.
This requires buy-in from senior management and establishing clear metrics for measuring sustainability performance. Additionally, it means developing frameworks for reinvesting AI-driven sustainability gains into further initiatives. This creates a virtuous cycle of continuous improvement.
Consider a FinTech company developing an AI-powered platform for lending. Without strategic alignment, the project might focus solely on optimising loan approvals, potentially overlooking the social and environmental impact of lending decisions. Project managers must work with stakeholders to define clear sustainability goals. And also establish measurable metrics, and ensure that these are integrated into the project’s overall objectives.
Beyond Efficiency: A Holistic Vision for Sustainable Fintech
AI offers immense potential for automating tasks and optimising processes. Moreover, it’s crucial to remember that sustainability is about more than just efficiency. Fintech companies and financial institutions must adopt a holistic approach that considers the environmental, social, and economic impacts of their operations.
Project managers play a vital role in ensuring that AI is used responsibly and ethically, with a focus on transparency, accountability, and fairness. This includes addressing potential biases in AI algorithms and protecting data privacy. Furthermore, it also means ensuring AI systems are aligned with human values. They must contribute to a more equitable and sustainable financial system.
By embracing a structured, project-based approach, FinTech companies and financial institutions can unlock the full potential of AI to drive genuine and lasting sustainability improvements. Project management is not just a supporting function; it’s the linchpin for success in the age of AI-driven sustainability. It’s about building the right foundations, equipping the right teams, and aligning projects with the right strategic objectives.
As a nonprofit committed to providing life-saving assistance in areas affected by conflict and natural disasters, Solidarités International faces increasing regulatory expectations from public donors. These include the United Nations, the US Bureau for Humanitarian Assistance (BHA), and European funding bodies. These expectations include rigorous AML screening of suppliers, staff, and local partners to ensure accountability and transparency.
FinScan for AML
Solidarités International’s decision to adopt FinScan followed a thorough selection process involving external advisors and peer recommendations from within the NGO community. Criteria such as workflow flexibility, user delegation, audit history, and alignment with data privacy standards were central to the evaluation. FinScan is now fully operational at Solidarités International’s headquarters.
“With FinScan, we’re able to delegate screening responsibilities across field missions while maintaining centralised oversight and data privacy. The responsiveness of the FinScan team and the tool’s intuitiveness and configurability have been key positives,” said Pierre DeSoil, IT Project Lead at Solidarités International. “Our users picked up the system quickly and are more confident with the process.”
Designed to support complex compliance needs, FinScan helps organisations like Solidarités International meet donor due diligence requirements. It does this through customisable workflows, robust matching algorithms, and scalable deployment.
“We’re proud to support the mission of Solidarités International with a powerful, cloud-based AML solution that helps protect humanitarian aid from financial crime risk,” said Steve Maul, Chief Customer Officer at Innovative Systems. “Their dedication to both compliance and the communities they serve exemplifies how technology and purpose can align.”
About Solidarités International
Founded in 1980 and headquartered in Clichy, France, Solidarités International provides urgent humanitarian aid in conflict zones and disaster-stricken areas. Its core mission is to meet the vital needs of vulnerable populations—providing water, food, and shelter in life-threatening conditions. Learn more at https://www.solidarites.org/en/.
About FinScan
Trusted by hundreds of organisations worldwide, Innovative Systems, Inc.’s FinScan® offers advanced Anti-Money Laundering (AML) compliance technology and consulting solutions. Built on decades of experience in data management and proprietary matching technologies, FinScan provides a data-first, risk-based approach to ensure unparalleled accuracy and efficiency in identifying and reducing risk, accelerating AML compliance workflows, and optimising team productivity. FinScan’s comprehensive, integrated platform includes Know Your Customer (KYC), unparalleled sanctions screening, risk scoring, data quality, and advisory services for implementing a holistic compliance program. FinScan offers flexible deployment including SaaS, on-premise, and hybrid options. FinScan’s SaaS clients are screening more than 300 billion names a year. Learn more at www.finscan.com and follow us on LinkedIn.
As of 2025, artificial intelligence (AI) tools are revolutionising the financial industry by enhancing efficiency, accuracy, and decision-making across various…
SHARE THIS STORY
As of 2025, artificial intelligence (AI) tools are revolutionising the financial industry by enhancing efficiency, accuracy, and decision-making across various domains. Here are five leading AI platforms making significant impacts in finance:
1. JPMorgan’s Coach AI & GenAI Toolkit
JPMorgan Chase has integrated AI tools like Coach AI and a comprehensive GenAI toolkit to enhance client services and operational efficiency. Coach AI assists advisors in swiftly retrieving research and anticipating client inquiries. This has led to a 95% reduction in information retrieval time. The GenAI toolkit, utilised by over half of JPMorgan’s 200,000 employees, has contributed to nearly $1.5 billion in savings. The company has seen improvements in fraud prevention, trading, and credit decisions.
2. BlackRock’s Asimov
BlackRock has developed Asimov, an AI platform capable of autonomous actions such as analyzing documents and providing real-time portfolio insights. This tool enables portfolio managers to maintain situational awareness and make more informed decisions continuously, enhancing the firm’s investment processes.
3. Hebbia
Hebbia is an AI platform designed to perform complex, multi-step tasks autonomously, effectively functioning like a high-capability intern. It can handle tasks such as analysing financial filings, building valuation models, and drafting memos. Major financial institutions like BlackRock and KKR utilise Hebbia to streamline operations and free professionals to focus on strategic work.
4. Datarails FP&A Genius
Datarails offers an AI-powered Financial Planning and Analysis (FP&A) platform that automates data consolidation and financial reporting. It provides workflows, templates, and data visualisation tools to facilitate budgeting, forecasting, scenario modelling, and financial analysis. These enhance the speed and accuracy of financial decision-making.
5. Feedzai
Feedzai is a data science company that develops real-time machine learning tools. These identify fraudulent payment transactions and minimise risk in the financial services industry. Its AI-based applications are used for fraud detection, risk assessment, and regulatory compliance. They are helping organisations manage and mitigate financial crime risks effectively.
These AI tools exemplify the transformative impact of artificial intelligence in finance. Offering solutions that enhance operational efficiency, risk management, and strategic decision-making.
Kenan Maciel, Director of Strategy at Lab49, on the future for cross-border payments in the global push for instant settlement
SHARE THIS STORY
Cross-Border payments are the unseen infrastructure powering global commerce. A multinational corporation settling international invoices, a small business sourcing products overseas, or a family transferring remittances across continents… The global economy has relied on the seamless movement of money across borders for decades. Now, with the total value of cross-border payments estimated to increase from almost $150 trillion in 2017 to over $250 trillion in 2027, it’s clear just how fundamental they are to the future of the global economy.
However, despite their scale and importance, cross-border payments remain plagued by inefficiencies and high costs. High transaction fees, slow settlement times and a persistent lack of transparency have consistently challenged businesses and consumers. The Financial Stability Board, responsible for the G20 Roadmap for Enhancing cross-border payments, has acknowledged that “significant progress will be needed to meet the targets” this year. This statement highlights the reality of the industry as it stands. While the need for better infrastructure is widely recognised, the pace of change is unsteady.
A Landscape of Legacy
For decades, cross-border payments have relied on an established set of mechanisms: banks, credit card networks and money transfer operators. Traditionally, the biggest facilitators of cross-border payments have been the platforms established by major banks and governments like SWIFT, SEPA and CHIPS. These systems have served their purpose but are increasingly ill-suited to the demands of modern commerce. More recently, traditional card networks such as Visa, Mastercard and American Express have expanded their role in this space, capturing an ever-growing share of the cross-border market by offering relatively faster and more integrated solutions than conventional bank transfers.
In recent years, the emergence of new technologies has begun to reshape the landscape, helping to expand the growth of cross-border payments. DLTs, stablecoins and CBDCs offer the promise of faster, more secure, transparent and cost-effective payments compared to traditional methods. While the overall volume of cross-border payments handled on blockchain is still a fraction of the global market, its growth trajectory is significant. BVNK, for example, estimates that stablecoin payments alone could represent a $60 trillion opportunity in the next five years.
The Problems Persist
Still, challenges persist. The cross-border payment model is weighed down by high fees from traditional facilitators often driven by currency conversion charges, intermediary bank costs and compliance related expenses form different regulatory jurisdictions. Often, a single payment is subject to multiple checks and validation, each requiring different sets of data, which not only slows down processing times but also increases operational complexity. FX risks and associated high funding costs further complicate the picture. Banks are often required to pre-fund transactions in destination currencies to enable timely settlement, resulting in high funding costs and the need to hold capital that could be more productively deployed elsewhere.
A lack of transparency further compounds these issues. For many businesses, understanding the total cost of a transaction, and tracking its progress, remains frustratingly difficult. Information about fees, exchange rates and settlement times is often fragmented and inconsistent, further increasing uncertainty and risk.
What’s Changing?
Nevertheless, meaningful change is underway. One area seeing rapid development is FX hedging. Companies are increasingly making use of forward contracts and options to manage currency risk, while fintechs are leveraging smart contracts and decentralised finance platforms to automate FX conversion, improving both cost efficiency and predictability. The introduction of ISO 20022 and the looming November deadline, means that a global standard for financial messaging is inching closer. By standardising electronic data interchange between financial institutions, it promises to reduce friction and facilitate faster, more accurate payments.
Another encouraging development is the expansion of central banks’ instant payment infrastructures. For example, Fed Now in the US, Faster Payments in the UK, and SEPA Instant in the EU operate around the clock, offering real-time, 24/7 settlement. These developments mark a significant departure from traditional systems like standard SEPA which typically settle over two business days and only during working hours. While the cost of using these instant infrastructures is often higher, the benefits in terms of speed, transparency and availability offer a compelling improvement. Their growing presence is helping to set new expectations for what’s possible in domestic and cross-border payments.
With DLTs and stablecoins also gaining traction as credible alternatives to traditional methods, the industry is also moving closer to near instant global settlement and the ability to operate 24/7. A significant improvement over the lengthy settlement times and limited operating hours of legacy systems. Although, mainstream adoption still faces hurdles, with one of the primary challenges being convenience and usability. For many uses, managing digital wallets and understanding decentralised systems remains unintuitive, limiting adoption outside of extremely digital literate circles.
Who’s Leading the Charge?
Importantly, it is no longer just FinTechs and startups leading the charge. Traditional financial institutions are actively investing in digital asset infrastructure. Visa’s tokenised asset platform and the Bank of America’s plans for a proprietary stablecoin are prime examples of how legacy players are adapting. Institutions like these are often helping to define the future of cross-border payments.
The industry stands at a turning point, on the cusp of achieving the required speed, cost, transparency and access for the global economic future. With ongoing technological innovation and evolving regulatory frameworks, the path is becoming clearer. However, the nature of global finance means that no single approach will dominate. Different payment models require different tools, and the most effective solutions will be those tailored to specific needs and truly fit for the modern financial ecosystem.
As cryptocurrency continues its march toward mainstream adoption in 2025, selecting a reliable, high-performing exchange has never been more critical….
SHARE THIS STORY
As cryptocurrency continues its march toward mainstream adoption in 2025, selecting a reliable, high-performing exchange has never been more critical. With factors like security, liquidity, user experience, and range of offerings playing a pivotal role, here are the top five crypto exchanges currently leading the industry.
1. Binance
Overview: Still the largest exchange globally by trading volume, Binance offers a comprehensive platform that serves both retail and institutional traders.
Key Features:
Over 600 cryptocurrencies supported.
Advanced trading tools including spot, margin, and futures trading.
Binance Earn, Launchpad, and Staking features for passive income.
Highly competitive fees, starting at 0.1%.
Security & Regulation: Binance has faced regulatory scrutiny in various countries but continues to work toward greater transparency and compliance. It holds licenses in several jurisdictions and maintains a robust SAFU (Secure Asset Fund for Users) for emergencies.
2. Coinbase
Overview: Widely regarded as the go-to platform for beginners, Coinbase maintains its stronghold in North America with a user-friendly interface and strong regulatory standing.
Key Features:
Offers 150+ digital assets.
Integrated with Coinbase Wallet for decentralised applications.
Recurring buys, portfolio tracking, and robust mobile apps.
Listed on NASDAQ, ensuring public transparency.
Security & Regulation: Coinbase is regulated by U.S. authorities and is one of the few exchanges with full AML/KYC compliance. It employs best-in-class security practices, including cold storage for over 98% of customer funds.
3. Kraken
Overview: Kraken is a favorite among institutional and advanced traders thanks to its robust features and reputation for security.
Key Features:
Supports over 200 cryptocurrencies.
Offers spot, futures, and margin trading.
Kraken Pro for enhanced charting and order types.
Kraken Staking with competitive yields.
Security & Regulation: One of the oldest operating exchanges (since 2011), Kraken has never suffered a major hack. It is regulated in the U.S. and holds a Special Purpose Depository Institution (SPDI) charter in Wyoming.
4. Bybit
Overview: Bybit has risen quickly by offering cutting-edge features tailored to derivatives traders, along with a fast and intuitive UI.
Key Features:
Specializes in crypto derivatives, with high leverage options.
Also supports spot trading, launchpad tokens, and NFT markets.
Popular for its trading competitions and rewards system.
Security & Regulation: Bybit prioritises fund security with cold wallets and real-time risk audits. It has begun increasing compliance in jurisdictions where regulation is tightening.
5. OKX
Overview: OKX has emerged as a comprehensive crypto ecosystem, offering far more than just a trading platform.
Key Features:
Over 300 cryptocurrencies and DeFi integration.
Powerful tools for copy trading, bot trading, and options.
Active ecosystem for NFTs, DApps, and Web3 tools via OKX Wallet.
Security & Regulation: OKX publishes monthly proof-of-reserves and maintains robust risk controls. It’s actively pursuing compliance in key regions including Hong Kong and the EU.
Conclusion
While the crypto landscape remains dynamic and subject to regulatory evolution, these five exchanges have proven resilient, innovative, and trustworthy. Whether you’re a newcomer or seasoned trader, choosing the right exchange depends on your specific needs. Be they security, advanced tools, or ease of use. Always consider using multiple platforms to diversify risk and maximise opportunities.
Peter Curk, CEO of ICONOMI, a leading platform in digital asset management explores the EU’s MiCA regulation and what it means for holders of crypto assets in the UK
SHARE THIS STORY
Launched between June 2023 and December 2024, the European Union’s (EU) Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) regulation was the first of its kind. It introduced a need for compliance into a space that had previously been beyond the remit of any governmental oversight. It was an exercise that could only be contentious. So, it’s hardly surprising that it’s been met by scrutiny and criticism. But while MiCA is a cause for concern to many within the EU, for the UK it could potentially be beneficial.
Why the EU is struggling with MiCA
The MiCA regulation has drawn significant criticism from both industry insiders and analysts, with concerns broadly converging around five main issues. Chief among them is the glaring omission of stablecoins from MiCA’s scope. Given that the digital currency is seen as one of the riskiest crypto assets due to its systemic volatility, as well as its potential to destabilise not only the crypto markets but the broader financial system, this exclusion has raised multiple eyebrows. So, the EU’s decision to regulate the rest of the crypto space while leaving stablecoins unregulated is widely regarded as both bizarre and problematic. It also undermines the perceived effectiveness of MiCA. This makes its more stringent provisions seem almost futile, while stablecoins are left unfettered.
On the other hand, in the areas MiCA does cover, there are growing fears that the regulation could stifle the innovation that has been central to the crypto sector’s rapid progression. Breakthrough technologies, such as blockchain, tokenised assets, and decentralised finance, have all emerged from the crypto space. But now, with compliance costs climbing, smaller companies and startups – the traditional drivers of innovation – are being pushed out of the EU’s crypto market. This risks stagnating growth across the industry.
Compounding the issue is MiCA’s apparent lack of futureproofing. Despite its rigid framework, it appears to hold no contingencies for future technological developments or emerging threats. This could potentially leave loopholes for fraudulent activity and other bad actors.
Additionally, there remain concerns regarding the cost of compliance. With this likely to be passed on to consumers, it holds the potential to raise barriers to entry while driving investors toward more affordable, less regulated markets – potentially including the UK.
Lastly, the delayed release of MiCA’s regulatory technical standards (RTS) – which were not made available until more than 18 months after the legislation began to come into play – created prolonged uncertainty during implementation. Uncertainty that could have been avoided. It may also have helped resolve other concerns if addressed earlier.
Collectively, these issues have cast a shadow over what could have been a positive move for the crypto space, bringing authenticity, accountability, and stability. The question is, how could MiCA’s failure to do all this help the UK’s crypto space?
MiCA’s impact on the UK
If the UK is clever, there are two ways in which it could use the problems with MiCA to its own advantage.
Better Regulation
With the EU was the first territory to roll out crypto regulation, it won’t be a lone player for long. The UK is currently in the process of preparing its own version of MiCA. The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) is suggesting 2026 implementation. MiCA can provide the learning experience that the EU lacked. It doesn’t just offer a potential framework – it shows why the traditional financial regulatory framework, adopted by MiCA, is unsuited to the crypto space. It provides clear, working examples of what not to do. But it also provides points of success that the UK can build upon – because despite the detractors, there are many good things about MiCA. The FCA can use all of this information to build a better regulatory infrastructure that limits the potential for fraud and dishonest behaviours, while helping to foster future growth and innovation – something that the crypto space has long been crying out for.
If the UK does well with this, it could set the global standard for crypto regulation, raising its status in an area where it has previously been lacking.
Market growth
Before we get to regulation, however, there is also the potential for the UK market to benefit from the EU’s troubles. Right now, the EU’s crypto investors and startups are unhappy and looking for alternative places to put their money. The UK could be one of those places.
The UK has has only really ever dabbled in crypto. After more than 15 years, there are only around 40 registered crypto businesses in the UK, compared to more than 2,000 in the EU, and 4,852 in America. This could be the time for the UK to grow. The US is currently in a state of political and financial turmoil, making many investors wary. By contrast, the UK is a friendly near-neighbour, with a near-universal language. It won’t take much to tempt European investors and startups across – something that could be sustainable, if the FCA makes the right regulatory decisions.
ICONOMI – Growing the UK Crypto Market
ICONOMI is in the process of doing this. We’re officially licensed in the UK and preparing to enter the EU market under a MiCA license. This means, we’ll shortly have the ability to passport our license in other EU member states. This means the ability to attract customers from other territories across the EU. If other UK crypto businesses follow suit, there is significant potential to generate growth for the UK crypto market. For the short and longer term.
Cryptocurrency was never intended to go mainstream. When Satoshi Nakamoto launched Bitcoin, they had a vision of a currency that could operate outside of traditional financial institutions and regulation. Meanwhile, providing transparency and trust through technology. But the space evolved beyond expectation, creating more than 25,000 other cryptocurrencies in the process. They are worth literally billions of pounds, and millions of people have a stake in the market. If the crypto market crashes, it could significantly impact the wider economic ecosystem globally. So, no one is arguing against the fact that the crypto space needs regulation. Only that it needs to be regulated properly. And the UK could be the country to do that.
Peter Curk is the CEO of ICONOMI, a leading platform in digital asset management. With a background in finance and blockchain, Peter is passionate about making crypto investing accessible and easy for everyone. Under his leadership, ICONOMI has grown into a trusted name in the industry, offering innovative solutions for individuals and institutions alike.
Kristian Torode, Director & Co-Founder at Crystaline, on Closing the gap between digital convenience and regulatory compliance
SHARE THIS STORY
As financial firms adopt more digital tools – from instant messaging to video calls – the challenge of capturing, storing and monitoring every conversation in line with regulatory expectations for comms has grown exponentially.
With regulators demanding stricter oversight of all business comms, financial firms must now rethink how they manage messaging across every level of the organisation. Unifiesd Communications (UC) software can help financial service providers remain compliant.
A recent Theta Lake survey revealed that over 70 firms were fined in 2024 for failing to comply with communications regulations. What is more, almost two-thirds of financial firms anticipate even more regulatory requirements on communications in the coming years.
Consequences of Non-Compliance
While fines for failure to comply with comms regulations are more prevalent in the US, there have been several cases affecting financial services firms in the UK.
In August 2023, Morgan Stanley was fined £5.4 million by Ofgem, the UK’s energy regulator, after the bank’s traders discussed wholesale energy prices over WhatsApp on private devices. Use of the platform does not meet regulatory standards for data retention and monitoring, as financial service providers are unable to record these messages concerning energy trading.
Despite industry speculation, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has chosen not to implement an outright ban on WhatsApp for business use. Instead, the FCA expects firms to implement policies and monitoring tools to ensure compliance when using such platforms. While this provides some flexibility, it puts the onus on firms to maintain secure and auditable communication records across emerging technologies.
Balancing security and convenience
For financial businesses, the challenge lies in finding a comms solution that is both secure and convenient. WhatsApp appeals to many due to its familiarity and features like group chats, voice calls and file sharing. However, while convenient, it presents serious risks in data privacy, security and compliance, making it unsuitable as a primary communication platform for highly regulated industries like finance.
To address these concerns, many firms are turning to UC platforms that integrate multiple communication tools. These include voice, video, instant messaging and file sharing across a single, secure interface. These platforms provide the convenience of more familiar tools such as WhatsApp while addressing compliance concerns.
Several UC providers now offer platforms tailored to highly regulated industries like finance. Many include security features such as end-to-end encryption, centralised access management and real-time monitoring. This can detect potential compliance breaches, offer built-in archiving for regulatory adherence and consent management to meet data protection requirements.
Digital business communications will continue to play a key role in the financial services sector, but not at the expense of traceability and data security. Unified Communications offers a secure, compliant platform for financial services without sacrificing convenience.
If your organisation is reassessing its communications strategy in light of evolving compliance demands, Crystaline can provide guidance on navigating the shift to unified communications.
Anshul Srivastav, Senior Vice President and Head – Europe for Zensar Technologies on securing AI with blockchain
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial Intelligence (AI) is rapidly transforming financial services. According to The Bank of England, 75% of financial services firms are already using AI. A further 10% are planning to use it in the next three years.
Firms are deploying AI because of the benefits it can bring. These include enhanced data and analytical insights, improved anti-money laundering (AML) and fraud detection and efficiencies in cybersecurity practices. As well as providing customers with better, more personalised services.
While the wide-scale deployment of AI brings a range of benefits for the financial services sector, it’s also creating additional risks. Especially when the AI systems used to make trusted decisions are becoming a prime target for cyber-attacks.
Attacking AI
Bad actors can manipulate AI systems to make them malfunction or operate in ways that weren’t intended. This can have potentially severe consequences.
Using what’s known as data poisoning attack, threat actors can intentionally compromise or alter datasets used by AI to influence the outcomes of the model for their own malicious ends.
For example, an attacker trying to bypass the AI-powered fraud detection systems of a bank could attempt to inject false data into the system during a data training cycle the intention would be to manipulate the system into believing certain false transactions are legitimate. Ultimately this enables the threat actor to steal money or sensitive data without being noticed.
AI systems can also result in additional threats to data privacy. Like many workers, financial service professionals can use Large Language Models (LLMs) like ChatGPT to aid with queries and tasks.
However, this brings the risk that sensitive information could get uploaded to the model if the employee inputs certain data, such as contracts or confidential reports. This data might be saved by the model, opening businesses up to data leaks. Because with the correct prompts, it’s possible for a user from outside the company to tease out this confidential information from the LLM.
These privacy concerns can be exacerbated by the black box nature of AI. Often, it isn’t publicly detailed how the algorithms and the decision-making process behind them operate. This lack of transparency can lead to mistrust among users and stakeholders. As well as potential issues with regulatory compliance. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA).
All of this means that the use of AI in financial services, while beneficial, is creating new security challenges which need to be addressed. The solution to this is the integration of blockchain technology to create a secure, transparent, and trustworthy AI ecosystem. And by leveraging blockchain’s inherent security features, vulnerabilities in AI systems can be countered.
Blockchain Explained
Blockchain consists of a chain of blocks, each containing a list of transactions. Each block is linked to the previous one, forming a secure chain. This structure ensures that once data is recorded, it cannot be altered without changing all subsequent blocks. These mechanisms ensure that all participants agree on the state of the blockchain. Therefore preventing fraud and enhancing security.
This is achieved through three key pillars. The first is data immutability, which ensures it can’t be altered or deleted once recorded on the blockchain. Guaranteeing that the data remains consistent and trustworthy over time, ensuring its integrity.
The second pillar is decentralisation, based on how blockchain functions through a network of independent nodes. Unlike centralised systems, where a single point of failure can compromise the entire network, decentralisation distributes control and data across many nodes. This reduces the risk of system failures, as no single target point exists, meaning decentralisation enhances security and resilience.
Cryptographic security is the third pillar. Blockchain uses a system of public and private keys to secure transactions and control access. The public key is visible to anyone, while the private key is a secret code known only to the authorised party.
These fundamentals of blockchain, combined with the transparency and security it offers, can help financial services organisations address the security challenges they’re being faced with by the rapid deployment of AI.
Combining Blockchain with AI for Improved Data Security
Integrating blockchain with AI can massively aid with securing data integrity. For example, through creating tamper-proof records. By making immutable records of AI training data and model updates, complete with timestamps and links to previous entries, this ensures a tamper-proof history of the data. Enabling stakeholders at financial services companies to verify the integrity of the data used in AI models. Therefore improving security of the whole system and protecting it against attacks.
Combining AI with blockchain can also help to counter potential data privacy implications introduced by the deployment of AI in financial services. Blockchain techniques like zero-knowledge proofs allow the data to be verified without revealing the actual data. This can help financial services firms to verify the data they’re using is correct. While also still maintaining the required data privacy and regulatory compliance.
In addition to this, implementing AI with blockchain technology can aid with building trust and transparency in how AI systems work and what they’re used for. By providing a transparent record of AI decision-making processes, the blockchain allows stakeholders to review and verify the process. All the while ensuring there’s accountability of who made changes and when. This arrangement could therefore help financial services providers prevent data poisoning and other attacks targeting their AI systems.
Building a Secure, Transparent, and Trustworthy AI Ecosystem
The rapid adoption of AI is changing the financial services industry. However, according to The Bank of England’s survey, only 34% of financial services firms said they have ‘complete understanding’ of the AI technologies they use.
Much of this can be attributed to how the technology is new, but also how the algorithms which power AI technology are often mysterious in their nature. This results in risks around malicious attacks and data privacy issues. However, by combining AI frameworks with blockchain technology, these security issues can be addressed.
By taking these steps, stakeholders can collectively contribute to building a secure, transparent, and trustworthy AI ecosystem. An ecosytem that leverages the strengths of blockchain technology to address current and future challenges.
Sejal Mehta and Wendy Di Blasio from Odgers Berndtson’s Global FinTech and Financial Services Practices, discuss new leadership demands in a rapidly evolving cross-border payments space
SHARE THIS STORY
The global landscape for cross-border payments is at an inflection point. It is driven by rapid technological advances, evolving regulatory frameworks, and shifting consumer expectations. With Asia emerging as a hub of growth, particularly in countries like China, India, and Singapore, the industry is projected to soar to $23.8 trillion by 2032. This represents over one-third of global transactions.
Yet, this significant growth introduces complexity. Challenges in interoperability, regulatory divergence, and varying regional consumer behaviours make effective leadership indispensable. In such an environment, strong executive leadership not only manages but proactively shapes these transformations.
A New Leadership Mandate in Cross-Border Payments
Today, successful leadership in cross-border payments requires much more than operational effectiveness or market penetration. Modern executives must adeptly manage uncertainty, anticipate disruption, and drive transformation at scale.
Visionary leadership is paramount. Executives need to foresee industry trends, understanding key initiatives such as Project Nexus. This aims to integrate real-time payment systems across Asia, enhancing transaction speed and seamlessness.
Strategic agility is equally critical. Given volatile geopolitical dynamics and fluctuating financial flows, leaders must skilfully balance immediate demands with long-term goals. The capacity to make informed, data-driven decisions amid complexity is now a hallmark of effective leadership.
Cultural competence also defines leadership excellence. Executives must nurture inclusive, agile teams that can navigate diverse cultural contexts and regional expectations. Emotional intelligence, cultural sensitivity, and the ability to effectively lead multicultural, distributed teams are no longer optional. These are essential leadership competencies.
Navigating Regulatory Complexity with Strategic Foresight
Managing regulatory fragmentation across jurisdictions is a significant challenge for leadership in the cross-border payments space. Countries continue to implement and update localised rules around data protection, anti-money laundering (AML), and financial compliance. Executives are under increasing pressure to ensure both global consistency and local compliance.
This environment calls for a nuanced understanding of international law, regional policy developments, and collaborative regulatory frameworks. Successful leaders are those who build strong regulatory partnerships, anticipate changes in legal landscapes, and embed compliance into the strategic DNA of their organisations.
For instance, responding to initiatives like ISO 20022, which standardises financial messaging formats, requires more than technical adaptation. It demands coordinated leadership across compliance, operations, and technology functions. By staying ahead of these shifts, executives not only minimise risk but can unlock new efficiencies and competitive advantages.
Leadership Trends Transforming the Cross-Border Payment Ecosystem
Several emerging trends are reshaping leadership in cross-border payments, significantly influencing how companies approach talent development and executive roles.
Intergenerational leadership has become a priority as Millennials and Gen Z increasingly dominate the workforce. These groups value purpose, flexibility, and impactful work, disrupting traditional loyalty structures. Today’s leaders must actively foster collaboration and unity across diverse age groups, aligning teams around shared ambitions like innovation, sustainability, and inclusivity.
The fluidity between traditional financial institutions (TradFi) and FinTech organisations is increasing noticeably. Executives moving between these spheres bring invaluable cross-sector expertise, methodologies, and perspectives. This intersection demands leaders who can seamlessly bridge legacy systems with innovative technologies, balancing stability with innovation.
Consequently, organisations are more frequently leveraging tools like psychometric assessments to identify crucial leadership attributes such as adaptability, resilience, and learning agility. These assessments are increasingly applied not only to senior executives but also to non-executive board members, helping firms strategically future-proof their leadership capabilities.
Cultivating Leadership Through Development and Succession Planning
Effective leadership development strategies have become critical as companies scale operations and navigate ongoing technological and geopolitical changes. Organisations cannot solely rely on external hires. They must cultivate internal talent pools prepared to address future challenges.
Forward-thinking companies are investing in targeted leadership programmes, mentorship opportunities, and rotational assignments designed to expose emerging leaders to diverse operational complexities. These practices strengthen organisational resilience, encourage internal innovation, and foster adaptability among leadership ranks.
Strategic succession planning further enhances organisational robustness. Rather than responding reactively to sudden leadership gaps, high-performing companies proactively identify, and nurture promising talent. This approach requires upskilling the leaders by providing them with a strategic understanding of newer technologies, data models and associated risks.
Leadership as the Cornerstone of Competitive Advantage
In the rapidly evolving cross-border payments landscape, leadership quality will ultimately distinguish market leaders from followers. As regulatory pressures intensify and technological advancements continue to reshape the industry, effective leadership is pivotal to turning complexity into growth opportunities.
By committing to leadership development, strategic executive recruitment, and aligning talent management with overarching business objectives, organisations position themselves for resilience and sustained success. The right leaders will not only navigate challenges but leverage them into lasting competitive advantages, transforming vision into tangible market value.
With the right approach, cybersecurity can be contagious argues Galeal Zino, Founder & CEO at NetFoundry – a provider of zero-trust connectivity solutions and originator of the open source tool OpenZiti
SHARE THIS STORY
Modern financial services are composed of a digitally integrated secure ecosystem – networked together and codependent on ecosystem APIs, microservices and shared data. Complexity and ambiguity are high.
Sir Alex Younger, former head of the British Intelligence Service MI6 said recently that the job of the intelligence service is to dispel complexity and ambiguity.That would make a fine mission statement for the heads of information security in the financial sector.
Meeting a Complex Security Challenge
Most banks leverage core banking systems (CBS) from providers like Temenos, FIS and Finastra. This makes security complex. Connections are needed between the bank’s network and its CBS provider’s network. Traditionally, this necessitates nailing up VPNs. And managing permitted IP addresses in firewall ACLs, MPLS or dedicated circuit-based extranets. Also required are pre-shared certificates, shipping hardware, VDI and/or leaking routes. All of which have multiplied in complexity during digital transformation. And are about to multiply again with AI.
A different approach is secure-by-design. Rather than bolt-on the infrastructure described above, each session is strongly identified, authenticated and authorised. All before it is granted a virtual circuit on a network. This is similar to what the banks do internally with solutions for zero trust, but it is borderless. It works across their digital supply chains, including with their core banking platform and software providers.
One CBS leader, Euronet Worldwide, uses a third-party secure-by-design platform to enable their financial institution customers to connect to its core banking software. This is a great example of the supplier being proactive about their role in security. We’ll see this happen more as new legislation takes effect, the EU CRA. The Euronet example shows that it’s possible to remove some of the ambiguity from shared responsibility. Euronet’s secure-by-design system doesn’t just protect itself but makes every interaction with supply chain partners more secure.
Security designed-in for Financial Services
The same principles apply across financial services. Companies like Euronet can deploy their own zero trust supply chain connections, rather than putting the burden on their finance sector customers to figure it out. In large supply chain scenarios like CBS, this helps everyone. The reality now is that if the VPN of any one financial institution is compromised, then potentially all the banks who connect to the same CBS providers can be exploited. By removing complexity and ambiguity, Euronet is simplifying and securing the entire supply chain.
The big picture is that the WAN/SASE/firewall model is struggling in the post digital transformation, hyperconnected, soon to be AI- powered world. That model was built to secure the WAN. However, new workflows such as the financial supply chain are outside the borders of any single WAN. So, the precious SASE WAN gets connected to the internet via open firewall ports (ACLs) and vulnerable VPNs so the business can connect to supply chain partners. It’s like building a strong boat and then punching holes in it to get a better look at the water.
AI is the nail in the WAN coffin because AI multiplies and accelerates these workflows. They have at least one leg outside the WAN and it makes them less predictable and more dynamic. More complexity and ambiguity. Good luck connecting AI agents via VPNs and firewall ACLs.
Secure-by-Design Supply Chain
So, what does a secure-by-design supply chain look like and how can financial services identify viable migration paths?
The main characteristics are:
Close all inbound “listening” ports on all network firewalls and servers to make your DMZ unreachable from the underlay networks. Eliminate the reachable firewalls and VPN servers. No more holes beneath the waterline!
End-to-end zero trust between supply chain participants, meaning least-privileged access not just to the network or firewall, but all the way through to applications, APIs, servers and devices. Nothing can connect to anything else without strong identity, authentication and authorisation. This includes end-to end-encryption – no sharing of encryption keys with cloud security providers (which also helps ensure data sovereignty).
Microsegmentation, the ability to define in granular detail who or what has access to which applications, and to limit lateral movement in the event of a breach. In effect, every application session becomes a private network-of-one, and it is quarantined by design.
Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-Founder & CEO at Evident, on the rise of Agentic AI in financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
Agentic AI is no longer the preserve of the distant future. Agents are already here, embedded in the day-to-day operations of businesses. As well as answering questions and crunching numbers, they’re making decisions, taking action, and learning on the fly. They can handle customer queries, tap into APIs, and even rewrite their own instructions.
It’s a big shift from traditional AI, which stayed firmly in the realm of prediction and recommendation. Agentic systems are very dynamic in comparison, and involve more acting and doing, which fundamentally changes the risk landscape.
For banks looking to capitalise on agentic, the implications are especially consequential. This is a highly sensitive sector where trust, compliance and control are existential issues. That is why Responsible AI (RAI) has quickly moved from being a nice-to-have to a critical foundation. It can balance the need for controls with the promise of innovation.
In our latest Responsible AI in Banking report at Evident, we found a clear upweighting of RAI priorities. More banks are appointing RAI leads. More are publishing principles. And more are thinking hard about how to scale those capabilities across the business.
But Agentic AI is a different challenge. It pushes past the limits of old governance models and forces a rethink of how we manage risk, maintain oversight, and build trust.
Here’s why a rethink is needed…
Static Governance Doesn’t Work for Dynamic Systems
Most current AI oversight models are built for systems that behave predictably. They assume models will be trained, validated, deployed, and then monitored using relatively fixed parameters. This is no longer the case.
Agentic AI systems learn and act independently. They are decision-making agents as well as tools. That makes governance more complicated.
Banks need oversight models that can keep pace in real time. That includes enterprise-wide assurance platforms that can help to spot unexpected behaviour, adjust on the fly, and give leaders a clear view of what’s happening across the organisation.
Building the right tooling in this way is essential. What’s harder is laying out an agentic AI strategy and ensuring it’s being applied across teams, with clear direction on where agents will be used and the governance guiding decisions.
Having these failsafes in place is an approach that allows for continued innovation without running an unacceptable level of risk.
We’re Seeing a Regulatory Shift – from Theory to Evidence
AI regulation is morphing over time, moving gradually from high-level principles to concrete requirements that need to be backed up by evidence. The EU AI Act, NIST frameworks and ISO standards all suggest that financial institutions will need to demonstrate not just model performance, but responsible use.
This creates new compliance needs. Banks will need to show how decisions are made, how risks are mitigated, and how safeguards perform under pressure. As one senior executive told us during our research, “AI risk is no longer model risk. It’s also architectural.”
All of this means that keeping reliable documentation and maintaining end-to-end system visibility is becoming a baseline expectation. Banks will need explainability mechanisms that can keep up with increasingly complex AI systems. Pressure for more transparency on agentic AI use and human in the loop is likely to follow too.
Responsible AI is a Strategic Capability
Responsible AI has often been framed as a brake on progress – important for safety and reputation, but ultimately slowing things down. In practice, we’ve seen the opposite. The banks leading the charge on effective AI adoption know that RAI is a strategic enabler. That means that in addition to developing more use cases, scaling faster across business lines and hiring more talent, they are also ahead of the curve when it comes to RAI.
They also earn more trust, whether from customers, regulators or from their own leadership. That trust will grow more important as agentic systems begin to underpin services ranging from credit assessment to wealth management.
In this environment, responsibility is not a constraint. It is a foundation that allows banks to push further with AI, including finding new applications for agentic tools, while keeping risk in check.
The banking industry has made huge strides on the road towards AI adoption, and the arrival of Agentic AI – while creating new compliance and safety challenges – is nevertheless an opportunity that the leading AI-first banks will be keen to embrace.
Banks have already made significant investments in AI governance. What Agentic AI does is raise the bar, requiring them to ensure they’re able to demonstrate a deeper institutional understanding of autonomy, intent, and accountability – in essence, what the AI agent is doing and why.
The decisions being made today about AI governance will shape the next generation of financial services. Forward-thinking institutions are already preparing for that future. JPMorgan, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, UBS and Capital One have quietly assembled specialist teams focused on agentic AI. Others are hoping their existing frameworks will stretch far enough.
Opting for the latter approach is a big risk to take. Agentic AI is arriving faster than many expect. The challenges are real and so is the opportunity, but only for those who have already laid the groundwork via an RAI structure that lets them reap the benefits while maintaining trust, transparency and control.
María Ávila Silván, CRO at PagoNxt Payments, on the future of B2B payments and why digital-first providers are best positioned to lead
SHARE THIS STORY
Despite long-standing claims that ‘cash is dead’, it continues to solve three distinct business problems for payments – immediacy, certainty, and accessibility.
Now, however, with the European Parliament’s decision to cap cash transactions at €10,000 by 2027, businesses who rely on these attributes are facing a turning point. Where cash is no longer a viable foundation for business operations, and digital is no longer optional. While positioned as an anti-money laundering measure, this regulation’s most profound impact will be catalysing the final stage of payment digitisation across European commerce. For banks and payment providers, this represents a compliance challenge. And a strategic opportunity to extend digital payment ecosystems.
The benefits of this acceleration towards digital payments are substantial. Over the past two decades, we’ve seen digital transactions offer enhanced traceability, providing both compliance benefits and improved financial visibility. In addition, they reduce the security risks and insurance costs associated with holding and transporting physical currency. Automated reconciliation capabilities eliminate countless hours of manual processing, while the granular data available from digital transactions generates treasury insights once thought impossible in the cash era. The operational efficiency gains alone can transform finance functions into the strategic enablers of enterprises.
That said, the shift isn’t straightforward. Those serving cash-intensive sectors must develop solutions that deliver the same immediacy businesses expect. This requires reimagining payment workflows entirely.
Human-Centric Design
The €10,000 cash limitation creates distinct challenges for businesses. Consider construction companies paying contractors on completion, or wholesale distributors accepting immediate payment upon delivery. Both will face disruption to established operational rhythms. Neither are inconveniences, but touch core business relationships where immediate exchange has built trust and operational predictability.
The digital alternatives now mandated by the EU must address human factors alongside technical capabilities. The reluctance to entirely abandon cash often stems from well-grounded concerns about digital payment accessibility, complexity, and reliability. Systems requiring multiple authentication steps, specialised hardware, or stable internet connectivity create friction points that cash simply doesn’t have. Any viable alternative to cash must address these barriers through education, simplified experiences, and demonstrable security. This is on all of us to address, and doing so must be viewed as a transformation journey rather than a compliance exercise. This means engaging clients early and understanding their specific operational concerns. We need to develop tailored pathways that address both the technical and cultural dimensions of payments change.
Matching the Core Strengths of Cash
As stated earlier, the greatest virtue of cash has always been its immediacy. You hand over notes, you receive goods or services. This represents a real-time transaction with instant settlement certainty.
Digital payment systems have historically struggled to match this attribute, introducing settlement delays and reconciliation challenges that create operational friction. That is, until now. The SEPA Instant initiative addresses this gap directly, enabling settlement within seconds rather than days. Yet despite these benefits, adoption remains inconsistent, with fewer than 5% of European banks currently maintaining the robust infrastructure needed to fully support these capabilities. The cash cap now creates a powerful incentive to hasten the speed, particularly for institutions serving affected sectors.
Real-time payment infrastructure delivers the immediacy businesses need. When combined with enhanced data capabilities, it creates a far superior experience to cash across multiple dimensions. A contractor receiving instant payment via their smartphone gains the same immediacy as cash while obtaining automatic documentation, tax records, and payment history. A wholesaler accepting immediate settlement receives not only funds but also structured invoice data that automates reconciliation and inventory updates. The possibilities are limitless.
Building these capabilities requires substantial investment and specialisation. Institutions must manage increasing compliance demands while simultaneously accelerating their technical capabilities. This is a challenging combination even for well-resourced organisations.
Scalable Solutions for a Complex Payments Transition
The complexity of replacing cash transactions varies significantly across different business contexts and sectors. A unified, scalable approach becomes essential for financial institutions serving diverse client bases. Payment-as-a-Service (PaaS) models excel in this environment by providing configurable solutions that can adapt to sector-specific requirements while maintaining consistent compliance frameworks.
Modern PaaS platforms deliver orchestration capabilities that manage the entire transaction lifecycle from initiation through compliance screening to settlement and reconciliation. This approach meets evolving AML requirements while delivering the real-time payment capabilities businesses require. Such a combination addresses both sides of the cash replacement equation – meeting regulatory demands while maintaining operational efficiency for end users
The EU’s €10,000 cash transaction limitation marks a defining moment in European payment evolution. It creates both challenges and opportunities – forcing reconsideration of established approaches while enabling enhanced capabilities. Financial institutions have a unique opportunity to deliver solutions that preserve cash’s operational benefits while introducing new dimensions of intelligence, integration, and experience. In turn, there is a golden opportunity to create payment ecosystems that are more transparent, efficient, and valuable for all European businesses.
Radi El Haj, CEO and Executive Director at RS2 – a leading global provider of payment technology solutions and processing services, on a unified approach to managing payments with AI
SHARE THIS STORY
Do you build, buy or partner? When you need payment solutions it would seem that you only have three options. You can build a new system in-house, buy a solution outright or partner with a payments provider. All have advantages and disadvantages. Heres how AI can change that…
Building, rather obviously, requires having the capacity to build in-house. Few payments companies are going to need to develop world-class coding expertise in their IT departments. Buying is increasingly impossible – nearly everything works on a software-as-a-service model. Partnering is by far the most common approach to extending a company’s capacities. Working alongside an established provider of payments technology to integrate their solutions into your existing technology.
A staggering 70 cents in every dollar of a bank IT budget is spent on patching up old systems, and whether you build, buy or partner the aim is almost always to patch old systems rather than ‘rip and replace’. There is simply too much risk when completely overhauling legacy systems. So unless financial services companies are starting from scratch (like neobanks) then they will have a patchwork of modern and legacy systems gradually modernising over time.
But what if these aren’t the only ways to build new capacities and capabilities in payments? What if AI-enabled orchestration layers could offer a pragmatic, risk-mitigated and cost-effective fourth option? According to RS2’s latest research, this is not only possible, it’s already happening. And it’s driving measurable improvements in transaction success rates, fraud reduction and customer insights across global banking operations.
What is payment orchestration?
A payment isn’t a simple case of sending a fixed sum from one bank to another. There is a multi-part, often multi-national process to every payment that has to take place within fractions of a second, involving multiple companies and systems, some of them AI-based.
Just as each musician in an orchestra knows their individual part to play but needs a conductor to become a unified whole, a payment orchestrator makes sure each element in the payments chain works harmoniously. In practice, this means determining the optimal route for each transaction based on the payment itself: one particular payment might have more chance of being accepted going down one route than another, particularly when payments are being made across national borders. It means that merchants can connect with a single payment orchestrator and from there access an entire world of payments companies, each suitable for a certain part of certain payments. These transaction chains are also made to be compliant with regulations in whatever jurisdictions that they take place in.
One under-appreciated part of payment orchestration is the top-down view it gives over a merchant’s payments, and from there how it can be analysed to improve payments and the merchant’s operations as a whole. It can give merchants insight into payment trends, customer behavior, performance and fraud, and if these aspects of payments can be optimized then there is potential for significant cost savings.
This is key: the ultimate outcome of payment orchestration is reduced costs for merchants and their customers. Whether it is through reducing the cost of each payment through the most efficient processors or allowing data analysis to find ways in which to optimize payments, the ultimate outcome is always going to be cost savings.
Enter AI
Artificial intelligence has been a major news story for the past three years, but the real picture of what is happening and what could be happening in the space is much more complex and interesting.
Almost all of the press attention on artificial intelligence over the last years has been toward Large Language Models (LLMs) like ChatGPT. These can produce convincing bodies of text but this has little utility in payments beyond being a cheap alternative to customer-service agents. The real use of AI in payments has a longer history and is much more useful, especially when combined with the influx of data that can come from payment orchestration.
So, what can AI be used for in payments? Merchants and payments providers produce incredible amounts of data, much of which goes unanalyzed and sits inert in cloud storage, becoming a cost rather than a source of revenue. Machine-learning algorithms have shown an incredible ability to sort through this information and provide insights that no human could come up with. These insights can inform top-level decision-making (‘our customers are moving toward alternative payment methods’) or micro-scale adjustments (‘using payment service provider A instead of payment service provider B at weekends gives a 0.043% increase in acceptance rates’).
AI-enabled orchestration layers take this a step further. They connect all banking platforms—card management, UX, third-party services, ledgers, reconciliation, interchange, and more—into a central intelligence hub. The result is dynamic optimization of transaction routing, cost reduction in acquiring and FX, and a dramatic reduction in fraud and transaction failure.
The AI Orchestration Layer
Imagine that you have an orchestra with both veteran (perhaps even past their prime) musicians and enthusiastic newcomers. Hypothetically they can play the sheet music in front of them, but what they need is a conductor to bring it all together.
This is the AI orchestration layer. Instead of building, buying or partnering to upgrade individual services, an AI system can ensure that all of the existing parts of a company’s payments ecosystem are working as a unified, insight-driven whole.
With real-time fraud detection, transaction risk scoring, and automated escalation steps (like biometric authentication), AI orchestration layers significantly reduce chargebacks and improve compliance. Smart decline recovery techniques—such as real-time retries or alternative payment prompts—directly increase revenue and improve customer satisfaction.
AI also simplifies regulatory compliance. With built-in AML and KYC checks, suspicious activity monitoring, and auto-generated reporting, banks can meet growing compliance demands with fewer human resources and less manual intervention.
Beyond Build, Buy, or Partner
This isn’t just a new tool—it’s a new model. RS2’s white paper describes AI orchestration as the “fourth path” beyond build, buy or partner. Rather than risky system replacements, banks can phase in AI capabilities without ever compromising core operations. By implementing self-hosted AI within secure Virtual Private Clouds, RS2 ensures full control over sensitive financial data while delivering full interoperability with ISO 20022 messaging frameworks.
The result? Lower fraud, higher conversion rates, smarter compliance, and a customer experience that feels truly modern—all achieved without the disruption of traditional overhaul strategies.
Banks don’t need to choose between building from scratch, outsourcing, or stitching together third-party solutions. AI-enabled orchestration offers a more elegant, efficient, and secure way forward—and it’s available today.
Building on a long-term partnership, Klarna will leverage Marqeta’s platform and the Visa Flexible Credential to expand payment options for Klarna’s new debit card
SHARE THIS STORY
Marqeta, the global modern card issuing platform enabling embedded finance solutions, has announced it is working with Klarna. It will enable the global digital bank and flexible payments provider’s new debit card. The debit card is powered by Visa Flexible Credential (VFC) that allows access to built-in flexible payment options.
Klarna powered by Visa Flexible Credential and Marqeta
In July 2024, Marqeta became the first issuer processor in the US certified for Visa Flexible Credential. With VFC, Marqeta will enable Klarna customers to pay immediately or pay later when needed, all on the same card. This milestone builds on years of collaboration between Marqeta and Klarna. Including powering Klarna’s virtual cards in the US since 2018. The card is currently in a trial phase in the US, with a broader rollout expected later this year.
“The future of payments is flexible. We’re proud to enable this new offering together with Visa,” said Rahul Shah, Chief Product and Engineering Officer at Marqeta. “Our ongoing partnership with Klarna is a true testament to what’s possible with Marqeta’s platform. And how we enable our customers to grow and innovate at global scale.”
With its flexible card issuing platform, Marqeta makes it possible for global leaders like Klarna to expand to new markets. And offer innovative payment options tailored to evolving customer needs. Marqeta currently supports Klarna in six countries, helping to drive global growth and deliver seamless, consumer-first experiences.
“Through our continued partnership with Marqeta and Visa, we’re evolving the Klarna Card into a truly dynamic and versatile payment experience,” said David Sandström, Chief Marketing Officer, Klarna. “We’re excited to continue innovating alongside Marqeta as we scale the Klarna Card to provide smart, seamless payments that empower smarter, more informed shoppers everywhere.”
About Marqeta
Marqeta makes it possible for companies to build and embed financial services into their branded experience. And unlock new ways to grow their business and delight users. The Marqeta platform puts businesses in control of building financial solutions, enabling them to turn real-time data into personalized, optimized solutions for everything from consumer loyalty to capital efficiency. With compliance and security built-in, Marqeta’s platform has been proven at scale, processing nearly $300 billion in annual payments volume in 2024. Marqeta is certified to operate in more than 40 countries worldwide. Visit www.marqeta.com to learn more.
About Klarna
Klarna is a global digital bank and flexible payments provider. With over 100 million global active Klarna users and 2.9 million transactions per day, Klarna’s AI-powered payments and commerce network is empowering people to pay smarter with a mission to be available everywhere for everything. Consumers can pay with Klarna online, in-store and through Apple Pay in the U.S., UK and Canada. More than 724,000 retailers trust Klarna’s innovative solutions to drive growth and loyalty, including Uber, H&M, Saks, Sephora, Macy’s, Ikea, Expedia Group, Nike and Airbnb. For more information, visit Klarna.com.
About Visa
Visa (NYSE: V) is a world leader in digital payments, facilitating transactions between consumers, merchants, financial institutions and government entities across more than 200 countries and territories. Our mission is to connect the world through the most innovative, convenient, reliable and secure payments network, enabling individuals, businesses and economies to thrive. We believe that economies that include everyone everywhere, uplift everyone everywhere and see access as foundational to the future of money movement. Learn more at Visa.com.
Rob Meakin, Director of Fraud & Identity at Creditinfo, on leveraging tech to tackle fraud
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial fraud is increasing around the world, putting both mature and emerging digital economies at risk. The overall global economic impact of financial crime has been estimated to be $5 trillion. Furthermore, according to the 2024 Nasdaq global financial crime report, fraud losses totalled $485.6 billion worldwide. This from fraud scams and bank fraud schemes alone. As such, organisations face a series of challenges, from eroding profit margins to reputational risks to data breaches.
Many factors contribute to this growing wave of fraud. For example, digitisation in banking has created new opportunities for bad actors. With more identity data existing online, attack surfaces have expanded. Hackers now have more possible entry points to exploit vulnerabilities.
At the same time, new technologies, like machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), and automation are enabling bad actors to innovate faster and evade detection more effectively. AI, in particular, is a double-edged sword. While many businesses use the technology to improve efficiency and decision-making, it also gives bad actors a helping hand. Deepfakes and social engineering, for example, enable them to impersonate individuals with uncanny realism.
Additionally, cybercrime – especially financial crime – is becoming more sophisticated. Today, over two-thirds of financial institutions admitting they’re unprepared to defend against the rising wave of attacks.
Counting the many costs of fraud
Rising fraud creates challenges at local, national, and global levels. Financial loss is, obviously, a primary concern. But financial loss is only part of the total cost of cybercrime. Fraud also brings reputational damage, increased risk of data breaches, and potential legal consequences.
As organisations devise new strategies to tackle rising fraud, they must also heed regulatory requirements. Namely, Anti-Money Laundering (AML) registration, as well as other standards for privacy and consent. These regulations create further challenges for organisations as they aim to uphold rigorous compliance requirements without impacting sales, operating costs, or the customer experience.
It’s time for a different approach to fraud detection
On both local and global levels, mounting fraud threatens economic growth. In its Plan for Change, the UK governmenthas recognised global co-operation will be necessary to tackle fraudsters. However, existing security strategies are too fragmented to suit the needs of diverse markets.
Emerging economies, for example, often lack mature controls, making them inherently vulnerable to hackers. Yet, with smaller digital infrastructures, they’re also less attractive targets for financial crime.
In contrast, more mature economies usually have stronger security defences. However, their larger digital ecosystems make them perhaps even more vulnerable to bad actors’ advances. After all, the more digital an economy becomes, the more fragmented and complex an individual’s identity and the more opportunities for bad actors to exploit or impersonate it.
Combatting fraud at a global scale requires going local
Considering the scale and sophistication of cybercrimes, combatting global fraud will require organisations to turn to localised data for more precise identity verification.
By integrating data from diverse, localised sources and tailoring fraud prevention strategies to market-specific risks, organisations can better detect fraud and establish identity trust. And in a way that both upholds the customer experience and promotes financial inclusion.
Combine credit, government, and digital data to enhance intelligence
Thwarting fraudsters begins with building intelligence to establish trust and verify presented identities. This is where localised data can help. By combining credit bureau data with government registries and digital signals, organisations can find a correlation across multiple digital identity attributes and digital risk signals to assess risk and enable real-time identity trust.
Credit bureau data associated with the presented identity can be used to determine risk and trust based on four vectors:
The bureau footprint: information comprising records from multiple contributing organisations
Activity history: evidence of recent and consistent payment activity
Data consistency: personal data stability
Application velocity: recent application history
Meanwhile, government information services and other registries can be incorporated to further cross-check the presented identity and strengthen verification.
By leveraging such a wide range of independent, localised data sources and correlating them with the presented identity attributes, organisations can significantly enhance intelligence to detect fraud without compromising the customer experience.
Tailor strategies to specific markets to support compliance and accessibility
It’s also important that organisations tailor their security and identity-verification strategies to the unique needs and maturity levels of specific markets. For example, in emerging economies, many people struggle to access financial services. This is often due to a lack of a formal credit history or other recognised financial records. Without this information, it can be a challenge for organisations to verify identity and reach trust decisions without inadvertently excluding legitimate users.
But by using localised data sources and market-specific strategies, organisations can make more informed decisions to bring more traditionally excluded parties into the financial system and promote broader financial inclusion without increasing risk or compromising security.
These targeted, market-specific fraud prevention strategies also help organisations with regulatory compliance. For example, for AML compliance, organisations must “identify, assess, and understand the money laundering and terrorist financing risk to which they are exposed.” Using localised data and market-specific strategies can help organisations meet this expectation by aligning fraud detection controls with region-specific threat intelligence.
Conclusion
Global financial crime continues to ramp up, creating new challenges for organisations to detect fraud, verify identities, and comply with regulations. But finding strategies to beat bad actors is made even more difficult by markets’ varying needs, maturity levels, and digital infrastructures.
To combat fraud and cyberthreats on a global scale, organisations should pivot to a localised approach. By combining credit, government, and digital data and tailoring fraud-prevention strategies to specific markets, they can enhance intelligence, maintain compliance, and better manage risk. In doing so, they can not only strengthen security but facilitate access to financial products and services for broader financial inclusion, worldwide.
Nick Saywell, Senior Manager at PSE Consulting, on the rise of account-to-account payment
SHARE THIS STORY
With Apple and Android both unlocked, can account-to-account payment finally rival cards at the checkout?
For years, account-to-account (A2A) payment providers have dreamed of bringing their low-cost, real-time model to the in-store experience. But one key problem kept getting in the way: the experience wasn’t seamless enough to challenge the tap-and-go ease of cards. That may be about to change.
In mid-2024, the European Commission struck a landmark deal with Apple, forcing it to open access to the iPhone’s NFC chip to third-party payment providers. With both Android and iOS now unlocked, a door has opened that could finally give A2A wallets a shot at real parity with cards — and give merchants and consumers a meaningful alternative to the traditional payment rails.
The race is on. But can A2A deliver?
A2A Payments, Rebooted
A2A in-store payments have technically been possible for some time. But the experience has often fallen short, marred by clunky QR codes, awkward authentication flows, and too many screens. Consumers, spoiled by contactless cards and mobile wallets, weren’t interested in waiting even a few extra seconds.
Now, with tap-to-pay functionality available on all major devices, A2A apps can finally offer what was missing: frictionless in-store payments that rival the card experience. And with that, the real advantages of A2A — faster settlement, lower fees, and direct-to-bank transfers — are no longer hidden behind usability issues.
The question is no longer “can they?” It’s “how far can they go?”
The Contactless Advantage
In-store, speed is everything. In markets like the UK, where 93% of card payments are contactless, expectations are sky-high. For A2A wallets to compete, tap-to-pay is the bare minimum – and until now, it simply wasn’t available on iOS.
That changed in December 2024, when Vipps MobilePay launched the first-ever A2A tap-to-pay solution on iPhone, enabling “Tap with Vipps” at stores across Norway. With expansion plans underway for Denmark, Finland, and Sweden, the Nordic region is quickly becoming a proving ground for A2A in-store dominance.
Other markets are following – and fast. Sweden’s Swish has moved from Bluetooth to NFC for Android tap-to-pay. Bizum, used by over half of Spain’s population, is rolling out “Bizum Pay”, enabling A2A and card-linked tap payments later in 2025. In Poland, where Blik already dominates eCommerce, the company is planning iOS tap-to-pay integration this year.
Crucially, these aren’t just tests or pilots — they’re market-ready rollouts. And they show that the A2A space is no longer content to sit in the shadow of cards.
The Big Economies Lag Behind
However, not everyone is moving at the same speed.
Despite the momentum in Scandinavia, Spain, and Poland, Europe’s biggest economies have been slower to act. The UK has yet to see a major A2A wallet gain traction in-store. In Germany and France, legacy infrastructure and conservative adoption curves are proving hard to shake.
Even Wero, the pan-European A2A wallet backed by the European Payments Initiative, won’t have an in-store solution ready until 2026. That delay risks leaving Europe’s largest markets outpaced by smaller, more agile neighbours — at a time when merchants and consumers alike are increasingly open to change.
For now, it’s the early movers who are defining the space — and setting expectations.
The Cross-Border Payment Battle
While domestic progress is promising, cross-border A2A remains the next big challenge. Regional alliances are forming — including:
EuroPA: A partnership between Spain’s Bizum, Italy’s Bancomat Pay, and Portugal’s MB Way, which completed its first cross-border transaction in late 2024.
EMPSA: An alliance including Bancomat Pay, Switzerland’s Twint, and Austria’s Bluecode, focused on cross-border interoperability.
But the road ahead is bumpy. Without a unified European solution, A2A risks becoming fragmented — more complicated for consumers, and harder to scale. Some argue that Wero offers the long-term answer. But in the short term, it’s up to these alliances to prove cross-border A2A is more than a theory.
The pressure is on to prove that A2A can work as well across borders as it does at home — without sacrificing simplicity or reliability.
The Moment of Truth for A2A Wallets
This isn’t just a technical breakthrough — it’s a power shift. For the first time, A2A wallets are competing with cards on the one thing that mattered most: convenience. With NFC access now universal, and major players moving fast, the old excuses no longer apply.
Whether A2A becomes the new default or remains a challenger brand depends on what happens next. Can providers scale fast enough? Can they deliver the reliability, UX, and trust that card payments have built over decades?
One thing’s clear – 2025 will be a crucial year in the battle to redefine Europe’s payment scene, and a new offensive to win in-store transactions is just starting.
About PSE Consulting
PSE Consulting is a leading global provider of payment advisory services to players across the payments landscape. PSE’s expertise has enabled it to deliver actionable market insights and operational optimisation to senior payments leaders for over 30 years. Find out more here.
Russell Gammon, Chief Solutions Officer at Tax Systems, on the benefits of AI in automating routine processes to make time for higher level strategic tasks
SHARE THIS STORY
In the past two and a half years since the launch of ChatGPT – and the likes of Copilot – the world has been gripped with generative AI fever. However, after the initial rush of enthusiasm, many businesses today are taking a more cautious approach. Trying to identify tangible benefits and use cases that can prove its worth before making costly investments.
One industry where the use cases are becoming more evident day by day is Financial Services. Repetitive and time-consuming tasks, traditionally completed manually with all the risk of human error that entails, can now be automated. Capabilities such as machine learning, generative AI, and advanced data analytics algorithms are being used to help ensure organisations remain compliant through delivering accurate, timely calculations, tax filings and reports. And creating clearer visibility.
AI Revolution
By automating routine processes, such as data analysis and reconciliation, finance executives can spend more time on higher level strategic tasks. AI can also provide insights beyond the capacity of humans thanks to its ability to crunch vast volumes of data, It can uncover trends that might otherwise go unnoticed. This enables real-time reporting and analysis with AI insight forming the basis of smarter decision-making.
For finance, this is just the beginning of the AI revolution. Look deeper into any finance sector and a huge variety of more specialised applications are revealed. Take the tax industry, for example, where a sizeable cohort of professionals still spend a considerable amount of time checking long lists of numbers on invoices or using spreadsheets to track spending. Not only is this work frustratingly boring, it is also prone to human error. AI has the potential, at a single stroke, to handle such tasks.
Navigating Choppy Regulatory Waters
Staying in the tax-related field, AI can also play a pivotal role in handling incoming regulations, such as Pillar Two. Multinational corporations are grappling with the complexities of this legislation. AI is emerging as a game changing tool in compliance management, transforming tax reporting, risk mitigation, and regulatory adaptation.
AI is being used to automate compliance and reporting processes. It can streamline data aggregation, ensure accurate reporting, and adapt to evolving regulations. AI-powered compliance tools optimise the evaluation, monitoring, and reporting of Pillar Two obligations. This can reduce complexity and improve precision. They can also integrate and standardise financial data across jurisdictions, improving consistency in tax computations.
These solutions seamlessly connect disparate systems, extracting and harmonising data from multiple sources regardless of format. By normalising and processing this information in line with BEPS regulations, AI can swiftly identify potential compliance risks. Advanced algorithms can flag irregular transactions between related entities and pinpoint inconsistencies in transfer pricing. This helps to detect possible profit-shifting activities before they become regulatory concerns. AI thus has the potential to change compliance management from a costly obligation to a strategic advantage.
Be Wary of AI’s Limitations
So, there is clearly a lot of potential for AI to transform financial services in terms of daily operations and compliance. However, it is important to remain wary of its limitations. Chief amongst them, is AI’s propensity to ‘hallucinate’ or make information up if it can’t find the right answer. That casts a shadow over the accuracy of all of its output. And underlines the importance of professional gatekeepers who can verify AI content and ensure it is correct.
AI also currently lacks the ability to interpret subtle context, which humans can more easily respond to. This can feed into spurious responses and misinterpreted data. However, with the right training, monitoring and oversight, AI tools can overcome such weaknesses.
Supporting, Not Replacing, the Human Touch
Understandably, given AI’s potential, many are concerned about the impact on jobs. If AI can digest thousands of lines of data and spit out a report in seconds, what do we need interns for? But it’s important to see AI as an augmentation of existing human talent, not a replacement for it.
As noted above, the possibility of hallucination means that qualified professionals will always have a role to play in quality checking output. So, what we are seeing is the development of a symbiotic relationship wherein professionals are freed from the drudgery of repetitive grunt work. They can focus on more strategic objectives, while AI handles it under their careful eye.
For the tech-savvy Gen-Z entering the workplace today, this is a hugely positive change. The finance and tax industries have become a less attractive career option for this generation, due to the traditional processes and lack of technological innovation. What graduate wants to spend their days entering data after years of studying their chosen subject? With AI ready as a helping hand, they can enter the workplace and use their skills and knowledge to assess the technology’s output, rather than spending hours manually doing it themselves. The finance industry is now in a position to embrace this opportunity that AI has presented. And encourage new talent into the industry.
Given the financial services sector is plagued with skills shortages, and ever-growing workloads, employers can now offer more attractive career opportunities. Furthermore, striking the right balance to drive improved efficiency, productivity and performance and reap the rewards of an AI-enabled future.
Jonathan Brander, COO at Upvest, on best practice for trading platform infrastructure
SHARE THIS STORY
In the early hours of market turbulence, when retail investors are scrambling to respond, it’s not volatility that fails them: it’s infrastructure. In the past, we’ve repeatedly seen investing technologies buckle under pressure during moments of peak market stress.
During times of high demand, many platforms might struggle to maintain uptime. In recent weeks, as Trump’s tariffs announcements saw retail trading volumes surge, some of the world’s biggest trading platforms went dark. These responses to market volatility are not outliers: they are predictablestress tests. Market volatility correlates strongly with spikes in trading volume. A study by the European Central Bank found that liquidity shocks consistently drive increases in trading activity, especially in frequently traded assets. Platforms should expect and be designed for these surges.
Yet time and again, outages occur at precisely the moments when retail investors and advisers need control. In these moments, investors don’t merely lose access, they lose confidence.
Trading Platform Infrastructure
A 2024 poll found that 30% of UK banking customers would consider switching providers following a technology failure. Among 25-34 year olds, this figure jumps to 57%. For trading platforms (and their technology providers) trust is hard-won and easily lost. Operating in a financial market characterised by risk, investment infrastructure resilience is no longer a “nice-to-have”. It is a strategic necessity.
According to McKinsey, global assets under management in private markets grew to $13.1 trillion in 2023. In the UK, over a third (39%) of adults are actively investing and the number is growing, thanks in part to government-led market reforms. As trading volumes increase, retail investors need infrastructure that doesn’t flinch under pressure. So what does this look like in practice?
First, elasticity is essential. Systems must be able to scale to meet demand spikes. When trading activity spiked following Trump’s tariff announcement, Upvest experienced the highest trading volumes in our history. Our platform scaled exactly as it was designed to do, enabling millions of Europeans to seamlessly trade and invest in thousands of instruments with zero downtime. At times of volatility, “stability as a service” emerges as a key competitive differentiator.
Second, build for failure. The leading question in our conversations with clients is no longer “can you add this feature?”, it’s “can you guarantee uptime under pressure?” Financial institutions need to know that trading can continue in volatile conditions. Infrastructure providers must build with this in mind and leverage modular systems – where trading, settlement, and custody run independently – to reduce the risk that a single point of failure cascades across an entire platform. Decentralised services improve incident isolation and, in a digital-first financial ecosystem, reliable infrastructure that remains operational even when pressure peaks is the foundation of investor empowerment.
Observability is also key. Real-time monitoring allows operations and tech teams to anticipate issues before they become outages. This means constantly tracking latency, error rates, and system health, as well as regularly simulating and stress-testing for high volume scenarios to ensure systems can perform under extreme load. These synthetic tests mimic real-world event spikes and ensure you can deliver under pressure.
Finally, communicate transparently. When issues arise, investors deserve clear metrics on uptime and response windows. Public dashboards and incident post-mortems are no longer optional, they’re foundational to trust. At Upvest, for example, API Status is always available online so our clients can see whether we’re experiencing any issues.
Future Resilience
These steps are no longer operational best practice: they’re a necessity. The investment industry must move beyond treating volatility as an edge case and start building resilience into platforms as a priority. Retail investors don’t judge their investment providers during periods of calm, they judge them in crisis. When the market wobbles, infrastructure is the differentiator. That’s when confidence is earned and financial empowerment starts to happen.
Mark Andreev, COO at Exactly, presents a practical guide to tackling e-commerce fraud with payment tokenisation
SHARE THIS STORY
Tokenisation can solve a big problem… e-commerce fraud is a growing threat that continues to impact online businesses worldwide. According to recent figures from Statista (2025), global e-commerce losses due to online payment fraud are projected to exceed $100 billion by 2029. As fraudsters increasingly exploit IT vulnerabilities, it is imperative for online and brick-and-mortar businesses to fortify their cybersecurity posture.
Amidst the current security challenges, payment tokenisation emerges as a technology to future-proof business operations and is projected to reach USD 28.97 billion worth by 2033.
This guide explores the concept of payment tokenisation, emphasising its value and role in ensuring credit card payment processing standards for merchants.
What is Payment Tokenisation?
Tokenisation is the process of substituting sensitive data with non-sensitive values – tokens. It works as a key layer of protection for stored data by replacing card numbers with illegible, surrogate values.
During a transaction, payment details are securely transmitted to a trusted payment provider via hosted payment page or through direct API integration.
In the hosted payment page flow, the customer is redirected to a secure payment page operated by the payment provider. Here they can enter their payment information. The provider handles data collection, encryption, and transaction authorisation, keeping sensitive information off the merchant’s servers.
In the API integration flow, the merchant’s website collects payment details using secure client-side tools. In this case, the merchant is responsible for ensuring full PCI DSS compliance, as sensitive data passes through their systems.
Following a transaction, sensitive card data is substituted by a special character sequence. The translation of characters into randomised values refers to the tokenisation process.
For merchants who are not PCI DSS compliant, storing sensitive information on their side is not allowed. In these cases, the third-party payment provider retains the sensitive data and the tokens for future use, while merchants don’t retain any sensitive information.
This method is one of the key cybersecurity best practices to ensure payment providers remain compliant with PCI DSS and is also crucial for merchants using API integration to store sensitive data.
Different Types of Tokens
There are different types of tokens available to merchants, offering different levels of complexity and security. Simple tokens refer to randomised reference numbers that are unidentifiable and unrelated to customer data. They provide a high level of security when implemented correctly by a reputable payment provider.
On the other hand, token vaults represent a more complex system of payment security and data handling. Essentially, token vaults are encrypted repositories of original payment data associated with tokens from each customer transaction. Depending on the type of payment gateway integration, either the merchant or the payment provider may retrieve the payment information as needed. Token vaults can also be deployed in cloud environments, mitigating the need for extensive infrastructure.
The Value of Tokens
In an era where cybersecurity is paramount, failing to secure customer data can come at significant costs. Recently, the IT systems of the UK’s most prominent retailers suffered significant downtime following a series of cyberattacks. They were prevented from serving their customers as a result. As the consequences of these attacks continue to linger, affected UK retailers are working overtime to get back on track. In these situations, the use of tokenisation payment security has partly helped prevent what could have been a catastrophic breach. Reducing the risk of a lateral exploitation of customer data. In fact, using payment tokens, retailers avoid the need to encrypt and retain sensitive payment details. This lowers the risk of attacks, breaches, and noncompliance with ever-changing payment processing and data security policies.
Tokenisation also enables seamless customer experiences, addressing a crucial customer demand – convenience. In fact, with tokenisation enabling one-click checkouts, customers avoid re-entering card details and access a seamless shopping experience, meeting an important need for comfort and familiarity for consumers.
Finally, from a regulatory perspective, compliance with PCI DSS is mandatory for payment providers and merchants specifically using API integration within payment gateways to store sensitive information. In this regulatory context, tokenisation becomes a straightforward strategy to meet fundamental data handling legal requirements. In an era of rising cyber threats and increasing customer expectations, tokenisation offers merchants a scalable, effective, and future-ready approach to safeguarding sensitive data, building trust, and preserving business integrity.
Digital DNA – Exploring core infrastructure, platform strategies, and foundational technologies.
Embedded Intelligence – AI, machine learning, data strategies, and real-time analytics.
Beyond Fintech – Partnerships between fintechs and other sectors like retail, health, and climate.
Governance 2.0 – Regulation, digital identity, privacy, and ESG compliance.
Day three featured more impactful sessions across all four pillars, offering attendees more valuable insights and strategies for innovation.
Highlights from Key Sessions at Money20/20 Europe:
How to Create and Leverage FinBank Partnerships
The discussion focused on the evolution and success of FinTech partnerships with banks. Key points included the shift from transactional partnerships to more collaborative, value-driven relationships, emphasizing joint KPIs and product creation.
Alex Johnson, Chief Payments Officer, Nium
“You really have to differentiate. You really have to stand out for a bank to say, ‘Yeah, I like what you offer enough to go through, six months of onboarding.’ Dare I say, maybe more.”
John Power, SVP, Head of JVs & AQaaS, Fiserv
“The legacy system, it’s a fact of life. They’re there. They’re pervasive. They’re going to be here for a long time, and banks historically have made huge investments in those platforms and systems. So I think both the challenge for the for the bank and the opportunity for the FinTech is, how do you at the front end of those legacy systems develop new products that can scale and that you can bring cross border easily and readily.”
“It really is cutting the line to be able to deliver opportunity for customers and to be able to expand propositions for new customers.”
“The economic development supply chains shifting to low to middle income countries are incredibly important right now, and cross border payment rails have not been good in low middle income countries.”
Where Fintech goes Next: Tapping into Platforms and Verticals
The discussion centred on the democratisation of financial services through embedded finance. The panel emphasised the importance of data quality, personalisation, and strategic partnerships in delivering seamless financial experiences – ultimately enhancing customer satisfaction and improving business efficiency.
“Embedded finance is going to be defined by region and use cases.”
Amy Loh, Chief Marketing Officer – Pipe
“Small businesses don’t want to manage their business through a bunch of different tools that are stitched together. They’re looking to platforms to do everything for them and keep high end services.”
“Most platforms or merchants out there trying to diversify revenue, and they will get auxiliary revenue, or maybe get primary revenue through FinTech activity.”
The Neobanks Strike Back
In a dynamic exploration of neobanking’s evolution, Ali Niknam revealed bunq’s remarkable journey from a tech-driven startup to a sustainably profitable digital bank. By leveraging AI across every aspect of their operations, bunq has transformed traditional banking, reducing support times to mere seconds and creating a hyper-personalised user experience. Niknam emphasised the power of user-centricity, showing how innovative features like simple stock trading and multi-language support can democratise financial services.
The bank’s strategic approach – focusing on user needs rather than investor expectations – has enabled them to expand thoughtfully, with plans to enter the UK and US markets. By embracing technological change and maintaining a relentless commitment to solving real customer problems, bunq exemplifies the next generation of banking.
Ali Niknam, Founder & CEO, bunq
“Somewhere in the 70s, we let go of the gold standard, and now currencies are basically floating. The only reason why a dollar or a euro is worth what it’s worth is because of trust and perception. Philosophically, it’s very logical that we have found another abstraction layer by introducing stablecoin, which is not much else than a byte number that has a denomination currency as a backing asset that itself doesn’t have anything as a backing asset. A lot of people might ask, ‘Why would you need a stablecoin? We have euros. I go get a coffee, pay with Apple Pay or cash.’ But there are many countries on this planet where the local currency is not stable. If your country has an inflation rate of 30,000% like Zimbabwe, you would really love to use a different currency. The US dollar has been the currency of choice, but as a normal person, you cannot access the US dollar. A US dollar stablecoin that you can access by simply having a mobile phone – that’s going to be transformational for large groups of people.”
Innovating When Regulation Can’t Keep Up: Lessons from NASA
Lisa Valencia covered an array of topics, from her 35 year career at NASA and Guinness World Record to the rise of private entities like SpaceX, which has launched 180 missions this year, and the increasing role of public-private partnerships in space exploration. The speaker also touched on international collaborations, particularly with the European Space Agency and the Italian Space Agency, and the potential for space tourism and colonization of the moon.
Lisa Valencia, Programme Manager/Electrical Engineer – Pioneering Space, LC (ex NASA)
“Back in the day, NASA got 4% of the national budget. Now it’s down to just 0.1%, so we’ve had to get creative with private partnerships. SpaceX is the perfect success story. They came to us in 2007 needing money after some rocket mishaps, and look at them now! From my balcony, I see their launches every other day. They’re planning 180 launches this year alone.Talk about a return on investment!”
“We’re planning to colonise the South Pole on the moon. The idea is to extract water and hydrogen from the regolith—both for living there and for fuel.”
Scaling Internationally in 2025: Funding, Innovating, and Breaking into New Markets
The conversation focused on the growth and strategy of fintech companies, particularly those with a strong presence in Europe and the US. The panel featured Ingo Uytdehaage, CEO and co-founder of Adyen, and Alexandre Prot, CEO of Qonto. Both leaders expressed a preference for organic growth over acquisitions, emphasizing the importance of scaling efficiently before pursuing an IPO.
Ingo Uytdehaage, CEO and co-founder of Adyen
“I think an important part of scaling a company is not just thinking about your product, but also considering the markets you want to address, and how you ensure you become local in each country.”
“We realised over time that if we really want to bring the customers, we need to have the best licenses to operate. A banking license gives you a lot of flexibility.”
“Being independent from other companies, other financial institutions, that gives you flexibility to build what your customers really want.”
“I think it’s very important, also in Europe, that we continue to be competitive. If you think about regulations and AI, we shouldn’t try to do things completely differently compared to the US.”
Alexandre Prot, CEO of Qonto
“We need to be very strict about tech integration and avoiding legacy which slows us down.”
“We still need to scale a lot before we have a successful IPO. A few team members are working on it and getting the company ready for it. But, the most important thing is just scaling efficiently in the business, and maybe an IPO would be welcome in a couple of years.”
Putting The F in Fintech
The panel discussion focused on the role of women in FinTech based on personal experiences.
Iana Dimitrova, CEO, OpenPayd
“At times, being underestimated is helpful, because if you’re seen as the competition, driving an agenda is becoming more difficult. So what I found, actually, over a period, is that bringing your emotional intelligence, leaving the ego outside of the outside of the room, and just focusing on execution is is incredibly helpful.”
Megan Cooper, CEO & Founder, Caywood
“The moment we start defining ourselves as like a female leader or a female entrepreneur, you almost kind of put yourself in a bit of a box. And so I think just seeing yourself on an equal playing field and then operating it on an equal playing field and interacting in that way is quite advantageous.”
“We can’t just want diversity and hope it happens. We actually have to be intentional about creating it.”
Valerie Kontor, Founder, Black in Fintech
“Black women make up 1.6% over the FinTech workforce, but when we look at the financial reality of black women by the age of 60, only 53% of black women have enough money in their bank account to retire. We need to start marrying people in FinTech and the people that we need to serve.”
Money20/20 Europe 2025 closed its doors but the next edition of the conference will return to Amsterdam from June 2–4, 2026, promising to continue the tradition of shaping the future of financial services…
Day two of Money20/20 Europe 2025 at RAI Amsterdam continued the momentum with a focus on digital assets, stablecoins, and…
SHARE THIS STORY
Day two of Money20/20 Europe 2025 at RAI Amsterdam continued the momentum with a focus on digital assets, stablecoins, and the evolving regulatory landscape. The event attracts over 8,000 attendees, including FinTech leaders, investors, and policymakers, all eager to explore the future of finance.
Money20/20 Conference Themes & Tracks
Money20/20 Europe 2025 is structured around four thematic content tracks:
Digital DNA – Exploring core infrastructure, platform strategies, and foundational technologies.
Embedded Intelligence – AI, machine learning, data strategies, and real-time analytics.
Beyond Fintech – Partnerships between fintechs and other sectors like retail, health, and climate.
Governance 2.0 – Regulation, digital identity, privacy, and ESG compliance.
Day two featured more impactful sessions across all four pillars, offering attendees further valuable insights and strategies for innovation.
Highlights from Key Sessions at Money20/20 Europe:
Digital Wallets and Co-opetition
A standout session featured industry leaders from Fluency, Curve, PayPal, and BLIK discussing the competitive yet collaborative nature of Europe’s digital wallet ecosystem. The panel delved into how traditional financial institutions and FinTech startups are navigating partnerships and competition to enhance user experiences and expand market reach.
Africa’s Fintech Innovation
Another significant discussion spotlighted Africa’s role in global fintech innovation. Representatives from 500 Global, Tech Safari, and Moniepoint highlighted how African startups are leveraging technology to drive financial inclusion and create scalable solutions that could influence global markets.
Digital Assets
A standout session featured Waqar Chaudry, Head of Digital Assets for Financing & Securities Services at Standard Chartered. In a fireside chat titled “The Digital Assets Opportunity: How Banks Can Win at Web3,” Chaudry, alongside Sygnum Bank’s Aliya Das Gupta, delved into the evolving landscape of digital assets.
Chaudry highlighted Standard Chartered’s initiatives in digital asset custody, tokenisation, and the launch of tokenised money market funds. Furthermore, he discussed the development of stablecoin solutions aimed at improving liquidity and settlement times. Chaudry underscored the importance of banks adopting robust digital asset strategies to meet growing client demands and navigate the complex regulatory environment. Drawing from his regulatory background at the Abu Dhabi Global Market, Chaudry provided a unique perspective on balancing innovation with compliance.
WealthTech Evolution
Leaders from Raisin, Upvest, and PensionBee explored the transformation of wealth management through AI and APIs. The panel emphasised the importance of personalised financial services and the integration of technology to meet the evolving needs of consumers.
Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs)
A fireside chat with officials from the European Central Bank and the Bank of England provided insights into the development of the digital euro and pound. The discussion covered technical challenges, regulatory considerations, and the potential impact of CBDCs on the financial ecosystem.
Navigating the Evolving Cyber Threat Landscape
The financial services sector faces an unprecedented convergence of threats with sophisticated cyber attacks and the rise of new technologies… Recorded FutureCEO Christopher Ahlberg assessed the evolving threat landscape and strategies for building secure digital ecosytems. He was joined by In Security CEO Jane Frankland and Mastercard EVP Johan Gerber
Networking, Partnerships, and Brand Activations at Money20/20
Notable Announcements:
Money20/20 and FXC Intelligence Report: A collaborative report titled “How Will Europe’s Money Move in the Future?” was released, offering insights into the future of European cross-border payments and the impact of emerging technologies.
Policy Exchange Roundtables: Money20/20 introduced focused roundtable discussions involving central banks, regulators, and industry leaders to address critical regulatory challenges in the digital financial landscape
Day two of Money20/20 Europe 2025 underscored the dynamic interplay between traditional financial institutions and emerging FinTech innovations. Discussions on digital assets, stablecoins, and regulatory frameworks highlighted the industry’s commitment to embracing change while ensuring stability and compliance. The second day underscored the event’s role as a catalyst for innovation, collaboration, and growth within the fintech industry. As the conference progresses, stakeholders remain focused on shaping a resilient and inclusive financial future.
Money20/20 Europe 2025 opened its doors to a full-capacity audience at the RAI Convention Centre in Amsterdam. Bringing together the…
SHARE THIS STORY
Money20/20 Europe 2025 opened its doors to a full-capacity audience at the RAI Convention Centre in Amsterdam. Bringing together the world’s leading innovators, institutions, investors, and influencers from across the fintech and financial services spectrum. With more than 8,000 delegates from over 2,300 companies in attendance, the opening day set a high-energy, insight-rich tone for the rest of the week.
“Money Morning Live”
The day kicked off with “Money Morning Live”. A signature fast-paced keynote session hosted by Tracey Davies (President of Money20/20), Scarlett Sieber, and Zachary Anderson Pettet. The morning show served as a pulse check for the industry. Combining thought leadership with entertainment to engage both newcomers and veterans.
Rahul Patil, CTO of Stripe, delivered a keynote on AI’s role in payments infrastructure. Highlighting how machine learning is now essential for fraud detection, customer service, and onboarding. He emphasised AI should not merely be viewed as an efficiency tool, but as a strategic pillar to create personalised user experiences. And deliver scalable innovation across markets.
David Sandstrom, CMO at Klarna, reflected on the Swedish FinTech giant’s evolution, particularly its use of generative AI for customer engagement and internal operations. Sandstrom noted Klarna’s AI assistant, which now handles two-thirds of its customer queries globally, has dramatically improved both customer satisfaction and cost efficiency.
Money20/20 Conference Themes & Tracks
Money20/20 Europe 2025 is structured around four thematic content tracks:
Digital DNA – Exploring core infrastructure, platform strategies, and foundational technologies.
Embedded Intelligence – AI, machine learning, data strategies, and real-time analytics.
Beyond Fintech – Partnerships between fintechs and other sectors like retail, health, and climate.
Governance 2.0 – Regulation, digital identity, privacy, and ESG compliance.
Day one featured impactful sessions across all four pillars, offering attendees valuable insights and strategic foresight.
Highlights from Key Sessions at Money20/20 Europe:
Open Banking & Payment Rails
“Putting the Bank Back in Open Banking Payments”, saw speakers from Token.io, Santander, and BNP Paribas examine how banks are reclaiming relevance in the open banking conversation. While FinTechs initially led the charge, the panel noted banks now play a crucial role in building trusted, interoperability, and high-volume “pay by bank” solutions. The debate touched on customer adoption hurdles, PSD3’s role in shaping future APIs, and the monetisation challenges still plaguing the open banking model.
Card Issuance at Scale
In a fireside chat led by Thredd’s President Jim McCarthy, representatives from Railsr, Worldpay, Flagship Advisory, and Caxton discussed the complexities of issuing card programs globally. The group addressed fragmentation across regulatory environments. Especially in regions like LATAM and Asia-Pacific. They urged the need for programmatic flexibility, local compliance, and better BIN management. The panel agreed that the future of card issuing lies in seamless orchestration between platforms, banks, and third-party fintechs.
Agentic AI: Ready for Prime Time?
A standout session focused on the concept of Agentic AI — autonomous agents capable of completing financial tasks without manual prompts. Industry leaders from NVIDIA, bunq, and Visa debated how ready the financial services sector truly is for deploying such systems. While the technology is progressing rapidly, concerns around regulatory clarity, model interpretability, and risk frameworks remain.
NVIDIA’s Head of Financia Technology, Jochen Papenbrock, stressed the need to democratise access to compute infrastructure. And bunq’s AI evangelist, Ali El Hassouni, showcased how the challenger bank is testing semi-autonomous agents in customer support workflows. Meanwhile, Visa SVP for Products & Solutions, Mathieu Altwegg,emphasised the importance of embedding guardrails in agentic systems to ensure ethical AI practices. Especially in credit scoring and wealth advisory roles.
Scaling AI Across the Enterprise
A collaborative session featuring leaders from Stripe, Starling Bank, AWS, and Swift delved into the challenges of scaling AI initiatives beyond prototypes. The discussion spotlighted the importance of clean, real-time data pipelines, strong governance structures, and cross-functional collaboration between engineering, data science, and compliance teams.
Networking, Partnerships, and Brand Activations at Money20/20
Notable announcements:
Beyond the conference rooms, the exhibition floors buzzed with product demos, startup pitches, and impromptu huddles among VC firms, banks, and emerging FinTechs. Exhibitors such as Plaid, Adyen, Marqeta, and Fireblocks showcased new tools for embedded finance, real-time treasury management, and blockchain settlement.
Wise teased a new enterprise FX tool tailored for SMEs.
Checkout.com introduced an AI-enhanced fraud prevention dashboard.
Avalanche Foundation launched an initiative to bring blockchain-based micro-insurance products to underserved markets in Eastern Europe.
A particularly significant development emerged around stablecoins, with clear signals that regulated, bank-issued digital currencies are entering a new phase of maturity:
U.S. Megabanks Signal Joint Stablecoin Initiative Executives from JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, and Citigroup confirmed that initial groundwork has begun on a joint U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoin, subject to the passage of the pending GENIUS Act (Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins). The stablecoin aims to offer faster, cheaper cross-border settlement and programmable liquidity for enterprise clients. Bank leaders emphasized that this would complement, not replace, traditional banking rails.
Ripple Expands in the UAE In a regional announcement, Zand Bank and fintech firm Mamo revealed a partnership with Ripple, using its blockchain infrastructure to enable real-time, low-cost cross-border remittances. This move, anchored in the UAE’s pro-digital asset stance, aligns with broader ambitions to make the country a hub for regulated digital currencies.
Institutional Stablecoin Custody Panels featuring speakers from Fireblocks, Anchorage Digital, and Circle addressed the evolving role of stablecoins in treasury operations and FX management. There was widespread agreement that tokenised cash equivalents, including USDC and EURC, are increasingly being used for short-term settlement and yield farming, particularly in Asia and Europe.
These discussions signalled a broader institutional acceptance of stablecoins, with an emphasis on compliance, transparency, and integration into traditional finance rather than bypassing it.
Day one of Money20/20 Europe 2025 delivered on its promise of convening the brightest minds to create the future of finance. From headline-grabbing keynotes and deep-dive panels to global product launches and off-stage networking, the conference created a rich mix of thought leadership, practical innovation, and human connection.
Whether it was the evolution of AI in banking, the future of programmable money, or the balance between innovation and regulation, the discussions revealed a clear consensus: collaboration will define the next chapter of FinTech. Day two at Money20/20 promises even more, with upcoming sessions on decentralised finance, digital identity, and CBDCs.
Dave Murphy, Head of Financial Services EMEA & APAC at Publicis Sapient, on unlocking data to unleash the intelligence with AI
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s financial services landscape, the promise of artificial intelligence is everywhere… Hyper personalisation, intelligent automation, real-time insights, and AI-assisted customer experiences. But here’s the truth: AI doesn’t run on ambition. It runs on data.
If your customer and transactional data remains locked inside monolithic core systems, even the most sophisticated AI will underdeliver. The most effective path to AI-powered transformation isn’t a complete rebuild of your core – it’s strategic decomposition. By making high-quality data available in near real-time to your channels and platforms, banks can unlock AI’s full potential without overhauling their entire architecture.
At Publicis Sapient, we believe unlocking your data is the critical enabler for harnessing the full value of AI across the financial enterprise. It is no longer necessary to completely rebuild your core infrastructure. Instead, what’s required is strategic decomposition of monolithic systems to ensure near real-time data availability to your channels and AI applications.
The Data Access Conundrum
Banks are acutely aware that their legacy systems create data silos. Research reveals that 70% of banks’ IT budgets are still spent on maintaining legacy systems. Moreover, more than half cite the limitations of their core as the primary barrier to transformation.
Despite a shared recognition of the need to change, many institutions remain hesitant, concerned by the perceived complexity, cost and risk of restructuring their data architecture and overhauling foundational platforms. But this hesitation comes at a cost. As customers demand more personalised and seamless experiences, and digital challengers launch AI-enabled services at speed, traditional institutions risk falling behind.
Why Data Accessibility Unlocks AI’s Potential
The simple truth is: AI cannot thrive in isolation. It needs high-quality, accessible, and timely data. It needs customer and transactional information that’s available near real-time. And it needs a composable, event-driven architecture where data can flow freely across customer journeys and operational workflows.
Decomposing monolithic core banking systems enables all of this. By creating strategic APIs and data layers, banks can liberate critical information from legacy platforms and make it available to AI-powered services without the need for complete core replacement. In our work with leading banks globally, we’ve seen accessible data unlock:
1:1 personalisation at scale
Real-time fraud detection and risk modelling
AI-assisted customer onboarding and service
Automation across lending, compliance and operations
This is not theoretical. It’s already happening. In one engagement, we helped a regional bank transform its operating model via a phased core modernisation programme – delivering a one-to-one return on investment over five years by shifting from reactive IT spend to proactive value creation through accessible data.
Progressive, Not Paralysing
One of the biggest myths around core modernisation is that it requires a disruptive, ‘big bang’ transformation. That’s no longer the case. Advances in architecture, engineering tools, and AI-powered development platforms – such as our own Sapient Slingshot – now make it possible to modernise progressively and liberate critical data, rather than rebuilding everything from scratch.
Techniques like multi-core routing, event-driven orchestration and domain-driven design allow banks to gradually make customer and transactional data available near real-time to channels and AI applications – all without jeopardising day-to-day operations or requiring full core replacement.
Reorienting Around Data and People
Technology alone is not enough. Successful transformation requires a cultural shift – one that reorients the organisation around data, agility, and human outcomes. The future-ready bank is not only AI-enabled but data-led and human-centric.
By unlocking and democratising data through modern architecture, banks can power everything from predictive decision-making to better colleague collaboration. We are already seeing leading firms embed AI into their customer and employee journeys. Not as add-ons, but as integral parts of reimagined experiences built on liberated data.
The Future Belongs to the AI-Enabled
As AI capabilities continue to evolve, the divide between data-rich and data-poor, and AI-enabled and AI-limited institutions will widen. The leaders will be those that treat transformation not just as a technical challenge, but as a strategic imperative – reshaping how they operate, compete and serve.
Now is the time to act. Unlocking your data through strategic core modernisation is no longer a question of ‘if’, but ‘how’. Because in the age of AI, the intelligence of your bank will only ever be as strong as the data it can access and learn from, and ultimately the systems that underpin it.
Find out more from Publicis Sapient about core modernisation here
Recorded Future’s CISO, Jason Steer, looks at how FinTechs can advance the maturity of threat intelligence programmes to strengthen the resilience of cybersecurity and deliver tangible ROI
SHARE THIS STORY
Data from the UK government’s Cybersecurity breaches survey for 2025 paints a stark picture for FinTechs. 48% of finance or insurance businesses identified a cybersecurity breach or attack in the last 12 months. Similar numbers have been reported by Mastercard. A survey of 5,000 small and medium-sized businesses across four continents revealing that 46% have suffered a cyberattack. It’s increasingly becoming clear that it’s a case of ‘when’ and not ‘if’ a business will be targeted by cybercriminals.
The growing urgency surrounding cyberattacks is helping drive a strategic shift in how organisations approach threat intelligence. When everything becomes urgent, it becomes increasingly complex to determine what is and isn’t a priority. Taking decisive and impactful action can be challenging. Threat intelligence is helping to solve this problem. With the right intelligence provider, people and processes, threat intelligence can prove a crucial part of a cybersecurity programme. It enables FinTechs to create an understanding of the who, what, how, when and why of security risks. This is pivotal for managing, accepting and reducing risk, and delivering wider ROI.
Automated Intelligence for Cybersecurity
The effectiveness of a Cybersecurity programme ultimately depends on a combination of people, processes, products and policies. Threat intelligence can add value in each of these areas. Identifying and prioritising the threats which matter most to an organisation. Not all threats carry the same level of risk. By narrowing focus to the most relevant and probable attacks, FinTechs can strengthen their overall preparedness and resilience.
Threat intelligence can provide actionable insights to better anticipate potential attacks and address vulnerabilities. This can help to prevent a security breach, minimise the possible impact of an attack and improve overall responsiveness. It’s for these reasons that threat intelligence can deliver tangible ROI, in both the short and long term.
Without automated threat intelligence and context, Cybersecurity teams can be swamped with time-consuming manual workflows required to gather and analyse data. Alongside this, manual alert triage, investigation and response processes can prove time and resource intensive, as well as being slow. A recent report by Recorded Future shows how automated threat intelligence can overcome these challenges. Cybersecurity teams can save nearly 11 hours each week by streamlining threat detection. They can then move straight to responding to relevant alerts more quickly. A similar amount of time per week was also saved through more efficient threat analysis, hunting and reporting. This enables valuable security resources to shift to other meaningful tasks that expand and grow their skills. Moreover, improving the overall security posture of their organisation.
Further findings from the report show examples of businesses automating 70% of manual security workflows, cutting investigation times by 50% and driving a 30% reduction in response times. Teams can work more efficiently and effectively to minimise downtime. Average billion-dollar businesses investing in threat intelligence recovered over $19,000 per month in revenue. This was due to reduced downtime, according to the Recorded Future report. That figure doesn’t account for the additional impacts of downtime, such as erosion of customer trust, productivity losses, and recovery expenses.
Protecting Brand Reputations
Threat intelligence also had a marked impact on cyber insurance costs, with organisations reporting reduced premiums of nearly $30,000 a year. Further ROI can be experienced through the mitigation of risks on brand reputation – something that’s particularly important in financial services, where customers want to be confident that their money and financial interests are being placed in safe hands. People need to be able to trust the FinTechs they do business with, and typosquats – illegitimate but similar-looking web domains – can quickly erode this trust.
Typosquats can be quickly identified, whether it’s company logos or brands being abused, and removed through the comprehensive understanding of digital footprints provided by threat intelligence. This can prove crucial in minimising the risks of phishing and safeguarding customers from inadvertently disclosing personal information to cybercriminals.
Cybersecurity Resilience
Cybersecurity resilience powered by threat intelligence can deliver cross-functional value across a whole organisation. It can help FinTechs to align their organisations and customers with real risks, rather than hypothetical ones, to effectively manage and mitigate the growing issue of cyberattacks. This starts by defining an organisation’s security priorities and assessing threats in the context of risk to the FinTech. It’s an important first step to determining that not all vulnerabilities will be exploited, and not all threat actors pose an immediate risk, creating opportunity to focus on addressing the actual issues that are genuinely urgent and could actually harm people, assets and business.
To find out more about how advanced threat intelligence solutions can deliver team productivity improvements and business and brand risk reduction impact, download Recorded Future’s ROI for Cybersecurity Teams report.
US Department of Homeland Security: Integrating with the Intelligence Community
Zeke Maldonado, CIO at the US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is tasked with integrating the Department with the intelligence community. During times of change, governments need innovative, strategic leadership more than ever. And that’s where inspirational figure like Maldonado come into play.
“I remain committed to the DHS mission and want to take it to the next level. Many of the services we provide require substantial improvements, and I am eager to see how our modernisation efforts can help achieve the desired objectives. We play a crucial role in automating and enhancing the vetting process for non-US citizens, making it significantly more efficient.”
Cotality: The AI-powered Property Platform
Cotality,the AI-powered property and location intelligence platform, is making the real estate industry more efficient, smarter, and more resilient against climate change by leveraging the Google Cloud Platform.
Chief Data and Analytics Officer, John Rogers, explains how… “Buying a home is the biggest purchase in most people’s lives, so we’re passionate about making sure the system works for them.”
Nemko Digital: Pioneering Trustworthy AI
Nemko boasts more than 90 years of building trust in physical products, Today, Nemko’s digital division is leading the way in defining that trust in an increasingly complex and connected world with its pioneering approach to trustworthy AI reveals Managing Director, Dr Shahram Maralani.
“We want to be one of the top five players in this space. Our goal is to make the world a safer place.”
Join 6,000+ attendees at Javits Center, New York June 4-5 for InsurTech Insights USA
SHARE THIS STORY
More than 6,000 of the world’s leading executives, entrepreneurs and investors will gather for the fastest-growing InsurTech conference. Improve your knowledge on challenging and strategic issues relevant to any organisation. Stay on top of future trends and seize new opportunities. Expand your toolbox and effectively solve the challenges of today and tomorrow. Join the decision makers and gain new insights from over 400 expert speakers, including representatives from AXA, MetLife, Munich Re, Gallagher and more.
Join the InsurTech Revolution
The insurance industry, no stranger to gauging risk, is facing one of the most disruptive periods in its history. Artificial intelligence, Machine Learning, Internet of Things, Blockchain, Data & Analytics, and other emerging technologies are enabling many startups to chip away at incumbent businesses. How can you transform, disrupt, and compete in the age of InsurTech?
Join 6,000 attendees – from Insurers, InsurTechs and Investors – taking a strategic approach in a competitive landscape.
Insurtechs
Understand the market and problems you are challenged with solving
Sharpen your proposition and identify what parts of the insurance value chain are ripe for innovation
Build awareness by networking with investors and insurance executives
Insurers
Forge commercial partnerships and explore new ways of doing business
Learn how InsurTech fits in with your innovation agenda
Find where to gain competitive edge and find opportunities for growth in 2025
Discover how to adopt a culture that embraces innovation from the top down
Investors
Meet the entrepreneurs shaping the future of insurance
Develop partnerships with insurance companies
Take the right approach in an increasingly strategic and competitive landscape
Leading US banks, including JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo, are in preliminary discussions to launch a…
SHARE THIS STORY
Leading US banks, including JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo, are in preliminary discussions to launch a joint stablecoin. This initiative aims to provide a regulated alternative to existing cryptocurrencies, facilitating faster cross-border transactions and enhancing liquidity in digital markets.
The project is contingent on the passage of the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for US Stablecoins Act (GENIUS Act), which seeks to establish a regulatory framework for stablecoin issuance by banks and nonbanks.
Stablecoin Growth
The stablecoin industry could reach a $2.5 trillion market cap by 2030, according to one estimate, up from the current $248 billion.
New legislation that aims to regulate stablecoins, a type of cryptocurrency whose value is pegged to another asset, is on its way to a vote in the US Senate, reports MarketWatch.
Should the bill become law, crypto bulls see potential for it to drive wider adoption of dollar-linked stablecoins, and possibly to strengthen the battered U.S. dollar. Cryptocurrencies also may end up playing a much bigger role in the broader financial system, analysts said.
The bill, called the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for US Stablecoins Act – or Genius Act – aims to provide a regulatory framework for stablecoins and their issuers. If enacted, it would be the first legislation in the US regulating the $248 billion stablecoin market.
Stablecoins could play a more important role in financial markets down the road because they can serve as a bridge between traditional finance and the $3.3 trillion crypto market. Furthermore, they can facilitate trading, borrowing and lending in the crypto ecosystem. Currently, 83% of stablecoins are denominated in U.S. dollars, according to a recent note from Deutsche Bank.
Here are four ways the proposed bill could change the stablecoin market:
More stablecoin issuance
If the Genius Act becomes law, it could greatly lower the regulatory risks for issuers of stablecoins and provide a much clearer path for legal compliance in terms of product design, the Cato Institute’s Schulp said in a phone interview.
While there are already hundreds of stablecoin issuers, the market is dominated by two stablecoins: One is known as USDT, which is issued by Tether, and another is USDC, a dollar-backed stablecoin developed by Circle. USDT and USDC account for 61% and 24%, respectively, of the market share in terms of market capitalization, according to data from CoinMarketCap. As of February, Tether was the 21st-largest foreign holder of US Treasurys, after the United Arab Emirates and Germany, according to Deutsche Bank. Meanwhile, Circle filed for an initial public offering last month.
If the Genius Act clears up regulatory uncertainty, more companies that have been on the sidelines are likely to launch their own stablecoins, according to Thomas Cowan, head of tokenisation at Galaxy Digital, a crypto financial services firm. He expects stablecoin issuance from traditional payments institutions to pick up if the bill becomes law, given that companies would “have the rules of the road,” he said in a phone interview. He also thinks the technology could help more companies transform their back-end systems.
On that front, Bank of America Chief Executive Brian Moynihan said in February that the bank was likely to issue a stablecoin once legislation was passed. Fidelity also said its digital-assets arm has been testing a stablecoin.
More tokenised products
Cowan said he also expected to see more tokenised financial assets, such as bonds or equities, being launched in the next 18 months if the Genius Act becomes law. Tokenization refers to the digital representation of assets on a blockchain.
Stablecoins are the “bedrock” of tokenisation, as a dollar-backed stablecoin is essentially a tokenised dollar, Cowan said. “If stablecoins are increasingly looked at as a default, we’ll see the rest of the industry begin to go up on the risk curve and begin to monetise other financial assets” such as stocks and bonds.
Wall Street heavyweights BlackRock and Franklin Templeton launched tokenised money-market funds in 2024 and 2021, respectively.
Wider crypto adoption
If the stablecoin bill gets passed, it could increase the adoption of digital assets in general, noted Gannon at Davis Wright Tremaine. He expects the stablecoin market cap to reach $2 trillion to $2.5 trillion by 2030.
Traders often park their assets in stablecoins instead of fiat currencies when trading crypto to enable faster transactions. Stablecoins also already play a significant role in decentralised finance, supporting crypto lending and borrowing. Decentralised finance refers to financial activities that happen on blockchains and that are executed without middlemen.
As more people adopt stablecoins, there “will be more opportunities to use stablecoins in new or better blockchain-based products — to self custody, make purchases, send money, use DeFi [decentralised finance] and more,” Sam Broner, a partner at venture-capital fund a16z crypto, wrote in a recent note.
Support for the dollar
The rise of stablecoins may amplify the dominance of the US dollar, noted Jim Reid, head of global macro and thematic research at Deutsche Bank. The greenback’s status as a reliable safe haven was tarnished amid the extreme market volatility earlier this year as Trump aggressively rolled out his tariff agenda.
“Essentially, stablecoin providers are acting like money-market funds supporting US short-term debt markets and driving currently non-USD liquidity holdings into USD,” Reid wrote in a recent client note.
If the Genius Act becomes law, people in other countries might have more trust in dollar-denominated stablecoins issued by U.S. companies as a way to gain exposure to the greenback and US Treasurys, because reserves of the coins will be attested, noted Dea Markova, director of policy at crypto infrastructure firm Fireblocks.
Intergiro’s CEO, Nick Root, on how payments providers can meet the challenges for cybersecurity in the war on fraud
SHARE THIS STORY
We operate in the trenches of FinTech – real-time, full-stack and fully exposed to the relentless tide of digital fraud. As an embedded payments provider across the EU, Intergiro lives at the bleeding edge where innovation meets exploitation. And let me be clear: fraud isn’t a back-office nuisance anymore. It’s an existential threat. One that every modern financial company, especially those bootstrapped like ours, must treat as core business, not a support function.
Right now, 30% of our headcount is dedicated to fraud prevention, compliance and cybersecurity. That’s not a vanity metric – that’s the reality of staying alive in a hostile digital environment. We spend millions annually not just on tooling and infrastructure, but on reimbursing innocent victims. For a company building its future on resilience, programmatic control, and capital efficiency, these costs are brutal. But necessary.
The Scamdemic is Here
Fraud is no longer a sideshow; it’s the main event. In the past 18–24 months, we’ve seen a sharp escalation. Sweden’s financial police reported an 80% spike in investment fraud between 2022 and 2023. Our internal metrics tell the same story. Spiking fraud attempts, more advanced attack vectors and a user base under siege.
And this isn’t abstract. It’s personal. For example, I got hit by a fake Uniqlo storefront. Nearly lost money. Only Intergiro’s own controls saved me. It was a sobering moment: even a FinTech founder can fall victim. For digital natives, that’s embarrassing. For the less tech-savvy – think your parents’ generation – it’s a nightmare. My own father won’t use Uber unless one of us physically adds his card to the app.
Understanding the Threat Landscape
To address this epidemic, we first need to clarify the categories of fraud. Payment fraud and ID theft are mostly on us – as FinTechs. If a system fails, or a tool is exploited, we own that and cover the loss. But social engineering and investment fraud? They’re tougher. These rely on psychological manipulation – human vulnerabilities we can’t patch with software updates. Still, that doesn’t mean we’re powerless. We just need to shift our lens.
Upstream, Not Downstream…Fighting social engineering with regulation is like mopping up the floor while the roof’s still leaking. Necessary, but ultimately reactive. We need to move upstream. Way upstream.
Social Media: The Root of the Fraud Problem
Over 75% of fraud starts on social platforms. That’s the front door. If we don’t lock it, we’re just chasing shadows. Meta’s FIRE partnership with UK banks is a baby step in the right direction. But let’s be honest – it shifts responsibility onto banks to clean up the mess, while platforms avoid real-time accountability.
What we need is a pan-European version of FIRE, backed by the teeth of the Digital Services Act and centralised enforcement. FinTech alone can’t drive this. We need regulators, platforms and providers rowing in the same direction.
Public Awareness: Borrowing the Pandemic Playbook
Think about this: between 2020–2022, fraud cost the EU €157 billion. That’s not far off the public health spend from COVID. And fraud doesn’t recede – it compounds.
In a pandemic, we responded with mass public education: masks, distancing, handwashing. We need the same for digital fraud. A real, coordinated public awareness campaign built around these pillars:
Basic operational security – Email is not secure. Banks don’t ask for details over email. Wire transfers aren’t reversible like card transactions.
Social media hygiene – If it smells like a scam; even from a verified blue tick – assume it is. “Stop. Think. Click.”
AI as defence – The same AI used to create scams can help spot them. Let’s teach users how to turn the tools around – scan that investment pitch, audit that wallet address.
Delivery matters here. Dry leaflets won’t cut it. Interactive quizzes, short-form video explainers, browser plug-ins – a toolkit that reaches people where the scams do: in-feed and in-app.
Collective Action Against Fraud: Collaboration Over Competition
FinTech has a reputation for speed, innovation and competition. But when it comes to fraud, isolation is the enemy. No single firm can win this war alone.
We need a secure, privacy-conscious layer for FinTech collaboration. A shared fraud intelligence layer that goes beyond blacklists and blocked BINs. We’re not talking about turning FinTechs into police forces, but enabling programmatic detection through pooled data, shared signals and joint tooling.
At Intergiro, we’re already piloting private data-sharing models with other European players. It’s early – but promising.
Final Word: It Takes a Village
This war against fraud won’t be won in the back office of your local neobank. It needs a whole-of-society effort. Platforms must step up. Regulators must align. And consumers must be trained – not blamed.
Fraud isn’t going away. As AI evolves, so will the threat. But so will we – if we move fast, stay dynamic, and invest in people, tools, and partnerships. Not just for ROI – but for resilience.
At Intergiro, we’re all in. But we can’t do it alone. If FinTech is the infrastructure of modern commerce, fraud is the fault line beneath it. And we can’t build the future on a fault line.
Security, AI, and Digital Resilience: A look inside Visions CIO + CISO
SHARE THIS STORY
The cybersecurity landscape has never been so fast-moving or complex. The stakes have never been higher. A worsening geopolitical reality and increasingly sophisticated cyber threats mean that the role of security leaders is more pivotal than ever as devastating cyber breaches become a matter of “when,” not “if.” It’s a time for information and skill sharing, networking, and collective action in an industry facing a more challenging future than ever.
Visions CIO + CISO Summit brings together executive security and technology leaders and experts from the largest organisations in multiple industries to network and learn from the people driving innovation in the IT and cyber spaces. This year’s event took place between April 28-30, and featured 8 tentpole sessions, over 30 presentations from key industry figures, and more than 30 speakers across the various panels, fire-side chats and peer-to-peer round tables that comprise the rest of the event. Speakers and solutions providers at this year’s event included Illumio, Threatlocker, LastPass, Claranet, Okta, Covertswarm, Intruder, and Ripjar RPC Services. Also in attendance were IT and security professionals from large scale enterprises, including Currys, Astley Digital, 24/7 Home Rescue, H&M Group, IBM, MUFG (Mitsubishi Financial Group), Federated Hermes, Deliveroo, Experian, Saint-Gobain, and Nordea GSK.
At the event, and afterwards, we were lucky enough to catch up with some of the leaders speaking at Visions and get their perspectives on key trends affecting the IT space — from the ever-relevant issue of security to AI and digital resilience.
1. What’s the general outlook for the IT and fintech sectors right now? Is this a scary time? An exciting one?
“It’s an exciting time, particularly within the UK banking sector, where we’re seeing a real shift toward customer-centric innovation. Financial institutions are working hard to deliver seamless, secure, and personalised experiences—often by leveraging cloud, AI, and advanced analytics.”
“There’s a strong emphasis on modernising legacy systems, improving digital onboarding, and enhancing fraud prevention without compromising user experience. This push for technology-driven customer satisfaction is creating space for smarter, faster, and more agile solutions—making it a great time to be contributing to the evolution of digital trust and transformation in financial services.”
2. What are some of the challenges organisations are facing that you can help them with? What problems are they asking you to solve?
“Many organisations are grappling with how to secure cloud environments at scale without slowing down innovation. Key challenges include visibility across hybrid or multi-cloud setups, managing identity and access with precision, and operationalising zero trust.”
“There’s also a strong demand for integrating security earlier in the development lifecycle—what we often refer to as shifting security left. People are asking how to reduce complexity, automate controls, and move away from reactive postures to proactive, real-time risk mitigation.”
1. What kind of outlook does an organisation like Federated Hermes have right now towards the industry? Is this a scary time? An exciting one?
2025 is shaping up to be a very dynamic year for the markets at large. There are rapid developments, from geopolitics to booming technology innovation with AI, that are impacting how the markets move as well changing the environment we operate in as a business. As a global asset manager, Federated Hermes is staying abreast of these changes to ensure we can be where the markets are, whilst maintaining efficiency in our operations for strong profitability.
2. What problems are people asking you to solve right now?
The ever changing world of cyber has historically been difficult for businesses to decipher. In the last few years, it has become even more difficult to keep up, with the advent of AI and how it is changing the technology landscape. Whilst businesses are trying to understand this new technology and embed it into their products and operations, cyber-criminal enterprises are leaping ahead in innovation and starting to leverage it in novel ways. The challenge this brings is two-fold.”
“On one hand, businesses are trying to find the right use cases for AI to get their return on investment at every level. This applies to core business functions, as well as Technology departments and the Security organisations. As cyber strategists we are now being forced to be innovators ourselves and not just passive consumers of the latest products and market trends. This brings a new perspective to how we design controls, build our roadmaps and prioritize our budget items. Boards and executive teams are looking for Security teams who are embracing AI and maximizing the effectiveness and efficiency of their programmes.”
“The second challenge is on the defensive side. The average person, as well as the average corporate employee, is lagging behind in understanding what the latest AI models are capable of, let alone understanding how they can be used to conduct cybercrime. Working in security, we find ourselves in a situation where we both need to find ways to keep up with cyber criminals to defend our enterprises, as well as keep educating our staff and management teams so that we can bring them on this journey.”
1. Would you say this is an exciting time for Astley Digital?
“Astley Digital is at a pivotal point in its journey, experiencing remarkable growth and expanding our service offerings. We’re actively exploring partnerships with innovative cybersecurity companies like ThreatLocker, enabling us to provide even more robust endpoint security solutions for our clients.”
“Additionally, the evolving landscape of cybersecurity is presenting us with unique opportunities to leverage AI for predictive threat analysis, streamline incident response, and enhance our managed security services. This moment is particularly exciting as we are positioning ourselves not just as a service provider but as a thought leader in cybersecurity strategy, risk management, and digital transformation for businesses across various sectors.”
2. What are some of the key challenges organisations are facing that you can help them with? What problems are they asking you to solve?
“Organisations today are grappling with a rapidly changing threat landscape, and one of the most significant challenges is maintaining a strong cybersecurity posture amidst evolving threats. At Astley Digital, we address critical issues such as:
“Endpoint Security: Many organisations struggle with managing endpoint security across remote and hybrid workforces. We provide comprehensive solutions that restrict unauthorised software and applications, preventing potential breaches and maintaining data integrity.”
“Third-Party Risk Management: Ensuring third-party vendors maintain security standards is another pressing concern. We work closely with our clients to assess, monitor, and mitigate third-party risks to prevent supply chain attacks.”
“Incident Response and Recovery: Companies are seeking rapid and effective incident response strategies. We offer real-time monitoring, response planning, and post-incident analysis to minimise business disruptions.”
“Regulatory Compliance: Compliance is a growing concern, especially in highly regulated industries. Our team assists with implementing frameworks that align with industry standards, ensuring data protection and reducing legal risks.”
“We are really fortunate to have reach and presence with clients across different sectors. We have professional service specialisms that respond to many of the trickiest and most important strategy and skill challenges that clients face; technology, cyber security, AI, data, and digital regulations to name a few. Not only is it a great time to be helping clients with those issues and helping them make their businesses more capable, effective, successful and resilient, from a selfish perspective it’s an incredible privilege for our people to be trusted by clients to help with these super interesting initiatives.”
2. What are some of the key challenges organisations are facing that you can help them with? What problems are they asking you to solve?
“We help clients with everything from assessing and improving their resilience positions, to complying with the intersections of a range of existing regulations, frameworks and standards, through to future gazing and thinking about what’s possible through challenging the status-quo.”
“Lately that has included a lot of work on things like AI readiness, development of use cases, working on AI explainability and the human element of potential resistance to the kinds of change that AI and other emerging tech are delivering.”
“Of course an evergreen core of our work is digital resilience, including cyber security, so we do a lot on ensuring that new technology adoptions including those with AI sprinkled throughout them, are digitally and operationally resilient by design.”
“We’re at a turning point where AI is no longer a side conversation—it’s embedded in the way Deliveroo operates. That shift brings real momentum and urgency to the work we do in securing AI adoption and protecting digital environments.”
2. What are some of the key challenges organisations are facing that you can help them with? What problems are they asking you to solve?
“The main concern is how to adopt AI without opening the door to unmanaged risk. Businesses know they can’t sit this one out, but they’re looking for help building the right guardrails to manage risk; especially with evolving regulation and the rise of AI-powered threats like deepfake vishing and advanced phishing.”
1. What are you here at Visions to discuss with your peers in the cybersecurity and IT space?
“The first panel I was part of was the Threat Detection & AI Panel Discussion. We were looking at establishing trust, mitigating risks, and safeguarding security in the age of AI. I focused on how to balance the benefits of AI with the challenges of building trust, managing risks, and ensuring security.”
“Then, I had a deep dive into looking at an age where individuals don’t verify, they just take information, no longer researching to see if the information is correct.”
“I always remain sceptical, whilst understanding the value of efficiency. AI is now embedded in so many tools, but now the main concern is the people within the organisation. Monitoring and education are essential. People will often try to find a shortcut and the easy way to go about things. Until training, governance and understanding is at a level where there can be trust, I suggest turning it off.”
1. These are challenging times for cybersecurity teams. How has 2025 been going for you and Ripjar?
“Ripjar utilises new and emerging technology to solve customer problems in cyber threat investigations and anti-financial crime compliance. We’ve been able to help organisations achieve record results – identifying connections, anomalies and potential risks, while reducing false positives and increasing true positives – leading to best-in-class results in many industries. We’re excited to be sharing that technology, alongside further innovations, with other organisations as we expand our global coverage.”
“The advent of generative AI creates vast risks and opportunities. It also shifts perspectives on existing machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies. It has been exciting to see how the newest AI can be combined with non-generative AI and other technologies to create new solutions to the problems that keep our customers awake at night.”
2. What are some of the challenges organisations are facing that you can help them with?
“Ripjar serves customers in several areas. Our anti-financial crime customers are trying to make sense of the ever-expanding business risks presented by their customers and counterparties in a tumultuous world. We’re able to help them in that journey, whether it’s responding to changing Russian or Middle East sanctions or aligning with the massive political changes that have impacted PEP (politically exposed persons) regimes all around the world.”
“Using foundational AI, we find broad risks in the media – which is often referred to as negative news or adverse media. That means reading through millions of daily news articles to identify risk signals which are important to those handling the world’s global payments or trading internationally. Agility is a key requirement for our customers, and machine learning and AI make it possible to make sense of huge quantities of structured and unstructured data quickly and accurately.”
“Our cyber customers are sophisticated threat investigators working in complex environments, including a number of MSSPs. They rely on our data fusion and investigations software to identify potential threats to their data and ultimately their businesses.”
Looking at the future
The shadows of GenAI, looming threats, and a shifting regulatory landscape loom over the global cybersecurity and IT communities, but the tone is also optimistic. While every leader we spoke to at Visions CIO + CISO acknowledged the threat posed by emerging technologies, many were also excited by the potential of GenAI tools to detect threats and help strengthen cybersecurity defenses.
Given how quickly the circumstances surrounding cybersecurity have changed in just a few short years, it’s almost impossible to predict where we’ll be by the end of the decade. However, the experts we spoke to at Visions are approaching the future with both eyes open — watchful for new risks, and determined to capitalise on new opportunities.
The next Visions CIO + CISO Summit (Autumn, UK) is taking place at the Allianz Stadium in London on 13 – 15 October, 2025. Learn more and register to attend here.
Liselotte Munk, CEO at core insurance solution provider Fadata, on the benefits of InsurTech digitalisation
SHARE THIS STORY
Unpredictable market shifts, weather crises, and increasingly digital-only policy holders are all putting demands on the insurance industry and their ability to deliver a modern, efficient service. Insurers recognise that they need to become more agile and digital. Time-to- market is crucial. What better way to tackle these challenges, than revitalising internal IT departments and empowering them to manage digital transformation?
Insurance Going Digital
Insurance digitalisation has been ongoing longer than we have seen in other industries. Thanks to a shift in mindsets, new tech talent, and a wealth of emerging technologies, digital transformation is ramping up. Insurers reclaiming control of their IT strategy, infrastructure, and execution is fuelling the InsurTech surge. The decisive step to nurture and utilise internal IT skills to enhance digital capabilities is solving many pain points. The challenges associated with traditional external implementation are being overcome. Insurers are becoming empowered with agility, reduced infrastructure expenses, and future proofing. All of which is essential to ensuring competitiveness amid the fast-paced evolution of the insurance market.
Redefining IT’s Role in the Insurance Value Chain
The move to strategic internalisation for digital transformation is as much a strategic and cultural decision as a technical one. Working closely with underwriting, claims, marketing, and distribution to embed digital capabilities across the entire value chain, internal IT departments foster cross-functional collaboration, turning the IT function from a support function into a business enabler. No longer operational backwaters, internal IT departments are central to business strategy. This is why insurers are recognising the need to continually enhance their IT skills to secure future-proofed technology.
Insurance Chief Digital Officers (CDOs) are making strong business cases for high level in-house IT capabilities. They argue internalisation of digital transformation is essential for long term success. It ensures critical knowledge is kept within the business, processes are significantly more efficient, and that the cost savings are unquestionable. On top of that, it should be much easier for insurers to attract, recruit and maintain top tech talent when more engaging and strategic career paths are on offer. Ultimately, this also improves retention.
IT transformation is also changing the nature of vendor partnerships. Instead of traditional “implementation projects,” insurers are now “onboarding” platforms, and internal teams are taking charge of leading configuration and long-term evolution. Shifting focus from one-off rollouts to continuous collaboration, insurers are teaming up with external partners that provide scalable platforms and expert guidance.
IT and Vendor Marriage
Insurers are adept at building substantial internal IT organisations. The complexity and regulation-intensive nature of insurance demands deep integration between technology and business processes. The appointment of high-level roles like CDOs underscores just how imperatively strategic IT is to the industry.
At its core, the decision to internalise control of digital transformation stems from a need for greater influence over platforms that support local regulatory requirements, customer behaviour, and product innovation. The long-term partnership between insurer and core vendor flourishes when it fully incorporates an internal IT team. Insurers are turning to the core platform vendors such as Fadata, that come hand-in-hand with dedicated expert teams, promise collaboration, share KPIs, and deliver the granular understanding required to reflect insurance market-specific nuances. Outsourced executors are being phased out so that insurers can avoid inefficiencies and slow rollouts. These are among the intrinsic problems developed from reliance on a third party with a culture of locking out IT departments or building overly generic solutions that require excessive, often complicated and costly customisation.
Maximise Scalability, Minimise Customisation
Insurers increasingly realise that all important scalability and agility come from adhering closely to out-of-the-box solutions. The trend toward minimal customisation not only simplifies future upgrades but also accelerates implementation timelines. This positions internal teams to rapidly launch new products and respond to market changes without the delays of extensive code rewrites or vendor negotiations. In times of shifting regulatory compliance – DORA being a great example – a standardised system providing the ability to upgrade swiftly is a high priority. And a major driver for internal IT. Insurers need to feel confident that any updates in order to comply can be made fuss-free.
Fadata has already responded to this shift by supporting clients in regaining control of their technology environments. Rather than acting solely as an external implementation partner, Fadata is supporting its clients to create ‘centres of excellence’. These bolster an IT department’s understanding of its core solution, INSIS, to promote independence. The IT departments we work with are already able to seamlessly replicate product in new geographies, and up to 85% of out-of-the-box INSIS features are being copied with the click of a button.
SaaS Pizzazz – The Digital Future of Insurance IT
The industry-wide shift to SaaS models shines a spotlight on the pivotal role IT plays in digitalisation and business strategy. With infrastructure responsibilities managed externally, internal IT resources can focus on strategic application of technology and drive insurance innovation from within. Inherently upgrade-friendly cloud-based solutions make this much simpler and more viable. These deliver ongoing automatic platform enhancements and maintenance without disruptive overhauls. Which also eliminates scope creep or unexpected integration issues, and helps to avoid IT resource bottlenecks.
Next Generation Digital Mindset
With focus being put on fulfilling the modern expectations of policy holders, which undoubtedly is driven first and foremost by speed and simplicity, insurers are shifting their mindset to a more customer-centric insurance business. Insurers are ready to embrace agile methodologies. These create the seamless digital journeys across mobile, web, and emerging channels that modern customers expect. To be digitally successful, insurers understand that a more hands-on strategy is key. And is why a natural understanding of modern technology is becoming increasingly relevant. IT departments are 100 percent best positioned to manage long-term digital strategy. This highlights the importance of nurturing a skilled IT team that can secure future-proofed technology.
The fast-paced, changeable insurance market calls for faster iteration and product launches with continuous deployment. Insurers are becoming much more open to SaaS platforms, APIs and ecosystems. They recognise that the partnerships which have typically been seen as a threat to internal teams, are conducive with accelerating transformation. These digital trends, which lead to the faster decision making and improved responsiveness that can define success, are challenging legacy processes and partnerships that slow innovation. Insurers looking for competitive advantage are also increasingly turning to data. Greater emphasis is being put on real-time data and analytics. Prioritising the creation of customer data platforms, automated insights, and AI-driven decision-making, all of which require digital backing. Ultimately, internalising IT offers insurers the flexibility, security, and agility they need to thrive in a competitive landscape. With trusted platforms and collaborative partners, insurance companies are becoming better positioned to shape their digital futures – on their own terms.
Paul O’Sullivan, Global Head of Banking & Lending at Aryza, on how Open Banking is reshaping the financial ecosystem
SHARE THIS STORY
As Open Banking continues to gain momentum, it is poised to fundamentally reshape the financial ecosystem. Not only regarding how institutions operate but also in how individuals understand, manage, and trust their money. With secure data sharing at its core, Open Banking represents more than just a technological shift. It signals a transformation in the relationship between people and their finances.
This piece explores five key areas where Open Banking is set to make its mark in the years to come…
Transforming Society’s Relationship with Money
Open Banking has the opportunity to reshape society’s relationship with money by providing greater transparency and enabling a more comprehensive view of personal finances. This heightened visibility is made possible by securely sharing financial data with trusted third-party providers. And empowering individuals to monitor spending habits, track expenses, and compare financial products and services more easily.
Providing greater transparency and access to financial data will improve financial education for all by enabling a deeper analysis of trends across various activities. As a result, consumers can make more informed decisions. This can improve overall financial education and help to foster a healthier, more sustainable relationship with money.
Additionally, Open Banking paves the way for more personalised financial solutions, as institutions compete to offer tailored services that meet the unique needs of customers. This increased choice not only boosts consumer confidence in managing their finances but also catalyses innovation within the financial sector. Ultimately, the shift toward Open Banking is poised to create a more dynamic, customer-centric financial services landscape. Moreover, one that will significantly enhance how individuals and businesses manage their money.
The Convergence of Open Banking and AI
The data provided by Open Banking should work hand in hand with AI to offer consumers advice on managing their finances. Whether that means making changes to their habits or finding more affordable products, in turn transforming financial guidance and creating a more personalised and efficient financial ecosystem.
By enabling the secure sharing of consumer data, Open Banking provides the foundation for AI-driven solutions to analyse real-time information and offer tailored recommendations. This coule be suggesting improvements to spending habits or automating routine processes. Such AI-enabled tools will empower individuals to make more informed, data-driven decisions about their money.
This synergy will go beyond surface-level insights, delivering hyper-personalised services that address each customer’s unique financial needs and preferences. The resulting efficiencies, such as automated account management, transaction processing, and even customer support, free human resources to focus on more complex issues. Ultimately, this combination of Open Banking and AI promises to enhance the overall customer experience. It can provide actionable, real-time support that helps individuals navigate their financial journeys more confidently and effectively.
Evolving the Role of Traditional Banks
While it’s still early to say for certain, traditional banks could indeed evolve into more utility-like services in an Open Banking world. We’re already seeing indications of this shift, with more consumers increasingly switching their banking services and using multiple accounts. Open Banking is a disruptive force that fosters greater competition and choice, enabling consumers to pick and choose the financial solutions that best meet their needs.
To remain relevant, traditional banks are urged to embrace Open Banking rather than resist it. By securely leveraging customer data and collaborating with FinTechs and other third-party providers, they can create more specialised, value-added products and services. In doing so, banks can move beyond mere utility status. They can position themselves at the forefront of innovation while enhancing the overall customer experience in an increasingly competitive landscape.
Redefining Financial Trust and Identity
Open Banking is not only transforming technology infrastructure; it’s also redefining core principles such as trust, identity, and control. It will increase transparency by giving individuals a holistic view of their financial data. In turn, empowering them to track spending patterns, compare financial products, and make more informed decisions. Secondly, it enhances consumer control over personal data, as customers can grant or revoke access to trusted third-party providers. Therefore strengthening accountability and fostering greater confidence in the system.
Furthermore, digital identity solutions replace traditional verification processes, enabling expanded access to financial services. This will ensure more people can participate in the banking system with ease. Underpinning these developments are trust frameworks, which establish standardised measures for data sharing, allowing banks, FinTechs and other providers to collaborate while maintaining consistent protection for users.
A key emerging factor is the use of advanced cryptography and multi-factor authentication so that both individuals and financial institutions can operate confidently in a secure environment. This heightened focus on security and privacy can help mitigate concerns around data breaches and identity theft. Further strengthening consumer trust.
By introducing new layers of transparency, giving consumers control over their data, and leveraging digital identity and robust security measures, Open Banking shifts our collective understanding of financial trust and identity. It moves us toward a future where trust is shared among various stakeholders. Security is paramount and individuals play a more active role in shaping their financial journeys.
Harnessing Open Banking Data for Monetary Policy
While often discussed through the lens of consumer empowerment, Open Banking may also prove to be instrumental in supporting smarter economic decision-making at a national level. Financial data through open banking could play a significant role in creating new tools for monetary policy. Particularly as the global financial system becomes increasingly interconnected. By providing governments and regulators with real-time insights into consumer spending patterns and business creditworthiness, Open Banking allows for more precise and targeted policy interventions. This data-driven approach can enable policymakers to respond swiftly to economic shifts. They could tailor interest rates, liquidity measures, and other monetary policy tools to specific sectors or demographics.
Having access to comprehensive, standardised data can enhance the accuracy of economic forecasts and models. This leads to more informed decisions that can foster stability and growth in the economy. However, implementing these advanced tools requires robust data protection measures and regulatory frameworks to ensure the privacy and security of financial information. When managed responsibly, the fusion of Open Banking data and monetary policymaking promises to bolster both economic resilience and consumer trust.
Charting the Path Ahead for Financial Innovation
Open Banking is not just a new chapter in financial services, it’s a complete rewrite of how we engage with money, institutions, and technology. From personalised advice and AI integration to regulatory impact and redefined trust, the changes ahead are both profound and far-reaching. The next decade will be shaped by how institutions adapt, how consumers respond, and how effectively we harness data to deliver meaningful, secure, and transparent financial experiences.
Welcome to the Middle East’s biggest fintech event for 25 years. Seamless Fintech brings together big tech, government, banks, financial institutions, fintechs, investors, and media. Perfect for anyone passionate about the Middle East’s fintech and payments landscape. This event allows you to explore the fast-evolving ecosystem and engage with top industry players and innovators. And visit the Identity Showcase to discover cutting-edge solutions.
“If I wanted to take a pulse of the vibrancy of the region, then look around at Seamless. The amount of interest and intent people are showing in us and FinTech in the region is very visible at Seamless Middle East.”
Managing Director, Amazon Payments Service
Furthermore, whether you’re presenting your latest payment innovations or showcasing impactful demos, this is your opportunity to foster connections and accelerate business growth. Join 25,000 attendees and 800 exhibitors gaining insights from a stellar line up of 750+ expert speakers from the likes of Revolut, J.P. Morgan, Monzo, Citi and more.
Seamless Digital Commerce
Seamless Fintech will be co-located with Seamless Digital Commerce. This event caters to payments companies seeking to connect with merchants, SMEs, retailers, and e-commerce platforms. The event offers valuable insights into revolutionising in-store experiences, optimising e-commerce strategies, and mastering digital marketing techniques. It provides unmatched opportunities for growth and collaboration in the digital commerce space.
This event is perfect for those looking to forge new partnerships, gain valuable insights from industry trailblazers and drive innovation to stay ahead in the ever-evolving digital landscape. Moreover, whether you’re a startup, an established player, or an SME, Seamless Digital Commerce is designed to push the industry forward.
Join FinTech’s greatest event when Money20/20 Europe returns to Amsterdam’s RAI Arena June 3-5
SHARE THIS STORY
FinTech Strategy is proud to be a media partner for Money20/20 Europe 2025.
Launched by industry insiders in 2011, Money20/20 is the heartbeat of the global FinTech ecosystem. Some of the most innovative, fast-moving ideas and companies have found their feet (and funding) on its show floor. From J.P. Morgan, Stripe, and Airwallex to HSBC, Deutsche Bank, and Checkout.com.
Furthermore, this is where you’ll find new connections, business-critical insights from inspirational speakers, innovation, and partnerships you need to ensure your business succeeds for whatever comes next in money.
The Agenda for 2025
Come and create the future for financial services at Money20/20 Europe… This year’s agenda tracks cover Beyond FinTech, Digital DNA, Embedded Intelligence and Governance 2.0. Expert speakers include leaders from Mastercard, Monzo, Bank of England, Visa, IBM, Starling Bank, Revolut and more offering key insights on everything from agentic AI and cross-border payments to open banking and embedded finance.
Why Money20/20?
FinTech Strategy spoke with a host of leaders from across the FinTech spectrum. They all agreed on one thing, Money20/20 Europe is ‘the’ place to make connections and build your business.
“It’s the first time I’ve attended Money 20/20 and, we’ve had some fascinating impromptu conversations that will lead to great opportunities. All the big names are here and it’s clearly a popular event from a thematic perspective – payments is a big theme this year. I have a very high regard for the quality of what’s on offer and the way the event has been organised – it’s a great customer experience, the way it’s all been structured, at scale, is actually one of the best I’ve ever seen. The response has been fantastic…”
Stephen Everett, MD Payables & Receivables, Lloyds Banking Group
“The majority of people at Money20/20 genuinely get up in the morning with a growth and innovation mindset. Therefore, you have to balance and recognise that when you walk into this big venue that there will be some wacky ideas. From my experience, I have seen many infant ideas turn into successful ventures, whereas I have also seen some ventures becoming unsuccessful despite having great innovation ideas. Fintechs will fail. Innovation will fail. Experiments will fail. And that’s fine. That’s what Money20/20 is all about.”
Michelle Prance, CEO, Mettle (NatWest Group)
“It’s good for Mettle to come here because we are a fintech that was incubated inside a large bank (NatWest) for fintechs. Quite often their route to market, route to capitalisation, is by going into a main bank being acquired. So, it’s that marriage between a big organisation and the small nimble fintech. People are really interested in what we’re doing because big incumbents want to be fast and nimble. They don’t always have the capital to invest in something like we’ve been able to do with Mettle. So, they’re interested to know the right route to go down. Do they incubate in house? Or do they buy it in? And what’s the right way to do that without killing the culture? These are the types of interesting conversations we’ve been having here.”
“The great thing about Money20/20, here in Europe, and in Asia and the US, is the good division between buyers and sellers. So, you have all these service providers like AirWallex, Amex, Stripe… And then you have the Heads of Payments from companies like Booking.com, Minted and Summit who are coming here with their team to meet with providers. If you think about that from a sales perspective, those meetings are very hard to get outside of this environment. But over a week you get 15 different meetings each day with that would normally take months to arrange. So, the ROI from this week is really powerful just from being able to have these conversations.”
“Paymentology is homegrown out of the UK so it’s important for us to make sure we’re representing the business across Europe. This is the centre of the world for banking innovation. We have customers here from Singapore, Dubai, Saudi Arabia, Ghana and beyond. People look to this event to really learn about what’s happening in the industry globally and discover what trends are going to come up. What should we be doing? How can we innovate together and learn from each other? That’s one of the things I really love about Money20/20; the talks in all of the panels are so interesting and I always leave knowing more. Being in the payments industry, and especially being an issue processor, it’s important for us to learn from the industry and understand where we need to move so that we can stay at the forefront of developments.”
“This is my sixth straight Money20/20 and it gets busier every year! It’s great to learn more about the ecosystem at large. You can see developing trends each year, and it’s always a little bit different. You build relationships at Money20/20 that stay with you for the rest of your life. And it’s a perfect opportunity to meet people in the flesh that you might normally only see on screen. You can get a pretty direct read on what they’re working on and it’s exciting to be here making new connections.”
Melinda Roylett, Managing Director of Merchant Services at Lloyds Banking Group, on how the UK’s small and medium sized businesses can navigate the payments maze
SHARE THIS STORY
Cashflow is the lifeblood of any business, yet it remains one of the most unpredictable aspects for SMBs. According to the Federation of Small Businesses, half of UK businesses have experienced cashflow problems. Many cite late payments as a major issue. Thankfully, banking and payment providers are stepping up with innovative and integrated services that make every transaction count.
At the recent ‘Payments Disrupted’ event, co-hosted by Lloyds and Visa at the Shard in London, they revealed exclusive business sector trends and consumer spending data. It highlighted areas of opportunity for SMBs – provided they have the tech and expert support to guide them.
The most recent Lloyds Business Barometer shows that business confidence has rebounded to the highest level since August 2024. Nevertheless, firms still cited rising costs and economic uncertainty as major obstacles to growth and investment. These challenges are not new. However, many SMBs could be overlooking an effective way to deal with them through unified payment solutions.
With the right strategies and tools, businesses can navigate complexities and unpredictability with confidence. Furthermore, they can unlock data-driven insights, cost savings, and the increased operational resilience and adaptability to cope with whatever the future throws at them.
Cashflow challenges
Sectors like retail and hospitality, where many businesses are operating on razor-thin margins, are particularly affected. Supply chain disruptions, the need to invest in growth, and seasonal fluctuations, like summer holidays, or peak sales events like Black Friday, can strain available funds.
For instance, businesses may experience cash-rich periods during peak seasons but struggle to meet operational expenses during quieter times. And with inflation still relatively high, the rising costs of materials, transportation, and labour further exacerbate cashflow challenges.
Cashflow problems inevitably have a way of seeping into other areas of the business. When cashflow is constrained, it prevents investment in the tools and tech businesses need to function properly. And they could miss out on new services that could streamline operations and lower costs.
Payment method and integration complexities
In a world of e-commerce, customer loyalty is not just about offering the best products or services. It’s about delivering a seamless and personalised experience at every touchpoint. According to UK Finance, 85% of UK consumers now use contactless payments – mobile wallet transactions are expected to account for 39% of all POS transactions by 2025. However, only 60% of small businesses have fully integrated digital payment solutions, leaving many at risk of falling behind.
Businesses can feel bewildered when confronted with the array of payment services that have emerged. Today’s customers expect seamless, secure, and diverse payment options, whether they’re shopping online or in-store. From contactless payments and mobile wallets to QR codes and pay-by-bank solutions, businesses must keep pace with these trends to remain competitive.
A smooth checkout experience, for instance, can be a significant competitive advantage. According to Visa, 59% of consumers consider a good checkout experience as important as having the best products. And 57% say a poor payment experience is enough to make them switch to a competitor.
However, integrating the payment methods that customers want can be complex, especially for SMBs with limited resources and expertise. Lloyds’ own research found that 49% of businesses say they find the choice of payment gateways in today’s market overwhelming. Considering the many data security and compliance obligations they’re facing, it’s no wonder that SMBs are asking for more help from their payment providers.
SMBs can navigate payment complexities with the right partner
To overcome these complexities, SMBs can partner with payment providers like Lloyds Merchant Services that offer integrated payment solutions, spanning point-of-sale (POS) and omnichannel acceptance. Such solutions not only simplify the payment process but also provide valuable insights into customer behaviour, enabling businesses to tailor their offerings and enhance the customer experience.
There are other benefits of working with integrated payment solutions. Independent Software Vendors (ISVs) are increasingly powering a lot of the business decisions that SMBs make. For example, to foster loyalty, businesses must go beyond basic payment processing and offer value-added services such as loyalty programmes, personalised discounts, and data-driven insights.
By analysing spending behaviours, businesses can identify trends and tailor their offerings to meet customer needs. For instance, a restaurant might use payment data to identify its most loyal customers and offer them discounts to encourage repeat visits. So, being connected to these ISVs is increasingly important to ensure consistent payment performance.
Lloyds Merchant Services has fostered partnerships with leading ISVs and tech vendors to offer the most comprehensive service range in the market. From our partnerships with PayPoint and extending our services to its 60,000-strong merchant network, to our POS device and infrastructure relationships with Fiserv, FreedomPay and Epos Now, we cover almost every business need, with scalability built-in. With Epos Now’s advanced POS, offering a powerful end-to-end solution, SMBs have access to payment acceptance technology that is robust yet flexible and can adapt changing customer needs.
That includes our flexible Merchant Cash Advance offering which provides quick access to capital based on future card sales. Differing to traditional loans, MCA allows businesses to pay the advance as a percentage of their card transactions, ensuring that payments are in sync with their cashflow. This flexibility is particularly beneficial for businesses with seasonal revenue streams, as it removes the stress of fixed monthly payments during low-income periods.
Prepare for the future now
The future of payments is increasingly digital, and businesses that provide customers with the best payment experiences will thrive. Businesses must invest in scalable payment solutions that can adapt to evolving technologies and consumer preferences. By adopting integrated payment solutions, SMBs can navigate the complexities of cash flows, rising operational costs, and evolving customer expectations. Moreover, by leveraging value-added services and staying ahead of technological trends, businesses can foster customer loyalty and drive sustainable growth.
Partnering with a knowledgeable payments provider that offers service and support that meet different business needs, dedicated relationship management, and industry insights can be a game-changer. It can give SMBs the agility and access to innovation they need to be profitable now and into the future. With expert support at every step, businesses can not only survive today but also seize the opportunities of tomorrow.
The global InsurTech sector experienced a notable resurgence in the first quarter of 2025. Funding levels surged to $1.31 billion…
SHARE THIS STORY
The global InsurTech sector experienced a notable resurgence in the first quarter of 2025. Funding levels surged to $1.31 billion – an impressive 90.2% increase compared to the previous quarter. This was driven by AI and P&C Sector Investments. It marks the strongest funding performance since Q3 of 2022. This signals renewed investor confidence and a maturing ecosystem poised for innovation.
P&C
A major catalyst behind this upswing is the significant capital flow into Property & Casualty (P&C) insurance technology providers. P&C-focused InsurTechs accounted for a staggering $1.13 billion of the total Q1 investment. This highlights a strategic shift among investors towards sectors with proven demand for digital transformation. The ability of these firms to deliver scalable, tech-enabled solutions for underwriting, claims processing, and risk assessment has made them highly attractive investment targets.
AI
Furthermore, artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a dominant theme in this funding cycle. Roughly 61.2% of the capital raised – totalling over $710 million – was allocated to AI-driven InsurTech companies. These firms are leveraging AI to disrupt traditional models by automating decision-making. This further enhances customer experience, detecting fraud, and enabling hyper-personalised policy offerings. The increasing reliance on AI reflects a broader trend across FinTech sectors, where data-driven technologies are reshaping business models and customer engagement.
What does the future hold for the InsurTech sector?
Meanwhile, despite this funding resurgence, early-stage startups in the InsurTech space saw a notable decline in capital inflows, hitting a five-year low. This suggests a market preference for more mature, proven business models with clearer paths to profitability. Investors appear to be adopting a more cautious, value-driven approach. Moreover, the focus is on companies with strong fundamentals and existing market traction rather than speculative early-stage ventures.
The Q1 2025 results not only point to a healthy rebound for the sector but also underline a directional pivot towards sustainable innovation. InsurTechs that can integrate AI and address the evolving needs of insurers and policyholders alike are positioned to lead the next wave of growth. As the industry continues to digitise, the emphasis on efficiency, personalisation and resilience will likely guide future investment patterns.
DPW is set to hit New York for the second year in a row, bigger and better than in 2024, and with an extensive list of experts set to speak.
SHARE THIS STORY
After the success of last year’s DPW NYC Summit, Digital Procurement World is making the event bigger and even better for 2025. DPW New York 2025 will take place at the extremely stylish ZeroSpace Brooklyn on the 11th and 12th of June. The theme this year is ‘Put AI to work’, focusing on the practical applications of artificial intelligence, and the opportunities for innovation across procurement.
The speakers have not yet been finalised and more may be added, but the event will include:
Brian Solis, Head of Global Innovation, ServiceNow
Jennifer Moceri, CPO, Google
Al Williams, CPO, Invesco
Eva Choe, CPO, The Chlorox Company
Kat Devlin, Head of Procure-to-Pay Operations and Travel & Expense, OpenAI
Oliver Gall, CPO, Prudential Financial
Maria Jesús Saénz, Director Digital Supply Chain Transformation Lab, MIT
Victor Miller, Chief Compliance Officer, Honeywell
Adam Brown, Global Director Procurement Technology Platform, Maersk
Mitchell Toomey, VP Sustainability & Responsible Care, American Chemistry Council
Stefanie Fink, Head of Global Digital Procurement, Kraft Heinz
Carlos Hernandez, Head of Procurement Excellence & Framework, Sanofi
Rosalia Snyder, Director Source-to-Pay, Microsoft
DPW New York is set to be a hub of inspiration and insight, with a broad range of figures sharing their knowledge and experiences with guests. After developing the concept of DPW in 2019, Founder Matthias Gutzmann’s event has grown into something that entices procurement professionals from all over the world. 2024 saw the DPW team putting on an intimate, invite-only New York event. This year, DPW is scaling up – and we at CPOstrategy to be there on the ground floor.
Wirex, a leading provider of Web3 banking solutions, has announced the expansion of its Wirex Business platform to BASE, a new layer-2…
SHARE THIS STORY
Wirex, a leading provider of Web3 banking solutions, has announced the expansion of its Wirex Business platform to BASE, a new layer-2 blockchain developed by Coinbase. This milestone marks a significant development in Wirex’s vision to provide seamless stablecoin-powered financial services to businesses across the globe.
BASE Blockchain
The recently launched Wirex Business platform is rapidly expanding, and this new integration with BASE will enable corporate clients to easily manage treasury functions, issue corporate cards, and handle expenses using stablecoins like USDC and EURC. This expansion allows businesses to integrate both fiat and stablecoin payments seamlessly within their existing operations, while leveraging the cutting-edge technology of the BASE blockchain.
Key Features of Wirex Business on BASE:
Corporate Bank Accounts: Wirex Business provides businesses with corporate bank accounts that can hold both fiat currencies and stablecoins. This feature allows companies to seamlessly manage and convert funds between fiat and digital currencies.
Corporate Visa Cards: Wirex Business clients will now be able to issue corporate Visa cards to employees and contractors. These cards can be used globally to make payments in over 80 million merchants, across more than 200 countries. Wirex Business integrates stablecoins like USDC and EURC into the payment infrastructure, allowing for easy spending without the need for conversions or delays.
Payroll Cards: In addition to corporate cards, Wirex Business enables the issuance of payroll cards, providing a fast and cost-efficient way for businesses to pay employees and contractors in stablecoins.
Stablecoin Payments: Stablecoins based on the BASE blockchain can now be seamlessly spent in 80 million+ merchants globally, offering companies an innovative way to pay for goods and services, all while maintaining transparency and speed.
Wirex Business continues to innovate and expand its reach within the corporate payments space. It offers a comprehensive suite of banking and payment solutions for Web3 companies and crypto businesses. The integration with BASE blockchain marks a new chapter in Wirex’s journey. Aligning its offerings with industry-leading blockchain technology to provide businesses with seamless, secure, and scalable payment solutions.
A deeper strategic alliance with blockchain
Expanding to BASE is just the first step in what will be a much deeper partnership between Wirex, BASE, and Circle throughout 2025. Behind the scenes, the teams are already working closely on broader strategic initiatives. These are aimed at transforming the way businesses interact with digital dollars onchain.
Ambitious crosschain vision
“Our expansion to BASE signifies a critical milestone in our commitment to making Web3 banking services accessible to businesses globally. By supporting BASE, we’re enabling corporate clients to operate with seamless, stablecoin-based financial services and empowering them to integrate the benefits of decentralized finance into their day-to-day operations
Pavel Matveev, Сo-founder of Wirex
This integration marks the beginning… Wirex Pay has ambitious crosschain plans, with expansion to several other major chains scheduled for later this year. This vision stems from Wirex’s belief in offering native experiences for users on BASE and other ecosystems. Rather than relying solely on swap or bridge mechanisms. Native support ensures better UX, security, and scalability for corporate clients managing stablecoin flows across multiple blockchains.
“Wirex Business offers an innovative self-custody model that is directly connected with card and banking rails. This self-custody approach ensures that businesses maintain full control of their assets and removes any counterparty risk. By using Wirex’s platform, businesses can harness the power of stablecoins, backed by the flexibility and security of Web3, to revolutionize the way they manage and move funds globally.”
Daniel Rowlands, General Manager of Wirex Pay
About Wirex Pay
Wirex Pay is a pioneering stablecoin payment platform that bridges the gap between blockchain innovation and real-world usability. It is built on Zero Knowledge (ZK) technology. Wirex Pay delivers unmatched privacy, scalability, and efficiency, redefining how stablecoins are utilised for global payments. At the core of Wirex Pay is its ability to issue non-custodial Visa cards. Empowering users to spend their stablecoins seamlessly at over 80 million merchants in 200+ countries wherever Visa is accepted. By combining the reliability of Visa’s global payment network with the innovation of blockchain, Wirex Pay ensures users can transact with confidence and convenience.
Dave Murphy, Head of Financial Services EMEA & APAC at Publicis Sapient, on why retail banking is at an important crossroads and must react
SHARE THIS STORY
Retail banking stands at a pivotal juncture. As digital-first generations reshape customer expectations and competitive pressure from FinTechs and neobanks intensifies, traditional banks face a critical choice: modernise now or risk obsolescence. Publicis Sapient’s latest Global Banking Benchmark Retail Banking Report underscores that “digital by default” is no longer an aspiration. It’s an immediate necessity.
Drawing on insights from 600 retail banking executives across 13 countries, the report highlights a convergence of transformative forces… The accelerated adoption of Gen AI, the decline of legacy IT infrastructure, and an urgent need to reimagine customer engagement for a younger, mobile-first demographic.
Digital or Die: A Defining Moment
Retail banking has been evolving for over two decades, but the stakes have never been higher. In Q1 2025, JPMorgan Chase reported a net income of $14.6 billion, up 9% year-over-year. This was driven by robust trading revenues and investment banking fees. Meanwhile, UK neobanks are making significant strides. Revolut achieved a net profit of $1.0 billion in 2024, marking its first billion-dollar annual profit, with revenues soaring 72% to $4.0 billion. Monzo also reported its first full year of profitability, posting a pre-tax profit of £15.4 million and doubling its revenue to £880 million.
Despite these advancements, 62% of retail banking executives admit their pace of transformation lags behind competitors. This isn’t a minor delay – it’s a strategic disadvantage in a market where 44% of new currents accounts are already being opened with digital banks and FinTechs.
Gen AI: Catalyst and Compulsion
Among all the changes underway, generative AI has emerged as the most powerful and potentially disruptive force. According to the benchmark study, data and AI are the top investment areas for digital transformation over the next three years. Executives are betting big on AI not only to improve customer engagement but also to modernise operations and accelerate core transformation. The impact of Gen AI in banking is tangible. It can:
Personalise customer journeys at scale
Accelerate software development lifecycles
Write code and automate data management
Deliver hyper-relevant product recommendations
Power AI agents with human-like customer service abilities
In short, Gen AI makes what was once prohibitively expensive and time-consuming not only possible but scalable.
The banking customer has changed
The report makes it clear: retail banks must stop building for yesterday’s customer. Gen Z, who will make up one-third of the workforce by 2030, already prefer mobile-first, always-on banking. They value immediacy, customisation, and authenticity. A staggering 83% of Gen Z consumers say they are frustrated with current bank processes.
Compounding this generational shift is the growing irrelevance of traditional customer segmentation. Today’s consumers defy linear categorisation. The same individual can be a small business owner, a parent, and a new homeowner. Yet banks often treat them as three separate customers because of product-centric data silos.
The core problem with legacy thinking
Legacy systems continue to be the biggest barrier to meaningful transformation. 70% of banking executives say their legacy infrastructure is hindering their ability to deliver the digital experiences customers expect. Many core systems are COBOL-based and nearing end-of-life. Yet banks are reluctant to modernise due to perceived risk and complexity.
The irony is clear: the risk of maintaining outdated systems now outweighs the risk of change. With Gen AI, banks finally have the tools to confront the 800-pound gorilla in the room – core modernisation.
Why Core Modernisation is the linchpin
Modernising the core is about more than infrastructure. It’s the key to unlocking the full value of AI, data, and digital transformation. A modern, cloud-native core enables:
Real-time access to first-party and third-party data
Agile delivery through microservices
Better governance and regulatory transparency
Faster go-to-market with new apps and services
Retail banks that modernise their core can stop building costly middleware just to access data. Instead, they gain a unified view of the customer and the agility to respond to banking market shifts in real time.
The virtuous cycle of AI and Core
What’s truly powerful is the feedback loop between Gen AI and a modernised core. Gen AI helps accelerate the core transformation by generating code, automating testing, and streamlining documentation. Once modernised, that core then enhances Gen AI’s capabilities with clean, structured data. This virtuous cycle creates exponential value, making digital transformation faster, cheaper, and more sustainable.
Retail banks are already allocating 35% of their customer experience digital transformation budgets to Gen AI. Furthermore, many are embedding AI across the entire software development lifecycle using tools like Sapient Slingshot to reduce human error, increase test coverage, and ship better code faster.
From Product-Centric to People-Centric banking
Ultimately, the report urges retail banks to shift from a product-centric to a people-centric mindset. That means designing experiences around life moments, not product categories. It means knowing that the mortgage customer is also a small business owner and a parent, and offering solutions that reflect that reality.
With modern core systems and Gen AI, banks can personalise outreach, tailor financial advice, and meet customers where they are. This holistic view is essential not only for growth but also for loyalty.
The era of deferral is over. Banks can no longer afford to delay core transformation. Gen AI has lowered the cost, reduced the complexity, and increased the speed of change. The only question left is whether banks are ready to lead or risk falling behind.
Publicis Sapient is working at the intersection of Gen AI and core modernisation every day… Helping banks link strategy to execution and deliver on the full promise of digital transformation. The future of retail banking isn’t coming – it’s already here. The time to act is now.
Sprout, the creator of a smarter mortgage payment platform to drive financial freedom, has been named the winner of of…
SHARE THIS STORY
Sprout, the creator of a smarter mortgage payment platform to drive financial freedom, has been named the winner of of Pitch360 at Level39 during UK FinTech Week.
Sprout’s Co-Founder, Asis Tewari, thanked the judges and organisers for running an inspiring session and offered praise for fellow finalists. “It was a privilege to pitch alongside such passionate and innovative founders. We learned a lot… Thank you also to London Business School and Jeff Skinner for helping validate our journey, and to Sir Andrew Likierman for giving us the confidence to kick off. And for introducing us to Professor Joao F. Cocco and his white paper on Portfolio Choice in the Presence of Housing.”
Sprout
Sprout empowers homeowners to build lasting wealth by making smarter mortgage decisions. With AI-driven insights, smart automation, and a user-friendly interface, it can simplify homeownership – aligning your mortgage with long-term financial goals and future flexibility.
Tewari was inspired to launch Sprout after a dinner with Anil Agarwal, billionaire industrialist and Chairman of Vedanta… “He told me: The only way to build real wealth is through investing in markets — and every generation needs to start as early as possible.”
Why Use Sprout?
Do you know the true return of your property? Sprout tracks the real costs and value of your property to give an accurate return.
Are your mortgage repayments really building wealth? Sprout makes it simple to allocate your payment wisely, giving you the ability to pay down your mortgage smarter.
Is your money working hard for you? Sprout gives you exclusive access to best-in-class funds.
Pitch360
Innovate Finance’s flagship pitching competition, Pitch360, is taking place across the UK in 2025. There are six regional pitch events across a 12-month campaign, featuring live events in the North, South West, Midlands, Scotland, Northern Ireland and Wales. Pitch360 shines a spotlight on the best FinTech talent and emerging technologies the UK has to offer. It’s aim is to showcase how FinTech innovation can help drive the growth agenda and transform financial services.
Find out about future events, and apply to pitch, here.
About Innovate Finance
Innovate Finance is the independent industry body for UK FinTech. It’s mission is to accelerate the UK’s leading role in the financial services sector. It does this by directly supporting the next generation of technology-led innovators to create a more inclusive, more democratic and more effective financial services sector that works better for everyone.
Transformational success with technology is about more than just ‘keeping the lights on’. Our cover story this month spotlights National Grid with the story of an innovation programme empowering everyone across the organisation on a shared transformation journey. Global Head of Data Strategy, Andrew Burns, tells Interface how connections like these are driven by data.
“We have new energy sources, greater demand and an opportunity to gather more data than ever before. Technologies like artificial intelligence (AI) and augmented reality (AR) are revolutionising how we use that data. Today, data and these technologies are combining to increase our ability to deliver value to our customers, and society.”
Asian Hospital and Medical Center: Leading the technology revolution in healthcare
Asian Hospital and Medical Center, one of the largest and fastest growing premiere hospitals among the close to 30 hospitals in the Metro Pacific Health Group, is the pioneer of an integrated healthcare network in the Philippines. Frank Vibar, CITO at Asian Hospital and the former Group CIO of the MPH Group, reveals the IT strategic roadmap that will deliver a true regional hospital.
“AHMC’s vision is to become the centre of global expertise in caring for the unique needs of our patients and the communities we serve.”
Also in this issue of Interface…
We hear from Tecnotree on the year ahead for the Telco industry; get the lowdown on meeting the challenges of integrating Agentic AI from Confluent; learn about the importance of Cybersecurity investment in OT (Operational Technology) from Claroty; and discover how IoT-enabled digital customers are reshaping customer experiences with Content Guru.
Husnain Bajwa, SVP Product – Risk Solutions at SEON, on KYC detection and verification to combat fraud in financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
Many fraudsters today are no longer just criminals – they’re technologists wielding powerful artificial intelligence (AI) as their primary weapon. As fraud techniques evolve, businesses are becoming increasingly vulnerable to sophisticated adversaries. With the rising wave of AI-powered fraud, traditional fraud prevention methods, which heavily emphasise Know-Your-Customer (KYC) processes, are struggling to keep pace.
Fraudsters have learned to exploit the inherent delays in standard KYC processes. They use AI to generate synthetic identities and automate infiltration techniques at an unprecedented scale. By the time most verification processes kick in, significant resources have already been spent, and potential damage has been incurred. To gain the upper hand, companies must move beyond isolated identity checks and adopt a more integrated approach. This combines pre-KYC detection with advanced KYC verification. A dual-layered defence system that’s both proactive and agile enough to adapt to the evolving threat landscape.
Introducing Pre-KYC fraud detection
Since KYC processes are essential for businesses to meet regulatory requirements and maintain compliance, the solution isn’t to abandon KYC but to transform it. Organisations must adopt a pre-KYC detection layer that detects fraud before it reaches verification processes.
What does this look like in practice? It starts by analysing a user’s digital footprint. This includes key data points, such as the age of an email address, phone number history, IP address patterns and social media activity. These indicators help assess the authenticity of a user’s identity. For example, a newly created email or an IP address associated with a known VPN service can be red flags, signalling possible fraudulent intentions and enabling businesses to proactively intervene before harm occurs.
Device intelligence further strengthens the initial stages of pre-KYC user verification. This technology detects discrepancies in device integrity, such as emulators, proxies or device spoofing techniques. These are common tactics fraudsters employ to conceal their true identities. Advanced device fingerprinting tools are critical in identifying when a device’s profile does not match its user’s provided details or shows unusual behaviour, adding an extra layer of security.
Adding to this framework, behavioural analytics play a pivotal role by monitoring how users interact with platforms. Analysing navigation patterns, session durations and behaviours during account setup can expose irregularities that suggest fraudulent activities. Indicators such as repetitive account creation attempts with varied data points or abnormally quick typing and navigation speeds often point to bot-driven fraud. This provides businesses with opportunities to intervene early in the user engagement process.
Combining Pre-KYC Technology with traditional methods
While pre-KYC tools can identify potential threats early, KYC verification remains essential for ensuring that the users who pass initial screening are legitimate. Once a user reaches this stage, robust identity verification methods must be in place to confirm the authenticity of the individual’s information.
Modern KYC processes must combine several features: document verification, biometric checks and address verification. The first, document verification, involves using optical character recognition (OCR) and machine learning to scan government-issued IDs and detect forgeries in real time. Additional security in this realm can be attained via facial comparisons – matching a user’s selfie with the photo on their ID – to ensure that the person behind the camera is the same as the one in the presented documentation.
Next, advanced liveness detection aids in combating both deepfake technology and image-based fraud – two fraud vectors on the rise. By requiring users to perform specific actions or gestures during verification processes, liveness detection ensures that fraudsters can’t simply upload a static image or video to impersonate someone. Lastly, address verification provides further protection, confirming a user’s address against authoritative databases or recent utility bills. These checks are crucial for businesses in regulated industries, where proof of residency is often a compliance requirement.
The growing threat of AI-powered fraud
Now that fraudsters can access AI tools, the fraud game has entirely changed. Bad actors can generate synthetic identities, manipulate biometric data and even create deepfake videos to pass KYC processes. Additionally, AI enables fraudsters to test security systems at scale, quickly iterating and adapting methods based on system responses.
In light of these new threats, businesses need dynamic solutions that can learn and evolve in real time. Ironically, the same technology serving sophisticated fraud can be our most potent defence. Using AI to enhance both pre-KYC and KYC processes delivers the capability to identify complex fraud patterns, adapting faster than human-driven systems ever could. These AI-powered tools don’t just detect fraud – they predict and prevent it by continuously learning from each attempted breach.
At the pre-KYC stage, machine learning (ML) algorithms can identify patterns and anomalies across vast amounts of user data, providing more accurate and faster risk assessments. As fraudsters evolve, these systems can recognise emerging fraud patterns, preventing bad actors from bypassing security.
Similarly, AI-driven verification methods can detect increasingly sophisticated forgeries and manipulations in the KYC phase. At the same time, adaptive authentication systems can increase or decrease the level of verification required based on the user’s risk profile. This flexibility strengthens security and enhances the user experience by reducing friction for legitimate users.
The stakes are set to climb
The battle against AI-empowered fraud isn’t just about preventing financial losses. It’s about maintaining customer trust in an increasingly sceptical digital marketplace. Every fraudulent transaction erodes confidence, and that’s a cost too high to bear in today’s competitive landscape.
Businesses that take a multi-layered approach, integrating pre-KYC and KYC processes in a unified fraud prevention strategy, can stake one step ahead of fraudsters. The key is ensuring that fraud prevention tools – data-rich, AI-driven and flexible – are as adaptive as the threats they are designed to stop. The future of fraud prevention isn’t about building higher walls; it’s about creating smarter, more adaptive and intelligent systems to anticipate and neutralise threats before they materialise.
Deepak Parameswaran, Sector Head – Energy, Manufacturing & Resources at Wipro, talks innovation with National Grid’s Global Head of Data Strategy Andrew Burns
SHARE THIS STORY
Partners for over 25 years, Wipro and National Grid have been laying the foundation for progress… By taking data to the cloud, creating value and leveraging their common work to deliver advanced, data-driven innovations across the National Grid enterprise.
Meeting the transformation challenge
As a utility, National Grid seeks to provide safe, affordable, and reliable electric and natural gas service for its customers. As such, the company is hyper-focused on natural gas, electricity grid modernisation, customer satisfaction and the integration of business and technology processes across the entire business as gas and electricity demand increases across the markets. Wipro offers actionable solutions, providing the innovative technology and domain expertise necessary for organisations like National Grid to transform and become leaders in sustainability within their respective industries.
Delivering bespoke solutions for Innovation
Traditional utility technologies can pose challenges in terms of complexity and capital investment. With Cloud and AI technologies emerging as game changers, Wipro delivers a proven ecosystem, incorporating analytics, IoT, Generative AI, and Augmented Reality, tailored to meet the needs of customers, assets, and grid management. This makes for easier, scalable, and faster to market solutions that allow National Grid to quickly realise the benefits. Wipro’s Utility Enterprise solutions have delivered on key elements of the digital transformation journey at National Grid. This allows for a constant data presence across the globe, creating a common, secure cloud environment.
Wipro’s partnership with National Grid
Wipro’s collaboration with National Grid continues to be built on a foundation of continuous innovation, with a commitment to:
Staying ahead of utility business trends
Supporting National Grid’s clean energy transition
Developing sophisticated data and AI solutions for enhanced customer service
Maintaining agility to address emerging challenges
“Wipro has been our biggest partner in executing use cases through the Innovation Lab, enabling us to be agile and deliver multiple projects with direct, tangible business benefits. Their support has been vital in ensuring a clear, efficient process and rapid execution, making them key to our success.”
Andrew Burns, Global Head of Data Strategy, National Grid
Click here to read more about National Grid’s Innovation story
Vikas Krishan, Chief Digital Business Officer & Head of EMEA at Altimetrik, on the disruptive power of AI in FinTech
SHARE THIS STORY
AI is already disrupting every area of the Financial Services Industry, and is being included in almost every strategic conversation around technology-enabled transformation. This transformation is exemplified by industry leaders like JP Morgan Chase. CEO Jamie Dimon has championed a £12 billion annual investment in data and technology, overseeing over 400 AI use cases. These include fraud detection, customer service improvements and operational efficiencies across the bank. The core platforms underpinning the industry risk buckling under the weight of modernisation. AI is gradually loosening the components of legacy institutions and presenting fresh opportunities. These are scalable, resilient and adaptable to the agile needs of Financial Services. Through this reimagining of core platforms, those who choose to act now can expect to leapfrog their competition. Meanwhile, those who fail to act now risk obscurity, lack of productivity and being disregarded by their consumer base.
The transition to new architectures
For decades, banks have relied on legacy systems to power their core operations. These often ageing platforms are becoming increasingly difficult and expensive to maintain. They have been built both in languages not commonly used and architected with a different business reality in mind. Many frequently lack the flexibility required to meet the demands of today’s digital-first customers. They also struggle to integrate with modern financial technologies. A significant challenge facing organisations is the accumulation of technical debt. There is a cost to additional work or rework caused by choosing quick or limited solutions over more robust, maintainable approaches. Over time, this can lead to significant issues that compound the challenges of legacy systems.
This lack of nimbleness is often the byproduct of a Frankenstein approach to architectural systems. Many financial institutions have traditionally built new features or attempted to fuse together two platforms. This is a delicate balancing act, requiring extensive planning and careful execution. If done with limited oversight, challenges can arise. These include operational disruptions, increased security risks and obvious incompatibility issues. The high risks and cost burdens associated with maintaining legacy platforms has led many banks to reconsider traditional merger approaches. Increasingly opting for modern, cloud-based microservices driven solutions that offer enhanced scalability, security and integration potential.
Meeting the challenge
As the industry establishes governance around this necessary transition, core platforms are being replaced by newer, more adaptable microservice-based architectures. Navigating this evolution requires leveraging an industry partner with a deep understanding of the complexities and risks involved. There are challenges moving from monolithic core systems to flexible, modern frameworks.
If we think back five years or so, many players in the market were already aware of this critical shift. Companies like Misys and Avaloq were acquired by private equity firms and given substantial investment to advance digital initiatives, developing solution suites. The reason for this was clear, everyone understood the market was changing. However, the challenge still remains in managing the migration of large, complex platforms. The key question has always been how to de-risk these migrations when moving to newer architectures. This is an issue across organisations, and it is something that we at Altimetrik actively work with clients in financial services to address.
Data first with AI
If we consider platforms such as core banking or payments systems, the data generated from these transactions should, in theory, hold value. However, gaining insights from legacy platforms is significantly more challenging and the cost of extracting and utilising that data is often prohibitive. It is here that a data-driven approach to AI must be agreed upon.
High-quality, accurate data lies at the core of every successful AI implementation. AI thrives on data; the more precise the data, the better the AI can learn and provide reliable insights. This fundamental truth highlights the importance of data integrity within the AI ecosystem. However, many financial institutions are struggling in this area, both in effectively using internal data and leveraging accurate, timely external data. As companies grow, their data environments become increasingly complex, adding to these challenges.
As financial services organisations expand, they often face the challenge of data silos, declining data quality and scattered, disconnected data repositories. This leads to a fragmented data ecosystem. It can limit AI’s potential to deliver meaningful insights and drive improvements. This transformation requires active leadership from the top. Successful digital transformation depends on executive-level commitment and understanding. Leaders like Charles Scharf of Wells Fargo demonstrates how CEO ownership of data and AI initiatives drives organisation-wide adoption and success. Their hands-on approach ensures these technologies aren’t just IT projects, but core business strategy enablers.
A Single Source of Truth with AI
To overcome this, financial institutions should establish a Single Source of Truth (SSOT) and in doing so move away from older, somewhat clumsy core platforms. An SSOT will provide a unified, consistent view of data across the organisation. This accelerates decision-making with greater confidence. As demonstrated by successful implementations across the industry. For exmple, Bank of America’s AI-powered virtual assistant Erica providing personalised financial advice to Wells Fargo’s modernised data infrastructure. This enables enhanced risk assessment and management. By centralising core data, an SSOT enables the identification of operational inefficiencies, better monitoring of customer behaviours and effective execution of strategies to foster growth.
The key question is how to successfully de-risk this transition from a fixed cost base to a more flexible, agile one. This transition is essential for becoming an outcomes-focused business with greater adaptability. So, how can technology help achieve this?
One approach involves what is often (unfortunately) referred to as a Strangler Pattern. Instead of a wholesale shift from one platform to another, this modulated approach guides clients on a journey that focuses on gradually moving specific functionalities. By decomposing the legacy system function by function, we rebuild each component within the new platform. This allows the old system to run in parallel until fully replaced. Thus shrinking the monolithic structure in a manageable, low-risk way. It is a method preferred by many large financial services players when they move to become digital businesses.
By working within a digital business methodology that prioritises outcomes over technology, we gain significant advantages. The beauty of this function is its flexibility. When implementing a new function, the management of a FS firm may discover it isn’t meeting expectations or fulfilling business needs. And yet these clients still have the security of the old platform to fall back on and can easily revert back to the original system and refine the new function before trying again. This way of working ensures a safety net. It can reduce risk and enable iterative improvements without causing major disruptions to business operations.
The full picture
The transformation of core platforms through AI presents both immense opportunity and significant challenges. Those institutions willing to embrace this change, adopting data-first approaches and modern architectures, are poised to redefine the industry landscape. The transition, whilst complex, can be managed through measured strategies allowing for gradual, low-risk modernisation. As we move forward, the success of financial institutions will increasingly hinge on their ability to harness AI’s potential. They will need to create unified data ecosystems and adapt to the evolving needs of the digital age. Financial services businesses must embrace AI and modernise their core platforms or risk becoming as obsolete as a floppy disk.
Ayre Group founder Calvin Ayre stresses the power of Blockchain in helping to overcome security and transparency challenges in financial data
SHARE THIS STORY
The financial services sector is built on trust. However, ongoing data breaches, security vulnerabilities, and inefficiencies have severely eroded confidence in the industry. In the past five years alone, 69% of financial institutions have experienced at least one data breach, exposing the sector’s ongoing Cybersecurity challenges.
Financial institutions handle vast amounts of sensitive customer data, including personal identification details, transaction histories, and confidential records. All of which are prime targets for sophisticated cyber criminals. Furthermore, in exploiting weaknesses in legacy systems, third-party integrations, and cloud infrastructures, attackers gain unauthorised access, manipulate data, and compromise financial integrity.
Leveraging Blockchain technology
Recently, studies have been testing and trialling data breach detection systems that leverage Blockchain technology. This includes utilising smart contracts, self-executing agreements with predefined rules, to generate alert notifiers. These studies underscore the potential of Blockchain to enhance the speed and accuracy of data breach detection. Improvements from the standard 200+ days can be made up to as little as 10 seconds.
However, external threats are only part of the problem. Internal risks such as human error, data mismanagement, and outdated compliance frameworks further exacerbate data integrity issues. Nearly a third (28%) of financial service organisations cite mistakes from manual processes as their biggest data reconciliation pain point. Another key issue is the continued reliance on legacy systems, which lack the automation, security, and scalability required to maintain accurate and tamper-proof records. This highlights the growing need to restore confidence in financial data.
These ongoing challenges have far-reaching consequences. Alarmingly, 40% of CFOs express doubts about the accuracy of their financial records. This raises serious concerns about governance, regulatory compliance, and financial stability. Insider fraud, unauthorised transactions, and data manipulation remain major risks; calling for institutions to implement immutable systems. One such solution is Blockchain technology. As a decentralised ledger that guarantees data integrity, Blockchain can play a crucial role in enhancing the reliability of data.
Many institutions hesitate to adopt new technologies due to high costs and operational disruption. A report by Duco and the Financial Technologies Forum revealed that 64% of financial institutions perceive the transformation of manual processes as too expensive or time-consuming. But Blockchain technology presents a new era of data resilience that. It can address these challenges head-on, enhancing security, and restoring trust in financial data.
Restoring resilience with the power of Blockchain
One of the most powerful features of Blockchain is its ability to create immutable records. Every transaction is securely logged, forming transparent and tamper-proof audit trails. By enabling real-time auditing and decentralised verification, Blockchain reduces the risks associated with human error, fraud, and outdated systems.
BSV Blockchain, with its focus on scalability and low-cost transactions, enhances these benefits by enabling high-volume data processing on-chain. It makes real-time auditing more efficient and cost-effective. Additionally, its data provenance capabilities allow institutions to track the origin, history, and any modifications of every data entry. Moreover, it offers complete accuracy, ensuring the creation of auditable and reliable records that help to eliminate discrepancies. This can also minimise information asymmetry across the financial ecosystem.
Accurate risk assessment is the cornerstone of financial services. Investors and institutions need reliable data to evaluate risk levels in specific markets and positions. Blockchain enhances this process by providing trustworthy data that can be verified and traced back to its source. It also reduces information asymmetry by ensuring wide accessibility to high-quality data. These features boost efficiency, making markets work more effectively and enabling money to flow to investments that are correctly priced according to their risk. Furthermore, because the data is always available and immutable, it allows for quick risk assessments. This helps individuals respond faster to market changes.
Blockchain also has the ability to revolutionise credit ratings, making assessments more transparent, automated, and fair. Further ensuring businesses and individuals gain more equitable access to financial services. Traditionally, credit assessments have been opaque, slow, and prone to biases. Blockchain enables automated credit scoring using real-time data and self-executing smart contracts. This approach can provide a more accurate and unbiased measure of creditworthiness.
For example, companies like Lendoit leverage blockchain-based platforms that use decentralised credit ratings to offer fairer access to financial services. This especially benefits individuals and businesses traditionally underserved by standard credit systems.
A new era of trust and efficiency in financial services
Financial institutions face an increase in sophisticated cyber threats and the challenge of managing vast data volumes. Adopting Blockchain-based solutions will be essential for long-term sustainability. With immutable records, real-time reconciliation, and automated auditing, the financial sector can reduce risks, lower operational costs, and rebuild trust among investors, regulators, and consumers. The adoption of Blockchain will be crucial in addressing the data integrity challenges highlighted earlier, helping to restore confidence in the industry.
By embracing Blockchain, financial institutions can future proof their operations. This can foster greater financial inclusion, and redefine trust in the financial ecosystem. Those who adopt these advancements will not only strengthen their competitive position but will also help shape a new era of transparency, security, and innovation in global financial markets.
For more Blockchain insights from Calvin Ayre visit Ayre Group
HBX Group eWallet incorporates advanced features such as integrated financing, access to invoices and complete traceability of transactions
SHARE THIS STORY
HBX Group, a leading independent B2B travel technology marketplace has launched the HBX Group eWallet. This innovative B2B payments platform is specifically designed for the travel industry. The product has been developed in collaboration with FinPay, an e-money institution regulated by the Bank of Spain. It will be initially available in Spain in April 2025, with plans to expand to OECD countries starting in June.
B2B eWallet
A B2B eWallet is a digital solution that allows companies to securely store and manage payments quickly, and efficiently. Operating similarly to a digital wallet for consumers, it is designed to facilitate instant, cross-border transactions between companies. HBX Group eWallet, developed specifically for the travel industry, goes a step further. It incorporates advanced features such as integrated financing, invoice access, and full transaction traceability. Its aim is to digitise and automate B2B payments, reduce transaction costs, and improve the operational scalability of the travel ecosystem.
“HBX Group eWallet represents a decisive step toward modernising B2B payments in the travel ecosystem,” says Daniel Nordholm, chief product and new business officer at HBX Group. “We want to set a new standard for efficiency and security in the sector. The partnership with FinPay allows us to achieve this with a solution tailored to the industry’s needs.”
“This collaboration with HBX Group leverages the full potential of financial technology applied to real-world business contexts,” says Juan Antonio Soriano, CEO of FinPay. “FinPay represents a breakthrough in the digitalisation of B2B payments and financing. And we are proud to be the technology partner making it possible.”
Registration on the platform implies acceptance of the terms and conditions of FinPay, the entity responsible for the payment and financing services integrated into the solution.
About HBX Group
HBX Group is a leading global independent B2B travel technology marketplace. It owns and operates Hotelbeds, Bedsonline, and Roiback. It offers a network of interconnected travel technology products and services to partners. These include online marketplaces, tour operators, travel advisors, airlines, loyalty programmes, destinations and travel suppliers.
The vision is to simplify the complex and fragmented travel industry through a combination of cloud-based technology solutions. This includes curated data and a broad portfolio of products designed to maximise revenue. HBX Group is present in 170 countries and employs more than 3,600 people worldwide. It is committed to making travel a force for good, creating a positive social and environmental impact.
In a major move for blockchain-powered finance, Kinexys by J.P. Morgan has launched GBP-denominated Blockchain Deposit Accounts at its London…
SHARE THIS STORY
In a major move for blockchain-powered finance, Kinexys by J.P. Morgan has launched GBP-denominated Blockchain Deposit Accounts at its London branch. This marks a significant expansion of its Kinexys Digital Payments platform into the UK market. The innovation introduces one of the first blockchain-native banking products of its kind in the region. It is designed to facilitate 24/7 real-time payments and cross-border transactions for institutional clients.
SwapAgent, a London Stock Exchange Group Post Trade Solutions business, and Trafigura, a global leader in commodities trading, are the inaugural clients on the platform. The deployment signals a meaningful step in the evolution of blockchain in mainstream banking infrastructure, particularly in foreign exchange (FX) settlement, liquidity management, and programmable finance.
The new offering allows corporate clients to settle GBP-denominated payments anytime, including weekends. And while accessing same-day FX settlements and real-time cross-border capabilities. This follows the platform’s earlier rollout of EUR-denominated blockchain accounts in Frankfurt and continues Kinexys’s push for global digital payment standardization.
SwapAgent will integrate Kinexys accounts into its digital post-trade pilot, with an eye toward broader adoption that could see blockchain accounts become a central part of its settlement architecture.
“As we expand SwapAgent’s settlement capabilities and enhance our digital presence, we’re eager to collaborate with Kinexys by J.P. Morgan”
Nathan Ondyak, CEO, SwapAgent
Trafigura Eyes Transformation in Cross-Border Treasury
Trafigura plans to leverage Kinexys accounts for real-time payments across New York, London, and Singapore, integrating programmable fund movement to streamline treasury operations across its global network.
“We are excited to advance our capabilities… [and] benefit from a transformative financial solution that will streamline our operations and enhance our competitive edge”
Chris McLaughlin, Global Head of Group Treasury, Trafigura
Kinexys: Momentum Behind the Numbers
Since inception, Kinexys has processed more than $1.5 trillion in transactions, with daily volumes exceeding $2 billion and 10x year-over-year growth. Its programmable payments feature, offering a self-serve “if-this-then-that” interface, provides users with automation options that traditional banking infrastructure has struggled to match.
This move cements J.P. Morgan’s blockchain unit as a first mover in institutional-grade digital payments infrastructure in the UK, positioning Kinexys as a major player in the convergence of blockchain, treasury, and cross-border payments.
Ozone API launches industry-first tool that enables US banks to calculate the cost of building and maintaining their own open banking APIs
SHARE THIS STORY
Ozone API, the global leader in open banking technology, has launched an industry-first tool. It forecasts an accurate estimated cost for US banks planning on building their own API infrastructure. It comes in response to the recent Section 1033 rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act. This means that American consumers will have the right to access and share their financial data.
API Build It Calculator
The “Build It Calculator” can estimate the cost to a US bank of building and maintaining its own API infrastructure. It does this by analysing data points including, but not limited to, the desired length of time for project completion, the financial institution’s hosting costs and the value of a bank’s deposits. This information is then fed into a formula built according to Ozone API’s extensive experience delivering open banking infrastructure globally.
Moreover, the final cost even includes the salaries of employees required to support the project. This is calculated in line with the proportion of their annual working hours that would be spent on the API build, implementation and maintenance.
Having already been tested and validated by banks in the US, the tool helps financial institutions understand the complexity and cost involved in building APIs. Furthermore, it also reveals the hidden costs of maintenance, which can often be as much as half the cost of initial implementation every single year.
Using the Build It Calculator, banks of all sizes can estimate both the up-front cost and maintenance costs of building their own open banking APIs in a single phone call with Ozone API. This brings significant clarity to initiatives that often reach eight-figure budgets.
Open Banking with APIs
“Open banking technology brings huge benefits to financial institutions as well as businesses and consumers, but building API architectures does require significant investment. We are making this tool available to help banks understand the scale of the undertaking and effectively prepare to comply with Section 1033. It’s crucial that banks are armed with accurate data to help them make the best decision, whether that is to build their own infrastructure or work with partners that can offer off-the-shelf or bespoke solutions.”
Eyal Sivan, General Manager, North America, Ozone API
The tool has been rolled out in the US already and is set to expand into new regions globally, including the UK, MENA, LATAM and APAC.
About Ozone API
Ozone API empowers banks and financial institutions around the world to deliver high performing, standards-compliant open APIs.
As open banking and open finance sweep the world, Ozone API helps banks and financial institutions to adapt and thrive in the new era of open data, by providing the technology to unlock the power of open finance globally.
The UK-based FinTech is the leading standards-based open API platform, supporting all global standards and providing the tools and expertise to help banks and financial institutions comply with regulation and create real commercial value.
With a founding team that led the development of the UK open banking standards, Ozone API continues to shape open finance globally helping regulators, banks and technology platforms to accelerate open finance. Learn more: https://ozoneapi.com/
Ripple, the leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced it is acquiring Hidden Road for $1.25…
SHARE THIS STORY
Ripple, the leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced it is acquiring Hidden Road for $1.25 billion. This represents one of the largest deals in the digital assets space. Additionally, with the acquisition, Ripple becomes the first crypto company to own and operate a global, multi-asset prime broker. Hidden Road is one of the fastest-growing prime brokers around the world. It offers institutions a one-stop-shop of advanced services. These include clearing, prime brokerage, and financing across foreign exchange (FX), digital assets, derivatives, swaps, and fixed income.
Ripple driving crypto industry growth
For the crypto industry to achieve the next phase of growth, it’s critical that core infrastructure is in place for institutional adoption. Prime brokers bring the necessary credibility and professional trading services expected in legacy finance to digital assets. Together, Ripple and Hidden Road are bringing the promise of digital assets to institutional customers at scale. They are bridging traditional finance and decentralised finance (DeFi).
Hidden Road has a strong business, clearing $3T annually across markets with more than 300 top institutional customers. Moreover, with the backing of Ripple’s significant balance sheet, Hidden Road will exponentially expand its capacity to service its pipeline. It will become the largest non-bank prime broker globally.
“We are at an inflection point for the next phase of digital asset adoption. The US market is effectively open for the first time due to the regulatory overhang of the former SEC coming to an end. And the market is maturing to address the needs of traditional finance,” said Brad Garlinghouse, CEO of Ripple. “With these tailwinds, we are continuing to pursue opportunities to massively transform the space. We are leveraging our unique position and strengths of XRP to accelerate our business and enhance our current solutions and technology.”
This acquisition also reinforces Ripple USD’s (RLUSD) position as an enterprise-grade USD-backed stablecoin with real utility. Hidden Road leverages it as collateral across its prime brokerage products. This will make RLUSD the first stablecoin to enable efficient cross-margining between the digital asset space and traditional markets.
Decentralised Finance (DeFi)
Hidden Road will, in turn, migrate its post-trade activity across XRPL. This will streamline operations and lower costs, demonstrating XRPL’s potential as the go-to blockchain for institutional decentralised finance (DeFi). Ripple also sees the potential to optimise costs and liquidity in its cross-border payments solution, Ripple Payments. And Ripple will provide critical custody services to Hidden Road’s customers who need bank-grade digital asset custody.
“With new resources, licenses, and added risk capital, this deal will unlock significant growth in Hidden Road’s business. Allowing us to increase capacity to our customer base, expand into new products, and service more markets and asset classes,” said Marc Asch, Founder and CEO of Hidden Road. ”Together with Ripple, we’re bringing the same level of trust and reliability that institutional clients are accustomed to in traditional markets. We are designed and optimised for a digital world.”
Digital Asset development
Thanks to its simple, secure, compliant digital asset infrastructure, Ripple is well-positioned to provide the core services that financial institutions need to tokenise, store, exchange and move digital assets. Furthermore, Ripple has over a decade of experience in the digital asset space and holds 60+ regulatory licenses and registrations in various jurisdictions.
Ripple participated in Hidden Road’s Series B and is a customer of its platform, experiencing firsthand the strength of the team, technology, risk management, and operational controls. The deal is expected to close in the coming months, subject to regulatory approvals.
AccessPay CEO Anish Kapoor examines the positive impact of DORA on the digital payments industry
SHARE THIS STORY
The EU’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) is a positive step for the payments industry and will help boost the resilience of an ecosystem that has changed radically over the last twenty years. Even so, the implications of this landmark regulation for payment service providers (PSPs) are complex and far-reaching. It will require investment in processes and infrastructure, which must also factor in the ongoing shift to real-time payments.
The technology backstory
Two decades ago, payment technology predominantly referred to back-end systems used by banks and PSPs to process electronic transactions. Online banking was still in its infancy, the smartphone hadn’t yet been launched, and traditional payment methods such as cash and cheques were much more prevalent.
Today, it is a very different story. The number of electronic payments made via cards and digital wallets, credit transfers and direct debits has exploded. Technology is front and centre in payment service delivery, as individuals and businesses use online portals and mobile apps to manage accounts and initiate payments. While the rise of real-time payments, such as the EU’s SEPA Instant Credit Transfer (SCT Inst), means an increasing proportion of bank transfers are settled instantly rather than over several working days, which also means that anti-fraud measures and other compliance checks have to take place in real-time given the heightened fraud risk.
So, if there is a technological failure at any point in this new world of payments, it can have immediate and considerable ramifications for individuals and businesses. The now-infamous CrowdStrike outage in July 2024 affected several sectors, including banking, with some PSPs unable to process payments. More recently, an hours-long glitch at Bank of Ireland in December 2024 caused delays in processing payroll transactions for some employers, while a two-day outage at Barclays in February 2025 left customers unable to make bank transfers and use their debit cards. To catch up, Barclays had to process payments over the weekend and extend call centre operating hours.
DORA’s goals
DORA aims to make the EU’s financial institutions (FIs) more resilient to information and communication technology (ICT) risks. It will minimise the potential for IT outages and require FIs to be back online as quickly as possible when they do occur. From a practical perspective, it will oblige them to create and implement ICT risk management frameworks. And meet new requirements for resilience testing, outage reporting, and information sharing.
Of course, the advent of DORA adds to the compliance burden for FIs, who will partly be spurred to comply to avoid fines for non-compliance and the associated negative press. Still, its rollout should be seen as positive for the industry. It should help to improve resilience across the ecosystem and boost customer confidence in the sector.
Improving infrastructure resilience with DORA
One angle that is less widely discussed when it comes to DORA is its implications for a PSP’s infrastructure. Whether developed in-house or outsourced, payment systems will need to have the capacity to accommodate peak loads following any outage. This will require PSPs to scale by multiples of their standard throughput.
For example, if a PSP’s average processing volume is 1,000 transactions per hour and its systems are down for three hours, it will need to have the capacity to process those 3,000 outstanding transactions once service resumes. And without impacting new transactions coming through the system. Additionally, if they are real-time payments, the delayed transactions must be settled as soon as possible. In this hypothetical example, such an outage would mean the system needs to handle 4,000 transactions in one hour, four times its usual capacity.
This requirement to recover quickly from IT outages will necessitate additional investment in infrastructure and automation. Especially given the move towards real-time settlement. In particular, it will likely drive interest in cloud-native technology, which can scale more readily on demand.
Third-party vendor relationships
DORA will also significantly impact how PSPs manage third-party IT vendor relationships. This development has been driven by the growing complexity of the financial ecosystem in the wake of digitisation and the rise of open banking. Research from McKinsey Digital highlights how the growth in the number of apps and vendors has increased the complexity and pressure on IT leaders.
Under DORA, FIs are expected to monitor third-party providers, update supplier contracts to cover IT resilience, and establish an oversight framework for critical third-party providers. Consequently, conducting due diligence on third-party providers, particularly new vendors, and their approach to resilience is essential. Generally, we are likely to witness a flight to quality, with the providers that invest in controls and resilience set to fare best in the long term.
Adjusting to DORA
The arrival of DORA is a positive development for the payments industry. The sector has changed significantly in recent decades and relies heavily on technology for service delivery. Likewise, its customers depend on the PSPs to deliver their services so that they can conduct their business uninterrupted. However, the changes required by DORA are extensive and will require PSPs to invest in their infrastructure, processes and third-party relationships. As they adjust to the requirements of DORA, PSPs should ensure that infrastructure is resilient and flexible enough to handle surges in transaction flows. And factor in the shift to real-time settlement, which will only add to the demands made of payment systems.
Arsalan Minhas, AVP Sales Engineering, EMEA & APAC, at Hyland, on how AI revolutionising financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial intelligence (AI) is revolutionising financial services, reshaping how institutions detect fraud, personalise customer experiences, and optimise investment strategies. From AI-powered chatbots assisting customers to machine learning models predicting market trends, the technology is driving unprecedented efficiency and insight.
Yet, alongside these advancements come new challenges. AI-driven scams are evolving in sophistication, algorithmic biases raise ethical concerns, and regulatory scrutiny is increasing. As financial institutions accelerate AI adoption, they’re walking the fine line between harnessing its benefits and mitigating its risks.
AI in fraud detection and prevention – strengthening security measures
One of the most critical areas where AI has transformed financial services is fraud detection and prevention.
Traditional fraud prevention methods relied on static rule-based systems, which were often ineffective at identifying evolving threats. Such systems aren’t necessarily equipped to keep up with the sheer pace of financial service operations today, which has led to a surge of interest in automated alternatives.
AI, particularly machine learning algorithms, offers a dynamic solution by analysing vast datasets in real time to identify anomalies and potential fraud. AI also enhances biometric authentication methods, such as voice and facial recognition. This can ensure secure access to accounts, reducing the reliance on passwords, which are vulnerable to breaches.
According to a recent McKinsey report, AI-driven fraud detection systems can reduce financial fraud losses by up to 50%. Making them a crucial asset for financial institutions. These unprecedented levels of speed and versatility has made AI a priority for even the biggest players.
Of course, fraud detection is not without its challenges. Criminals are also leveraging AI to create sophisticated scams, such as deepfake-based identity fraud. And the introduction of new technologies can challenge cybersecurity initiatives.
With that in mind, financial institutions must constantly update their AI models to stay ahead of emerging threats. Regulatory compliance adds another layer of complexity, as AI’s decision-making much align with consumer protection laws and data privacy regulations like GDPR and CCPA.
The future of Customer Experience
On the customer-facing side of things, Artificial Intelligence is transforming the customer experience through hyper-personalised financial services. Gone are the days of generic banking interactions. AI now enables financial institutions to tailor services based on individual customer behaviours, preferences and financial goals.
Leading UK banks like NatWest and Lloyds Bank have invested heavily in AI-powered virtual assistants. NatWest’s digital assistant, Cora, has handled millions of customer interactions, providing real-time financial insights, bill reminders, and even fraud detection alerts. Similarly, HSBC uses AI-driven tools to analyse spending patterns and offer personalised financial advice. The ability to assess transaction data allows banks to recommend budgeting strategies, suggest tailored loan offers, and predict future financial needs, making banking more intuitive and customer centric.
AI-driven robo-advisors, such as those offered by Nutmeg and Moneyfarm, have revolutionised investment management by providing algorithm-based financial planning. These platforms leverage AI to assess risk tolerance, market trends, and historical data to offer personalised investment strategies with lower fees than traditional financial advisors.
While such tools can be incredibly effective, they do raise concerns about data privacy and algorithmic bias. The more AI knows about an individual’s financial habits, the greater the risk of data misuse or bias in lending and investment recommendations.
Financial institutions must therefore ensure transparency and fairness in AI decision-making to build customer trust and meet regulatory regulations. The basis upon which customers share their personal data, and the protections that it is afforded, are a non-negotiable for any serious financial organisation.
Redefining market strategies in trading and investment
According to Deloitte, Artificial Intelligence is poised to be one of the most disruptive forces in investment management. High-frequency trading (HFT) firms now rely on AI algorithms to process vast amounts of market data within milliseconds. It also enables hedge funds and investment firms to predict market movements by analysing patterns from historical data, social media sentiment, and global economic indicators.
Leading firms like Man Group and XTX Markets have harnessed AI to enhance their trading strategies and portfolio management. Man Group, managing $175 billion in assets, utilises machine learning tools to develop its platform, ManGPT, to analyse trades and optimise investment decisions.
Similarly, XTX Markets, a London-based trading firm, employs advanced AI models to execute millions of trades daily, emphasising AI-driven strategies over sheer speed. Predictive analytics have become an indispensable tool in portfolio management, helping firms adjust their strategies based on real-time market fluctuations.
Naturally, these automated tools require to-the-second oversight from the business itself. The 2010 Flash Crash, in which the stock market plunged nearly 1,000 points within minutes, was exacerbated by algorithmic trading. AI-driven trading models can react unpredictably in volatile markets, amplifying risks if not properly regulated. Humanised AI – the combination of human and AI working in concert, rather than automated systems working in isolation – is crucial.
The future of AI in financial services
As Artificial Intelligence continues to evolve, its integration within financial services will only deepen. Institutions that successfully integrate AI into their operations will gain a significant competitive advantage. Benefiting from enhanced fraud detection, superior customer experiences, and data-driven investment strategies.
These businesses must also navigate the complexities of regulatory compliance, data privacy, and ethical AI deployment. The EU’s AI Act is one of many policies aiming to create the most robust governance structures for AI applications, and finance is no exception.
Striking the right balance between innovation and regulation will be crucial to ensuring AI remains a force for positive transformation rather than disruption. Financial institutions must prioritise transparency, human oversight, and ethical considerations in deployment to fully realise its potential while maintaining consumer trust.
The financial industry is on the brink of an AI-driven revolution. With careful implementation and responsible oversight, the technology has the power to make financial services more secure, efficient, and customer-friendly than ever before. Institutions that embrace this technology while addressing its challenges will shape the future of finance, redefining the way money is managed, invested, and protected in the years to come.
Scott Zoldi, Chief Analytics Officer at FICO, explains why there should be no AI alone in decision making processes
SHARE THIS STORY
Many AI models are black boxes and developed without proper consideration for interpretability, ethics, or safety of outputs. To establish trust, organisations should leverage Responsible AI. This defines standards of robust AI, explainable AI, ethical AI, and auditable AI. Under Responsible AI, developers define the conditions that lead to some transactions having less human oversight and others having more. But can we take people out of the decision-making loop entirely? To answer that question, let’s look at some developments in Responsible AI.
Trust in Developing AI Models
One best practice that organisations can adopt is maintaining a corporate AI model development standard. This dictates appropriate AI algorithms and processes to enable roles that keep people in the loop. This will often include the use of interpretable AI, allowing humans to review and understand what AI has learned for palatability, bias, ethical use and safety. Auditable AI will then codify the human-in-the-loop decisions and monitoring guidelines for operational use of the AI.
Responsible AI codifies all the essential human decisions that guide how AI will be built, used and progressed. This includes approving or declining the use of data, removing unethical relationships in data (i.e., illegal or unethical data proxies), and ensuring governance and regulation standards are met. Responsible AI leverages an immutable blockchain that dictates how to monitor the AI in operation. And the decision authority of human operators, which can include conditions where AI decisions are overruled, and operations move to a ‘humble AI model.’ AI Practitioners are keenly aware that even the highest performing AI models generate large number of false positives. So, every output needs to be treated with care and strategies defined to validate, counter, and support the AI.
A Responsible AI framework
There should be a well-defined process to overrule or reverse AI-driven decisions. If built in a Responsible AI framework, these decisions are codified into a crystal-clear set of operating AI blockchain frameworks well before the AI is in production. When there is a crisis you need clear preset guidance, not panicked decision making. This blockchain will define when humans can overrule the AI through alternate models, supporting data, or investigative processes. This AI operating framework is defined in coordination with the model developers, who understand the strengths and weaknesses of the AI. And when it may be operating in ways it wasn’t designed, ensuring there is no gap between development and operation. When auditable AI is employed, there are no nail-biting decisions in times of crisis. You can rely on a framework that pre-defines steps to make these human-driven decisions.
Companies that utilise Responsible AI frameworks enforce usage adherence by auditable AI, which is the operating manual and monitoring system. Embracing Responsible AI standards can help business units attain huge value. At the same time they can appropriately define the criteria where the businesses balance business risks and regulation. Domain experts/analysts will be given a defined span of control on how to use their domain knowledge and the auditable AI will monitor the system to alert and circumvent AI as appropriate.
Drawback prevention begins with transparency
To prevent major pull-back in AI today, we must go beyond aspirational and boastful claims to honest discussions of the risks of this technology. We must define how involved humans need to be. Companies need to empower their data science leadership to define what is high-risk AI, and how they are prepared or not to meet responsible/trustworthy AI. This comes back to governance and AI regulation. Companies must focus on developing a Responsible AI programme, and boost practices that may have atrophied during the GenAI hype cycle.
They should start with a review of how AI regulation is developing, and whether they have the tools to appropriately address and pressure-test their AI applications. If they’re not prepared, they need to understand the business impacts of potentially having AI pulled from their repository of tools. And get prepared by defining AI development/operational corporate standards.
Companies should then determine and classify business problems best suited for traditional AI vs. generative AI. Traditional AI can be constructed and constrained to meet regulation using the right algorithms to meet business objectives. Finally, companies will want to adopt a humble AI approach to have hot backups for their AI deployments. And to tier down to safer tech when auditable AI indicates AI decisioning is not trustworthy.
The vital role of the Data Scientist
Too many organisations are driving AI strategy through business owners or software engineers who often have limited to no knowledge of the specifics of AI algorithms’ mathematics and risks. Stringing together AI is easy. Building AI that is responsible and safe and properly operationalised with controls is a much harder exercise requiring standards, maturity and commitment to responsible AI. Data scientists can help businesses find the right paths to adopt the right types of AI for different business applications, regulatory compliances, and optimal consumer outcomes. In a nutshell: AI + human is the strongest solution. There should be no AI alone in decision-making.
InsurTech Insights Europe 2025: A Transformational Gathering for the Future of Insurance
SHARE THIS STORY
InsurTech Insights Europe 2025, held on March 19-20 at the InterContinental London – the O2, reaffirmed its status as the premier conference for insurance technology professionals across the continent. Drawing more than 6,000 attendees from over 80 countries, the event brought together C-level executives, startup founders, investors, and tech leaders. They explored the evolving future of insurance powered by innovation and digital transformation.
Key Themes
With seven stages and over 400 speakers, the conference agenda was packed with compelling keynotes, forward-looking panel discussions, fireside chats, and practical workshops.
The overarching theme of the 2025 edition was crystal clear: artificial intelligence (AI) is no longer a futuristic concept, it’s the driving force behind today’s insurance innovation. Topics like automation, generative AI, claims transformation, underwriting analytics, embedded insurance, cyber security, and ESG all reflected a dynamic industry poised for rapid acceleration.
A Focus on Leadership & Diversity
One of the standout sessions was the panel discussion titled “The ROI of Gender Diversity: Breaking the Glass Ceiling for Women in Leadership”, held on the Purple Stage. Featuring high-level voices from Solera, unlock VC, and AXA XL, the panel addressed the often-overlooked yet crucial importance of gender diversity in executive roles. The discussion didn’t stop at raising awareness; it presented measurable business outcomes tied to diverse leadership and called for action to foster inclusivity across all levels of the industry.
Complementing this session was “The Women in Insurance Power Group Meet-up”, a networking event held at the Sky Bar on the 18th floor. Attendees not only connected over lunch but were also invited into an exclusive WhatsApp group, encouraging long-term collaboration and support among female leaders and allies in the space.
The Innovators Hub and the ITI Marquee: Where the Future Was Born
A major addition to this year’s conference was the debut of the ITI Marquee. A vibrant, purpose-built zone dedicated to showcasing bold ideas and startup brilliance. This space housed the Innovators Hub, which included its own dedicated Innovator’s Stage. Here, early-stage ventures and InsurTech pioneers pitched their solutions to panels of VCs, corporate innovation leads, and fellow founders.
This setting offered more than exposure, It cultivated real-time connections between startups and investors, giving many smaller players their first shot at meaningful partnerships or funding opportunities. The diversity of ideas, from AI-powered claims processors to data-driven risk models for climate insurance, reflected the industry’s hunger for next-gen solutions.
Keynote InsurTech Highlights
One of the most talked-about moments of the event came from Daniel Schreiber, CEO and Co-Founder of Lemonade, whose opening keynote explored how AI can dramatically enhance customer experience in insurance. He challenged the audience to rethink not just how insurance is sold or serviced, but why it’s offered. And how technology can transform its social impact.
Another crowd favourite was the session on “The Path to Embedded Insurance”, which unpacked how insurance products are increasingly being bundled into digital ecosystems like ecommerce platforms, mobility apps, and smart home technologies. This wasn’t just a hype piece. Real-world case studies from European neobanks and auto insurers illustrated how embedded models are already driving customer growth and retention.
Among the compelling keynotes on the Main Stage, Sofia Kyriakopoulou, a Fintech Strategy AI Champion and Group Chief Data & Analytics Officer at SCOR, revealed how GenAI innovation at one of the world’s largest reinsurers is transcending the realm of proof of concepts to become fully productive.
InsurTech Deep Dives: AI, Data & Digital Claims
Sessions throughout the week made it clear that AI is at the forefront of virtually every area of insurance operations. Whether it was applied in predictive underwriting, fraud detection, or personalised customer engagement, companies are looking to AI not just for marginal gains but foundational transformation.
A standout workshop on AI in Claims Automation included live demos from startups using computer vision and NLP to automate damage assessment. Meanwhile, a session on Data-Driven Underwriting shared how insurers are replacing traditional risk proxies with real-time data streams, from wearables to smart meters.
Cybersecurity was another hot topic, with insurers discussing how to build resilient cyber products in the face of increasing digital threats and regulatory complexity.
Global Meets Local: The Power of Diversity
Although a European event at heart, the conference had a distinctly global flair. Speakers came from the U.S., Singapore, Brazil, South Africa, and the Middle East. They brought diverse perspectives on shared challenges such as climate change, digital regulation, and consumer trust.
Simultaneously, European startups shone on stage. Companies from the UK, Nordics, DACH, and Benelux presented innovative, often niche solutions for localised market challenges—from parametric crop insurance to real-time mobility coverage.
Trade Exhibition & Brand Visibility
The exhibition floor was a hive of activity, featuring booths from established players like Munich Re, Swiss Re, Guidewire, Duck Creek, and Cognizant, alongside vibrant startup showcases. Product demos, swag giveaways, and live challenges kept engagement high and made it easy for brands to stand out.
The conference proved to be a golden opportunity for brand elevation, allowing companies to position themselves as thought leaders or rising disruptors in front of an incredibly curated audience.
InsurTech Insights Europe: The Verdict
The closing remarks from Kristoffer Lundberg, CEO of InsurTech Insights, captured the spirit of the event:
“It’s a privilege for us to gather together the sharpest minds in the industry to discuss the role of AI in insurance. The direction and impact of these technologies will shape the space for decades to come.”
Indeed, InsurTech Insights Europe 2025 wasn’t just a conference, it was a strategic gathering. A melting pot of ideas and a launchpad for the next generation of insurance products and platforms. Attendees walked away not just with new business cards, but with fresh ideas, collaborative leads, and the motivation to drive innovation within their own organisations.
As the insurance industry continues to evolve amid mounting global challenges and rapidly advancing tech, this event served as a timely and energising reminder… The future is not something to wait for—it’s something to build, together.
Guy Marion, CMO at Chargebee, on how businesses can get ahead of the ‘click-to-cancel’ movement through customer-centricity
SHARE THIS STORY
The promise of predictable revenue now comes with heightened customer expectations. As regulators worldwide push for ‘click-to-cancel’ requirements for subscriptions, businesses face a critical choice. Do they wait for regulations to force changes, or transform cancellation friction into an opportunity for deeper customer trust? For revenue leaders, the question isn’t just about compliance – it’s about turning a potential disruption into a competitive advantage.
In the US, the Federal Trade Commission’s (FTC) new rule will require businesses to simplify cancellations and obtain consent for monthly renewals and the conversion of free trials to paid memberships. Similar measures are already in place in France, where self-serve cancellation buttons became mandatory in 2023. The UK’s 2024 Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act echoes this trend and serves as a prelude to anticipated further regulations.
As regulations evolve in 2025, subscription businesses that proactively embrace customer-friendly cancellation policies will have a competitive advantage in the market.
Customers value control with ‘click-to-cancel’
Research by Chargebee reveals that ‘click-to-cancel’ options are by far the preferred offboarding method for customers. Standing in stark contrast with complicated cancellation processes that can alienate customers and jeopardise return business. Customers are pushing back against the unclear terms of ‘negative option’ subscription models. These automatically renew memberships unless explicitly cancelled. Transitioning to transparent subscription models pre-empts regulatory penalties and serves to differentiate businesses as customer-centric.
Businesses need to adapt their strategies around cancellations by embedding the process into the product experience and prioritising it as an opportunity for dialogue with the customer. Feeling forced to maintain an unwanted subscription is not the ticket to brand loyalty or advocacy. When the cancel intent is clear it’s best to let customers leave.
Leaving is learning
Providing an easy exit doesn’t have to conclude the customer journey, but can instead provide an opportunity for future engagement. Subscription businesses should view every cancellation as a diagnostic tool for what went wrong. If a customer leaves, it’s usually because their perceived value of your product fell short of the cost. Maybe they’re right, and the product could be improved. In which case, you have valuable data to enhance your offering. Alternatively, perhaps they just weren’t presented with a clear enough value proposition, which if identified, gives you the chance to enlighten them.
If the customer sees value but has budget constraints, offering discretionary reductions empowers them to choose to continue their membership. Therefore, identifying why customers want to leave can provide the intelligence needed to drive long-term loyalty. Even turning once-hesitant customers into brand advocates.
For instance, a subscription fitness app might discover that seasonal habits influence customer retention, enabling it to adjust the timing of specific content to better align with trends. Proactive communication is key, as it helps reveal the ‘why’ behind churn. Offering exit surveys, personalised retention offers, or pausing memberships instead of outright cancellations maintains a dialogue with the customer, and may even persuade them to stay.
Making friends with machine learning
AI-powered analytics are transforming how businesses understand and prevent subscription cancellations. By analysing customer behaviour patterns, companies can now identify early warning signs of churn and address issues before customers reach for the cancel button. This proactive approach doesn’t just comply with click-to-cancel regulations – it helps businesses build stronger customer relationships through data-driven insights and timely interventions.
Leveraging the predictive power of AI-enabled platforms will be key to supporting customer retention. Businesses can identify patterns of usage across individuals and demographics, spotting trends and addressing them accordingly. This can be targeted interventions, such as discounts, or reiterating the value proposition in tutorials and new product features.
Evolve your payment system to reduce churn
When it comes to fighting cancellations with a good customer experience, billing and payment processes need special attention. Many customers cite billing frustrations, such as unexpected charges and convoluted payment methods, as reasons for ending their memberships. Investing in advanced subscription management tools that prioritise flexibility, transparency, and personalisation is helpful to mitigate cancellation intent before it crystallises.
Actionable insights businesses should implement:
Adaptable pricing strategies: Customisable plans that cater to different customer needs and budgets help increase value perception.
Automated revenue recovery: Automatically recovering failed payments – such as those inadvertently caused by expired payment methods – prevents revenue loss and removes potential friction with customers.
Grace period and reminder: Allowing a brief buffer for overdue payments, paired with well-timed reminders, helps retain customers who may otherwise churn.
Data-driven insights: Levelling up your analytics capabilities helps identify patterns of disengagement, enabling you to act before cancellation occurs.
Foundations for the Future
The adoption of ‘click-to-cancel’ rules reflect a broader trend toward customer empowerment. Businesses that resist this shift not only risk their brand image but also forgo the opportunity to deliver better customer experiences. Ultimately, it is only a matter of time before regulations tighten and going willingly is always preferable to being pushed. Staying a step ahead means organisations can plan and implement changes smoothly – and position themselves positively. Subscription businesses that heed the warnings now and build positive cancellation experiences will reap the rewards of strengthened customer retention, in 2025 and beyond.
MoneyLIVE Summit 2025: A stellar combination of thought leadership, cutting-edge technology showcases and unparalleled networking opportunities
SHARE THIS STORY
The MoneyLIVE Summit 2025, held on March 10th-11th at London’s Business Design Centre, once again positioned itself as one of the most significant events in the banking and financial services industry. With over 1,500 attendees, 200+ speakers, and an agenda packed with insights on digital transformation, AI-driven innovation, and payment advancements, the event delivered a comprehensive overview of the future of financial services.
As one of Europe’s most influential FinTech and banking conferences, MoneyLIVE Summit attracted executives from leading institutions, including HSBC, Revolut, Standard Chartered, Barclays, Google, and Mastercard, providing attendees with unparalleled networking opportunities and deep dives into the latest industry developments.
The 2025 edition of MoneyLIVE Summit focused on several key themes within the financial sector, including:
AI and Automation in Banking
The Future of Payments and Open Banking
Sustainability and ESG in Finance
The Evolution of Embedded Finance
Cybersecurity and Fraud Prevention
Modernising Legacy Systems
AI and Automation: The Next Frontier
One of the most anticipated discussions centredd on Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Automation in Financial Services. Keynote speakers such as Taylan Turan (CEO, Retail Banking, HSBC) and Francesca Carlesi (CEO, Revolut UK) highlighted how AI is revolutionising customer interactions, risk assessments, and fraud detection.
A standout panel featured representatives from Google Cloud, Lloyds Banking Group, and Monzo, discussing the ethical implications of AI-driven banking and how institutions can balance efficiency with regulatory compliance. The consensus? AI is no longer a futuristic concept but an operational necessity.
On the opening day we spoke with Tim Mason, Managing Director for Artificial Intelligence at Deutsche Bank, and Publicis Sapient VP Jan-Willem Weggemans, about the rise of Agentic AI. Look out for this feature in the May edition of FinTech Strategy Magazine. Publicis Sapient also hosted an AI Champions Meet Up.
The Future of Payments and Open Banking
With open banking continuing to disrupt traditional financial models, this year’s summit included multiple sessions on its evolution. Speakers from Visa, Mastercard and Stripe explored how real-time payments and digital wallets are reshaping the customer experience.
One of the most engaging sessions was on CBDCs (Central Bank Digital Currencies) and the impact of digital currencies on global trade. Representatives from the Bank of England and the European Central Bank provided valuable insights into regulatory developments and the long-term feasibility of CBDCs in mainstream banking.
Sustainability and ESG in Finance
The financial industry’s role in Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) initiatives was another critical theme. With growing investor interest in sustainable finance, executives from Barclays, NatWest, and BlackRock discussed how banks can integrate ESG principles into lending and investment strategies.
A major highlight was a fireside chat with Ana Botín, Executive Chairman of Santander Group, who emphasised the need for banks to take the lead in financing climate action while maintaining profitability. She stressed that FinTech innovation must align with sustainability goals to drive real change.
Notable Speakers & Thought Leadership
MoneyLIVE Summit 2025 featured an impressive lineup of speakers, including CEOs, policymakers, and FinTech pioneers. Notable names included:
Francesca Carlesi (CEO, Revolut UK) – Discussed the role of challenger banks in redefining customer expectations.
Taylan Turan (CEO, Retail Banking, HSBC) – Spoke about how traditional banks must adapt to stay competitive in an increasingly digital world.
Saif Malik (CEO, UK, Standard Chartered Bank) – Shared insights on the rise of embedded finance and its impact on global banking.
Anne Boden (Founder, Starling Bank) – Highlighted the impact of neobanks on legacy banking institutions.
Google Cloud & AWS Representatives – Covered AI’s growing role in fraud prevention and customer engagement.
Lee McNabb (Head of Payment Strategy, NatWest) – Shared views on modernising core payment architecture for the long term.
The diversity of perspectives provided attendees with a well-rounded understanding of the industry’s challenges and opportunities in the coming years.
MoneyLIVE Networking & Attendee Experience
Networking has always been a key highlight of MoneyLIVE Summit, and the 2025 edition did not disappoint. The event provided ample opportunities for professionals to connect, with dedicated networking zones, private meeting areas, and an exclusive VIP lounge for C-level executives.
The FinTech Startup Village was a must-visit area, showcasing some of the most innovative fintech startups in Europe. Several emerging companies, specializing in AI-driven financial advisory, blockchain-based payments, and RegTech solutions, presented their groundbreaking products.
A standout initiative was the Women in Finance Roundtable, which focused on fostering greater gender diversity in leadership roles within the financial industry. Featuring influential female leaders from Citi, JPMorgan, and Monzo, the discussion encouraged actionable steps towards inclusivity and representation. Publicis Sapient also hosted a networking session on Celebrating Women in Finance.
Exhibition & Innovation Showcase
The exhibition hall was bustling with activity, featuring booths from major players like IBM, Microsoft, Accenture, and Salesforce, as well as FinTech disruptors showcasing cutting-edge solutions. Attendees had the opportunity to experience hands-on product demos, including AI-powered chatbots, biometric authentication for secure banking, and blockchain-based smart contract platforms.
One of the most talked-about innovations was Quantum Computing in Financial Services, presented by IBM. Experts explored how quantum computing could enhance complex financial modelling, risk analysis, and fraud detection, potentially transforming the industry in the next decade.
Key Takeaways & Industry Impact
MoneyLIVE Summit reaffirmed its reputation as a forward-thinking, insightful event that brings together the brightest minds in finance and technology. Some of the key takeaways included:
AI is mainstream – Banks and fintech firms must embrace AI-driven solutions to enhance customer experience and operational efficiency.
Payments are evolving rapidly – With open banking, digital wallets, and real-time payments on the rise, banks need to innovate or risk being left behind.
Cybersecurity remains a top priority – With increased digital transactions, fraud prevention and regulatory compliance are more critical than ever.
Sustainability cannot be ignored – ESG-focused financial strategies are no longer optional but a necessity for long-term growth and investor confidence.
Embedded Finance is the future – Traditional banks and fintechs must collaborate to integrate financial services seamlessly into everyday life.
MoneyLIVE: The Verdict
MoneyLIVE Summit 2025 lived up to expectations, delivering a stellar combination of thought leadership, cutting-edge technology showcases and unparalleled networking opportunities. For professionals in banking, payments, fintech, or regulatory compliance, this event provided invaluable insights into the industry’s trajectory.
The only potential downside? With so many high-quality sessions running simultaneously, attendees had to make tough choices about which discussions to prioritise. However, the availability of on-demand session recordings meant that all the key insights attendees need were available.
With an impressive lineup of speakers, a strong focus on industry trends, and excellent networking opportunities, MoneyLIVE Summit remains a must-attend event for financial professionals looking to stay ahead in an ever-evolving landscape.
Join the world’s largest InsurTech community hosting 13,000 Executives, Entrepreneurs and Investors each year…
SHARE THIS STORY
Insurtech Insights is the world’s largest insurance technology community. It offers unprecedented connection to the most comprehensive and global gathering of InsurTech entrepreneurs, investors, and insurance industry incumbents.
Over the course of two days at its conferences, the industry gathers to showcase the forefront of innovations and form the partnerships of tomorrow. The unparalleled networking experience, with thousands of meetings, is a staple at any Insurtech Insights event.
“The biggest feat was the sell out crow of 4,000. Seeing so many from across Europe and the US was just brilliant!”
Nigel Walsh, Managing Director – Insurance, Google
Gain insights from over 400 expert speakers include representatives from Zurich, Allianz, Lemonade, Zego and many more…
“Such a great event with such a great level of attendance”
Steven Zuanella, Group Chief Digital & Innovation Officer, Generali
Insights
Improve your knowledge on challenging and strategic issues relevant to any organisation. Stay on top of future trends and seize new opportunities. Expand your toolset and effectively solve the challenges of today and tomorrow.
Inspiration
Challenge your way of thinking with new perspectives. Expand your professional horizon by meeting with and listening to leading insurance experts. Equip yourself with ideas and knowledge that adds value to you, your team, and your organisation.
InsurTech Networking
Expand your network by meeting with 6,000+ executives, entrepreneurs and investors from all over the world. Create new opportunities leading to a stronger and more global network. Meet with and attract the talent of tomorrow.
Fouzi Husaini, Chief Technology & AI Officer at Marqeta, answers our questions about Agentic AI and its applications for businesses
SHARE THIS STORY
Agentic AI is emerging as the leading AI trend of 2025. Industry figures are hailing Agentic AI as the broadly transformative next step in GenAI development. The year so far has seen multiple businesses release new tools for a wide array of applications.
The technology combines the next generation of AI tech like large language models (LLMs) with more traditional capabilities like machine learning, automation, and enterprise orchestration. The end result could lead to a more autonomous version of AI: Agents. These agents can set their own goals, analyse data sets, and act with less human oversight than previous tools.
We spoke to Fouzi Husaini, Chief Technology & AI Officer at Marqeta about what sets Agentic AI apart whether the technology really is a leap forward in terms of solving AI’s shortcomings, and how Agentic AI could solve business problems.
1. What makes AI “agentic”? How is the technology different from something like Chat-GPT?
“Agentic refers to the type of Artificial Intelligence that can act as agents and on its own. Agentic AI leverages enhanced reasoning capabilities to solve problems without prompts or constant human supervision. It can carry out complex, multi-step tasks autonomously.
“GenAI and by extension Large Language Models, the most famous example being ChatGPT, require human input to solve tasks. For instance, ChatGPT needs user prompts before it can generate content. Then, sers need to input subsequent commands to edit and refine this. Agentic AI has the capability to react and learn without human intervention as it processes data and solves problems. This enables it to adapt and learn much faster than GenAI.”
2. Chat-GPT and other LLMs frequently produce results filled with factual errors, misrepresentations, and “hallucinations”, making them pretty unsuited to working without human supervision – let alone orchestrating important financial deals. What makes Agentic AI any better or more trustworthy?
“All types of AI have the possibility to ‘hallucinate’ and produce factually incorrect information. That being said, Agentic AI is usually less likely to suffer from significant hallucinations in comparison to GenAI.
“Agentic AI’s focus is specifically engineered to operate within clearly defined parameters and follow explicit workflows, making it particularly well-suited for having guardrails in place to keep it on task and from making errors. Its learning capabilities also allow it to recognise and adapt to its mistakes, ensuring it is unlikely to hallucinate multiple times.”
“On the other hand, GenAI occasionally generates factually incorrect content due to the quality of data provided, and sometimes because of mistakes in pattern recognition.”
“In fintech, Agentic AI technology can make it possible to analyse consumer spending data and learn from it, allowing for highly tailored financial offers and services that are more accurate and help to create a personalised finance experience for consumers.”
3. How could agentic AI deployments affect the relationship between financial services companies and their customers? What about their employees?
“The integration of Agentic AI into financial services benefits multiple parties. First,
integrating Agentic AI into their offerings allows financial service companies to provide their customers with bespoke tools and features. For instance, AI can be used to develop ‘predictive cards’. These cards can anticipate a consumer’s spending requirements based on their past behaviour. This means AI can adjust credit limits and offer tailored rewards automatically, creating a personalised experience for each individual.
“The status quo’s days are numbered as consumers crave tailor-made financial experiences. Agentic AI can allow fintechs to provide personalised financial services that help consumers and businesses make their money work better for them. With Agentic AI technology, fintechs can analyse consumer spending data and learn from it. This allows for more tailored financial offers and services.
“As for employees, Agentic AI gives them the ability to focus on more creative and interesting tasks. Agentic AI can handle more routine roles such as data entry and monitoring for fraud, automating repetitive tasks and autonomous decision making based on data. This helps to reduce human error and enables employees to focus more time and energy on the creative and strategic aspects of their roles while allowing AI to focus on more administrative tasks.”
4. How would agentic AI make financial services safer?
“Agentic AI has the capability to make financial services more secure for financial institutions and consumers alike, by bringing consistency and tireless vigilance to critical financial processes. With its ability to analyse vast strings of information, it can rapidly identify anomalies in spending data that indicate potential instances of fraud and can use its enhanced reasoning and ability to act without human prompts to quickly react to suspicious activity.
“While a human operator will be susceptible to decision fatigue, an AI agent could always be vigilant and maintain the same high level of precision and alertness 24/7. This is vital for fields like fraud detection, where a single missed signal could lead to significant consequences.
“Furthermore, its capability to learn without human interaction means that it can improve its ability to detect fraud over time. This gives it the ability to learn how to identify new types of fraud, helping it to adapt as schemes become more sophisticated over time.”
5. What kind of trajectory do you see the technology having over the next year to eighteen months?
“In fintech, Agentic AI integration will likely begin in the operations space. These areas manage complex, but well-defined, processes and are perfect for intelligent automation. For instance, customer call centres where human agents usually follow set standard operating procedures (SOPs) that can be fed into an AI system, which makes automation easier and faster than before.
“In the more distant future, I believe we will see Agentic AI integrated into automated workflows that span entire value chains, including tasks such as risk assessment, customer onboarding and account management.”
Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR, looks at the changing face of Embedded Finance and the rise of the API economy
SHARE THIS STORY
The business world is changing. If you are paying attention, you will notice one of the most exciting transformations happening right now is Embedded Finance. We hear a lot about APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) and how they power our digital lives. However, what’s really grabbing attention is the rise of the API economy. Specifically, people are excited about how embedded finance is reshaping how businesses interact with their customers.
So, what’s all the fuss about, and why should you care? Let’s dive in.
What is Embedded Finance Anyway?
At its core, Embedded Finance means integrating financial services into non-financial platforms. It allows companies to offer banking-like services – think payments, lending, and insurance – directly within their apps or websites, without needing to be a bank themselves.
It’s like how Uber lets you pay for your ride without ever leaving the app. Uber isn’t a bank, but through embedded finance, it can offer seamless payment options, providing an effortless user experience. The user doesn’t need to think about the financial side of things; it just happens in the background. And that’s the magic of embedded finance – it’s smooth, simple, and frictionless.
APIs: The Backbone of Seamless Integration
APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) are the unsung heroes enabling the smooth interaction between different software systems. They allow platforms to communicate and share data effortlessly, acting as bridges between various services. For instance, when companies like Airbnb incorporate payment processing, they rely on APIs to connect with third-party providers like Stripe or PayPal. Without these connections, seamless financial interactions would not be impossible.
In the past, businesses that wanted to offer financial services had to build out much of the infrastructure themselves. However, with the rise of the API economy, this complexity has been drastically reduced. Companies can now integrate ready-made financial services quickly and focus on their core offerings.
However, while APIs handle much of the heavy lifting, they aren’t the whole solution. They still need to be connected to the devices or systems using them. This involves stitching them together through a middle layer that coordinates the various API functions, along with coding a front-end interface that users interact with.
In essence, APIs provide the building blocks, but there’s still a need for a tailored architecture to ensure everything operates smoothly – from the back-end infrastructure to the user-friendly front end. This layered approach ensures businesses can offer a seamless experience without getting bogged down by technical complexities.
Why the API Economy is Booming
The API economy is booming because it allows businesses to be more agile, innovative, and customer-centric. APIs give companies the flexibility to offer services they wouldn’t have been able to in the past. A clothing retailer can offer point-of-sale (POS) financing without becoming a bank, or a fitness app can offer health insurance with the click of a button.
Think about Klarna, a company that’s become a household name by offering “buy now, pay later” services. Klarna partners with thousands of retailers, allowing them to provide flexible payment options directly within their checkout process. The retailer doesn’t have to worry about the complexities of lending—it’s all handled by Klarna’s Embedded Finance platform through APIs.
This creates a win-win situation: customers get more flexible payment options, and retailers can drive conversions without any of the financial headaches.
How Embedded Finance is Connecting Customers to the World
Embedded Finance is all about breaking down barriers between industries and creating better, more holistic experiences for customers. And it’s not just about payments—it extends to lending, insurance, and even investments.
Take Revolut, the digital bank that started as a foreign exchange app but now offers everything from insurance to cryptocurrency trading. By using APIs to embed these financial services into their platform, Revolut has transformed into an all-in-one financial hub. Customers don’t need to visit different apps or websites for banking, insurance, or investments – they can do it all within Revolut.
The world of e-commerce has certainly embraced the world of embedded finance, Shopify, the e-commerce platform, has built it directly into its ecosystem. Through its Shopify Capital programme, the company offers its merchants quick access to business loans. This seamless integration is made possible by APIs, allowing Shopify to assess a merchant’s financial data and offer lending without the need for the merchant to seek out external financing. It’s fast, convenient, and keeps businesses within the Shopify ecosystem, further strengthening customer loyalty.
A New Level of Personalisation
This is more than just making payments easier – it’s about giving customers a more personalised, seamless experience. By tapping into financial data, businesses can offer products and services that really hit the mark for each individual.
Take travel apps like Skyscanner, for example. They’ve made things super convenient by embedding travel insurance right into the booking process, so, when you’re booking a flight, you can easily add travel insurance without even leaving the app. It’s all about creating a one-stop shop that gives you exactly what you need, right when you need it.
The Future
The API economy, particularly in the realm of Embedded Finance, is just getting started. Over the next few years, we can expect to see more industries leveraging this technology to enhance their offerings and create richer customer experiences. Everything from health tech to real estate is ripe for disruption.
However, it’s not just about jumping on the bandwagon. Companies need to be strategic about how they implement embedded finance. It’s not a one-size-fits-all solution, and it’s crucial to understand how these services align with your business goals and customer needs.
The rise of the API economy and embedded finance is opening up new doors for businesses and customers alike. By embedding financial services into non-financial platforms, companies are not only streamlining operations but also creating more value for their customers.
Embedded Finance is already making waves across industries, from retail to tech, and the businesses that are brave enough to embrace it are positioning themselves at the cutting edge of this transformation. For customers, it’s opening the door to a world that’s more connected, convenient, and tailored to their needs. It’s not about whether embedded finance will change the way we do business – it’s about how quickly it’s happening, and which companies are ready to step up and lead the charge.
So, whether you’re running an e-commerce business, developing a tech platform, or simply thinking about how to better serve your customers, it’s time to consider how embedded finance can connect your customers to the world in ways you never thought possible.
Meet, greet, and learn from fellow IT professionals at VISIONS CIO + CISO Leadership Summit on the 28th to the 30th of April 2025. At the Allianz Stadium in London, you’ll discover the newest solutions and strategies on the market, while making meaningful connections with your peers.
SHARE THIS STORY
Over the course of the VISIONS event, attendees will have access to over 30 presentations and eight different sessions, as well as panels involving numerous expert speakers, and peer-to-peer roundtables.
Interface Magazine is thrilled to announce that our magazine is a media partner of VISIONS UK! For the CIO + CISO Leadership Summit, VISIONS is offering a VIP code for our readership. Secure your free pass here and use the code INTF-VIP for the full VIP experience!
Taking the challenge out of change
The pressure to modernise is at an all-time high, but the VISIONS CIO + CISO Leadership Summit provides a welcoming and informative atmosphere for you to learn about updating your systems, tackling cybersecurity threats, and building AI strategies.
The event is reserved for executives, and aims to support your professional and departmental goals across the board. The programme is tailored to enlighten, educate, and support CIOs and CISOs in their technology journeys.
Agenda
Eight sessions
30+ presentations
30+ speakers across panels, fireside chats and peer-to-peer roundtables
Alongside your free pass, use the VIP code INTF-VIP to also gain access to the following:
Complimentary accommodation for one night
On-site food and drinks provided
Multiple networking receptions with open bar
Travel reimbursement
Designed to address your challenges
This event aims to put an end to the usual wandering around the exhibition hall in order to find the information you want. During registration, you’ll have the chance to explain the current challenges you’re facing in business, and Visions will do the hard work in arranging meetings with a tailored set of solutions providers. You’ll be connected directly with the people who can help, in a bespoke, no-pressure environment.
Register today! Click here to book, and use our unique media partner code for VIP treatment: INTF-VIP
The UK-Australia Insurtech Pathway has been introduced as a joint effort to support insurance technology firms seeking expansion opportunities in…
SHARE THIS STORY
The UK-Australia Insurtech Pathway has been introduced as a joint effort to support insurance technology firms seeking expansion opportunities in both markets.
The programme was launched in Australia on 18 February 2025, while a launch event is scheduled in the UK on 20 March 2025.
It has been developed through a partnership between the UK’s Department for Business and Trade (DBT), Insurtech UK, and Insurtech Australia. The initiative is designed to help Insurtech companies navigate regulatory frameworks, establish business operations and connect with investors and industry stakeholders.
InsurTech Pathway
The pathway will offer structured support to selected firms looking to enter either market, addressing key challenges related to compliance, business development, and market integration.
The UK and Australia both have well-established insurance sectors that encourage innovation through regulatory structures and technology adoption.
The Insurtech Pathway aims to lower entry barriers for firms by providing targeted guidance and fostering industry collaboration.
The initiative builds on the UK-Australia Free Trade Agreement (FTA), which took effect on May 31, 2023. The agreement is intended to reduce trade restrictions and facilitate easier market entry for businesses, including through streamlined visa pathways, expanded access to government procurement, and lower investment barriers.
Facilitating cross-border market access
Louise Cantillon, Deputy Trade Commissioner for Australia and New Zealand, said the initiative reflects both regions’ commitment to strengthening trade ties in financial services and technology:
“By working together, we can unlock new opportunities for insurtech companies in both markets, driving innovation and supporting job creation.”
Insurtech UK CEO Melissa Collett said the initiative aligns with UK firms’ interest in the Australian market:
“Insurtechs consistently feedback to us on their appetite for the Australian market due to its strong insurance industry, wide-spread insurance uptake and anglophone ties.”
Simone Dossetor, CEO of Insurtech Australia, further highlighted the pathway’s benefits:
“The UK is the top-rated market for global expansion for our insurtech members and with Australia being the fourth largest market for Lloyd’s there are strong synergies between the two regions.”
The program will provide tailored support, including regulatory and compliance guidance, networking with insurers and investors, trade delegations, and engagement with key regulatory authorities to streamline market entry.
EY Insurance Leaders: Isabelle Santenac (Global), Jeff Gill (Americas), Anita Sun-Young Bong (Asia-Pacific) & Philip Vermeulen (EMEIA)
Published
7 March 2025
Estimated Read time
6Mins
EY Insurance Leaders Isabelle Santenac (Global), Jeff Gill (Americas), Anita Sun-Young Bong (Asia-Pacific) & Philip Vermeulen (EMEIA) present EY’s Global Insurance Outlook 2025 report. Learn how insurers can embrace InsurTech to accelerate value creation from gaps to gains
SHARE THIS STORY
Even as shifting global dynamics challenge insurers, EY’s 2025 Global Insurance Outlook Report shows there have never been more viable paths to innovation-led growth across the industry. Indeed, the huge gaps in protections against cyber and climate threats – with 99% of losses from cyberattacks and 60% from natural disasters uninsured – plus the massive shortfall in retirement savings present compelling value creation opportunities. Strategically orienting the enterprise around richer data and fully modernised technology is one critical step.
Uninsured Losses
99% of losses from cyber-attacks are uninsured
60% of losses from natural catastrophes are uninsured
But whether insurers prioritise new product development, M&A or geographic expansion in their growth strategies, a few key actions can unlock growth through innovation.
1. Design purposeful products
The biggest protection gaps – retirement savings and climate- are poised to get even bigger. The global retirement savings gap is set to grow from US$106 trillion in 2022 to US$483 trillion in 2025. Thanks to longer lifespans and aging populations worldwide, there is greater need for products that deliver income for older citizens. That’s how insurers can promote financial security across society.
The “silver tsunami” – the huge demographic wave of Baby Boomers reaching retirement age – will cause a spike in demand for financial estate planning services as well as life and health insurance augmented with wellness programs. In the US alone, those aged 65 and over will grow from 58 million in 2023 to 82 million in 2050. Leading insurers will need to position themselves for the coming transfer of assets by demonstrating clear value propositions.
Global Retirement Savings Gaps
$106t in 2022
$403t projected gap in 2050
Purpose can also provide the motivation to deliver climate solutions with more robust coverages and tailored prevention services for the huge populations – over 40% worldwide, according to Geneva Association – that live in high-risk areas. Strengthening climate protections necessitates rethinking traditional approaches to risk management, pricing and claims modelling. Purpose can also fuel positive collaborations and partnerships with governments and other stakeholders, an important step given the increasing likelihood of new government mandates.
US Citizens Aged 65+
58m in 2023
82m in 2025 (projected)
2. Personalise offerings to expand share of wallet
Usage-based products, modular add-on features and tailored pricing demonstrate to consumers that you are committed to serving their unique needs – a proven way to promote loyalty and engagement. Artificial intelligence (AI) tools can help in this area with tailored messaging, more accurate pricing and faster underwriting and binding processes.
On-demand coverage and real-time risk prevention are other ways that personalisation strategies can add value. AI and advanced analytics can also target the highest-potential customers for product bundles and other offerings that maximise customer value.
Technology Boost
10-25% increase in operating profits for insurers with successful data and analytics strategies
35% increase in employees’ underwriting capacity from generative AI (GenAI)-enabled automation
3. Seek innovation at scale
With a lean and highly automated operating environment, insurers can look to scale low-margin products to new segments via partners and ecosystems and other channels. The rapid expansion of embedded offerings demonstrates what’s possible.
Parametric insurance – policies that pay out when specific events occur – expands the type of attractive products insurers can deliver to new customers and is expected to grow to US$29.3 billion by 2031. Parametric solutions have gained traction in the agricultural industry and as protection against natural disasters, but can also be applied to business interruptions, supply chain disruptions and cyber-attacks.
Parametric Insurance Market Size
$11.7b in 2021
$29.3b in 2023
4. Use regulation as a prompt to innovate
The combination of more and more stringent rules in Europe and softening oversight in the US may create an unbalanced competitive playing field, with 61% of insurers cite evolving regulatory requirements as the top operational challenge for the year ahead. But firms that go beyond a minimalist, check-the-box approach may generate business value from their compliance programs.
Consider how the EU Financial Data Access (FiDA) legislation, slated to be enacted in 2025, paves the way for consent-based data sharing across pension, savings and nonlife insurance companies and products. That’s an invitation for firms seeking to expand their offerings. Similarly, the opportunity to participate in government pension schemes requires insurers to enhance their ability to share data securely and seamlessly. The Danish Compromise is reshaping the competitive landscape by creating new opportunities in bancassurance channels in Europe. Lastly, more detailed disclosure and reporting standards should prompt more automation and integration of data flows.
Regulation Prep
61% of insurers cite evolving regulatory requirements as the top operational challenge for the year ahead
5. Embrace a unified data strategy for the entire enterprise
Success in the digital age demands that every business have a unified data strategy – one that is comprehensive and led by the C-suite. Because better data underpins every aspect of the business and is crucial to innovation, the data and technology agenda must be driven by the CEO, rather than the IT team. Further, strategic planning and resource allocations – basically any and all senior management decisions – should be redesigned to reflect the richer data sets executives now have at their disposal.
A data strategy must reflect the need to harness the power of AI and other advanced technologies and define the necessary components of a flexible, future-ready data infrastructure. It will also need to establish appropriately robust governance models and controls environments for fully automated processes to ensure quality and build trust.
6. Commit to serving the underserved
What industry wouldn’t like to find tens of millions of new customers? For insurers, devising new solutions (e.g., micro coverages, starter policies) for just 1% of the estimated 4 billion underserved people worldwide could result in 40 million new customers, according to research from Forrester. Here again, it’s all about purpose – delivering protections to the people who need them most.
New products – more affordable, easier to buy and modify – hold the key. Parametric policies, microinsurance for smaller farmers and precise coverages for small businesses and gig workers are just a few of the ways to create value for underserved segments. Carriers in some emerging markets offer health and life insurance for as little as $0.20 per month. It will take bold strategic thinking and creative action to deliver what these customers want (and can afford), but the underserved (who contribute to the lion’s share of the worldwide protection gap) offer the biggest potential for insurers to sustain their solid bottom-line performance.
Serving the Underserved
40m projected new customers from engaging just 1% of the 4 billion uninsured, low-income people worldwide
Summary
Volatility and uncertainty – both within individual markets and across regions – define the global insurance industry to an extent not seen in decades. The run of economic prosperity and integration that benefitted the financial services sector for several decades seems gone forever. But insurers are uniquely qualified to create value during periods of instability. Those that target investments in AI-enabled tech and stronger data management capabilities to personalise communications and products will be able to create more value, create it faster and deliver it to more customers and communities than ever before.
Our maiden cover story follows the irresistible global rise of Revolut and the customer-focused growth agenda for the leading global…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our maiden cover story follows the irresistible global rise of Revolut and the customer-focused growth agenda for the leading global financial technology company.
Our cover story follows the irresistible global rise of Revolut. We hear from its Australia & NZ CEO Matt Baxby about the customer-focused growth agenda for the leading global financial technology company. “Traditional banks are great at putting their head in the clouds around strategy and what the vision for the future looks like. Where they really fail is translating that to what needs to happen in the next quarter to begin to realise that vision. And that’s where Revolut’s strengths lie, with a real orientation to action.”
ClearBank: A new era in Financial Services
We speak with ClearBank’s UK CEO, Emma Hagan, about how the digital bank is disrupting the market to deliver regulated banking infrastructure – at speed. “We are not encumbered by legacy platforms, systems or technology and don’t have to battle outdated processes. Everything was built new based on what our clients need from an infrastructure-type bank in the market.”
NatWest: Banking open for all
Head of Group Payment Strategy, Lee McNabb, explains how a customer-centric vision, allied with a culture of innovation, is positioning NatWest at the heart of UK plc’s Open Banking revolution: “The market we live in is largely digital, but we have to be where customers are and meet their needs where they want them to be met. That could be in physical locations, through our app, or that could be leveraging the data we have to give them better bespoke insights. The important thing is balance… At NatWest, we’ll keep pushing the envelope on payments for a clear view of the bigger picture with banking that’s open for everyone.”
EBRD: People, Purpose & Technology
We speak with the European Bank for Reconstruction & Development’s Managing Director for Information Technology, Subhash Chandra Jose. With the help of Hexaware’s innovation, his team are delivering a transformation programme to support the bank’s global investment efforts: “The sweet spot for EBRD is a triangular union of purpose, people, and technology all coming together. This gives me energy to do something innovative every day to positively impact my team and our work for the organisation across our countries of operation. Ultimately, if we don’t get the technology basics right, we can’t best utilise the funds we have to make a real difference across the bank’s global efforts.”
Innovation Group: Enabling the future of Insurance
“What we’ve achieved at Innovation Group is truly disruptive,” reflects Group Chief Technology Officer James Coggin. “Our acquisition by one of the world’s largest insurance companies validated the strategy we pursued with our Gateway platform. We put the platform at the heart of an ecosystem of insurers, service providers and their customers. It has proved to be a powerful approach.”
OSB Group: Building the bank of the future
Group Chief Transformation Officer Matt Baillie talks to Interface about maintaining the soul of a FinTech with the gravitas of a FTSE business during a full stack tech transformation at OSB Group. “We’ve found the balance between making sure we maintain regulatory compliance and keeping up with customer expectations while making the required propositional changes to keep pace with markets on our existing savings and lending platforms.”
Begbies Traynor Group: A strategic approach to digital transformation
We learn how Begbies Traynor Group is taking a strategic approach to digital transformation… Group CIO Andy Harper talks to Interface about building cultural consensus, innovation, addressing tech debt and scaling with AI: “My approach to IT leadership involves creating enough headroom to handle transformation while keeping the lights on.”
MoneyLIVE Summit is coming to London’s Business Design Centre March 10-11. Book your tickets now!
SHARE THIS STORY
Hosted in the FinTech capital of the world, MoneyLIVE Summit is the global payments and banking event bringing together industry leaders at the top of their game. This is where ground-breaking partnerships are forged, where innovation is accelerated and where the brightest ideas are born.
MoneyLIVE Summit sets the agenda for the future of banking and payments
For over 30 years, MoneyLIVE has brought together the movers and shakers of the banking and payments industry. Through impactful conferences, webinars, reports, roundtables and digital content.
Join 1500+ attendees and hear from 200 expert speakers across five stages. Revolut’s UK CEO Dr Francesca Carlesi, Lloyds Banking Group COO Ron van Kemenade, Standard Chartered UK CEO Saif Malik, ABN-AMRO’s CDO Jorissa Neutelings and Groupe Crédit Agricole Group COO Philippe Coue are among the baking leaders sharing insights across Payments Infrastructure, Digital ID, AI & Operations, CX, Digital currencies and Blockchain, Open Banking and much more.
“An unmissable event for those serious about banking and payments transformation.” Global Head of Strategy & Innovation, ING
Startup City
Welcome to Startup City, the innovation epicentre of MoneyLIVE Summit 2025. This designated hub is designed to accelerate start-up and scale-up growth, featuring a dynamic stage, exclusive networking zone, and high-impact deal booths.
If you’re on the hunt for funding, seeking scaleup opportunities, or looking to forge distribution partnerships, you’ve found your ultimate arena.
Tech Show London is coming to Excel March 12-13. Register for your free ticket now!
SHARE THIS STORY
Unlock unparalleled value with a single ticket that gets you free access to five industry-leading technology shows. Welcome to Cloud & AI Infrastructure, DevOps Live, Cloud & Cyber Security Expo, Big Data & AI World, and Data Centre World.
Tech Show London has it all. Don’t miss this immersive journey into the latest trends and innovations.
Discover tomorrow’s tech today
Unleash Potential, Embrace the Future. Hear from the greatest tech minds, all in one place.
Dive into a world where cutting-edge ideas shape your tomorrow. Tech Show London is the epicentre of technology innovation in London and beyond, hosting the brightest minds in technology, AI, cyber security, DevOps, and cloud all under one roof.
The Mainstage Theatre is not just a stage; it’s a launchpad for innovative ideas. Witness a stellar lineup featuring world-renowned experts from across the tech stack, influential C-level executives, key government figures, and the vanguards of AI and cybersecurity. All ready to share ideas set to rock the industry.
GLOBAL INSPIRATION, LOCAL IMPACT
Seize the opportunity to be inspired by global visionaries. Furthermore, with speakers from the UK, USA, and beyond, prepare to be inspired by transformative concepts and actionable strategies from technology insiders, ensuring your business stays ahead in an ever-evolving technology landscape.
Where the future of technology takes the stage
Secure your competitive edge at Tech Show London, the UK’s award-winning convergence of the industry’s brightest tech minds.
On 12-13 March 2025, gain vital foresight into the disruptive technologies reshaping your market, and position your organisation at the forefront of technology’s next frontier.
If you’re defining your business’s tech roadmap, register for your free ticket to join us at Excel London.
Brendan Thorpe, Customer Success Manager at Auriga, on how banks can gain valuable insights from ATM data
SHARE THIS STORY
Everyday customer interactions with ATMs or ASSTs to withdraw cash or check their account means these touchpoints emit hundreds of thousands of data points per day. This data holds the answers to how customers interact with those end points and how they are performing. However, currently this data is not being fully analysed or harnessed at all.
Data Analytics
This is surprising when you consider how better data analytics is widely understood to be crucial to enable banks to stay ahead of the competition. Indeed, one major study found that nearly half (48 percent) of banking executives globally agreed on this. However, many do little with it. The data which is harvested from the self-service banking network, including ATMs and ASSTs, is a critical way for banks to lower their operational costs. At the same time it can improve their offerings and increase their bottom line.
Real-time data collection and analysis is more than just critical for managing operational costs. It also plays a significant role in how banks realise their omnichannel ambitions to improve customer engagement and experience. For this to be successful, banks must leverage tools which provide actionable insights into performance across a number of channels including in-person services, ATMs, online and apps. The insights which are collected on these channels provide a complete and integrated picture of banking performance across all touchpoints.
Actionable Insights from Data
No matter how a customer interacts with the bank, every touchpoint provides large amounts of data which can be collected, sorted, and analysed for actionable insights. However, taking this information from raw data and transforming it into valuable insights is a challenge for many financial services organisations.
To do this, it involves strong data management and analytics processes and end-to-end mapping of all self-service banking channels, in-person and online. Real-time insights are also key to understanding how the network is performing and how customers are interacting with the endpoints. Importantly, this information must be easily accessed throughout the organisation. Doing this will enable the bank to identify if there are any inefficiencies or issues throughout the network which can be fixed swiftly, with minimal disruption to services.
Significantly, with real-time monitoring, banks can see any attacks on their services or endpoints from threat actors. The sensors are not only on the ATM. Those around the machines will be able to collect any interactions with the endpoints and in the surrounding area. For the most part, the sensors will pick up harmless interactions, but other times this may be an indicator that a threat actor was trying to take money out of the machine. As such, collecting, sorting, and analysing real-time data from the sensors can protect the bank and their customers and mitigate any harmful threats.
Furthermore, predictive analytics and continuous monitoring will enable banks to forecast the future performance of each touchpoint. Banks are able to apply specific parameters. Depending on their current business objectives they can better understand how each service channel is forecasted to perform in a specific situation.
How advanced analytics is transforming banking
As budgets tighten with rising costs, banks need to approach their ATM networks in a smarter way to optimise cash management and data forecasting. Real-time data tracking gives banks a greater understanding into customer behaviour. This is key to service performance improvements, including knowing in real time whether the ATM self-service interface is working or not. However, banks must get their data right, before they lean on the insights.
From real-time monitoring of customer interactions, financial services institutions can collect data based on the transaction flow, which can indicate if there is a better way for customers to complete their transaction. This will allow banks to see where network inefficiencies lie and then drive a culture of continuous improvement. The ATM is a vital touchpoint for a full omnichannel service, so banks leveraging data in the right way will ensure that the endpoint and the network are more user friendly.
Moreover, real-time tracking will also enable banks to predict when cash cartridges need to be replenished. As such, this will ensure there is enough cash in the machines for customers, and be able to better forecast how much cash the endpoint will need. This creates efficiencies around how banks deliver cash to the machines that need it. It reduces their Cash-In-Transit (CIT), security, interest and insurance costs.
Digital Transformation
To make sure that banks are making the most out of the data, they should leverage a dynamic, industry-specific banking business analytics platform. This should be available to all in the business and be able to seamlessly integrate into their current systems. The platform must collect and analyse the data in real-time from all key touchpoints in a bank’s network. Importantly, this data should be converted into usable insights for customer behaviour and performance metrics for the ATM. This will enable banks to adapt their offerings to changes in customer needs and market conditions. This will place banks on the front foot so they can focus investment in the up-and-coming areas.
The banking industry shows no signs of slowing down when it comes to digital transformation and development. The key here is to understand how all service channels, in-person and online, are performing to ensure customer demands are met. The way to do this is through leveraging real-time insights and data analytics. Financial services organisations must transform their approach to self-service banking strategies as data analytics is not only a driver of competitiveness, but also of long-term success.
Parag Pawar, Partner – Banking & Financial Services, on how Hexaware’s services and platforms can streamline any transformation journey
SHARE THIS STORY
Parag and his team at Hexaware have been working closely with the European Bank for Reconstruction & Development (EBRD) on a digital transformation program focused on the bank’s Compass ERP program.
This ongoing collaboration is set to scale to meet EBRD’s future needs says Parag: “Hexaware’s strategy is based on building and deploying AI-infused technology platforms. With our talented and passionate workforce, we are uniquely positioned to enable transformation.”
Why Hexaware?
With 32,000+ professionals across Asia Pacific, Europe, and the Americas, Hexaware—backed by The Carlyle Group—delivers a blend of deep domain expertise and transformative technologies.
Its proprietary platforms help address the unique challenges of financial services and FinTech:
RapidX™: Accelerates software engineering and code analysis, enabling legacy modernization and faster time-to-market.
Amaze®: This platform simplifies cloud migrations and helps customers streamline their cloud operations and leverage the potential of AI.
Tensai®: Drives automation, streamlining workflows and enhancing operational efficiency.
But technology is just part of the equation – expertise drives transformation. From modernising legacy systems to deploying intelligent automation, Hexaware’s tailored approach helps ensure that solutions align with your business goals.
Hexaware strives for a record of delivering scalable growth, reducing costs, and elevating customer experiences. Whether you’re an established financial leader or an emerging FinTech innovator, Hexaware looks forward to be your partner for thriving in the digital era.
Hexaware: Shaping the future of financial services, one solution at a time
“A CIO will only be as successful as the team and the partnerships they build around them. It’s why we chose Hexaware as the strategic partner for our Compass program, EBRD’s ERP transformation. Having the right partner to work closely with us is key to any successful change journey within an IT organisation. You can’t run a bank at the scale of EBRD without this type of partnership. The nuances required, the skill they’re offering along with the design thinking and innovation they’re able to bring to the table in a short space of time is truly impressive. We’re counting on Hexaware to continue making a big impact.”
Subhash Chandra Jose, Managing Director for Information Technology, EBRD
Click here to read more about EBRD’s journey towards delivering a transformation programme to support the bank’s global investment efforts
Head of Group Payment Strategy, Lee McNabb, explains how a customer-centric vision, allied with a culture of innovation, is positioning NatWest at the heart of UK plc’s Open Banking revolution: “The market we live in is largely digital, but we have to be where customers are and meet their needs where they want them to be met. That could be in physical locations, through our app, or that could be leveraging the data we have to give them better bespoke insights. The important thing is balance… At NatWest, we’ll keep pushing the envelope on payments for a clear view of the bigger picture with banking that’s open for everyone.”
EBRD: People, Purpose & Technology
We speak with the European Bank for Reconstruction & Development’s Managing Director for Information Technology, Subhash Chandra Jose. With the help of Hexaware’s innovation, his team are delivering a transformation programme to support the bank’s global investment efforts: “The sweet spot for EBRD is a triangular union of purpose, people, and technology all coming together. This gives me energy to do something innovative every day to positively impact my team and our work for the organisation across our countries of operation. Ultimately, if we don’t get the technology basics right, we can’t best utilise the funds we have to make a real difference across the bank’s global efforts.”
Begbies Traynor Group: A strategic approach to digital transformation
We learn how Begbies Traynor Group is taking a strategic approach to digital transformation… Group CIO Andy Harper talks to Interface about building cultural consensus, innovation, addressing tech debt and scaling with AI: “My approach to IT leadership involves creating enough headroom to handle transformation while keeping the lights on.”
University of Cinicinnati: Where innovation comes to life
Bharath Prabhakaran, Chief Digital Officer and Vice President at the University of Cincinnati (UC), on technology, innovation and impact, and how a passion for education underpins his team’s work. “The foundation of any digital transformation in my opinion is people, process, technology – in that order,” he states. “People and culture are always the most challenging areas to evolve because you’re changing mindset and behaviour; process comes a close second as in most organisations people are wedded to legacy ways of working. In some respects, technology is the easy part, you always implement the tools but they’ll not be effective if you don’t have the right people and processes.”
IT: A personal career retrospective
It’s fascinating, looking back at something as complex and profoundly impactful as IT. And for Claudé Zamboni, who is preparing to retire after over 40 years in the sector, it’s been an incredible time to be deeply involved in technology. “There have been monumental changes from when I first entered IT, where it was basically a black box,” says Zamboni. “People didn’t know what the IT team was doing, and those in IT would just handle problems without telling anyone how. It only started to become more egalitarian when the internet got more pervasive. We realised that with information being available everywhere, we would lose the centralisation function of IT. But that was okay, because data is universal.”
Luke Kyohere, Group Chief Product and Innovation Officer at Onafriq, on payments innovations to look out for this year
SHARE THIS STORY
The global payments landscape is undergoing a rapid transformation. New technologies coupled with the rising demand for seamless, secure, and efficient transactions has spurred on an exciting new era of innovation and growth. With 2025 fast approaching, here are important trends that will shape the future of payments:
1.The rise of real-time payments
Until recently, real-time payments have been used in Africa for cross-border mobile money payments, but less so for traditional payments. At OnAfriq, we are seeing companies like Mastercard investing in this area, as well as central banks in Africa putting focus on this.
2. Cashless payments will increase
In 2025, we will see the continued acceleration of cashless payments across Africa. B2B payments in particular will also increase. Digital payments began between individuals but are now becoming commonplace for larger corporate transactions.
3. Digital currency will hit mainstream
In the cryptocurrency space, we will see an increase in the use of stablecoins like United States Digital Currency (USDC) and Tether (USDT) which are linked to US dollars. These will come to replace traditional cryptocurrencies as their price point is more stable. This year, many countries will begin preparing for Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs), government-backed digital currencies which use Blockchain. The increased uptake of digital currencies reflects the maturity of distributed ledger technology and improved API availability.
4. Increased government oversight
As adoption of digital currencies will increase, governments will also put more focus into monitoring these flows. In particular, this will centre on companies and banks rather than individuals. The goal of this will be to control and occasionally curb runaway foreign exchange (FX) rates.
5. Business leaders buy into AI technology
In 2025, we will see many business leaders buying into AI through respected providers relying on well-researched platforms and huge data sets. Most companies don’t have the budget to invest in their own research and development in AI. Therefore, many are now opting to ‘buy’ into the technology rather than ‘build’ it themselves. Moreover, many businesses are concerned about the risks associated with data ownership and accuracy so buying software is another way to avoid this risk.
6. Continued AI Adoption in Payments
In payments, the proliferation of AI will continue to improve user experience and increase security. To detect fraud, AI is used to track patterns and payment flows in real time. If unusual activity is detected, the technology can be used to flag or even block payments which may be fraudulent. When it comes to user experience, we will also see AI being used to improve the interface design of payment platforms. The technology will also increasingly be used for translation for international payments platforms.
7. Rise of Super Apps
To get more from their platforms, mobile network operators are building comprehensive service platforms. These integrate multiple payment experiences into a single app. This reflects the shift of many users moving from text-based services to mobile apps. Rather than offering a single service, super apps are packing many other services into a single app. For example, apps which may have previously been used primarily for lending, now have options for saving and paying bills.
8. Business strategy shift
Recent major technological changes will force business leaders to focus on much shorter prediction and reaction cycles. Because the rate of change has been unprecedented in the past year, this will force decision-makers to adapt quickly, be decisive and nimble. As the payments space evolves, businesses, banks, and governments must continually embrace innovation, collaboration, and prioritise customer needs. These efforts build a more inclusive, secure, and efficient payment system that supports local to global economic growth – enabling true financial inclusion across borders.
Aviva, one of the UK’s leading insurance, wealth and retirement businesses, has chosen AutoRek, a leader in automated reconciliations, as its…
SHARE THIS STORY
Aviva, one of the UK’s leading insurance, wealth and retirement businesses, has chosen AutoRek, a leader in automated reconciliations, as its reconciliation and CASS tool.
The collaboration will ensure greater efficiency and compliance through automation. Aviva will leverage AutoRek’s end-to-end platform to implement a fully audited, rules-driven reconciliation process, ensuring complete transparency for CASS auditors and internal stakeholders.
With AutoRek, Aviva will gain an improved automated solution for client money and regulatory reporting, reducing the manual effort and inherent risk associated with manual processing.
This new capability will enable Aviva to reduce operational inefficiencies, streamline compliance, and enhance overall financial control.
“Aviva is dedicated to investing in technology to further our growth strategy. Following an extensive tender process, we were highly impressed with the quality of the AutoRek tool. The implementation of the AutoRek solution will streamline our processes and allows us to confidently address future scalability and volume requirements.”
Chris Golland, Head of CASS & Middle Office, Aviva
“We’re thrilled to onboard Aviva as a client to the AutoRek platform, empowering them to achieve greater efficiency and accuracy in their operations. Together, we’re driving innovation and setting new benchmarks for financial excellence.”
Nick Botha, Payments Lead at AutoRek, on meeting customer expectations for faster, cheaper and more transparent cross-border payments
SHARE THIS STORY
As international trade and e-commerce continues to expand, cross-border payments have grown substantially. According to the latest report from EY, global cross-border payments are growing at around 9% annually. And they are expected to reach $290tn by 2030. As the digital economy continues to expand, the demand for more efficient, secure, and inclusive payment systems becomes crucial. The shift from traditional T+2 and T+1 settlement periods to real-time payments has already reshaped domestic transactions. Setting the stage for a similar revolution in cross-border payments.
Whilst there is plenty of opportunity for cross-border payments, sending and receiving payments can be a complex and challenging process. This is due to rising data volumes, fragmented systems, and different regulations across multiple territories. So, how can businesses best prepare for the evolving cross-border payments environment?
Breaking down the barriers for cross-border payments
It’s no secret that achieving real-time cross-border payments involves complexities beyond technology alone. Regulatory challenges are a significant hurdle. Multiple financial institutions across different countries have distinct rules around payments, fraud detection, and compliance. For example, the stringent regulations of the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) contrasts with the relatively flexible approach of the US Federal Reserve. This diversity in regulations can lead to inefficiencies, increased costs, and compliance burdens. Harmonising these regulations will be crucial for creating a seamless global payment network.
In addition, cross-border payments often take several days to process through traditional banking systems. This can be due to time zones, inefficient processes and the involvement of multiple intermediaries, including correspondent banks, and local financial institutions. Each intermediary adds time and cost to the transaction, and the entire process can take between two to five days. For businesses, these delays can disrupt cash flow, complicate supply chain management, and create issues with paying vendors and employees promptly. Worryingly, the delay can prove hugely problematic for SME’s who often operate with tighter cash reserves and need more immediate access to funds.
Furthermore, businesses engaged in cross-border transactions must also navigate the complexities of fluctuating exchange rates. Currency exchange rates can change dramatically, influencing the cost and value of transactions. This could lead to financial losses if a payment is delayed or if a favourable exchange rate changes before the transaction is processed.
Unlocking potential by reducing complexity
To overcome cross-border challenges, G20 leaders endorsed a roadmap for enhancing payments globally in 2020. This initiative set out to address the four key challenges related to cost, speed, access, and transparency. Therefore, paving the way for a more efficient and inclusive financial ecosystem. For example, the G20 aims for 75% of cross-border payments to be credited with the beneficiary within an hour by 2027. The past couple of years have undoubtedly brought major milestones with respect to this roadmap. Most notably, SWIFT has been a central figure in traditional cross-border payments. It provides a standardised network for financial institutions to send and receive information about transactions.
The challenges faced by businesses with cross-border payments has unlocked new opportunities for financial institutions to develop innovative solutions. FinTechs are leveraging advanced technology, including blockchain, artificial intelligence (AI), and digital currencies, to make cross-border payments faster, cheaper, and more transparent. Blockchain and cryptocurrencies are often cited as potential game changers in cross-border payments due to their ability to eliminate the need for intermediaries, whilst enabling instant and transparent transactions. For example, Ripple, one of the leading blockchain-based payment networks, uses its RippleNet platform to facilitate payments between countries. This provides faster and more cost-effective payments.
Cross-border payments traditionally have been more complex than domestic transactions due to multiple intermediaries. Furthermore, it’s important to note ongoing international collaboration will be crucial to ensuring cross-border payments remain seamless, secure, and inclusive. This opportunity can be maximised through automatic reconciliation. By automating the processing of high volumes of date from cross-border payments, businesses can remove the distractions of mismatched information, fraud concerns and accounting hold-ups. It also manages inbound payments, outbound payments, and inter-currency transfers through a centralised framework. This enables businesses to gain complete visibility of the data.
Opportunities on the horizon for cross-border payments
The pace of change within the payments and wider fintech industry is showing no signs of slowing down. Customer expectations for faster, cheaper and more transparent payments are driving change across the sector. It’s certainly an exciting time for the industry, but financial institutions cannot afford to rest on their laurels. Further growth can be found on the horizon for those who are equipped with the right knowledge to be able to pursue cross-border payments effectively.
Ben Parker, CEO at eflow Global, on how consolidating information can help organisations achieve a comprehensive view of their regulatory compliance
SHARE THIS STORY
When it comes to compliance, financial institutions are constantly navigating a landscape that is not only highly complex, but also in a state of perpetual flux. Firms must ensure that they are meeting the current standards set by regulators. Furthermore, they must also stay ahead of the curve in a world where regulations are continuously evolving. It’s about keeping up with the rapid advancement of technology, particularly in areas like artificial intelligence. It reshapes both the methods of regulatory enforcement and the strategies employed by those who seek to circumvent the rules.
Accordingly, the importance of technology and data in compliance strategies is ever increasing. Traditional approaches, such as manual data entry and analysis, are increasingly inadequate in meeting the demands of modern regulations. Just look at the frequency and granularity of data reporting that is needed for the EMIR Refit regulations as a practical example.
However, as financial firms have recognised this shift and turned to technology as the solution, the transition has brought new problems of its own. Namely, the fragmentation of data across disparate, siloed systems. So, how do firms solve this issue?
The data fragmentation problem in compliance
The issue of data fragmentation has become a common occurrence in compliance. Firms are often deploying multiple technology solutions to manage their regulatory obligations. Across areas such as trade surveillance, eComms surveillance, best execution and transaction reporting. As a result, they often find themselves grappling with data silos caused by using multiple, disconnected systems.
While these tools are often very good at specific tasks, a lack of data integration between systems will harm a firm’s overarching compliance efforts. These platforms, if sourced from different vendors, may not be able to share data between one another. This ultimately undermines their effectiveness, negating the operational efficiency technology is supposed to add.
The use of multiple systems by firms can happen for a variety of reasons. For example, legacy technology that has been in place for a number of years, the need to comply with different regulations as the business has scaled and changes in regulatory strategy. Moreover, you also need to consider that reporting formats can differ between regions, as can protocols for monitoring market abuse. When you combine all of these variables, it means only one thing – identifying non-compliant activity is trickier for firms to achieve, as is demonstrating compliance to regulators.
This is a major problem as, perhaps more than ever before, different areas of compliance overlap. For example, being able to monitor suspicious messages shared through digital communications channels could help identify instances of market abuse. Or predict when it might take place. This relies on a firm being able to map its trade data over eComms surveillance data to create a complete picture of the activity. Without being able to do this, firms would have to spend huge amounts of time and resources manually cross-referencing data from separate systems. In turn this increases the risk of human error and the danger of breaching regulations.
Why a holistic system supports compliance
Rather than having to implement complex and costly integrations between in-house and third party apps, a holistic compliance platform can provide the seamless flow of data between various sources via straight-through processing. This creates a real-time overview of compliance processes and streamlines workflows, reducing human errors and enhancing efficiency.
With such technology in place, firms have a central digital hub from which to manage their holistic regulatory strategy. If chosen wisely, additional modules can be easily added and integrated to meet new regulatory requirements as they emerge. This allows firms to scale more effectively.
This ‘single source of truth’ also enables compliance professionals to have a broader understanding of trading activity taking place across their organisation. It also facilitates improved sharing of information between different departments, trading desks and regional offices. This ‘joined up’ approach is likely to become even more important. As the financial landscape becomes increasingly interconnected this will be incredibly challenging to achieve without a centralised digital platform.
New regulations such as EMIR Refit require significant extra reporting requirements. The sheer amount of data and the speed with which it needs to be processed means such automation and integration tools are crucial. Moreover, in such a digitally diverse landscape, a holistic system allows companies to assess the numerous data points needed to be compliant without any regulatory gaps.
A future non-negotiable
While many firms are currently grappling with multiple compliance systems and data silos, employing a centralised system will become a non-negotiable in the future of compliance. Not only are regulations constantly changing, but trading strategies are evolving even quicker. This means that instances of market abuse, driven by trends like growing interest in digital assets and AI-powered trading, are only likely to increase. If firms are hindered by disparate compliance systems, they leave themselves open to significant regulatory risk.
The underlying challenge for companies is to find ways to maintain compliance and keep on top of changing regulations while also ensuring these efforts do not place an unnecessary strain on resources. In the face of these challenges, a holistic compliance system offers the simple solution to striking this balance – it enhances the efficiency, accuracy, adaptability and overall effectiveness of regulatory processes. Crucially, it is clear that regulators have growing expectations of firms to take a proactive approach to this challenge.
A centralised regulatory system also sets firms up to integrate more advanced tools like AI. There are already highly sophisticated compliance tools that have integrated features like natural language processing to ‘translate’ messages and link suspicious communication to abusive trading. The more comprehensive and diverse the data, the better these models work at analysing trends and spotting abuse.
A holistic solution to a complex compliance challenge
While a firm’s intention may be to drive efficiency, the adoption of compliance technology without a coherent strategy can in fact create more issues. If compliance systems can’t communicate effectively with each other, errors creep into datasets and gaps in regulatory processes appear. This means firms risk breaching regulations and suffering greater market abuse, with both outcomes bringing financial and reputational damage.
The key lies in integrating these disparate data sources into a single, cohesive, holistic system. By consolidating information, businesses can achieve a comprehensive view of their regulatory compliance. Therefore, reducing the need for cumbersome IT infrastructure and ensuring they remain agile in the face of ongoing regulatory changes. Ultimately, a holistic system simplifies a regulatory and trading landscape that is increasingly varied and complex.
James Butland, VP – Payment Network at Mangopay, on meeting the needs of the gig economy with Embedded Finance payment solutions
SHARE THIS STORY
Specialised payment solutions supported by Embedded Finance have become essential for supporting the gig economy. They offer speed, accessibility, and security in financial transactions.
The global gig economy is forecast to reach a value of $1847 billion by 2032, reflecting its rapid expansion and impact on the workforce. This growth has unlocked flexibility and autonomy for workers. Furthermore, it has also introduced unique financial challenges, particularly in payment systems. With so many platforms available for freelancers, each one strives to offer the best experience. To succeed in the competitive world of the gig economy and handle changes in demand and pricing, platforms need to adapt fast.
Embedded Finance is a Transformative Force
Embedded Finance is emerging as a transformative force for gig workers. It simplifies payment processes and enhances financial management. Its impact is already evident in the streamlining of payments. Instead of waiting for traditional payroll cycles, gig workers can now access their earnings instantly. Empowering them with greater control over their finances. This approach not only alleviates cash flow challenges but also facilitates more effective ways of working for freelancers.
Moreover, Embedded Finance enables seamless partnerships with gig economy platforms. By integrating directly into these platforms, Embedded Finance solutions allow gig workers to manage all financial processes, from receiving payments to tracking earnings, without leaving the platform. For example, partnerships with wallet-based infrastructure providers enable secure, efficient fund dissemination. Meanwhile, laying the groundwork for additional revenue opportunities through wallet-facilitated transactions. This integration enhances both worker experience and platform capabilities, fostering a more cohesive gig economy ecosystem.
Flexible, Fast Payouts
The gig economy is global by nature, requiring financial solutions that can support businesses and workers across borders. Flexible FX infrastructure plays a crucial role in streamlining contractor management by ensuring seamless multi-currency payments, compliance, and administrative efficiency. This type of infrastructure empowers platforms to reduce operational costs and improve the overall user experience for both businesses and gig workers.
By leveraging modular and flexible FX solutions, employment and HR platforms can cater to specific use cases, such as managing international contractor payments. These solutions not only enable compliant and efficient transactions but also simplify processes. This allows businesses to focus on core operations while offering a seamless experience to their users. Such advancements highlight the potential of integrated financial technology to address complex cross-border payment needs effectively.
For gig workers, income can often be irregular, leading to cash flow uncertainties and financial stress. Specialised payment solutions, powered by Embedded Finance, address this by enabling instant payouts. By integrating low-fee processing and real-time transaction capabilities, these platforms bypass the delays of traditional payroll systems. This provides workers with immediate access to their earnings.
The ability to access income in real time is more than a convenience; it is a critical lifeline for workers managing daily expenses, emergencies, or reinvestment in their work. This advancement significantly enhances financial stability, helping to sustain the gig economy as a viable career path.
Digital Wallets
A substantial number of gig workers operate outside conventional banking systems, lacking access to savings accounts, credit, or other essential financial services. Digital wallets and cross-border payment capabilities, key elements of Embedded Finance, are integral to addressing this gap. These tools allow gig workers to securely store and manage their funds, receive payments in multiple currencies, and make transactions with ease.
Additionally, digital wallets serve as more than just repositories for funds. They can include features such as budgeting tools, savings trackers, and credit-building capabilities. These tools enable gig workers to manage their finances more effectively while opening up new opportunities for growth and security. For instance, workers can build credit profiles through wallet-based transaction histories, unlocking access to financial services that were previously out of reach.
Security and Growth
As the gig economy increasingly relies on digital platforms, the importance of secure and adaptable financial solutions cannot be overstated. AI insights and data-driven credit assessments are creating robust ecosystems tailored to the needs of gig workers.
AI powered advanced analytics are transforming the way gig workers manage their finances. These tools can identify financial trends and provide actionable insights tailored to the individual. For instance, they can recommend optimal saving strategies or suggest the best times to withdraw funds, enabling workers to make smarter financial decisions and reduce uncertainty in their income flow.
While data-driven credit assessments are breaking down traditional barriers to credit access for gig workers. With irregular income patterns, many gig workers struggle to secure loans or build credit through conventional means. Platforms are addressing this by using alternative data points—such as earnings history and payment behaviours—to create fair and accurate credit profiles. This innovation opens doors to financial opportunities that empower gig workers to achieve greater financial stability and growth.
By streamlining payments, integrating accessible financial tools, and leveraging cutting-edge innovations for security, these solutions address both immediate and long-term needs. Through continued innovation, the gig economy is poised to thrive as a flexible, inclusive, and dynamic component of the global financial system.
OnAfriq’s Amber Thetford, Chief Product Officer – Card issuing and processing, on how prepaid debit cards can enable companies to take advantage of of trade opportunities across the African continent
SHARE THIS STORY
As businesses seek to expand across African borders, cashless payment solutions offer a safer method of transferring money. Prepaid debit cards provide security while mitigating many infrastructure and regulatory challenges.
The African Continental Free Trade Area Agreement (AfCTA) is moving into the operational phase. It is becoming clearer that part of its success lies in ensuring entrepreneurs and small businesses can effectively trade and receive payments across borders.
African Trade
As the African Union has noted, the trade area will be the biggest since the World Trade Organization was formed in 1995. Africa’s population is currently 1.2 billion people. A figure expected to reach 2.5 billion by 2050.
South Africa took its first step in making AfCTA a reality when former Minister of Trade, Industry, and Competition, Ebrahim Patel, launched the implementation of the start of preferential trade this year. The South African Revenue Service also certified two consignments to Ghana and Kenya.
Yet, with trade expected to grow among members from 15%-18%, a safe way of moving money is required given the risk that cash presents. Some nine-tenths of transactions in sub-Saharan Africa are, based on World Bank information, in cash.
Card payments in the digital ecosystem
The large amounts of cash involved in trade are also cumbersome and difficult to physically transport between markets. Card payments, part of the digital ecosystem, can enable efficient, secure, and transparent transactions. These are essential for facilitating trade.
Card payments can eliminate the need for manual intervention and reconciliation when it comes to banking and bookkeeping. This, the World Bank states, makes them, on average, three times more cost-effective than conventional purchase order costs.
Mobile money payments have greatly improved Africa’s ability to make cross-border payments. However, they do not meet the full scope of needs of individuals or businesses. As the United Nations points out, there are regulatory bottlenecks. Furthermore, a lack of interconnectivity among mobile transactions in some countries means people cannot transfer money across borders. Moreover, limitations of infrastructure, accessibility, and interoperability make it difficult for their users to access the global digital economy. As a result, this type of cross-border payment can be limited.
Prepaid cards can solve trade problems
There are solutions to these trade dilemmas. Prepaid cards can enable businesses and individuals to transact with global institutions and marketplaces without the need to own a bank account. This option removes a pain point for a business that would otherwise need to accept local alternative payment methods or cash. Navigating challenges like high fees, currency shocks and a lack of access to traditional banks can be simplified through prepaid cards. This makes them a pivotal instrument that enhances Africa’s connection to the global economy.
For example, one of OnAfriq’s customers provides payroll solutions for seafarers and cruise ships, which frequently travel to different countries. Once the card is loaded, it is very convenient for sailors to use it as one would a normal debit card. They can swipe to pay for purchases or transmit money across borders. The beauty of this option is that whoever is loading the card with money, can be based anywhere in the world. Moreover, the same is also true of the person holding the card.
Prepaid cards can also be used to manage expenses because they can be provided to managers. For example, a bookstore could make independent decisions about business-related purchases. But only up to a certain amount. This has the added advantage of speeding up operations as there are no lengthy delays across the company when it comes to acquiring stock. Furthermore, it goes some way towards eliminating fraud as the card has a set limit.
Larger companies with staff who travel extensively can also provide gratuities for their employees. They can then cover incidental expenses without having to dip into their own pockets or bring back paperwork to be reimbursed.
AfCTA dream can become a reality
A platform that simplifies a user’s ability to transfer money to cards brings the AfCTA dream closer to reality. The versatile power of prepaid cards can be used to promote free trade between countries and unite Africa’s fragmented payment landscape.
Prepaid solutions can aid businesses seeking to operate in other African countries to thrive – making AfCTA’s aim a reality and boosting economic growth for all.
Jan-Willem Weggemans, Vice President, Commercial Payments Lead at Publicis Sapient on the outlook for payments modernisation
SHARE THIS STORY
The payments industry is transforming rapidly, driven by customer demand shifts, regulatory developments and technological advances. Payments players need a tailored innovation approach for each value opportunity, based on their strategic position and ambition and each driver of change.
Understanding the drivers of payments modernisation
Driven by technological advancements, shifting customer expectations and regulatory developments, banks and financial institutions must adapt their offerings. They must modernise their payments to remain competitive in this ever-evolving landscape as we start this new year.
Customers expect real-time, seamless and personalised payment experiences that are now standard expectations across financial services. Not only that, but users are demanding frictionless cross-border transactions, alongside advanced features like biometric authentication.
Massive advances in technological capabilities drive customer expectations. Cloud computing, data platforms, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) enable faster, scalable, resilient, and more secure payment solutions. These enable opportunities to innovate customer propositions and experiences. Moreover, supporting the modernisation of processes and technologies can lower costs and improve resilience.
Regulatory developments are a key factor. From new (instant) payments schemes to ISO standards to KYC/AML requirements, there is an ongoing need to change/modernise the payments operating model. And possibly innovate client solutions.
For these reasons, legacy banks can struggle with the pace of change and inefficiencies. Including enabling FinTech disruptors to gain a competitive advantage. So, how can banks examine these learnings and implement better change?
Progressive modernisation and the impact of GenAI
Banks and financial institutions can take a tailored approach to payment innovation and modernisation. In all of these approaches, modernising an incumbent player with significant legacy challenges is generally a process of progressive modernisation. Big bang approaches and the building of neo banks to move a legacy bank forward have generally not delivered success.
Progressive modernisation enables a bank to move in a controlled way from the legacy to the modern state. This requires running the legacy and modern services in parallel. Meanwhile, the integration is enabled by decoupling the hardwired systems top and bottom (integration and data). Only then can you spin up the modern enterprise and core services and progressively direct more clients/transactions/products over the new stack.
Progressive modernisation is becoming more attractive and suitable for many clients. Furtherore, GenAI can materially alter the cost and duration of these programs, offering lower risk and a significantly improved business case. With new and innovative solutions that utilise GenAI at their core, the whole journey can be greatly accelerated. Including Legacy system discovery, Target state design, Backlog creation, and Building and Testing.
Three key approaches when facing the need to modernise Payments
Payments players are facing an ongoing modernisation need, driven by changing client behaviours, technology innovation and regulatory activism.
Broadly, we recognise three approaches to payment modernisation, including:
Fix the edge – either top of the stack or bottom, a small fix, without touching 90% of the existing tech.
Incremental uplift – installing a modern solution (but not fully end-to-end). For example, a new core system for a set of products/customers.
Move to native build – setting steps on the progressive modernisation journey, after investing in decoupling the hardwired legacy systems.
To select the right approach, we consider two key factors: the event and the players. The event looks at the size of the opportunity (or materiality of the threat) and the size/complexity of the change. The player looks at the performance of the existing operating model, whether payments are core, and whether the ambition is to be a leader in payments or to be part of the majority of players.
How a player’s participation strategy drives modernisation choices. A client offers white label card processing services, and in their market, they need to offer the most modern solution and lead with modern technology, AI, and embedded compliance/risk solutions. A major incumbent bank decided to invest primarily in customer value propositions, driving value from the broader client relationship. The bank opted for a processing-as-a-service model when it needed to modernise the processing platform.
Looking at the two extreme options, we see that fixing the edge works well for players where payments are not core, when they do not need to be the first mover, or when their existing operating model is performing well. From an event perspective, it fits when the opportunity is small and/or the change is minor in effort and complexity.
At the other end of the spectrum, moving on the journey to native build is most suited for players where payments are core. Where they want to be the first mover in the market, and where the existing operating model is facing major challenges. From an event perspective, it is more suited when the event supports a significant value opportunity (or threat to the business) and requires a significant change.
Making payments progress real
Many new payment options, including A2A payments and instant payments, offer incremental benefit cases for many players. These are not large enough to kick off the incremental modernisation journey. Thus, most players will opt for a “fix the edge” or “incremental” modernisation approach and wait for another event for a full modernisation.
Regarding regulation. The new ISO20022 standard is due to come into full force in November 2025. However, less than a third of messages were exchanged using the new standard in late 2024. An often cited reason for delays in implementing regulatory changes is the edge approach replanning required to keep up with the evolving set of rules regarding the ISO standards. The evolving set of rules is inevitable, as the regulator is responding to market experiences and feedback from trying to implement the initial rules set. Thus, in regulatory change with this level of impact, a cloud-native approach would be better, enabling a more nimble/agile response to continuous changes.
What is the next move?
Faced with the inevitable need to invest in payments, we suggest taking a portfolio approach and looking 2-3 years ahead when evaluating individual modernisation events. And your strengths/weaknesses and strategy. Modernisation is not just a technical upgrade but a strategic enabler that can drive efficiency, resilience, and innovation. You can ensure that each modernisation effort contributes to a cohesive, future-ready payments ecosystem by aligning your investments with long-term business goals. This approach will help you avoid costly short-term fixes. And build a scalable, agile infrastructure that supports evolving customer expectations, regulatory requirements, and competitive pressures.
“Turning transformation into a non-event is our North Star,” explains Thorsten Spihlmann, Head of Business Development for Transformation in the Cloud Lifecycle Management department at SAP. The evolution of SAP’s Business Transformation Centre (BTC) is future proofing customer experience. “The BTC is a comprehensive solution that helps users streamline the process of migration to S/4HANA,” says Spihlmann. “In the end, it’s one central platform – one central orchestration layer – which guides you through all phases of the project. The BTC enables users to access source systems, profile data for insights, enhance and transform data, provision it to target systems, and validate data integrity… Our customers’ interests are always top of mind.”
Nestlé: A CIO Leading by Example
Nestlé‘s Oceania’s CIO, Rosalie Adriano, dives deep into how her breadth of experience in transformational change led to her becoming one of 2024’s top 50 CIOs in Australia. “I want ideas to be freely shared. Innovation is encouraged. This approach breaks down silos and creates a sense of unity and purpose.”
Poundland & Dealz: The Value of Digital
Dean Underwood, IT Director at Poundland & Dealz, talks challenges, cultural shift and the company’s digitally transformation… “We must prove that spending on technology is as impactful as investing in product pricing,” he says. “For example, my request to fund a new data warehouse competes with the Commercial Director’s goal to maintain affordable prices. The customer always comes first, but investing in supply chain efficiencies lowers operating costs, helping us keep prices down. It’s our responsibility to demonstrate the value of every investment.”
Schenectady County Government: Delivering Critical and Secure Infrastructure
Schenectady County’s CIO Gabriel A. Benitez discusses the role of IT as a steward for citizens, leadership and the power of teams, and why security is crucial to the organisation… “We support and serve to keep Schenectady County running. That covers a broad remit, but some of the key departments we work with include Finance, Law Enforcement, Emergency Management, Public Health, Glendale Nursing Home, County Clerk, District Attorneys, Public Defender, Conflict Defender, Probation, Social Services, Veteran’s Affairs, Engineering & Public Works, and Department of Motor Vehicles.”
ClearBank, the enabler of real-time clearing and embedded banking, recently announced its partnership with Airwallex. A leading global Digital Payments and…
SHARE THIS STORY
ClearBank, the enabler of real-time clearing and embedded banking, recently announced its partnership with Airwallex. A leading global Digital Payments and financial platform for modern businesses. Through this collaboration, Airwallex will leverage ClearBank’s agency banking solution to enhance its UK offering with virtual business accounts, GBP collections, and Confirmation of Payee (CoP) functionality.
Partnering for Digital Payments with ClearBank
ClearBank has enabled the global FinTech to issue virtual accounts and IBANs under its own brand identity. This reinforces Airwallex’s robust financial platform, while also allowing the company to maintain seamless customer branding. Moreover, through the partnership, Airwallex will have access to UK payment schemes. These include Faster Payments, BACS, and CHAPS. Accelerating Airwallex’s strategic goal of helping businesses simplify their global Digital Payments and financial operations, unlock new opportunities, and grow without limits.
“Our priority is to provide businesses with fast, flexible and seamless financial services. ClearBank’s agency banking solution aligns perfectly with our vision, allowing us to enhance our product offering in the UK while maintaining our brand identity. The team’s deep understanding of our business needs and their speed of execution have been invaluable throughout the partnership development and integration process.”
Vivien Cheung, Head of Financial Partnerships – EMEA, Airwallex
The partnership is founded on the companies’ shared ambition to utilise innovative technology to bring streamlined financial services to more customers in new markets. Furthermore, it highlights a growing demand for innovative financial solutions that combine the flexibility of FinTech with the security of traditional banking. ClearBank’s cloud-based approach allows for efficient integration, enabling Airwallex to deliver the features and functionality businesses need to make Digital ayments faster and more cost-effective.
“We’re proud to partner with Airwallex as the business enters its next phase of growth. Our unique combination of innovation and security was essential in supporting the premium customer experience that Airwallex is looking to provide. We look forward to deepening our relationship with Airwallex as we explore further opportunities for collaboration.”
John Salter, Chief Customer Officer, ClearBank
About Airwallex
Airwallex is a leading global financial platform for modern businesses, offering trusted solutions to manage everything from Digital Payments, treasury, and spend management to embedded finance. With our proprietary infrastructure, Airwallex takes the friction out of global payments and financial operations, empowering businesses of all sizes to unlock new opportunities and grow beyond borders. Proudly founded in Melbourne, Airwallex supports over 100,000 businesses globally and is trusted by brands such as Brex, Rippling, Navan, Qantas, SHEIN and many more. For more information, visit http://www.airwallex.com
About ClearBank
ClearBank is a purpose-built, technology-enabled clearing bank. Through its banking licence and intelligent, robust technology solutions, ClearBank enables its partners to offer real-time payment and innovative banking services to their customers. For more information, visit www.clear.bank
According to a new report published by WiseGuy Reports (WGR), The Insurtech Insurance Technology Market was valued at $ 31.05 billion in…
SHARE THIS STORY
According to a new report published by WiseGuy Reports (WGR), The Insurtech Insurance Technology Market was valued at $ 31.05 billion in 2024 and is estimated to reach $322.7 billion by 2032. It is set for growth at a CAGR of 33.99% from 2025 to 2032.
InsurTech revolution gathers pace
The insurtech insurance technology market is revolutionising the traditional insurance sector by integrating advanced technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML), blockchain, and data analytics. InsurTech solutions streamline operations, improve customer experiences, and enable data-driven decision-making. These technologies cater to various aspects of insurance, including underwriting, claims processing, and policy management.
The market has witnessed robust growth due to the rising demand for digital solutions and personalised insurance products. With startups and established insurers collaborating, the industry is becoming more agile and competitive, creating new opportunities for innovation in risk assessment and fraud prevention.
InsurTech’s key players
The InsurTech insurance technology market features a dynamic mix of startups and established players. Key companies include Lemonade, Metromile, and Hippo, known for their innovative approaches to insurance delivery. Traditional insurers such as AXA and Zurich are also investing in InsurTech partnerships to modernise their operations.
Companies like Policybazaar and Root Insurance are leveraging AI and big data to enhance customer engagement. Furthermore, tech giants like Amazon and Google are exploring the sector, further intensifying competition. Moreover, these players focus on integrating advanced technologies and developing user-centric platforms to stay ahead in a rapidly evolving market.
Stuart Cheetham, CEO at MPowered Mortgages, on how AI-powered technology allows mortgage lenders to fully underwrite loan applications in minutes
SHARE THIS STORY
AI technologies are about to have a huge impact on the mortgage market… In November last year the founders of Revolut announced plans to launch a “fully digital, instant” mortgage in Lithuania and Ireland in 2025. Details were sketchy but the company said that mortgages will be part of a “comprehensive credit offering” it intends to build.
Neobanking progress with AI
Digital only banks, like Revolut and Monzo, are renowned for using the power of technology and data science to create efficiencies and improve customer experience. The reason neobanks have been so successful is because they provide a modern, convenient and cost-effective alternative to traditional banking. This is done a transparent way, through fast onboarding, 24/7 app access and instant notifications. All with a user-friendly interface.
While many financial services sectors have embraced financial technology in the way Revolut and Monzo have for the retail banking sector, the mortgage sector has struggled to make a real breakthrough here. Why hasn’t the mortgage industry caught up one might ask? Mortgages are complex financial products, existing at the intersection of justifiably stringent regulation. They represent the single biggest financial commitment people make in their lifetimes. Financial advisors who source mortgages on behalf of borrowers are hindered at every stage by outdated systems and inadequate or commoditised product offerings.
Disrupting the Mortgage Market
The mortgage industry is one financial services sector that has been yearning to be shaken up by the FinTech industry for some time. While it’s encouraging to see a successful brand like Revolut enter this market, what is less known is that huge progress is being made already by smaller and less well known FinTech disruptors.
For example, the mortgage technology company MQube has developed a “new fast way” of delivering mortgage offers using the cutting edge of AI technology and data science. Today, it still typically takes several weeks to get a confirmed mortgage offer. This is one of the major reasons the homebuying process can be so time consuming and stressful for brokers and borrowers. The mortgage process is characterised by bureaucracy, paperwork, delays and often frustratingly opaque decision-making by lenders. This leads to stress and uncertainty for consumers, and their advisors. And at a time when they have plenty of other property-purchase related challenges to contend with.
Our proprietary research shows us, and this will come as no surprise, that the biggest pain point for borrowers and brokers about the mortgage process is that it is time consuming, paperwork heavy and stressful. Imagine a world where getting a mortgage is as quick and as easy as getting car insurance. This is MQube’s vision.
MQube – AI-powered Mortgages
MQube‘s AI-powered mortgage origination platform allows mortgage lenders to fully underwrite loan applications in minutes. MPowered Mortgages is MQube’s lending arm and competes for residential business alongside the big banks. It uses MQube’s AI-driven mortgage origination platform and is now able to offer a lending decision within one working day to 96% of completed applications.
The platform leverages state-of-the-art artificial intelligence and machine learning to assess around 20,000 data points in real-time. This enables lenders to process mortgage applications in minutes, transforming the industry standard of days or weeks. It automates the entire underwriting journey, from application to completion. This helps to provide a faster service, reduce costs, mitigate risks, and to make strategic adjustments quickly and effectively. By assessing documents and data in real-time during the application, it is able to build a clearer and deeper understanding of a consumers’ circumstances and specific needs. Applicants are never asked questions when MQube can independently source and verify that data, leading to a streamlined and paperless experience. Furthermore, this whole process reduces dependency on human intervention.
The benefits of AI
More and more lenders are seeing the benefits AI and financial technology can bring to their business. They are beginning to adopt such AI-driven financial systems which are scalable and serve to address systemic problems in this industry. The mortgage industry is still some way behind the neobanks, but what’s hugely exciting to see is the progress that has been made so far. Moreover, if FinTechs continue to innovate this sector and if lenders continue to embrace financial technology and use at scale, then getting a mortgage could genuinely become a quick, easy and stress free process. At this point, the mortgage industry could begin to see a shift in consumer perception and change in consumer behaviour. A new frontier for the mortgage industry is upon us.
Plumery, a digital banking experience platform for customer-centric banking, today announced it has launched Digital Lending. The fully end-to-end digital…
SHARE THIS STORY
Plumery, a digital banking experience platform for customer-centric banking, today announced it has launched Digital Lending. The fully end-to-end digital loan origination journey allows bank customers to go from application to disbursement in 180 seconds.
Digital Lending
Plumery Digital Lending offers market-leading speed with banks, digital lenders and other financial institutions who are able to launch their new lending products in as little as 18 weeks. Moreover, allowing firms to triple their loan portfolio and capacity while maintaining the same staffing levels.
Many financial institutions are still unable to offer a fully digital loan origination process to customers. This forces them to partially complete a process online before finalising with human intervention. Yet, firms need to move quickly to stay competitive in today’s fast-paced world and benefit from the highest interest rates in a decade.
Transforming the loan process
“By transforming the loan origination process into a fully digital experience, banks and other financial institutions can meet the demand for seamless and efficient customer journeys. Firms can configure every aspect of the process, safe in the knowledge they are on top of bank-grade security and infrastructure.”
Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery
Digital Lending includes:
Digital application through web and mobile interfaces
Secure capture and storage of customer information
Streamlined, compliant onboarding experience
Automated application processing and data collection
Integration with external data sources for accurate scoring and vindication
AI/machine learning driven credit decisioning with customisable rules
Digital document generation and e-signatures
Loan disbursement and integration with core banking or loan management systems
With customer journeys built on the Plumery platform, firms can align with their unique workflows or adapt to changing regulatory requirements – and continue making rapid improvements from there. Plumery offers tools which both developers and business users can employ to make final adjustments, ensuring fast and affordable automation.
About Plumery
Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.
Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.
Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).
Ben Hunter, Senior Director of Financial Services at Gigamon, on the impact of the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and what financial institutions can do to ensure lasting compliance
SHARE THIS STORY
The Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) came into force on January 17th. It’s high time for financial institutions to refine their compliance and Cybersecurity efforts. This regulation isn’t just another box-ticking exercise. It represents a shift in the financial services industry that touches everyone in the ecosystem. And every corner of the organisations within it. From IT teams to the board, every department must pull together under a cohesive cyber strategy to meet the challenge. It’s not simply about systems and software. DORA demands a cultural shift toward organisation-wide cyber resilience.
At this stage, the big changes should already be in place. However, the focus now must be on the finer details. The overlooked pieces that could potentially make or break compliance and prove extremely costly. Organisations must tweak processes and ensure every element of their plan works seamlessly and aligns with the broader goal of operational resilience. Here are three areas of focus to perfect preparedness and ensure DORA compliance is not just a box checked but a new standard embraced by the whole organisation.
Criticality of third-party Cybersecurity management
One of DORA’s requirements is reducing reliance on single ICT service providers. This is designed to safeguard financial institutions against concentrated risk. By now, all structural changes should already be in place, with organisations diversifying their ICT providers. Or improving internal capabilities to reduce their external dependencies. However, compliance doesn’t end with restructuring. The focus must now shift from restructuring to managing these relationships effectively. Organisations should be looking to perfect their third-party risk assessment, monitoring, and due diligence strategies. They must ensure their processes for vetting ICT service providers are not just in place but are meticulously detailed. Contracts need to leave no room for ambiguity, with explicit terms outlining providers’ security and risk management strategies. These agreements must be revisited and stress-tested to confirm they align with DORA’s standards.
Equally critical is ironing out the specifics of ongoing monitoring and oversight. Institutions should be finalising the structure and frequency of their performance reviews and audits. Ensuring these mechanisms are robust enough to identify and address any emerging vulnerabilities. Moreover, by focusing on the details now, organisations can build a resilient operational framework that doesn’t just meet DORA’s requirements but builds resilience into their core operations for years to come.
Global efficiency through multi-cloud environments
Adopting a multi-cloud strategy has become essential for financial institutions operating on a global scale. It mitigates concentrated risk by avoiding dependence on a single provider and allows organisations to address the unique regulatory and operational challenges of different regions. However, the complexity of multi-cloud environments brings its own challenges. Particularly in ensuring the visibility and control required under DORA. This is why it’s crucial for organisations and their third parties to refine the tools and processes that support this level of visibility and allow the security teams to continuously monitor their environments.
According to recent data, 50% of CISOs say their confidence in risk management hinges on having full visibility into all data in motion, including encrypted and lateral traffic across both on-premises and cloud environments. This underscores the importance of advanced monitoring capabilities to effectively manage the complexities of multi-cloud infrastructures. While DORA mandates comprehensive visibility, the benefits go beyond just meeting compliance requirements. Deep observability strengthens organisations’ ability to detect vulnerabilities in real-time, ensuring seamless operations across regions and providers, and service continuity. For multi-cloud strategies to be effective, they must be paired with the right network-level monitoring capabilities. It’s important to build resilience from the inside out.
Organisational alignment to demonstrate Cybersecurity compliance
Demonstrating compliance isn’t just about avoiding fines and ticking regulatory boxes. It’s about preserving trust and protecting the organisation’s reputation. Reputational damage and financial penalties hit the top of the organisation hardest. This makes board-level engagement essential to ensuring Cybersecurity efforts are prioritised and aligned with broader business objectives. Boards must recognise that Cybersecurity is not a siloed function; it’s a key aspect of business resilience.
While security leaders are responsible for designing and implementing security strategies, their ability to deliver is directly tied to the board’s involvement. Board members control the decisions that shape an organisation’s Cybersecurity posture, from budget allocation to strategic priorities. Without their active engagement, security leaders may lack the resources, influence, or organisational buy-in necessary to implement comprehensive security measures. This can lead to significant gaps in compliance efforts and overall resilience.
To demonstrate compliance effectively, organisations need a unified approach to gathering, standardising, and presenting evidence to regulatory authorities. This includes aligning on consistent formats for documenting key areas like risk assessments, incident management, security testing, and third-party oversight. By finalising internal policies and leveraging automation tools, institutions can ensure their compliance evidence is regulator-ready and accessible. Such coordination not only satisfies DORA’s demands but also signals a strong, unified commitment to operational resilience. One that must come from the top and ripple throughout the entire organisation.
With penalties for non-compliance reaching up to 2% of global annual turnover, financial institutions cannot afford to be anything less than fully aligned on their compliance strategies going forward. Furthermore, as the broader compliance frameworks are now finalised, the focus must shift to perfecting the finer details that will ensure long-term resilience and success.
About Gigamon
Gigamon offers a deep observability pipeline that efficiently delivers network-derived intelligence and insights to your cloud, security, and observability tools. This eliminates security blind spots, optimises network traffic and reduces tool costs. Therefore, enabling you to better secure and manage your hybrid cloud infrastructure.
Industry leaders join forces to host groundbreaking event during ETHDenver 2025 where Stablecoin innovation meets B2B finance
SHARE THIS STORY
PayPal, Deloitte,and Bitwave will co-host On-Chain B2B Payments Day. A transformative event dedicated to accelerating the global adoption of Blockchain powered B2B payments.
Exploring Blockchain technologies
On-Chain B2B Payments Daywill bring together hundreds of senior financial leaders, accountants, auditors, and enterprise executives on February 27 at ETHDenver. They will explore how stablecoins and Blockchain technologies are reshaping the future of payments for businesses.
“With the broader adoption of blockchain networks and digital assets, stablecoins play a critical role,” said Deloitte Tax LLP Partner, Global Tax Leader – Blockchain & Digital Assets, Rob Massey. “Business transactions take on a whole new dynamic when these ‘programmable’ funds interact with the software applications on a near real time basis. Furthermore, with that, we end up with unique tax, accounting and risk considerations.”
Redefining payments with Blockchain
The Blockchain event will be presented alongside ETHDenver – the annual conference for Ethereum developers and Blockchain advocates. On-Chain B2B Payments Day kicks off with a networking brunch and panel discussion featuring some of the leading voices in payment innovation. The event is sponsored by NetSuite alongside other key industry contributors.
“Stablecoins offer an unprecedented opportunity to transform payment operations for global business,” said Bitwave Co-Founder and COO, Amy Kalnoki. “At Bitwave, we expect to see on-chain payments become one of the fastest-growing areas of Blockchain adoption in 2025. Moreover, this event will provide financial leaders with insights into how on-chain technology will redefine cross-border payments, liquidity management, and real-time reporting.”
Why Attend On-Chain B2B Payments Day?
Gain Practical Insights: Learn from financial experts about accounting, tax, and regulatory frameworks for building a compliant and future-ready payment practice.
Discover Real-World Use Cases: Explore how stablecoins are transforming B2B payments, from accounts receivable (AR) to accounts payable (AP) and beyond.
Engage with Industry Leaders: Connect with top decision-makers from leading enterprises, institutions, and crypto-native organisations advancing on-chain payments between vendors and payers.
Bonus: Take the “Bitwave Vendor Payment Pledge” and join an exclusive network of business partners accepting stablecoin invoice payments.
Ben Goldin, Founder & CEO of Plumery, on how Digital Banking innovations are reshaping the financial landscape, creating a greener future and new opportunities for millions
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital banking is making waves in emerging markets, evolving beyond simple transactions to deliver rapid access to credit, broaden economic inclusion, and support sustainable solutions. As smartphone adoption rises and AI reshapes lending processes, digital banking is significantly expanding in underbanked regions, enhancing financial inclusion for people and businesses while minimising environmental impact.
According to McKinsey, several trends have accelerated this Neobanking evolution in emerging markets. The pandemic drove a shift from cash to contactless and digital payments. E-commerce grew significantly – global transaction volumes increased by 25% from 2019 to 2020 and are expected to continue growing at 12-15% annually. Governments introduced cashless payment systems like Wave in Côte d’Ivoire, UPI in India, and Pix in Brazil to enhance interoperability and improve aid distribution. Furthermore, investor interest surged, with payments-focused fintechs receiving nearly 40% of the $5.2 billion in tech startup capital in Africa in 2021.
Together, these factors have fuelled innovation in digital finance. This has helped meet rising demand and enabled AI-driven, mobile-first platforms to deliver fast access to capital, fostering financial empowerment in underserved communities.
Additionally, smartphone penetration is set to reach 88% in Sub-Saharan Africa by 2030. Setting the stage for even greater financial inclusion. Combined with a growing focus on sustainability, digital banking in these regions is positioned to offer services that are both inclusive and environmentally conscious. Here’s a look at how digital banking is breaking down barriers, expanding financial empowerment, and building a greener future across emerging markets.
The evolution from basic transactions to fully-fledged Digital Banking
Digital banking initially gained traction by providing essential services like balance checks, peer-to-peer (P2P) transfers, and bill payments. This bridged gaps left by limited banking infrastructure. However, with evolving needs, digital banks and fintech companies now offer advanced products such as digital lending. This is among the most transformative aspects of digital banking in emerging markets.
Traditional access to credit was often challenging due to strict requirements, physical infrastructure, and extensive documentation. Digital lending platforms eliminate these barriers, enabling users to apply for loans directly through mobile devices, often receiving decisions within minutes.
AI-driven credit assessment models leverage alternative data points like mobile usage, purchase history, and digital wallet activity. This allows customers to secure funds without a formal credit record. Quick access to capital can be a lifeline for small business owners. Allowing them to act on opportunities as they arise. Digital lending thus meets immediate financial needs and supports broader economic growth by empowering local businesses.
Banking on a sustainable tomorrow
As digital banking expands, the need for environmentally sustainable operations becomes critical. The infrastructure supporting digital banking requires significant energy, especially as usage grows. To address this, financial institutions in emerging markets are adopting cloud-based platforms and energy-efficient data centres, reducing resource consumption while scaling services.
Cloud-based solutions are not only more scalable but also more energy-efficient, enabling banks to expand their reach responsibly. Automated processes further enhance energy efficiency, allowing Neobanking providers to serve more customers while minimising their environmental impact. This focus on sustainability aligns with broader goals of economic development and environmental stewardship, especially in regions vulnerable to climate change. For instance, Nubank in Brazil has achieved significant milestones by focusing on digital-only services, reducing the need for physical branches and their associated environmental impact.
Bridging gaps and expanding reach
Financial inclusion remains at the heart of digital banking’s impact in emerging markets. Digital platforms provide an entry into the formal financial system for millions. This allows them to save, invest, and plan for their futures. For small businesses, mobile applications and digital wallets offer essential tools for growth, empowering them to compete and contribute to local economies.
Digital platforms are also helping bridge the documentation gap by offering digital identity verification. This allows individuals without formal identification to open accounts and access financial services. Moreover, this approach is critical in regions where many people lack traditional IDs, which has historically excluded them from banking. By incorporating digital identification and security measures, financial institutions extend their reach, supporting resilience and inclusion.
Pioneering financial access through Digital Banking innovation
Emerging technologies like Blockchain, AI, and Biometrics are another factor in redefining digital banking in emerging markets. Blockchain provides a secure and transparent transaction method, which is particularly valuable in regions with less stable financial systems. AI enables credit assessment using alternative data, while biometrics and electronic Know Your Customer (e-KYC) simplify account creation. This makes it easier for individuals in remote areas to access financial services without physical documentation.
These technologies not only broaden financial access but also ensure that digital banking systems are efficient, secure, and scalable. By integrating these advanced tools, banks and fintech companies can provide reliable services to underserved populations, raising the standard for accessibility and security. An example of this in action is Moniepoint, a Nigeria-based FinTech. It has secured significant funding to enhance digital payments and banking solutions across Africa. By applying advanced technologies it reaches many who still lack access to banking services.
The future: Empowerment, Inclusion, and Sustainability
The future of digital banking in emerging markets holds great potential. With rising smartphone and internet connectivity, even remote areas gain access to financial services, breaking down traditional barriers to inclusion. This evolution goes beyond technology, creating pathways for financial empowerment and economic resilience.
A new generation of digital banking solutions is enabling financial institutions to extend their reach into emerging markets with a comprehensive range of services. From account management to lending. Designed with flexibility in mind, these platforms support customisation, allowing banks to tailor services to local needs through open APIs and modular infrastructure. By embracing sustainable practices and sustainable technology, these solutions not only broaden financial access but also foster growth in underserved regions in an environmentally responsible manner.
Yuno and PayPal team up to simplify Digital Payments for merchants with flexible options to broaden market reach and unlock new revenue streams
SHARE THIS STORY
Yuno a leading payment orchestration platform, has announced a strategic collaboration with PayPal, a global leader in Digital Payments processing. This collaboration significantly enhances Yuno’s offering, giving merchants seamless access to PayPal’s vast active user network. This now surpasses 400 million worldwide.
Unlocking revenue streams with Digital Payments
Yuno-powered merchants can now effortlessly offer PayPal’s secure and flexible payment option, broadening their market reach and unlocking new revenue streams. Trusted by millions worldwide, PayPal allows users to make purchases, transfer funds, and pay bills in a fast, easy, and secure way, without the need to repeatedly enter card payment information, contributing to reducing digital footprint and providing the security users are looking for.
Including this partnership, Yuno now supports over 300 global payment methods via its intuitive, user-friendly interface, making it easy for merchants to scale quickly by offering the most popular and locally-relevant payment methods in each market. Yuno’s platform also provides access to other innovative features. These include one-click checkout, advanced fraud protection, and optimised payment routing. This boosts transaction success rates and prevents lost sales in the wake of outages at a payment provider.
Catherine Kaupert, Global Head of Partnerships of Yuno, commented: “We’re thrilled to team up with PayPal, a well-known and trusted name in Digital Payments processing globally. This integration further strengthens Yuno’s capabilities, allowing our merchants to tap into PayPal’s extensive network and drive growth with ease. Together, we are simplifying payments, making them more secure, and enabling businesses to scale without friction.”
Paola Fuentes, Head of Partnerships for Hispanic Latam at PayPal, added: “Our affiliation with Yuno integrates our entire product portfolio. Including PayPal Checkout and credit and debit card payment processing to provide cutting-edge payment solutions for both customers and businesses. By joining forces, we are expanding the benefits of both companies’ offerings, giving consumers the option to select the payment method that suits them best and take advantage of instalments. According to recent data from AMVO, this is one of the main incentives for Mexican consumers to make purchases through the digital channel”.
Last year, Yuno secured $25 million in a Series A round led by Andreessen Horowitz, Tiger Global, DST Global Partners, Kaszek Ventures, and Monashees, fuelling its expansion across Asia, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa.
About Yuno
Yuno has emerged as a dominant force in global payment orchestration. Its core mission is to empower global commerce by enabling businesses of all sizes to accept and disburse Digital Payments anywhere in the world. Furthermore, fostering financial inclusion.
Yuno enables businesses to access over 300 payment methods worldwide. As well as innovative features including one-click checkout, smart routing, and robust anti-fraud tools via a single unified, easy-to-use interface. Yuno serves a global customer base that includes McDonald’s, inDrive, Rappi and other renowned brands across more than 80 countries.
About PayPal
PayPal has been revolutionising commerce globally for more than 25 years. The company creates innovative experiences that make moving money, selling, and shopping simple, personalised, and secure. PayPal empowers consumers and businesses in approximately 200 markets to join and thrive in the global economy.
Bharat Mistry, Director – Product Management at Trend Micro, on why attack surfaces are more difficult to mange than ever and the need for greater Cybersecurity controls to tackle the problem
SHARE THIS STORY
Some surprising news emerged in mid-December. A Freedom of Information request sent to the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) revealed that the number of c
Cybersecurity attacks reported to the regulator by large financial institutions fell 53% from the previous year. Reported data breaches also fell, by 29%. While welcome news, there are some big caveats.
The fall in reports could signify attacks are getting more sophisticated and harder to spot. The reporting periods also didn’t quite align, meaning two-and-a-half months of possible regulatory reports weren’t included in 2024’s figures. In fact, we’re seeing attacks and breaches at financial services industry (FSI) firms surging. In line with these organisations ramping up investment in digital transformation and IT modernisation projects.
Threat actors are grasping the opportunity with both hands. To keep them at bay, IT and cybersecurity leaders in the sector may need to rethink their approach to cyber risk management.
Cybersecurity controls are urgently required
Digital transformation is on an inexorable path. Driven by customer demand for seamless cross-channel experiences, and the quest for more streamlined business processes and productivity gains. Cloud adoption, mobile and app-centric services, remote workforces, and expansive supply chains are the result. However, this rapid change comes at a price. Research warns that half (49%) of global FSI leaders believe their attack surface is spiralling out of control.
Put simply, the ‘attack surface’ is the total expanse of all the IT and OT systems in a business that could theoretically be hacked. It includes everything from on-premises desktops and servers to cloud containers and even employees. Vulnerabilities and misconfigurations across these systems and services are inevitable. And the more assets there are, the more chance there is that a determined threat actor will find a weakness. This allows them to compromise the corporate network or a critical cloud account.
Heeding the warning
The likelihood of them doing so is increasing all the time. Not just because the typical FSI attack surface is increasing, but also because cybercriminals and nation-state operatives are getting better at using AI to their advantage. The National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC) warned back in January 2024 that AI “will almost certainly increase the volume and heighten the impact of cyber-attacks over the next two years”. It’s right. Generative AI in particular lowers the bar for budding threat actors by enabling them to create highly effective social engineering campaigns. And perform reconnaissance at scale to find weaknesses in organisations’ attack surfaces. In some cases, these weaknesses may exist in AI tools brought in by workers themselves. One report claims over a third of firms are struggling with shadow AI.
Our adversaries are also aided by the sheer complexity and interconnectivity of modern digital environments. APIs, microservices and third-party integrations -including frequently buggy or downright malicious open source components – expand the attack surface yet further.
Why it’s time for change
Managing risk across these environments should be a priority for obvious financial and reputational reasons. Open Banking rules and the growth of FinTech have made it easier for dissatisfied customers to jump ship. Furthermore, providing more options for those looking for a new provider. A serious breach could be the catalyst for a mass exodus. It’s also expensive in other ways. FSI is the second-top sector overall in terms of the average cost of a data breach. This is estimated to be over $6m per incident, assuming no more than 113,000 records are compromised.
However, there’s increasingly a regulatory imperative for FSI firms to rethink their Cybersecurity strategy. Any operating in the EU now has to comply with a rigorous new set of requirements in the EU Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA). From January 1, 2025, those in the UK deemed to be critical third parties (CTPs) will be required to put in place a number of “technology and cyber risk management and operational resilience measures”.
A new mindset
So what does this mean in practice? Modern technology environments are dynamic, with new assets appearing and disappearing. Furthermore, new vulnerabilities are emerging and fresh misconfigurations surfacing on a daily or even hourly basis. Managing risk across this vast, incredibly volatile and highly distributed environment requires a new approach. Traditional perimeter defences are no longer sufficient.
Instead, FSI firms need continuous monitoring of risk across their entire attack surface. From endpoints and networks to servers and cloud workloads. Ideally, such a platform will flag areas of concern and either suggest improvements or automatically remediate. It could be something as simple as changing an insecure password, or patching a critical vulnerability newly published by a key vendor. This is the way to build resilience for the long term.
But there’s more. Some threats will always sneak through corporate defences. That’s why it’s also vital to expand security operations capabilities with AI-driven analytics and cross-layer detection and response (XDR). The goal is to correlate threat data across multiple layers and automatically prioritise alerts for stretched analyst teams. Robust incident response processes are also key here, to ensure no time is wasted in containing the threat and minimising any damage caused.
More broadly, it’s about fostering a culture of cyber resilience. Continuous improvement, proactive defence, and a willingness to adapt are ingrained in the corporate mindset. More Cybersecurity regulations are promised by the government in 2025. The clock’s ticking.
Industry thought leaders from Marqeta, the global modern card issuing platform, offer a detailed outlook of the fintech industry for 2025, with predictions around personalisation, digitalisation and the evolving regulatory landscape
SHARE THIS STORY
Payments will turn fully personal, with tailored credit, rewards, and BNPL at scale in 2025
In my opinion, a major global payment trend of 2024 has been hyper-personalisation. A new generation of customers is driving a shift toward personalisation at scale, expecting their FinTech services to be unique and tailored to individual needs. Modern consumers want a future where financial services integrate seamlessly into their digital lives and keep pace with their evolving needs.
As a result, we are seeing trends, such as personalised credit offerings and rewards booming. In an industry with increasingly low consumer loyalty, brands and financial institutions must go beyond traditional interactions with FinTech. For example, the recent Marqeta State of Credit report found that of UK consumers who use more than one credit card, 43% confirmed that they would use a credit card more frequently if better rewards were offered. By moving to a dynamic, rather than set rewards structure, consumers can earn benefits tailored to their spending habits and preferences in real time.
Increasingly with innovations like Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL), consumers are guided to credit options specifically suited to them and their needs. In 2025, we will increasingly see personalised BNPL payment plan options being offered in real time. Often within existing payment apps and products we already use daily. We are also seeing B2B payments emerging as a strong trend. Ensuring gig workers, sellers and partners get paid efficiently while offering robust expense management and financing. I anticipate we’ll see more demand for innovative B2B payment solutions that enable seamless money management across 2025.
2025 will be a year of rapid innovation in financial services
In today’s digital-first world, traditional payment infrastructure is no longer enough to keep up with the demands of consumers. The front door of a bank is now an app, digital wallet usage is increasing. New, flexible services have a growing prevalence on the market. In 2025 and beyond, customers will continue to drive a shift toward modern services which keep up with the rate of digital and mobile innovation.
The ramifications of changing consumer trends could lead to the traditional roles of banks, such as ATMs and as physical branches, disappearing. To ensure continued customer loyalty, all financial service providers will be forced to innovate and offer consumers the embedded, seamless and instantaneous services that they desire.
Consequently, across 2025, we are likely to see new technology and solutions being offered to reduce unnecessary friction for consumers trying to pay and get paid. We are already seeing increased demand for Accelerated Wage Access (AWA). A Marqeta study shows that 74% of gig workers ages 18-34 would be interested in an employer who offered an option to get paid immediately. As businesses and workers grow tired of cash flow restrictions and having to wait for monthly pay slips in an otherwise instant, digital world. As new services evolve, competition in Fintech will be enhanced and the financial industry will be forced to grow and evolve.
Nicholas Holt, Head of Solutions and Delivery, Europe
Proactive compliance strategies will lay the foundation for fintech in 2025
With banking and FinTech partnerships under increasing regulatory scrutiny, the stakes around compliance have never been higher. In this environment, Fintechs can no longer afford a reactive approach to compliance. Instead, they should adopt proactive compliance strategies that go beyond simply seeking to avoid fines and that are embedded into the everyday makeup of their culture and product strategies, helping to build trust, ensure stability, and foster sustainable growth.
At Marqeta, we’re committed to embedding compliance into our company’s culture, helping to mitigate risks and create a foundation for long-term success for us and our customers. Proactive compliance strategies allow organisations to leverage advanced tools and position themselves to adapt to shifting regulatory demands while showcasing a genuine commitment to transparency.
Alex Mifsud, CEO of Embedded Finance platform Weavr, on the outlook for Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS)
SHARE THIS STORY
If any FinTech trend is painfully making its way through the archetypical Gartner hype cycle, it is Banking-as-a-Service or BaaS. At its core, BaaS is an API-driven platform enabling third-parties to develop financial products that make use of the banking and payments capabilities, and the regulatory permissions, of financial institutions that offer it.
This means non-regulated businesses can, in effect, make financial services available to customers without having a banking or financial licence themselves. The bank gets to monetise their licence efficiently, while FinTechs bring ingenuity, market insight and usually, superior digital experiences to customers. It sounds wonderful in concept, but the reality is far more complex. The recent collapse of Synapse, a prominent BaaS provider, as well as the sheer number of regulator interventions across many developed world economies, has highlighted critical vulnerabilities in the BaaS model.
The BaaS Model
While no one, including regulators, seems to be denying the opportunity to create customer value, it is increasingly evident that the BaaS model as it has developed over the past five years will not survive in its present form. There are several evolutionary directions that are being talked about for BaaS, even if not yet established. Here, I would like to present a specific variant. The European regulatory model not only makes this possible, but also presents a strong win-win opportunity for banks to collaborate with non-bank financial institutions like e-money institutions and payment institutions (I’ll use the acronym “EMI” to mean either of these). In this model, banks get access to the benefits of BaaS with minimal exposure to the now-better-understood risks. Moreover, EMIs get access to the powerful capabilities and economics that are the sole preserve of banks as deposit-taking institutions.
These collaborations – in effect, a multi-tier approach to BaaS – should offer safer exposure to Embedded Finance for banks. And richer capabilities available to embedders, and ultimately, end-customers.
Antipattern Matching
Recent announcements that Clearbank, a digitally-savvy clearing bank now promoting itself as an embedded finance platform, has hit profitability is a welcome tonic to investors despairing of the stream of bad news hitting BaaS players in the US and Europe. Even JP Morgan, one of the most respected global banks, has shown that size is no obstacle to ambitious, or even radical, innovation, as it also offers Embedded Finance. And at the other end of the size scale, Griffin announced earlier this year that, having secured a banking licence specifically to offer BaaS and embedded finance, it is now ready to start operating.
In the face of the mentioned challenges that EMI BaaS players have faced with regulators in Europe, some in the investment community have been proclaiming that, to do BaaS effectively, a financial institution needs to have a banking licence. An e-money or payment institution licence simply won’t cut it.
While such pattern matching and extrapolation is understandable, it is not necessarily correct, so let’s look at an alternative view: both EMIs and banks are viable financial institutions to support Embedded Finance, but each have strengths and weaknesses. Better still, by working together in a multi-tiered configuration, each type of financial institution can play to its strengths enabling the combination to deliver high capability, highly adaptive delivery models of Embedded Finance.
Banks doing Embedded Finance
While a banking licence does confer specific advantages – mainly, that deposit-taking provides one of the most attractive financing models for financial institutions to raise funds for lending – there are also disadvantages to being a bank compared to being an EMI. In the UK, for instance, banks need to hold more capital than EMIs, and perhaps more importantly, banks are supervised by both the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA), the latter of which does not supervise EMIs.
Navigating innovative operating models like Embedded Finance with two regulators can create greater risk aversion and therefore slow down or even discourage the experimentation that is required to find the right risk-value formula that works. We know from recent experience that getting the balance right between great customer value and sustainable compliant operations can be a delicate balance.
The Benefits
One way to square the circle is for banks to provide wholesale financial services to EMIs which then serve end customers on their own licences in turn. While this doesn’t completely insulate the bank from censure in the event that the rules are broken – for instance, if money laundering occurs – it does place the biggest share of the burden of the customer on-boarding and monitoring compliance on the EMI. Given that EMIs were created initially to support money-related activities for a digital world, it may be easier for them by working with a single regulator to achieve the right balance. It also allows large banks with cumbersome on-boarding processes designed for large corporations to get access, via the EMI, to a community of small and medium sized business customers that, in aggregate, represent meaningful business volumes for the bank.
There is a strong win-win in this kind of bank-EMI collaboration, especially for banks which are used to dealing with other financial institutions as customers. EMIs, in turn, can source a range of wholesale financial services from multiple banks: foreign exchange from one, and lending capacity from one or more others.
A New Pattern: Multi-Tiered Banking with BaaS
The future of BaaS lies in collaboration. A multi-tiered banking model allows institutions to combine their strengths strategically. Such a model not only optimises the use of resources but also enhances the value proposition of BaaS by incorporating the strengths of various financial entities. EMIs, with their ability to offer commercial cards, credit lines, and foreign exchange services, reduce the risk for larger institutions and open doors for broader innovation.
Simon James, CEO of PayComplete, on why 2024 was a pivotal moment for cash and what the future holds
SHARE THIS STORY
After several years of doom and gloom and many proclaiming the death of cash, the last 12 months have well and truly put that idea to bed. Despite many expecting the COVID pandemic to be the last nail in the coffin, four years later, cash is still in widespread use. The future looks bright. Recent figures from the British Retail Consortium (BRC) underscore the story of 2024… Cash is no longer on the way out and is set to remain a critical part of the payment ecosystem and economy for the foreseeable future.
What happened with cash?
The resilience and ongoing importance of cash to payments, finance, and the economy is down to two factors. Firstly, it’s clear now that consumers care. Recent research from PayComplete’s ‘Why won’t cash just die?!’ report found 89% of consumers view the ability to pay in cash as important to customer satisfaction. More importantly, when it is removed as a payment option, only 26% of consumers comply. Meanwhile, an even larger group (36%) vote with their feet and walk away without making a purchase.
It’s not just customer experience that’s impacted by the absence of cash as a payment option. Brand perception also suffers. Research findings discovered nearly half (47%) of consumers believe organisations that don’t accept it are putting profits ahead of customer satisfaction. Moreover, when denied the opportunity to pay in cash, respondents felt a range of emotions, including inconvenience (54%), outright annoyance (52%) and, for those who walked out without making a purchase, anger (16%). Failure to offer this payment choice is a big risk for businesses. It can negatively impact customer satisfaction, brand reputation, and lead to outright anger from customers.
However, the value consumers place on cash goes beyond it being a way of completing a transaction. It is also seen as critical to supporting local communities. Interestingly, the research found 65% of consumers know card payments incur charges for businesses, resulting in nearly a quarter (22%) actively choosing to pay in cash instead. In fact, over half (57%) of consumers want to help businesses save money by paying in cash, which jumps to 71% for small businesses, tipping, and personal services. Paying with cash, therefore, is not simply a way of transacting with a company. For many shoppers, it’s a sign of support.
Regulators and lawmakers protect cash
However, consumers continuing to care is only part of the story. Furthermore, an important factor has been the steps regulators and governments have taken to protect access to cash. In the UK, 2024 was the year that the FCA’s Access to Cash came into force. This made it a legal requirement for banks and building societies across the UK to provide a minimum level of access to cash. Across the pond, similar measures have been taken by Connecticut, Massachusetts, Colorado and Tennessee as US states move to enshrine access to cash into law. With lawmakers realising its importance, and creating regulations to protect access to it, the long-term future of cash is now secure.
What does it all mean?
2024 has been a watershed year for cash and its future. No longer are there debates and discussions about a cashless society. Instead, it is here to stay, and, with that certainty, it makes it far easier for businesses to plan for their own future. Businesses waiting to see what would happen with cash before deciding if it was part of their future now have a conclusive answer and can plan accordingly. Moreover, those who have already taken steps to move towards a cashless future will need to reverse course or risk facing consumer wrath.
The rise of CashTech
The good news for businesses is that cash management and handling technology hasn’t stood still these past few years. There is a combination of smart hardware and software to finally unify management, processing, and handling. CashTech is a new set of solutions that make it quicker, easier, and more efficient than ever before for businesses to handle cash. Combining hardware and software, CashTech solutions enable enterprises to digitise their handling. Making it easy to assess business-critical areas like cash flow management and better support accounting and business management processes. By automating handling, businesses can also avoid the unnecessary costs of discrepancies and inefficiencies from manual processes.
In the coming years, when we look back on 2024, we will see it as the year the future for cash was confirmed. Talk of a cashless future and the death of hard currency was wide of the mark. While cash may not usurp debit and credit card payments, neither will they bring about its end. With the future now clear, it’s time for businesses to adopt CashTech in 2025 and turn inefficient processes into a game-changing competitive advantage.
About PayComplete
PayComplete is the global leader in cash management solutions, combining bleeding edge hardware solutions with game changing software, unifying cash management with other key payments and operational systems. Dedicated to innovating self-service experiences and operations for both consumers and employees, The PayComplete IoT platform is made up of an adaptable set of SaaS and machine software, intelligent devices, and professional, technical and merchant services. PayComplete Connect unifies the management of transactions, users, devices, and data across the enterprise, bringing digital precision to cash transactions and systems. PayComplete serves a broad range of industries, including retail, transportation, financial services, vending, cash centers, mints and more.Industry leaders, work with PayComplete to make their cash transaction-based businesses more innovative, agile, and efficient.
Glenn Fratangelo, Head of Fraud Product Marketing & Strategy at NICE Actimize, on financial services fraud prevention in 2025.
SHARE THIS STORY
2024 marked a turning point in financial crime management with the advent of Generative AI (GenAI). McKinsey estimates GenAI could add a staggering $200-340 billion in annual value to the global banking sector. A potential revenue boost of 2.8 to 4.7%. This underscores the transformative potential of GenAI. IT IS rapidly evolving from a futuristic concept to a powerful tool in the fight against financial crime. However, 2024 was just the prelude. 2025 promises to be the year GenAI truly comes into its own. Unlocking transformative capabilities in combating increasingly sophisticated threats.
This evolution is not merely desirable, it is essential. The Office of National Statistics (ONS) reported a concerning 19% year-over-year increase in UK consumer and retail fraud incidents in 2024, reaching approximately 3.6 million. This stark reality underscores the urgent need for financial institutions (FIs) and banks to bolster their defences against financial crime. In 2025, leveraging the power of GenAI is no longer a luxury, but a necessity for protecting customers and safeguarding the financial ecosystem.
The evolving GenAI-powered fraud landscape
Fraudsters have embraced GenAI as a potent weapon in their arsenal. This technology’s ability to create realistic fakes, automate attacks and mimic customers creates a significant threat to the financial landscape.
Deepfake technology has become a particularly insidious tool. By generating highly realistic voice and facial fakes, fraudsters can bypass remote verification processes with ease. This opens doors to unauthorised access to sensitive information, enabling account takeovers and other fraudulent activities.
In addition, the rise of synthetic identities further complicates the challenge. By blending real and fabricated data, fraudsters can create personas that seamlessly infiltrate legitimate customer profiles. These synthetic identities are extremely difficult to detect, as they appear indistinguishable from genuine customers. Making it challenging for institutions to differentiate between legitimate and fraudulent activities.
Phishing scams have also undergone a dramatic evolution, becoming more sophisticated and personalised. AI-driven techniques allow fraudsters to craft personalised, convincing emails that mimic legitimate communications, resulting in significant data breaches.
Harnessing GenAI
GenAI is being used by criminals – presenting a significant challenge in the realm of fraud. It requires advanced AI capabilities such as real-time behavior analytics that use machine learning to continuously analyse all entity interaction and transaction patterns. This can identify subtle deviations from a customer’s typical behaviour. It allows for initiative-taking and the flagging of suspicious activity before any damage occurs. Moreover, providing a significant advantage over traditional, rigid rule-based systems that often fail to detect nuanced threats.
Fraud simulation and stress testing using GenAI can also empower institutions to proactively assess the resilience of their systems. By simulating potential fraud scenarios, financial institutions can identify vulnerabilities and train detection models to recognise emerging tactics. Furthermore, this proactive preparation ensures that defences remain ahead of fraudsters’ evolving methods, creating a more robust and adaptable security infrastructure.
Low volume high value fraud, such as BEC or other large value account to account transfers usually lack the quantity of data needed to optimise models. GenAI can address this by creating synthetic data that mimics real-world scenarios. This approach significantly improves the accuracy and robustness of detection models, making them more effective against new and unforeseen threats.
GenAI has the potential to transform the investigation process by automating tasks such as generating alerts and case summaries, as well as SAR narratives. This automation not only minimises errors but also frees analysts from mundane tasks, allowing them to focus on higher-value activities. The result is a significantly accelerated financial crime investigation process, enabling institutions to respond to threats with greater speed and efficiency.
The battle against fraud in 2025 and beyond
The battle against financial fraud in 2025 and beyond is an undeniable arms race. Fraudsters, wielding generative AI as their weapon, will relentlessly seek to exploit vulnerabilities. To counter this evolving threat, financial institutions must embrace AI to outmanoeuvre fraudsters and proactively protect their customers.
The future of fraud and financial crime prevention hinges on our ability to innovate and adapt. Institutions that view GenAI not just as a challenge, but as an opportunity, will emerge as leaders in this fight. AI is a force multiplier for institutions striving to combat fraud and financial crime, empowering them with smarter, faster, and more adaptive defences, we can create a more secure and trustworthy financial ecosystem. The choice to innovate in the face of adversity will define the path forward and shape the future.
Martin Greenfield, CEO of Quod Orbis, on a troubling paradox within the cybersecurity landscape: despite substantial investments in security infrastructure, confidence levels and actual capabilities remain worryingly misaligned.
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial institutions face concrete regulatory pressure on Cybersecurity with the European Union’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) coming into force in February. This landmark regulation demands robust ICT risk management and comprehensive security monitoring. Currently, many organisations continue to rely on disparate tools and spreadsheets that may leave them vulnerable to sophisticated threats. These include AI-powered deep fakes and targeted spear phishing campaigns.
This challenge transcends the financial sector as organisations across all industries face mounting pressure to demonstrate both security effectiveness and regulatory compliance. Our research reveals a stark reality. Organisations typically maintain an average of 19 security solutions per team. However, a surprising 41% still cite insufficient technology as the primary obstacle to maintaining a robust security posture.
This misalignment points to a fundamental issue. Organisations must recognise effective cybersecurity isn’t achieved through quantity of tools, but through strategic selection of the right solutions. Furthermore, perhaps most concerning is the false sense of security prevalent among IT decision-makers. While 93% express confidence in their infrastructure visibility tools, an alarming 95% acknowledge difficulties in accessing specific digital assets over the past year. This creates dangerous blind spots leaving organisations exposed to both security breaches and compliance shortfalls.
Understanding the Cybersecurity challenge
Today’s enterprise infrastructure resembles a tapestry of critical assets, connections and endpoints. To put this complexity into perspective: IT teams now manage an average of 31 endpoints per person across their organisation. For a company of 1,000 employees, this translates to more than 30,000 devices requiring constant monitoring and protection. This challenge intensifies with the widespread adoption of cloud services, hybrid working arrangements and an ever-growing ecosystem of connected devices.
Scale amplifies these difficulties markedly. Our research reveals organisations with more than 1,250 employees demonstrate the lowest confidence in their existing tools (88%) and face the greatest challenges in accessing critical assets (97%). Moreover, these larger enterprises typically wrestle with an unwieldy combination of legacy systems, bespoke solutions and modern platforms. This results in notably lower visibility rates (79%) compared to their smaller counterparts.
Perhaps most revealing is the stark confidence gap between technical and compliance teams. While 94% of information security directors express confidence in their system visibility, merely 66% of compliance directors share this outlook. This disparity exposes a crucial misalignment between technical capabilities and compliance requirements. One that poses serious operational risks as regulatory frameworks increasingly demand continuous monitoring. Organisations clinging to manual compliance processes face an unstable burden. Teams are stretched thin handling routine tasks while regulations grow more complex. Embracing automated technologies to handle routine monitoring requirements will allow compliance teams to pivot from being reactive box-checkers to strategic risk managers.
Moving from reaction to prevention
The impulse to combat emerging threats by rapidly acquiring new security solutions has led many organisations to create sprawling, inefficient systems. These often compound the very problems they aim to solve.
This reactive approach has trapped organisations in a costly cycle of diminishing returns. Despite substantial technology investments, nearly 40% of firms report a troubling lack of actionable intelligence, while 37% struggle with budget limitations. This paradox is increasingly drawing board-level scrutiny. And rightfully so. After years of approving emergency technology purchases to plug cybersecurity gaps, boards are now questioning the value of new investments. Furthermore, tthis creates a dangerous stalemate: organisations need smarter, not just more, technology investment.
However, a more strategic approach is gaining traction through integrated system monitoring platforms. These comprehensive solutions unite previously disconnected tools under a single dashboard. This can offer real-time visibility across the entire cybersecurity landscape. This unified approach enables teams to identify and address vulnerabilities before they evolve into security incidents. A capability that resonates with the 82% of organisations who recognise enhanced visibility would substantially strengthen their cybersecurity posture.
It’s encouraging that 72% of IT teams have secured increased budgets over the past three years. However, the path forward requires more than mere financial investment. Organisations must shift from reactive spending to strategic deployment. Although this presents its own challenge: convincing board members that additional tooling represents an investment in comprehensive visibility rather than merely plugging security gaps.
The path forward
The transformation from fragmented security to comprehensive oversight demands more than technological upgrades. It requires a fundamental reimagining of how organisations approach cybersecurity monitoring and compliance.
The advantages of this strategic shift are compelling and quantifiable. Our analysis reveals security teams anticipate multiple efficiency gains: 38% expect automation to streamline document creation, 37% foresee improved board pack preparation, and 36% anticipate dedicating more time to strategic security assessments. Perhaps most significantly, 35% predict a reduction in human error alongside enhanced data accuracy. The efficiency gains are substantial. Teams could reclaim up to 60 hours annually per member on board reporting alone, time better invested in strategic security initiatives.
With regulatory frameworks growing increasingly sophisticated across sectors, including the forthcoming DORA regulation, maintaining current practices is no longer viable. The disparity between perceived and actual security capabilities poses a tangible risk that organisations must address proactively.
About Quod Orbis
Quod Orbis is the single source of truth across security, risk and compliance, providing an orchestration layer for the entire tech stack whether in the cloud, on-premise, legacy or bespoke. Founded in 2018, Quod Orbis became part of Dedagroup, one of the leading Italian IT players, in 2024.
A pioneer in Continuous Controls Monitoring (CCM), Quod Orbis provides complete and constant visibility into a company’s cybersecurity, compliance and risk posture. Quod Orbis’ ability to connect with every piece of technology within a business, unrivalled automation capabilities and continual support enables the company to serve a global client base across a wide variety of industries.
‘FlyEasy’ parametric cover is now available on Zurich Indonesia’s Travel Product: offering real-time lounge access for delayed flights
SHARE THIS STORY
Blink Parametric, in partnership with Zurich, has launched flight disruption assistance solution ‘FlyEasy’. Coverage is on the Zurich Indonesia direct channel via the Zurich Edge platform. Leveraging parametric technology, the proposition has been designed to instantly activate coverage benefits upon confirmation of a flight delay. This seamless, fully-digital approach provides ultimate convenience to customers, relieving them of traditional claims processes and allowing them to enjoy their travels with greater peace of mind.
The expansion is part of the agreement signed in January 2024. The award-winning flight delay solution can now be offered to Zurich’s customers across Asia Pacific via the Zurich Edge Platform.
Zurich Asia Pacific Network
This integration is the second rollout this year under the framework agreement to offer Blink Parametric solutions to Zurich Asia Pacific network partners and customers across Singapore, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Indonesia and Japan. The first was with Singapore-based OTA Klook in March.
Once a customer registers their flight details pre-travel, Blink Parametric monitors that flight in real-time. Also, in the event of a flight delay of two-hours, the customer will automatically be offered real-time assistance of complimentary access to a VIP airport lounge. The lounge pass will have extended validity with a shelf-life of six-months if not used on the day of disruption. The benefit will be applicable for single trip and annual multi-trip executive and premier international travel plan insurance customers. No claims filing or application processing is required.
Sukma Darman, Head of Digital, Zurich Indonesia commented, “One of Zurich Edge’s key objectives is to bring a fresh perspective on insurance to our partners and customers. We can then deliver personalised, customer-centric solutions using next-gen technology. Blink Parametric have helped us to achieve successful travel insurance integrations for the Asia Pacific region throughout this year. This includes delivery of innovative real-time assistance for our valued customers when they need us.”
Blink Parametric & FlyEasy
“This latest Zurich Indonesia integration coincides directly with our strategic move to further expand and support our business development and partner activities across the APAC region,” says Richard Pollard, Director of Strategic Accounts, Blink Parametric. “Furthermore, our work with the Zurich team this year has been significant, with two successful launches to date. It’s now possible for Zurich partners to tap into the Zurich Edge platform and deploy our real-time travel assistance solution under the FlyEasy brand with speed and efficiency. Exactly how it should be!”
Blink Parametric is recognised as one of the most innovative and successful providers of travel InsurTech solutions to insurers world-wide. It offers real-time assistance and service choices to travellers impacted by flight disruption events. Blink Parametric travel solutions are fully customisable and designed to deliver operational efficiency. Moreover, processing high frequency, low value travel insurance claims when the traveller needs immediate real-time claim resolution.
Benjamin Avraham, CEO and Founder at Okoora – the creators of Automated Business Currency Management, on Embedded Finance in global trade and the challenges of FX risk in global expansion
SHARE THIS STORY
Embedded Finance is rapidly emerging as a transformative force in cross-border payments, reshaping how businesses handle transactions across borders. By making payments more efficient and accessible, it is becoming a key tool for companies navigating the complexities of global trade. While the concept isn’t entirely new, its adoption has accelerated, with the sector projected to generate an estimated $230 billion in revenue by 2025.
Trends in Embedded Finance for Cross-Border Payments in 2025 and beyond
Embedded Finance is poised to reshape cross-border payments. It offers innovative solutions to address inefficiencies and create experiences with reduced friction for businesses and consumers alike.
A key trend is the integration of multi-currency wallets. These enable real-time currency conversion and support localised payment methods tailored to specific regions. This not only reduces transaction delays but also enhances accessibility for global users. At the same time, embedded risk management tools are gaining traction. These provide businesses with automated FX hedging options and predictive analytics to better manage currency volatility.
Super apps with embedded cross-border capabilities are becoming more prevalent. These offer all-in-one solutions for payments, investments, and FX management. These apps are especially impactful in promoting financial inclusion, allowing underserved markets to access cross-border payment systems with ease.
The Challenge of FX Risk in Global Expansion
For businesses aiming to expand globally and remain competitive, understanding and managing foreign exchange (FX) risk is paramount. Currency volatility, intricate markets, and hidden costs remain significant hurdles for companies operating internationally. Moreover, the solution lies in leveraging embedded currency risk management, which integrates FX tools directly into business workflows to streamline and mitigate these challenges.
Historically, small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) have relied on traditional banks for cross-border payment services. However, slow, opaque, and cumbersome banking processes often fail to meet the modern demands for a frictionless experience. SMBs today require more than just service providers—they need trusted partners who truly understand their unique needs and can deliver tailored solutions. Embedded Finance levels the playing field by giving SMBs access to financial tools previously reserved for larger corporations, empowering them to compete effectively in global trade.
On a parallel track, larger players such as payment institutions, corporates, and banks are increasingly recognizing the potential of embedded finance to unlock new market opportunities and enhance the financial ecosystem. According to a recent report by Publicis Salient, embedded finance revenues are expected to grow by 40% annually in the coming years, underlining its critical role in the evolution of global financial services. This is encouraging organizations without in-house capabilities to actively seek partnerships with fintech providers to deliver integrated, relevant, and accessible financial services, while also creating new revenue streams.
Key features of Embedded Finance for Cross-Border Transactions
As businesses continue to navigate the complexities of cross-border transactions, Embedded Finance offers an array of powerful features that streamline processes, enhance efficiency, and mitigate risks. By integrating financial tools directly into business systems, companies can improve operations, reduce costs, and gain greater control over their international payments and currency management.
Below are the key features that make Embedded Finance a game-changer for businesses engaged in global trade:
Streamlining Payments
Frictionless Transactions: Embedded finance integrates payment processing directly into business systems, enabling businesses to send and receive funds across borders without needing separate third-party platforms.
Localised Payment Methods: It supports local payment systems, ensuring businesses can transact with customers and partners in their preferred currencies and payment formats.
FX Risk Management
Automated Hedging: Embedded tools can automatically hedge against currency fluctuations, reducing financial exposure and safeguarding profit margins.
Predictive Analytics: Advanced analytics help businesses anticipate and respond to currency market threats and opportunities.
Reducing Costs & Delays
Lower Fees: By bypassing traditional banking intermediaries, embedded finance platforms often reduce transaction costs.
Faster Settlements: Transactions are processed more quickly, enabling businesses to manage cash flow and working capital more efficiently.
Enhancing Transparency
Clearer Pricing: Embedded finance platforms provide real-time insights into exchange rates and transaction costs, ensuring businesses have full visibility into cross-border payment processes.
Regulatory Compliance: Built-in compliance tools streamline adherence to local regulations, reducing administrative burdens and risks of non-compliance.
Access to Financing
Embedded Credit & Loans: Businesses can access trade financing or working capital loans directly within platforms, supporting growth and smoothing cash flow challenges during cross-border trade.
Supply Chain Support: Financing solutions embedded in procurement platforms help businesses manage large international purchases with ease.
Simplifying Tax & Regulatory Compliance
Automated Tax Calculations: Embedded tools help businesses calculate duties, taxes, and other levies for cross-border transactions.
Built-in Compliance Checks: Solutions automatically ensure compliance with local and international regulations, saving time and reducing risks.
The road ahead for Embedded Finance
The evolution of embedded finance holds the potential to unlock new market opportunities and enhance the global financial ecosystem. Through strong collaboration among fintech companies, regulators, and technology providers, the industry can pave the way for embedded finance to deliver highly relevant financial services in an accessible manner to meet the needs of businesses globally.
About Okoora
Okoora is a leading fintech provider, offering businesses worldwide the financial infrastructure needed to scale their international operations. Recognized by CNBC and Statista as one of the world’s top 250 fintechs, the company’s automated platform, API, and embedded finance solutions empower businesses to collect and send payments, manage multi-currency accounts, and hedge FX risks. Okoora enables seamless operations in over 100 currencies and 180 countries.
Interface looks back on another year of ground-breaking tech transformations and the leaders driving them. We spoke with tech leaders…
SHARE THIS STORY
Interface looks back on another year of ground-breaking tech transformations and the leaders driving them. We spoke with tech leaders across a broad spectrum of sectors – from banking, health and telcos to insurance, consulting and government agencies. Read on for a round up of some of the biggest stories in Interface in 2024…
EY: A data-driven company
Global Chief Data Officer, Marco Vernocchi, reflects on the transformation journey at one of the world’s largest professional services organisations.
“Data is pervasive, it’s everywhere and nowhere at the same time. It’s not a physical asset, but it’s a part of every business activity every day. I joined EY in 2019 as the first Global Chief Data Officer. Our vision was to recognise data as a strategic competitive asset for the organisation. Through the efforts of leadership and the Data Office team, we’ve elevated it from a commodity utility to an asset. Furthermore, our formal strategy defined with clarity the purpose, scope, goals and timeline of how we manage data across EY. Bringing it to the centre of what we do has created a competitive asset that is transforming the way we work.”
Lloyds Banking Group: A technology and business strategy
Martyn Atkinson, CIO – Consumer Relationships and Mass Affluent, on Lloyds Banking Group‘s organisational missive around helping Britain prosper, which means building trusted relationships over customer lifetimes by re-imagining what a bank provides.
“We’ve made significant strides in transforming our business for the future,” he reveals. “I’m really proud of what the team have achieved with technology but there’s loads more to go after. It’s a really exciting time as we become a modern, progressive, tech-enabled business. We’ve aimed to maintain pace and an agile mindset. We want to get products and services out to our customers and colleagues and then test and learn to see if what we’re doing is actually making a meaningful difference.”
Arianne Gallagher-Welcher, Executive Director for the USDA Digital Service, in the Office of the OCIO, on the USDA’s tech transformation and how it serves the American people across all 50 states.
“If you’d told me after I graduated law school that I was going to be working at the intersection of talent, HR, law, regulations, and technology and bringing in technologists, AI, and driving innovation and digital delivery, I’d say you were nuts,” she says. “However, it’s been a very interesting and fulfilling journey. I’ve really enjoyed working across a lot of different cross-government agencies. USDA is the first part of my career where I’m really looking at a very specific mission-driven organisation versus cross-agency and cross-government. But I don’t think I’d be able to do that successfully without the really great cross-government experiences I’ve had.”
Virgin Media O2 Business: A telco integration supporting customers
David Cornwell, Director – SMEs, on the unfolding telco integration journey at Virgin Media O2 Business delivering for Business customers
“If you’ve got the wrong culture, you can’t develop your people or navigate change…” David Cornwell is Director of Technical Services for SMEs at Virgin Media O2 Business. He reflects on the technology journey embarked upon in 2021 when two giants of the telco space merged. A new opportunity was seized to support businesses with the secure, reliable and efficient integration of new technology.
Nick Edwards, Group CDO at The AA, on the organisation’s incredible technology transformation and how these changes directly benefit customers.
“2024 has been a milestone year for the business,” explains Edwards. “It marks the completion of the first phase of the future growth strategy we’ve been focused on since the appointment of our new CEO, Jakob Pfaudler.” Revenues have grown by over 20%, allowing The AA to drive customer growth with technology. “All of this has been delivered by our refreshed management team,” he continues. “It reflects the strength of our people across the business and the broader cultural transformation of The AA in the last three years.”
Dave Murphy, Financial Services Lead, Global at Publicis Sapient, gave us the lowdown on its third annual Global Banking Benchmark Study.
The report reveals that artificial intelligence (AI) dominates banks’ digital transformation plans, signalling that their adoption of AI is on the brink of change. “AI, machine learning and GenAI are both the focus and the fuel of banks’ digital transformation efforts,” he says. “The biggest question for executives isn’t about the potential of these technologies. It’s how best to move from experimenting with use cases in pockets of the business to implementing at scale across the enterprise. The right data is key. It’s what powers the models.”
Chief Information Officer Simon Birch and Chief Customer & Transformation Officer Danielle Handley discuss Bupa’s transformation journey across APAC and the positive impact of its Connected Care strategy.
“Connected Care is our primary mission. We’ve been focusing our time, investment and energy to reimagine and connect customer experiences,” says Simon. “It’s an incredibly energising place to be. Delivering our Connected Care proposition to our customers is made possible by the complete focus of the organisation and the alignment leaders and teams have to the Bupa purpose. Curiosity is encouraged with a focus on agility, collaboration and innovation. Ultimately, we are reimagining digital and physical healthcare provision to customers across the region. Furthermore, we are providing our colleagues with amazing new tools to better serve our customers throughout all of our businesses.”
Gregg Aldana, Global Area Vice President, Creator Workflows Specialist Solution Consulting at ServiceNow, on how a disruptive approach to technology can drive innovation.
While the whole world works towards automating as many processes as possible for efficiency’s sake, businesses like ServiceNow are supporting that change evolution. ServiceNow’s platform serves over 7,700 customers across the world in their quest to eliminate manual tasks and become more streamlined. We spoke to Aldana about how it does this and the ways in which technology is evolving.
Innovation Group: Enabling the future of insurance
James Coggin, Group Chief Technology Officer on digital transformation and using InsurTech to disrupt an industry.
“What we’ve achieved at Innovation Group is truly disruptive,” reflects Group Chief Technology Officer James Coggin. “Our acquisition by one of the world’s largest insurance companies validated the strategy we pursued with our Gateway platform. We put the platform at the heart of an ecosystem of insurers, service providers and their customers. It has proved to be a powerful approach.”
Chief Information Officer William Sanson-Mosier on the development of advanced technologies to empower emergency responders and enhance public safety
“Ultimately, my motivation stems from the relationship between individual growth and organisational success. When we invest in our people, and we empower them to innovate with technology and problem-solve, they can deliver exceptional results. In turn, the organisation thrives, solidifying its position as a leader in its field. This virtuous cycle of growth and innovation is what drives me.” CIO William Sanson-Mosier is reflecting on a journey of change for the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD). Ignited by the transformative power of technology to enhance public safety and improve lives.
Nick Merritt, Executive Director at Designit, on six developments shaping the future of banking in 2025
SHARE THIS STORY
Retail banks are entering 2025 with a heady mix of ambition and trepidation. A bewildering blend of technological wizardry and ever-shifting customer expectations has forced banks into a relentless cycle of adaptation. To stay ahead, six key areas are emerging as the lodestars guiding their strategies for the coming year.
Digital Transformation and Automation – Predicting Your Needs Before You Have Them
Imagine a world where banks predict your needs before you’ve even realised them. From AI-driven chatbots that never sleep to robo-advisors whispering bespoke investment tips into your ear, automation is rewriting the rulebook on customer interaction. But the magic isn’t confined to the shiny front-end; back-office systems are also getting a makeover. Robotic Process Automation (RPA) is busy in the engine room, banishing inefficiencies and sidestepping human error with quiet efficiency.
And then there’s the matter of personalisation—a concept that banks are finally treating as more than a marketing buzzword. Armed with advanced data analytics, banks are no longer just responding to customer needs—they’re predicting them. Pre-approved loans or a savings plan tailored to your Friday night wine habit? No problem.
Cybersecurity: Evolving as Fast as the Threats
With this digital power comes a greater need for vigilance. Cybercriminals are evolving just as quickly, turning cybersecurity into a battlefield. AI-driven fraud detection tools now scan for anomalies with hawk-like precision, while biometric authentication methods—fingerprints, faces, even voices—transform our bodies into passwords.
Cyber resilience has become essential, ensuring banks bounce back swiftly from attacks. Trust, in banking as in life, remains hard-won and easily lost.
Sustainability: ESG as a Competitive Advantage
Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) criteria have transitioned from being a footnote to taking centre stage. Customers are no longer content with bland promises of responsibility—they’re demanding action. Enter green loans with their tempting interest rates, ESG investment funds that let you save the planet while saving for retirement, and carbon-neutral pledges that make you feel virtuous about your overdraft.
It’s not just a moral imperative; it’s good business sense. In a world increasingly attuned to sustainability, ESG is a differentiator. Banks that can convincingly wear the green badge of honour are more likely to attract eco-savvy customers and forward-thinking investors alike.
Embedded Finance & Partnership Models
Embedded Finance might sound like jargon, but it’s quietly reshaping how we interact with money. Why go to a bank when the bank can come to you—disguised as a “Buy Now, Pay Later” button on your favourite shopping app or as a seamless payment option in your rideshare app? Banks are waking up to the fact that ecosystems, not high-street branches, are where the action is.
Partnerships with fintech firms are unlocking new avenues for growth. Whether it’s integrating loans into car dealership platforms or powering payments for subscription services, embedded finance is giving banks a chance to slip into customers’ lives in ways they barely notice—but deeply appreciate.
Cryptocurrencies: Cautiously Testing the Waters
And then there’s the crypto conundrum. Once the domain of tech evangelists and speculative investors, cryptocurrencies are elbowing their way into the mainstream. Bitcoin ETFs have made it easier for traditional investors to dip a toe into the crypto waters, while Ethereum and Ripple (XRP) are offering solutions that align with real-world banking needs.
Ripple’s laser focus on cross-border payments could revolutionise international money transfers, slashing costs and speeding up transactions. Ethereum’s smart contracts, meanwhile, promise to simplify complex processes like loan approvals. And Bitcoin, the poster child of the crypto world, is slowly gaining traction as a viable payment method.
Yet, it’s not all smooth sailing. Volatility, scalability issues, and a regulatory environment that can best be described as “uncertain” are significant hurdles. Still, with pro-crypto voices gaining ground, 2025 might just be the year retail banks cautiously dip their toes into the digital currency pool.
Personalisation: The Age of “Me”
Customers expect their banks to understand more than just account numbers; they want personalised interactions that anticipate their ambitions. Advanced analytics are turning this into reality, moving banking from transactional to relational.
Imagine a bank that adjusts your credit card rewards for your travel habits or nudges you toward your dream car before you even start shopping. Personalisation isn’t just a service upgrade—it’s a survival strategy.
Looking Ahead to 2025 and Beyond…
The opportunities for retail banks in 2025 are as immense as they are complex. Digital transformation is reinventing customer experiences, ESG is aligning institutions with the values of an increasingly conscientious public. Meanwhile, Embedded Finance is quietly rewriting the rules of engagement. Cryptocurrencies, for all their challenges, are becoming harder to ignore, while data-driven personalisation is making banking feel more like a partnership than a transaction.
For banks willing to embrace these shifts, the rewards are clear: deeper customer loyalty, stronger revenue streams, and a reputation for innovation. Standing still is no longer an option.
Ripple, a leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced Ripple USD (RLUSD) will be available on…
SHARE THIS STORY
Ripple, a leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced Ripple USD (RLUSD) will be available on global exchanges. RLUSD is an enterprise-grade, USD-denominated stablecoin. Created with trust, utility, and compliance at its core, it is backed by Ripple’s years of experience working with crypto and the existing financial system.
RLUSD will be initially available on Uphold, Bitso, MoonPay, Archax, and CoinMENA. Additional listings will be made on platforms such as Bullish, Bitstamp, Mercado Bitcoin, Independent Reserve, Zero Hash and others in the coming weeks. Each RLUSD token is fully backed by U.S. dollar deposits, government bonds, and cash equivalents. Designed to ensure its stability, reliability, and liquidity. To maintain the highest standards of transparency, Ripple will publish monthly, third-party attestations of RLUSD’s reserve assets, conducted by an independent auditing firm.
“Early on, Ripple made a deliberate choice to launch our stablecoin under the NYDFS limited purpose trust company charter. Widely regarded as the premier regulatory standard worldwide,” said Brad Garlinghouse, Ripple’s CEO. “As the U.S. moves toward clearer regulations, we expect to see greater adoption of stablecoins like RLUSD. They can offer real utility and are backed by years of trust and expertise in the industry.”
A Growing Ecosystem Supporting Global Adoption
Key RLUSD partners include leading global exchanges, market makers, and payment providers. They are set to drive adoption and usage across the Americas, Asia-Pacific, UK, and Middle East regions. RLUSD is ideal for financial use cases and allows institutions to:
Access liquidity for remittance and treasury operations.
Seamlessly integrate with decentralised finance (DeFi) protocols.
Reliably bridge between traditional fiat currencies and the crypto ecosystem. Ensuring a seamless and efficient transition when entering (on-ramping) or exiting (off-ramping) the crypto space.
Provide collateralisation for trading tokenised real-world assets such as commodities, securities, and treasuries onchain.
Early next year, Ripple Payments will use RLUSD to facilitate global payments on behalf of its enterprise customers. Ripple Payments has served $70 billion in payments volume and counting. Furthermore, it has near-global coverage with 90+ payout markets. Moreover, this represents over 90% coverage of the daily FX market. RLUSD is available on both the XRP Ledger and Ethereum blockchains, offering flexibility and scalability for a broad range of financial use cases.
RLUSD: Raising the standard for Stablecoins
Raghuram Rajan, former Governor of the Reserve Bank of India, and Kenneth Montgomery, former First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, will join the RLUSD advisory board. They will provide strategic guidance on regulatory, financial, and operational aspects to support RLUSD’s stability and growth.
Rajan and Montgomery join the ranks of the existing advisory board including former Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) Chair Sheila Bair, Vice Chairman of Partners Capital and former CENTRE Consortium CEO David Puth, and Ripple co-founder and Executive Chairman Chris Larsen.
“Stablecoins could become the backbone of private payments by offering a secure, scalable, and efficient alternative to traditional systems. With its focus on compliance and reliability, RLUSD aims to establish new standards for trust and to play a pivotal role in shaping the future of payments. Joining the Advisory Board provides me an opportunity to counsel RLUSD as it embarks on its journey in the rapidly evolving financial landscape,” said Raghuram Rajan, former Governor of the Reserve Bank of India.
“I am excited to join Ripple’s advisory board at such a pivotal moment for digital finance,” said Kenneth Montgomery, former First VP and COO at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. “Stablecoins are rapidly emerging as a cornerstone of the payments landscape. They are delivering the speed, efficiency, and cost-effectiveness that traditional systems often struggle to achieve. I look forward to collaborating with the Ripple team to support the global growth and adoption of RLUSD. Unlocking new opportunities for financial inclusion and modernising the future of payments.”
Ripple: modernising the future of payments
RLUSD sets the standard for stablecoins, combining innovative functionality with the regulatory rigor and credibility of an NYDFS-issued New York limited purpose trust company. Furthermore, this highlights Ripple’s leadership in fostering trust and transparency in digital assets.
Ripple’s President Monica Long commented on X: “The release of RLUSD marks a new chapter – both for the XRP Ledger, as well as Ripple, for use in our $70B payments flows. Combining our 10+ years in the business; the rigour and compliance required with stablecoin issuance by a NYDFS chartered company; and an experienced Advisory Board – RLUSD is launching from day one with credibility, utility and a whole host of partners ready to support it!”
FICO’s use of Blockchain for AI model governance wins Tech of the Future: Blockchain and Tokenisation award
SHARE THIS STORY
Global analytics software leader FICO has won the Tech of the Future – Blockchain and Tokenisation award. The Banking Tech Awards in London recognised FICO for its innovative work using Blockchain technology for AI model governance. FICO’s use of blockchain to advance responsible AI is the first time blockchain has been used to track end-to-end provenance of a machine learning model. This approach can help meet responsible AI and regulatory requirements.
FICO’s AI Innovation and Development team has developed and patented an immutable blockchain ledger. It tracks end-to-end provenance of the development, operationalisation and monitoring of machine learning models. The technology enforces the use of a corporate-wide responsible AI model development standard by organisations. It demonstrates adherence to the standard with specific requirements, people, results, testing, approvals and revisions. In addition to the Banking Tech award, Global Finance recognised FICO’s blockchain for AI technology with The Innovators award last year.
Responsible AI
“The rapid growth of AI use has made Responsible AI an imperative,” commented Dr. Scott Zoldi, chief analytics officer at FICO. “FICO is focused on technologies that ensure AI is used in an ethical way, and governance is absolutely critical. We are proud to receive another award for our groundbreaking work in this area.”
FICO is well-known as a leader in AI for financial services. Its FICO® Falcon® Fraud Manager solution, launched in 1992, was the first fraud solution to use neural networks. Today it manages some four billion payment cards worldwide. FICO has built advanced analytics capabilities into FICO® Platform, an applied intelligence platform for building decision management solutions.
Adam Zoucha, MD EMEA at FloQast, on how businesses will modernise financial processes in 2025
SHARE THIS STORY
With 45% of accountancy firms and in-house finance teams facing talent shortages, 2025 is going to be a critical year for many. Financial transformation is going to be the watchword. The conditions companies are facing will push them to speed up the transformation of their operations, modernising their financial processes while strengthening their company culture and vision.
The year ahead will likely see a continuation of the current period of instability, posing serious challenges for accounting teams looking to grow their business. The impact of global geopolitics is hard to predict which, twinned with the UK economy’s persistently slow growth rate, means companies will need to innovate to succeed – embracing automation, AI, and cutting-edge compliance processes.
It’s not all about the macro trends, though. On an individual level, our research this year has shown that employees are feeling the strain, and business leaders will need to take that seriously in 2025. The talent shortage is a vicious cycle – the harder it is for companies to find and retain talent, the more pressure remaining team members end up having to shoulder. The right technology can play a crucial role in reducing that stress and breaking the cycle.
Alongside those real challenges, there are real opportunities. The accounting business is changing fast, and it’s a great time to be in the industry. As we draw 2024 to a close, here are five key things accounting firms can expect to see in the new year.
Financial Transformation moving up the agenda
We’ve already looked at some of the reasons why financial transformation is going to be critical in 2025, but that doesn’t mean every CFO and accountant in the business is rushing to deliver. Based on our research 60% of accountants and CFOs still do not consider it a top priority – mainly because most don’t truly know what it means for their business, so education is key.
In essence, companies should aim to align their finance functions more closely with their organisational goals, enabling accountants to bring their expertise and insight to the decision-making process. As the finance function’s strategic role grows, there will be an urgent need for agile, digital tools that enhance collaboration and efficiency. For CFOs, embracing this transformation is essential to navigate new complexities with precision and effectiveness.
Accountancy teams will embrace new tools for the future
The talent gap present in the industry is unlikely to change any time soon. It takes time to train people, and accounting has a bit of a PR problem – its status as a secure, skilled job is battling with perceptions of stress and burnout.
As a result, in 2025, leaders will increasingly look to keep accountants motivated, engaged, and fulfilled as the declining population of new candidates continues to heap pressure on accounting teams—a trend that’s unlikely to reverse anytime soon.
It’s essential that business leaders retain their finance professionals by fostering a fulfilling work environment. They can help by upskilling accountants and adopting technologies to reduce mundane and repetitive tasks. CFOs can play a key role by equipping their teams with future-focused skills, blending technology with strategic insight to drive real value within their organisations.
AI will power Tansformation in 2025
Transformation in 2025 won’t be limited to removing internal silos and improving staff retention, crucial though those things are. We’re also going to see AI helping accountants become key players in driving business success. The real value of AI will become apparent this year. For finance teams, it will act as a copilot, automating routine tasks and giving time back to accountants to become strategic assets for their organisations.
This shift will help the industry tackle talent shortages with agility, turning challenges into opportunities for growth. Embracing AI isn’t just about keeping pace; it’s about unlocking accountants’ full potential as key players in driving business success.
Compliance will become a value-generating asset rather than a tick-box exercise
Compliance and risk, when managed properly, can drive real value for organisations. In 2025, the nuanced relationship between compliance, reputation, and risk means it’s likely to move up the corporate agenda.
Technology can be a real driver here, and compliance strategies are fundamental to the larger accounting transformation journey. By taking a more holistic approach to compliance, rather than treating it as a mere check-box exercise, compliance can become a valuable asset. Currently, only 16% of organisations take this strategic view, revealing a significant opportunity for those willing to innovate and elevate their compliance efforts.
Overall, accounting businesses may be facing rough seas, but with the right tools and investments in place, they can unlock new value in 2025: transforming financial processes, improving employee satisfaction, and stepping further into their growing role as strategic advisors.
Bryan Daugherty, Global Public Policy Director at the BSV Association (BSVA) and Co-Founder at SmartLedger Solutions, on how blockchain technology provides the accountability and cybersecurity needed to prevent widespread IT catastrophes across sectors
SHARE THIS STORY
By Embracing Blockchain, We Can Create a Safer Digital Future
The rapid increase in cyberattacks poses a severe threat to businesses. These attacks are becoming more sophisticated and costly by the day. The average cost of a data breach in the UK is £3.58 million, and in the US now $9 million. It typically takes 200 days for organisations to detect a breach, followed by another 70 days to contain it. These delays expose significant vulnerabilities in traditional data management systems. They rely heavily on third parties, making them prime targets for cybercriminals.
Blockchain technology offers a transformative solution to these challenges by creating a secure, decentralised model that can effectively mitigate risks. It provides an opportunity for both individuals and organisations to take control of their data. Therefore, improving cybersecurity and ensuring operational resilience.
The Problem with Centralised Systems
Traditional cybersecurity systems are built on centralised models, where data is stored in one location or through third-party intermediaries. This structure makes them attractive targets for cybercriminals, creating a “honeypot” of information that can be breached. A concerning statistic is that, for over a decade, organisations have taken an average of 200 days to detect breaches. Despite claims from cybersecurity vendors that they provide “instant detection,” real-world results show significant gaps in protection, putting data at risk for extended periods.
Blockchain: Game-Changing Cybersecurity Features
Blockchain’s decentralised model provides a powerful alternative. By distributing data across a global network of nodes rather than a central location, blockchain makes it exponentially harder for cybercriminals to compromise large datasets. Even if one node is breached, the entire system remains intact. This eliminates the single point of failure that centralised systems suffer from.
Another key feature of blockchain is its immutability. Once data is recorded on a blockchain, it cannot be altered or erased, making tampering nearly impossible. Therefore, this ensures any unauthorised access is immediately detectable, enabling quicker response times and minimising damage.
Real-Time Threat Detection with CERTIHASH
Blockchain’s potential in cybersecurity is already being realised through solutions like CERTIHASH’s Sentinel Node. A blockchain-based tool that provides real-time threat detection. Built on the BSV blockchain, CERTIHASH can detect breaches within 10 seconds or less, offering a proactive approach to cybersecurity. This is a significant improvement over traditional systems, which often take months to identify breaches, leaving organisations vulnerable to prolonged data exposure.
By leveraging blockchain, cybersecurity shifts from being reactive to proactive. This gives organisations the tools they need to stay ahead of evolving threats and safeguard data more effectively.
Overcoming Misconceptions About Blockchain
Despite the clear advantages of blockchain, many organisations remain hesitant to adopt the technology, often due to misconceptions. Furthermore, some still associate blockchain with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, which have been linked to ransomware. This outdated view overlooks blockchain’s real potential as a secure, decentralised data management tool.
Blockchain is not just about crypto; it’s about creating a new standard for data integrity and security. Moreover, it offers decentralised, tamper-proof records that give users control over their own identity and data, reducing reliance on vulnerable third-party systems.
A Decentralised, Secure Future
As global reliance on centralised systems grows, so do the vulnerabilities they present. A single point of failure can lead to widespread outages, as seen in numerous cyberattacks and technical malfunctions. Blockchain, with its decentralised architecture, offers a robust alternative that enhances the security and resilience of critical systems. By distributing data across multiple nodes, blockchain ensures continuity even during attacks or outages.
Conclusion
Investing in blockchain cybersecurity is no longer optional. With cyber-attacks growing in scale and sophistication, organisations must adopt cutting-edge technologies to protect their data, operations, and customer trust. Blockchain’s decentralised and tamper-proof architecture offers the key to building a safer, more secure digital future. One where businesses and individuals alike can operate with confidence, free from the constant threat of cybercrime.
We chat with the CIO of Urenco, Sarah Leteney, about the ways this unique business leverages technology, and the big difference a small team can make.
SHARE THIS STORY
Urenco does things a little differently. It has to. It supplies uranium enrichment services and fuel cycle products for the nuclear industry – a niche that requires a lot of specialist care and attention. Urenco has a clear vision for the net zero world. A world in which carbon-free energy is the norm. And for its CIO, Sarah Leteney, this means approaching the world of technology in different and interesting ways.
Leteney speaks exclusively to Interface Magazine about what it means to operate IT in a high-risk environment that requires an enormous amount of consistency. She also discusses the types of systems that are vital to Urenco, how the business leverages suppliers, bringing in the most talented possible people, and how Urenco balances a small team with a high pressure environment.
How does the role of CIO within the nuclear industry differ from one for a consumer goods company?
Most CIOs spend their time thinking about how to talk to customers through the rapid exchanges that are needed to maintain the flow of high volumes of traffic. They need to know how to keep up with their competitors in terms of customer experience and how to quickly bring new products to market.
At Urenco, we are quite literally the polar opposite of this. We are concerned with the consistency and timeliness of highly individualised communications with our customers, how internal control software can enable the accurate flow of information to our regulators, and how to support our teams to keep track of every gram of raw material, and product in our organisation. Our systems are vital to keep our operations safe and reliable. It is not fast-paced – rather a very careful and considered environment where accuracy is everything.
What is it like to enable and provision services in such an environment? Can you keep in touch with market trends? Is there much recognition of what you do?
I work in a high threat environment and there are many special considerations to understand. There is a certain cadence and rhythm to what we do and we have to work at a pace which suits the organisation, rather than keep up with the latest trends in the IT industry. Although, we do keep abreast of developments through networks such as Gartner and Aurora and introduce them where appropriate and relevant.
In relation to the recognition of this role, like every other CIO out there, you are noticed more when something is not working properly. That said, Urenco is very good at making you feel as if you are part of something that matters. People readily ask you questions and understand when something is a minor glitch compared to something more significant. And we actively encourage people to report issues because that is how you get continuous improvement. Overall, the organisation takes care of my team, we’re not under siege when things go wrong and what we do is widely appreciated.
What sorts of systems are you looking after and what are the challenges around these?
We have all the same systems that you see in many other large organisations, plus a few really niche products used only in our industry.
Like lots of businesses, we are on a SAP journey, moving existing systems into S4. This programme impacts all parts of the organisation and we have to drive the changes forward from a business point of view. We consider the IT team an enabler for this work as it’s ultimately the transformation of our business processes which we are trying to facilitate.
We also look after the information assets of the organisation – both the structured and unstructured data. Like many organisations, it’s an on-going process to work out how to extract genuine business insights from vast amounts of historical data which has been stored in multiple places and not always in the most logical manner. We have a significant amount of historical information which still remains important (think plant designs and maintenance records, etc.) so effective archiving and retention policies are very much at the forefront of our minds. It’s so easy to over store or over classify information in an effort to be ‘safe rather than sorry’, but in reality, as well as increasing on-going costs, this sort of behaviour tends to make it harder to find what you need. We are investigating new technologies to help us search through our data faster and more effectively than ever before.
We’re also currently extending into the Operational Technology sphere, sharing our experience and tools with our OT colleagues and directly addressing operational security challenges, investing significantly in our cyber defences to further strengthen our plant security services.
What is it like to work in a company with a large turnover but a relatively small number of employees? How does that affect the service you provide?
We try to think through what every employee needs from IT and provide them with the level of service their role requires, regardless of their position in the business. We are in the fortunate position where having fewer employees means individual changes to software, hardware, or SAAS costs tend to have a less significant impact on our profitability than in many organisations with higher staff complements. Many organisations have tiers of users which determine the level of service received. However, in our organisation, every minute of everyone’s time is important, as we don’t have many employees driving our engine forward. We are investing in our employee experience as one of the key organisational imperatives working alongside our colleagues in the People and Culture team, and this is going to be an on-going focus for us for the next few years.
Whilst the company turnover is important, it is less of a driving factor for us in IT. We benchmark ourselves against what proportion of operational expenditure we are investing in IT and IS to ensure we invest an appropriate amount in IT for an organisation of this size.
How do you work with your team to ensure they can provide the most effective service to the business?
We are organised primarily around our production sites, with a centralised team to provide shared services like architecture and finance. The organisation is only two layers deep in most teams, so information flow is mainly managed by direct cascade. The senior team is made up of heads of shared functions and site IT managers, and opinions flow freely between them.
Our IT Leadership team has a monthly two-day meeting where we come together in person. We sit together without our PCs and the constant pinging of information. This helps us to realign, to reprioritise matters, and include coaching and learning techniques. We all have daily pressures in our lives, and these meetings are about supporting each other and working effectively together.
Once a quarter we also visit one of our sites as a group, hosted by our IT site managers. This is critical to us because we cannot do our jobs without thoroughly understanding the experience of IT services on the ground. These visits also allow us to meet up with our business colleagues as part of their site leadership teams so we can exchange experiences and strategic thinking quite freely in person.
We also run monthly townhall meetings for all members of the IT team, and invite our colleagues from Information Security to join us. We have found this to be a really valuable information exchange point. IS can hear exactly what we are saying to the wider team on the ground, so they can gain real insight into our issues first hand. Our key suppliers are also invited to these sessions on a quarterly basis, again to foster free exchange of information.
How about diversity and inclusion – what are you doing within that area and what have you achieved?
This is one of the biggest areas I would like to tackle further. Within our company, like the whole of the nuclear sector, the age of our employees is increasing year on year as we have a very low employee turnover. So we have a small number of vacancies on an annual basis and we are working hard to get a better talent pool for when these opportunities arise, reaching out to people with a wider range of backgrounds.
Our strategy includes blind sifting, engaging with people who have had periods of time out of the workplace and may need to work certain hours, and being open to job-sharing. It is possible for us to be very flexible and we are trying to ensure this is known out in the world of recruitment.
One area we are doing really well in right now is neurodiversity. We have a significant proportion of our team who identify as neurodivergent and a new staff network focussing on the specific issues of importance to this community was actually started by a member of our team.
I’d love to see an ethnicity and gender mix in the future which is closer to the population norms in each of our operating countries and I’m pleased to say that our talent acquisition partners are working hard to promote our roles in new talent pools with a much more diverse population.
How do you work with your suppliers to maintain a good relationship with them?
We’re currently in the process of diversifying our IT supply base. We have had a couple of really strong suppliers for a long period of time who work very closely with us, but what we are aiming to do now is widen our group of key suppliers to create a supplier ecosystem consisting of four different types of partner – Advisory, Development, Configuration, and Support. A key part of this initiative will be about embedding the behaviours we would like suppliers to demonstrate when working with us to create an inclusive and transparent relationship, which we are progressing through setting up a Urenco Academy to provide initial onboarding and on-going behavioural reinforcement of Urenco’s core values across our partnerships.
You recently won a CIO 100 award. How did that come about and what reaction did you get from people who know you?
The CIO 100 award came about through my external mentor asking me why I wasn’t looking at it! He encouraged me to put myself forward for consideration. Sometimes you need a bit of a push from a critical friend to remind you that whilst you see how much remains to be done, it’s good to acknowledge the great results you have already achieved.
The most gratifying thing about the whole experience for me was that you are judged by really experienced CIOs, so they fully understand the complexity of what you do. I’m incredibly grateful and humbled to be included in such an inspiring group of people, who are all wrestling with organisational struggles and trying to keep up in a fast-paced world, solving problems all day, every day.
My colleagues were delighted for me and sent lots of congratulatory messages. I think my team were slightly surprised because they also don’t always see what a good job they are all doing. One of them was even inspired to send an AI-created poem in celebration!
Urenco gave me the opportunity to take on a challenging and exciting role initially as an interim CIO. They chose to promote from within despite having strong external candidates, and not only that, but they asked if I would like to have a mentor in my first year to help me to cement the skills I wanted to strengthen for my own peace of mind. I’m not sure what else I could have asked for from this organisation. When I look at the award all I really think, looking back over the last three years, is ‘how amazing is that’!
We say goodbye to 2024 focused on the technology innovation the new year will bring. Our cover story highlights a…
SHARE THIS STORY
We say goodbye to 2024 focused on the technology innovation the new year will bring. Our cover story highlightsa technology transformation journey change for the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD)
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
San Francisco Police Department: A Technology Transformation
San Francisco Police Department (SFPD) CIO William ‘Will’ Sanson Mosier is ignited by the transformative power of technology to enhance public safety and improve lives. “Ultimately, my motivation stems from the relationship between individual growth and organisational success. When we invest in our people, we empower them to innovate, problem-solve, and deliver exceptional results. In turn, the organisation thrives, solidifying its position as a leader in its field. This virtuous cycle of growth and innovation is what drives me.”
OSB Group- Building the Bank of the Future
Group Chief Transformation Officer Matt Baillie talks to Interface about maintaining the soul of a FinTech with the gravitas of a FTSE business during a full stack tech transformation at OSB Group. “We’ve found the balance between making sure we maintain regulatory compliance and keeping up with customer expectations while making the required propositional changes to keep pace with markets on our existing savings and lending platforms.”
Urenco: Accuracy is Everything
We speak with the CIO of Urenco – an international supplier of enrichment services and fuel cycle products for the civil nuclear industry. Sarah Leteney talks about the ways this unique business leverages technology, and the big difference a small team can make. “We work in a high threat environment and there are many special considerations to understand. There is a rhythm to what we do to work at a pace which suits the organisation, rather than keep up with the latest trends in IT.”
Langham Hospitality Group SVP, Sean Seah, talks hospitality informed by innovation, and falling in love with the problem, not the solution. “You’ve got to pilot something small – ideate it, then you can incubate it, and if it works you figure out how to industrialise it.”
Midcounties Co-operative: A Digital Transfomation
The Midcounties Co-operative is home to over 645,000 members and employs more than 6,200 people across multiple brands and locations, including over 230 food retail stores across the UK. We spoke with CIO Jacob Isherwood to learn about its approach to data management. “Whether you’re running a nursery, managing a natural gas pipeline, or selling tins of beans, data helps manage complexity and meet challenges from a place of understanding.”
Paul O’Sullivan, Global Head of Banking and Lending at Aryza, on the rise of AI in banking
SHARE THIS STORY
The banking sector stands at the crossroads of technological innovation and operational transformation. AI is taking centre stage in reshaping how financial institutions operate. The banking sector is beginning to recognise AI’s potential. It can address challenges, enhance operational efficiency, and deliver more personalised customer experiences.
The Current State of AI in Banking
Research reveals that while a number of banking organisations have yet to fully integrate AI into their operations, key areas such as debt recovery are leading the charge. The slower pace of adoption can be attributed to the highly regulated environment of banking. Because transparency, compliance, and customer trust are non-negotiable. However, despite this cautious approach, banks that have implemented artificial intelligence are already seeing significant benefits, particularly in risk management.
AI’s Role in Risk Management
Effective risk management is a cornerstone of the banking sector. AI is proving to be a powerful tool in this area. By analysing vast amounts of data and providing predictive insights, AI enables banks to mitigate risks early. They can strengthen customer portfolio stability, and make data-driven lending decisions. These capabilities are essential in a landscape where financial risks can escalate rapidly.
Beyond the expected benefits, banks have also reported enhanced customer insights as an unexpected advantage. By leveraging AI to analyse customer behaviours and preferences, banks can tailor their products and services more effectively. Furthermore, they can improve customer satisfaction and experience, whilst fostering long-term loyalty.
Challenges to Adoption
Although organisations are experiencing a multitude of advantages, the integration of AI in banking is not without its hurdles. Legacy IT systems, stringent regulatory requirements, and concerns around data privacy pose significant challenges to widespread adoption. Banks must ensure AI-driven decision-making processes are effective. Moreover, they must also be fully transparent and compliant with industry regulations. Further highlighting the importance of a gradual, strategic approach to AI implementation.
Opportunities Ahead
The potential for AI in banking extends far beyond risk management. From streamlining operational workflows to enhancing customer personalisation and improving decision-making. AI is set to drive innovation across the sector. For example, AI-powered chatbots and virtual assistants transform customer service by providing instant, 24/7 support. They can handle complex interactions, enhancing customer satisfaction. At the same time, advanced analytics enable banks to analyse behaviour patterns, predict trends, and personalise product offerings. Furthermore. enhancing cross-selling opportunities and driving deeper customer engagement. These tools are becoming strategic enablers for innovation in the financial landscape.
A Call to Action
For banks to fully realise the benefits of AI, they must address the digital transformation gap, modernising outdated infrastructures and fostering a culture of innovation. This includes investing in technologies that align with their strategic goals, ensuring robust data security measures alongside maintaining compliance with evolving regulations.
As the banking sector continues its journey towards digital maturity, AI will play a pivotal role in defining its future. By overcoming current barriers and embracing AI-driven solutions, banks can not only enhance operational efficiency but also deliver the seamless, personalised experiences that customers now expect in an increasingly digital world.
About Aryza
At Aryza know that in today’s highly regulated world, there is huge value in quickly guiding your customers through the product that best fit their immediate needs, through a seamless journey that is tailored to their specific circumstances.
We created smart platforms, responsible and compliant products, and a unique system of companies and capabilities so that businesses can optimise their customers’ journey through the right product at the right time.
For our teams across the globe, the growth of Aryza is a good news story and a testament to our clear vision and goals as an international business.
And also front of mind as we build a global footprint is our impact on the environment. Aryza is committed to reducing its carbon impact through the choices it makes and we are pleased to say that we follow an active roadmap.
Misplaced confidence in visibility tools leaves organisations vulnerable amidst record high data breaches, according to latest research
SHARE THIS STORY
A new report from Quod Orbis highlights that 95% of businesses are at risk of a cybersecurity blindspot. A reported 93% of UK organisations have confidence in their system visibility. However, nearly all (95%) of them have struggled to access critical assets in the last year, according to the research.
Over a third (38%) actually rank lack of visibility as one of their biggest challenges, further highlighting the gap between respondents’ perceptions and the reality of their situation. This comes at a time when data breaches this year have already surpassed one billion stolen records.
Quod Orbis Cybersecurity Research
Martin Greenfield, Quod Orbis CEO, comments: “Businesses are suffering from a blind spot that’s leaving them exposed. Misplaced confidence in existing cybersecurity tools means these same organisations are susceptible to data breaches and non-compliance fallout. This results in potentially crippling financial and reputational consequences.”
Quod Orbis commissioned a research study with international research house, Censuswide, to poll 500 board executives and IT decision makers, across enterprises of 500+ employees in the UK.
Cybersecurity Tech Stacks
Cybersecurity tech stacks are growing exponentially in the face of rising threats. The average team manages 19 security solutions at any one time. However, 41% still report a lack of technology as being their biggest challenge when it comes to maintaining a robust cybersecurity posture.
As 72% of IT teams have had their IT budget increased in the past three years, Greenfield urges businesses to break free from the typical cycle of throwing money at a problem and hoping something sticks. “It’s not about the biggest investment, it’s about the right investment.”
A quarter (26%) of IT decision makers are yet to allocate budget to basic security tools like asset visibility technology. This is despite 40% reporting a lack of actionable data.
It’s clear though that businesses recognise the advantage of implementing the right technology. More than eight in 10 (82%) agree that greater visibility over digital assets will greatly improve business security. This is a huge leap from the 93% of respondents who believe their businesses already provide them with the necessary tools.
According to the data, most upcoming IT investments will be allocated to Continuous Controls Monitoring (32%), privileged and identity access management (30%) and zero trust (29%).
The Future
Greenfield concludes: “Digital infrastructure has reached a level of complexity that not only warrants, but demands, complete visibility. Now is not the time to gamble with your company’s security. Furthermore, organisations need to stop adding layers of unnecessary technology as a way of solving the immediate problem. Instead, they must take a step back and think holistically about how to resolve their issues.
“Tools like CCM, powered by automation, help teams see and understand their security and risk posture in real time. This offers peace of mind that all of their data is relevant and up to date. This level of insight provides early awareness of potential problems and empowers teams to take a proactive approach to security, instead of being forced back into the same reactive position they’ve been in for years.”
About Quod Orbis
Quod Orbis is the single source of truth across security, risk and compliance, providing an orchestration layer for the entire tech stack whether in the cloud, on-premise, legacy or bespoke. Founded in 2018, Quod Orbis became part of Dedagroup, one of the leading Italian IT players, in 2024.
A pioneer in Continuous Controls Monitoring (CCM), Quod Orbis provides complete and constant visibility into a company’s cybersecurity, compliance and risk posture. Quod Orbis’ ability to connect with every piece of technology within a business, unrivalled automation capabilities and continual support enables the company to serve a global client base across a wide variety of industries.
Innovative Systems, a leading provider of enterprise data, compliance, and integration solutions, has launched FinScan Marketplace
SHARE THIS STORY
The platform will serve as a one-stop shop for anti-money laundering (AML) compliance. It offers a streamlined approach to managing compliance risk and unified case management via a central hub for all related activities. FinScan Marketplace positions itself as a trusted partner for organisations navigating today’s complex, global regulatory landscape.
Removing the complexity of AML compliance
“Our goal with FinScan Marketplace is to remove the complexity of AML compliance. We bring everything organisations need into one unified platform,” said Deborah Overdeput, Chief Marketing Officer at Innovative Systems. “This launch reflects our commitment to delivering solutions that simplify processes. We empower compliance teams to work smarter, and ensure organisations remain vigilant. And fully aligned with evolving regulatory requirements in a rapidly changing landscape.”
FinScan Marketplace revolutionises how organisations manage their AML portfolio. It provides a single, easy-to-navigate interface. Customers can seamlessly access a comprehensive suite of tools. These include sanctions screening, KYC checks, adverse media screening, payment screening, and risk scoring, with additional features continually in development.
FinScan Marketplace
At the heart of FinScan Marketplace is its unified case management system. This integrates all critical AML processes into a cohesive workflow. From performing due diligence checks to monitoring transactions and investigating potential risks, customers can manage everything within a single platform. This integration saves time, reduces errors, and ensures compliance efforts remain seamless and effective.
FinScan Marketplace provides customers with a clear vision of the platform’s evolution. Its intuitive interface lets users view in-progress product developments, register interest in upcoming features. Furthermore, they can participate in design feedback sessions. This approach ensures future enhancements align closely with real-world compliance needs.
“We are not just delivering tools; we are creating partnerships with our customers by building solutions that adapt to their challenges,” Overdeput added. “Transparency and collaboration are key pillars of the FinScan Marketplace.”
Innovative Systems for AML
FinScan Marketplace reflects Innovative Systems’ dedication to becoming a trusted partner for a host of organisations. These include financial institutions, insurance companies, fintechs, casinos and gaming entities, charities and non-profits, government agencies, and other organisations it serves. By continuously delivering value, anticipating industry needs, and prioritising customers’ feedback in its development process, the company demonstrates its commitment to supporting effective and reliable AML compliance.
Innovative Systems delivers enterprise data, compliance, and integration solutions through the company’s leading FinScan®, Enlighten®, and PostLocate® brands. These solutions offer actionable insights and enable organizations to identify the hidden opportunities or risks in their data. We have pioneered best-in-class data quality, data management, and risk and compliance solutions in thousands of applications across more than 65 countries. Our cloud-based (SaaS), on-premise, and hybrid offerings deliver dramatic, measurable improvements in accuracy, cost, and time to production over alternatives. Learn more at innovativesystems.com
About FinScan
Trusted by hundreds of organisations worldwide, Innovative Systems, Inc.’s FinScan offers advanced Anti-Money Laundering (AML) compliance technology and consulting solutions. Built on decades of experience in data management and proprietary matching technologies, FinScan provides a data-first, risk-based approach to ensure unparalleled accuracy and efficiency in identifying and reducing risk, accelerating AML compliance workflows, and optimising team productivity. FinScan’s comprehensive, integrated platform includes Know Your Customer (KYC), unparalleled sanctions screening, risk scoring, data quality, and advisory services for implementing a holistic compliance program. FinScan offers flexible deployment including SaaS, on-premise, and hybrid options. FinScan’s SaaS clients are screening more than 300 billion names a year. Learn more at finscan.com
Alex Mosher, Chief Revenue Officer at Armis, on why businesses are prioritising their cybersecurity budgets, ensuring they have the resources needed to counteract emerging threats
SHARE THIS STORY
Cybersecurity is no longer optional. In 2025, we expect a significant uptick in overall spending. With threats becoming more sophisticated, organisations recognise the imperative to invest adequately in cybersecurity measures. This trend is driven by the growing awareness that the cost of a cyber-attack far outweighs the investment required to prevent it.
In 2025, there will be a marked shift toward comprehensive security solutions that offer integrated functionalities. Companies will increasingly seek platforms that provide threat detection, incident response, and compliance management within a single solution. This trend arises from the need to simplify security management and reduce complexity. Siloed solutions are ineffective, expensive and reduce the efficiency of security teams with finite resources. Furthermore, by consolidating various security functions into a unified platform, businesses can streamline their processes and enhance their overall security posture. Integrated solutions offer a holistic approach to cybersecurity, addressing multiple aspects of an organisation’s security needs. The move toward comprehensive solutions also reflects a broader understanding of the interconnectedness of cybersecurity elements. A unified solution that addresses multiple areas provides a more robust defence against potential breaches.
Emphasis on Automation and AI
Automation and artificial intelligence (AI) are revolutionising the cybersecurity landscape. Organisations increasingly prioritise spending on AI-driven security solutions to enhance threat detection and response capabilities. The focus will be on tools that streamline incident response, reduce manual workloads, and enable security teams to focus on more strategic initiatives. Moreover, the trend will also include spending on analytics tools that help organisations understand and mitigate risks based on the current threat landscape. Threat intelligence and analytics play a pivotal role in enhancing an organisation’s security posture.
AI technologies offer a proactive approach to cybersecurity, allowing organisations to identify and mitigate threats in real-time. By leveraging machine learning algorithms and data analytics, businesses can gain deeper insights into potential vulnerabilities and respond swiftly to emerging threats. The emphasis on automation and AI is driven by the need to enhance efficiency and effectiveness in cybersecurity operations. By automating routine tasks and employing AI for advanced threat detection, businesses can optimise their resources and achieve a more robust security posture.
Investment in Cloud Cybersecurity Solutions
The migration to cloud environments continues to accelerate, driving the need for robust cloud security solutions. Key investment areas will include cloud security posture management (CSPM) and cloud workload protection platforms (CWPP). The emphasis on cloud security reflects the growing reliance on cloud services for business operations. Moreover, organisations recognise that securing their cloud environments is paramount to safeguarding digital assets and ensuring regulatory compliance. Investments in cloud security solutions also align with the broader trend toward digital transformation. Businesses are leveraging the cloud to drive innovation and agility. This neessitates a strong security framework to protect their evolving digital ecosystems.
Enhanced Budgeting for Compliance and Regulatory Needs
Data protection and privacy regulations are becoming increasingly stringent worldwide. Also, this necessitates enhanced budgeting for compliance-related cybersecurity solutions. I expect organisations to allocate more resources to auditing tools, risk management platforms, and solutions that help them meet regulatory requirements such as GDPR, CCPA, and HIPAA.
The emphasis on compliance reflects a growing awareness of the legal and reputational risks associated with non-compliance. Investing in compliance-related solutions also aligns with the broader trend toward data-driven decision-making. Moreover, by implementing tools that ensure alignment with regulatory requirements, organisations can demonstrate their commitment to ethical data practices and build trust among stakeholders.
Growth in Cybersecurity Insurance Expenditures
Cyber insurance is becoming an essential component of an organisation’s risk management strategy. The growth in cybersecurity insurance expenditures reflects a broader awareness of the financial implications of cybersecurity threats. Investing in cyber insurance aligns with the emphasis on accountability in cybersecurity spending. By securing coverage for potential losses, businesses can demonstrate their commitment to protecting their assets and ensuring business continuity in the face of unforeseen events.
By understanding the key cyber spending patterns outlined here, businesses can make informed decisions. They can enhance their security posture to protect their valuable assets and ensure business continuity as we move into 2025.
Yuno enables organisations to transform online checkout experiences, allowing customers to pay securely without the need for passwords
SHARE THIS STORY
Yuno, a leading global payment orchestrator, announces that Mastercard’s Click to Pay at checkout is now available to all Yuno clients.
Click to Pay helps improve customer experience by ensuring purchases can be made securely and quickly with just a few clicks. It significantly decreases the instances of cart abandonment that plague the e-commerce industry. According to Mastercard research, nearly two-thirds of shoppers still struggle through manually entering their card details. Around 25% of carts are abandoned because checkout is too complex or slow. The average online shopping cart abandonment rate worldwide reached 70.19% in 2023, according to Statista. This resulted in an estimated $260 billion recoverable loss in e-commerce sales annually in the US and EU alone. Plus, fraud rates are seven times higher online than in stores. Criminals exploit exposed card numbers, creating headaches for cardholders and huge losses for merchants and card issuers.
Click to Pay with Yuno and Mastercard
Yuno’s single-click Click to Pay integration, which is enabled in 40 markets across the world, goes beyond just reducing cart abandonment. It also translates to increased sales and conversions for merchants with digital payments. Yuno offfers a secure and familiar digital checkout option trusted by millions of cardholders worldwide. It empowers businesses to boost customer confidence and improve the shopping experience. Yuno’s ability to offer Mastercard Click to Pay access to merchants is especially crucial for businesses expanding into new markets, where brand recognition can be a challenge. With Yuno, merchants can offer a globally recognised payment solution that eliminates friction at checkout almost anywhere in the world.
Yuno
Juan Pablo Ortega, Co-Founder and CEO at Yuno, commented: “At Yuno, we are constantly seeking out the best solutions to streamline payment processes and enhance security, while delivering speed. Making Mastercard’s Click to Pay at checkout feature easy to integrate for all of our customers supports our commitment to removing barriers to global commerce. We’re making sure our customers can focus on running their businesses without any unnecessary headaches.’’
Mastercard
Diego Szteinhendler, Senior Vice-President, Fintechs, Merchants and Digital Platforms, Mastercard Latin America and the Caribbean, added: “Digital consumers expect an intuitive, frictionless and secure experience. To support this demand, we’ve built a robust digital infrastructure with a suite of acceptance and payment services, including Click to Pay. Through partnerships like the one with Yuno these are becoming available to millions of consumers across Latin America and beyond.”
Yuno’s clients, including Viva Aerobus, Bacu, and Habibs, have already begun taking advantage of Mastercard Click to Pay at Checkout via Yuno. It is helping them deliver a secure and convenient user experience for their customers across the globe.
About Yuno
Yuno has emerged as a dominant force in global payment orchestration, with a core mission to empower global commerce by enabling businesses of all sizes to accept and disburse payments anywhere in the world, fostering financial inclusion. It enables businesses to access over 300 payment methods worldwide as well as innovative features including one-click checkout, smart routing, and robust anti-fraud tools via a single unified, easy-to-use interface. Yuno serves a global customer base that includes McDonald’s, inDrive, Rappi and other renowned brands across more than 80 countries.
Waheed Mahmood, Financial Services Lead at Rackspace Technology, on how cloud is elevating CX in the financial services industry
SHARE THIS STORY
The importance of customer experience (CX) in financial services is growing. In July 2023, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) published its Consumer Duty guidelines, designed to set clearer standards of protection for consumers of financial services. The Consumer Duty was created to ensure that financial institutions (FIs) act fairly, while preventing customers from making poor financial decisions.
Despite the guidelines being implemented over a year ago, some FIs are still struggling to meet customers’ needs and are not working hard enough to protect them. In October 2024, for example, the FCA fined TSB Bank Plc £10,910,500 for failing to ensure that customers in arrears were treated fairly between 2014 and 2020.
According to Forrester, there has also been a significant decline in EU bank customer experience (CX) quality in 2024. This matters, because as CX quality declines, so does customer loyalty. Financial service executives must step up their game if they want to stay competitive and earn this loyalty. FIs that leverage technology can increase customer satisfaction, reduce the cost to serve and boost conversion rates and profitability. As we look ahead, here are some ways FIs can harness technology to drive customer satisfaction in 2025 and beyond.
Driving CX through the Cloud
The Consumer Duty’s objective was to guide individuals toward sound financial decisions. To achieve this, FI’s must leverage data and analytical insights. However, legacy systems often hinder effective data sharing and analysis, limiting the ability to provide personalised guidance.
Private cloud technology empowers banks to modernise their legacy systems. This can increase agility with the delivery of new services and products, enabling them to create and deliver enhanced CX. This includes offering seamless digital experiences, from smart self-service options and instant transaction tracking to tailored financial guidance and decision-making. Banks can also use cloud analytics to spot user pain points and service disruptions early, directly improving both customer satisfaction and profitability.
The integration of cloud services with existing banking systems also enhances data flow and interoperability. Real-time analytics platforms, such as Azure Stream Analytics help process and analyse vast amounts of data. This can reveal valuable insights into customer behaviour and preferences. Banks can then offer personalised advice and services, boosting customer satisfaction and interaction.
To maximise these benefits, FI’s need to ensure these customer insights are shared across departments. Eliminating departmental silos can drive improvements in product development, marketing strategies, and customer service protocols. Success requires integrating design expertise and data capabilities – involving teams from every business function to build a data framework and platform. This integration will help convert customer insights into actionable improvements.
Double down on service innovation for CX
Before leveraging cloud technology, FIs must evaluate their current technology stack to identify weak points before embarking on digital transformation initiatives. Legacy systems, which many FIs still depend on put them at a disadvantage as customer demands and expectations grow. This outdated infrastructure is particularly vulnerable, leaving sensitive customer data exposed to risk.
By updating their technology stack, FIs can improve customer interactions while streamlining critical systems for transaction handling and personalisation. These work together to deliver an experience that aligns closely with individual customer needs.
FIs are also leveraging machine learning to gain insights into customer spending patterns, enabling them to offer personalised financial advice and recommendations. Additionally, GenAI is reshaping CX; AI-driven chatbots, for example, offer instance guidance and assistance, freeing up human staff to focus on more complex issues. However, to maximise the benefits of GenAI, FIs need robust infrastructure in place. GenAI models require high-quality, well-structured data for training and precise forecasting.
A cloud-based platform is particularly well-suited for FIs with specific demands around control, security and workload customisation. By adopting this approach, institutions can meet the high storage and encryption requirements of GenAI, thereby, enhancing both system performance and data security – key factors in scaling these technologies.
To respond to a continued decline in customer experience quality, financial service providers must make this a strategic priority. Delighting and engaging customers on a personal level has become vital and institutions that satisfy these expectations will be best equipped to attract new clients and build enduring loyalty.
Mastercard integrates its Multi-Token Network (MTN) for tokenized deposits and tokenized assets with Kinexys Digital Payments (formerly JPM Coin)
SHARE THIS STORY
Mastercard’s blockhain Multi-Token Network (MTN) has connected to Kinexys Digital Payments as a payment settlement solution. This will enhance the availability of B2B cross-border payments to business applications on MTN.
Kinexys Digital Payments is a next-generation payment rail powering real-time value transfer. Also, it uses commercial bank money and is offered through Kinexys by J.P. Morgan, the firm’s Blockchain business unit.
Mastercard’s MTN brings together a set of API-enabled, blockchain-based tools and standards for innovative business models under one platform.
Kinexys by JP Morgan and Mastercard are respectively providing solutions designed to improve the efficiency of commercial transactions. Furthermore, these solutions aim to improve the cross-border payment experiences common for such transactions. They will achieve this by providing greater transparency and faster settlement as well as reducing time zone friction.
By integrating Mastercard MTN’s connectivity with Kinexys Digital Payments, mutual customers of MTN and Kinexys will be able to settle B2B transactions through a single API integration.
Kinexys – JP Morgan’s Blockchain business unit
“At Kinexys, we believe our solutions can play a transformative role in the ecosystem for digital global commerce and digital assets, where the value proposition of commercial transaction venues is enhanced by the availability of commercial bank payment rails that can natively integrate with any digital marketplace or platform. We look forward to supporting our clients engaging with the MTN ecosystem and collaborating further with Mastercard in the digital space.”
Naveen Mallela, Co-Head of Kinexys by JP Morgan
MTN – Mastercard’s Multi-Token Network
“For years, both Mastercard and Kinexys by JP Morgan have been committed to innovating for the future of digital asset and commercial infrastructure. By bringing together the power and connectivity of Mastercard’s MTN with Kinexys Digital Payments, we are unlocking greater speed and settlement capabilities for the entire value chain. Moreover, we are excited about this integration and the new use cases it will bring to life, leveraging the strengths and innovations of both organisations.”
Raj Dhamodharan, executive vice president, Blockchain and Digital Assets at Mastercard
Ozge Celik, Head of Product at Turkey’s largest FinTech Papara, on how personalisation is making everyday financial transactions more manageable and embedded into our lifestyles
SHARE THIS STORY
With unlimited choice from a global marketplace, customer expectations are continuing to reach new heights. Undeniably, we are seeing financial services – being led by the FinTech sector – undergoing a seismic shift towards personalisation and catering to this new form of demand. Users are no longer content with generic services. Furthermore, they want tailored, hyper personalised experiences that reflect their individual needs and preferences. This is particularly true for their banking experiences. Yet, many traditional banking institutions are struggling to keep up with these demands due to their legacy systems and traditional cookie-cutter approach. Whereas the FinTech industry, with its agile frameworks and state-of-the-art technologies, is demonstrating its capability to rapidly position solutions that cater to this demand.
The growing trend for personalisation
Personalisation in consumer services is not a novel concept, but its application within the financial sector is a relatively recent development. Despite its infancy, its impact on the industry is profound. Banking has always been a cornerstone of our daily lives, from withdrawing cash to transferring funds. As such, it is unsurprising that users increasingly view their financial services as an extension of their personal identity.
Over the past decade, we have seen the introduction of customisable physical bank cards, personalised digital tools on mobile banking apps and instant messaging services. Banks and fintechs are striving to meet users’ needs, reshaping the loyalty landscape that has traditionally favoured established banks. These institutions, with their often rigid and cumbersome systems, are being compelled to re-evaluate their user engagement strategies and the solutions they offer.
Leading the customisation charge
Startups and FinTechs are riding the crest of this wave of customisation. Traditional financial institutions frequently overestimate the costs associated with data collection and the development of meaningful personalised tools. FinTechs, on the other hand, harness their technological capabilities to sift through vast amounts of data, identifying individual preferences and behaviours. This insight enables them to better create personalised products and services that resonate with consumers on a deeper level. Offering such tailored experiences is not merely a competitive advantage; it is quickly becoming essential to attract and retain users.
The rise of the super app
The emergence of the super app epitomises this new paradigm. The inconvenience of managing multiple mobile banking apps is becoming a thing of the past as consumers increasingly favour a unified platform that addresses all their financial needs. This demand extends beyond financial services. The success of super apps like Alipay and WeChat Pay, which integrate services from ride-hailing to grocery shopping, illustrates how this model has become ingrained in everyday life. While the same level of adoption may not be universal due to various market factors, FinTechs are taking note and developing intuitive apps that combine financial and non-financial functions to deliver a seamless and efficient user experience.
FinTech’s personalisation extends to every facet of the financial journey. From customised budgeting tools and investment portfolios, to personalised insurance products and bespoke lending solutions, providers are redefining what it means to have a financial service that truly fits the individual.
The implications for personalisation in traditional banking
To stay relevant, banks must embrace digital transformation and consider partnerships with FinTechs or face the risk of further falling behind. Collaboration between established financial institutions and FinTech disruptors can yield the best of both worlds: the trust and scale of traditional banks combined with the innovation and agility of fintech.
As FinTechs continue to meet and exceed the hyper-personalised needs of consumers, they are establishing a new benchmark in the financial services industry. By making everyday financial transactions more manageable and integrated into our lifestyles, they are not merely responding to consumer demands but are also anticipating them. As this trend progresses, we can expect to witness further disruption, with fintechs at the helm, steering us towards a more personalised and accessible financial future for all.
About Papara
We are not a Bank; we are Papara, we are here for you.
We are a financial technology company that offers a new financial application experience. Keeping the user in mind against the traditional financial solutions, we strive to build the next generation financial super app. Our amazing community always suggest features and gives us constant feedback.
We integrate the most innovative technology to help our users control their money while being completely transparent.
In 2015,we started our services with the permission we received from the Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency to operate as an “Electronic Money Institution”.
Papara is the first non-bank to issue a Mastercard logo prepaid card in Turkey and currently a Mastercard, Visa, and Interbank Card Center member. In our seventh year of operation, we have acquired 21 million users and expanded our team to 1.000 happy people dedicated to creating the best financial experience.
Today, millions of our users choose Papara’s innovative products to make millions of transactions every month.
Xerox has been a household name for decades. For many, it’s associated with photocopiers and printers. After all, it’s the…
SHARE THIS STORY
Xerox has been a household name for decades. For many, it’s associated with photocopiers and printers. After all, it’s the largest print company in the world. But it’s also a technology powerhouse that’s been at the forefront of a great deal of innovation. It has undergone a journey of evolution and reinvention into an IT and digital services provider. That’s what led to the business acquiring a large managed service provider, Altodigital, in 2020.
Derek Gunton has spent nearly 20 years in the technology sphere. He came to Xerox as part of the Altodigital acquisition. Altodigital also started out as a management print organisation and evolved into the IT services side, so its journey mirrors Xerox’s in many ways. “Now, as we move into the next technological age powered by AI and automation, we’ve put ourselves in a good position,” says Gunton.
“Xerox continues to evolve as a company. It recently announced the acquisition of another large managed services IT business called Savvy, which will double the size of the IT services business. That gives us a lot of speciality, a lot of scale, and prepares us for that leap into the technologies of the future.”
Supporting Lanes Group’s technology
Xerox has been supporting Lanes Group in its own growth journey for a few years now. It doesn’t provide print services, but the IT and digital services Xerox is gradually becoming known for. The relationship began during the COVID-19 pandemic, when the working environment was very different. Businesses were trying to figure out how to continue to operate as normally as possible and provide certainty for staff.
“There were just two of us from Xerox working with them, and we were talking about room planning software,” says Gunton. “How do you manage how many people are in the building? How do they book spaces, or manage people in line with the COVID legislation that was in place? The conversation started there. Then, we were asked what we could do around providing some managed service desk support just to assist the internal team at the time – and it’s grown from there. Four years later, we have over 30 members of staff dedicated to the Lanes account, supporting more than 4,000 users across over 50 states.
“We’re very much an operation that compliments Lanes Group. The thing that has always worked well is that we have the ability to respond and scale. Lanes have been on their own journey over the last few years to the point that they’re truly industry-leading, and we’ve managed to keep up whilst always looking to innovate, make suggestions, and bring new solutions to the table.”
An integrated technology partnership
Lanes Group supports key utilities including water and gas. What it does is absolutely critical. If there are problems in those areas, millions of people can be affected. So while Lanes has a huge responsibility to always be ready to support those utilities at all times, Xerox has just as much of a responsibility to be in a position to support Lanes.
“It’s massively important, and everybody in our business is briefed on what Lanes does to ensure we understand that responsibility,” says Gunton. “In my career, I’ve seen lots of different structures in terms of how we work with clients. Sometimes it can be very much a supplier-client relationship where it’s very siloed and formal. What sets our relationship with Lanes Group apart is that it’s a very integrated partnership. There are several meetings every week. There are dedicated program managers, and every product area has its owner. We have very strict SLAs to adhere to and the only way to deliver what Lanes needs is through communication and mutual support.”
Streamlining inconsistencies
A perfect example of the collaborative relationship between Xerox and Lanes Group is the secure network solution Xerox put in place. Effectively, Xerox mapped out and replaced the network infrastructure of all Lanes Group sites, giving better visibility, better control, and a better user experience.
“When we first reviewed the sites, there were over 50 of them running independently. That was difficult for the IT team to manage,” says Gunton. “It led to a lot of inconsistencies. We had mixed feedback from end users. Our aim was to introduce a technology system that would give the users the ability to have a consistent experience across all sites. We worked with our partners at HPE to identify the latest Ariba access solutions available, and deployment across all sites has been very successful. It’s also improved security, giving users the ability to skip length authentication processes. The user experience is really smooth now, which is what we were after.”
Creating agility
Working as partners, not in a supplier-client capacity, has made all the difference for the two businesses. From robot process automation to take manual tasks away from humans, to the increased use of AI-driven tools, Xerox is providing Lanes with what it needs to be agile. It’s a relationship based on trust and a shared goal.
“I do appreciate the help from the stakeholders at Lanes, because they embrace the same kind of culture,” Gunton says. “Often we’ll do joint meetings where we all address the same problem or desire to innovate together. We trust each others’ skill sets and openness to really come up with a solution. Ultimately, it’s all people-driven. It’s based on having really clever people in the right places, and we’ve built up a really solid team over the years.”
The evolution Lanes Group is going through isn’t going to slow down any time soon. That means Xerox’s work won’t either. Gunton states: “Our broad priorities with Lanes also reflect the current UK landscape. Data integration and automation are the areas we’re continuing to focus on. We have to think about how we deliver that. In terms of data, there needs to be one true source. You have to be really confident in the information you have, being as accurate as possible.”
What’s key for Xerox is ensuring that Lanes Group is able to shift from being reactive to more proactive. That is its focus. “We’re already delivering technology solutions to better equip Lanes to respond in that manner. I think the next year is going to be really exciting as we continue to develop that. We believe that we will continue to put Lanes at the forefront of their industry with the solutions that we supply.”
This month’s cover story throws the spotlight on the ground-up technology transformation journey at Lanes Group – a leading water…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover story throws the spotlight on the ground-up technology transformation journey at Lanes Group – aleading water and wastewater solutions and services provider in the UK.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
In a world driven by transformation, it’s rare a leader gets the opportunity to deliver organisational change in its purest form… Lanes Group – the leading water and wastewater solutions services provider – has started again from the ground up with IT Director Mo Dawood at the helm.
“I’ve always focused on transformation,” he reflects. “Particularly around how we make things better, more efficient, or more effective for the business and its people. The end-user journey is crucial. So many times you see organisations thinking they can buy the best tech and systems, plug them in, and they’ve solved the problem. You have to understand the business, the technology side, and the people in equal measure. It’s core to any transformation.”
Mo’s roadmap for transformation centred on four key areas: HR and payroll, management of the group’s vehicle fleet, migrating to a new ERP system, and health and safety. “People were first,” he comments. “Getting everyone on the same HR and payroll system would enable the HR department to transition, helping us have a greater understanding of where we were as a business and providing a single point of information for who we employ and how we need to grow.”
Schneider Electric provides energy and digital automation and industrial IoT solutions for customers in homes, buildings, industries, and critical infrastructure. The company serves 16 critical sectors. It has a vast digital footprint spanning the globe, presenting a complex and ever-evolving risk landscape and attack surface. Cybersecurity, product security and data protection, and a robust and protected end-to-end supply chain for software, hardware, and firmware are fundamental to its business.
“From a critical infrastructure perspective, one of the big challenges is that the defence posture of the base can vary,” says Cassie Crossley, VP, Supply Chain Security, Cybersecurity & Product Security Office.
“We believe in something called ‘secure by operations’, which is similar to a cloud shared responsibility model. Nation state and malicious actors are looking for open and available devices on networks. Operational technology and systems that are not built with defence at the core and not normally intended to be internet facing. The fact these products are out there and not behind a DMZ network to add an extra layer of security presents a big risk. It essentially means companies are accidentally exposing their networks. To mitigate this we work with the Department of Energy, CISA, other global agencies, and Internet Service Providers (ISPs). Through our initiative we identify customers inadvertently doing this we inform them and provide information on the risk.”
Persimmon Homes: Digital Innovation in Construction
As an experienced FTSE100 Group CIO who has enabled transformation some of the UK’s largest organisations, Persimmon Homes‘ Paul Coby knows a thing or two about what it takes to be a successful CIO. Fifty things, to be precise. Like the importance of bridging the gap between technology and business priorities, and how all IT projects must be business projects. That IT is a team sport, that communication is essential to deliver meaningful change – and that people matter more than technology. And that if you’re not scared sometimes, you’re not really understanding what being the CIO is.
“There’s no such thing as an IT strategy; instead, IT is an integral part of the business strategy”
WCDSB: Empowering learning through technology innovation
‘Tech for good’, or ‘tech with purpose’. Both liberally used phrases across numerous industries and sectors today. But few purposes are greater than providing the tools, technology, and innovations essential for guiding children on their educational journey. Meanwhile, also supporting the many people who play a crucial role in helping learners along the way. Chris Demers and his IT Services Department team at the Waterloo Catholic District School Board (WCDSB) have the privilege of delivering on this kind of purpose day in, day out. A mission they neatly summarise as ‘empower, innovate, and foster success’.
“The Strategic Plan projects out five years across four areas,” Demers explains. “It addresses endpoint devices, connectivity and security as dictated by business and academic needs. We focus on infrastructure, bandwidth, backbone networks, wifi, security, network segmentation, firewall infrastructure, and cloud services. Process improvement includes areas like records retention, automated workflows, student data systems, parent portals, and administrative systems. We’re fully focused on staff development and support.”
FinTech Connect shapes the future of financial services with the UK’s only full FinTech ecosystem event at London’s Excel December 4-5
SHARE THIS STORY
Join us as FinTech Connect welcomes world leading Fintechs, Financial Institutions, Challenger Banks, Merchants, Scale-Ups and StartUps, Investors, Accelerators and Media to The ExceL, London.
FinTech Connect
Each year we welcome visionaries from the UK, Europe and beyond all looking to innovate within the market, expand their footprint and drive businesses forward. The event brings all this under one roof, over two insight-packed days, sparking ideas, forging partnerships and accelerating change.
Tackling the hottest topics and biggest challenges in the fintech market. Including: embedded finance, Web3, cross-border payments, investment, scaling, Gen AI, crypto, regulation, digital innovation and customer experience (CX).
Our mission is to connect the global thought leaders across the FinTech ecosystem in an event like no other. Set yourself up for a strong 2025 by signing up for the UK’s only full FinTech ecosystem event and join 2,000+ fintech leaders in London.
Insights from FinTech’s biggest names
We’ll be asking the big questions… What AI elements do financial institutions need to follow? Build, buy or partner? What opportunity works best in the modern ecosystem? How are banks advancing their digital transformations in 2024? Who owns the CX?
Gain insights on these topics and more from some of the biggest names in financial services. Speakers include Victoria Cleland, Executive Director – Payments, Bank of England; Rory Tanner, Head of UK Government Affairs at Revolut and Nick Kerrigan, Managing Director, Swift. Thought leaders will also be taking to the stage from HSBC, DZ Bank, Lloyds Banking Group, BT and a host of other leading institutions.
Keep up to date with the latest speakers, discussions and more. Download the full agenda here.
Seth Ruden, Director of Global Advisory at BioCatch, on how the UK’s financial institutions can be better prepared to deal with authorised push payment (APP) scams
SHARE THIS STORY
The focus on authorised push payment (APP) fraud scams – where scammers impersonate reputable individuals or institutions – has increasingly shifted to whether banks should reimburse customers for funds stolen by scammers. We can gain valuable insights from the approaches taken by financial institutions in the UK. They are leading the way with their cybersecurity efforts compared to their counterparts in other regions.
First, British banks established a standardised reporting system and typology. This is a fundamental first step that every financial institution should take to grasp the full scope of how financial fraud affects banking consumers. Banks may disclose the type of fraud, the amount of money stolen, and the bank measures used to prevent the scam from occurring. This centralised view brings the true scope of the totality of scams into focus.
Three ways the UK’s financial institutions are leading in the fight against fraud
Second, the UK has developed strategies to identify specific scams and reduce their losses. The regulator added a slew of new controls to banks, including confirmation of payee, scam and transaction-specific interventions, and money mule account controls for those receiving the illicit funds. Before regulation, not every financial institution had implemented these controls, providing an uneven playing field and allowing scams to flourish. Banks outside the UK should not wait for regulators to mandate controls like these. They should do it on their own accord to prove they realise the magnitude of the scam problem and the severity of its impact on bank customers.
Improved consumer financial scam controls should be a minimum requirement for financial institutions in 2024. These controls should cover: authorised push payment behavioural analysis, money mule behaviour around both account opening and account activity, and analysis of both inbound and outbound transactions. Furthermore, detecting and then closing money mule accounts – used by fraudsters as an intermediate stop between the victim’s account and the final destination for the stolen funds – is absolutely critical, as they serve as the backbone for every consumer-based financial scam.
The third? Getting involved. Banks need to integrate themselves and participate with industry and trade associations – such as the FS-ISACs and GASA (Global Anti Scam Alliance). These associations provide opportunities to network with peer institutions and others in the fraud value chain to share scam information and learn from each other.
Effective Fraud Prevention: A practical assessment of Key Strategies
Many banks today use precision anomaly detection and behavioural biometrics to notify them when a fraudulent transaction takes place. Financial institutions in the UK often issue actionable alerts to clients in real-time. Santander UK, for example, now asks customers if they have seen the item in person before approving a payment through Facebook Marketplace. For online account opening, there are good solutions for bot-detection to prevent automated bots from opening new accounts, behavioural biometrics to detect suspicious patterns of data entry, and solutions that can analyse the customer KYC data. A secondary benefit of strong account opening controls is the reduction of operational costs to close bogus accounts.
For detecting existing money mule accounts, traditionally it required tracking the circulation of funds, both the inbound and outbound transaction activity and looking for anomalies (e.g. high value in and then immediately transferred out). Now, user behaviour anomalies – such as changes in the user’s input/output device activity or navigation preferences – may indicate a change in account control before the suspicious transactions take place.
Protecting Customers: What the future holds for Financial institutions
Since the UK’s introduction to faster payments, the region has become a centre of research for the rest of the world. However, eliminating threats to UK customers and their money has remained difficult despite an increase in regulation. While Governments and international groups are starting to identify and take down some of these organisations there are still hundreds of thousands of scammers and coerced individuals involved in these intricate schemes. A key challenge for financial institutions is understanding how scammers get their customers to initiate authorised payment. However, these challenges can be combatted by understanding the psychology behind how scammers work which can be a prominent factor in tackling the problem. Financial institutions must ensure that, in a few years’ time, they can confidently answer ‘yes’ to the question: Did we do enough to help eliminate consumer financial scams?
There were many inspiring themes on peoples’ lips at DPW Amsterdam 2024, including collaboration. One of the major reasons procurement…
SHARE THIS STORY
There were many inspiring themes on peoples’ lips at DPW Amsterdam 2024, including collaboration. One of the major reasons procurement professionals flock to DPW is the opportunity to learn from their peers, strategise with them, and make connections in order to partner up and grow. We sat down with Dr Matthias Dohrn and Sudhir Bhojwani, business collaborators of several years who prove the benefits of coming together for growth.
Dohrn is the CPO of BASF, a global chemical company, making him responsible for direct, indirect, and traded goods. Prior to this role he headed up a business unit – and things weren’t going well. It got to the point where the question of how to drive performance became a priority. The business needed to consistently drive value, not just be, in Dohrn’s words, a “one-hit wonder”.
“I’ve been in a lot of meetings where people come together and say, ‘we should do something’ – but the next month, you have the same meeting and nothing has changed,” Dohrn explains. “Structuring an organisation in a manner that really drives and extracts value, that’s key.”
This eventually led to meeting with ORO Labs and asking how it could help BASF build a solution that enabled the growth it needed. Sudhir Bhojwani, CEO and Co-Founder of ORO Labs, knew Dohrn already from his SAP Ariba days He even credits him with explaining what ‘supplier management’ means. When he co-founded ORO Labs, his team wanted to focus on being a procurement orchestration platform and build smart workflows.
“When Matthias was running his business unit, as he mentioned, he had this Excel-based process where he was running thousands of measures,” Bhojwani explains. “It was an interesting process. We let him know that our workflow could solve his problems way more efficiently. So we worked with this business unit at that time and saw some positive results. Roughly a year later, Matthias took over as CPO and wanted to bring in the same structure that we’d implemented at the business unit, but on a bigger scale.”
Kicking off the project
Getting this project off the ground meant having a business case, first and foremost. This required actually sitting down with the people who do the ordering, because procurement needed to understand the options it had. “So, with every plant in BASF – all approximately 150 of them – we had to talk to them, and look at the individual spend of each plant,” Dohrn explains. “This included direct procurement of raw materials, energy, logistics, indirect spend for services, and so on. Then we had brainstorming workshops, generating between 30 and 50 improvement measures per workshop.
“Then, because it’s bottom-up, you bring in the performance management tool to prioritise the measures. Then you go through the business case and confirm the value. As these measures go through the implementation levels, it’s very satisfying because you can see how you’re making progress in driving value every day. The people who own the measures set the timeline themselves, and there are incentive schemes behind the best ideas.”
Driving value to motivate people was a priority from the start, and something BASF discussed with ORO Labs early on. People are able to see the status of their measures thanks to ORO Labs, which means they’re able to see the results and also see other peoples’ great ideas. “You create a wave of people who are driving value, much faster,” Dohrn adds.
Addressing the challenges
From Bhojwani’s perspective, there were multiple challenges when approaching BASF’s requirements. Fundamentally, ORO Labs was building a brand new workflow, as BASF required a very different take on what that means. ORO understanding how that translated to what BASF needed was the first challenge.
“We needed to understand the structure Matthias has, and what the work streams should look like,” Bhojwani explains. “We had to figure out how to model these work streams within our tool in a way that made sense. An indirect work stream is not the same as something in direct material; those things are very different. So here’s where our workflow tool worked quite well. We could customise how direct material work streams should behave, compared to indirect work streams, how country A should behave compared to country B, and so on.
“It was important that we could bring flexibility, and that we could solve workflow problems in innovative ways. Another challenge was the user experience part. We had to make sure that the system worked for everybody, otherwise nobody would participate in the system. We had to keep working on it, keep fixing it, and that took a good 18 months of tweaking. The biggest thing has been understanding how BASF actually generates value, and how a workflow can help. It’s been very interesting.”
Identifying the value
Collaborating with ORO Labs has unlocked an enormous amount of value for BASF. Dohrn has seen the business come together thanks to the work that was put into communicating and collaborating with every site across businesses and functions, and BASF is continuing to conduct workshops for further improvement. There’s also, of course, the EBIT being gained from the business cases, putting BASF on track to generate sustainable savings.
“There’s been a real mindset change,” Dohrn states. “We’re now really focused on value, and we’re using this ORO Labs tool to hold each other accountable. You can see the progress every day. We call it the iceberg because you can see below the implementation levels. Everything starts off below the water line – no value created yet, just potential. Then you see it moving beyond the zero line into the positives, and every day I can see the difference between now and yesterday with just a click. It’s so fulfilling to see what we have created.
“We’re able to see the interaction with the plants, the interaction between people, and interaction with the requisitioners, and we can create something positive together. I think that’s huge. It’s only going to bring more and more value over the next few years. People are used to the tool now, they find it easy. It has created value and everyone’s happy because the cost pressure on the plants has gone down.”
Tonkean is built differently. Tonkean is a first-of-its-kind intake and orchestration platform. Powered by AI, Tonkean helps enterprise internal service…
SHARE THIS STORY
Tonkean is built differently.
Tonkean is a first-of-its-kind intake and orchestration platform. Powered by AI, Tonkean helps enterprise internal service teams like procurement and legal create process experiences that transform how businesses operate. The transformation hinges on four key functionalities, intake, AI-powered orchestration, visibility, and business-led configuration (no-code), which internal teams leverage to use existing tools better together, automate complex processes across teams and tools, and empower employees to do better, higher-value work.
Jennifer O’Gara is the Senior Director of Marketing, Director People and Talent at Tonkean. O’Gara’s route into procurement came when Tonkean became active within the space. “While we initially focused on solving complex process challenges across entire enterprises, we quickly realised how much procurement could benefit from this approach,” she explains. “Procurement processes are inherently complex and collaborative and cross-functional, making them a perfect fit for Tonkean’s orchestration capabilities. We were right. Since we entered the market, we’ve been blown away by how enthusiastically process orchestration has been received. That’s keeping us excited about procurement.”
This year, DPW Amsterdam 2024’s theme was 10X, with a focus on the importance of companies aiming for a moonshot mindset instead of an incremental approach. As far as O’Gara is concerned, achieving 10X improvements in performance is within reach for procurement, but it requires a shift in how the function thinks about growth. “It’s not just about doing more of the same faster—it’s about fundamentally rethinking the processes that drive your business,” reveals O’Gara. “Your processes are like your company’s infrastructure. When you optimise at the process level, you don’t just create incremental gains; you can fundamentally transform the way you operate at scale. You can remove bottlenecks permanently, facilitate easier collaboration org-wide, and drive true, reliable automation across all your teams and systems. The result is exponential performance improvements that can be sustained over time. Aiming for 10X isn’t just a lofty goal—it’s achievable. The key is focusing your improvement efforts at the process level.”
However, the journey to 10X isn’t straightforward. Some organisations believe they can just layer new technology on top of old processes. According to O’Gara, this won’t unlock 10X growth and will still leave your company lagging behind. “Getting to 10X starts, instead, with building better processes—and moving away from the idea that any one technology will do the trick,” she says. “For example, AI. AI is powerful, but it’s just a tool, and it’s only valuable if used strategically. To truly unlock 10X improvements in performance, you need to integrate technologies like AI into your core processes in a way that’s structured, strategic, and scalable. You will only ever be as innovative or adaptive or as effective as your processes are dynamic, dexterous and dependable. How do you build better processes? That’s where process orchestration comes in.”
Process orchestration refers to the strategy — enabled by process orchestration platforms — of coordinating automated business processes across teams and existing, integrated systems. These processes can facilitate all procurement-related activities. Importantly, they can also accommodate employees’ many different working preferences and styles.
Instead of simply adding to an organisation’s existing tech stack, process orchestration allows companies to use their existing mix of people, data, and tech better together. One promise of process orchestration is to finally put internal shared service teams like procurement in charge of the tools they deploy.
This goes a long way towards solving one of the enterprise’s most vexing operational challenges: the inefficiency of over-complexity born of too much new technology. It also allows procurement teams to truly make their technology work for them and the employees they serve. As opposed to making people work for technology. Process orchestration breaks down the silos that typically separate working environments. No longer do stakeholders have to log in to an ERP or P2P platform to submit or approve intake requests, just for example. The technology will meet them wherever they are.
“It helps you create and scale processes that can seamlessly connect with all of your existing systems, databases, and teams, while accommodating the individual needs of your employees and meeting them in the tools they already use,” adds O’Gara. “Orchestration allows you to automate processes across existing systems—like ERP, P2P, and messaging apps—so data flows automatically between them. It allows you to surface technologies like AI when and where they’re most impactful for stakeholders.”
Speaking of AI, it remains one of the biggest buzzwords in procurement. Indeed, anything that offers Chief Procurement Officers cost savings and efficiency will prick their ears, but the question remains: can the industry fully trust it? O’Gara believes it is ‘overhyped.’ “When it first emerged, it wasn’t just seen as a new tool—it was almost treated like magic,” she explains. “The hype still hasn’t died down, and that’s been a problem. It’s created unrealistic expectations and skewed perceptions of what innovation with this sort of technology actually entails; I can’t tell you how many procurement leaders have admitted to us that they’re getting pressure from the C-suite to invest in AI-powered tools just because they have ‘AI’ in the name.”
While clear with her scepticism regarding generative AI’s current place in the market, O’Gara recognises its potential. “Generative AI’s potential is huge—especially if it’s deployed strategically at the process level,” she reveals. “It could truly transform procurement, shifting teams from transactional roles to strategic partners who are involved early in the buying process and appreciated for their unique expertise—and for the unique business value procurement alone can deliver. But AI on its own isn’t going to save procurement. The reality is, many organisations jumped into the AI hype without a real strategy, and that’s why they haven’t seen its full value yet. The key is integrating AI thoughtfully into core processes—that’s when we’ll start seeing its real potential.”
With an eye on the future, O’Gara expects the next year to continue to revolve around AI adoption, but in ways that deliver real value. “I think we’ll see procurement truly stepping into a more strategic role, with businesses recognising procurement as a key partner, not just a back-office function,” she says. “This shift will be driven in part by new technology, especially process orchestration and AI, helping procurement bridge gaps in communication and collaboration across teams. Another big trend will be the rise of personalised, consumer-like experiences in procurement—making buying and approval processes smoother, more intuitive, and better tailored to the needs of individual users. It’s an exciting time, and we’re just scratching the surface of what’s possible.”
Certain procurement pain points can prove debilitating for a business, freezing it in its tracks when it’s trying to grow…
SHARE THIS STORY
Certain procurement pain points can prove debilitating for a business, freezing it in its tracks when it’s trying to grow and improve. This is where companies like Candex are able to step in and turn a headache into something so simple, it requires no further thought.
Danielle McQuiston is the Chief Customer Officer at Candex. She’s been with the fintech startup for five years, spending two decades prior to that working in procurement at Sanofi. Candex is a technology-based master vendor that allows customers to engage with and pay one-off or small suppliers without setting them up in their system. This means that the system doesn’t get clogged up with suppliers that are rarely or never going to be used again.
“We’re primarily used for what companies consider tail spend, and we typically deliver it as a punchout catalogue for a really simple user experience,” McQuiston explains. That ability to support lots of customers was what drew her to the role. “Coming to Candex, I was very excited about what they were doing and wanted to help as many companies as possible.”
Addressing tail spend
That ability to address tail spend in a unique way is the main thing that differentiates Candex. It’s an enormous problem for procurement professionals. The way Candex delivers it is through a digital plug-and-play solution, removing the need to be dependent on human intervention. “It’s a horizontal solution for any good or service, and it’s available in over 45 countries now,” says McQuiston. “It becomes part of the customer’s ecosystems and leverages the P2P process. It’s super compliant, and allows a lot of control.”
With this tool in place, Candex’s customers are able to gain much better control over their smaller purchases, defining what is allowed to be purchased. For many, this tool allows them to put tighter restrictions on purchases than their e-procurement systems are able to do. Additionally, Candex runs suppliers through screenings every day, which generally doesn’t happen for small, rarely-used suppliers.
“We run really detailed compliance and sanction screening against all those vendors, taking away a really daunting task from customers,” McQuiston states. “Customers probably check those suppliers once when they’re being set up, but then they never look at them again. Every day, we’re checking them, and keeping an eye on them when our customers can’t.”
Candex’s reporting is extremely detailed, and provides customers with the kind of real-time visibility they wouldn’t normally get – even in their own systems. Reports are generated weekly or monthly, including the diversity status of suppliers. This is data that a lot of clients then feed directly into their Power BI tools and data lakes, meaning they’re able to integrate it seamlessly into their other data.
Cleaning up the data
The whole purpose and aim of Candex’s tool is to make life easier for its customers, streamline its processes, and improve efficiencies. To that end, standardisation is key when it comes to business improvements, and that includes preparing data prior to implementing new technologies and processes. When it comes to ensuring a business’s data is healthy – before launching into major tech changes – accepting the necessity of making foundational change is key.
“Data cleansing processes are ugly, cumbersome, and long – and everyone has to do them,” McQuiston comments. “But you have to accept that you’re going to have to do something, if you want to get a handle on your spend. First and foremost, you need to standardise the way you name things, the way you put data in the system, and you need a really strict discipline around that. All of those things will make backend processes a lot easier.”
It’s just one of many considerations CPOs need to bear in mind when seeking out technology solutions and implementation. Modern procurement departments have a seat at the wider business table now, and what they do impacts the entire business. So when it comes to utilising solutions for the sake of the business at large, there are many factors to think about.
“As with any data or technology, it’s all about garbage in and garbage out,” says McQuiston. “Any advanced technology should be used with caution and viewed with a critical eye. You have to start with knowing what you want out of it.
“A lot of times, people put technology in place because it looks interesting, but you need to start with the problem and work backwards. If the issue is user experience, you need to make sure that whatever you’re implementing focuses on a positive UX. If the problem is unclean data, you need to make sure you’re putting in place all the foundational elements you need to make that better. Always start from the perspective of implementing a technology based on a problem, rather than the other way around.”
Improving UX in 2025
It’s a seriously dynamic time to be involved in procurement right now, as evidenced by the intense buzz around us at DPW Amsterdam as we sit with McQuiston. As we look ahead, she envisions that procurement will have an increasingly powerful impact on user experience. This is particularly important at a time when tasks are becoming increasingly automated, with less and less direct human interaction.
“We’re also seeing a pretty big leap forward in terms of best practice sharing amongst our clients,” says McQuiston, something that events like DPW also encourage. “For Candex, a big theme of 2024 has been getting our clients together to share best practices and information, helping them to develop further expertise in the field. 2025 will have more of the same, but there’s now a higher level of maturity out there in the way customers are considering tail spend. As people continue to onboard solutions, it will be interesting to see how that impacts the UX in relation to Candex. We’re always looking for ways to make our tool more user-friendly and add better functionality.”
All of this is why Candex’s customers love the company. On a base level, Candex takes a complex pain point and makes it simple. In a broader sense, the reason Candex is becoming so popular is the way it works with people. “The most common feedback we get from customers and suppliers is that we’re great to work with because we’re so flexible,” says McQuiston. “We hired a team of procurement experts, so our team is made up of people who really understand the pain of our clients, and can anticipate their fears, their needs, and cater to those.”
The buzz of DPW Amsterdam draws in the most innovative minds across the industry. They’re there to have riveting conversations…
SHARE THIS STORY
The buzz of DPW Amsterdam draws in the most innovative minds across the industry. They’re there to have riveting conversations with their peers, to inspire, to teach and learn in kind. And they’re there to keep an eye on an industry that doesn’t stop changing for the better.
This is a big part of the appeal for Fraser Woodhouse. Woodhouse leads the digital procurement team within Deloitte in the UK. His team historically focused on large-scale transformations, providing a backbone for suite implementation. Increasingly, however, it’s turning its attention to helping clients navigate a plethora of technology solutions. The goal is to help them build and scale, and take advantage of some of the more niche functionalities available. These are things that can be highly daunting for many customers, which is why Deloitte is there for support.
“We’re helping clients ask the big questions,” Woodhouse explains as he sits down with us at DPW Amsterdam 2024. “How do you connect the technology in a way that allows data to flow from one system to another? How do you deal with processes that are connected to solutions which all have their own release cycles? How do you approach change management? That underpins so much of where the value is going to be achieved, and a lot of the providers will be focusing on it. They just might not have the same capability that Deloitte can provide.”
For Woodhouse, getting involved with procurement was a total accident. He even left the sector at one point, but his strong foundational knowledge – and the exciting landscape procurement is enjoying right now – lured him back in. “It changes faster than I can get bored with it, that’s for sure,” he explains. “Procurement is fascinating.”
Aspiring to greatness
Especially now, with constant conversations around genAI, 10X, and beyond. Procurement is only becoming more interesting, more enticing, drawing young professionals in to fill gaps in the talent pool. 10X was actually the theme of DPW Amsterdam this year, a notion that’s on everyone’s lips. And for Woodhouse, it’s absolutely something to aspire to.
“Aiming for 10X is sensible. You just have to consider your timescale. I’d caution against running before you can walk, but a culture of experimentation is important. Running small-scale pilots can help you hone in on where you really want to see value, or where value is likely to be generated. Starting with requirements is a fundamental thing at the moment, but you shouldn’t underestimate how long that will take. And it’s a continuous consideration, because requirements change. Just keep trying to refine your solution in order to take advantage of everything that’s out there right now.”
Fotograaf: MichielTon.com
Having the wrong mindset is one of the major barriers to adopting 10X thinking. It all starts with the company’s culture, and whether that’s one of growth or not. “I imagine most of the people here at DPW Amsterdam have already made that mental shift,” says Woodhouse. “Last year, people were still trying to understand how they, as big companies, could utilise startups. That’s changed now, and it’s amazing to see companies that were startups three years ago working with all these big enterprise customers.
“They have scaled and grown in partnership with those customers. Mindset is so important, and having the wrong one will only create barriers and missed opportunities.”
Always improving, never slowing down
When it comes to the advantages that technology has brought to procurement in the last few years, the list is endless. Procurement has gone from an overlooked segment of any given organisation, to having a seat at the table and helping make major business decisions. 10X thinking – whether it goes by that name or not – has been spreading across the segment and fuelling businesses to aim higher.
“The layers of automation have really improved,” says Woodhouse. “A year or so back, there were a handful of use cases that you could truly automate, but now you can do it at a much larger scale. Another big change is around security concerns. There are more tried and tested case studies to draw upon now, and solutions are more readily available. You don’t necessarily have to be a pioneer, because someone else has already taken that first step.”
The question of data
Something else that holds businesses back, despite the innovation at their disposal, is an element that can be harder to change: poor quality data. When trying to implement advanced technology solutions, bad data can make or break their success.
“It’s always useful to focus on that and have a dedicated work stream,” Woodhouse advises. “You need someone who really understands data. I think there’s a tendency to try to boil the ocean before you even get going in your transformation, which isn’t necessarily a bad thing. Cleaning up your data before you start, and having a fresh foundation will help you make decisions on what to implement on top of that good data.
“Doing all of that is obviously hugely beneficial, but it’s going to slow you down, in many cases. There are ways around that, like embedding the cleanup of data within the new processes. Data is important – we shouldn’t underestimate that – but there are different approaches to solving the issue of poor quality data, like buying it or using genAI to restructure your data into something more powerful. Either way, you need a strategy.”
Novel thinking 101
Some businesses fall into the trap of thinking that they can’t achieve specific things because their data isn’t in the right position, but novel thinking around data can allow them to still drive forward. “You’ve just got to focus on it. You can’t assume the data’s going to fix itself,” Woodhouse adds.
Novel thinking is certainly something that can be seen at DPW events, and DPW Amsterdam 2024 was no exception. People congregated there to learn, to share stories, to inspire. For Woodhouse, the magic of the digital procurement sector right now is that everybody recognises that their journey has no end. While that may be daunting, it’s a positive thing and keeps procurement professionals striving for more.
“It’s a continuous improvement journey, and I think the best-performing organisations will recognise that, and invest in the business capability to continue that journey,” Woodhouse concludes. “That’s how you get proper value. I love hearing about how people frame problems differently, and how they approach the solutions.”
Making procurement slicker, more streamlined, is the name of the game right now – and this is precisely why Globality…
SHARE THIS STORY
Making procurement slicker, more streamlined, is the name of the game right now – and this is precisely why Globality exists. It’s an organisation which leverages advanced, native-built AI to make sourcing more autonomous for Fortune 500 and Global 2000 companies, meaning it has a finger on a pulse of the technology tools procurement now has access to as the industry shifts and evolves.
Keith Hausmann is the Chief Customer Officer at Globality. He has been working in procurement since the early 90s, both in industry as a service provider, and now, at a technology company. He came to Globality from Accenture, where he ran the operations business. During his first real job after college, Hausmann was also part of a training program at a major Fortune 500 company, working closely with a COO. At some point they got into a conversation about salespeople seemingly having an advantage over procurement people due to their access to information, knowledge, and training. The COO suggested that they launch a company to help support procurement. For Hausmann, it was a serendipitous entry to the industry.
“I came to Globality because I saw the business was struggling with how to scale, automate, and deliver a differentiated user experience. Ultimately, I found it really compelling, and joined about five years ago.”
Achieving 10X thinking
Hausmann admits that the concept of what procurement is has only been defined relatively recently, and he’s been in the industry long enough to have seen the shift happen and suddenly accelerate over the last few years. Now, procurement professionals are in a position where they’re able to think big, and they have the tools to support that way of thinking. One of the most-discussed topics right now is 10X, whereby businesses are setting targets for themselves that are 10 times greater than what they can realistically achieve.
“There continues to be, and always has been, so many mind-numbing manual activities that go on in procurement spaces,” says Hausmann. “We’ve built small armies of teams to handle those things. I think 10X has prompted us to take a step back and ask if there’s now technology that can uplift the role of people in the function and take on some of those automatable tasks. Whether that’s writing RFPs, discovering suppliers, or analysing proposals – these are all things that can be automated in today’s technological world. With 10X thinking, you can imagine the many, many, many things that can be automated and just go after them.
“There are barriers, of course. The biggest one is not being able to convey a compelling vision of what we want people to do in the new world. It’s not necessarily about making them go away – it’s about making their daily jobs, lives, and work more valuable. There are so many things around category thinking and strategy that don’t get done because people are spending so much time on tasks that could be automated. So I think the barrier is creating that vision and that plan to shift the operating models, roles, and the skill sets to something new and different.”
People power
Hausmann believes that if roles are reshaped and honed in response to automation, it’s less likely that there will be resistance to change because employees will know exactly what they’re doing, rather than being concerned about their future. “They have to know what they’re doing before they jump on board. It just requires a mindset change and good change management.”
Hausmann believes it’s down to the CPO to drive that change management by conveying the activities, impacts, roles, and operating model they envision. If they can paint a picture of how humans can impact things in a new way, alongside the new technology rather than against it, suddenly it’s an exciting prospect and people are keen to make a bigger impact.
CFOs and CPOs joining forces
While CPOs now have a long-deserved seat at the table to help push change business-wide, CFOs’ roles are also expanding and having an increased impact on procurement. “I think they’ve always influenced what’s going on in procurement,” says Hausmann. “CFOs are the champions of many things, but certainly improving the bottom line of the company. They’re also champions of using technology to make the organisation more resilient, more scalable, and more efficient. There was a time when people thought that the CTO or CIO would be doing that, but more often than not, the CFO is the ultimate owner of improving business impacts. More and more, we’re seeing our customers leaning on the CFO to help them make decisions about investments that have a big impact through technology and AI.
“These days, the relationship between the CFO and CPO is wildly different to what it once was, and CFOs are showing more interest in procurement as a function than ever, making a difference to the bottom line. It makes sense because, in theory, procurement controls one of the biggest cost line items in a company, besides raw headcount.”
Matching the pace of technology
The fact that we still need to focus on change management and relationships confirms that the way procurement is changing isn’t just about the technology. Far from it. However, technology is moving at an incredible pace and needs to be taken seriously. There are things that are possible now which couldn’t be done even one or two years ago.
“A few years ago, technology couldn’t write an RFX document for you,” Hausmann says. “Technology could not instantaneously bring to light the most relevant suppliers from within a customer’s supply base, or in the broader market. It couldn’t write a contract, or an SOW, or a work order. It can now. Those are things that are near and dear to my heart that were impossible 3-5 years ago.”
With these tools in mind, procurement professionals are able to think about the future in short-term stints. Five-year plans are no longer good enough when it comes to the way procurement is shifting – a year is now the maximum for putting plans in place.
“I’ve always thought that procurement, from the perspective of technological advancement and investment perspective, should sit under a broader business umbrella,” says Hausmann. “I’d guess that probably 50% of companies in the world right now have some kind of program in place to save money or improve agility by investing in technology. And speed to market is more important than ever, so sourcing can’t be a bottleneck.”
Looking ahead, Hausmann expects to see many of the unique, differentiated technology providers becoming interoperable together, because big enterprises want services that operate and scale well in combination with others.
“We’re seeing that a lot, and working with our customers on how we improve interoperability and integration,” he says. “Tools will become more seamless, more easy-to-use, more scalable. Another big thing is, and will continue to be, analytics. It’s a hot topic in procurement, and I think there are profound opportunities to be deployed. For Globality, we’ll continue to endlessly innovate on user experience, ease of use, and beyond.”
“I’m overwhelmed,” are Matthias Gutzmann’s first words when asked about DPW Amsterdam 2024. At the end of the bustling two-day…
SHARE THIS STORY
“I’m overwhelmed,” are Matthias Gutzmann’s first words when asked about DPW Amsterdam 2024. At the end of the bustling two-day event, we sat down with Gutzmann, the company’s founder, and Herman Knevel, DPW’s CEO, for a debrief. Gutzmann also quite rightly pointed out that the final word on summarising those 48 hours is in the hands of the sponsors and attendees, but if the countless conversations we had with said sponsors and attendees are anything to go by, it was the best DPW event yet. And Gutzmann and Knevel agree.
“I really think that’s the case,” says Gutzmann. “We almost doubled the number of exhibiting startups, we had over 120 sponsors, more startup pitches than ever, and all the feedback I’ve heard so far has been amazing. There are always things you can do better, but I’m absolutely happy.”
Across the 9th and 10th of October, DPW Amsterdam welcomed over 1,300 attendees through its doors at Beurs van Berlage, Amsterdam. Those attendees arrived from 44 countries across 32 industries, and the event itself featured 72 sessions with 140 speakers across five stages. It’s abundantly clear that people are deeply passionate about DPW.
“On day one, it was already packed at 8:30 in the morning,” Knevel states. “The energy in the room was contagious, and the numbers speak for themselves. The startups, the innovators, the corporates, the mid-market – everybody who’s here has a genuine interest in what these guys are bringing to the procurement space.”
Reconnecting with the vision
Gutzmann describes that intangible energy as “bringing a little bit of joy back to procurement”. For many years, procurement was a very ill-defined concept – almost as ill-defined as the role of CPO. The shift has been a quick one, accelerated further by the COVID-19 pandemic, and events like DPW Amsterdam are part of the reason why. CPOs having somewhere to go, to meet, to learn about the procurement landscape is vital, hence that inspiring energy that permeates every DPW event.
“A lot of people are missing that vibe,” Gutzmann continues. “It’s why I founded DPW. I was inspired by Mark Perera [Chairman of DPW], who I worked with at Vizibl, and had great technology while also being so inspiring. I realised we needed to connect founders with CPOs. I think every CPO should talk to one startup founder per week, at least. It’s important that we listen to their vision.”
Striving for 10X
The core of those visions for the 2024 event revolves around the concept of 10X, the idea being that you set targets for your business that are 10 times greater than what you think you can realistically achieve. It keeps people ambitious, always striving for greatness, and it’s especially prevalent in startup culture – hence Gutzmann’s belief that CPOs should be connecting with them more.
“Deciding on 10X for this year’s theme was serendipity,” says Knevel. “The term came along and Matthias said, ‘this is it – this is what we need in procurement’. This is what the industry needs, and we’re exploring it, diving deeper.”
“Last year’s theme was ‘Make Tech Work’, which was all about getting the basics right in order to scale,” Gutzmann continues. “This year we said, ‘how can we take it further?’ We are entering the biggest wave of AI yet. That technology is giving us the opportunity and the possibility to scale outcomes. The world around us is changing so fast, so we need to be more agile, scalable, and faster in procurement. It’s a very ambitious, maybe lofty theme, but it’s a mindset more than anything else.”
“It’s the mindset that drives innovation and speed,” Knevel adds. “That’s really important in this age of procuretech and supply chain tech.”
When it comes to honing that 10X mindset, it’s all about having a purpose in mind. A lot of the procurement professionals we spoke to at DPW Amsterdam called this a ‘north star’, which is the phase Gutzmann uses too. “That’s where it starts. There’s so much procurement can do. There are so many problems in the world, and I believe procurement can be the solution to many of those. So I think it starts with the CPO and their leadership, their vision. You also have to embrace startup innovation, be more experimental in the way you work, instigate new ways of working, and be bold in your thinking. You also have to remember it’s okay to fail.”
Growing DPW
Something that’s particularly impressive about DPW Amsterdam 2024 is that it’s actually the second of the year. Back in June, DPW ventured into the North American market with an intimate summit held in New York City, which CPOstrategy was fortunate enough to be invited to. Planning one wildly popular event a year is one thing, but venturing into a whole new part of the world with an additional one is incredibly dedicated.
“I’m a bit more conservative when planning ahead, so there probably wouldn’t be a New York event without Herman encouraging me,” says Gutzmann. “I’m glad he said ‘let’s go for it’. It was a short-term plan, but it was ultimately very successful and the right decision.”
Knevel adds: “The feedback we got from sponsors and delegates was quite impressive. They were asking for more. And it’s not just Matthias and myself – we have a great team here. This is a massive production, but we made the jump and it’s paid off.”
Inspiration for 2025
When it comes to the lessons Gutzmann and Knevel have learned in response to this event, it’s more about narrowing down the influx of ideas DPW gives them. By the time we spoke with them at the end of the Amsterdam 2024 event, their heads were spinning with inspiration.
“I have so many ideas,” says Gutzmann. “Every year we reinvent the show, so we never rest. We’re always asking what we can do better. How can we improve? I think this year we maxed out the number of sponsor stands that are possible to have. We doubled the number of under-30 attendees. There’s the potential to go a little deeper on the talent side, connecting students with the corporates and building a proper program around that.”
There was also the Tech Safari this year. The idea was to make the expo hall easier to navigate, since it was more crowded than ever this year. Members of the DPW team acted as ‘super connectors’ to help attendees find the right solutions and help startups find new customers. The aim was to simply make it easier for everyone involved to find what they’re looking for in small groups,enabling them to find who they wanted, talk to them, and ask questions. It turned out to be an amazing interactive experience for people, making sure they felt thoroughly looked after and valued.
“Plus there’s an opportunity to cater more to the corporates coming in,” Gutzmann continues. “Perhaps we will build a custom program for them around the event. Some of them are already coming in with teams and doing annual leadership meetings outside of the venue, but I think there’s scope to show them solutions and do some workshops within the event. We can also do more with day zero, where we have site events. There’s much more we can do.”
Giving CPOs what they want
As for the broader future of the event, DPW’s heart lies in Amsterdam and will continue to do so. The organisation is building its team even further and putting strategies in place for future events, allowing it to move forward. “We follow the demand of what our customers want,” Knevel says. That’s what really drives DPW and how the event is themed and set up. The organisation listens to CPOs so it can give them exactly what they need, and what will help the industry level up further and further.
“There are things we’re still developing,” says Gutzmann. “For example, the podcast studio [something introduced in its current form for 2024] is something Herman is very passionate about, so it was great to test it out here. There’s more we can do with that. We have so many ideas and it’s important to engage our amazing team on these ideas and see what they think along the way.”
“We’re ideating a lot,” Knevel adds. “And we’re asking our ecosystem what we should do more of.”
“Ultimately, we’re bringing in the voice of the customer to make sure we’re giving them what they want and need,” Gutzmann concludes. “That’s the whole purpose of DPW.”
It’s impossible not to be inspired by the energy at a DPW event. DPW Amsterdam 2024 was buzzing with that…
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s impossible not to be inspired by the energy at a DPW event. DPW Amsterdam 2024 was buzzing with that same energy, its attendees soaking in information and inspiration from speakers, peers, other experts. We caught up with Rujul Zaparde, Co-Founder and CEO of Zip, at the event to dive into the procurement landscape and chat about the specific qualities DPW brings to the sector.
Zaparde is the Co-Founder and CEO of Zip. At the beginning of Zip’s journey, Zaparde and his fellow founder, Lu Cheng, based the company around their own experiences as end-users of the procurement process. They took their lived confusion around having multiple intakes for a contract, for the purchase request, and all the different complicated components of the process, and created a solution.
“And so, we started Zip and created the category of intake and procurement orchestration. We’re very grateful to have been named the leader in the category,” says Zaparde, in reference to having just been named a category leader in IDC’s first ever Marketscape for Spend Orchestration.
So, as is often the case, procurement is something Zaparde fell into. In this case, he got involved with procurement specifically to solve pain points. Prior to Zip, he was a Product Manager and Cheng was an Engineering Leader, both at Airbnb; they knew very little about procurement. “We were just end-users,” he explains. The upside of this was that they were able to come into the industry fresh, without the baggage and legacy issues that can come with being in a sector for a long time.
UX first
“At Zip, we really try to take a user experience first approach,” Zaparde continues. “What we found is the highest leverage change you can make in any procurement organisation is to make it easier for your employees to actually adopt and follow whatever the right process is. If you do that, then all of finance, procurement, accounting, and even IT find that they’re suddenly swimming with the current, not against it. And you can’t do any of that unless you solve for user experience.”
Taking away problems, the way Zip does, also takes away a barrier to ambition. The theme of DPW Amsterdam 2024 was 10X, a term on the lips of many across all sectors. Once immediate issues and pain points are addressed, 10X is something businesses can aspire to, with many talks and workshops during DPW Amsterdam focusing on how to approach this.
Getting the mindset right
For Zaparde, 10X thinking is a necessity for growth. “You have to aim for 10X to even end up at something X,” he explains. “That requires ambition. I also think that when you think in terms of 10X, and your mindset is angled towards incremental change, you’re much more open to thinking of solutions that are perhaps a little more risky. It changes your perspective.”
A mindset shift needs to happen before anything else. This involves considering the needs of procurement and the wider company, having a north star in mind, and then breaking changes down to an incremental level.
“Then you can start to think about the steps you need to take to get there,” Zaparde explains. “A big component of this is bringing along your peers and stakeholders across every function that’s tangential and critical to the core procurement workflow and path.”
Innovating for good
The work Zip does is indicative of the shift towards continuous improvement and advanced technology that procurement has been going through in recent years. There are things that are possible now that weren’t possible even a year ago, thanks to the vast innovations being made. One of the hot topics right now is generative AI, something that’s opening up a world of possibilities.
“It’s the elephant in the room right now,” says Zaparde. “With the capabilities that gen AI unlocks, you can automate a lot more. That allows you to cut down a lot of the transactional and operational work that procurement and sourcing organisations are doing. Procurement is tired of the status quo. It’s been an underserved function for over 20 years, and I’m glad that’s finally changing. I feel privileged for myself and Zip to be part of the conversation, and that we’re seeing all these amazing changes happening.”
Zaparde believes we’re already seeing the benefits of the major changes that have occurred over the last couple of years in procurement. In fact, he knows this, because Zip has helped its customers save around $4.5bn of spend over the last two years, which is an astonishing statistic.
“One customer of ours, Snowflake, achieved over $300m in savings alone,” Zaparde continues. “We’ve seen tangible benefits already. The way procurement is evolving isn’t a hypothetical thing – it’s really happening.”
Fragmentation on fragmentation
The key, again, is overcoming base level issues for the sake of evolution. This is precisely what Zip provides, after all. But sometimes, the issue is at a data level. Unclean data is something that technology leaders are talking about a great deal right now, with some feeling that it holds them back from implementing new technology. Zaparde believes that businesses should be questioning why their data isn’t clean from the start, rather than worrying about trying to cleanse existing data.
“You don’t just clean your data – the real question is why is your data not clean in the first place?” he muses. “You have to have a clean entry point for it. I don’t think I’ve ever spoken to a Fortune 500 CPO that said they had clean data. I think it’s because of the upstream processes in intake and orchestration. If all the cross-functional teams – the IT review, the legal review, the finance – are being manually shepherded by the procurement operations organisation, then how can you possibly end up with clean data?
“People are keying the same information into multiple systems, which might mean they answer in similar – but different – ways. So you end up with fragmentation on fragmentation. But if you have one single door to that data, you’ll be able to drive only clean data, because it’s a funnel. If you let everyone have different swim lanes that never intersect, you won’t have clean data.”
As 2025 approaches, Zip has multiple product capabilities and features coming up that Zaparde and his team are very excited about. This includes leveraging gen AI, something we’re seeing incredible utilisation of across the sector.
For Zaparde, attending events like DPW Amsterdam to talk about what Zip does and interact with peers and clients alike is a joyous part of his job. “DPW is really accelerating the rate of change in the procurement industry. That’s very much needed, and it’s energising to see so many incredible people from the procurement world in one place. I love spending time with these forward-thinking procurement leaders at this event.”
Catching up with Mitha-Ai’s Co-Founder, Arash Saberi, we dive into the vital importance of a solid data foundation.
SHARE THIS STORY
Whether we’re talking about gen AI, 10X, or any other kind of advanced tech solution, data is at the core of the discussion. And when data isn’t clean or ready for the implementation of something being built on top of it, businesses can end up significantly held back. Mithra-Ai is an organisation that helps its customers to build trust in their data, which is a core issue for many.
“That sets us apart,” says Arash Saberi, Co-Founder of Mithra-AI. “We help procurement leaders and category managers create, execute, and realise their strategies. This is backed by reliable, comprehensive data, both internal and external, tailored specifically for their categories.
“Maintaining high-quality data is crucial as it influences the accuracy and reliability of AI-driven insights and recommendations. That’s where Mitha-AI comes in. Our cleansing, enrichment, and auto-classification engines ensure that procurement stakeholders, including data scientists, begin with a reliable data foundation.”
Cleaning and classifying data
Mithra-Ai is an AI-native SaaS solution, which starts off by proposing a meaningful spend hierarchy for every category. What’s key is that this is paired with an automated cleansing and classification engine. This is so important because the only way to achieve truly clean data is to make sure it enters the system clean in the first place.
“Clear visibility into categorised spending eliminates uncategorised expenses and wrong assumptions,” says Saberi. “When supplemented by relevant external data intelligence, category managers are empowered to negotiate with confidence, achieve greater savings, and monitor initiatives effectively.”
A world beyond cost savings
When launching Mithra-Ai in 2021, the company’s founders rightly foresaw that the role of procurement would evolve beyond focusing merely on cost savings, and become the central hub of every organisation. Because of that, they knew that accurate, reliable information was needed – hence the necessity for Mithra-Ai.
As procurement has shifted, the status quo is no longer good enough. It’s an exciting time for the sector, but also one of high demand in the race to adopt increasingly advanced technology. But it’s necessary for efficiency and growth.
“Tesla and Nvidia exemplify the power of embracing change over maintaining that status quo,” says Saberi. “Procurement is facing intense pressure to evolve with organisational needs. Those organisations can opt for incremental changes, which will likely slow them down, or pursue a 10X leap to maintain competitive advantage. The latter requires bold and decisive leadership from heads of procurement.”
The road to 10X thinking
The way to drive 10X thinking, Saberi believes, is through having a clear vision of your goals. Sometimes businesses, especially ones which are going through major change or those navigating outdated legacy systems, are at risk of losing sight of their goals. But having that vision is a foundational necessity, regardless of what stage you’re at.
“Set aspirations high, and question existing norms,” says Saberi. “Procurement leaders can draw inspiration from startups by fostering a culture of innovation through small-scale initiatives that can rapidly expand. Reevaluate the skills and team structure necessary for future success.”
Another important aspect to bear in mind when considering these things is the level of risk you’re willing to undertake when setting goals and aspirations. “That’s often overlooked,” Saberi continues. “Determining the acceptable level of risk is crucial. It significantly influences partner selection and the outcome of RFPs.”
Thinking big, starting small
While ambition is vital to 10X thinking and beyond, businesses must also make sure they don’t bite off more than they can chew. Launching into adopting huge volumes of advanced technology can lead to overwhelm and can make a business stall rather than evolving. A more careful approach is required.
“Think big, start small,” says Saberi. “Prioritise high-impact, low-effort initiatives over those requiring significant effort. Many transformation projects fail to deliver the expected benefits and incur high costs during the program.” This is another reason to decide on the appropriate risk level early on, in order to guide prioritisation decisions and transformation pace.
It’s an incredibly exciting time for procurement, and that includes Mithra-Ai. In a very short time, it’s developed several foundational modules for its data-driven category management solution. This includes the Collaborative Initiative Tracker that was launched during DPW Amsterdam 2024 – just one of Mithra-Ai’s inspiring undertakings as we approach 2025.
“The tracker means that procurement teams can now involve multiple stakeholders in collaboratively tracking and enhancing the impact of key initiatives, such as cost-saving measures,” says Saberi. “Exciting times lie ahead.”
DPW Amsterdam is the perfect stage for launching a solution like this. It’s an event that inspires a culture of innovation, bringing procurement professionals together to teach, learn, and shout about their latest additions to the procurement landscape.
“DPW stands out as the premier procurement tech event of the year,” says Saberi. “Practitioners can explore and engage with procuretech suppliers, showcasing valuable use cases and personal stories across multiple stages. DPW is a catalyst for ideation, creating trust and confidence in the benefits of applying cutting-edge technologies to improve business outcomes. This year’s event felt even more international than previous years. I look forward to seeing it continue to grow.”
Saberi’s main takeaway from DPW Amsterdam this year is that a solid data foundation is essential – something he was well aware of as part of Mithra-Ai. “Without it, transformation projects and new technologies will struggle to succeed,” he concludes. “In the past two years, there has been increased focus on sustainability and risk intelligence, driven by numerous new solution providers. However, during the DPW Amsterdam 2024 conference, we observed new trends coming up and, again, more focus on data quality, which works to our advantage.”
When we’re talking about technology in procurement, the importance of partnership is a major component for success. No business is…
SHARE THIS STORY
When we’re talking about technology in procurement, the importance of partnership is a major component for success. No business is an island, and joining forces with experts is, increasingly, the direction many move in for the sake of growth.
At DPW Amsterdam 2024, we met many businesses who were looking around at the procurement sector in search of either what direction to move in next, or who they can help. The event is one that brings people together to learn, to teach, to discover the cutting edge of procurement, and be inspired by it. So when we sat down with the CEO of Fairmarkit, Kevin Frechette, it wasn’t surprising that he brought Nick Wright, who leads bp’s Procurement Digital Garage, into the conversation.
For Frechette, one of the best things about working in the advanced procurement technology sphere is joining forces with other businesses to help them keep improving, and vice versa. “Having the chance to work with people like Nick, who are pushing the envelope when it comes to autonomous sourcing, is amazing,” he explains. “We’re fired up to be at DPW, absorbing this atmosphere.”
While it’s something of a running joke in the procurement world that most professionals in the sector don’t deliberately choose it, Wright actually did. “I went to university and thought ‘wow, I fancy a career in procurement or vendor management’. I know a lot of people don’t have that story, but I’ve been doing something I’m passionate about from the beginning. I love making deals, whether I’m buying a car, a house, or something for BP.” The Procurement Digital Garage he leads exists to look at problems being faced across procurement, and figuring out possible solutions.
For Frechette, the intention wasn’t to start a company in the procurement space, but his team quickly saw the opportunities within it. “We had this ‘aha’ moment,” he says. “It was a tough pivot. There was a lot of debate, a lot of late nights. I’m super glad we made it because we got to be in a space where people can be forgotten about, and we’re able to give them centre stage.”
The realistic approach to 10X
DPW itself exists to put procurement under the limelight. Each event is themed in a way that gets conversations flowing around the next big thing in procurement. For Amsterdam 2024, this theme was 10X – something Frechette believes isn’t achievable right off the bat.
“It’s something to strive towards,” he says. “It’s something where you work on getting a little better every single month, every quarter. You keep getting those small wins, and you build credibility. There’s no silver bullet. You just have to start the journey and learn as you go.”
For Wright, it’s about not getting caught up in the hype, but figuring out what’s realistic. “There’s a lot of hype out there, and the beauty of something like my team at the Procurement Digital Garage is to weed out that hype, because what’s right for us might not be right for someone else. Having a team that’s out there in the market, testing and figuring out what’s real, will put you in good stead.”
“There’s a leap of faith element that can be challenging to achieve, before you can really strive for 10X,” Frechette adds. “It’s like Amara’s Law: humans typically overestimate the value of technology in the short term, but underestimate it in the long term. So the hype is needed. We have to help people on that journey and sometimes, a leap of faith is needed. For the people that risk it, it’s exciting, and they’re then well positioned for the future.”
However, again, managing expectations is important. “People might be on the sidelines expecting a 10X solution,” says Wright. “But the reality is, you’re going to get 5% here, 10% – smaller pockets of improvement.”
The benefits of advanced technology are absolutely being seen at this stage, but being realistic about the future outcomes is important. “The benefits are there – not at the scale of 10X – but if you just make a start, you’ll achieve wins,” says Frechette. “You broadcast those wins across the organisation. That generates excitement, and then you can work on the next thing because you have ground swell.”
How ‘the future’ has changed
What’s interesting is that this 10X focus, this drive towards incremental wins, has reframed the way businesses plan for the road ahead. ‘The future’ used to mean having a three or five-year plan. Now, the future is only 12 months away.
“The thought process right now is ‘what can we do that’s super optimistic in just 12 months’?” says Frechette. “Then you can put in realistic time frames and set off on a sprint to get there. You have to be able to move fast. We have launches every two weeks now, and we have to be flexible with our roadmap along the way. But we always know where we’re going – we have a north star.”
“To me, that’s the only way to do it,” Wright adds. “I don’t have a crystal ball. Nobody knows what’s going to happen in two or three years. So what’s the point of creating a plan that’s going to get you to a certain point in those two or three years? You have to work on small iterations, make adjustments, change direction as necessary.”
It’s part of what makes Fairmarkit and BP an active partnership – the ability to be flexible and open up discussions at every point. It’s all about real-time feedback and trust-building, to the extent that both parties feel like they’re on the same team.
The right people in the right places
Because ultimately, it’s the human element that makes transformation happen. Having the right people in place is one of the elements that’s key to making sure implementing advanced tech for the sake of business strategy works at all. “It’s about access to talent and making sure you’ve got a capable user group that can make the most of that technology,” says Wright. “You don’t need to be a data scientist, but you do need to have the right mindset to take advantage of the tools you’ve got.”
“I agree – you have to get the right people on the bus,” adds Frechette. “You all have to be committed to going on the journey together. Prioritise where you start and where you’re going to have the most value with the lowest risk, and have people on your side who can give suggestions and ideas.”
While the much-discussed talent shortage can create challenges there, DPW as an entity proves that not only does procurement keep becoming more appealing and exciting, but where there are gaps, there are digital tools. “I’ve noticed a lot of folks under 30 who are here at DPW Amsterdam, and they’re genuinely interested in procurement,” says Wright. “We’re at a tipping point that makes me really excited about the profession I’m in.”
‘Digitalisation is just the beginning’ according to Crowdfox, a business which aims to improve procurement by bettering the ordering process…
SHARE THIS STORY
‘Digitalisation is just the beginning’ according to Crowdfox, a business which aims to improve procurement by bettering the ordering process while lowering costs. That tagline speaks to Crowdfox’s dedication to advancing procurement using the exciting tools the sector now has at its disposal, and this push to innovate is being driven, in part, by Martin Rademacher, Crowdfox’s CSO. We sat down with Rademacher at DPW Amsterdam 2024, the exciting vibe of the event spreading far and wide around us.
Rademacher is responsible for everything to do with Crowdfox’s customers. From sales, to marketing, to customer onboarding and success, and everything in between – that’s Rademacher’s wheelhouse. His background is in management consulting, with a focus on procurement and supply chain. So, while he started out in sales, he soon decided that procurement was the direction to move in.
“During my time as a consultant, I found procurement very interesting because it’s so versatile,” explains Rademacher. “Of course, it’s about the transactional phase with suppliers – but also you’re so connected with R&D, production, logistics, and so on. You have so many fields of application.”
10X thinking
At DPW Amsterdam, the overall theme of the two-day event was 10X. The concept of the 10X rule is around taking a goal you’ve set for yourself and multiplying it by 10. It’s an aspirational tool, coaxing all of us to aim higher. In procurement, that means innovating.
“In the last two years we’ve seen tools like ChatGPT trigger some big adaptations in the procurement world,” says Rademacher. “I think there is the opportunity now to achieve 10X in terms of efficiency gains. Especially when it comes to making better decisions, more quickly, in order to analyse data. We’re now finding out what AI can really do, and focusing on how that can help with strategy.”
For Rademacher, he believes people have the right tools to achieve 10X – it’s now about implementing those tools properly, and having the right culture.
“In the last couple of years, implementing tools has become much easier than it was a decade ago,” Rademacher continues. “They’re so well designed that they fit into large procurement systems, and can connect with other best-of-breed tools. I’d say implementation should be the focus, but it’s not that complicated anymore. AI tools especially are really intuitive. As a result, you don’t need much in the way of change management. People just intuitively cooperate with AI.”
The question of security
The big challenge, Rademacher believes, is data protection. When it comes to barriers preventing a 10X approach, concerns around data privacy are among the biggest issues. As a result, organisations have to take the necessary precautions before plunging into making major technological changes, or risk falling at the first hurdle.
“In the EU, it’s all about data protection,” says Rademacher. These concerns led to the Artificial Intelligence Act (AI Act) coming into force in the EU in August 2024. It was created in response to the rise in generative AI systems, and ensures that there’s a common regulatory framework for AI within the European Union. “Companies are very concerned about their data, but I wouldn’t call this an obstacle – more like a challenge.
“The key is making sure you have a protected environment. Start with a pilot in a limited space, for instance, and then make sure you can find a solution you can control in a safe environment that suits your operations.”
Shooting for the stars
With these measures in mind, it’s never been easier to implement new technologies and aim for that ambitious 10X goal. Certainly, advanced tools have never been more accessible, or more straightforward for businesses to educate themselves about. Even as recently as two years ago, integrating multiple elements of advanced tech – like genAI – wasn’t really possible.
“It definitely wasn’t easy to combine sources the way we can now,” says Rademacher. “Now, you can provide a much better user experience experience not only for procurement professionals, but for anyone who takes advantage of what procurement introduces to the company. Finding the supply to fulfil your demand is so much easier now. You no longer have to have difficult conversations starting with an email to your procurement professional to identify whether you’re allowed to purchase from a certain vendor, and whether they’re vetted or not. Streamlining processes like that makes that information quick and easy to identify.”
Additionally, we’re at a point with advanced technology where the tools we have access to are capable of handling more and more volumes of data at an extremely fast pace. “In consulting, for example, every project started with an analysis of the status quo of a firm,” says Rademacher. “We’d figure out who the vendors are, the categories, and the spend. Depending on the workforce, this could take one or two weeks. Now, with the tools we have access to, you can gather this information in 24 hours.”
The evolution continues
While we’re seeing many of the benefits that come with genAI and other advanced technologies already, it’s only the beginning of what we can achieve using these tools. GenAI is at a peak right now, but according to Rademacher, it might take another five years to achieve its full productivity level. “There’s also this ambitious idea going around of fully autonomous procurement, and it’ll likely take a good 10 years to reach that level of productivity,” he adds. “On the other hand, nobody is talking about robotic process automation anymore because we’re almost there with that already.”
Another challenge is data quality. The cleanliness of an organisation’s data can make or break its use of advanced technology, which is where making the right connections with service providers comes in. “It’s a good example of when to find the right partner,” says Rademacher. “Find someone from the innovative tech space who you think you can rely on. Don’t try to do it all on your own – that’ll just hold you back more and more. Be bold; find the right partner to make the most of your data and that helps you constantly improve. There’s a lot of talent out there, a lot of solutions that are really helpful for organisations of all sizes. You’ll improve step by step.”
There’s no doubt that it’s an exciting time for procurement. The atmosphere at DPW Amsterdam 2024 was electric for that exact reason. The event, in Rademacher’s words, has “a really strong influence on the sector and enables attendees to learn about how the landscape is developing in real time”.
“The AI-driven future is already a reality for us,” he states. “We’re beyond the pilot phase with our AI tool, ChatCFX, and now we really want to drive market share. 2024 going into 2025 sees us in a good position with high user visibility, and now we’re adding ChatCFX to the game, pushing it into the European market. We’re at DPW Amsterdam to meet the players who are looking for a solution exactly like ours, making it an invaluable place to be.”
Ozone API has provided Open Banking Limited (OBL) with an updated model bank as the model bank provider for OBL to reflect v4.0 of the Open Banking standards
SHARE THIS STORY
The global open banking leader, Ozone API, has launched an updated platform for Open Banking Limited (OBL) in line with the UK’s latest standards. It is the first major update since the introduction of VRPs.
Ozone API has successfully updated the model bank to support the rollout of the UK’s Open Banking Standards v4.0. This positions Ozone API as the first provider to deliver fully compliant APIs, facilitating the transition for financial institutions and third-party providers (TPPs) operating in the UK.
Open Banking Standards
The changes were announced by OBL in early July. OBLv4 introduces some mandatory updates for the UK’s CMA9 banks, with some required to be completed by as early as 31st December 2024. Additionally, ISO 20022 is set for implementation by 31st March 2025. Alongside the Bank of England’s publication of mandatory updates to payment regulations. These proposed changes have been driven by several significant factors, including the deprecation of key security standards such as FAPI 1 Implementers Draft 2.
While the UK open banking standard was initially mandated just for the CMA9 banks, it has become the de facto standard for the UK market. However, many UK banks remain on old versions of the standard.
The OBL model bank serves as a critical testing ground for banks and financial institutions, enabling them to experiment with and refine their API implementations in a controlled and secure environment. It will serve as a vital resource for banks, fintechs, and other TPPs by providing a safe space to develop and test their APIs in alignment with the new OBLv4 standards. It is designed to help institutions comply with the regulatory changes.
Ozone API
“We’re delighted to confirm that we’re the first provider to launch a platform that reflects v4.0 of the Open Banking Standards for Open Banking Limited. We’re excited to work with our partners to support fast and high-quality API changes, ahead of the first legislative deadlines coming into force later this year. Ensuring a smooth transition to the updated standards is critical for banking players who want to stay at the forefront of open banking industry changes into 2025 and beyond. We are extremely proud that our market-leading platform is ready to support our customers and partners as they transition to v4.0. I’m pleased that we’re able to support the entire UK financial ecosystem to start their OBLv4 journey by providing the OBL’s model bank. Our founding team were closely involved during their time working with the Open Banking Implementation Entity in the development of the UK Open Banking Standards, and we remain committed to enabling UK banks to make the most of open banking now and into the future.”
Huw Davies, CEO of Ozone API
Open Banking Limited
“Open Banking Limited is not only committed to maintaining the open banking standard, but also supporting the ecosystem by helping participants with their journey to version 4. This includes upgrading the model bank to v4 to provide as much support and coverage to participants as possible including the FCS, Standards and technical guidance.”
Henk Van Hulle, CEO, Open Banking Ltd
Ozone API has launched a comprehensive guide and a series of educational resources to accompany the new OBLv4 standards, aimed at helping banks and FIs navigate the changes smoothly and efficiently. The guide and resources provide actionable insights and best practices for institutions of all sizes.
Since the UK Government announced it would revisit the Data Protection and Digital Information Bill in July 2024, it is anticipated that the UK will see more regulatory changes related to open banking, smart data and the open data economy.
Other key findings include surge of info-stealers and botnets, an increase in evasive malware and a rise in network attacks across the Asia Pacific
SHARE THIS STORY
WatchGuard® Technologies, a global leader in unified Cybersecurity, today released the findings of its latest Internet Security Report. The quarterly analysis details the top malware, network, and endpoint security threats observed during the second quarter of 2024.
Among the report’s key findings was that 7 of the Top 10 malware threats by volume were new this quarter. Furthermore, this indicates threat actors are pivoting toward new techniques. The new top threats included Lumma Stealer. This advanced malware is designed to steal sensitive data from compromised systems. Also, a Mirai Botnet variant, which infects smart devices and enables threat actors to turn them into remotely controlled bots. And a LokiBot malware, which targets Windows and Android devices and aims to steal credential information.
Cybersecurity fears for Blockchain
WatchGuard’s Cybersecurity Threat Lab also observed new instances of threat actors employing “EtherHiding”. A method of embedding malicious PowerShell scripts in blockchains such as Binance Smart Contracts. In these instances, a fake error message linking to the malicious script appears on compromised websites, prompting victims to “update your browser”. Malicious code in blockchains poses a long-term threat. As blockchains are not meant to be changed, theoretically, a blockchain could become an immutable host of malicious content.
“The latest findings in the Q2 2024 Internet Security Report reflect how threat actors tend to fall into patterns of behaviour. Certain attack techniques become trendy and dominant in waves,” said Corey Nachreiner, CSO, WatchGuard Technologies. “Moreover, the report illustrates the importance of routinely updating and patching software and systems to address security gaps and ensure threat actors cannot exploit older vulnerabilities. Adopting a defence-in-depth approach, which can be executed effectively by a dedicated managed service provider, is a vital step toward combating these cybersecurity challenges successfully.”
Additional key findings from WatchGuard’s Report include:
Malware detections were down 24% overall. This drop was caused by a 35% decrease in signature-based detections. However, threat actors were simply shifting focus to more evasive malware. Moreover, in Q2 2024, the Threat Lab’s advanced behavioural engine that identifies ransomware, zero-day threats, and evolving malware threats, found a 168% increase in evasive malware detections quarter-over-quarter.
Network attacks increased 33% from Q1 2024. Across regions, the Asia Pacific accounted for 56% of all network attack detections, more than doubling since the previous quarter.
An NGINX vulnerability, originally detected in 2019, was the top network attack by volume in Q2 2024. It had not appeared in the Threat Lab’s Top 50 network attacks in previous quarters. The vulnerability accounted for 29% of total network attack detection volume, or approximately 724,000 detections across the US, EMEA, and APAC.
The Fuzzbunch hacking toolkit emerged as the second-highest endpoint malware threat detected by volume. The toolkit serves as an open-source framework that can be used to attack Windows operating systems. It was stolen during The Shadow Brokers’ attack of the Equation Group, an NSA contractor, in 2016.
Seventy-four percent of all browser-initiated endpoint malware attacks targeted Chromium-based browsers, which include Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, and Brave.
A signature that detects malicious web content, trojan.html.hidden.1.gen, came in as the fourth most-widespread malware variant. The most common threat category caught by this signature involved phishing campaigns. These gather credentials from a user’s browser and deliver this information to an attacker-controlled server. Curiously, the Threat Lab observed a sample of this signature targeting students and faculty at Valdosta State University in Georgia.
UBS Digital Cash aims to increase efficiency, transparency and to enable the programmability of money movements for corporate and institutional clients
SHARE THIS STORY
Cross-border payments often lead to delayed settlements. As a result, this creates a fragmented view of liquidity positions for companies. The aim is to increase transparency and security with blockchain-based payments via UBS Digital Cash. Moreover, this should in turn facilitate timely payment processing. In addition, companies should be able to manage intraday-liquidity and adjust liquidity buffers on their accounts more easily in the future. This is thanks to greater visibility of their total cash positions.
USB Digital Cash with Blockchain
Andy Kollegger, Head UBS Institutional & Multinational Banking, says: ”UBS Digital Cash going forward aims to enable our clients to make cross-border payments in a much more efficient and transparent way. Furthermore, Blockchain-based payment solutions for cross-border payments are a strategic focus for UBS. With the successful UBS Digital Cash pilot, we have reached another important milestone.”
In the pilot, transactions with multinational clients and banks were successfully carried out. These included domestic transactions within Switzerland and cross-border payments in US dollars, Swiss francs, Euros and Chinese yuan. Additionally, the pilot also included the transfer of liquidity between various UBS companies. UBS plans to expand and develop its UBS Digital Cash offering in further steps.
The advantages of Blockchain-based payments solutions
Pilot participant Janko Hahn, Head Treasury Operations at Autoneum, says: “The UBS Digital Cash pilot showcased the key advantages of blockchain-based payment solutions. They make cross border transactions faster, on time and provide a seamless traceability, which is a huge benefit when operating in a global market.”
Xiaonan Zou, UBS Head Digital Assets, Group Treasury, adds: ”We see the interoperability between UBS Digital Cash and other digital cash initiatives as key for the financial industry. In addition to their role in correspondent banking, they also have the potential to streamline and simplify the settlement of tokenised assets in the capital market.”
How does UBS Digital Cash work?
For the payment process, UBS Digital Cash uses a private blockchain network to which only the permissioned clients have access. The settlement is performed via smart contracts, which, for example, automatically execute payments as soon as predefined conditions are met. Client transfers at UBS are recorded and processed in a digital system for recording transactions. They are independent of currency, practically in real time and around the clock. UBS Digital Cash complements UBS’s involvement in a wide range of market initiatives. These include the Swiss National Bank-led project Helvetia for real wholesale Swiss franc Central Bank Digital Currency (wCBDC), as well as the Agorá project, led by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) together with seven central banks, to unlock central bank money and tokenised deposits from commercial banks in the cross-border payment context.
About UBS
UBS is a leading global asset manager and the leading universal bank in Switzerland. In addition, the company offers diversified wealth management solutions and focused investment banking functions. With the acquisition of Credit Suisse, UBS has assets under management of $5.7 trillion as of the fourth quarter of 2023. UBS supports its clients in achieving their financial goals through personalised advice, solutions and products. Headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland, the company operates in more than 50 markets around the globe. UBS Group AG shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.
additiv, a global leader in fintech and digital transformation, has announced the launch of an InsurTech solution with AXA Switzerland
SHARE THIS STORY
AXA Switzerland has successfully launched its addProtect bancassurance offering, powered by additiv’s technology platform. Furthermore, this innovative InsurTech solution allows banks to directly protect their mortgage customers against key risks with a simple plug-and-play solution.
addProtect InsurTech solution from additiv
As a seamless plug-and-play solution, addProtect gives banks direct access to the platform without the need for additional integration with existing IT systems. Its user-friendly and intuitive design allows banks to effortlessly integrate the platform into their day-to-day business operations. With the death and payment protection insurance, bank advisors have easy-to-understand products at their disposal. These offer added value to customers beyond the existing offering. The addProtect platform is now available for banks, and an initial pilot will be launched in collaboration with PostFinance.
Samuel Peter, Head of Partnerships at AXA Switzerland, stated:
“With addProtect, AXA is responding to the growing need of customers and banks for appropriate insurance solutions where and when they are needed. The solution creates additional advisory potential and better protection for the customers of our partners’ banks. We look forward to making the solution available to other partners.”
Dieter Lützelschwab, General Manager Switzerland at additiv, added:
“When developing addProtect, we focused on the user experience for the customer and the bank advisor. In addition, our platform provides an easily configurable, modular insurance solution that covers the entire value chain from quotation to claims processing.”
About additiv
additiv empowers the world’s leading financial institutions and brands to create new business models and transform existing ones. additiv’s API-first cloud platform is one of the world’s most powerful solutions for wealth management, banking, credit, and insurance. The InsurTech technology, together with the global ecosystem of regulated financial services providers, opens up new opportunities for banks, insurance companies, asset managers, IFAs and consumer brands to quickly and flexibly offer their own and third-party financial solutions through existing or new customer channels.
Headquartered in Switzerland, with regional offices in Singapore, UAE, Germany, and the UK, and more than 250 employees, additiv serves over 400 financial institutions (banks, insurers, asset managers, pension providers, IFAs, etc.) and brands worldwide.
Bitget announces $100k seed funding through ‘Pitch n Slay’ roadshow competition
SHARE THIS STORY
Bitget has launched the ‘Pitch n Slay’ roadshow competition, aiming to provide financial support, professional guidance and exposure for female entrepreneurs. This will be delivered through collaborations with organisations such as World of Women, Women in Web3, Bitget Wallet, Foresight Ventures and Morph. The initiative is designed to help female leaders expand their projects.
Bitget Blockchain boost for female entrepreneurs
The final will be held during DevCon in Bangkok, Thailand on November 15. The shortlisted “Pitch n Slay” project contestants will present their optimised projects to investors and a jury panel. The jury members include Gracy Chen – CEO of Bitget; Taya A – CEO of World of Women; Min Xu – Partner at Foresight Ventures; along with other outstanding Web3 leaders. Three winners will have the opportunity to share $100k seed funding.
Blockchain4Her
Bitget is the third largest exchange for crypto derivatives with a user base, surpassing 20 million registered accounts globally. Furthermore, it is one of the largest platforms for cryptocurrency copy trading. Meanwhile, the daily trading volume on Bitget exceeds 10 billion USDT, reflecting its significant market presence.
“Bitget is committed to gender inclusivity with women making up more than 45% of our management team. We are also dedicated to creating an inclusive culture for the LGBT community. Through the Blockchain4Her program we hope to create more growth opportunities for women-led startups We’ll continue to expand this platform, creating pathways for growth and amplifying women-led startups in Web3.”
Gracy Chen, CEO, Bitget
About Bitget
With a background in traditional finance, Bitget’s founding team discovered blockchain technology in 2015. But it was viewed as “tulip mania” by the industry back then. In 2018, we became intrigued by cryptocurrency after studying the Bitcoin whitepaper and Ethereum ecosystem. We believed that cryptocurrency would play an important role in the future and even benefit the unbanked groups.
Born in a bear market, Bitget insists on putting users first, focusing on product innovation, and advocating long-term development with the spirit of earnestness. The company aims to inspire people to embrace crypto and improve the way they trade, one at a time.
New collaboration between Plumery and Payment Components
will enable financial institutions to adopt instant payments without overhauling existing core banking infrastructure
SHARE THIS STORY
Plumery, a digital banking experience platform for customer-centric banking, has announced a new partnership with Payment Components, a leader in payments and open banking solutions. By decoupling digital experience and payments processes from legacy systems, institutions can now innovate more flexibly and efficiently. They can streamline operations while maintaining their existing core banking frameworks.
Progress for Payments
By leveraging Plumery’s innovative approach and Payment Components’ expertise, this partnership allows clients to accelerate time-to-market and future-proof operations against regulatory shifts such as the Instant Payments Regulation (IPR). Financial institutions can offload the burden of implementing new digital channels and instruments, such as real-time payments, without altering their core systems.
The IPR aims to make instant payments fully accessible to consumers and businesses across the EU. Currently only a minority of service providers support instant payments. While such regulatory changes usually impact core banking infrastructure, the Plumery and Payment Components partnership ensures these systems remain unaffected.
“This partnership is crucial for institutions needing to rapidly modernise without overhauling their entire infrastructure. Together, we offer a powerful, flexible solution that enables our clients to embrace innovation while staying ahead of regulatory changes like the IPR. Adding Payments Components to our partner ecosystem solidifies our commitment to creating cutting edge solutions that embrace digitisation.”
Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery
This global partnership offers a streamlined path to modernisation, enabling financial institutions to stay compliant, competitive and responsive to ongoing market shifts with solutions ready to support firms as they navigate the evolving financial landscape.
“Our collaboration with Plumery will empower financial institutions to seamlessly adopt modern payment technologies, addressing the complexities of regulatory changes, all while minimising disruptions to existing systems. We wanted to work with Plumery because both our company’s share a similar approach, work ethic and most importantly because of the compatibility of our products.”
Sotirios Nossis, Founder and CEO of Payment Components
Plumery
Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.
Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.
Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).
Payment Components
At Payment Components, we’re reshaping the fintech landscape on a global scale. Today, our solutions are essential for more than 65 banks and financial institutions across 25 countries. We provide componentized solutions in a range of domains, including AI banking, open banking, account-to-account payments, and financial messaging technology. We achieve this through continuous innovation, building software components that help financial institutions become digital champions and deliver richer payment services to their clients. Our name reflects our belief: complicated processes in the financial industry will be replaced by AI-assisted dedicated components. We stand for simplicity, speed, and constant innovation
UnaFinancial study identifies cybersecurity as most influential factor driving FinTech growth
SHARE THIS STORY
A recent study from UnaFinancial has identified cybersecurity as the most influential factor driving the development of FinTech worldwide, with a 63% significance. The second most impactful factor is the average hourly wage rate, with a 13% significance.
The study showed that FinTech growth in Europe, America, and globally has the strongest correlation with the size of the cybersecurity market, with correlation coefficients of 0.8714, 0.9762, and 0.8607, respectively.
In Asia, however, FinTech growth was more closely tied to the size of the consumer electronics market (0.9403). Meanwhile in Africa, it correlated with consumer spending volumes (0.7427). Therefore, globally, cybersecurity emerges as the most significant driver of FinTech growth. More vital protection facilitates a more robust FinTech environment.
Economic Disparities with Cybersecurity: High Income vs Low Income Economies
Economic status also plays a crucial role in shaping FinTech dynamics. High-income countries display pronounced correlations with various factors. Notably, the size of the cybersecurity market (0.6923), consumer electronics market (0.5839), average wage rates (0.6237), and consumer spending volumes (0.6971) are all significantly linked to FinTech growth.
Conversely, low-income economies exhibit no substantial correlations with these factors, highlighting a disparity in FinTech development influenced by financial resources and technological infrastructure.
Middle-income countries show a more nuanced relationship, with FinTech volumes correlating with nominal GDP (0.5373), the cybersecurity market (0.5727), consumer electronics (0.5637), fintech hubs (0.5409), and consumer spending volumes (0.6136). This suggests that while multiple factors impact middle-income countries, cybersecurity remains a vital component.
Quantifiable Cybersecurity Impact on FinTech
Furthermore, another interesting finding was the measurable impact of various factors on FinTech transactions. For example, for every $1 million increase in the global cybersecurity market, FinTech transactions per adult are expected to rise by $31.6. Similarly, a $1 increase in the average hourly wage could boost FinTech transactions by $67.5. The establishment of just one more FinTech hub could increase global FinTech transactions per capita by $839.
Remarkably, as a country’s income grows, the correlation between FinTech growth and two factors—cybersecurity market size and average wage rates—becomes stronger. This means these factors may indeed influence the development of FinTech across a country.
A deeper non-linear analysis further validated the significance of these factors. It revealed that the cybersecurity market is the most influential driver of FinTech growth, with 63% of significance, followed by the average wage rate (13%). As we advance into an increasingly digital future, the investment in and enhancement of cybersecurity will remain a cornerstone of FinTech innovation and expansion.
UnaFinancial Study
The UnaFinancial study considered data from 2022 for 146 countries, which were grouped into four regions: Asia, Europe, Africa and America. The potential factors under consideration included gender ratio, nominal GDP per capita, Internet penetration, cybersecurity market volumes per capita, consumer electronics market volumes, number of FinTech hubs per 100,000 people, average hourly wages, consumer spending per capita, direct investment as a share of GDP, unemployment rates, trade volume relative to GDP, and share of urban population.
The study not only illuminates the integral role of cybersecurity but also provides a roadmap for understanding how various factors interplay to influence the global FinTech landscape. In this digital age, safeguarding financial transactions and technologies is as critical as ever. Moreover, ensuring that FinTech continues to flourish amidst evolving challenges and opportunities.
Money20/20, operates the world’s leading fintech events in Europe, Asia and USA and is “the place where money does business”….
SHARE THIS STORY
Money20/20, operates the world’s leading fintech events in Europe, Asia and USA and is “the place where money does business”. Money20/20 USA has unveiled seven startups poised to transform the financial sector. The selected startups are Brightwave, Casap, Eisen, Footprint, NALA, Ntropy, and Zumma. They were revealed during the Startup Media Session on October 29th in Las Vegas. The Startup Media Session was designed as part of the event’s goal to support startups at the intersection of finance and business.
“Money20/20 USA is focused on what drives the conversations most relevant to the FinTech industry. From economic and regulatory uncertainty to the future of payments and the impact AI will have on money moving forward. We are proud to highlight the work these startups are doing to move this industry forward.”
Scarlett Sieber, Chief Strategy and Growth Officer at Money20/20
Brightwave
Brightwave is the leading AI platform for financial services. It delivers accurate and insightful financial research enabling finance professionals to make better decisions faster. Its purpose-built AI systems synthesize insights across thousands of pages of primary sources. It can automate the most tedious parts of investing workflows and help users spot opportunities others have missed.
“Being named one of the Top 7 Startups at Money20/20 is a strong acknowledgment of the strides we’ve made in transforming how investment research is done. We’re also excited to announce our $15 million Series A funding at the world’s premier show for financial innovation. At Brightwave, we’re tackling one of the hardest problems in finance. We’re making sense of vast amounts of data to uncover deeper insights and relationships that others miss,” said Mike Conover, Founder and CEO at Brightwave.
Casap
Casap is an AI-powered disputes automation and fraud prevention platform. With built-in regulatory expertise and network integrations, Casap’s intelligent automation identifies fraudulent claims early. It delivers fast, frictionless dispute and chargeback resolution at a fraction of today’s cost.
“Money20/20 was the first conference I attended after starting Casap last year and it played a pivotal role in validating our vision. The connections, conversations, and insights I gained were invaluable. Exactly a year later, we’re back and launching out of stealth with live customers. We’re addressing some of the most pressing challenges in scaling payments. We’re starting with automating chargebacks and combating first-party fraud. We’re deeply grateful to Money20/20 for this opportunity to reach so many in the industry and help drive meaningful change in how payments are operated at scale,” said Saisi Peter, Co-founder of Casap.
Eisen
Eisen is the first escheatment automation solution that proactively manages the offboarding of dormant accounts, stale checks, wind-downs, and more. Financial institutions rely on Eisen to simplify the complex landscape of regulatory outreach, disbursement, and escheatment requirements. It ensures compliance while reducing operational risk.
“Money20/20 has been a cornerstone for Eisen since 2021, where the very idea for our company first sparked in the halls of the Venetian. It all started with conversations about the hardest challenges in FinTech. Each year, it’s helped us refine our vision and better serve our customers. For us, Money20/20 isn’t just about growth — it’s where Eisen began,” said Allen Osgood, CEO of Eisen.
Footprint
Footprint is a Series A identity company that has raised $20M from funds such as QED and Index Ventures. The company provides a single SDK that automates onboarding – KYC/KYB, fraud, security, and authentication – into an easy-to-integrate solution. Footprint works with leading companies across the Banking, Auto, and Real Estate sectors. Its technology portabalises identity, creating a centralised database of de-duplicated authentic identities.
“Money20/20 is at the vanguard of innovation. We’ve tried to be different at Footprint. Whether that be through our recent fraud indemnification program or our approach to labeling good actors. Some may think these are crazy ideas. But it is great to see Money20/20 continue to be where crazy can get a spotlight. That is how I would like to think true innovation happens,” said Eli Wachs, Co-founder and CEO of Footprint.
NALA
NALA is a global cross-border payments fintech company based in the US doing cross-border payments to emerging markets like Africa and Asia. It has two products, a consumer FinTech product enabling migrants to send money home and an infrastructure business called Rafiki, building payment rails for Africa. NALA recently became profitable and raised a $40m series A after achieving 10x revenue growth in 12 months.
“At NALA, we are on a mission to build payments for the next billion. Emerging markets are often overlooked but shouldn’t be underestimated as these regions have seen the fastest economic growth in the world. We have big ambitions for what we would like to achieve and have exciting plans in the pipeline in the coming years,“ said Benjamin Fernandes, Founder and CEO of NALA.
Ntropy
Ntropy is on a mission to organise the world’s financial data. 80% of the world’s financial data is unstructured and locked in transactions, documents, PDFs, and images. This means it is under-leveraged and cannot be used by models at scale. Ntropy was founded to solve this problem for any type of financial data, in any language, any geography, powering humans and more recently agents and agentic workflows in finance.
“Ntropy is processing hundreds of millions of transactions and documents weekly with over 98% accuracy, in under 100ms, 1000x faster, and cheaper than any other provider on the market. You can access Ntropy via our API-s directly, and more recently via NVIDIA NIM-s. This collaboration enables flexibility in deployment and allows our customers to scale immediately. This year’s Money20/20 has been about demonstrating the real value of GenAI and we have been very fortunate to have this exposure together with our partners at NVIDIA, Oracle, and AWS, who are accelerating Ntropy’s mission,” said Naré Vardanyan, Co-founder and CEO of Ntropy.
Zumma
Zumma is a financial copilot that automates and simplifies financial processes for Latin American businesses by leveraging existing tools they already use such as WhatsApp to save them time and money. The company is starting with automating expense management and expense invoicing processes, saving their customers more than $4,000 per employee per year in tax deductions.
“Being part of Money20/20’s Startup Media Session helps us spread the word about our product to the fintech community. The Money20/20 team has been key in our growth by connecting us to key players in the industry,” said Daniela Lascurain, COO and Co-founder of Zumma.
Launched by industry insiders in 2012, Money20/20 is the heartbeat of the global fintech ecosystem. Moreover, some of the most innovative, fast-moving ideas and companies have found their feet (and funding) on its show floor. From J.P. Morgan, Stripe, and Airwallex to HSBC, Deutsche Bank, and Checkout.com, Money20/20 is the place where money does business.
Scott Zoldi, Chief Analytics Officer at FICO considers whether the current AI bubble is set to burst, the potential repercussions of such an event, and how businesses can prepare
SHARE THIS STORY
Since artificial intelligence emerged more than fifty years ago, it has experienced cycles of peaks and troughs. Periods of hype, quickly followed by unmet expectations that lead to bleak periods of AI-winter as users and investment pull back. We are currently in the biggest period of hype yet. Does that mean we are setting ourselves up for the biggest, most catastrophic fall to date?
AI drawback
There is a significant chance of such a drawback occurring in the near future. So, the growing number of businesses relying on AI must take steps to prepare and mitigate the impact a drawback or complete collapse could have. Research from Lloyds recently found adoption has doubled in the last year, with 63% of firms now investing in AI, compared to 32% in 2023. In addition, the same study found 81% of financial institutions now view it as a business opportunity, up from 56% in 2023.
This hype has led organisations to explore AI use for the first time. Often with little understanding of the algorithms’ core limitations. According to Gartner, in 2023 less than 10% of organisations were capable of operationalising AI to enable meaningful execution. This could be leading to the ‘unmet expectations’ stage of the damaging hype/drawback cycle. The all-encompassing FOMO of repeating the narrative of the incredible value of AI does not align with organisations’ ability to scale, manage huge risks, or derive real sustained business value.
Regulatory pressures for AI
There has been a lack of trust in AI by consumers and businsses alike. It has resulted in new AI regulations specifying strong responsibility and transparency requirements for applications. The vast majority of organisations are unable to meet these in traditional AI, let alone newer GenAI applications. Large language models (LLMs) were prematurely released to the public. The resulting succession of fails fuelled substantial pressure on companies to pull back from using such solutions other than for internal applications. It has been reported that 60% of banking businesses are actively limiting AI usage. This shows that the drawback has already begun. Organisations that have gone all-in on GenAI – especially those early adopters – will be the ones to pull back the most, and the fastest.
In financial services, where AI use has matured over decades, analytic technologies exist today that can withstand regulatory scrutiny. Forward-looking companies are ensuring they are prepared. They are moving to interpretable AI and backup traditional analytics on hand while they explore newer technologies with appropriate caution. This is in line with proper business accountability, vs the ‘build fast, break it’, mentality of the hype spinners.
Customer trust with AI
Customer trust has been violated by repeated failures in AI, and a lack of businesses taking customer safety seriously. A pull-back will assuage inherent mistrust in companies’ use of artificial intelligence in customer facing applications and repeated harmful outcomes.
Businesses who want their AI usage to survive the impending winter need to establish corporate standards for building safe, transparent, trustworthy Responsible AI models that focus on the tenets of robust, interpretable, ethical and auditable AI. Concurrently, these practices will demonstrate that regulations are being adhered to – and that their customers can trust AI. Organisations will move from the constant broadcast of a dizzying array of possible applications, to a few well-structured, accountable and meaningful applications that provide value to consumers, built responsibly. Regulation will be the catalyst.
Preparing for the worst
Too many organisations are driving AI strategy through business owners or software engineers who often have limited to no knowledge of the specifics of algorithm mathematics and the very signifiicant risk in using the technology.
Stringing together AI is easy. Building AI that is responsible and safe is a much harder and exhausting exercise requiring model development and deployment corporate standards. Businesses need to start now to define standards for adopting the right types of AI for appropriate business applications, meet regulatory compliances, and achieve optimal consumer outcomes.
Companies need to show true data science leadership by developing a Responsible AI programme or boosting practices that have atrophied during the GenAI hype cycle which for many threw standards to the wind. They should start with a review of how regulation is developing, and whether they have the standards, data science staff and algorithm experience to appropriately address and pressure-test their applications and to establish trust in AI usage. If they’re not prepared, they need to understand the business impacts of potentially having artificial intelligence pulled from their repository of tools.
Next, these companies must determine where to use traditional AI and where they use GenAI, and ensure this is not driven by marketing narrative but meeting both regulation and real business objectives safely. Finally, companies will want to adopt a humble approach to back up their deployments, to tier down to safer tech when the model indicates its decisioning is not trustworthy.
Now is the time to go beyond aspirational and boastful claims, to have honest discussions around the risks of this technology, and to define what mature and immature AI look like. This will help prevent a major drawback.
Fred Fuller, Global Head of Banking at Endava, on how banks can effectively communicate AI advancements and demonstrate ROI to investors
SHARE THIS STORY
There is no single solution, AI or otherwise, that can prepare financial institutions for the modern world. To build a bank capable of successfully navigating the challenges of the future, a long-term digital transformation strategy is required. Especially relevant in the wake of recent IT outages,
At present, according to Endava’s Retail Banking Report 2024, 67% of banks are still heavily reliant on legacy systems. This leads to wasted budget and decreased efficiency. With limited resources available to modernise their tech stack, company leaders are often forced to choose which technology-type to prioritise. When doing this, 50% have chosen artificial intelligence (AI).
Is AI alone enough?
Can AI overhaul archaic processes or are there too many hurdles in the way? The first hurdle to successful digital transformation in financial services is overcoming the employees’ perception of the process. Time and time again, corporations have failed in the goal to integrate solutions that successfully feed into a long-term tech strategy. Often, this is due to wide-spread change fatigue. When exhausted by continuous efforts to change their day-to-day, workers become resistant to transformation. The best way to overcome change fatigue, and drive digital transformation in financial institutions, is through overhauling legacy systems. And adopting solutions that will stand the test of time.
Legacy Systems
Across the world, outdated legacy systems are holding financial institutions back and costing them billions. From 2022 to 2028, this expense is expected to grow at a rate of 7.8%. Not only do these archaic processes cost money, but they force banks to contend with a multitude of siloes. From departments to data. We live in a world where neobanks are growing in popularity. They are able to provide a frictionless customer experience using their modern tech stack. Traditional organisations must rid themselves of siloes to enable all areas of the business to leverage AI. In turn, this will provide them with strong data collection and support from departments who are agreed on next steps.
At present, three quarters of financial institutions feel they need to modernise their core. Without this change, they lack the secure, data-driven foundation necessary to utilise AI and see return on their technical investments.
The benefits of AI integration
Once a strong foundation has been laid, it becomes easier to see the practical benefits of integrating AI. For example, when data is no longer siloed by legacy systems, using chat bots to support customers with simple queries creates an efficient consumer experience. There are internal benefits too. AI can spot potentially suspicious activity, flagging it before it is too late. Or analysing data to ensure risk management and process automation. Despite its wide-reaching capabilities, AI alone is not the only option for financial institutions…
Routes to the future
Endava’s Retail Banking Report also showcased the variety of solutions that banks are using to improve their tech stack. 45% of respondents recognised data analytics, in and of themselves, as a top area for investment. Meanwhile 30% flagged IoT, and 14% the Metaverse.
There’s a reason for the emphasis on strong data. It not only supports the integration and use of AI-fuelled capabilities, but it is the driving force behind numerous functions of the bank itself. Of those surveyed, 37% aimed to use data to improve customer service. 34% to strengthen security, and 33% to personalise products and improve the customer experience.
As well as attracting and retaining consumers, business leaders can benefit from their access to strong data by attracting and retaining talent. With 39% of failed digital transformations viewing lack of employee buy-in as a factor, financial institutions are encouraged to educate workers on their technology integration plans, and ensure solutions are user-friendly. Fortunately, looking ahead, 20% of banks surveyed seek to use data to improve the workplace.
A bank’s priority – looking ahead
More than ever, banks are reliant on data to keep operations running smoothly. From providing customers with a personalised experience to improving the workplace in the competition for talent, there are a multitude of reasons to ensure the foundations of your tech stack are strong.
Doing so makes integration of new technology a smoother experience for all. To this end, it’s no shock that 50% of banks are keen to embrace AI, using it to benefit customers and speed up processes. However, with many hampered by the legacy technology and the ever-looming threat of change fatigue, integration of any technology should be carefully planned, customer focused and data led.
Lucian Daia, CTO at Zitec, on the rise of embedded finance driving customer loyalty across financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
The frenzy of Christmas and Halloween marketing is already in full swing, with date reveals of Christmas market returns to pumpkin patch locations. Retailers are gearing up to execute their strategies as the Golden Quarter approaches. This year, however, retailers have another string to their bow, another key message to snag a customer: ‘Buy Now, Pay Later’ (BNPL).
Business is booming in the BNPL game, with the market quadrupling in size since 2020. It is expected to hit a record level of £30bn in 2024. The payment option is fast becoming a staple in the digital wallets of millions for the major retail milestones of the year.
Halloween is the first major retail moment in the run-up to the festive season as Britain settles back into its winter routine. However, the rise of BNPL points to consumer behaviour that’s fast evolving and anything but predictable.
Retailers sink or swim based on the customer experience they deliver. From the rise of omnichannel strategies to speedy same-day deliveries, click and collect options, and attention-grabbing immersive experiences… There’s no shortage of initiatives to drum up customer loyalty. Now, payment solutions are part of the equation. Embedded Finance is front and centre of this change, integrating financial services (like loans, insurance, debit cards etc.) into businesses that don’t usually handle finance.
Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) offer a “Plug and Play” type functionality. Retailers can offer seamless payment solutions like BNPL or digital wallets directly on their systems. This integration keeps shoppers on the site and reduces the tiresome friction of third-party pop-up systems. Moreover, it offers features like zero-interest point-of-sale loans or app-based rewards. Of course, it allows them to check-out as easily and as quickly as possible too.
Bye-bye Velcro
Bye-bye Velcro, hello snazzy digital wallet that holds payment cards and bank account details all in one place. Digital wallets have become essential components of modern payments and offer a convenient and less risky way for shoppers to buy their items.
Gone are the days of searching for physical cards under stashes of files or keying in repetitive digits on a keyboard. Digital wallets also offer a reduced risk of fraud because of advanced encryption and tokenisation technologies. Beyond security, digital wallets provide retailers with valuable consumer insights.
For instance, if a customer buys a Halloween costume and decorations, retailers can use this data to target them with personalised offers. Such as a discount on themed candy bowls or matching spooky accessories. This level of personalisation is make or break for retailers today. Customers are setting a higher bar than ever for personalised content, offers and experiences that meet their needs and interests.
Speeding up cash flow with BNPL
Another innovation retailers need to have on their radar is instant payments. Unlike traditional systems that mean transactions can take hours or even days to complete, instant payments ensure funds are transferred within seconds.
For retailers, especially those operating on thin margins or managing high transaction volumes, the speed at which funds are made available can be make or break. The quick availability of cash means retailers can better manage their finances, buy new stock and address operational costs at pace.
Contrary to common belief, Brits don’t love queuing; in fact, they hate it. Faster payment options in-store have been pivotal in giving customers the speedy experience they demand so they can get on with their day. Quick transactions not only improve cash flow and reduce delays but enhance the customer experience. Making it ideal for those who’ve left their shopping too late, or forgotten an item on their list. As a result, customers walk away with the right impression.
Ditch the lines and pay with a tap
Retailers should be equipped with mobile point-of-sale (mPOS) systems that allow customers to make payments through their smartphones or other mobile devices, cutting down on wait times and speeding up the checkout process.
Retailers also stand to benefit from digital receipts, detailed sales reports, and real-time inventory management from having this system in place. This efficient processing not only improves cash flow but also provides valuable data for managing stock levels and customer preferences.
Beyond the Golden-Quarter
As retailers prepare for the Golden Quarter and beyond, understanding and leveraging FinTech payment innovations can seriously pay dividends. By adopting technologies such as embedded finance, digital wallets, instant payments, and mobile payments, retailers can improve their operational efficiency, enhance customer experiences, and position themselves for future growth in a digital-first world. Indeed, in recent years marked by economic shocks, huge tech advancements – especially with AI – and increasingly unpredictable consumer behaviour, it is crucial for retailers to stay ahead of payment options.
Providing consumers with flexibility, choices, and ultimately, ways to manage their outgoings and spread the cost will be key. Retailers will need to take a view on which innovations align best with the changing expectations of their customers and who they partner with to help them remain competitive.
DBS Token Services, marks new milestone in financial services with blockchain
SHARE THIS STORY
DBS has announced the introduction of DBS Token Services. The new suite of banking services integrates tokenisation and smart contract-enabled capabilities with award-winning banking services. It aims to unlock new transaction banking capabilities and operating efficiencies for its institutional clients with blockchain.
DBS Token Services via Blockchain
DBS Token Services unlocks instant, 24/7 real-time settlement of payments. It integrates the bank’s Ethereum Virtual Machine-compatible permissioned blockchain. This is the core payment engine and multiple industry payment infrastructure for DBS. In addition, smart contracts enable programmability for institutions to govern the use of funds according to predefined conditions. Enhancing security and transparency. Using a permissioned blockchain provides DBS full control over these services. It enables the bank to harness the benefits of blockchain technology while adhering to compliance standards.
The project is the culmination of several years of industry collaborations and experimentation in digital money innovations. The suite of solutions includes Treasury Tokens, Conditional Payments, and Programmable Rewards. It exemplifies how established financial institutions can leverage blockchain technology and smart contracts to deliver new client experiences.
Lim Soon Chong, Group Head of Global Transaction Services, DBS Bank
“To capture the massive shift of human and corporate activity to on-demand digital services, companies and public sector entities are reimagining their operating models and customer engagement strategies. A new generation of ‘always-on’ banking services is essential to support this shift and transformation.
“By leveraging tokenisation and smart contract capabilities, DBS Token Services enables companies and public sector entities. They can optimise liquidity management, streamline operational workflows, strengthen business resilience, and unlock new opportunities for end-customer or end-user engagement. It marks a significant step forward in transaction banking. It demonstrates how established financial institutions can leverage blockchain technology to deliver new ground-breaking features and experiences.”
DBS: Shaping the future of finance with Blockchain
Since 2016, DBS has been a driving force in several industry initiatives led by the Monetary Authority of Singapore. It has been exploring the potential of blockchain technology in enhancing Singapore’s financial landscape. Key initiatives include Project Ubin, Project Orchidand Project Guardian.
DBS Token Services continues to explore broader applications of blockchain enabled solutions. These include the tokenisation of securities and digitalisation of trade finance. These innovations reflect DBS’ ongoing commitment to building a more robust and innovative banking landscape..
Amelia Lowe, Vice President of Operations at SquareTrade, on the potential for AI to revolutionise InsurTech
SHARE THIS STORY
We have all witnessed the growth of AI in the past year. It’s quickly becoming an innate part of how we work. In the UK alone, the number of AI registered companies has increased by over 600% in under a decade. While the size of the AI market is expected to grow to over £800 billion by 2035. AI holds the power to radically reshape the way we live, learn, and conduct business. It can unlock possibilities we once only imagined. In the past two years, we’ve witnessed this transformational potential come to life. It’s driving innovation and redefining industries at an unprecedented pace.
We stand on the brink of a new era. AI is poised to become an integral force that not only enhances our daily lives but also paves the way for a more effective way of doing business and connecting with customers. AI holds the key to supercharging the customer experience, by creating seamless, intelligent customer journeys. So how do we do it?
In today’s highly competitive world, great customer service is essential. Customers do not want to feel like just another number. They want their individual needs to be recognised and addressed with personalised responses.
At SquareTrade, we aim to engage with our customers in ways that feel authentic and personal, even when they are engaging with AI. Our objective is to deliver a level of personalised interaction that was once thought of as unattainable with automated systems. Furthermore, ensuring every customer feels appreciated and understood in each exchange.
Enhancing customer experiences with AI for seamless, intelligent journeys
At the core of any customer relationship is the confidence that issues will be resolved quickly and effectively. Your team, and the people behind your company, play a pivotal role in delivering that trust across all customer touchpoints.
When integrating AI into a business, it is essential to align the technology with the company’s core objectives. For us, the focus has been on driving innovation and streamlining processes while ensuring customer service remains uncompromised. Our goal is to ensure, no matter how AI is implemented, the customer experience feels personal and authentic. Even with automated systems, we want to provide a level of personalised interaction that was once unimaginable. We see AI as an extension of our team. In light of that we apply the same values and principles to those we apply to our team, which focus on trust, transparency and respect.
Have you met Sally?
We now live in a world where AI tools and customer experience must work in harmony. According to Statista, 73% of consumers believe AI can enhance customer experience, with 80% reporting positive interactions with AI so far. Clearly, AI has reached a point where customers can appreciate its benefits during their times of need. It can seamlessly recognise and addresses issues productively.
When businesses explore integrating AI solutions, it’s crucial to align them with their unique standards, customer service approach, and company culture. No two AI solutions are alike. For us, it was vital that any AI implementation seamlessly complemented our existing operations. A key example of how we’ve achieved this is through the introduction of Sally, our AI chatbot. Sally provides one of the quickest and most efficient ways for customers to engage with us when visiting our website. This enhances the user experience while staying true to our service values.
We are already witnessing the benefits of introducing Sally. She consistently achieves high success rates in resolving customer incidents autonomously. By deploying her in a strategic and targeted manner, we can reserve human interactions for more complex queries and claims.
AI Training for Operational Excellence
AI’s potential goes beyond customer interactions. It is increasingly being leveraged for training and education within organisations. In an industry like insurance, where no two claims are the same, InsurTech companies need training systems that prepare team members to adapt to a wide variety of scenarios.
Given that individuals learn in diverse ways and at varying speeds, the ability to create personalised learning experiences is immensely valuable. We see AI training tools as the equivalent of providing each employee with a personal tutor. Moreover, one that can adapt to their unique strengths, challenges, and learning styles.
And the learning doesn’t stop when the training does. AI-powered platforms can now continuously assess performance in real-time. If an employee is struggling in a particular area, the AI can automatically adjust the learning program to address those needs. This ensures ongoing growth and development tailored to each individual.
Fraud Detection
AI is poised to revolutionise fraud detection and prevention. It is becoming an invaluable asset to the teams that monitor for suspicious activity. In the insurance industry, AI can be deployed at multiple levels to enhance fraud detection. For example, through intelligent automation that swiftly analyses large datasets and flags potentially fraudulent claims for further investigation. This can save valuable time and resources.
AI can also enable the creation of predictive models that forecast fraud based on historical data and emerging trends. This helps insurance players to stay one step ahead of evolving threats. These models improve risk assessment accuracy by reducing false positives and allowing us to focus more effectively on genuine risks.
Looking ahead, the potential for AI in fraud detection is immense. AI is breaking new ground in areas where traditional rule-based systems fall short. Its ability to process vast amounts of data in real time, identify patterns and anomalies that would be nearly impossible to detect manually, makes it a game-changer in tackling complex problems.
Embracing AI Advancements
AI has the potential to revolutionise countless industries, but its impact is particularly profound in InsurTech. Given the critical role insurance plays in people’s lives, the opportunities for innovation and improvement are vast.
As an industry, it’s essential we recognise AI’s ability to transform customer experiences. As early adopters, we have witnessed its potential firsthand. We will continue to leverage these advancements to enhance personalised and automated processes. We can bridge language barriers, and create new methods of interaction.
However, our focus must always be on finding the right balance. Identifying where these solutions can deliver the greatest impact in serving customer needs quickly and effectively. Moreover, also ensuring that we retain the opportunity for human connection whenever it is needed. As well as ensuring compliance and security are a core part of how we think about implementing solutions to enhance business operations.
WaveBL Completes a new groundbreaking network connectivity Proof of Value (POV) with Swift, the participation of five global banks, and leading ocean carrier eBL Issuer MSC
SHARE THIS STORY
WaveBL, the leading blockchain based electronic Bill of Lading (eBL) platform, has completed a groundbreaking Proof of Value (POV). It worked with Swift and the participation of five global banks. Lloyds, Emirates NBD Bank, Federal Bank Limited, and other banks. Furthermore, MSC Mediterranean Shipping Company (MSC), a leading ocean carrier acted as an eBL issuer on WaveBL.
The POV successfully demonstrated the transfer of structured electronic document presentations (including eBLs) originated on the Platform. They were sent to and between Swift members, and back to the Platform, all as part of a Letter of Credit (LC) transaction. The process was executed utilising a series of Swift FIN messages and FileAct transfers from WaveBL to the different banks. The process maintained possession and title management of the electronic trade documents on WaveBL’s ledger of issuance.
Describing the Flow of the POV with WaveBL
The POV involved two eBLs – one straight and one negotiable – both issued by MSC on the WaveBL platform. The eBLs were first sent to an exporter on the WaveBL platform. Here, commercial documents like a packing list, invoice, and certificate of origin were added. These were then sent to the advising bank by the platform over the secure and resilient Swift network, using an MT message and a FileAct document transfer. In turn, the advising bank and the issuing bank exchanged the presentation between them while WaveBL’s ledger maintained the tracking of possession and title of the contained eBLs.
Ultimately, the issuing bank released the documents to the LC applicant, who is the importer, including the endorsement of the negotiable eBL from the issuing bank to the order of the importer on the Platform. All of which was instructed to the platform through a Swift MT message. This streamlined process allows for payments to be received within hours, rather than days. This is often the case with transactions that involve the physical transfer of documents. Similarly, with the eBLs surrendered back to MSC on the platform, the importer was able to collect the goods at the port of destination without delay.
Strengthening the supply chain-trade finance connectivity: The WaveBL Swift gateway
This groundbreaking POV underscores WaveBL’s dedication to making its network fully integrated with the financial system. This allows customers to seamlessly interact with Swift members and among participants themselves. For Swift members, electronic trade documents could soon be exchanged via WaveBL using their existing Swift infrastructure. And without requiring the installation or use of any specialised software or service.
WaveBL anticipates that the concept led through this POV will further its mission of creating seamless connectivity between the supply chain and financial markets. It will drive the shift towards 100% adoption of eBLs, as outlined in the FIT Alliance Declaration of September 2023. WaveBL is also looking forward to becoming the first electronic trade document provider to achieve full connectivity with the entire Swift community. This allows all banks a simple, standardised way to receive and send electronic bank presentations originated on the platform.
Innovative approach by leading banks
The participating banks have all previously demonstrated exceptional innovation by using WaveBL as their entry point to the eBL market. They gained experience by exchanging electronic trade document presentations in live commercial transactions. As part of the POV, WaveBL, Swift and the banks established a joint working group. This was aimed at analysing the methodologies and structure of the Swift MT messages and the electronic presentations proven during the POV. Moreover, their involvement highlights a commitment to advancing trade finance through digitisation and cutting-edge technologies for document exchange. WaveBL is eager to continue working with the joint working group as its expected integration with the Swift network unfolds.
Boaz Lessem, Chief of Legal Regulation and Partnerships, WaveBL:
“As the eBL market continues to grow, this POV solidifies our vision of seamless connectivity between WaveBL and Swift, providing a new, standardised solution for banks that prefer not to use the platform’s interface directly. By leveraging Swift’s trusted infrastructure, banks will now be able to exchange electronic trade documents with ease. Enabling greater flexibility and efficiency in trade finance. I believe this connectivity will lead the way to an increased value proposition for the electronic transformation to eBLs. I thank the Swift team for its ongoing leadership and support as part of this POV, driving forward this important initiative in trade finance digitisation.”
Combining advanced technology with a people-led focus is the name of the game for Bravo Consulting Group. Bravo was founded…
SHARE THIS STORY
Combining advanced technology with a people-led focus is the name of the game for Bravo Consulting Group. Bravo was founded in 2007 by President and CEO Gino Degregori. He had his sights squarely set on leveraging Microsoft technologies to deliver cloud services, application modernization, and cybersecurity compliance. Bravo’s aim is to simplify how organisations create, share, and secure their intelligent information. In nearly 17 years of its existence, the business has grown into a premier Microsoft solutions provider serving the federal government, the Department of Defense, the Intelligence Community, and multiple Fortune 500 organisations.
Human-centric leadership and core values
Degregori began his career in software engineering and entrepreneurship. However, he quickly realised that his true calling was beyond just developing software and implementing Microsoft technologies. “I saw an opportunity to build an amazing organisation that provides real value to our customers through our people and innovative solutions,” Degregori explains. “While the cloud didn’t exist in 2007, development, automation, and security were already crucial.”
Degregori founded Bravo on core values that remain the cornerstone of the company today. “Our vision is to attract and create kind leaders who make an impact on our customers, partners, and communities,” he explains. “We lead with empathy, embracing kind leadership. This means prioritising the growth and wellbeing of our team members and clients. We view every interaction from a win-win perspective with a strong sense of accountability.
“It’s not just about implementing technology in your organisation; it’s about truly advancing the mission. Collaborating with great people enables us to deliver outstanding results,” he emphasises. Degregori also hosts The Kind Leader Podcast where he discusses empathetic leadership with industry leaders, embodying the values Bravo champions.
By fostering a culture of empathy and innovation, Bravohas established itself as a leader in cloud services, application modernization, and cybersecurity. Degregori’s commitment to building a people-centric organisation ensures that Bravo not only meets but exceeds the expectations of its clients, driving meaningful and impactful results.
Strategic partnership with AvePoint
Bravo’s commitment to collaborating with exceptional partners has been the cornerstone of its longstanding relationship with AvePoint. For 15 out of its nearly 17 years of existence, Bravo has partnered with AvePoint—a testament to the enduring strength and value of this collaboration. When Bravo first started, the Microsoft ecosystem was rapidly evolving, with many businesses transitioning away from legacy systems. AvePoint’s advanced SharePoint migration and administration tools played a pivotal role in this transition, enabling Bravo to assist over 100,000 users across various verticals in successfully migrating and managing their content and data.
“Our partnership with AvePoint allowed us not only to migrate vast amounts of content and data efficiently but also to reduce costs, which we passed on to our customers,” says Degregori. “It was a phenomenal opportunity to leverage AvePoint’s tools for seamless content and data migration. We recognized early on that AvePoint was poised for significant success, and from then on, our collaboration deepened, enabling us to develop even better solutions.”
This partnership is a key reason customers choose Bravo. By integrating Bravo’s expertise in the Microsoft ecosystem with AvePoint’s suite of tools, Bravo delivers a unique value proposition centred on data management, compliance, and AI-driven solutions. Customers benefit from a holistic approach that not only prepares them for new technologies but also ensures regulatory compliance, cost efficiency, and superior results.
Together, Bravo and AvePoint empower organisations to confidently navigate their digital transformation. Leveraging Microsoft’s advancements in AI and AvePoint’s robust data management tools, they offer cutting-edge solutions that address the evolving needs of modern businesses. This collaboration enables organisations to optimise their data, maintain stringent compliance standards, and harness the power of AI to drive innovation and efficiency.
Expanding horizons through collaboration
For the first decade, Bravo focused exclusively on the federal sector. Recently, Degregori made the strategic decision to expand Bravo’s services into the commercial sphere. “Our strong partnership with AvePoint was instrumental in this successful expansion,” he says. “AvePoint is a global organisation, and through our collaboration, we developed a strategy to penetrate the commercial market. We leveraged our combined services, expertise, and certified professionals at Bravo to build trust and confidence with the AvePoint commercial folks.”
The unique relationship between Bravo and AvePoint has facilitated this long-standing and successful collaboration. Degregori attributes their success to three key factors: communication, clarity, and trust.
“First, strong communication ensures continuous understanding. Second, clarity about our collective goals – focusing not just on our objectives but also on AvePoint’s – allows us to align our efforts effectively. Lastly, trust is paramount. We need to rely on each other through both successful projects and challenging ones. This mutual trust ensures we can support each other through thick and thin,” Degregori explains.
“We are always learning. When things don’t go as planned, we sit down, discuss the lessons learned, and find ways to improve. This continuous learning and mutual support strengthen our partnership and drive our shared success.”
Future growth
The future of Bravo and AvePoint is exceptionally promising as technology evolves at an unprecedented pace. Both organisations are at the forefront, leveraging the Microsoft ecosystem. With Microsoft’s substantial investments in generative AI, their reach is set to expand even further into the Fortune 500 globally.
“This momentum allows us to continuously leverage advanced tools, integrating them to deliver unparalleled value to our customers,” says Degregori. This focus on the human element—the customer—ensures that Bravo remains true to its core values.
“I am immensely grateful for the opportunity to lead an incredible organisation like Bravo and to maintain a long-term partnership with AvePoint. Ultimately, while we discuss technology and solutions, it’s all about people. We’re constantly seeking ways to connect better as partners and employers. This human-centric approach is what drives us to deliver superior solutions.”
This vision and commitment to both technological excellence and human connection make Bravo and AvePoint’s partnership not only resilient but also highly impactful for their clients. Together, they are poised to lead the way in digital transformation, ensuring that organisations are not only equipped with the latest innovations but also supported by a team that values their success.
Gabe Hopkins, Chief Product Officer at Ripjar, on how GenAI can transform compliance
SHARE THIS STORY
Generative AI (GenAI) has proven to be a transformational technology for many global industries. Particularly those sectors looking to boost their operational efficiency and drive innovation. Furthermore, GenAI has a range of use cases, and many organisations are using it to create new, creative content on demand – such as imagery, music, text, and video. Others are using the new tools at their disposal to perform tasks and process data. This makes previously tedious activities much more manageable, saving considerable time, effort, and finances in the process.
However, compliance as a sector has traditionally shown hesitancy when it comes to implementing new technologies. Taking longer to implement new tools due to natural caution about perceived risks. As a result, many compliance teams will not be using any AI, let alone GenAI. This hesitancy means these teams are missing out on significant benefits. Especially at a time when other less risk-averse industries are experiencing the upside of implementing this technology across their systems.
To avoid falling behind other diverse industries and competitors, it’s time for compliance teams to seriously consider AI. They need to understand the ways the technology – specifically GenAI – can be utilised in safe and tested ways. And without introducing any unnecessary risk. Doing so will revolutionise their internal processes, save work hours and keep budgets down accordingly.
Understanding and overcoming GenAI barriers
GenAI is a new and rapidly developing technology. Therefore, it’s natural compliance teams may have reservations surrounding how it can be applied safely. Particularly, teams tend to worry about sharing data, which may then be used in its training and become embedded into future models. Moreover, it’s also unlikely most organisations would want to share data across the internet. Strict privacy and security measures would first need to be established.
When thinking about the options for running models securely or locally, teams are likely also worried about the costs of GenAI. Much of the public discussion of the topic has focussed on the immense budget required for preparing the foundation models.
Additionally, model governance teams within organisations will worry about the black box nature of AI models. This puts a focus on the possibility for models to embed biases towards specific groups, which can be difficult to identify.
However, the good news is that there are ways to use GenAI to overcome these concerns. This can be done by choosing the right models which provide the necessary security and privacy. Fine-tuning the models within a strong statistical framework can reduce biases.
In doing so, organisations must find the right resources. Data scientists, or qualified vendors, can support them in that work, which may also be challenging.
Overcoming the challenges of compliance with AI
Despite initial hesitancy, analysts and other compliance professionals are positioned to gain massively by implementing GenAI. For example, teams in regulated industries – like banks, fintechs and large organisations – are often met with massive workloads and resource limits. Depending on which industry, teams may be held responsible for identifying a range of risks. These include sanctioned individuals and entities, adapting to new regulatory obligations and managing huge amounts of data – or all three.
The process of reviewing huge quantities of potential matches can be incredibly repetitive and prone to error. If teams make mistakes and miss risks, the potential impact for firms can be significant. Both in terms of financial and reputational consequences.
In addition, false positives – where systems or teams incorrectly flag risks and false negatives – where we miss risks that should be flagged, may come from human error and inaccurate systems. They are hugely exacerbated by challenges such as name matching, risk identification, and quantification.
As a result, organisations within the industry quite often struggle to hire and retain staff. Moreover, this leads to a serious skills shortage amongst compliance professionals. Therefore, despite initial hesitancy, analysts and other compliance professionals stand to gain massively by implementing GenAI without needing to sacrifice accuracy.
Generative AI – welcome support for compliance teams
There are numerous useful ways to implemented GenAI and improve compliance processes. The most obvious is in Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) narrative commentary. Compliance analysts must write a summary of why a specific transaction or set of transactions is deemed suitable in a SAR. Long before the arrival of ChatGPT, forward thinking compliance teams were using technology based on its ancestor technology to semi-automate the writing of narratives. It is a task that newer models excel at, particularly with human oversight.
Producing summarised data can also be useful when tackling tasks such as Politically Exposed Persons (PEP) or Adverse Media screenings. This involves compliance teams performing reviews or research on a client to check for potential negative news and data sources. These screenings allow companies to spot potential risks. It can prevent them from becoming implicated in any negative relationships or reputational damage.
By correctly deploying summary technology, analysts can review match information far more effectively and efficiently. However, like with any technological operation, it is essential to consider which tool is right for which activity. AI is no different. Combining GenAI with other machine learning (ML) and AI techniques can provide a real step change. This means blending both generalised and deductive capabilities from GenAI with highly measurable and comprehensive results available in well-known ML models.
Profiling efficiency with AI
For example, traditional AI can be used to create profiles, differentiating large quantities of organisations and individuals separating out distinct identities. The new approach moves past the historical hit and miss where analysts execute manual searches limiting results by arbitrary numeric limits.
Once these profiles are available, GenAI can help analysts to be even more efficient. The results from the latest innovations already show GenAI-powered virtual analysts can achieve, or even surpass, human accuracy across a range of measures.
Concerns about accuracy will still likely impact the rate of GenAI adoption. However, it is clear that future compliance teams will significantly benefit from these breakthroughs. This will enable significant improvements in speed, effectiveness and the ability to respond to new risks or constraints.
Ripjar is a global company of talented technologists, data scientists and analysts designing products that will change the way criminal activities are detected and prevented. Our founders are experienced technologists & leaders from the heart of the UK security and intelligence community all previously working at the British Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ). We understand how to build products that scale, work seamlessly with the user and enhance analysis through machine learning and artificial intelligence. We believe that through this augmented analysis we can protect global companies and governments from the ever-present threat of money laundering, fraud, cyber-crime and terrorism.
The AXA Group aims to protect over 20 million customers through inclusive insurance globally by 2026
SHARE THIS STORY
AXA Egypt and Post for Investment (PFI), the investment arm of Egypt Post, are establishing the first micro-insurance company in Egypt. This strategic collaboration is made possible by leveraging the new insurance law and aims to revolutionise the insurance landscape in the country.
Financial Inclusion
This initiative is fully aligned with AXA´s conviction that postal networks play a crucial role in global financial inclusion. Over a quarter of the world’s adult population accesses formal financial services through their post office. AXA notably signed a partnership with the Universal Postal Union (UPU) in May 2024. Moreover, this collaboration with UPU includes a research program. It will showcase successful postal insurance models and the establishment of the Postal Insurance Technical Assistance Facility (PITAF). This will promote financial inclusion and risk mitigation among underserved populations. Through this partnership, AXA is pushing the boundaries of insurance to better protect all. Solidifying its dedication to inclusive insurance practices worldwide.
The Egypt Post, who will be the main distribution channel of this JV, is a well-respected organisation. It has a strong nationwide presence, renowned for its last mile distribution capabilities and robust brand credibility. Additionally, with over 4000 branches, kiosks, and mobile trucks across all governorates, Egypt Post is an integral part of the country’s infrastructure. It caters to the population with unparalleled reach.
“We believe in the power of collaboration to create lasting change, and this joint venture is a testament to our commitment to inclusive insurance. Together, we are revolutionising the insurance landscape in Egypt to better protect and empower communities, setting new benchmarks for millions seeking reliable and accessible insurance protection.”
Garance Wattez-Richard
Micro-insurance from AXA
The product categories will include both retail and group offerings. Embedded and voluntary options will cater to diverse needs. The range of products will cover various areas. These include hospital cash, personal accident, term life, payment protection, credit life, livestock, and group protection, ensuring comprehensive coverage for the customers.
The ambitious goal is to reach 12 million customers within the first decade of operation. Therefore, underlining the commitment to making a significant impact on the lives of Egyptians through tailored insurance solutions.
This collaboration between AXA EssentiALL, AXA Egypt and PFI/Egypt Post marks a significant milestone in the local insurance industry. It paves the way for inclusive and impactful micro-insurance offerings that have the potential to transform the socio-economic landscape of Egypt. As the first of its kind, this micro-insurance company is poised to set new benchmarks. Furthermore, it can become a beacon of hope for millions of Egyptians seeking reliable and accessible insurance protection.
SemFi by HSBC will deliver innovative embedded finance solutions for businesses
SHARE THIS STORY
HSBC has launched its new jointly owned venture, SemFi by HSBC. It aims to deliver Seamless Embedded Finance solutions to business clients.
The new technology company is a joint venture between HSBC and B2B global trade network Tradeshift. Furthermore, SemFi will embed HSBC payment, trade and financing solutions across a range of e-commerce and marketplace venues, including Tradeshift’s own B2B network.
SemFi will deliver its solutions in the UK to begin with. Furthermore, it will enable SME suppliers on e-commerce venues to access digital invoice financing from HSBC. Via a seamless experience it also aims to offer SMEs greater flexibility and security in their spend management through the bank’s virtual card solutions.
SemFi by HSBC
“Businesses are increasingly looking for seamless financial solutions that are embedded within their e-commerce journeys. So they can access these when and where they need them.
“SemFi by HSBC aims to deliver such embedded capabilities to help businesses grow. It will seek to bring the best of both worlds to our business customers and e-commerce partners. A startup technology mindset coupled with the global scale and expertise, of an international bank.”
Vinay Mendonca, Chief Executive Officer
The new venture is led by senior leadership drawn from HSBC. This includes Vinay Mendonca as CEO and Shehan Silva as Chief Operating Officer (COO). Additionally, Jo Miyake, Interim CEO of Global Commercial Banking, joins the SemFi board.
HSBC has been steadily building its capabilities and presence in embedded finance. It is driven by business customers seeking connected financial journeys to e-commerce venues.
HSBC supports around 1.3 million businesses worldwide. Moreover, it is the world’s largest trade bank, facilitating over $800 billion of trade flows annually.
Tradeshift supports over $260 billion of annual gross merchandise value for a million business users on its platform.
SemFi is intended to be a technology company and will not operate as a banking entity. Clients will be onboarded by the bank and the bank’s balance sheet will be leveraged for financing.
Our cover story reveals the digital transformation journey at global insurance services company Innovation Group using InsurTech advances to disrupt…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story reveals the digital transformation journey at global insurance services company Innovation Group using InsurTech advances to disrupt the industry.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
We’re excited to be publishing the biggest ever issue of Interface this month. It’s packed with insights from the cutting edge of digital technologies across a diverse range of sectors; from InsurTech to Travel via eCommerce, Banking, Manufacturing and Public Services.
Innovation Group: Enabling the Future of Insurance
“What we’ve achieved at Innovation Group is truly disruptive,” reflects Group Chief Technology Officer James Coggin.
“Our acquisition by one of the world’s largest insurance companies validated the strategy we pursued with our Gateway platform. We put the platform at the heart of an ecosystem of insurers, service providers and their customers. It has proved to be a powerful approach.”
Leeds Building Society: Tech Transformation Driven by Data
Carole Roberts, Director of Data at Leeds Building Society, on a digital transformation program driven by the mutual power of people and culture.
“We’ve made the decision to move to a composable architecture. It’s going to give us much more flexibility in the future to be able to swap in and out components rather than one big monolithic environment.”
AvePoint: Securing the Digital Future
Kevin Briggs, Vice President of Public Sector at AvePoint, discusses pioneering data security and management transformation in the global public sector.
“We ensure the security, accessibility and integrity of data for customers with missions from everything from finance and health services, through to national security, innovation, and science.”
Saudia: Taking off on a Digital Journey
Abdulgader Attiah, Chief Data & Technology Officer at Saudia, on the digital transformation program towards becoming an ‘offer and order’ airline.
“By the end of this year we will have established the maturity level for data technology, and our digital and back-office transformations. In 2025 we will begin implementing our retailing concept and the AI features that will drive it. The building blocks will be in place for next year’s initiatives where hyper personalisation for retailing is a must.”
Publicis Sapient: Global Banking Benchmark Study
Dave Murphy, Financial Services Lead, International – gives Interface the lowdown on the third annual Global Banking Benchmark Study and the key findings Publicis Sapient revealed around core modernisation, GenAI, data analytics transformation and payments.
“AI, machine learning and GenAI are both the focus and the fuel of banks’ digital transformation efforts. The biggest question for executives isn’t about the potential of these technologies. It’s how best to move from experimenting with use cases in pockets of the business to implementing at scale across the enterprise. The right data is key. It’s what powers the models.”
Habi: Unleashing liquidity in the LATAM market
Employees at Habi discuss its mission to help customers buy and sell their homes more effectively.
“At Habi, you can talk with the AI agent and you can provide information that streamlines the whole process.”
USDA FPAC: Achieving customer experience balance
Abena Apau and Kimberly Iczkowski, from USDA FPAC on the incredible work the organisation is doing to support farmers across America.
“We’ve created a new structure for ourselves, based on the fact that the digital experience is not the be all and end all, and we have to balance it with the human touch.”
Adecco Group: Digital Transformation driven by business outcomes
Geert Halsberghe, Head of IT, Benelux, at Adecco Group, talks transformation management, cultural consensus, and ensuring digital transformation starts (and stays) focused on solving business problems.
“It’s very crucial to make sure that we aren’t spending money on IT transformation for the sake of IT transformation.”
La Vie en Rose: Outcome-focused Digital Transformation
Éric Champagne, CIO of La Vie en Rose, on ensuring digital transformations are defined by communication, vision, and cultural buy-in.
“I don’t chase after the latest technology just because it seems cool… My focus is on aligning technology with the business strategy and real needs.”
Breitling: Digital Transformation and the omnichannel experience
Rajesh Shanmugasundaram, CTO at Breitling, talks changing customer expectations, data, AI, and digitally transforming to deliver the omnichannel experience.
“The CRM, the marketing, our e-commerce channels — they’ve all matured so much… we’re meeting our customers wherever they are or want to be.”
Sejal Mehta and Andrew Rodgers from Odgers Berndtson’s Global FinTech Centre of Excellence and Randy Bean, a Senior Advisor to Odgers Berndtson and industry author, explore the dynamics shaping leadership in the UK fintech sector
SHARE THIS STORY
The UK FinTech sector is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by maturation, consolidation, and a more selective investment landscape. Funding is increasingly funnelled towards profit-generating scale-ups, and away from newer entrants.
At the same time, the sector is shaped by a multi-generational workforce with varied perspectives. Meanwhile rapid advancements in AI foster apprehension and excitement. These converging factors make FinTech one of the most dynamic and competitive spaces to work in today. This presents both challenges and opportunities for its leaders.
From our perspective as global FinTech executive search and leadership advisors at Odgers Berndtson these shifts are reshaping the demands placed on leadership. They are also influencing what it takes to lead effectively in this fast-changing sector. Here, we explore the leadership trends that are emerging as a result.
Ethical FinTech leadership
Venture capital funding is now more selective and private equity investors are increasingly targeting fintechs with solid exposure. This is creating a difficult environment for new start-ups. Those attracting funding are typically cash-positive scale-ups.
Amidst these challenges, more FinTech firms are opting to list on the NASDAQ rather than the London Stock Exchange, as the UK navigates more stringent regulation. The need for payments licences, extensive reporting, and compliance demands weigh heavily on FinTech leaders.
In this landscape, we’re seeing leaders with experience in regulated financial services bring a valuable skillset. The ability to operate within defined regulatory frameworks while generating growth. FinTech boards are looking for leaders with high authenticity and who can make ethical decisions. And while balancing ambition and growth with the realities of working in a highly regulated space.
Founder replacements
We are in the midst of the FinTech sector’s maturation. Start-ups are transitioning into scale-ups, requiring different leadership competencies. For many, this requires the founder to step down or step into a board role and appoint a CEO who can take the business through its next stage of growth.
This requires leaders who are commercially driven, capable of shaping market strategies, and adept at understanding customer needs and product-market fit. Navigating risk and regulation becomes crucial, while the founder’s creative, opportunity-led approach typically no longer dominates the new operational and strategic demands.
Boards and investors are looking for CEOs with a broader skillset and deep regulatory expertise. These leaders must also be able to attract and retain the type of talent that can sustain growth and innovation, while maintaining the ‘DNA’ that made the business so attractive in the first place.
A multi-generational workforce
Intergenerational divides are becoming more pronounced for all businesses and noticeably in sectors like FinTech. Here, younger generations with fresh perspectives are working alongside older, more experienced professionals – often from traditional financial services backgrounds.
This diversity in age, experience, and approach can be a powerful asset, but only if integrated effectively. Typically, Gen Z and Millennials prioritise flexibility, technological integration and experimentation. Meanwhile, Boomers bring valuable expertise in regulatory environments and operational effectiveness, but may be more accustomed to traditional structures and leadership styles.
Increasingly, we see FinTech leaders attempt to bridge these divides by emphasising open communication, promoting mentorship opportunities, and encouraging cross-generational collaboration. With less funding and more regulation, FinTech leaders recognise the need to identify and capitalise on the strengths of a multigenerational workforce if they are to succeed.
Leadership team dynamics
As FinTech companies scale, leadership is no longer just about the capabilities of individual leaders but about the dynamics of the entire executive team. Successful scale-ups understand the importance of assembling a leadership team that brings a diverse mix of skills, and generational perspectives to the table.
We are starting to see FinTech companies think about leadership team dynamics as they scale up. Boards are looking for a blend of strategic, operational and ethical considerations. As well as how well team members work together. Do they solve problems cohesively? Are there any unresolved tensions or conflict? Are they aligned and equipped to collectively deliver on the leadership mandate?
Many leadership teams are not optimising their potential due to misalignment of strengths. For example, we recently worked with a FinTech creating an executive team profile to identify the leadership competencies needed to deliver their mandate. This exercise enabled the team to reallocate executive responsibilities for strategic initiatives based on the required strengths, regardless of traditional job roles.
Polarising views on Gen AI
Leading organisations are experiencing a transformational moment due to accelerated interest in AI and Generative AI. 89.6% are increasing their investments in AI, while 64.2% of companies have indicated that AI will be the most transformational technology in a generation. In response, organisations are hiring for the data and AI leadership roles required to prepare their companies for an AI future.
However, this integration of Gen AI has sparked both excitement and nervousness, particularly around issues of data protection and privacy. Generational differences are especially noticeable. Younger professionals are often less concerned about data privacy, while older generations remain cautious about the security implications.
This divergence in attitudes can create tension within the organisation, as leaders grapple with how best to leverage Gen AI while ensuring compliance with stringent data protection regulations. For some FinTechs, AI is seen as a specialised area requiring dedicated focus. Meanwhile, others believe AI represents a fundamental shift in how business can be conducted and AI strategy should be woven into the fabric of every leader’s responsibilities.
This divide in attitudes reflects the broader challenges we see FinTech companies face in incorporating AI. Leaders must now navigate the balance between embracing innovation and safeguarding sensitive information. They must also ensure AI is not seen as a siloed function. It must be an integral part of their commercial and strategic vision. Given the fundamental changes in the sector, the emphasis on leadership capabilities is changing for both the individual and executive team.
Berkley Egenes, Chief Marketing & Growth Officer at Xsolla, on the legislation changing financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
The European Union’s Digital Market Act has sent tremors through digital payments. The legislation is designed to stop Big Tech’s monopoly over vital online services, from search engines to messaging apps. But beneath the surface, one of the most fascinating battlegrounds is how the Digital Markets Act will impact the lucrative world of digital payments. A space long dominated by a few influential players. This will affect how industries, including the video game industry, monetise these services.
Big tech’s digital tollbooth
For years, the platform owners have controlled much of the infrastructure around digital payments. Major platforms have tightly controlled access, charging app developers and merchants fees for every transaction processed. Furthermore, they take hefty cuts from each purchase through their ecosystem. The impact of the Digital Markets Act may vary across different platforms. Some companies will need to adjust their models to fit the legislation. Others may push back or delay changes through legal and regulatory channels.
The Digital Markets Act specifically targets a select group of ‘gatekeepers’, defined by their user base, revenue, and platform reach. Not every platform or company will be obligated to follow the Digital Markets Act’s rules. However, companies like Apple and Google, fall under the Digital Markets Act’s direct scope. The legislation now obliges these companies to open their platforms. This will allow smaller players and third-party services to operate without being strangled by eye-watering fees or exclusionary policies.
The impact on monetisation with Digital Payments
The big question is how this will impact the business models of the gatekeepers and the developers who rely on these platforms. For years, the mobile platforms have depended on hefty commission fees. Often as high as 30%, these monetise digital payments within their ecosystems. These fees have been a central sticking point for developers, particularly video game studios, which sometimes generate billions in revenue through in-app purchases and microtransactions.
Free-to-play mobile games specifically rely heavily on players making in-game purchases, from cosmetic skins to virtual currency. Under the current system, a significant chunk of that revenue is siphoned off by platform holders. They collect commissions on every transaction. This has forced game developers to either raise prices or accept slimmer margins while operating within the confines of strict payment policies.
The Digital Markets Act is disrupting this current model. Game developers have been fighting the ability to direct players to alternative payment methods. They may now have the freedom and access to offer alternative ways to market and monetise their game while still having the player experience on the mobile phone. As a result, for the first time, consumers may be able to choose alternative payment processors. This potentially reduces costs for players and developers alike.
For video game developers, particularly indie studios, the Digital Markets Act could represent a long-awaited relief from the large hold of app store economies. Developers can now distribute, market and sell their digital items and bundle packs through their online web shop or mobile SDK. By exploring these alternative options, developers will be retaining more of the profit per transaction. They could invest in better content or offer custom promotions to players – a win for both creators and consumers in the gaming industry across Europe.
Don’t ignore the challenges
The Digital Markets Act ushers in a brave new world of competition and choice for consumers, but it’s not all plain sailing. While the Digital Markets Act is designed to promote competition, the actual implementation of its provisions is still subject to regulatory developments and potential litigation. This means the full impact of the Digital Markets Act could take time to materialise. Moving towards a more open payment system demands a mountain of technical tweaks and a watchful eye from regulators. The real headache will be getting all these different payment systems to talk to each other while keeping security watertight.
Consumers also have to consider how they will adapt to these changes. While there are many benefits, changing habits takes work. The success of the Digital Markets Act will depend on effective communication, education, and transparency to ensure consumers are aware of the new options and their benefits.
A new era for Digital Payments?
While the Digital Markets Act promises greater choice and a more level playing field, the road ahead will be anything but smooth. While the Digital Markets Act’s potential to break down monopolistic practices is significant, its effects may not be felt immediately. Regulatory processes, litigation, and slow consumer adoption could mean the transition to a more open digital payments landscape occurs gradually over time. Gatekeepers have maintained a firm grip on payment infrastructure for years, charging high fees that have eaten into developers’ profits. But with the Digital Markets Act tearing down some of these walls, game studios may have the flexibility to finally bypass gatekeepers and offer cheaper in-game purchases, subscriptions, and services directly to consumers.
While the Digital Markets Act opens doors for smaller developers and alternative payment options, it also forces companies to rethink their monetisation strategies. This could potentially pass new costs onto consumers in other ways. What is clear is that the digital payments landscape is in flux. How the tech giants, game developers, and consumers adapt to this new reality will define the future of monetisation in the digital economy. The game is far from over, and the real winners have yet to be decided.
FinTech Strategy spoke with Ryan O’Holleran, Head of Sales, Enterprise, EMEA at Airwallex, to learn about the global payments and financial infrastructure provider
SHARE THIS STORY
Airwallex, a financial infrastructure provider, offers a range of services. Including multicurrency accounts, payment acceptance card issuing, foreign exchange (FX) payouts, treasury and expense management. In addition to supporting small and medium-sized businesses, the company also provides APIs and a software layer for direct access to enterprise businesses. As well as an enterprise platform product called Scale. Airwallex has found success working across various industries. It works with the likes of Bird (formerly MessageBird) to handle global accounts and backend treasury, and partners with Qantas to offer financial tools for their business partners.
The company also enables faster and more efficient payments through its patchwork network of financial partnerships and licenses. Airwallex has experienced significant growth even during economic downturns. As of August this year, Airwallex globally processed transactions worth more than $100 billion annually and saw a 73 percent year-on-year increase. It is now focused on embedded finance solutions and global expansion.
At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with Airwallex’s Head of Sales, Enterprise, EMEA, Ryan O’Holleran, to find out more…
Tell us about the genesis of Airwallex?
“Our co-founder, Jack Zhang, started a coffee company in Melbourne, Australia, which is still around today, with a few friends from university. And while they were building out this coffee shop, they were buying beans from abroad, along with supplies and packaging. They found how hard it was to actually pay for services, send funds abroad and deal with multiple currencies. So, they saw an opportunity to help streamline the financial infrastructure for small businesses. That’s when Jack and his co-founders put Airwallex together and built out an initial SME’s use case to allow multicurrency accounts and FX payouts. Since then, the business has really expanded…
Today, Airwallex provides a set of APIs – we’re really providing financial infrastructure to move money globally. On those APIs, we also have a layer of software that we can offer direct access to enterprise businesses. The third part of this, which is kind of the new product over the last three years, is our enterprise platform product called Scale. Scale allows you to embed those financial services into a product as well as a platform or marketplace. So, you kind of think about it as a direct treasury product, APIs and a platform product.”
Tell us about your role at Airwallex?
“I’m originally from San Francisco, grew up in the Bay area, started in tech, did a couple of startups, and I actually got into payments via Stripe. I joined Stripe back when there were about 200 employees in San Francisco. Spent some time in Chicago and then moved to the UK initially with Stripe. I was there for about five and a half years, as we went from 200 staff to 6,000. At that point, I wanted to get back to something a little bit different. To help more cross-functioning with product and help scale businesses. The opportunity with Airwallex came along where I saw the company addressing many things my customers at Stripe were asking for.
So, the FX piece, mass payouts, treasury, all complimented what Stripe is doing with acquiring. Since I joined the team three years ago, we’ve been scaling across EMEA. We now have offices in London, Amsterdam, Vilnius and just last year launched our office in Tel Aviv to cover Israel. And we have teams in the Americas and APAC where Airwallex was founded.”
What are some of the key challenges financial institutions are facing that you can help them with? What problems are companies asking you to solve? In doing so, what are the challenges for Airwallex?
“We work in different areas. This is where I think we have differentiated the business and also where I see the industry moving. If you look back over the last five, 10 years, there was this approach where you had Stripe and all the major players coming in and saying, we can do things and we can do it really well and you only need to use us, you don’t need to use a patchwork of providers. I think that is starting to shift. You see this with orchestration layers like Primer or Gravy, allowing people to be agnostic on PSPs. And then you’re seeing people think about redundancy. So, the heads of payments we’re talking to this week are looking at two or three providers because they need redundancy or want to use the best provider in each region. They don’t want to be siloed.
Airwallex can be used in a segmented approach. So, if you just need us for payouts, you can do that. If you just need us for FX, you can do that. If you just need us for acquiring, you can do that. Or we could do that globally and you can adjust as you see fit. So, the flexibility of Airwallex I think is one of our superpowers.”
Tell us about some of the successful partnerships Airwallex has been involved in…
“The interesting thing about Airwallex is that since we’re providing financial infrastructure, there’s a huge variety of customers we work with. One of the local ones is Bird (a cloud communications platform that connects enterprises to their global customers). Using our software product they are creating global accounts, handling backend treasury, payroll, suppliers and more. We’ve also worked with Qantas to build out an SMB solution embedding all of the Airwallex financial services and they call it Qantas Business Money.
Elsewhere, Brex in the US were looking for a provider to help with their payout rails. One of the things Airwallex has done is rebuilt the Swift network via local rails. So, we have a patchwork network of financial partnerships and licences where if you are located, let’s say in the US, but you want to pay somebody out in the UK, you get access to faster payment rails having never set foot in the UK or separate rails via Europe having never set foot in the EU. So, you get this mass payoff solution of local rails, which is faster, cheaper, and more efficient than using something like Swift.”
What trends are you seeing across the FinTech landscape? What opportunities do you see for Airwallex?
“I think where we’re seeing a lot of opportunities, in EMEA specifically, in B2B, vertical, SaaS, travel and marketplaces, is this embedded finance solution. It was kind of a buzzword a few years ago and now we’re actually starting to see it develop. I view it as actually embedding all of these financial services – whether it be a wallet, issued cards, or local multi-currency accounts – and being able to monetize that. So, we’re seeing this with a lot of our customers actually wanting to white label our products, embed that and bring payments on platform.”
And what’s next for Airwallex? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“The growth of Airwallex, specifically on a global scale, over the last few years is one thing I’m very proud of because it’s happened during one of the worst economic downturns we’ve experienced. FinTech was almost retracting in terms of budgets and investments. You’re starting to see the tide turn, but we were able to grow over 100 percent year on year, through some of the toughest times for business. And now we’re really starting to see that pick up because the businesses, who actually decided this is going to be a building year for us now, they’re going live, they’re accelerating, they’re growing.
And so we’re seeing the ROI of that investment. It’s a testament to the global financial infrastructure we’ve built. Meanwhile, Airwallex became cash flow positive in 2023. It now processes more than $100 billion in annualised transaction volume. The company now employs over 1,500 people worldwide working across 23 international offices.”
Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do? How has the response been to Airwallex?
“The great thing about Money20/20, here in Europe, and in Asia and the US, is the good division between buyers and sellers. So, you have all these service providers like Airwallex, Amex, etc… And then you have the Heads of Payments from companies like Booking.com, Vinted and SumUp who are coming here with their teams to meet with providers. If you think about that from a sales perspective, those meetings are very hard to get outside of this environment. But over a week you get 15 different meetings each day that would normally take months to arrange. So, the ROI from this week is really powerful just from being able to have these conversations. Three years ago, we first came to suss out the event and as we’ve grown the response has grown. People are being proactive and keen to engage with us which is exciting to see.”
Finch Capital report shows UK FinTech sector dominant across Europe
SHARE THIS STORY
The latest annual State of European Fintech report by FinTech growth capital firm Finch Capital has been published. It shows the UK dominating Europe with 65% of deals in H1 2024. The UK is maintaining its dominance amid declining funding across the continent.
Highlights include:
Funding in UK FinTech increased 3% year-over-year to £2.3bn, highlighted by Monzo’s £500m deal.
UK sectors such as insurance set to gain from AI adoption, with 80% of actuaries using it for improved risk analysis.
FinTech sector beginning to see jobs market recover in Europe, up 10% YoY.
“The next wave of fintechs is shifting from unicorns to ‘half-a-corns,’ with £500m valuations becoming the new benchmark” Aman Ghei, Partner at Finch Capital
The UK has increased its dominant role in Europe’s FinTech sector. It now accounts for two thirds of the total volume of deals reached across the continent in the first half of this year. According to a new annual report analysing the sector, with investment and M&A anticipated to grow this year and into 2025.
The annual State of European Fintech 2024 report found the UK is strengthening its position at the forefront of the European FinTech sector, despite an overall decline in funding across the continent.
The report highlights the ongoing challenges faced by the sector. It notes that higher interest rates, a focus on cost efficiency and increased scrutiny on the sustainability of business models have driven the UK to account for around 65% of fintech deals in Europe.
Funding in the UK FinTech sector rose 3% YoY to £2.2bn compared with £1.9bn in H1 of last year. The largest deal done in Europe in H1 was UK’s Monzo, which raised £500m in equity.
The European FinTech Picture
Overall, the 9th edition of the annual report, authored and compiled by leading fintech growth capital firm Finch Capital, found that although it remains a challenging environment for European FinTechs, there are clear signs of brighter prospects ahead.
While the UK leads the way, the Netherlands showed resilience, with investment volumes holding steady. Meanwhile, Ireland, Germany, and France all saw major government-backed initiatives aimed at fostering growth through 2025. Signalling strong long-term commitment to the local technology ecosystems.
Despite a notable contraction in funding across Europe, some key sub-sectors helped by higher interest levels, such as challenger banks like Revolut and Monzo, are beginning to show profitable growth.
Higher Rates and Boosted Profits
The report revealed that total capital invested in European fintechs in the first half of 2024 fell by 25% YoY, from £3.2 billion in H1 2023 to £2.4 billion in H1 2024.
However, profitability in sub-sectors like banking is driving larger funding rounds. The top challenger banks are generating close to £600m in profit in 2024 compared to a £125m loss in 2023.
As these banks emerge as success stories, the UK has become a hub for profitable growth, while other European nations work to adapt, the report found.
Mid-Market Fintech M&A Thrives
The report also highlighted the increasing activity in the mid-market M&A space across Europe. Particularly in the UK, which is benefiting from consolidation in the sector.
Funding rounds for fintech unicorns have slowed, the findings show, with investors prioritising companies with solid financial fundamentals and avoiding overly ambitious valuations based on hyper growth and unproven profitability.
European exits under £500 million now account for 32% of global M&A activity, although the market remains 2-3x smaller than the US for larger deals, according to the report.
AI Creating Efficiency
The report also found that, as a leader in fintech innovation, the UK is expected to benefit significantly from the adoption of AI technologies in the coming years, particularly in the insurance sector.
According to research, 4 out of 5 actuaries are now using AI to improve risk analysis and pricing models and 65% of executives say they will invest more than $10 million in AI in the next 3 years, making the industry more efficient.
Commenting on the findings, Aman Ghei, Partner at Finch Capital, said:
“The challenges that fintech faced in 2023 were necessary for the sector to mature and become more sustainable. While funding may be down overall, and unicorn chasing has slowed, there is plenty of opportunity for companies that are capital efficient and have a clear path to profit. With AI transforming the industry and significant dry powder still available, the next 12-18 months will mark a turning point for fintech in Europe. The next wave of fintech success stories will likely be built on sound financials rather than rapid revenue growth alone.”
Hugo Farinha, Co-founder and CTO at Virtuoso QA on why AI is driving organisational change across financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
We’ve seen an enormous amount of discussion concerning all aspects of AI since the emergence of Chat GPT made it headline news. However, most articles and conversations focusing on its business impact seem to wilfully ignore the ‘elephant in the room’. Namely, the inevitable organisational change AI will usher in, especially for employees.
AI technology driving change
To ignore change is folly, and likely to have the exact opposite effect that businesses and AI technology vendors want. We can’t pretend workforces won’t be disrupted by such a seismic technological advance. Certain job roles will become obsolete. Business leaders can’t run the risk of creating a culture of fear and uncertainty among employees who are unlikely to be fooled.
It’s true AI could lead to leaner operations, particularly in insurance and finance companies, with fewer employees needed for routine tasks, but only half the story. Smart businesses will almost certainly reinvest cost savings into new growth areas that require specific human talent. Companies that maintain a strong human element in customer service and personalised offerings will differentiate themselves in a crowded market. The rise in AI-driven, agile companies will create faster market shifts and greater competition.
While AI has the potential for productivity and efficiency gains, and even to do the same with less if needed, I actually don’t predict major job culls in the next few years. AI is particularly good at data processing and data analytics, in insurance for example. So, when more data can be processed and analysed, human intervention can make better informed decisions as a result. In the short to medium term, data analysis and decision making will remain firmly in the human realm. But powered by AI.
The Future for Artificial Intelligence
Meanwhile, the technology is still evolving, and organisations need to build a model that layers over the top of AI – powered by it, rather than replaced by it. Despite the hype, we are still a long way from AI becoming an entity that can lead, implement and operate itself to a purposeful end. But it will increasingly power applications overlaid by strategic, human-led frameworks.
To achieve this, leaders must bring their teams with them on the journey. In the field of testing for example, developers have traditionally written code as part of their role. This is a very time consuming and laborious task. Historically skills gaps have led to delays in progress. But the ability to ‘outsource’ to AI has freed up the time of those developers to focus on the purpose of that code in relation to the product. And, ultimately, the customer. Similarly, leaders in all fields need a broader understanding of AI use cases such as these to make effective strategic decisions. For example, on hiring. Understanding when to bring in more people and when to bring in new technology to complement the skills of your existing team means understanding AI’s strategic implications, technical capabilities and limitations.
An Evolving Job Market
From the perspective of the employee, the job market will continuously evolve alongside AI advancements. It will require ongoing adaptation and learning to stay relevant. Skills such as empathy, communication, and negotiation will remain vital. These are differentiators and difficult for AI to replicate. Understanding AI tools and data analysis will be increasingly important, even for non-technical roles. The ability to adapt to new technologies and continuously learn will be essential. Moreover, as AI becomes more integrated, the need for professionals who understand the ethical implications and regulatory requirements will grow exponentially.
Driving growth and job creation in this new world will require a different mindset to the current received wisdom. From both employees and leaders. In addition to the advances and changes already discussed, AI also has the potential to level the playing field, enabling smaller or newer companies to compete more effectively with, and even seriously threaten, established players. With many traditional barriers to entry such as burdensome start-up costs removed, new business models are likely to emerge. In much the same way as they did in the early days of the internet. Investors will be on the lookout for the next ‘giant killer’.
This will create opportunities for those with the foresight to upskill, as well as for those looking to start their careers. Although those opportunities and the jobs of tomorrow may not yet be completely clear. What is clear, however, is that established businesses cannot afford to be complacent. Change is inevitable and empires can be toppled overnight by technology as disruptive as AI. By embracing it early, leaders in those businesses will have the opportunity to spot and fix the gaps and redundancies in their business models that the technology and its capabilities exposes before the market does so more painfully and publicly.
Our mission is to enable and lead the world’s quality-first revolution. QA tools haven’t kept up with the demands of the testing world. Virtuoso is here to deliver with AI-powered, low-code/no-code test automation to support the modern business.
“Virtuoso technology represents the foundation for software quality in the digital world, and we are proud to be a critical, guiding force in the era of AI.”
AXA UK has launched new online InsurTech tools to enable customers to notify claims digitally for both home and car insurance
SHARE THIS STORY
AXA customers can now benefit from a new and improved digital service when making an insurance claim. They can use InsurTech tools that allow them to notify losses online. The improved online service allows customers to notify AXA of their claim online anytime they choose. Not only will it be more convenient, but it will also make for a more efficient claims experience. This allows AXA to offer support and resolve claims in a timely manner.
AXA Online Insurance Tools
Car insurance customers can register claims for road traffic accidents, theft of vehicle, lost or stolen keys, misfuelling, storm or flood damage and malicious damage. Using this service gives customers the option of an end-to-end digital notification experience. It offers a broader choice in the ways they can interact with customer service teams.
Home insurance customers can also use the tools to register claims online for theft, escape of water, flood, storm, accidental damage and accidental loss. This is then picked up by the customer service team to take the claim forward.
Making an impact with customers
The improved service is already making an impact with customers. A recent home insurance claim was reviewed and a supplier was instructed within two hours of being registered online. Motor insurance customers have also been able to book in their vehicle for repairs within minutes of notifying AXA of a claim.
“We know that our customers’ expectations have evolved in recent years. They want the claims process to be quick, clear and simple. That’s why we’ve worked hard to ensure that these enhanced digital claims tools offer customers fast and seamless journeys. At a time when they need it most as well as offering increased flexibility and improving their overall experience.”
Suzy Tiffany, Retail Claims Director at AXA UK
AXA has focused on how it can improve customers’ experiences and interactions by providing digital capabilities where possible across its claims journeys. The claims submission service can also be accessed by brokers, enhancing the claims journey for them and their clients.
However, all the usual channels will still be available for brokers and customers to contact the claims teams. Even if they have notified a claim online, they can still pick up the phone and speak to someone if they prefer.
Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR on how the customer becomes the investor with Embedded Finance at the heart of the wealth management revolution
SHARE THIS STORY
Wealth management has traditionally been a game for the well-off. It often requires large sums of money just to get started. For decades, the idea of “investing” conjured up images of Wall Street brokers managing hefty portfolios for a small group of elite individuals. But, thanks to Embedded Finance, times are changing and the barriers to investing are coming down. The technology is reshaping how people handle their money. Here’s what it can do for you.
Tackling the investment problem
Historically, investing hasn’t been easy. Most brokers require a significant minimum deposit to open an account, often in the thousands. Fees and commissions on trades can add up quickly, and if you don’t have a large amount of capital, these costs can erode your profits. For many, these hurdles were enough to keep them from even thinking about investing. It simply didn’t feel like something for “ordinary” people with average incomes.
Even with the rise of online brokers, the stock market has remained intimidating to a lot of people, many of whom felt like they lacked the knowledge or resources to get involved.
On top of the classical challenges we must also discuss the upcoming wealth transfer. The next generation of users have no interest in sitting with wealth managers; at the same time they don’t have the knowhow to trade or invest.
Imagine being able to not only excite your customers but empower them as well. That’s what embedded finance solutions promise. As companies strive towards more inclusive messaging, adopting embedded finance tools has never been more valuable. One of the great perks is that it doesn’t require a complete overhaul of IT infrastructure, instead, it involves a seamless experience that even junior employees can understand and implement.
Embracing the solution with Embedded Finance
I’ve said it’s easy – but how easy? Embedded finance works by bridging the gap between traditional financial systems and the average consumer. By integrating financial services directly into everyday apps and platforms, it makes it possible for people to start investing without even realising they’re doing it. Monzo is an example of it in action. They used embedded finance solutions to enable customers to invest directly in the bank during its fundraising rounds. They raised millions by allowing users of the app to seamlessly invest and become shareholders, a great example of how “the customer becomes the investor”.
Think about how your business manages its money. You most likely use an app to track accounts and make payments. This is no different to customer budgeting, and it’s a window of opportunity for you to tap into. That app can offer you the ability to automatically invest any leftover money at the end of the month into a diversified portfolio. Customers don’t need to download a separate app or set up an account with a brokerage firm. Everything is integrated into the website they’re shopping on. This is the beauty of embedded finance – it makes financial services a natural part of your daily life.
For younger people just starting out on lower salaries and learning how to invest sensibly, there has never been a greater time to be innovative and branch out into financial services.
The second vector for investment is to centre it around a new social frame. Investment’s can be around supporting your ideals, for the environment, or for technologies sake. This means that there are apps/club/activities that can become another home for investment. The same way country clubs aren’t just for food, golf and banter. Embedded finance opens the door for classically aligned companies and charities to think about expanding their business model. I could imagine Greenpeace offering embedded investing. So, could the country club co-invest in art that is displayed (but also invested) in.
Equalising opportunity with Embedded Finance
Embedded finance allows financial services to be delivered in a more personalised, user-friendly way. Apps can now provide personalised investment recommendations based on a user’s spending habits, savings goals, and risk tolerance. And thanks to automation, these services are becoming more affordable and scalable. Instead of paying for an expensive financial advisor, users can rely on AI-driven tools to offer similar advice for a fraction of the cost, or even for free. Wealthfront does this by offering automated financial planning and investment management with AI-driven recommendations and tax optimisation strategies.
GoHenry is another example of a company taking the initiative and embracing its solutions. They allow customers to invest in the company using the Crowdcube platform. People can invest in as little as they want and become shareholders with ease. As a result, loyalty is enhanced and capital surges.
Another example is fractional investing. In the past, buying a single share of a company like Amazon or Tesla might have been out of reach for someone with limited funds. However, this no longer has to be the case as companies like Robinhood allow customers to invest in big stocks like Tesla for as little as £1, making it possible for anyone to grow their wealth without having to stretch themselves and get into debt.
What does the future hold?
As embedded finance continues to evolve, we can anticipate even more innovations in the world of micro-investing and wealth management. The lines between financial services and everyday life will continue to blur, making it easier than ever for people to manage their money, invest, and build wealth – all without needing a financial background or a large amount of capital.
Philipp Buschmann is co-Founder and CEO at AAZZUR, a one-stop-shop for smart embedded finance experience. Recognised as a rising star in the FinTech space, AAZZUR’s mission is to build profitable banking whilst at the same time empowering consumers to have access to better informed financial choices.
Philipp is a serial entrepreneur with extensive experience of working in Challenger Banking, Financial Services, IT and Energy across the world. He took one of his business’s public – Ignis Petroleum was publicly listed in the US and Germany.
Having started as a developer in Financial Services, Philipp has first-hand experience of the banking revolution from both a technology and financial perspective. His interest in behavioural economics helped inspire AAZZUR’s revolutionary work on customer centricity in banking.
Philipp holds an MBA from the London Business School. He is passionate about entrepreneurship and loves exchanging ideas, insights and discussing FinTech’s future. He has spoken at major Fintech events including Money 20/20, MoneyLive, Finovate, Fintech Matters, and the Future of Retail Banking.
Cullen Zandstra, CTO at FloQast on mitigating the risks of AI to deliver benefits to financial services
SHARE THIS STORY
There’s a lot of buzz around Generative AI (GenAI). What’s not always heard beneath the noise are the very real and serious risks of this fast-developing AI tech. Let alone ways to mitigate these emerging threats.
Currently, one quarter (26%) of accounting and bookkeeping practices in the UK have now adopted GenAI in some capacity. That figure is predicted to grow for many years to come.
With this in mind, and as we hit the crest of the GenAI hype cycle, it’s critically important that leaders focus closely on the potential risks of AI deployment. They need to proactively prepare to mitigate them, rather than picking up the pieces after an incident.
Navigating the risky transition to AI
The benefits of AI are well-proven. For finance teams, AI is a powerup that unlocks major performance and efficiency boosts. It significantly enhances their ability to generate actionable insights swiftly and accurately, facilitating faster decision-making. AI isn’t here to take over but to augment the employees’ capabilities. Ultimately improving leaders’ trust in the reliability of financial reporting.
One of the most exciting aspects of AI is its potential to enable organisations to do more with less. Which, in the context of an ongoing talent shortage in accounting, is what all finance leaders are seeking to do right now. By automating routine tasks, AI empowers accountants to focus on higher-level analysis and strategic initiative, whilst drawing on fewer resources. GenAI models can help to perform routine, but important tasks. These include producing reports for key stakeholders and ensuring critical information is effectively and quickly communicated. It enables timely and precise access to business information, helping leaders to make better decisions.
However, GenAI also represents a new source of risk that is not always well understood. We know that threat actors are using GenAI to produce exploits and malware. Simultaneously levelling up their capabilities and lowering the barrier of entry for lower-skilled hackers. The GenAI models that power chatbots are vulnerable to a growing range of threats. These include prompt injection attacks, which trick AI into handing over sensitive data or generating malicious outputs.
Unfortunately, it’s not just the bad guys who can do damage to (and with) AI models. With great productivity comes great responsibility. Even an ambitious, forward-thinking, and well-meaning finance team could innocently deploy the technology. They could inadvertently make mistakes that cause major damage to their organisation. Poorly managed AI tools can expose sensitive company and customer financial data, increasing the risk of data breaches.
De-risking AI implementation
There is no technical solution you can buy to eliminate doubt and achieve 100% trust in sources of data with one press of a button. Neither is there a prompt you can enter into a large language model (LLM).
The integrity, accuracy, and availability of financial data are of paramount importance during the close and other core accountancy processes. Hallucinations (another word for “mistakes”) cannot be tolerated. Tech can solve some of the challenges around data needed to eliminate hallucinations – but we’ll always need humans in the loop.
True human oversight is required to make sure AI systems are making the right decisions. We must balance effectiveness with an ethical approach. As a result, the judgment of skilled employees is irreplaceable and is likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. Unless there is a sudden, unpredicted quantum leap in the power of AI models. It’s crucial that AI complements our work, enhancing rather than compromising the trust in financial reporting.
A new era of collaboration
As finance teams enhance their operations with AI, they will need to reach across their organisations to forge new connections and collaborate closely with security teams. Traditionally viewed as number-crunchers, accountants are now poised to drive strategic value by integrating advanced technologies securely. The accelerating adoption of GenAI is an opportunity to forge links between departments which may not always have worked closely together in the past.
By fostering a collaborative environment between finance and security teams, businesses can develop robust AI solutions. They can boost efficiency and deliver strategic benefits while safeguarding against potential threats. This partnership is essential for creating a secure foundation for growth.
AI in accountancy: The road forward
The accounting profession stands on the threshold of an era of AI-driven growth. Professionals who embrace and understand this technology will find themselves indispensable.
However, as we incorporate AI into our workflows, it is crucial to ensure GenAI is implemented safely and does not introduce security risks. By establishing robust safeguards and adhering to best practices in AI deployment, we can protect sensitive financial information and uphold the integrity of our profession. Embracing AI responsibly ensures we harness its full potential while guarding against vulnerabilities, leading our organisations confidently into the future.
Founded in 2013, FloQast is the leading cloud-based accounting transformation platform created by accountants, for accountants. FloQast brings AI and automation innovation into everyday accounting workflows, empowering accountants to work better together and perform their tasks with greater efficiency and accuracy. Now controllers and accountants can spend more time delivering greater strategic value while enjoying a better work-life balance.
Will Rolph, Business Development Manager at Clear Junction, takes a closer look at the tech making digital remittances possible
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital remittances are one of the main forces driving financial inclusion. Over 200 million migrant workers send money home every year. FinTech as a force for good can create positive changes for individuals and businesses; remittances are a prime example. Their role in facilitating financial inclusion cannot be underestimated. By increasing people’s purchasing power, raising per capita incomes, and feeding into local and national economic growth.
By 2027 remittances could reach $1.2 trillion, with the potential to unleash profound transformations in their recipient societies. Many factors are driving this growth. These include increasing waves of migration, none are as influential as the proliferation of innovative technology making remittances easier to send and receive. And at much lower cost than traditional money transfer channels beset by high FX fees and sluggish settlement times.
For decades, remittances were dominated by a few players including Western Union and MoneyGram. They have enviable global reach and networks. However, recipients – especially those in rural and remote locations – were faced with a lack of physical offices on the ground where they could collect their remittances. It was common for recipients to have to travel long distances to get their money. The loss of time and convenience is obvious. These often arduous journeys also came with increased risk of theft or loss of funds along the way.
The lack of physical infrastructure soon became a problem that tech was perfectly placed to solve. It did so in a way that allowed mobile payments to leapfrog legacy infrastructure issues with ease.
What’s powering digital remittances?
The tech behind digital remittances is a complex ecosystem that has evolved significantly over time. Furthermore, the pace of innovation shows no sign of slowing down. There are several key technologies and methods involved in advanced remittance solutions.
Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) is a method of transferring money from one bank account to another electronically. Remittance services often utilise EFT to move funds between the sender’s bank account and the recipient’s bank account or designated payout location.
Payment gateways are another crucial component. These online platforms facilitate the transfer of funds between parties. They securely process transactions, verify payment information, and transfer funds between the sender and the recipient.
Remittance providers often integrate with banks, payment gateways, and other financial institutions via APIs (application programming interfaces). This facilitates access to banking infrastructure and fund transfers. The APIs enable real-time transaction processing, status updates, and seamless connectivity between the remittance platform and other financial services.
Security is paramount when it comes to remittance transactions. Remittance platforms employ encryption tech to secure data transmission and storage. This protects sensitive financial information and prevents fraud. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) encryption, Transport Layer Security (TLS), and multi-factor authentication are commonly used to safeguard transactions and user data.
These technological advances have all played their part in helping remittances to proliferate. People who were out of reach can now access a wide array of sophisticated financial services all from their phone thanks to the neobanking revolution.
Three tech trends taking digital remittances to the next level:
Super Apps
The main innovation that has sent remittances skyrocketing is the phenomenal adoption of smartphones, which has paved the way for the rise of money transfer super apps.
The importance of the smartphone in the global remittance market cannot be understated. By necessity, apps need to be user-friendly and easy to navigate to succeed. Apps play a crucial role in improving the remittance process. They offer the speed, cost efficiency, and security that users have come to expect. Furthermore, remittance apps often provide features that allow users to track their transfers in real-time and manage their transaction history easily. This helps in budgeting and financial planning, especially for those who send remittances regularly.
Most importantly, 4G or 5G networks mean such apps can reach users in remote or underserved areas where access to broadband internet infrastructure or traditional banking services is limited or non-existent. This accessibility is in turn driving inclusivity and promoting financial participation and empowerment among a broader segment of the population.
Eastern Europe serves as a good example of where this technology is particularly life changing. Across the continent, banking penetration rates range between 44% in Albania to 92% in Croatia. So, a key challenge and focus for banks, governments, and tech solution providers is driving greater financial inclusion, and improving remittance flows are key to this.
Blockchain
Just as cryptocurrencies use blockchain technology to track assets, some remittance providers are now leveraging the same technology to streamline the transfer process and enhance security.
Blockchain technology enables secure, transparent, and immutable record-keeping of transactions. This reduces the risk of fraud, enhancing trust between parties. Cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and stablecoins are sometimes used for remittance purposes, leveraging blockchain technology for fast and low-cost digital cross-border transfers.
It’s easy to see the attraction of blockchain technology for remittance providers. Moreover, it is a fully encrypted, decentralised, and immutable ledger, and as such cannot be altered in any way. Also, because blockchain technology is decentralised, no intermediary bank or financial institution can get involved. For these reasons, blockchain could become crucial to the remittance industry in the coming years.
Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning
There are few industries not being impacted by AI and ML technologies. Both are increasingly being employed in remittance services to detect fraudulent activities, improve compliance with regulatory requirements, and enhance user experience. Furthermore, these technologies analyse transaction patterns, identify anomalies, and provide insights to prevent fraudulent transactions and ensure regulatory compliance.
Why all of this digital transformation matters
Remittances play a vital role in both individual livelihoods and broader economic development efforts. This makes them an essential aspect of global economic relations and poverty alleviation strategies. Additionally, we can see the tangible, life-changing differences that payment technology evolution can achieve. Moreover, through increased household purchasing power, accessing formal and cheaper financial services, and indirectly through increased revenues for remittance service providers and the businesses people buy from.
Clear Junction is a global payments solutions provider that was established in 2016. The company was founded by a veteran team of financial professionals with many years of experience in cross-border payments and banking. Over the years, we have worked tirelessly to build and develop our own proprietary technology to facilitate an end-to-end regulated payments solution. We are licensed and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and have offices in multiple locations across the UK and Europe, including London, Poland and Latvia.
Russ Rawlings, RVP, Enterprise, UK&I at Databricks, on the future of AI in FinTech
SHARE THIS STORY
Strict regulation, along with time and cost restraints, means financial services must take a measured approach to technological advancements. However, with the emergence of GenAI, particularly large language models (LLMs), organisations have an opportunity to maximise the value of their data to streamline internal operations and enhance efficiencies.
Embracing GenAI has never been more important for organisations looking to stay ahead of the curve. 40-60% of the global workforce will be impacted by the growth of AI. Moreover, global adoption of GenAI could add the equivalent of $2.6tn to $4.4tn in value annually to global industries. The banking sector stands to gain between $200-340 billion.
But whilst the financial services industry can gain incredible benefits from GenAI, adoption is not without its challenges. Financial organisations must prioritise responsible data management. They must also navigate strict privacy regulations and carefully curate the information they use to train their models. But, for companies that persevere through these obstacles, the benefits will be substantial.
Building customised LLMs for financial services
Consumer chatbots have brought GenAI to the mainstream. Meanwhile, the true potential of this transformative technology lies in its ability to be tailored to the unique needs of any organisation, in any industry. Including the financial sector.
Risk assessment, fraud prevention, and delivering personalised customer experiences are some of the use cases of custom open source models. Created using a company’s proprietary data, these models ensure relevant and accurate results. And are more cost-effective due to their smaller datasets. For instance, banks can use a customised model to seamlessly analyse customer behaviour and flag up any suspicious or fraudulent activities. Or, a model can leverage sophisticated algorithms to assess an individual’s eligibility for a loan.
Another huge benefit of these tailored systems is trust and security. Deploying a custom open-source model eliminates the need to share sensitive information with third parties. This is crucial for organisations operating within such a highly regulated industry. This approach also democratises the training of custom models. Furthermore, it allows organisations to harness the power of GenAI whilst retaining control and compliance.
Using data intelligence to boost AI’s impact
To truly harness the power of GenAI, organisations must cultivate a deep understanding of data across the entire workforce. Every employee, regardless of how technical they are, must grasp the importance of proper data storage. Also how data can be used to improve decision-making.
Organisations can use a data intelligence platform to help implement this. Built on a lakehouse architecture, a data intelligence platform provides an open, unified foundation for all data and governance. It operates as a secure end-to-end solution tailored to the specific needs of the financial services industry. By adopting such a platform, businesses can eliminate their reliance on third party solutions for data analysis. They can create a streamlined approach to data governance and accelerate data-driven outcomes. Users across all levels of the business can navigate their organisation’s data, using GenAI to uncover important insights.
The future of AI in the financial sector
The path to success lies in embracing GenAI as a canvas for crafting bespoke solutions. Whilst no two financial institutions are exactly the same, the industry’s tools must strike a delicate balance between supporting specific use cases and addressing broader requirements, Customised, open source LLMs and data intelligence platforms hold the key, sparking transformative change across the sector. These tailored solutions will empower financial businesses to integrate cutting-edge innovations and ensure security, governance and customer satisfaction. Organisations that embrace this change will not only gain a competitive edge, but also pave the way for larger transformations, re-shaping the financial landscape and setting new standards for the industry.
Databricks is the data and AI company with origins in academia and the open source community. Databricks was founded in 2013 by the original creators of Apache Spark™, Delta Lake and MLflow. As the world’s first and only lakehouse platform in the cloud, Databricks combines the best of data warehouses and data lakes to offer an open and unified platform for data and AI.
PayPal Ventures, the global venture capital arm of PayPal, announced additional investment in Chaos Labs. This investment underscores PayPal Ventures’ confidence…
SHARE THIS STORY
PayPal Ventures, the global venture capital arm of PayPal, announced additional investment in Chaos Labs. This investment underscores PayPal Ventures’ confidence in Chaos Labs’ potential and their blockchain products.
Chaos Labs: Edge
Chaos Labs’ recent launch of Edge, a new decentralised oracle protocol, has garnered significant attention within the industry. Edge has already secured a remarkable $30 billion over the last 2 months. It has been adopted by leading exchanges such as Jupiter, the top perpetuals exchange on Solana. And also by GMX, the leading exchange on Arbitrum.
Edge offers a comprehensive, low-latency oracle solution. It combines accurate price data with actionable market intelligence. Its advanced architecture ensures the security and efficiency of DeFi applications. Furthermore, providing insights into market dynamics and security risks. Edge monitors the market for specific risk signals, performs the offchain data parsing and computation, and outputs one actionable data point.
Omer Goldberg, CEO and Founder of Chaos Labs on the PayPal Ventures investment
Omer Goldberg, CEO and Founder of Chaos Labs, said, “We’re excited to receive the strong confidence and additional support from the PayPal Ventures team. Edge by Chaos is the culmination of our entire company’s work and expertise. Edge Price, Risk, and Proofs deliver meaningful and unmatched contextualised risk and price data for assets including stablecoins and other real-world-assets. In addition to the crypto assets and venues that provide access to them.”
Last month, Chaos Labs announced a $55 million Series A funding round led by Haun Ventures, including prominent new investors such as F-Prime Capital, Slow Ventures, and Spartan Capital, and existing investors including PayPal Ventures. Chaos Labs has experienced significant growth, tripling its customer base and securing billions in trading volume, loans, and incentives.
PayPal committed to Blockchain
PayPal Ventures’ investment aligns with PayPal’s ongoing commitment to the blockchain ecosystem. In May 2024, PayPal launched its stablecoin, PYUSD, on the Solana blockchain.
Amman Bhasin, Partner at PayPal Ventures, said, “Our continued investment in Chaos Labs reflects our belief in their vision to create a safer crypto ecosystem. And move more financial services on chain. Chaos Labs has emerged as a leading risk authority in the sector and we are thrilled to witness their evolution as they launch innovative products like Edge to mitigate oracle vulnerabilities.”
About Chaos Labs
Chaos Labs leads the blockchain risk management industry with innovative solutions for the evolving onchain financial landscape. It enables protocols to verify stability across all market conditions, merging offchain observability with onchain risk parameter adjustments. Backed by leading venture capital firms, Chaos Labs continues to set new standards for security and responsiveness in onchain finance. Founded in 2021, Chaos Labs is headquartered in New York City.
About PayPal Ventures
PayPal Ventures is the global corporate venture arm of PayPal. We invest for financial return in companies at the forefront of innovation in fintech, commerce enablement, digital infrastructure, and crypto/blockchain technologies. Through the expertise, experience, and vast network of PayPal Ventures – and the companies we invest in – we are helping to bring transformative solutions to market faster. For more information, please visit: www.paypal.vc
Adam Edwards, Product and Growth Director at Satago on how embedded finance is helping drive digitisation for the B2B financial space
SHARE THIS STORY
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) are at the heart of the UK economy. They contribute significantly to local employment and revenue across a wide array of sectors. However, the current economic landscape and consistently high inflation are inhibiting them from reaching their full potential.
Three key challenges which prevent SMEs from investing in growth are tight cash flow, poor access to capital and the late payments crisis. With over £32 billion in late payments plaguing them, SMEs need longer-term, meaningful policy action from the government, alongside better Working Capital solutions.
Investing in Embedded Finance
With a growing SME market needing better support than ever from lenders, banks are rapidly investing in IT adoption. Particularly, Embedded Finance tools, to better serve this sector. Indeed, analysts have forecast a staggering 148% growth in the Embedded Finance market. It is predicted to reach a revenue of $228 billion by 2028.
Banks have been quick to offer flexibility to consumers in the business-to-consumer (B2C) Embedded Finance space. Offering lots of options for flexible finance in response to high demand. However, the business-to-business (B2B) market has in many ways been slower.
There are certainly challenges here – but the opportunities are huge for the lenders that get this right to go on and serve the SME space. So, what can the B2B space learn from how Embedded Finance has succeeded in the B2C sector? And what are some of the benefits and new challenges that this investment could pose?
The role of Embedded Finance in supporting SMEs and founders
Embedded Finance emerges as an innovative approach to bolster SME support. It integrates financial services directly into non-financial platforms. This integration empowers SMEs to seamlessly access critical financial services. These include instant credit, streamlined payments processing, and optimised cash flow management. This enhances operational efficiency and financial resilience.
When we look at B2C financial services, we can see traditional banks working hard to catch up with challenger banks. These competitors have presented consumers with entirely new means to access digital banking, improve their visibility on financial information, and manage their funds and savings with secure API access.
This has forced traditional banks to digitise quickly in the B2C space to remain competitive and keep up with customer expectations. Embedded tools have become a key part of this. While the B2B financial services industry hasn’t traditionally faced the same level of market pressure to innovate – this is now starting to change. We will start to see the impact in a couple of ways.
I predict we will begin to see rapid growth in the number of partnerships between FinTech companies and B2B lenders. Where banks such as Barclays have already been partnering with the likes of Amazon on the consumer side for a long time to offer flexible payment capabilities, we will see a lot more similar partnerships starting to take place in the B2B space, to support the growing SME market. As a result, I anticipate a rise in the number of online marketplaces dedicated to the B2B lending space. We will also see increasingly niche market areas – such as agriculture and dedicated equipment manufacturers, for example.
The opportunities and challenges with Embedded Finance
There are several opportunities to be capitalised on via Embedded Finance in the B2B space. Lenders that have been held back by legacy systems in the past will now be able to offer a more flexible suite of digital finance options to customers, especially SMEs. SMEs, which may be run by a single founder or a small group of stakeholders, are likely to be used to an agile structure. They can take big decisions quickly and will be keen to be able to flexibly access financial tools. Through integration with expert providers, lenders can also benefit from new origination channels and access new pools of customers for bank accounts, financial consultancy and more.
For the fintech partners and integrators, including those providing white-labelled products to banks, there’s a chance to take advantage of the trust customers have in their banking providers. And the lenders’ brand reputations can increase their own revenue and future opportunities for sale.
Meanwhile, SMEs are set to reap the benefits of being able to offer better user and payment experiences to their own customers further up chain. They too, will benefit from better cash flow management, improved financial visibility and increased flexibility via different working capital tools. Just like consumers are able to – all of which will be facilitated by better digital tools.
However, it is worth acknowledging that as the B2B space grows, heightened concerns around fraud risk associated with financial transactions are also likely to emerge. Going forwards, we’ll see more analytics and artificial intelligence built into Embedded Finance. This will feed into underwriting models and support fraud checks. With more complex transactions and shared financial data via Embedded Finance partnerships, the risks of non-compliance could become more perilous. Therefore, there are certainly challenges ahead.
A competition for innovation in the B2B space
For SMEs to thrive, sustained and reliable access to cash flow is essential. Collaborative efforts between the government and the financial services industry are critical. Establishing robust regulatory frameworks and fostering innovation in Working Capital solutions will be vital.
The Embedded Finance market in over the next year and beyond can expect to see significant emphasis on B2B players, such as banks and corporate lenders. They are looking to catch up with the consumer market and serve SME customers with the most secure – and flexible – lending options.
Consumers have realised the benefits of seamless, digital financial services for themselves. We’ll now see demand growing as SMEs expect the same innovation and experience when it comes to their B2B financing. Lenders and banks that want to satisfy this growing pool of customers hungry for flexibility and sustainable lending support, will need to be willing to evolve and digitise, or risk missing out on the competition.
Satago is a leading fintech that enables lenders and corporates to streamline operations, boost revenue, and enhance their business customer experiences. This is achieved through cloud-native Working Capital and Cash Flow solutions, powered by real-time data, Open Banking, and API technology.
Luke Gall, Product & Engineering Director at Access PaySuite, part of the Access Group, on the open banking opportunity for FinTechs
SHARE THIS STORY
In the rapidly evolving landscape of financial services, Open Banking is no longer a futuristic concept but a present-day reality. Recent findings reveal that the adoption of Open Banking payments has surged, with 32% of financial services businesses and an impressive 58% of fintechs now offering this innovative payment method to their customers.
This uptake signifies a noteworthy shift for fintechs. Open Banking payments have overtaken Direct Debits (54%) and card payments made over the phone (4%) in terms of availability. The sector continues to expand at a remarkable pace. There are over 26,000 startups currently in operation globally. Understanding and leveraging Open Banking has become an increasingly crucial consideration for organisations to stay ahead in a competitive market.
The rise of Open Banking
Open Banking allows third-party financial service providers to access banking data and initiate digital payments on behalf of customers, provided they have explicit consent. This model not only enhances convenience for users, but also fosters greater competition and innovation within the financial sector. The growing adoption rates reflect a broader acceptance of this technology. It is driven by the potential to streamline payments, enhance user experiences, and offer personalised financial services.
In the UK, FinTech adoption is particularly robust – 84% of individuals use FinTech services daily. The push towards Open Banking is both a response to consumer demand and a strategic move for FinTechs to differentiate themselves. The rise in Open Banking adoption is a signal that financial services must adapt swiftly. For FinTechs, staying ahead involves more than just adopting new technology. It’s about leveraging tech to redefine and enhance service offerings.
Why FinTechs must embrace Open Banking
Today’s consumers demand seamless and efficient financial transactions in order to complete their purchases. Open Banking meets these expectations by enabling quicker and more secure payments. FinTechs can provide this to their customers by integrating Open Banking into their services. This significantly enhances customer satisfaction and fosters loyalty.
The rapid adoption of Open Banking by FinTechs highlights its growing importance. Those that hesitate or overlook this trend risk falling behind. Early adopters of Open Banking have the opportunity to leverage its capabilities to introduce distinctive features. These include instant account verification, real-time payments, and enhanced financial insights. It’s a crowded marketplace for FinTechs, but these advancements can deliver a competitive edge.
By granting access to banking data, Open Banking creates the possibility for FinTechs to work with other financial service providers in a collaborative environment. Around 82% of FinTech startups say this helps them to innovate more quickly and effectively. The ability to partner with others in the industry can encourage the development of novel solutions and services. These can be pecifically tailored to evolving consumer needs.
The role of third-party payment providers
Third-party payment providers play a crucial role in helping FinTechs adopt Open Banking. They do this by offering the infrastructure and expertise needed to integrate with banks and other financial institutions. These providers facilitate secure access to customer data through APIs. This enables FinTechs to deliver innovative services like personalised financial management and account aggregation. And all without the need to build costly systems from scratch.
By leveraging the established networks and compliance frameworks of third-party providers, FinTechs can more easily meet regulatory requirements. Such as those outlined in the Revised Payment Services Directive (PSD2). This allows them to scale faster and focus on enhancing the customer experience. By prioritising simplicity and convenience, FinTechs can not only improve user satisfaction but also ensure their Open Banking offerings meet the high expectations of today’s consumers.
However, FinTechs must recognise not all customers are familiar with the nuances of Open Banking. To ensure a smooth transition and maximise the benefits of this technology, financial service providers, including FinTechs, should invest in educating their customers about its advantages and functionality. This will empower users to confidently engage with Open Banking and fully leverage its potential.
At the same time, safeguarding sensitive financial data is critical to building and maintaining this trust. Robust security measures, such as strong encryption protocols like Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) and Data Encryption Standard (DES), are essential to protect data during transmission and storage. Regular security audits help identify and address vulnerabilities. Meanwhile, transparent privacy policies demonstrate a commitment to data protection.
The future of Open Banking
The trajectory of Open Banking is set to continue its upward trend, as more financial institutions and FinTechs embrace its potential. For FinTechs, this is an opportunity to lead the charge in transforming financial services. By understanding and addressing the key factors associated with adoption, FinTechs can not only stay relevant, but also drive the future of financial technology.
Embracing Open Banking is not just about keeping up with industry trends… It’s also about positioning yourself at the forefront of a financial revolution. The ability to offer innovative, secure, and user-centric services will define the next wave of FinTech success. In this dynamic environment, staying ahead of the curve requires foresight, adaptability, and a commitment to leveraging technological advancements. FinTechs that navigate these considerations effectively will not only thrive but also shape the future of financial services.
Why Access PaySuite? Getting paid should be simple – and that’s where we come in! Backed by The Access Group a top 5 UK software company, Access PaySuite is led by a team of payments experts with over 20 years’ of experience in the industry. Access PaySuite is a reliable, resilient solution that helps your business thrive with every payment.
FinTech Strategy spoke with Zak Lambert, Product Lead for Plaid in Europe, to find out more about the world-leading data network and payments platform
SHARE THIS STORY
Plaid offers the world’s largest open finance platform. Plaid specialises in bank connectivity and provides a single API for customers to integrate with banks around the world. They have had innovative success stories working with companies like Western Union and MoneyBox. Plaid see opportunities around current trends such as account-to-account payments, variable recurring payments, and cash flow underwriting for businesses and consumers.
At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with Plaid’s Product Lead for Europe, Zak Lambert, to learn more…
Tell us about Plaid…
“I work in product management for Plaid in Europe. We’re the world’s largest open finance platform operating across 20 markets in Europe and North America. Back in 2019 when we first launched in Europe our bread and butter was bank connectivity. Integrating with over 10,000 banks through a single API. We still provide that connectivity in one API for our customers. Millions of users go through that journey every day for a number of different use cases.
“I was part of the team that started Plaid in New York and opened the office there. I did a variety of things from helping customers integrate, building new products, working with sales teams, and anything else that would help us grow, About a year after that, I moved over to London to be the first person on the ground there. Fast forward five years and I’m delighted to be the head of product in Europe. I’ve been with the company for about five and a half years. Overall, it’s just been an exciting journey from a hundred people to more than a thousand now.”
Talk about some of the successful integrations Plaid is involved in…
“We recently announced that we’re working with Western Union across Europe to fund transfers, whether that’s someone depositing in the UK and Germany, Italy or Spain. Plaid is powering account to account payments for Western Union across their various use cases. Particularly when you look at the growing trend around account-to-account payments and pay by bank, we’re thrilled to be working with brands of that caliber. Since launch we’ve seen hockey stick growth for their customer adoption of pay by bank. This shows trust and reliability of the open banking ecosystem which we’re excited to be a part of. We are also delighted to be supporting MoneyBox, one of the largest fintechs in the UK. They handle millions of transactions to fund and create ISAs. Moneybox have launched VRP (Variable Recurring Payments) through Plaid in order to optimise their customer flows and have more reliability in customer recurring payments. With our new flow, users can go through the journey once, set up their consent, and then money can move in the background. It’s like a card on file with a bank account. We see this as a significant trend in the coming years in the UK specifically, and then across Europe as that product set develops.”
What trends are you seeing across the FinTech landscape? What opportunities do you see for Plaid?
The UK has always been an early adopter of open banking but we’re now seeing a surge in demand from mainland Europe. We are currently live in 18 markets in Europe and continue to focus on our reliability and depth in each market to ensure we can meet that demand.
This year, we’ve learned more about how our customers want to use VRP (Variable Recurring Payments). In June, we launched Moneybox’s VRP proposition to enable them to relaunch their Payday Boost offering which was previously restricted by direct debit limitations. Every week we’re having more and more conversations on VRP use cases.
We’re also excited about how open banking and fintech more broadly can help make financial access more inclusive. For example, open banking can help the underserved get more access to credit by using real-time data to inform underwriting decisions. At Plaid, we’ve built specific products to do this such as the Financial Insights Report that companies such as Capital on Tap are already using to inform their decisioning programmes.
And what’s next for Plaid? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“There are three areas I would highlight… First, pay by bank globally for Plaid. You look at Western Union, they’re probably not the first company to adopt something, but the second they adopt something it probably is about to hit mainstream. That’s significant volume. They’re one of the world’s oldest companies. They’ve been fantastic to work with. So, as that trust and familiarity start coming into play, people that aren’t Western Union come and say, okay, we’ve seen this experience. It was really good. We want it now. We’re working with our teams across the globe to bring that to life for North America and Europe in the simplest way possible. It’s really exciting.
“Second, we have the significant opportunity to bring lending into the 21st century. Particularly because of the third thing, which is the Plaid network. We’ve touched hundreds of millions of consumers. We’ve spent a long time building products to make payments easy and to make underwriting easy. And now we’re in the third phase… We have all of these users, this large network, so how can we make this even simpler for people? And just giving smoother experiences when the user is actually in the workflow. So, boosting conversion, delivering network style experiences in the same way that other network businesses do.”
Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do? How has the response been to Plaid?
“This is my sixth straight Money20/20 and it gets busier every year! It’s great to learn more about the ecosystem at large. You can see developing trends each year, and it’s always a little bit different. You build relationships at Money20/20 that stay with you for the rest of your life. And it’s a perfect opportunity to meet people in the flesh that you might normally only see on screen. You can get a pretty direct read on what they’re working on and it’s exciting to be here making new connections.”
Henry Balani, Global Head of Industry & Regulatory Affairs at Encompass Corporation, on meeting the demand for improved risk management, operational efficiency, and customer service with pKYC
SHARE THIS STORY
The traditional banking and finance industry is evolving. Processes are experiencing a digital transformation as a result of perpetual Know Your Customer (pKYC). The pKYC approach enables modern banks to continuously update and verify customer information in real time. Banks are moving away from the reliance on periodic reviews. This change is driven by technological advancements. And the increasing demand for dynamic and responsive regulatory compliance mechanisms.
Perpetual KYC
Conventional KYC processes commonly involve periodic reviews of customer information at fixed intervals. These reviews are typically conducted every one, three, or five years. While these reviews are thorough and comprehensive, they are also static. This can result in outdated information, potentially overlooking changes in customer risk profiles or new compliance requirements.
On the other hand, perpetual KYC is dynamic and event driven. Through its continuous and automated approach, pKYC enables financial institutions to address risks and compliance needs in real-time. These risks can be determined by continuously monitoring customer activities. Furthermore, automatically updating profiles in response to specific triggers, including changes in personal information, significant transactions, or alterations in beneficial ownership.
Gaining a competitive advantage with pKYC
By leveraging pKYC, banks, and other regulated financial institutions can take advantage of a range of benefits. These are crucial in the modern digital era to gain a competitive edge. Through continuous monitoring, pKYC enables financial institutions to identify and address potential risks promptly. This real-time approach helps mitigate risks associated with financial crimes. Moreover, it ensures compliance with the latest regulatory standards.
pKYC will lead to operational efficiency and cost reduction. By automating many of the manual processes involved in KYC, pKYC significantly reduces the time and resources needed for compliance. This allows financial institutions to focus their efforts on high-risk cases, rather than conducting blanket reviews for all customers, resulting in substantial cost savings.
This process also enables many banks to improve their customer service and management. It also enhances the customer’s experience. With pKYC, customers are not subjected to frequent, intrusive reviews if their profiles remain stable. This results in a smoother and more positive customer experience, potentially increasing overall customer satisfaction and loyalty. Additionally, automated systems minimise human error and ensure consistency in applying KYC policies. This enhances overall regulatory compliance and reduces the risk of non-compliance penalties.
Perpetual KYC implementation: Challenges and considerations
Implementing a pKYC operating model is not straightforward. It requires the right blend of infrastructure and operating process. Every firm’s pKYC journey and ecosystem will be unique and cut across people, processes and technologies.
Data is central to the success of pKYC as reviews based on event changes (aka event driven triggers) will not be effective if client information is outdated, missing or incorrect. Without consistent access to relevant and accurate client information, pKYC is impossible. Corporate Digital Identity (CDI) is fast emerging as a foundation for ensuring valid customer information is collected for successful pKYC operations.
Being able to leverage this data requires an ecosystem of technology, which may be developed in house, utilising third-party RegTech providers, or a combination of both. This technology should drive how data is stored, structured and accessed so that pKYC triggers can be comprehensively managed. Customer lifecycle management systems (CLMs) are particularly relevant to pKYC as they connect all components along the workflow processes.
Importantly, overarching executive sponsorship is needed to ensure a successful outcome in transformation initiatives. Recognising the structural and cross departmental challenge, influential sponsors will align the multiple stakeholders involved in driving this change and will champion a firm’s pKYC strategy and approach to regulators and other key stakeholders.
Ultimately, pKYC must be future-proof and scalable, ready to adapt in line with business strategy and regulation to keep firms competitive.
The future of pKYC
The adoption of pKYC is growing, driven by regulatory pressures and the increasing complexity of financial crimes. Financial institutions are recognising the benefits of a proactive, real-time approach to compliance and risk management. The move towards pKYC is seen as a necessary evolution to stay ahead in a highly regulated and competitive financial environment.
As the technological landscape continues to evolve, integrating advanced technologies such as blockchain and further developments in AI and ML will likely enhance pKYC systems’ capabilities. Ensuring higher levels of compliance and risk mitigation, these technologies are able to provide more robust and secure mechanisms for customer verification and monitoring.
Blockchain technology can be utilised to further improve the initial customer authentication and validation process. As a result, we can expect improvements and advancements in the quality of customer data collected during initial customer onboarding processes. Financial institutions can then leverage AI-enhanced tools that can identify and collect the necessary attributes during document processing stages. This ensures that pKYC will utilise relevant, accurate, and up-to-date data. Perpetual KYC represents a significant departure from traditional, periodic KYC, as it offers a wide range of benefits in real-time risk management, operational efficiency, and customer experience. Although the implementation of pKYC poses certain challenges, it also provides numerous advantages, making it an increasingly attractive solution for financial institutions aiming to enhance their compliance and risk management frameworks and maintain a competitive edge in a rapidly evolving regulator landscape.
Tetyana Golovata, Head of Regulatory Compliance at IFX Payments, on builidng compliance into business culture
SHARE THIS STORY
Regulation plays a critical role in shaping the fintech landscape. From Consumer Duty and FCA annual risk reporting to APP fraud, the tectonic plates of the sector are shifting. Whether you consider these regulations as benefiting or hindering the industry, businesses are struggling to keep up.
According to research by fraud prevention fintech Alloy, 93% of respondents said they found it challenging to meet compliance requirements. In a new study by Davies a third of financial leaders (36%) said their firms had been penalised for compliance breaches in the year to June. The FCA brings in its operational resilience rules in March 2025. So, it is more important than ever to ensure your company makes the grade on compliance.
Learning lessons from history
Traditionally, FX has struggled with the challenge of reporting in an ever-developing sector. As regulatory raise the bar on compliance, responsible providers must help the industry navigate the changes and upcoming deadlines.
Fintechs and payments companies are entering uncharted waters. They face pressure to beat rivals by offering more innovative products. Regulators have struggled to keep up in the past. Gaps in legislation have allowed some opportunists to slip between the net, as seen in the collapse of FTX. Because of this, implementation and standardisation of the rules is necessary. This ensures innovation remains seen as a force for good, and to help identify and stamp out illegal activity.
Culture vs Business
Culture has become a prominent factor in regulatory news. We have seen cases of large fines and public censure relating to cultural issues. FCA COO Emily Shepperd observed in a speech to the finance industry, “Culture is what you do when no one is looking”.
Top-level commitment is crucial when it comes to organisational culture. Conduct and culture are closely intertwined. Culture is not merely a tick-box exercise. It is not defined by perks like snack bars or Friday pizzas. Rather, it should be demonstrated in every aspect of the organisation, including processes, people, counterparties, and third parties.
In recent years, regulatory focus has shifted from ethics to culture. Recognising its crucial role in building market reputation and ensuring compliance with rules and regulations. Furthermore, boosting client confidence, and retaining employees. The evolving regulatory landscape has significantly impacted e-money and payments firms. Moreover, regulations are strengthening each year. Each regulation carries elements of culture, as seen in:
Consumer duty: How do we treat our customers?
Operational resilience: How can we recover and prevent disruptions to our customers?
APP fraud: How do we protect our customers?
Culture Drivers
Key drivers of culture include implementing policies on remuneration, conflicts of interest, and whistleblowing. However, for it to become embedded it must touch employees at every level.
This is showcased by senior stakeholders and heads of departments facilitating close relationships with colleagues across a company’s Sales, Operations, Tech and Product teams to build a collaborative environment.
Finance firms must recognise the trust bestowed on them by their customers and ensure the protection of their investments and data is paramount. Consumer Duty may have been a wake-up call for some companies, but progressive regulation must always be embraced and their requirements seen as a baseline rather than a hurdle.
Similarly, the strengthening of operational resilience rules and the upcoming APP fraud regulation in October are to be welcomed, increasing transparency for customers.
Compliance vs Business
Following regulatory laws is often viewed as a financial and resource drain, but without proper compliance, companies are vulnerable to situations where vast amounts of money can be lost quickly.
A case in point is the proposed reimbursal requirement for APP fraud, which will mean payment firms could face having to pay compensation of up to £415,000 per case.
Complying not only safeguards the client and their money, but also the business itself. About nine in ten (88%) financial services firms have reported an increased compliance cost over the past five years, according to research from SteelEye. Embedding compliance earlier in business cultures can be beneficial in the long run, cutting the time and money needed to adapt to new regulations and preventing the stress of having to make wholesale changes rapidly.
Building a cross-business compliance culture
Compliance is a key principle at IFX Payments, and we strive to be a champion in this area. In response to these challenges, the business restructured, establishing dedicated risk and regulatory departments, along with an internal audit function.
Regulatory compliance aims to support innovation by developing and using new tools, standards, and approaches to foster innovation and ensure product safety, efficacy, and quality. It has helped the firm to navigate the regulatory landscape while driving growth and maintaining high standards.
This organisational shift allowed each business line to own its own risk, with department partaking in tailored workshops designed to identify existing, new, and potential risk exposure. Shared responsibility for compliance is the only way to create a culture which values it. We see this as a great way for organisations to drive innovation while sticking to the rules.
Pat Bermingham, CEO of B2B digital payment specialist Adflex, asks what impact will Artificial Intelligence really have on B2B payments?
SHARE THIS STORY
Visit any social media newsfeed and countless posts will tell you AI means “nothing will ever be the same again”. Or even that “you’re doing AI wrong”. The volume of hyperbolic opinions being pushed makes it almost impossible for businesses to decipher between hype and reality.
This is an issue the European Union’s ‘AI Act’ (the Act), which came into force on 1 August 2024, aims to address. The Act is the world’s first regulation on artificial intelligence. It sets out how to govern the deployment and use of AI systems. The Act recognises the transformative potential AI can have for financial services, while also acknowledging its limitations and risks.
Within the debate about AI in financial services, B2B payments are an area where AI has huge potential to accelerate digital innovation. Let’s go beyond the hype to provide a true perspective on what AI really means for B2B payments specifically.
Understanding what AI is, and what it isn’t
AI is a system or systems that can perform tasks that normally require human intelligence. It incorporates machine learning (ML). ML has been used by developers for years to give computers the ability to learn without being explicitly programmed. In other words, the system can look at data and analyse it to refine functions and outcomes.
A newer part of this is ‘deep learning’, which leverages multi-layered neural networks. This simulates the complex decision-making power of our brains. The deep learning benefits outlined later in this article are based on Large Language Models (LLMs). LLMs are pre-trained on representative data (such as payment/transaction/tender data). Deep learning AI does not just look at and learn patterns of behaviour from the data. It is becoming capable of making informed decisions based on this data.
Before we explore what this means for B2B payments, let’s make one caveat clear: human supervision is still needed to ensure the smooth running of operations. AI is a supporting tool, not a single answer to every question. The technology is still maturing. You cannot hand over the keys to your B2B payments process quite yet. Manual processes will retain their place in B2B payments. AI tools will help you learn, adapt and improve more quickly and at scale.
The AI Act – what you need to know
The Act attempts to categorise different AI systems based on potential impact and risk. The two key risk categories include:
Unacceptable risk – AI systems deemed a threat to people, which will be banned. This includes systems involved in cognitive behavioural manipulation, social scoring, and real-time biometric identification.
High risk – AI systems that negatively affect safety or fundamental rights. High-risk AI systems will undergo rigorous assessment and must adhere to stringent regulatory standards before being put on the market. These high risk systems will be divided into two further categories:
AI systems that are used in products falling under the EU’s product safety legislation, including toys, aviation, cars, medical devices and lifts.
AI systems falling into specific areas that will have to be registered in an EU database.
The most widely used form of AI currently, ‘generative AI’ (think ChatGPT, Copilot and Gemini), won’t be classified as high-risk. However, it will have to comply with transparency requirements and EU copyright law.
High-impact general-purpose AI models that might pose systemic risk, such as GPT-4o, will have to undergo thorough evaluations. Any serious incidents would have to be reported to the European Commission.
The Act aims to become fully applicable by May 2026. Following consultations, amendments and the creation of ‘oversight agencies’ in each EU member state. Though, as early as November 2024, the EU will start banning ‘unacceptable risk’ AI systems. And by February 2025 the ‘codes of practice’ will be applied.
So, with the Act in mind, how can AI be used in a risk-free manner to optimise B2B payments?
Today’s B2B payment platforms are not one-size-fits-all solutions; instead, they provide a toolkit for businesses to customise their payment interactions.
AI-based LLMs and ML can be used by payment providers to rapidly understand and interpret the extensive data they have access to (such as invoices or receipts). By doing this, we gain insights into trends, buyer behaviour, risk analysis and anomaly detection. Without AI, this is a manual, time consuming task.
One tangible benefit of this data analysis for businesses comes from combining payment data with knowledge of a wide range of vendors’ skills, products and/or services. AI could then, for example, identify when an existing supplier is able to supply something currently being sourced elsewhere. By using one supplier for both products/services, the business saves through economies of scale.
Another benefit of data analysis comes from payment technology experts. Ours have been training one service to extract data from a purchase order or invoice, to flow level 3 data, which is tax evident in some territories. This automatically provides the buyer with more details of the transaction, including relevant tax information, invoice number, cost centre, and a breakdown of the products or service supplied. This makes it easy and straightforward to manage tax reporting and remittance, purchase control and reconciliation.
AI-driven data analysis isn’t just a time and money-saver, however. It also adds new value by enabling providers to use the data to create hyper-personalised payment experiences for each buyer or supplier. For example, AI and ML tools could look out for buying and selling opportunities, and perform a ‘matchmaking supplier enablement service’ that recommends the best payment methods – and the best rates – for different accounts or transactions. The more personalised a payment experience is, the happier the buyer and more likely they are to (re)purchase.
Efficient data flows mean stronger cash flows
Another practical application of AI is to help optimise cash management for buyers. This is done by using the data to determine who is strategically important and when to pay them. It could even recommend grouping certain invoices together for the same supplier, consolidating them into one payment per supplier, reducing interchange fees and driving down the cost of card acceptance.
AI can also perform predictive analysis for cash flow management, rapidly analysing historical payment data to predict cash flow trends, allowing businesses to anticipate and address potential challenges proactively. This is particularly valuable in the current economic climate where cashflow is utterly vital.
By extracting value-added, tax evident data from a purchase order or invoice, AI can rapidly analyse invoices and receipts to enable efficient, accurate automation of the VAT reclaims process. Imagine: the time comes for your finance team to reclaim VAT on recent invoices and receipts, but they don’t have to manually go through every receipt or invoices and categorise them into a reclaim pile or not reclaimable. It sounds like a dream but it will be the reality for business everywhere: AI does the heavy lifting and humans verify it, saving significant time and resources.
The third significant benefit of AI is automated invoice reconciliation. By identifying key information from an invoice and recognising regular payees, AI can streamline and automate the review process. This has the potential to significantly speed up transactions and enable more efficient payment orchestration.
Binding together all supporting paperwork, such as shipping, customs, routes, and JIT (just-in-time) requirements can also be done by AI, and it’s likely to be less prone to human error.
This provides an amazing opportunity to make B2B payments faster, reduce costs and increase efficiency. Businesses know this: 44% of mid-sized firms anticipate cost savings and enhanced cash flow as a direct result of implementing further automation within the next three years. According to American Express, 48% of mid-sized firms expect to see payment processes accelerate, with more reliable payments and a broader range of payment options emerging.
When. Not if.
There are significant opportunities to leverage AI in B2B payment processes, making it do the heavy lifting. It is, however, essential to view these opportunities with a balanced understanding of the limitations of AI.
While all the opportunities for AI in B2B payments outlined here are based on relatively low-risk AI systems, human oversight of these systems is still essential. However, with all the freed-up time and resource achieved through the implementation of AI, this issue can be avoided.
AI in B2B payments is not an if, but a when. The question is, when will you make the jump, hand in hand with technology, rather than fearing it or passing full control over to it.
In order to grow, it is essential for users to see the tangible benefits. For example, by enhancing efficiencies in account payable (AP), businesses can reallocate time and resource previously spent in AP to other areas. Early adopters are starting to test the water but only time will tell how much of an impact AI will make.
Most businesses will likely wait for the early adopters to fail, learn and progress. If something goes wrong in B2B payments, it can have a huge impact on individuals, businesses and economises. Only when the risk is clearly defined and manageable will AI truly become the gamechanger in B2B payments that all the hype claims.
“Adflexhas been at the heart of the B2B fintech revolution from the beginning. We are known for fostering innovation and helping companies harness the power of digital payments. Our technology and expertise bring together buyers and suppliers to make transactions fast, cost-effective and straightforward to manage. We take the pain out of the supply chain by delivering seamless and secure payment integration that adds value to both buyers and merchants.”
Michael Donnelly, Head of Client Success at BlueFlame AI, on how to prepare your firm to attract and retain the next generation of AI talent
SHARE THIS STORY
In the fast-paced world of financial services, a new generation is stepping in with high expectations for generative artificial intelligence (AI) in the workplace. Recently, BlueFlame AI conducted a specialised training session for one of our private equity clients, aimed at their newly hired summer intern class. The experience was eye-opening for us. Furthermore, it also provided a great lesson in the growing importance of AI in the industry and the expectations today’s young professionals have as they enter the workforce
AI & LLMs
The comprehensive training session covered vital areas such as AI and Large Language Models (LLMs), a review of the most popular use cases the industry has adopted, and hands-on practical training in prompt engineering. Moreover, our goal was to show this next generation the skills they’ll need to leverage these tools effectively. New roles could revolutionise alternative investment management processes like due diligence, market analysis, and portfolio management.
We also used this as an opportunity to survey the group about their experience of and expectations for AI use in the workplace – and it yielded some striking insights. A significant 50% of the interns reported using ChatGPT daily, with 83% utilising it at least weekly. Furthermore, these numbers suggest young professionals expect these tools to be available to them in their professional lives. In the same way they are available in their personal lives and set to become as commonplace as traditional software in the workplace. The interns’ expectations regarding AI’s impact on their work efficiency are even more telling. An overwhelming 94% believe these tools will enhance their productivity, indicating strong faith in the technology’s potential to streamline tasks and boost performance.
These high expectations have key implications for employers. A significant 89% of interns expect their employers to provide enterprise-grade AI/LLM access. This statistic is a wake-up call for companies that have yet to invest in AI technologies, highlighting the need to stay competitive not just in terms of products and services but also in workplace technology provision.
Talent Acquisition & Retention
Perhaps most important is AI’s potential impact on talent acquisition and retention. One-third (33%) of interns surveyed indicated they would reconsider their choice of employer if they didn’t offer access to enterprise-grade AI/LLM tools. A response that could throw a serious wrench into any Financial Services firm’s hiring plans.
The message is clear for businesses looking to stay ahead of the curve when it comes to supporting their employees. Investing in AI technologies and training is no longer optional. Firms must be ready to meet the expectations of the incoming workforce. They need to provide them with the best technology to maintain a competitive edge in an increasingly AI-driven business landscape. Companies that embrace AI and provide their employees with the tools and training to harness its power will likely see significant productivity, innovation, and talent retention advantages.
AI Revolution
Private and public investment firms stand to benefit greatly from this AI revolution. As this new generation brings its enthusiasm and expectations for technology tools into the workplace, firms that are prepared to meet these expectations will be better positioned to tap into fresh perspectives, drive innovation and reap significant efficiency and productivity gains. And if firms can take a proactive approach to training and commit to developing a forward-thinking, AI-enabled workforce, they will be able to enhance their teams’ capabilities and shape the future of work in the financial sector.
Generative AI and the workplace expectations it has created mark a new paradigm in the market. The next generation of professionals is not just ready for AI – they’re demanding it. Firms that recognize and act on this trend will be well-positioned to lead the pack when it comes to innovation, efficiency and talent acquisition.
Founded in 2023 BlueFlame AI is the only AI-native, purpose built, LLM-agnostic solution for Alternative Investment Managers.
Neobanks are transforming the financial sector as digital-only institutions that offer a comprehensive range of banking services through mobile apps…
SHARE THIS STORY
Neobanks are transforming the financial sector as digital-only institutions that offer a comprehensive range of banking services through mobile apps and online platforms. These services encompass current and savings accounts, payments, loans, and investments — all managed seamlessly through digital channels.
With cutting-edge financial technology, neobanks provide faster, more affordable, and more convenient solutions for both customers and businesses. The surge in mobile phone use, cloud computing, and artificial intelligence has fuelled rapid growth.
The neobanking market is even expanding rapidly, with a projected market volume of $10.44 trillion by 2028, according to Statista. This represents a 13.15 percent growth rate from 2024 to 2028.
Innovative Business Models
To offer a broader range of services and better customer experiences, neobanks leverage application programming interfaces (APIs). This model involves integrating various financial applications and services using APIs. It will allow them to manage Know Your Customer (KYC) verifications, do instant refunds, and arrange collections efficiently.
Then, the significant source for neobanks is interchange fees. This model involves charging transaction fees for every transaction and earning a portion of the fees from payment networks like Visa.
Furthermore, credit card business models use credit as a foundation, generating revenue from transaction fees and interest on carried balances to drive growth and profitability. This model starts with credit card services and later offers a bank account.
Other models allow neobanks to offer high-yield savings accounts and certificates of deposits (CDs). Revenue will come from earning interest on the assets and charging fees for services related to these accounts, such as maintenance fees.
Technology Integration
Neobanks have redefined the banking landscape through a digital-first approach, prioritising customer experience, and leveraging technology to deliver innovative financial services. This combination sets them apart from traditional banks and allows them to offer unique and competitive financial services.
A core characteristic of neobanks is their digital-only operations. By eliminating physical branches, they significantly reduce overhead costs. These savings translate into lower fees for customers and increased competitiveness.
Furthermore, neobanks harness the power of cloud computing, data analytics, and artificial intelligence to deliver personalised financial solutions. These technologies enable them to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, allowing for tailored product offerings and improved operational efficiency.
Neobanks have also pioneered innovative revenue streams. Unlike traditional banks heavily reliant on interest income, they generate revenue through various channels, including interchange fees and partnerships.
Finally, many neobanks embrace open banking principles. This collaborative approach allows third-party developers to create new financial products and services that complement the neobank’s offerings. By collaborating with third-party developers, neobanks create additional value and broaden their reach.
The Global Neobanking Innovators
Advapay expected the total number of neobanks users to increase to 3.6 billion worldwide by 2024. Moreover, they spread relatively evenly across the main regions. For example, neobanks in North America, LATAM, APAC, and the UK each now accumulate a total price tag of 50 billion dollars or more per region.
Revolut, a UK-based neobank, stands as a leading example of digital banking innovation. Expanding its services to over 30 countries, Revolut offers multi-currency accounts, currency exchange, stock trading, and insurance.
The neobank employs various innovative business models including API integration, transaction fees, credit card services, high-yield savings, and certificates of deposit. Revolut’s software as a service (SaaS) approach enhances flexibility, scalability, and rapid product development.
Beyond Revolut, Nubank from Latin America showcases innovation through robust security features, diverse financial products, and blockchain-based loyalty programs. Meanwhile, WeBank in China excels in digital lending, mobile payments, and alternative credit scoring.
Future Prospects
The neobanking industry is rapidly evolving, with 278 neobanks operating globally as of March 2023. This intense competition forces neobanks to continuously innovate to differentiate themselves.
As a result, traditional banks face increased pressure to adapt to these new market dynamics. Neobanks have the potential to drive financial inclusion, foster creativity, prioritise customer needs, and expand globally.
Looking ahead, neobanks can expect a surge in competitors. This will force incumbent banks to either adapt their strategies to defend their market share or become digital attackers themselves to stay competitive in the evolving market.
With competition growing and attention spans shrinking, innovative product launches aren’t something neobanks should do once. Instead, creating agile solutions that are in tune with current consumer needs must be an essential part of their growth strategy.
Technological innovation is disrupting traditional business models, and customers now expect faster, more convenient service. Personalisation is crucial, with customers…
SHARE THIS STORY
Technological innovation is disrupting traditional business models, and customers now expect faster, more convenient service. Personalisation is crucial, with customers wanting insurance tailored to their specific needs. Enter InsurTech.
Digital transformation is a must for insurance companies. Early adopters reap benefits, while others risk falling behind. We explore five key benefits of digital transformation in insurance, highlighting strong reasons for companies to embrace the InsurTech revolution.
Digital transformation helps businesses improve workflows and empowers employees to work more efficiently and effectively. Adopting a digital culture can significantly cut down on time spent on tasks, eliminate manual processes, and introduce new features. Even basic automation of important steps can lead to substantial savings on overhead costs.
Research by the Harvard Business Review shows that over 89 percent of large companies worldwide are already implementing digital transformation initiatives, with projections of a 31 percent increase in revenue and a 25 percent reduction in costs.
An example of how digital transformation fosters innovation is the collaboration between Fingent and the California law firm Sapra & Navarra. Together, they developed Ambit, an artificial intelligence (AI) tool that streamlines workers’ compensation claims management. By using AI, Ambit speeds up the claims process and reduces associated costs.
Benefit 2: Enhanced Customer Experience
Improving customer experience and engagement is a key benefit of digital transformation. Data analysis helps insurers understand their customers better. This allows them to develop personalised products and improve customer service.
An example is XYZ Insurance. The company created a digital sales app for agents, launched an online e-commerce platform, and built a self-service app for customers on smartphones. This digital ecosystem streamlines the entire insurance process, from getting quotes and completing applications to uploading documents and making payments.
Benefit 3: Data-Driven Insights
For underwriting, digital transformation means unlocking new ways to analyse data and make decisions. AI is a key player in this change. AI can analyse massive amounts of data using algorithms and predictive analytics. This helps uncover patterns and connections that human underwriters might miss. These insights benefit both insurance companies and policyholders.
AI helps assess risk more accurately. By pinpointing potential problems with greater precision, AI allows underwriters to set appropriate premiums. This reduces the risk of setting premiums too low or too high, leading to a healthier insurance portfolio for the company.
Benefit 4: Increased Agility
Predictive analytics is a powerful tool at the core of digital transformation. It uses complex algorithms and machine learning to analyse massive datasets. This helps insurers uncover valuable patterns and trends to make better decisions in various areas of their business.
One key benefit is risk mitigation. Analysing historical data and current trends lets insurers better assess risk profiles and price policies more accurately. Additionally, predictive modelling helps them simulate future scenarios, such as a major weather event’s impact on their business. This foresight enables proactive adjustments and risk-reduction strategies.
Benefit 5: Improved Compliance
Regulatory technology (RegTech) helps insurance companies navigate compliance challenges. It provides smarter ways to analyse information. This allows them to see potential risks across a much larger dataset than ever before.
Insurers used to check a small sample of policies to find problems with sales or pricing. This took a lot of resources and only covered a tiny fraction of customers. RegTech, combined with advanced data analysis, can streamline this process. By looking at all their policies, insurers can identify potential issues more efficiently.
Conclusion
The traditional insurance industry faces pressure to keep pace with a rapidly changing digital world. Rising customer demands and innovative competitors threaten their position, but digital transformation offers a powerful set of tools to overcome these challenges and unlock new growth.
Digital technologies can streamline internal processes, making them more efficient and cost-effective. This translates to a smoother experience for customers with faster processing times and simpler interactions. Additionally, digital tools let insurers analyse data more effectively and improve risk management and regulatory compliance.
By investing in innovation, insurers can develop new products and services that meet evolving customer needs. This proactive approach strengthens their market position and lays the foundation for long-term, sustainable growth.
Nada Ali Redha, Founder of PLIM Finance, on flexibility, consolidation, and the evolution of digital payments
SHARE THIS STORY
Embedded finance, the integration of financial services into non-financial platforms, is no longer a niche trend. It has become a defining characteristic of modern commerce. Consumers are increasingly drawn to the convenience and flexibility it offers, leading businesses across industries to adopt embedded finance solutions. The rise of these platforms, combined with shifting consumer expectations, presents both opportunities and challenges for traditional banks and fintech players.
Customer-centricity with Embedded Finance
At the heart of this transformation is a desire for simplicity. Consumers are opting for solutions that allow them to bypass the inconvenient processes associated with traditional banking. They are avoiding excessive paperwork, account opening delays, or hidden charges. Instead, they are drawn to platforms that offer seamless integration of services. Enabling them to make purchases, manage their finances, and access credit without ever leaving the ecosystem of their preferred brands.
E-commerce giants like Amazon have been quick to recognise this trend, embedding financial services directly into their platforms. This allows them to offer a one-stop solution that caters to all their customers’ needs, from browsing products to making payments or accessing credit options. The appeal is clear: customers stay within the same digital environment, enjoying a frictionless experience that saves them time and effort. This development, however, raises the stakes for standalone payment providers like PayPal and Klarna, as they are increasingly excluded from these in-house ecosystems.
Shifting financial services
For legacy banking providers, this shift presents a major challenge. Traditionally, these institutions have relied on their extensive networks, trusted brands, and regulatory backing to maintain a dominant position in the financial landscape. But as businesses integrate financial services directly into their offerings, banks are no longer the first point of contact for many consumers. A growing number of businesses are bypassing traditional banks altogether, embedding payment and lending options at the point of purchase or within their own apps. This trend highlights a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with financial services, often without even realising it.
In response, payment providers and fintechs must find innovative ways to remain competitive. One potential strategy is for these companies to develop their own marketplaces. By creating an ecosystem of services that includes not only payments, providers can capture more customer loyalty and engagement. This would enable fintechs and payment solution companies to offer a holistic, embedded finance solution. Rather than relying on external platforms or partnerships.
PLIM Finance
A case study for this would be PLIM Finance’s marketplace, which offers a highly customised experience. PLIM connects consumers with their desired services in a way that prioritises personalisation and convenience. As a platform built with user-centric design at its core, it allows consumers to search for treatments based on location, type, and specific clinics, giving them the ability to make informed decisions effortlessly. This is achieved through a search engine that filters results to suit each individual’s exact needs. Enhancing the user experience by eliminating irrelevant options for a streamlined experience. PLIM’s marketplace also encourages partners to create detailed profiles, showcasing their services, reviews, and credentials, which enhances visibility and attracts new clients. By fostering a direct connection between consumers and clinics, PLIM’s marketplace stands out in the embedded finance space. Ensuring a seamless, personalised customer experience that is simple and easy-to-use.
Strategic partnerships
Another potential strategy is deeper collaboration with external partners. By integrating their services into a wide range of businesses, payment providers can continue to capture market share. Without needing to create their own consumer-facing platforms. Strategic partnerships can expand the reach of these payment solutions, allowing them to tap into user bases they might otherwise miss. For example, smaller or mid-sized businesses may benefit from embedding a well-established payment solution into their website or app rather than developing their own in-house system.
However, not every provider will be able to meet the demands of this rapidly changing landscape on their own. As the embedded finance space continues to mature, industry consolidation becomes a very real possibility. Larger players may acquire smaller fintech companies. Integrating their innovative solutions into existing platforms can offer a more comprehensive suite of services. This would mirror the broader trend in the tech sector, where big players often absorb disruptive startups to maintain their competitive edge. Consolidation offers both challenges and opportunities. While smaller companies risk losing their independence, they also gain access to the resources and customer base of their new parent companies.
Evolving financial landscape
This evolving landscape is also occurring at a time of significant economic uncertainty. Financial stress often pushes consumers to reevaluate their spending and financial habits, with many looking for greater control over their cash flows. This is where embedded finance stands out. The flexibility it offers allows consumers to manage their money more efficiently, whether through payment deferrals, buy-now-pay-later (BNPL) options, or quick access to credit. These features are particularly valuable when budgets are tight or income is uncertain.
Moreover, embedded finance solutions empower consumers by giving them more control over how they manage their transactions. For example, BNPL options give individuals the freedom to split payments over time, making larger purchases easier to manage without the immediate financial burden. This level of control resonates with modern consumers, who increasingly seek transparent, flexible financial solutions that can be tailored to their personal circumstances.
For businesses, this presents an opportunity to strengthen customer loyalty by offering embedded finance services that align with consumer needs. By removing barriers to purchasing, businesses can enhance the customer experience, which, in turn, can drive increased sales and long-term engagement. As a result, companies that adopt embedded finance solutions can gain a competitive edge, particularly in sectors like e-commerce, where convenience is king.
Conclusion
In conclusion, embedded finance represents a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with financial services. As more businesses adopt these solutions, traditional banking institutions and standalone payment providers will need to adapt or risk being left behind. Whether through developing their own marketplaces, forging deeper collaborations, or pursuing mergers and acquisitions, the financial services landscape is poised for continued transformation. Embedded finance, with its focus on flexibility and convenience, is likely to become an integral part of the future of commerce—benefiting both consumers and businesses alike.
Digital banking offers increased convenience and accessibility. However, this growth also exposes banks to heightened cybersecurity risks. Protecting data and…
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital banking offers increased convenience and accessibility. However, this growth also exposes banks to heightened cybersecurity risks. Protecting data and information is crucial to maintaining customer trust and preventing financial loss.
Cybercrime poses a significant threat to the digital banking industry. According to Cybercrime Magazine, cybercrime costs will increase by 15% over the next five years and reach $10.5 trillion by 2025. These attacks target sensitive information and funds, causing substantial damage to banks.
To mitigate these risks, banks must implement robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard digital systems and data.
1. Strong Authentication
The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) mandates strong customer authentication (SCA) to reduce fraud and enhance online payment security. This directive imposes specific requirements on market participants to meet new obligations. The European Banking Authority (EBA) developed regulatory technical standards (RTS) based on the Commission’s authority under PSD2.
The RTS aims to protect consumers and create a level playing field within the evolving financial technology market. To achieve this, the RTS establishes security measures for payment service providers — including banks and other financial institutions — when processing payments or offering payment-related services.
2. Encryption
Unencrypted data is a common cyber threat. Hackers can easily access this data type and give severe consequences for banks. According to Statista, the average cost of a data breach worldwide is $4.45 million dollars. However, data breaches not only cause substantial financial loss for recovery and ransom payments but also damage a bank’s reputation.
To prevent these issues, all digital banking data must be encrypted. This safeguards information and makes it difficult for cybercriminals to access even if stolen. Encryption transforms data into a coded format that requires a specific key to decipher. Only individuals with the correct key can view the original data.
Encryption involves using an algorithm and a key to convert plain data into encrypted data. The original data can only be recovered by decrypting the ciphertext with the correct key.
3. Regular Cybersecurity Audit
A security audit is a thorough examination of an organisation’s IT infrastructure. This process verifies the effectiveness of security policies and procedures. Security audits assess how well an institution’s cybersecurity program operates. This includes reviewing policies, testing controls, and checking compliance with industry standards and regulations.
Banks and financial institutions face increasingly complex cyber threats. Regular security audits help identify vulnerabilities in systems. By discovering weaknesses, banks can strengthen defences with firewalls, antivirus, and antimalware software. A cybersecurity audit should be conducted by an independent expert to ensure objectivity.
4. Employee Training
The World Economic Forum reports that 95% of cyberattacks involve human error. This means hackers often exploit employee mistakes. They use tactics like phishing to deceive employees into revealing sensitive information. This can lead to data breaches and financial loss. For example, employees might click on malicious links, disclose confidential data, or leave devices unattended.
Therefore, bank employees must have training to recognize that cyberattacks are a constant threat. Moreover, the consequences of a breach can be severe for employees, customers, and the bank’s reputation. Cybercriminals operate in a lucrative industry, for that reason, it is imperative to equip employees with the knowledge to safeguard against these threats.
5. Incident Response Planning
An incident response plan is a formal document approved by bank leadership to guide the organisation before, during, and after a potential or confirmed security incident. The plan aims to reduce the impact of security events, limiting operational, financial, and reputational damage.
A successful incident response plan should be established before a security attack occurs and assigned to specific team members. IBM research shows companies with well-developed and tested response plans save an average of $2.66 million compared to those without such protocols.
To create an effective incident response plan, banks can reference established frameworks. For specific incident handling steps, The National Institute of Standards and Technology’s SP-800-61 and SANS’s Incident Handlers Handbook provide detailed blueprints. Aligning the incident response plan with these resources ensures a focused and effective approach to managing cybersecurity incidents.
Importance of Cybersecurity Measures
The increasing reliance on digital platforms exposes individuals and organisations to growing cybersecurity risks. Malicious actors exploit security weaknesses to steal personal information and compromise digital assets. Forbes reported a staggering increase in cyberattacks in 2023, impacting over 343 million people, with data breaches soaring by 72 percent from 2021 to 2023. These striking figures highlight the urgent need for state-of-the-art cybersecurity in digital banking.
The 2008 global financial crisis exposed vulnerabilities in the traditional financial system. In response, blockchain technology emerged, offering a solution. …
SHARE THIS STORY
The 2008 global financial crisis exposed vulnerabilities in the traditional financial system. In response, blockchain technology emerged, offering a solution.
With its ability to address these weaknesses, blockchain holds significant potential to transform the banking industry. This article will explore how blockchain can be used in banking and the benefits it offers for a more secure and efficient financial industry.
Introduction to Blockchain in Banking
Blockchain technology is changing the way data is stored and shared. It’s a digital record spread across a network of computers. This system uses cryptography for security, allowing authorised participants to update the records without needing a central authority.
Once information is added to the blockchain, it’s impossible to alter or erase. To add new entries, network participants verify transactions using complex algorithms.
Traditionally, banks and payment systems rely on intermediaries to facilitate transactions. However, blockchain’s distributed network allows for direct consensus and verification between participants, streamlining the entire process.
Blockchain Case Study: Payment Processing
Central and commercial banks around the world are exploring blockchain for payment processing. This interest extends to cross-border payments, traditionally dominated by companies like SWIFT and Western Union.
Several successful blockchain implementations in banking serve as case studies. In 2015, Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA) teamed up with Ripple, a fintech company specialising in blockchain solutions for international payments. Their goal was to build a system using blockchain to speed up settlement processes between CBA’s different branches.
Westpac, another major Australian bank, followed suit in 2016 by partnering with Ripple to create a cost-effective system for cross-border payments using blockchain.
Blockchain Case Study: Trade Finance
Trade finance, handling all aspects of domestic and international commerce, relies heavily on banks to facilitate transactions. Traditionally, this involves managing risk, providing credit, and allowing both exporters and importers to participate. However, the system often suffers from slow and outdated paper-based documentation.
Recognising this need for improvement, leading institutions like Standard Chartered and HSBC have joined groups exploring blockchain technology for trade finance. One example is Voltron, a platform designed by R3 and CryptoBLK to digitise letters of credit.
Pilot projects across 14 countries with over 50 companies and banks participating yielded notable results, reducing letter of credit processing time from five days to less than 24 hours. Building on this success, Voltron rebranded as Contour in 2020, launching a digital trade finance network with R3 and other banks as supporters.
Blockchain Case Study: KYC
Know Your Customer (KYC) processes are a slow hurdle in banking as they can take weeks to complete. The system also suffers from wasted effort, as each bank asks new clients for the same information.
This inefficiency creates high costs for banks. Compliance burdens are heavy, and penalties for not following the rules are significant. The constant changes in regulations make it difficult for banks to stay compliant.
Chris Huls of Rabobank proposed a solution—storing KYC information on a blockchain. This secure and transparent technology acts as a shared platform for customer data. Once a bank completes KYC, a summary can be uploaded to the blockchain. Authorised institutions can then access this information, eliminating repetitive checks.
Benefits Realised
Blockchain technology offers a new way to store and manage data. Unlike traditional databases, blockchain spreads data across a network of computers and creates a public record that’s difficult to tamper with.
Any attempt to change a record in one place would be caught by other computers in the network. This system eliminates the possibility of any single entity manipulating information.
Furthermore, blockchain promotes transparency. Transactions are visible to anyone who wants to see them, with tools allowing real-time tracking. This can lead to faster processing times for consumers, potentially reducing transaction completion to minutes, regardless of location or time.
Inter-bank transfers can also benefit from blockchain’s efficiency and security. Large sums involved in these transactions come with risk and cost during the current multi-day settlement process.
Lessons Learned and Future Outlook
These case studies demonstrate the technology’s ability to streamline transactions, reduce friction, and enhance security. The technology also promotes transparency and immutability of data.
However, a major challenge remains—ensuring customer data privacy. Public blockchains, with their inherent openness, create obstacles. Permissioned blockchains with strong encryption offer some solutions, but cybersecurity concerns still exist. Building trust and widespread adoption requires addressing these data privacy issues.
Regulatory uncertainty presents another hurdle. Currently, there’s no central authority overseeing and regulating blockchain protocols. The need for some form of governance is apparent, but careful consideration will need to be given to the distribution of power within such a system.
Our cover star, EY’s Global Chief Data Officer Marco Vernocchi, tells Interface why data is a “team sport” and reveals…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover star, EY’s Global Chief Data Officer Marco Vernocchi, tells Interface why data is a “team sport” and reveals the transformation journey towards realising its potential for one of the world’s largest professional services organisations.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
Global Chief Data Officer, Marco Vernocchi, reflects on the data transformation journey at one of the world’s largest professional services networks.
“Data is pervasive, it’s everywhere and nowhere at the same time. It’s not a physical asset, but it’s a part of every business activity every day. I joined EY in 2019 as the first Global Chief Data Officer. Our vision was to recognise data as a strategic competitive asset for the organisation. Through the efforts of leadership and the Data Office team, we’ve elevated data from a commodity utility to an asset. Our formal data strategy defined with clarity the purpose, scope, goals and timeline of how we manage data across EY. Bringing data to the centre of what we do has created a competitive asset that is transforming the way we work.”
PivotalEdge Capital
Sid Ghatak, Founder & CEO of asset management firm PivotalEdge Capital, spoked to us about the pioneering use of “data-centric AI” for trading models capable of solving the problems of trust and cost.
“I’ve always advocated data-driven decision-making throughout my career,” says Ghatak. “I knew when I started an asset management firm that it needed to be data-centric AI from the very beginning. A few early missteps in my career taught me the importance of having a stable and reliable flow of data in production systems and that became a criterion.”
LSC Communications
Piotr Topor, Director of Information Security & Governance at LSC Communications, discusses tackling the cyber skills shortage, AI, and bringing together the business and IT to create a cyber-conscious culture at a global leader in print and digital media solutions.
Topor tells Interface: “The main challenge we’re dealing with is overcoming the disconnect between cybersecurity and business goals.”
América Televisión
Interface meets again with Jose Hernandez, Chief Digital Officer at América Televisión, who reveals how the company is embracing new business models, and maintaining market leadership in Peru.
“Launching our FAST channel represents a pivotal step in diversifying our content delivery and monetisation strategies. Furthermore, aligning us with global trends while catering to the changing viewing habits of our audience,” says Hernandez.
Also in this issue of Interface, we hear from eflow about new approaches to Regtech; get the lowdown on bridging the AI skills gap from CI&T; and GCX on the best ways to navigate changing cybersecurity regulations.
Financial institutions are increasingly turning to artificial intelligence (AI) to gain a competitive edge. AI tools streamline operations, improve customer…
SHARE THIS STORY
Financial institutions are increasingly turning to artificial intelligence (AI) to gain a competitive edge. AI tools streamline operations, improve customer support, and automate processes, making banks more efficient and customer-focused.
Research by McKinsey shows that over 20 percent of an organisation’s digital budget goes towards AI. The study links significant investments in AI to a 10-20 percent increase in sales. AI will play a central role in boosting efficiency, customer service, and overall banking productivity.
Introduction to AI in Personalised Banking
Delivering personalised experiences is crucial for customer satisfaction and retention. AI helps banks achieve this by collecting and analysing customer data. This data is then used to create recommendations, product offerings, and even financial advice tailored to each customer’s needs.
AI tools can optimise workflows through a technique called prescriptive personalisation, using past data to predict future behaviour. Real-time personalisation takes this further, incorporating current information alongside historical data.
This allows banks to deliver highly customised virtual assistants and real-time recommendations powered by natural language processing (NLP) models. These AI-powered assistants not only build trust and user engagement but also simplify interactions with the bank.
Tool 1: Predictive Analytics
Predictive analytics, powered by AI tools, unlock a new level of customer personalisation in banking. These tools analyse data to uncover hidden patterns and trends that traditional methods might miss. This knowledge reveals sales opportunities, possibilities for cross-selling, and ways to improve efficiency.
Predictive analytics use past data to forecast customer behaviour and market trends. This foresight allows banks to tailor marketing strategies and sales approaches to meet changing customer needs and capitalise on emerging opportunities.
Tool 2: Chatbots and Virtual Assistants
One key advantage of chatbots is their constant availability. This is especially helpful for customers who need assistance outside of regular operating hours.
AI chatbots learn from every interaction, improving their ability to understand and meet individual customer needs. By integrating chatbots into banking apps, banks can provide personalised banking experiences and recommend financial products and services that fit a customer’s specific situation.
Erica, a virtual assistant developed by Bank of America, handles tasks like managing credit card debt and updating security information. With over 50 million requests handled in 2019 alone, Erica demonstrates the potential of chatbots as efficient assistants for customers.
Tool 3: Recommendation Engines
Banks use AI tools to analyse vast amounts of customer data, including purchases, browsing habits, and background information. This deep understanding helps banks recommend products that truly fit each customer’s needs.
These personalised recommendations extend beyond credit card suggestions. AI can identify potential investments or loans that align with a customer’s financial goals. By providing customers with relevant information, banks allow them to make informed financial decisions.
Tool 4: Sentiment Analysis with AI
AI sentiment analysis translates written text into valuable insights. AI uses NLP to understand emotions and opinions in written communication. By examining things like customer feedback, emails, and social media conversations, banks gain a much clearer picture of customer sentiment.
Tool 5: Voice Recognition
AI-powered voice assistants offer a convenient way to handle everyday banking tasks. From checking balances to paying bills, all a customer needs are simple voice commands.
These assistants use NLP to understand customer requests and respond accurately. Voice authentication adds another layer of security by verifying customer identity during transactions.
Tool 6: Process Automation
Robotic Process Automation (RPA) automates repetitive tasks, boosting operational efficiency. It tackles up to 80 percent of routine work and frees up workers for more valuable tasks requiring human judgement.
RPA bots can handle tasks like issuing and scheduling invoices, reviewing payments, securing billing, and streamlining collections – all at once. NLP empowers these bots to extract information from documents, simplifying application processing and decision-making.
Tool 7: Facial Recognition with AI
Facial recognition helps banks verify customer identities during tasks like opening accounts, accessing information, and making transactions. Compared to traditional passwords, facial recognition offers stronger security and greater convenience. It eliminates the need for remembering complex passwords or worrying about stolen credentials, making banking interactions smoother and less error-prone. This technology also helps prevent fraud by identifying attempts to impersonate real customers.
Capital One AI Case Study
Capital One demonstrates how AI can personalise banking. Their AI assistant uses NLP to understand customer questions and provide immediate answers. Capital One also incorporates AI into fraud detection. Machine learning and predictive analytics help pinpoint suspicious credit card activity to strengthen security measures.
Conclusion
AI tools offer a significant opportunity for banks to improve customer experiences and achieve long-term success. By personalising banking services with AI, banks can better meet individual customer needs. This leads to higher satisfaction and loyalty, which enhances the bank/customer relationship.
AI has the potential for an even greater impact. As banks integrate more advanced AI capabilities, they can create even more engaging and personalised interactions. This focus on ‘hyper-personalisation’ could be the next big step for financial institutions to set them apart in a competitive market.
Neobanking is different from traditional banking which is operated through physical intermediaries. By implementing an interface and various advanced features,…
SHARE THIS STORY
Neobanking is different from traditional banking which is operated through physical intermediaries.
By implementing an interface and various advanced features, this type of bank can change people’s views on managing finances by keeping up with rapid technological advances.
In the US, many people have been underserved by traditional banks, facing high fees and a lack of branches. To help, some companies offered prepaid debit cards with checks for bill payments, but these were limited.
The 2010s fintech revolution introduced mobile-first banking through neobank apps. These apps allowed quick account signups with no minimum balance or overdraft fees and offered small, interest-free loans to keep people away from payday lenders.
This model attracted millions of customers, with neobanks profiting from higher interchange fees. However, they also faced challenges such as higher fraud and disputes, impacting their profitability.
In this article, we will discuss the five main benefits of neobanks: convenience, lower fees, a better user experience, faster transactions, and innovative financial products. These advantages will explain why customers are switching to this type of bank.
Convenience
One of the main advantages of neobanks is their ease of access. Customers do not need to visit the bank physically and can carry out all banking transactions anytime and anywhere.
This convenience extends to all processes, from opening an account to transferring money to the destination account. These tasks can be completed in minutes via a mobile phone.
Lower Fees
Apart from accessibility advantages, neobanking offers a competitive fee structure with relatively lower admin fees than traditional banks. This is because traditional banks incur overhead costs to maintain physical branches, while neobanks do not.
As a result, neobanks can pass on savings to customers through lower service rates. Additionally, neobanks save on costs by not requiring workers to operate physical branches.
Enhanced User Experience
Neobanks prioritise user experience by designing intuitive interfaces—making banking straightforward and accessible. They also offer personalised financial insights for each customer.
Neobanking’s mobile applications simplify financial management with budget tools and real-time transaction notifications. These features empower consumers to make informed financial decisions and maintain better control over their finances.
Faster Transactions
Neobanking offers convenience and lower costs while speeding up transactions with advanced technology. This allows users to manage their finances in real time.
For example, customers can quickly transfer money between local and international banks, thanks to the efficient systems deployed.
Innovative Financial Products
Not only are neobanks useful for fast transactions, but they also provide innovative financial products. One such innovation is automatic investment, which allows users to allocate and manage portfolios via a mobile app.
Additionally, neobanks offer unsecured loan products with a quick and transparent application process. This approach not only provides efficiency but also aligns with consumer behaviour in interacting with financial services.
Conclusion
The advantages of neobanking go beyond convenience and cost savings; they also include a consumer-oriented banking approach. By leveraging powerful digital innovations, neobanks offer an accessible and customisable banking platform.
This approach enhances the consumer experience with more innovative financial products and alternative solutions. Neobanking also implements financial transparency policies, allowing consumers to explore and benefit from various banking options.
In the future, neobanks may have a significant opportunity to attract high-value customers who manage large deposits. A mobile app could integrate all their accounts from different banks into one, simplifying deposit management. Additionally, neobanks could use AI to deliver personalised customer service and a premium experience.
Fuelled by the Covid-19 pandemic and a projected market size of $166.4 billion by 2030, InsurTech companies are revolutionising the…
SHARE THIS STORY
Fuelled by the Covid-19 pandemic and a projected market size of $166.4 billion by 2030, InsurTech companies are revolutionising the insurance industry.
These firms offer digital alternatives in a typically slow-to-change industry. Furthermore, their innovative solutions have empowered traditional insurers to accelerate digitalisation and streamline processes.
These are the leading firms that have helped this traditional field both adapt and start rapidly catching up to efficiency trends associated with more dynamic industries.
Introduction to InsurTech Innovation
The insurance industry is undergoing a transformative shift fuelled by InsurTech.
Innovating technologies for insurers is about finding novel solutions to longstanding challenges and harnessing emerging trends to shape the future of the industry.
Insurance leaders are almost unanimous in recognising that innovation as not just important, but critical to future success. Moreover, insurers who fail to embrace InsurTech advances, and the wave of digital insurance products and opportunities they represent, risk falling behind in an increasingly competitive and dynamic industry.
Oscar Health
Oscar Health built itself from the ground up with a tech-first approach focused on member service. This unique strategy aims to make healthcare more accessible and affordable for all Americans.
Oscar’s commitment to exceptional service is reflected in its sky-high Net Promoter Score (NPS) of 50 and a near-perfect 97% member satisfaction rate for virtual care. With a presence in over 577 counties across 20 states, Oscar Health’s impact on the InsuTech industry is undeniable.
NEXT Insurance
A leader in small business insurance, NEXT Insurance offers easy-to-understand, digital coverage designed specifically for the self-employed. Also, their recently launched Copilot tool empowers agents to serve micro-businesses efficiently. Copilot streamlines the process for both sides. Business owners can get quotes and bind coverage online instantly, while agents gain a simplified workflow to boost revenue.
Vouch
Since 2018, Vouch has emerged as a prominent force in the InsurTech space by transforming the way business insurance serves high-growth companies. Vouch recently launched AI Insurance, a groundbreaking product specifically designed to mitigate risks for AI startups in this rapidly developing field.
Hippo
Hippo stands out for its proactive approach to homeowners insurance. Partnering with homeowners to implement smart home devices and personalised safety recommendations, Hippo prioritises preventing hazards before they occur. This commitment has secured their position as a top InsurTech firm, protecting over 200,000 homes across most US states.
Bestow
Bestow prioritises simplifying insurance and boosting financial security for everyone. It believes the process shouldn’t be daunting, so they leverage cutting-edge technology and data throughout the entire value chain to streamline everything. Furthermore, its commitment to innovation is evident in the recent launch of permanent life insurance and the addition of AI features to its underwriting workbench.
QuanTemplate
Founded in 2011, QuanTemplate uses machine learning and big data to empower businesses through digital transformation. Its core offering, a data integration, automation, and analytics platform, equips insurance professionals with the tools to unlock valuable insights and gain a deeper understanding of market dynamics.
Dinghy
Dinghy caters to the changing insurance needs of freelancers and businesses with its innovative pay-as-you-go model and focus on online and mobile accessibility.
This focus on accessibility is further enhanced through its partnership with ARAG, providing ‘Freelance Assist’. This is a unique package combining Dinghy’s flexible insurance with ARAG’s online legal resources tailored for freelance professionals.
CoVi Analytics
CoVi Analytics tackles both regulatory compliance and operational efficiency for insurers. Its AI-powered CORE platform automates complex reporting for evolving regulations, while the app suite featuring Policy 2.0 simplifies risk incident capture and boosts operational efficiency.
ManyPets
ManyPets, formerly known as Bought By Many, has emerged as a leading pet insurance provider by taking a unique approach to customer needs.
Born from a focus on analysing social media commentary, ManyPets uses customer feedback to shape its insurance policies. This customer-centric approach extends to its technology focus, making ManyPets the first pet insurance company to offer form-free online claims.
Shift Technology
Shift Technology provides a suite of AI-powered Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) solutions specifically designed to address the insurance industry’s needs. Its focus lies in fraud detection, empowering insurers with robust protection against financial losses, reputational damage, and cyber threats.
Key Factors for InsurTech Success
Several key factors have fuelled the recent surge in InsurTech innovation. Digitisation plays a crucial role by speeding up information processing, leading to cost reductions, efficiency gains, and the development of new, customer-centric products.
Additionally, personalisation is another key factor, enabling insurers to tailor services to individual needs and preferences. They consider factors like age, location, and lifestyle before providing quotes. Finally, advanced analytics capabilities provide valuable insights into consumer behaviour, allowing insurers to better target customers, while also offering real-time risk assessment data.
The automotive industry is transforming vehicles into mobile banking centres with the introduction of embedded finance. This allows drivers to…
SHARE THIS STORY
The automotive industry is transforming vehicles into mobile banking centres with the introduction of embedded finance. This allows drivers to seamlessly pay for fuel, tolls, parking, and electric car charges without leaving their cars.
Embedded banking or embedded finance is a technology that is used on many websites for easy transactions. It integrates financial services like payments, accounts, or lending into non-financial products or services. That technology can also be brought into your car.
It turns banking into a part of driving, creating an efficient experience for drivers. With this new system, drivers can easily manage all of these payments automatically making for seamless transactions.
Benefits of Using Embedded Banking
Built-in banking does more than just make payments easier. It can also help drivers choose the right car based on how they drive. For example, if someone often drives long distances, the system might suggest a fuel-efficient car. If another driver drives mostly around town, a smaller car might be recommended. This intelligent system can make buying a new car easier and more personal.
Insurance companies can also benefit from this technology. They can see how people drive and adjust their premiums accordingly. For example, a cheaper insurance premium may be given to a driver with a clean driving record. On the other hand, a driver who has a history of speeding or traffic accidents may get a more expensive premium. This makes insurance fairer and more personalised to each driver.
Car companies that are the first to add built-in banking will have a big advantage. Buyers will want to buy cars with this new and convenient feature, giving these companies an edge. In addition, this technology allows car companies and banks to increase revenue. They could offer special deals or services to drivers who make frequent use of the in-car payment system.
Enhanced Financing Options
Embedded finance simplifies vehicle financing by integrating financial services into the car-buying process. Furthermore, customers can apply for and manage loans directly through their vehicle’s interface, with loan options personalised to their financial profile and driving habits. This innovation improves user experience by making payments, financing, and insurance easier and more secure.
Embedded banking turns cars into mobile banking hubs, leveraging data from modern vehicles to customise financial products. Moreover, insurance premiums can adjust based on driving behaviour, financing can match vehicle usage, and payments for charging or tolls can be automated, enhancing efficiency and customer satisfaction.
Seamless Transactions
Embedded finance simplifies transactions by allowing drivers to pay for services like fuel, tolls, and parking directly through their vehicle’s system. This integration eliminates the need for physical payment methods, making the driving experience smoother and more convenient.
In the automotive industry, embedded finance also transforms how customers handle car purchases and financing. By integrating banking, lending, and insurance services into the vehicle’s interface, automotive companies can offer a more seamless and convenient experience. Using APIs from specialised providers, this approach opens new revenue streams and enhances overall customer satisfaction.
Increased Sales
Automotive companies that adopt embedded finance technologies can experience a significant boost in sales and revenue. By offering integrated financial services, car manufacturers can attract customers looking for modern, convenient solutions.
According to McKinsey, embedded finance can boost sales by increasing conversions, average purchase amounts, and customer loyalty. Research by RBC Capital Markets shows that buy now, pay later (BNPL) options can raise checkout conversion rates by 20-30 percent and lead to higher spending per transaction.
A major global retailer has found that customers using their embedded lending services spend 20 percent more. However, the solution must be easy to use; otherwise, abandonment rates can be high.
The Collaboration of Industries for Embedded Banking
This new technology also encourages teamwork between different industries. For it to work well, car companies, technology companies, and banks need to work closely together. They need to create strong security measures to protect users from potential online threats. This collaboration is important to ensure that the system is secure and reliable.
By connecting cars and financial services, embedded banking will accelerate innovation. It will help create a future where driving and banking are connected. This will lead to a more efficient and customer-friendly world.
New Technology Leaders
Mercedes-Benz is already leading the way with this technology through its partnership with Mastercard. In Germany, Mercedes-Benz customers can start the fueling process from their car and pay with their fingerprints. This is the first time in-car payments have been used at gas stations.
When a driver arrives at a connected service station, the Mercedes Me Fuel & Pay service starts automatically. The driver selects the gas pump, and the system calculates the cost. Payment is made with a fingerprint. After refuelling, the invoice appears on the screen and is emailed to the driver, allowing them to leave without visiting the checkout.
Future Prospects
This new technology will help both the automotive and banking industries. It makes life easier for drivers and promises to change the way we drive by enabling easy payments on the go.
Once all car companies start using built-in banking, the current system of driving will change forever. This technology will turn cars into more than just vehicles to get from one place to another; they will become smart, connected hubs that make life easier for drivers. The future of driving begins with the implementation of embedded finance.
WatchGuard’s Threat Lab cybersecurity research team forecast headline-stealing hacks involving LLMs, AI-based voice chatbots and VR/MR headsets. They also assess…
SHARE THIS STORY
WatchGuard’s Threat Lab cybersecurity research team forecast headline-stealing hacks involving LLMs, AI-based voice chatbots and VR/MR headsets. They also assess the impact of the war on talent, AI spear phishing and QR codes.
Watchguard leading on Cybersecurity
WatchGuard Technologies, a global leader in unified cybersecurity, offers an annual batch of predictions covering the most prominent attacks and information security trends that the WatchGuard Threat Lab research team believes will emerge each year. This year, these include malicious prompt engineering tricks targeting large language models (LLMs), managed service providers (MSPs) doubling down on unified security platforms with heavy automation, ‘Vishers’ scaling their malicious operations with AI-based voice chatbots, hacks on modern VR/MR headsets, and more…
“Every new technology trend opens up new attack vectors for cybercriminals,” said Corey Nachreiner, chief security officer at WatchGuard Technologies. “In 2024, the emerging threats targeting companies and individuals will be even more intense, complicated, and difficult to manage. Therefore, with an ongoing cybersecurity skills shortage, the need for MSPs, unified security, and automated platforms to bolster cybersecurity and protect organisations from the ever-evolving threat landscape have never been greater.”
Cybersecurity predictions
The following is a summary of the WatchGuard Threat Lab team’s top cybersecurity predictions for 2024:
Prompt Engineering Tricks Large Language Models (LLMs)
Companies and individuals are experimenting with LLMs to increase operational efficiency. However, threat actors are learning how to exploit LLMs for their own malicious purposes as well. During 2024, the WatchGuard Threat Lab predicts that a smart prompt engineer ‒ whether a criminal attacker or researcher ‒ will crack the code and manipulate an LLM into leaking private data.
MSPs Double Down on Security Services Via Automated Platforms
There are approximately 3.4 million open cybersecurity jobs, and fierce competition for available talent. More SMEs will turn to trusted managed service and security service providers, known as MSPs and MSSPs, to protect them in 2024. To accommodate growing demand and scarce staffing resources, MSPs and MSSPs will double down on unified cybersecurity platforms with heavy automation using artificial AI and Machine Learning.
AI Spear Phishing Tool Sales Boom on the Dark Web
Cybercriminals can already buy tools on the underground that send spam email, automatically craft convincing texts, and scrape the Internet and social media for a particular target’s information and connections. However, a lot of these tools are still manual and require attackers to target one user or group at a time. Well-formatted procedural tasks like these are perfect for automation via AI and machine learning. This makes it likely that AI-powered tools to combat cybersecurity will emerge as best sellers on the dark web in 2024.
AI-Based Vishing Takes Off in 2024
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and automation technology make it easy to mass dial thousands of numbers. Once a potential victim has been baited onto a call, it still takes a human scammer to reel them in. This system limits the scale of vishing operations. But in 2024 this could change. The combination of convincing deepfake audio and LLMs capable of carrying on conversations with unsuspecting victims will greatly increase the scale and volume of vishing calls. What’s more, they may not even require a human threat actor’s participation.
VR/MR Headsets Allow the Recreation of User Environments
Virtual and mixed reality (VR/MR) headsets are finally beginning to gain mass appeal. However, wherever new and useful technologies emerge, criminal and malicious hackers follow. In 2024, cybersecurity researchers forecast that either a researcher or malicious hacker will find a technique to gather some of the sensor data from VR/MR headsets to recreate the environment users are playing in.
Rampant QR Code Usage Results in a Headline Hack
Quick response (QR) codes provide a convenient way to follow a link with a device such as a mobile phone. They have been around for decades, but mainstream usage has exploded in recent years. Furthermore, Threat Lab cybersecurity analysts expect to see a major, headline-stealing hack in 2024 caused by an employee following a QR code to a malicious destination.
We caught up with Shachi Rai Gupta from ORO Labs to discuss the importance of orchestration in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Simplifying procurement in smart ways is the ultimate goal for ORO Labs. Utilising the best of AI, ORO Labs aims to implement procurement orchestration across sectors, creating an experience that is simultaneously automated, augmented, and humanised.
Shachi Rai Gupta is VP Strategy at ORO Labs, with a wealth of transformation and technology experience behind her. Rai Gupta’s sharp eye on procurement has allowed her to witness the rise and fall of various trends, and understand what the sector needs as it – along with technology – evolves.
We caught up with Rai Gupta at the DPW NYC Summit back in June, a special North American version of the event. Procurement trends, especially AI and orchestration, were very much the theme of the day, prompting lively conversations amongst some of the world’s most influential procurement leaders.
Procurement as a net positive experience generator
For Rai Gupta, the trends right now are guided by the fact that procurement has more of a strategic and evolved role than ever, giving the function the opportunity to have a great impact on the enterprise bottom-line and the environment and community at large
“Procurement is morphing into a function where one of its biggest responsibilities is to be a net positive experience generator,” she explains.
“Procurement really is a service function for the whole business stakeholders. We, as procurement professionals, need to see things through the lens of the business. This includes what issues the business is trying to solve, and meeting the business where it’s at for good collaboration.
“It’s also important to make this experience as easy as possible, rather than cumbersome and time intensive. That needs to be catered and customised to the individual business segments.”
Prioritising the planet
Another area Rai Gupta is seeing talked about a lot is sustainability. This topic has, for some, been sidelined a little in favour of advanced technology. But it’s just as important as it’s always been, and it’s vital to keep the discussion alive – especially in procurement.
“More and more, companies are realising the impact they’re having on the environment,” Rai Gupta explains. “It’s an increasing priority on all our agendas. The technology is still nascent in that space, in the sense that there aren’t good ways to do benchmarking or tracking. That’s going to be an interesting space to watch out for.”
The next generation
Another hot topic of the DPW NYC Summit was the talent shortage. We at CPOstrategy discuss this topic a lot with procurement professionals, and there’s no one answer for fixing the issue.
“There’s a dearth of good digital talent,” Rai Gupta states. “The skillset you need today in procurement is very different from what we’ve had before. To be able to leverage that, to really make use of the procurement teams you have and the operational model you want, it’s a different challenge. The structure of your team is more important than ever.
“While that shortage is there, when you do have the right people in place in procurement, that’s where the department shines,” Rai Gupta adds. “That’s where procurement becomes a group of trusted advisors for the business, providing proactive opportunities. We wear a lot of hats in procurement, and we’re stepping up to a new level of evolution.”
Advanced tech for good
And, of course, AI and orchestration are terms on everyone’s lips right now – procurement included. AI is, in Rai Gupta’s words, “a solver”. Many of the blockages and challenges procurement is experiencing as it evolves can be solved, or at least aided, by AI and orchestration. “There’s so much tech out there,” Rai Gupta states. “AI is one such possibility. Every segment of procurement comes with its own risks and requires its own expertise and tool sets.
“To manage that whole ecosystem is where that orchestration comes in. There’s a real beauty in this because it’s collaborative. It makes the whole bigger than its parts.”
The growth of international trade and global mobility has fueled the demand for efficient cross-border payments solutions. Legacy systems are…
SHARE THIS STORY
The growth of international trade and global mobility has fueled the demand for efficient cross-border payments solutions. Legacy systems are often slow and expensive, with multiple middlemen and complicated procedures.
With its decentralised and secure nature, blockchain technology offers a compelling alternative. Furthermore, as the cross-border payment market is expected to reach $290 trillion by 2030, blockchain and digital payments are emerging as strong contenders to streamline international transactions.
Introduction to Blockchain in Cross-Border Payments
While blockchains are not designed exclusively for payments, they offer a powerful foundation for streamlining cross-border transactions. Unlike traditional banking systems restricted by national borders, blockchains are global by nature. Also, in a blockchain payment system, payers and payees use a shared network with common data formats. This enables direct transactions to and from anywhere.
Traditional card and banking networks are controlled by individual institutions. Blockchains distribute this authority. Anyone with an internet connection can participate in these permissionless networks. Moreover, this removes the control of centralised systems, making them more accessible for both merchants and customers.
Benefit 1: Speed
Traditional reliance on central authorities can slow down transaction processing. For example, depositing a check on a Friday might not show up in the recipient’s account until Monday because of limited bank hours.
Blockchain technology operates 24/7 and enables much faster settlement times. On some blockchain networks, transactions can be finalised in minutes. This efficiency is especially beneficial for cross-border payments.
Benefit 2: Cost Savings
A report by Jupiter Research shows that by 2030, banks could save over $27 billion in cross-border settlements. This efficiency comes from blockchain eliminating the need for intermediaries. Also, consumers often pay banks or notaries for verification, but blockchain removes this dependency and its fees.
Benefit 3: Security
Traditional and centralised databases use a single point of access, making them vulnerable to cyberattacks. Blockchain technology offers a stronger alternative. It distributes encrypted data across a network of interconnected computers.
This system, called a distributed ledger, makes tampering very difficult. Any change would need to be reflected across the entire network at once. Additionally, blockchain allows controlled access. Only authorised participants can see or modify specific data. This granular control significantly reduces the risk of unauthorised access and fraud.
Benefit 4: Transparency
A key strength of blockchain technology is its transparency. This comes from a fully traceable and tamper-proof transaction record. Therefore, every transaction on the blockchain is permanent and unchangeable.
Once verified by the network, it cannot be altered or deleted. This permanence applies even to attempts to modify a transaction. Moreover, hanging it would require altering every single block after it in the chain, a nearly impossible task.
Benefit 5: Improved Liquidity Management
Liquidity describes how easily you can buy or sell something without affecting the price. For digital currencies, more liquidity means steadier prices with less fluctuation.
Blockchain technology has the potential to change how companies handle liquidity. By offering real-time information on a company’s financial health and available cash, blockchain helps treasurers. They get a complete picture of the company’s cash across all entities, departments, bank accounts, and locations, accessible at any time.
Transparency from blockchain technology empowers treasurers to make more accurate cash flow forecasts. It also helps them allocate cash resources more efficiently, for example, in supply chain finance and refinancing activities.
Benefit 6: Reduced Error Rates
Unlike traditional systems where human errors can occur, blockchain uses a network of computers for verification. Thousands of computers on this network work together to confirm each transaction, making errors much less likely.
Even if one computer makes a mistake, it only affects its copy and is rejected by the rest of the network. This strong verification process creates a highly accurate record of information.
Benefit 7: Better Compliance
Financial regulations create a complex compliance challenge for institutions. Blockchain technology offers a solution with its secure, transparent, and permanent record of transactions. It simplifies compliance processes for regulators, who can monitor and audit transactions more easily.
Blockchain can also streamline customer onboarding and anti-money laundering (AML) efforts. Secure identity management using blockchain streamlines these procedures and guarantees accurate records.
Conclusion
Blockchain technology promises a future of secure, efficient, and streamlined cross-border payments. With its shared record of transactions, it significantly reduces fraud and data breaches. By removing middlemen, blockchain also allows for faster, cheaper transactions with greater transparency throughout.
Banks are adopting artificial intelligence (AI) technology to provide more personalised experiences. A study by the AI Development Company projects…
SHARE THIS STORY
Banks are adopting artificial intelligence (AI) technology to provide more personalised experiences. A study by the AI Development Company projects that 75 percent of financial institutions will invest $31 billion in integrating AI into their existing systems by 2025. The trend is driven by customer demand for faster and more convenient banking options.
AI excels at analysing enormous amounts of data. This lets banks find patterns and trends to personalise customer service and boost efficiency. For example, AI-powered chatbots offer 24/7 help with basic questions, freeing up customer service staff for trickier issues. AI can also analyse customer behaviour to predict their needs and suggest relevant services or support, from personalised investment options to flagging suspicious account activity.
Benefit 1: Increased Efficiency
Long wait times and impersonal interactions often leave customers frustrated with traditional bank customer service. Fortunately, AI streamlines the experience by providing quick and accurate answers. It eliminates the need to navigate complex phone menus.
AI personalises interactions and saves customers from endless button-pressing and long hold times. AI in customer service can also analyse vast amounts of customer data. The data helps banks anticipate customer needs and recommend tailored solutions, preventing problems before they arise. This results in higher customer satisfaction and a smoother banking experience.
Benefit 2: Personalisation
AI can analyse vast amounts of customer data, including purchases and browsing habits, to create detailed customer profiles. These profiles help banks recommend relevant products and services that fit individual needs.
For instance, a customer who often pays bills online might be recommended a new budgeting tool. Similarly, someone who regularly saves for travel could receive information about travel insurance or currency exchange. These personalised suggestions can come through various channels, like the bank’s website, email alerts, or chatbots.
Benefit 3: Cost Savings
Cost savings are a major advantage of AI-powered customer service in banking. One key way AI achieves this is through automation. Chatbots powered by AI can handle many routine customer inquiries, freeing up human agents for complex issues. This reduces labour costs while also improving response times.
AI also helps with better staffing management. It can analyse past data to predict how many calls are coming in. Banks can then ensure they have the right number of agents available, avoiding overstaffing or understaffing that can significantly impact costs.
Benefit 4: 24/7 Support
Traditionally, reaching a support agent often meant waiting on hold during peak hours. However, AI in customer service is transforming the industry by offering immediate assistance through chatbots. These virtual assistants provide instant support the moment a customer reaches out.
Unlike human agents with limited working hours, chatbots are available 24/7. This ensures customers get help whenever they need it, regardless of location or time zone. This is especially valuable in the globalised world, where customers might need support outside of regular business hours.
A great example of this success is Photobucket, a media hosting service. After implementing a chatbot, they offered 24/7 support to international customers. This results in a three percent increase in customer satisfaction scores along with a 17 percent improvement in resolving issues on the first try.
Benefit 5: Multilingual Support
AI-powered chatbots offer multilingual support, breaking down language barriers and creating a positive banking experience. These chatbots can figure out a customer’s preferred language at the start of a conversation. This ensures clear communication, no matter what language the customer speaks.
Conclusion
A study by Global Market Insights predicts the conversational AI market will reach $57.2 billion by 2032. This technology is making big strides in banking, particularly by automating routine tasks and inquiries. By taking care of these repetitive tasks, AI frees up human agents to focus on more complex customer issues. This improves efficiency and helps banks manage their operating costs. A streamlined customer service experience builds trust and loyalty, which can lead to business growth for financial institutions.
A revolutionary trend has emerged and revolutionised the banking sector. Neobanking has changed market demand and become a consumer favourite….
SHARE THIS STORY
A revolutionary trend has emerged and revolutionised the banking sector. Neobanking has changed market demand and become a consumer favourite.
Neobanks, or digital banks, offer banking services without physical presence. Unlike traditional banks, which require customers to access services on-site, neobanks can process all services online.
These solutions address the challenges of extensive physical infrastructure and aim to offer more user-centric services. Neobanking offers 24/7 operational access, lower fees, higher interest rates, enhanced customer service, innovative features, and more.
Current Trends in Neobanking
One of the many advantages is seamless digital wallet experiences. Customers can use international payments with competitive exchange rates and lower fees than traditional banks. Another advantage of neobank services is instant loans. This feature makes credit more accessible, including to those traditionally underserved.
Cryptocurrencies and blockchain adoption are growing in neobanking. Digital banks integrate blockchain for secure transactions and smart contracts. Cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum enable global transactions without intermediaries. As regulators adapt, neobanking harnesses blockchain’s potential for decentralised finance (DeFi) and offers access to lending, staking, and yield farming.
Technological Advancements
Neobanks apply the latest technological developments to enhance their services, utilising advancements like Artificial Intelligence (AI) to create personalised systems. Through machine learning, neobanks leverage algorithms for credit scoring, risk assessment, and fraud detection, improving their decision-making processes.
These technologies also strengthen customer service through chatbots, enhance risk assessment and credit scoring, and provide personalised financial advice. Furthermore, AI-driven insights enable neobanks to offer more relevant products and services, boosting customer satisfaction and loyalty.
Market Dynamics
The neobanking market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 35.8 percent during 2023-2030 due to increasing financial digitalisation, as predicted by UnivDatos. The neobanking market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 35.8 percent during 2023-2030 due to increasing financial digitalisation, as predicted by UnivDatos.
The growth can be attributed to the convenience neo-banks offer, such as 24/7 access to services through mobile apps, allowing customers to manage their finances anytime, anywhere. Neobanks have lower operating costs, due to the lack of physical branches, also contribute to their appeal.
Furthermore, supportive government regulations and investor confidence are crucial to this growth. Governments have introduced regulatory sandboxes to foster fintech innovation, encouraging entrepreneurs and investors to enter the market. The success of companies like Stripe, Chime, and Revolut highlights the potential of neobanks to meet the demand for efficient and cost-effective financial solutions.
The market is characterised by dynamic and rapidly evolving trends driven by technological advancements. For instance, some neobanks are exploring blockchain technology for secure transactions and offering cryptocurrency services. This technology caters to the growing interest in digital assets.
Future Directions
The future of neobanking is poised for transformative growth. Neobanks will increasingly target international markets, adapting services to local regulations and consumer preferences. Moreover, this expansion is set to broaden financial inclusion and capture diverse customer bases.
Machine learning algorithms optimise product recommendations and credit assessments. This technology will also grow the adoption of advanced security measures such as biometric authentication, multi-factor authentication (MFA), and real-time fraud detection systems.
Partnerships and ecosystem expansion will become key to sustained neobanking. Collaborations with fintechs, e-commerce platforms, and traditional banks will broaden offerings. Additionally, this ecosystem integration will offer customers access to various financial and non-financial services.
Conclusion
Neobanking is a disruptive force in the financial industry. It enhances financial management by providing a seamless system. Customers can quickly meet their various needs within reach, from transactions in diverse payments to cryptocurrencies and blockchain. These banks utilise the latest technology to provide data-driven services and products to ensure customer satisfaction.
The market is rapidly evolving, driven by technological advancements and changing consumer preferences. Therefore, as neobanks continue to innovate and adapt, they make financial services more inclusive and accessible.
McKinsey & Co. is seeing an increase in the number of clients seeking artificial intelligence-linked projects, reports Bloomberg. Faster adoption…
SHARE THIS STORY
McKinsey & Co. is seeing an increase in the number of clients seeking artificial intelligence-linked projects, reports Bloomberg. Faster adoption of the technology is helping the consulting titan and its peers boost revenue, across industries like Insurtech, following a period of tumult.
About 40 per cent of the New York-based firm’s client projects involve the technology. The number of AI-related customers in the past 12 months is approaching 500, Rodney Zemmel, senior partner and head of the firm’s digital business, said in an interview.
“We believe the long- or the medium-term economic implications are very real,” Zemmel said. He was a final candidate in the recent global managing partner leadership elections at the firm. According to people familiar with the matter, who asked not to be identified discussing confidential information.
Though there’s some degree of hype around AI, “we’re seeing the organisations that are doing that are getting value from it,” Zemmel said. “It’ll be a little longer, and maybe, a little harder than people think, but we’ve got no doubt that the value is there,” he added.
AI adoption across Insurtech
Among those deploying automation rapidly are the traditional and regulated industries such as banking and insurance, Zemmel said. In a June report, Citigroup Inc. said AI is poised to upend consumer finance and make workers more productive. Additionally, with a high potential for 54 per cent of jobs across banking to be automated. Citi also said that the technology could add $170 billion to the industry’s coffers by 2028.
JPMorgan Chase & Co. Chief Executive Officer Jamie Dimon has called AI “critical” to his company’s future success. He also noted the technology can be used to help the firm develop new products, drive customer engagement, improve productivity and enhance risk management.
The surge in automation has come as a relief for the broader consulting industry. It has been battling a slowdown in demand for its traditional services. McKinsey, Ernst & Young and PricewaterhouseCoopers have been cutting jobs to weather the slump. Furthermore, Accenture Plc shares tumbled in March after the company warned it’s seen financial-services customers, including Insurtech, rein in spending on its software.
AI’s rise is also diverting some budgets toward specialist consultancies. Although AI-focused units like McKinsey’s QuantumBlack are growing rapidly, according to Zemmel.
McKinsey – QuantumBlack
McKinsey, which has advised everyone from the U.S.’ Pentagon to China’s Ping An Insurance Group Co., currently has about 2,000 people working across QuantumBlack. It has 7,000 staff in total in tech-related fields, according to Zemmel’s estimates. McKinsey’s headcount stood at about 45,000 globally as of 2023 and revenues were at a record $16 billion.
Zemmel said that the firm is still evaluating how the use of AI will impact its own headcount over the longer run. McKinsey had earlier warned about 3,000 of its consultants that their performance was unsatisfactory and will need to improve.
“We’re certainly planning on being agile about it,” Zemmel said. “One thing that’s clear is everybody in our organization’s going to need to know how to use AI and incorporate in their day-to-day work if they’re going to remain relevant to their clients.”
Alloy, the identity risk management company trusted by over 600 leading banks, credit unions and fintech companies, has released its…
SHARE THIS STORY
Alloy, the identity risk management company trusted by over 600 leading banks, credit unions and fintech companies, has released its 2024 State of Embedded Finance Report.
The Report examines the year’s top trends in embedded finance risk management and compliance. Alloy surveyed more than 50 professionals at financial institutions operating bank sponsorship programs in the United States to learn how their businesses are responding to compliance challenges.
The Report is being published at a time when sponsor banks in the US are facing increased regulatory scrutiny. A reported 25.6% of the FDIC’s formal enforcement actions have been directed at sponsor banks since the beginning of 2024.
Alloy’s report found that while embedded finance programs drive significant revenue (over 50%) for sponsor banks, a majority (80%) of respondents reported that meeting embedded finance compliance requirements as a sponsor bank is challenging in the current environment.
“Running a sponsor bank program is inherently complex because you have banks who are highly regulated working with companies that are often new, fast-growing, and creating entirely new ways for consumers to interact with money,” said Tommy Nicholas, CEO and co-founder of Alloy.
“Despite the challenge, we’re already seeing sponsor banks respond to regulatory developments by investing in better controls, training, and adding to their compliance tech stack.”
State of Embedded Finance Report 2024
Here are five of the key findings from Alloy’s State of Embedded Finance Report:
1. Over half of sponsor banks’ deposits and revenue come from embedded finance partnerships.
Partnerships between banks and fintechs are a cost-efficient approach to catalyze growth through increased deposits, seamless UI, and accelerated innovation.
2. As regulatory scrutiny grows, embedded finance partnerships are becoming harder to maintain.
The embedded finance boom resulted in many banks testing the waters of bank sponsorship programs. As the complexity of managing these programs grows, we may see sponsor banks with less sophisticated embedded finance programs and tech stacks leave the space entirely.
3. Respondents cite reputational damage as the top consequence of compliance violations.
Reputational damage often results in increased regulatory scrutiny, including more frequent examinations and document requests. This heightened oversight can strain resources and pose ongoing operational challenges.
4. 90% of financial institutions face challenges when meeting compliance requirements as a sponsor bank.
Lack of control and audibility over fintech partners’ policy controls were cited as top challenges to meeting compliance requirements. Managing compliance across multiple jurisdictions and adapting to evolving regulatory changes were also top concerns.
5. 94% of respondents say they plan to invest in new compliance technology to help them manage their embedded finance partnerships.
As attention surrounding compliance missteps has grown over the past few years, there are new tech solutions available to help bridge the gap between sponsor banks and fintechs.
Download the Report
Respondents included 51 decision-makers from financial institutions operating bank sponsorship programs in the United States.
Surveys were conducted by The Harris Poll, a leading survey platform for over 60 years.
For further insights you can download the full report here
As digital payments continue their rapid ascent, understanding the accompanying cybersecurity challenges has never been more critical. Furthernore, with Statista…
SHARE THIS STORY
As digital payments continue their rapid ascent, understanding the accompanying cybersecurity challenges has never been more critical. Furthernore, with Statista forecasting a robust 9.52 percent annual growth rate for digital payments from 2024 to 2028, the urgency to address these security concerns intensifies.
While this growth brings unparalleled convenience, it also introduces new security vulnerabilities that must be addressed. Cybersecurity is fundamental in safeguarding confidential data against hacking, fraud, and data breaches. Implementing effective cybersecurity measures can also maintain trust between businesses and clients while preventing financial loss. To optimise cybersecurity, identifying the current threats to digital payment systems is a must for businesses and consumers.
Current Cybersecurity Threats
Digital banks face various threats that continually evolve as technology advances. By addressing these challenges head-on, banks can protect their users and continue the growth of digital payment.
Many types of cyber threats can disrupt digital payment systems:
Phishing attacks: These attacks use deceptive emails, phone calls, or texts to trick victims into revealing personal information, such as login credentials and financial details. The scam can lead to other types of cyber threats.
Malware: Malicious software that infiltrates systems to steal data, monitor activities, or lock accounts. Various forms of malwares have different functions, such as Trojans, Worms, and Spyware.
Man-in-the-Middle (MitM) Attacks: intercept communications between the user and the bank allowing attackers to steal sensitive information or funds.
Data breaches: Unauthorised access to digital bank databases exposes vast amounts of sensitive information, including personal and financial data.
Ransomware: It is an attack that employs malware to infiltrate computer systems to steal data, monitor activities, or lock accounts. The attackers then demand payment and keep disrupting the devices/websites until they are paid.
Credential stuffing: Attackers use stolen usernames and password combinations from other breaches to gain unauthorised access to accounts.
DDoS and DoS attacks: Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) attacks overwhelm the bank’s servers, making online services unavailable to customers. Unlike the Denial-of-Service (DoS) attack where a single source is used to flood the target, DDoS use multiple sources of compromised devices (botnets).
Insider threats: Employees or contractors with access to sensitive information may intentionally or unintentionally cause data breaches or other security incidents.
Social engineering: Manipulating individuals into divulging confidential information through psychological manipulation.
Zero-Day Exploits: Attacks that exploit previously unknown vulnerabilities in software or hardware before patches are available.
Cybersecurity Measures
Encrypting data is essential to convert the personal information into a secure format. This encrypted data can only be accessed with the correct key or description. This ensures that the data remains secure and unreadable after interception.
Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) adds a layer of security by requiring some form of verification before granting access to the platform. Tokenisation replaces critical payment data with a unique or random token that cannot be hacked once intercepted.
Biometric verification, such as fingerprint and facial recognition, provides additional security by utilising unique physical characteristics. These include the shape of the face and the outline of a fingerprint, both of which are difficult to replicate.
Financial institutions have also innovated to improve cybersecurity by implementing artificial intelligence (AI). For example, JPMorgan Chase has implemented an AI-driven fraud detection system. This application is used for monitoring transaction activity in real-time. It can also detect potential threats or fraudulent transactions using the data analytics tool.
Regulatory Requirements
Financial companies are obligated to meet regulatory compliance. It is important to build customers’ trust and avoid legal or financial penalties. For global financial institutions, regulatory issues might be more complex as each country has its version of rules. As cyber threats evolve, regulators continuously update and enforce these requirements to address new challenges in digital payment systems.
For instance, UK regulations have set strict rules to ensure the security of digital payments. These include data protection measures, and companies that do not prioritise cybersecurity will face substantial fines. Similar regulations have been implemented across European Union (EU) Member States, compelling financial institutions to enhance cybersecurity to create a safe digital payments environment for consumers.
FinTech Strategy met with Stiven Muccioli, Founder & CEO at BKN301, to discuss digital payment services connecting North Africa, the…
SHARE THIS STORY
FinTech Strategy met with Stiven Muccioli, Founder & CEO at BKN301, to discuss digital payment services connecting North Africa, the Middle East, and Europe.
BKN301 Group is a London based fintech provider that offers Banking-as-a-Service, connecting North Africa, the Middle East, and Europe. The company aims to address the financial inclusion gap in these regions. It provides digital payment and banking platforms to unbanked populations. BKN301 has successfully partnered with fintechs in Egypt and Qatar, serving millions of customers and providing access to financial services. They are also focused on expanding their market in Europe. The company aims to become a leader in the industry and bridge the gap between Europe and the Middle East.
At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with BKN301 Founder & CEO Stiven Muccioli to find out more…
Tell us about the genesis of BKN301…
“I launched the company in 2021 with the vision to create the biggest tech provider for a digital banking service connecting North Africa, the Middle East, and Europe. We are looking at the demographic sheet of the world… In Europe, we are overserved by the banking system and it’s quite tough to create new projects in the FinTech space. It’s hard to scale past Europe, into the Middle East and North Africa. Ours is an operation in its early stages. There is a huge penetration with mobile devices in the Middle East and North Africa, but at the same time there are a huge amount of people unbanked.
So, we have created the platform to allow digital banks to start fast and with low cost. Basically, we are the ‘backbone’ for the new digital banking era in the Middle East and North Africa. We also work with many companies across Europe. However, we are very focused on the connection between the Middle East, North Africa and Europe. Also, we are focused on the remittances business and cross-border payments because many working abroad in Europe don’t have access to the banking system in Europe. And there are many digital banks in Europe trying to fulfil this gap for new customers.”
Tell us about your career journey…
“I began 15 years ago in the startup business and founded two other companies. The first one, Tippest, was a copycat of Groupon in Italy. This was founded with a group of friends in 2011 and we were able to scale successfully, leading to its sale in 2015. Following that, I moved to the US where I spent some time as an angel investor. In 2016 I came back to Italy to start a new company. It was a corporate venture operation inside of the Iccrea Bank, one of the biggest banking groups in Italy. We created a company named Ventis. It delivered the first super application that merged e-commerce and the digital bank.
We created a platform capable of delivering an e-commerce service, and at the same time digital banking services, payment cards, accounts and more. We managed this part of the business for the Group and reached good numbers. In 2020, we sold the company and today it is the third biggest payment player in Italy.”
Tell us about some of the successful partnerships BKN301 has been involved in…
“We have seen great successes with key partners such as Damen. Damen is a e-payment company in Egypt serving 18 million customers. Thanks to our technology, they are able today to provide a digital payment application to millions of Egyptians. They are now connected and have access to a range of financial services to save money and receive remittances from Europe and across the Gulf. A very successful story in terms financial inclusion.
It’s the same in Qatar where we serve a partner that provides service to labourers and construction workers – there are around 700,000 such workers in Qatar. A good example of financial inclusion because we provide the platform for a low-cost digital banking platform connecting unbanked people to Europe.”
What are some of the key challenges financial institutions are facing that you can help them with? What problems are companies asking you to solve?
“At BKN301, we’re focused on our technology and building an ecosystem based on APIs so we’re able to provide those APIs to digital banks – with us, they save time and money. So, the integration cost is far less than a traditional integration cost. They’re able to work multi-market because we are in different markets and they won’t have any legacy agreement with big corporates. We provide APIs so they can develop and use them for core banking and processing.”
What trends are you seeing across the FinTech landscape? What opportunities do you see for BKN301?
“Every year there is a new wave of news, but we don’t know how long each trend will it last… A couple of years back blockchain was at the core and everyone want to add a feature, sometimes without any reason. Now it’s the same with AI. To build a concrete platform on AI or on blockchain, you need many years, and a lot of investment, to be focused. I don’t believe companies that come out after six months saying they are now AI based. It’s impossible to build a real platform based on AI that quickly. We need to define the real companies. So, which one has the mature technology. It’s a good wave and I think there is a huge need. For example, anti-money laundering controls driven by AI could be a game changer.”
And what’s next for BKN301? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?
“This year we want to get more established in the market in Europe, so we will be focused on expansion. The goal for us is to become the door, the access bridge, between Europe and the Middle East. We aim to become a backbone for the new financial ecosystem across the region.”
Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do?
“Every year there is a new wave of news… A couple of years ago blockchain was at the core and everyone wanted to add some feature on blockchain, sometimes without any reason. And now it’s the same with AI. To build a concrete platform on AI, or on blockchain, you need to be focused for years and have a lot of investment – it can’t be done in six months. So, as with blockchain, we need to define the companies making real progress with established technology based on AI, the same as we did with blockchain. It’s a good wave that can meet a huge need, for example with anti-money laundering controls, and Money20/20 is a great place to learn more about where the industry is at today.”
We chatted with Johan-Peter Teppala from Sievo about why procurement needs to use technology wisely.
SHARE THIS STORY
When CPOstrategy attended the DPW NYC Summit back in June, one of the buzzwords of the day was trends. Trends in procurement, trends in technology, and how to combine the two. The event was filled with productive discussions around how procurement can benefit from data and advanced technology. This led to a hopeful vibe throughout the day, despite and because of acknowledgements of procurement’s shortfalls.
We caught up with Johan-Peter Teppala, Chief Customer Officer of Sievo, at the NYC conference. For Teppala, that hopefulness is something he took away from the event. “It is great to see so many companies out there with keen interest in adopting new securities and technologies,” he says. “Procurement has increasing demand to do more with less, which explains also the need for technology to drive efficiency and to deliver more. I think it’s just inertia that’s slowing us down.”
However, advanced technology is helping shift the inertia that’s so prevalent across procurement. “Developments in GenAI have been exceptionally fast, especially recently,” Teppala adds. “With an increasing amount of practical Gen AI use cases, this has become a topic that touches each and everyone in procurement. At Sievo, we are dedicating R&D budgets to AI innovations. We have quickly been able to ramp up many practical use cases for our clients to deliver business value in this area.”
Using data and technology wisely
Teppala continues: “Sievo strives to withhold our position as the leading Procurement Analytics partner for large enterprises. We are driven by the goal to close the data-to-action gap. We believe analytics alone has zero value, it’s the actions that we take that drive the value.” This was a topic that was repeated several times during the DPW NYC Summit.
“As a result, SIevo’s goal is to ensure our customers can use their time most efficiently. We help them make business-impacting decisions and best use their expertise, whilst Sievo automatically surfaces insights that they can take action on. First and foremost, our work is about carving out insights. And once you have those insights, how do you automate those actions to create opportunities? That’s definitely one thing we’re keen to solve.”
Sievo is also focusing its attention on gen AI – how it can be adopted and what the use cases are. “AI for data cleansing has been around for a while,” says Teppala. “Right now, Gen AI is getting really good traction from a technology point of view. It’s not just insights, but adopting AI into chat interfaces, and reaping the benefits with implementable actions. It’s amazing.”
The changing talent landscape
The increased adoption of AI is going to also change the talent landscape within procurement. Another heavily-discussed topic during DPW NYC was the talent shortage and how it has the potential to slow procurement down. However, advanced technology may be the thing that accelerates it once again.
“The talent you need is changing,” says Teppala. “The procurement mandate has widened beyond delivering cost savings. Now, it’s also about driving sustainability initiatives, emission reductions, increasing diverse spending, and preventing supply chain risks. Procurement has to be creative and resource-effective for reaching ideal outcomes. This is a big challenge but also a big opportunity and also impacts the talent needed in procurement.
“You don’t necessarily need to hire superstars who know everything. It’s about teamwork. Building a procurement team out of people who possess all these modern talents, who can support each other. I can’t know whether this is going to solve the talent shortage, but at least we’re shifting towards a different kind of talent as capabilities change.
Teppala concludes: “We need to be thinking more about what kind of team we actually want to build – not just what kind of really good, talented individual we can find.”
The insurance sector is witnessing a growing adoption of digital insurance solutions. Machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), and embedded…
SHARE THIS STORY
The insurance sector is witnessing a growing adoption of digital insurance solutions. Machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), and embedded insurance are at the forefront of this wave across InsurTech.
According toAcumen Research and Consulting, the InsurTech market is expected to reach $166.4 billion by 2030. This projection is reinforced by a high compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 39.1 percent anticipated between 2022 and 2030. This growth is attributed to a surge of insurance technology innovations.
Introduction to InsurTech
InsurTech, short for “insurance technology,” combines traditional insurance practices with cutting-edge advancements in AI and blockchain. It plays a key role in transforming the insurance industry by making it more efficient, transparent, and accessible. Furthermore, automation, improved risk assessment, and tailored coverage options ensure the digital insurance industry meets evolving consumer demands.
Digital Transformation
InsurTech is a driving force behind the digital transformation of the insurance industry. This transformation isn’t just about software upgrades or automation. It’s a strategic shift that revamps core operations and how insurers deliver value to customers.
Today’s consumers demand personalisation, speed, and convenience in everything, including insurance. They expect instant access to policy details and quick claims resolution—areas where traditional systems struggle. InsurTech empowers insurers to meet these changing demands by enabling customised interactions and faster service.
Customer Experience
InsurTech companies are transforming customer interactions with insurance. Convenience, speed, and personalisation are now priorities.
This change is driven by a focus on improved customer experience. Digital platforms and mobile apps from InsurTech firms make buying policies, managing them, and filing claims easier. Self-service tools and chatbots provide instant support and assistance, reducing the need for traditional customer service channels.
Efficiency gains with InsurTech
A crucial element of InsurTech’s contribution to the insurance industry lies in claims management. InsurTech streamlines insurance claims by automating tasks with AI and ML. This means faster claim assessments, processing, and payouts for policyholders.
InsurTech also boosts efficiency for insurers by automating tasks, which can lead to lower operating costs. These lower costs could potentially translate to reduced premiums for consumers. Consequently, digital insurance becomes more accessible and cost-effective.
Case Studies
Several insurance companies are demonstrating success through innovative InsurTech solutions.Chapter, for instance, uses online tools to connect users with advisors and advocates. These experts help people navigate the complexities of enrollment. They ensure people understand their options, deadlines, and how to choose the right plan for their needs.
Health plan selection is another area where InsurTech is making a difference.GoHealth utilises a sophisticated platform powered by ML algorithms to match consumers with plans tailored to their unique needs. Licensed agents and dedicated telecare teams offer support throughout the selection process and beyond.
Future Prospects
InsurTech presents a future brimming with possibilities for the insurance industry. However, as more processes become digital, security concerns come into focus. Future Processing’s InsurTech survey revealed that81 percent of respondents believe insurers need stronger cybersecurity policies.
This underlines the need to revisit cybersecurity practices as digital transformation progresses. Looking forward, developments in AI and tools like ChatGPT, along with data privacy concerns, suggest quality will be the foundation of InsurTech’s future. By focusing on high-quality data and strong security, insurers can gain deeper customer insights and significantly improve the customer experience.
For a company like TealBook, data is king. The organisation helps businesses to navigate the complex supplier landscape by offering…
SHARE THIS STORY
For a company like TealBook, data is king. The organisation helps businesses to navigate the complex supplier landscape by offering a foundation of high-quality data. This is something that’s often sorely missing in procurement.
“We have a data problem,” Stephany Lapierre, CEO and Founder of TealBook, told us when we caught up with her at the DPW NYC Summit in June. “It’s always been my view that we don’t have a software or people problem – it’s data. If we could achieve better data – no matter the data stack, no matter the maturity, no matter the vertical – it would be truly transformative.”
Creating a data foundation
Lapierre has watched procurement’s attempt to tackle advanced technology without good data. Simply buying software is the easy part. Some have even tried to build their own architecture around that software. However, that’s often unsuccessful and highly manual. This is what led to the creation of TealBook.
“We’re in this pursuit of how we can deliver to the market,” Lapierre states. “We’ve been building a trusted data foundation for eight years.” More recently, the second version of TealBook’s service is significantly more powerful than the first. This allows it to ingest data at speed and set up new data sources within a couple of hours. “The more data sources, the more suppliers we’re covering, the more attributes per supplier. And, the more signals to improve the TrustScore and the confidence behind the quality of our data.”
Never ignore the fundamentals
The fact that quality data is all too often overlooked in procurement in favour of advanced technology was something of a theme at the DPW NYC Summit. The opinion of Lapierre is that there’s little point in implementing advanced tech without first having usable data in place. Many others at the event felt the same.
“It’s like buying a house because you love the house, but paying no attention to its foundation, plumbing, or electrics,” she explains. “Procurement has been buying up technology solutions, wanting to see the workflow, the UI, what it can do. However, people aren’t asking where that data comes from. How is it being evaluated? What about the compliance side of having suppliers populating a portal?
“Procurement has more and more requirements to get more and more data, so filling the gaps becomes more difficult. There are also increasing demands for transparency, and for regulators to have better quality information. When you’re reporting something, you have to really trust that information. That’s how you give confidence to your board or leadership team.”
A shift in focus
The upside of this disconnect is that Lapierre fully expects the pursuit of better data to be a key trend in procurement over the next few years. “I’ve found that no-one talks about the data layer in procurement,” she states. “They brush it under the rug or underestimate how critical it is to use data to feed large language models for better insights. As data becomes more accessible, the need for a trusted data foundation becomes more important. You need good data posture.”
With this very topic being discussed openly at prestigious events like the ones DPW hosts, procurement professionals and leaders are actively working towards solving this blockage. “The problems have to be solved in order to leverage the exponential value of Gen AI, automate workflows, and bring intelligence in across all these functions,” Lapierre continues.
“Consider: what would it mean to your business if you could actually solve that data problem, drive better outcomes, and truly digitise the procurement function?”
Embedded finance is transforming e-commerce for the better. It enables online businesses to offer payment processing, lending, insurance, and other…
SHARE THIS STORY
Embedded finance is transforming e-commerce for the better. It enables online businesses to offer payment processing, lending, insurance, and other financial services within their own platforms as a non-finance platform. The convenience and efficient shopping experience offered is changing the way people shop and how e-commerce businesses operate.
The companies that implemented embedded finance have seen significant growth in conversion rates of up to 12 percent, the average order value of up to 30 percent, and as much as a 7 percent incremental revenue. Brain & Company’s 2022 report also projected the embedded finance market value to grow to $7 trillion by 2030, indicating an increasing demand for this service.
Embedded Finance benefits
Embedded finance offers integrated payment solutions for e-commerce businesses. Customers can access financing options at the point of sale without switching to other platforms. This seamless experience makes it easier for buyers to complete their purchases, ensuring revenues for the businesses.
This integration provides better access for financial products, especially digital banking. Commonly, digital bank accounts are easier to set up than their traditional counterparts. It allows non-banking populations can easily make their purchase in e-commerce platforms.
Embedded finance opens new sales and revenue stream opportunities for e-commerce businesses. They provide sellers with working capital loans based on sales data, enabling them to earn additional revenue through interest and fees. The integration also increases customer retention as they are less likely to switch to competitors. This leverage offers long-term success in a competitive market.
Personalisation is another embedded finance’s strong suit. E-commerce businesses can use the customer’s data from their platforms to offer financial products tailored to their needs, creating a better customer experience.
Accenture found that 63 percent of consumers are more likely to buy a financial product from non-financial platforms that they trust. This report emphasises the importance of personalised embedded finance in generating more financial product sales.
Case Study: Amazon
One of the e-commerce platforms that successfully uses embedded finance isAmazon. In 2007, it launched Amazon Pay, allowing users to make purchases on external sites using their Amazon account details. This move not only expanded Amazon’s revenue opportunities but also strengthened customer loyalty.
Over the years, Amazon has continued evolving its embedded finance offerings, including one-click payments, buy now pay later, and lending services. Their latest venture involves a cash advance program in partnership with fintech company Parafin, which provides select sellers easy access to capital without interest or collaterals.
Case Study: Shopify
Shopify also creates a good embedded finance ecosystem with its various financial products. The Canadian e-commerce platform launched Shopify Payments in 2013 to simplify payment. This was followed by Shopify Capital in 2016, a lending product now available in four countries. The latest addition is Shopify Balance, a financial product offering a bank account and a debit card for managing financial activities.
Shopify earns most of its revenue from “merchant solutions” rather than just e-commerce software. This segment, which includes financial and fulfilment services, is growing much faster than its SaaS offerings — 29 percent compared to 8 percent as of Q4 2022, according to the company’s financial report.
Future Outlook for Embedded Finance
The future of embedded finance seems promising, with experts projecting an increase in demand and market share. As customers expect better integrated financial solutions, many companies will continue to adopt this system.
Embedded finance will also continue evolving with new technological advancements like artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). Both AI and ML are projected to play a significant role in increasing efficiency, security, and sales for embedded finance in the future.
To maximise the benefits of embedded finance, financial institutions and e-commerce businesses should collaborate to anticipate possible hurdles. Regulatory and compliance challenges are one of the complex issues that may hamper its development.
E-commerce platforms should also ensure their new sophisticated solutions are scalable. As new financial technology is adopted, the platforms should be capable of managing increasing transaction volumes without sacrificing performance or security.
With the growing popularity of digital payments, cybercriminals have found a lucrative target. Cybersecurity data breaches rose sharply by 72%…
SHARE THIS STORY
With the growing popularity of digital payments, cybercriminals have found a lucrative target. Cybersecurity data breaches rose sharply by 72% in 2023 compared to the previous record-breaking year. This shows the need for financial technology companies to implement strong banking security.
While digital payments offer benefits, businesses must protect themselves and their customers from cyber threats. Understanding the common cyber threats and implementing effective countermeasures are key to long-term success.
The Importance of Cybersecurity for Digital Transactions
With the increasing reliance on online platforms for financial activities, the risk of cyberattacks has grown exponentially. These attacks can lead to significant financial losses, damage to reputation, and erosion of customer trust. From identity theft to data breaches, the consequences of compromised security can be severe.
To prevent such consequences, cybersecurity measures are required for every financial institution. By applying cybersecurity best practices such as encryption, strong authentication, and regular security audits, organisations can protect customer data, prevent fraud, and maintain operational resilience.
Threat Landscape
Cybercriminals employ various tactics to exploit vulnerabilities in digital systems. Phishing attacks, a common method, deceive users into divulging sensitive information through fraudulent emails or websites. Another prevalent threat is ransomware, where cybercriminals encrypt a victim’s data and demand payment for decryption.
Additionally, unauthorised access to accounts through stolen credentials can lead to financial loss. These cyber threats highlight the need for a security framework to protect digital transactions against malicious activities.
Best Practice 1: Encryption
Cybercriminals can easily exploit vulnerable systems, leading to substantial financial losses and reputational damage. A data breach can cost millions of dollars to rectify, including expenses for recovery and ransom payments. A recent IBM report indicates that the average global cost of a data breach exceeds $4.45 million.
Encryption safeguards sensitive information by transforming it into an unreadable format, accessible only to authorised parties possessing the correct decryption key. This cryptographic process employs complex algorithms and keys to safeguard data integrity and confidentiality.
Best Practice 2: Multi-Factor Authentication
Cybercriminals can easily steal passwords and pins through brute-force attacks, systematically testing numerous combinations until successful. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) offers a robust defence against this threat.
Requiring users to provide multiple forms of identification strengthens account security. This authentication combines different types of verification. This includes information only the user knows, like passwords, items the user possesses, such as security tokens, and unique physical traits, like fingerprints.
By requiring multiple verification steps, banks and financial institutions create a formidable barrier against unauthorised access to sensitive information and funds. Additionally, multi-factor authentication enhances user account management by requiring unique authentication factors for each individual.
Best Practice 3: Employee Training
Organisations with regular cybersecurity training experience a 40% reduction in security incidents compared to those without, according to This emphasis on employee education is justified as human error remains a primary target for cybercriminals.
Hackers frequently exploit employee vulnerabilities through tactics like phishing, social engineering, and other deceptive methods. By training employees to recognize these threats, financial institutions can mitigate the risk of data breaches and financial losses.
Such incidents can result in substantial financial losses and damage to an institution’s reputation. Consequently, comprehensive cybersecurity training is essential for all bank employees to mitigate these risks.
Best Practice 4: Regular Security Audits
A security audit is an evaluation of an organisation’s digital infrastructure, designed to identify vulnerabilities that could compromise digital transactions. This process involves examining security policies, testing safeguards, and ensuring compliance with industry regulations.
Given the escalating complexity of cyber threats, financial institutions must prioritise regular security audits. Banks can uncover weaknesses before malicious actors exploit them by scrutinising systems and processes.
Regular security audits empower organisations to proactively strengthen defences by implementing essential safeguards such as firewalls, antivirus software, and antimalware solutions. To ensure impartiality and objectivity, it is essential to engage an independent expert to conduct these assessments.
Best Practice 5: Incident Response Planning
As the frequency and sophistication of cyber threats continue to rise, the need for robust defences becomes increasingly critical. Safeguarding digital transactions requires a proactive approach, including a well-defined incident response plan.
An incident response plan is a crucial component of any organisation’s cybersecurity strategy. This formal document outlines strategies for preventing, detecting, and responding to security breaches that could compromise financial data. By establishing clear protocols and assigning specific responsibilities, banks can minimise the impact of cyberattacks and protect both their reputation and customers’ assets.
To be effective, an incident response plan must be established in advance and assigned to specific teams. By following established frameworks, such as those provided by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and SANS, organisations can develop comprehensive plans. These resources offer detailed guidance on handling various types of security incidents to ensure a coordinated and efficient response.
Conclusion
Protecting digital transactions requires a multi-faceted approach. Implementing cybersecurity measures is essential for protecting sensitive financial data and maintaining customer trust.
Encryption and multi-factor authentication are foundational elements of a strong security posture. Encryption safeguards data by rendering it unreadable to unauthorised individuals, while multi-factor authentication adds an extra layer of protection by requiring multiple forms of verification. These are just two examples of critical best practices financial institutions should adopt.
Financial institutions must prioritise cybersecurity to maintain customer trust and protect their bottom line. By investing in advanced security measures and staying vigilant against emerging threats, organisations can effectively mitigate risks and ensure the integrity of digital transactions.
The growing complexity of financial markets presents new challenges for asset and wealth managers. Therefore, to navigate this evolving environment,…
SHARE THIS STORY
The growing complexity of financial markets presents new challenges for asset and wealth managers. Therefore, to navigate this evolving environment, many are embracing artificial intelligence (AI) for assistance with investment decisions. AI acts as a powerful tool, improving efficiency and effectiveness across various aspects of asset management.
From analysing market trends to building diversified portfolios, AI’s strength lies in processing massive amounts of data. Furthermore, it uncovers hidden patterns empowering managers to make data-driven investment choices across financial services.
Introduction to AI in Asset Management
Asset management involves managing investment portfolios for individuals, institutions, and businesses. This includes stocks, bonds, real estate, and other financial assets. The main goal is to grow value over time while minimising risk and meeting client goals.
AI is transforming asset management with its data processing and analytics capabilities. Additionally, AI algorithms can quickly analyse massive amounts of financial data, market trends, and economic indicators. This helps uncover hidden patterns and connections that human analysts might miss. A data-driven approach empowers asset managers to make better investment decisions and develop more accurate market forecasts.
Portfolio Management
AI is transforming asset management by offering powerful tools for better decision-making. Moreover, machine learning (ML), AI analyses vast amounts of historical market data to identify patterns and predict future trends, providing valuable insights for building portfolios.
Natural language processing (NLP) lets computers understand human language. NLP can unlock information from unstructured sources like news articles, social media, and analyst reports. The algorithms then analyse sentiment and extract key information that feeds into portfolio decisions.
AI optimisation algorithms help construct optimal portfolios. These algorithms consider risk tolerance, return goals, and investment limitations. By using these tools, portfolio managers can create portfolios designed to maximise returns while minimising risk.
Risk Management
AI is changing how investment decisions are made. The AI algorithms can analyse massive amounts of historical market data and complex risk models.
The analysis provides a deeper understanding of individual asset risk and the overall portfolio’s exposure. With this knowledge, investment managers can proactively identify potential risks and develop strategies to lessen them.
AI offers real-time risk monitoring. An AI-powered system continuously tracks portfolio performance, alerting managers to any significant changes in risk. This allows for swift adjustments as market conditions evolve.
Automated Trading
Traditional automated trading tools execute trades based on pre-programmed instructions from human traders. These tools function within the parameters set by the user and can’t analyse markets on their own.
AI offers truly independent systems with tools that can analyse markets using technical and fundamental analysis with minimal human input.
AI uses sentiment analysis, ML, and complex algorithms to process vast amounts of information and identify trends. This data-driven approach removes the emotional bias that can affect human traders.
Case Studies
The asset management industry is seeing a rise in firms using AI to improve performance. A recent example isDeutsche Bank’s collaboration with NVIDIA. This multi-year project aims to integrate AI across their financial services. This includes virtual assistants for easier communication and AI-powered fraud detection. The bank expects faster risk assessments and improved portfolio optimisation.
Morgan Stanley is also making strides in AI adoption. Partnering with OpenAI, their financial advisors now have access to a massive research library at high speed. Advisors can explore client portfolio strategies and find relevant information in seconds, leading to better-informed advice.
Future Prospects
APwC report predicts artificial intelligence will significantly boost global GDP, contributing up to $15.7 trillion in 2030. This advancement could reshape asset management in the coming years, leading to entirely new business models and investment strategies.
One future possibility involves fully automated investment platforms powered by AI. These platforms would manage investment portfolios with minimal human involvement and use real-time data analysis to create personalised investment plans.
Moreover, AI could pave the way for more dynamic investment strategies that respond to market changes. By constantly analysing market conditions, AI can automatically adjust investment portfolios to optimise returns and minimise risks. This could lead to more resilient and adaptable investment systems that are better equipped to navigate various market environments.
Standard Chartered has joined a suite of other institutional investors in the Digital Transformation platform United Fintech United Fintech is…
SHARE THIS STORY
Standard Chartered has joined a suite of other institutional investors in the Digital Transformation platform United Fintech
United Fintech is a London headquartered neutral Digital Transformation platform. It acquires and forms partnerships with fintech companies in the capital markets space. It is creating a fintech one-stop-shop to innovate with businesses. This is driven by collaboration with other cutting edge technology providers for the benefit of banks, hedge funds and asset managers.
Digital Transformation
The investment supports Standard Chartered’s ambitions to contribute to the advancement of digital transformation. Furthermore, these solutions work across capital markets, wholesale banking and wealth management, and the broader financial services arena.
As part of the investment Standard Chartered has been granted Board observer rights and subject to fulfilment of certain pre-conditions, will be offered a rotational Board seat. Additionally, this will enable it to share existing expertise and contribute to decisions around the platform’s strategic direction.
Stabdard Chartered
“We have been impressed by the growth in United Fintech’s portfolio of innovative, engineering-led technology companies. Standard Chartered share their vision for how technology can transform and disrupt market structure and infrastructure,” said Geoff Kot, Global Head, CIB Business Platforms & Partnerships at Standard Chartered. “We look forward to partnering with them as we continue on our journey of digital transformation.”
United Fintech
“The investment underscores Standard Chartered’s commitment to accelerate digital transformation. Also, it highlights their forward-thinking approach to collaborative innovation,” said Christian Frahm, CEO and Founder of United Fintech. “We are an Asia-focused multinational bank with an expansive footprint in Asia, Africa, Middle East, Europe and Americas. We are thrilled to have them complete our circle of global investors, joining Citi and BNP Paribas. They initially invested in February 2024, as well as Danske Bank, who followed in May.”
About United Fintech
Founded in 2020, United Fintech is an industry-neutral Digital Transformation Platform. Here, global financial institutions and cutting-edge technology providers come together to unleash their full potential and enable the future of finance.
“The financial services sector is a large part of any nation’s economy. Moreover, this sector to continue to thrive, we want to match the knowledge and expertise of our financial service providers with data-driven innovation to create an efficient symbiosis between customers, banks, and technology.”
Our cover story this month focuses on the work of Chief Information Officer Simon Birch and Chief Customer & Transformation…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month focuses on the work of Chief Information Officer Simon Birch and Chief Customer & Transformation Officer Danielle Handley leading Bupa’s digital transformation journey across APAC and delivering a positive impact with its Connected Care strategy.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
“ConnectedCare is our primary mission and we’ve been spearheading time, investment and creativity to reinvent and reinvigorate customer experiences,” says APAC CIO Simon Birch. “Delivering that ConnectedCare proposition to our customers is made possible by the collegiate focus of the organisation. Ultimately, what we’re able to achieve is supporting our most important colleagues, our healthcare practitioners working across our facilities.”
Reflecting on that transformation goal, Chief Customer & Transformation Officer Danielle Handley believes that stakeholder engagement and alignment, while building relationships across the enterprise, have been key to their early success. “We’ve found the champions within the enterprise who are going to form part of the coalition of the willing to start to lead transformation here at Bupa.”
Vodafone: Personalising Embedded Insurance
Halil Teksal, Global Head of Fintech at Vodafone, discusses disruption in insurance, personalisation, and giving customers exactly what they need at the right time. “The main thing we’re aiming for is simplicity. How can we have really easy-to-use personalised solutions? At the end of the day, that’s what customers want. When they buy a smart device, they want to buy the insurance quickly from a reliable provider. It’s important that we satisfy all of those needs.”
Young businessman writing on adhesive notes on glass partition in modern office, ideas, innovation, planning, strategy
Walden Group: Advanced technology for a healthier tomorrow
Denis Connolly, CIO of Walden Group and CEO of Walden Digital, talks about the incredible work the organisation is doing to leverage data and technology for the overall improvement of the world’s health. “We’ve created all these new initiatives just in the last year or so, moving from technology being a cost centre to being an R&D and development-focused organisation.”
Also in this issue, Samer Fouani, Head of Cyber Transformation & Identity Access Management at TAL discusses the cyber journey for colleagues and customers at one of Australia’s leading insurers; Mark Turner, Chief Commercial Officer at Pulsant, explores how medium-sized businesses can best leverage new developments in AI; Martin Hartley, Group Chief Commercial Officer of emagine, examined the role of artificial intelligence in personalising the customer experience for financial services and Marius Stäcker, CEO of ToolTime, shares his four top tips for successfully implementing new software and driving digital transformation.
We caught up with Danielle McQuiston from Candex to discuss why procurement is risk-averse, and how the business can help.
SHARE THIS STORY
Candex, a B2B fintech company, has been going through some exciting changes recently. In the five years that Danielle McQuiston – its Chief Customer Officer – has been with the business, it’s gone from its venture round to A series in 2021 and into B series, which it closed out in 2023. Its goal is to make life easier for procurement professionals across sectors. This is because having trusted services at their disposal is one step towards changing procurement’s risk-averse reputation.
Candex’s value proposition is as a tech-based master vendor that helps enterprise buyers engage and pay small and irregular vendors through an easy, quick, streamlined process. The obvious ‘low-hanging fruit’ use case at most enterprise organisations is to use Candex to avoid setting up new vendors for small, infrequent purchases.
While tackling this low-hanging fruit demonstrates an immediate benefit, Candex is now taking it a step further. It’s helping enterprise clients understand the additional benefits and value that they can get from the solution. We caught up with McQuiston at the DPW NYC Summit in June, an event which featured innovative solutions in procurement. In particular, AI.
Creating and avoiding risk
“The companies that only go for the easy wins still have tens of thousands of suppliers that they hold in their vendor master. They don’t closely manage them and really don’t know them,” McQuiston says. “At some point, these companies have onboarded a supplier to make a small purchase. When they do, they do minimal checks on the vendors since the purchase is small or one-time only. But now that ‘small’ vendor is in the company’s system for anyone to engage with – sometimes forever. These companies are left with little-known and unmanaged vendors taking up 80% of their vendor master. This, in turn, creates risk for the enterprise.”
Candex can mitigate this risk and empower companies to focus more on strategic relationships. It does this by helping companies offboard their non-strategic vendors, and engage vendors only as needed. Businesses can do this with the confidence that Candex applies robust compliance screening and third-party diligence to all vendors as part of its standard processes.
As a result, Candex has started helping clients realise how they can reach their initial objectives of deriving more value by lowering risk exposure. By helping them focus on strategic suppliers, they can increase their working capital, accelerate the speed of doing business, and support their supplier diversity programs.
“All those aspects are where my focus is currently,” McQuiston explains. “Along with that, over the next few years, we will continue to make the process even more user-friendly. We’ll also further develop our solutions to meet the ever-changing commercial, compliance, and security landscapes. We can make the system even more intuitive, and help our customers streamline internal processes so things are faster and more cost-effective.”
The roadblocks
Implementing technology solutions to improve procurement is the name of the game across the sector, after all. It was talked about extensively at DPW NYC in June, where we spoke to McQuiston about Candex and trends. Unfortunately, there’s a roadblock for the sector, which is that procurement is risk-averse.
McQuiston explains. “We work primarily with Fortune 2000 companies, and I can’t tell you how many I’ve met up with who have outright told me they’re risk-averse. They all think that’s unusual, but they all say it and most of them are the same. It doesn’t matter if you’re in pharmaceuticals or consumer goods or banking – everyone is in the same boat regarding risk.”
This is because, as a function, procurement was created to ensure security of supply, controlling both quality and cost. “Procurement was born out of the supply chain world with a focus on direct spend. Out of the need to make sure prices don’t go up – and, in fact, go down,” McQuiston continues.
“Procurement has always been the enforcer of the financial rules. That’s the only way they were able to have an impact on the business initially. Now, procurement wants a seat at the table and is able to more broadly bring value to the business. In return, businesses are asking procurement to ease their role as the enforcer in order to have that seat. This is tough for procurement because, by nature, they’re nervous about losing control since that is how they have added value in the past.”
Hope is here
This may be a challenge, but the march of change isn’t stopping. There’s hope in the air. This is thanks to companies like Candex, as well as the arrival of new technologies. For example, artificial intelligence, which the business world is increasingly looking to leverage.
“AI is the whole theme of this conference,” McQuiston said of DPW NYC. The event spawned many fascinating conversations, not to mention encouraging ones. As the business world utilises technology better, procurement is only going to get better. And AI can help support procurement teams as they look to calibrate their solutions and right-size their approach to risk, efficiency, and value-add for the business.
“I’m very interested to see how innovative solutions like Candex, as well as AI solutions, become disruptors – in a good way,” says McQuiston. “A lot of other solutions that have tried to enter the procurement space have struggled to really break in and push for significant change.
“However I believe that if you solve a real problem and have good technology, you will be successful. AI may be able to really help further support technology solutions in their mission to simplify the procurement stack and positively address user experience challenges,” McQuiston concludes.
